Digitized by the Internet Archive
in 2010 with funding from
Lyrasis IVIembers and Sloan Foundation
http://www.archive.org/details/graduatecatalog1975univ
College
Park
Campus
University
College
Graduate
of
Park
Catalog
Maryland
Campus
1975-76
College Park
Publications Office
Contents
THE UNIVERSITY
Plan of Academic Organization / 1
Academic Calendar / 2
University Officers f 3
Graduate School Officers and Staff / 4
Graduate Council and Committees / 4
University of fvlaryland Campuses ' 6
GENERAL INFORMATION
introduction / 7
Special Researcti Resources / 7
Special Opportunities for Artists / 7
Consortia / 8
Graduate Degree Programs / 8
ADMISSION TO
GRADUATE SCHOOL
General / 9
Financial Aid / 9
Categories of Admission / 1 0
Admission Time Limits / 1 0
Cfiange of Objective, Termination of
Admission / 10
Application for Admission / 1 0
Records' Maintenance and
Disposition / 11
Offer of Admission / 1 1
Graduate Credit / 1 1
Undergraduate Credit / 1 1
ADVISING AND REGISTRATION
Course Numbering System / 1 2
Full and Part-time Students / 1 2
Minimum Registration Requirements / 1 2
Grades / 1 2
Credit-by-Examination / 1 3
Transfer of Credit / 1 3
Graduate Fees / 1 3
In -State Status / 13
DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
Master's Degree / 1 3
Doctor's Degree / 1 4
STUDENT SERVICES
Housing / 1 5
Food / 1 6
Healtti Service / 1 6
Career Development Center / 1 6
Counseling Center / 1 6
Publications / 1 6
ACCESS TO STUDENT DATA/
INFORMATION/ 16
UNIVERSITY POLICY
STATEMENT / 1 8
LATE INFORMATION ON
FEES / 1 8
THE GRADUATE FACULTY / 1 9
GRADUATE PROGRAMS
Administration, Supervision and
Curriculum Program / 34
Aerospace Engineering Program / 35
Agricultural and Extension Education
Program / 37
Agricultural and Resource Economics
Program / 38
Agricultural Engineering Program / 39
Agricultural Courses / 40
Agronomy Program / 40
American Studies Program / 41
Animal Science Program / 43
Interdisciplinary Applied Mattiematics
Curriculum / 45
Anthropology Courses / 45
Architecture Courses / 46
Art Program / 47
Astronomy Program / 48
Botany Program / 49
College of Business and
Management / 51
Chemical Engineering Program / 56
Chemistry Program / 58
Civil Engineering Program / 60
Classical Language and
Literature Courses / 63
Comparative Literature Program / 63
Computer Science Program / 64
Cooperative Education Engineering
Courses / 66
Counseling and Personnel Services
Program / 67
Criminal Justice and Criminology
Program / 68
Dairy Science Program / 69
Early Childhood-Elementary
Education Program / 70
Economics Program / 72
Electrical Engineering Program / 75
Engineering Materials Program / 79
English Language and Literature
Program / 80
Entomology Program / 81
Family and Community Development
Program / 82
Fire Protection Engineering
Courses / 1 83
Food, Nutrition, and Institution
Administration Program / 84
Food Science Program / 85
French and Italian Language and
Literature Program / 86
Geography Program / 87
Geology Courses / 90
Germanic Language and Literature
Program / 91
Government and Politics Program / 92
Health Education Program / 95
Hearing and Speech Sciences
Program / 96
History Program / 97
Horticulture Program / 101
Housing and Applied Design
Courses / 1 02
Human Development Education Program
(Institute for Child Study) / 1 02
Industrial Education Program / 104
Information Systems Management
Courses/ 106
Journalism Program / 106
Library and Information Services
Program / 107
Linguistics Courses / 109
Mathematics Program / 1 09
Measurement and Statistics
Program / 1 1 4
Mechanical Engineering Program / 1 15
Meteorology Program / 1 1 8
Microbiology Program / 1 20
Music Program / 1 21
Nuclear Engineering Program / 1 24
Nutritional Sciences Program / 1 25
Oriental and Semitic Language and
Literature Courses / 1 26
Philosophy Program / 127
Physical Education Program / 1 28
Physics Program / 1 29
Poultry Science Program / 1 32
Psychology Program / 1 32
Recreation Program / 1 36
Secondary Education Program / 136
Social Foundations of Education
Program / 1 39
Sociology Program / 1 40
Spanish and Portuguese Language and
Literature Program / 1 42
Special Education Program / 1 44
Speech and Dramatic Art Program / 1 46
Textiles and Consumer Economics
Program / 1 48
Institute for Urban Studies
Program / 1 49
Zoology Program / 1 50
ACADEMIC RESOURCES
MAP / 1 54
INDEX/ 155
The University
Plan of Academic
Organization
Division of Agricultural and Life
Sciences:
College of Agriculture
Agricultural and Extension Education
Agricultural and Resource Economics
Agricultural Engineering
Agronomy
Animal Science
Dairy Science
Horticulture
Institute of Applied Agriculture
Poultry Science
Veterinary Science
Ottier Units within the Division:
Botany
Chemistry
Entomology
Geology
(Microbiology
Zoology
Division of Arts and Humanities:
School of Architecture
College of Journalism
Other Units within the Division:
Amencan Studies Program
Art
Classics
Dance
English
French and Italian
Germanic and Slavic
History
Music
Oriental and Hebrew Program
Philosophy
Spanish and Portuguese
Speech and Dramatic Art
Division of Behavioral and
Social Sciences:
College of Business and Management
Other Units within the Division:
Afro-American Studies
Anthropology
Bureau of Business and Economic Re-
search
Bureau of Governmental Research
Economics
Geography
Government and Politics
Heahng and Speech Sciences
Information Systems Management
Institute for Urban Studies
Institute of Criminal Justice and Criminology
Linguistics Program
Psychology
Sociology
Division of Human and Community
Resources:
College of Education:
Administration Supervision and Curriculum
Counseling and Personnel Services
Early Childhood Elementary Education
Industrial Education
Institute for Child Study
Measurement & Statistics
Secondary Education
Special Education
College of Human Ecology
Family and Community Development
Foods. Nutrition and Institution Ad-
ministration
Housing and Applied Design
Textiles and Consumer Economics
College of Library and Information Services
College of Physical Education, Recreation and
Health
Health Education
Physical Education
Recreation
Division of Mathematical and
Physical Sciences
and Engineering:
College of Engineering:
Aero-Space Engineering
Chemical Engineering
Civil Engineering
Electhcal Engineering
Fire Protection Curriculum
Mechanical Engineering
Other Units within the Division
Applied Mathematics Program
Center for Materials Research
Computer Science
Institute for Fluid Dynamics & Applied
Mathematics
Meteorology Program
Institute for Molecular Physics
Mathematics
Physics and Astronomy
The University / 1
Academic Calendar
Fall Semester 1975
August 25. 26
Monday. Tuesday
Registration for Fall Semester
August 27
Wednesday
First day of instruction
September 1
Monday
Labor Day Holiday
September 2-10
Tuesday-Wednesday
Late Registration
September 16
Tuesday
Last day to submit applications for December
1 975 diplomas
October 18
Friday
Master's approved program forms due In the
Graduate Sctiool office for December master's
graduates
November 21
Friday
Final date for submission of forms certifying
completion of master's ttieses and doctoral
dissertations In ttie Graduate Sctiool office
November 26-28
Wednesday-Friday
Ttianksgiving Holiday recess
December 10
Wednesday
Last day of Instruction
December 1 1
Ttiursday
Grades due in Registrations Office for
graduating students
Exam study day
December 21
Sunday
Commencement, 2:00 p m.
Spring Semester 1976
January 12. 13
Monday, Tuesday
Registration for Spring Semester
January 14
Wednesday
First day of Instruction
February 3
Tuesday
Last day to submit applications for May 1 976
diplomas
March 5
Friday
Master's approved program forms due in the
Graduate School office for May master's
graduates
March 6-March 1 4
Saturday, Sunday
Spring Recess
April 15
Thursday
Final date for submission of forms certifying
completion of master's theses and doctoral
dissertations In the Graduate School office
April 30
Friday
Oral examination reports, theses and disser-
tations, forms certifying non-thesis option due
In the Graduate School office
May 5
Wednesday
Last day of instruction
May 6
Thursday
Grades due in Registrations Office for
graduating students
Exam study day
May 7-May 14
Friday-Friday
Spring Semester examination period
May 15
Saturday
Commencement. 10:00 a.m.
2 / The University
University Officers
Board of Regents
Chairman
B. Herbert Brown
Vice Chairman
Hugh A McMuiien. Esq
Secretary
Dr. Samuel H Hoover. D D S
Treasurer
L Mercer Smith
Assistant Secretary
WHIiam G Connelly
Assistant Treasurer
N. Thomas Whittington, Jr.
Members:
Mrs Mary H Broadwater
The Honorable Young D Hance. ex olticio
Edward V Hurley
Dr Louis L Kaplan
Peter F OMalley, Esq
Miss Judith Sachwald
John C Scarbath
Joseph D. Tydings, Esq.
(one vacancy)
Central Administration
of the University
President
Wilson H Elkins
Vice President for General Administration
Donald W O'Connell
Vice President for Academic Affairs
R. Lee Hornbake
Vice President for Graduate Studies and
Research
Michael J Pelczar, Jr.
Vice President for Agricultural Affairs and
Legislative Relations
Frank L. Bentz, Jr.
College Park Campus
Administration
Chancellor
Robert L Gluckstern
Vice Chancellor for Academic Affairs
George H Callcott
Vice Chancellor for Academic Planning and
Policy
Thomas B Day
Vice Chancellor for Administrative Affairs
John W Dorsey
Vice Chancellor for Student Affairs
William L Thomas. Jr
Provosts at College Park
Division of Agricultural and Life Sciences
Francis C Stark
Division of Arts and Humanities
Robert A. Corrigan
Division of Behavioral and Social Sciences
Mary F Berry
Division of Human and Community Resources
George J. Funaro
Division of Mathematical and Physical
Sciences and Engineering
Joseph M Marchello
Deans at College Park
School of Architecture
John W Hill
College of Agriculture
Gordon M Cairns
College of Business and Management
Rudolph P Lamone
College of Education
Robert L. Emans
College of Engineering
Robert B Beckmann
College of Human Ecology
John R Beaton
College of Journalism
Ray E Hiebert
College of Library and Information
Services
Acting Dean: Henry J Dubester
College of Physical Education. Recreation
and Health
Marvin H. Eyier
Administrative Dean for Graduate Studies
David S Sparks
Administrative Dean for Summer Programs
Melvin N. Bernstein
Administrative Dean for Undergraduate Studies
Robert E Shoenberg
Administrative Dean of Academic
Services and Facilities
Vacant
The University / 3
Graduate School
Officers and Staff
Dean for Graduate Studies
David S. Sparks, A.B , Grinnell College 1944;
M.A.. University of Chicago, 1945, PhD,
1951
Associate Dean for Graduate
Studies
Robert E. Menzer, B S.. University of Penn-
sylvania, 1 960; M S , University of Maryland,
1 962; Ph D , University of Wisconsin, 1 964.
Prof Howard Wright, College of Business
and Management
Prof Edward Dager, Sociology
Ms, Maureen McCall, Psychology
Prof. Beatrice Fink, French and Italian
Prof Carl Bode, English
Prof. Roger Meersman, Speech and
Dramatic Art
Mr Ken Baskin, English
Prof David Williams, Early Childhood —
Elementary Education
Prof. Betty Smith, Textiles and
Consumer Economics
Prof. George Marx, Counseling and
Personnel Services
Mr Gregory Nenstiel, Social Foundations
of Education
Committee on Fellowships
Prof. Andrew DeRocco, Chairman
Institute tor Molecular Physics
Prof Stephen G Brush, History and IFDAM
Prof. Marilyn Church, Elementary Education
Mr. Dewey Covington, Government and
Politics
Prof Edward Z Dager, Sociology
Prof Albert Gomezplata, Chemical Engineering
Prof Lawrence Krisher, Molecular Physics
Prof. David C. Lay, Mathematics
Mr Hugh Mose, Civil Engineering
Prof. Philip Rovner, Spanish and Portuguese
Prof Joseph Scares, Poultry
Prof. Dalmas Taylor, Psychology
Dean David Goldberg, ex officio
Assistant Dean for Graduate
Studies
David A Goldberg, B Eng Phys , Cornell
University, 1958; M.S., 1960; PhD, Johns
Hopkins University, 1967
Director of Graduate Records
Carl L. Seidel, B.S , University of Maryland,
1963
Assistant to tfie Dean
Alice M Piper, B.A , University of Pittsburgh,
1941.
Assistant Director
Lois M Lyon, B A, University of Michigan,
1952
Graduate Council
Ex-officio Councillors
Chancellor, Robert L. Gluckstern
Vice Chancellor, George H Callcott
Dean, David S Sparks
Associate Dean, Robert E Menzer
Appointed Councillors
Prof John Corliss, Zoology
Prof Clifford Sayre, Mechanical Engineering
Prof Peter P Lejins, Institute for Criminal Justice
and Criminology
Prof Marie Davidson, Institute for Child Study
Elected Councillors
Prof. Allen Steinhauer, Entomology
Prof. Mark Keeney, Biochemistry
Prof Francis Stark, Horticulture
Ms. Jenette M. Esser, Zoology
Prof Manoj Banerjee, Physics
Prof. Andrew DeRocco, Molecular Physics
Prof Paul J. Smith, Mathematics
Mr. Terence A. Murphy
Prof Walter Deshler, Geography
Committees of the
Graduate Council
Committee on Academic Standards
Prof Edward P Karlander, Chairman
Botany
Mr Ken Baskin, English
Prof Hans Dachler, Psychology
Prof. Howard J. DeVoe, Chemistry
Prof. Beatrice Fink, French
Prof. James B. Lynch, Art
Prof. Ralph D. Myers, Physics
Mr. Gregory Nenstiel, Social Foundations
of Education
Prof. Mancur Olson, Economics
Prof. William D. Schafer, Measurement
and Statistics
Prof Francis Stark, Horticulture
Prof Leonard Taylor, Electrical Engineering
Dean Henry H. Walbesser,
Mathematics— Education
Dean Robert E. Menzer, ex officio
Committee on Admissions
Prof. Billy V. Lessley, Chairman
Agric and Resource Economics
Ms. Kathleen Alligood, Mathematics
Dean Margaret Chisholm, Library Science
Prof. Burns Husman, Physical Education
Prof Richard Jaquith, Chemistry
Mr. Gerald Lordan, Early Childhood-
Elementary Education
Prof Morris McClure, Administration,
Supervision and Curriculum
Prof Irwin Goldstein, Psychology
Prof. James Miller, Agronomy
Prof WE. Schlaretzki, Philosophy
Prof Elske Smith, Astronomy
Prof Paul Smith, Mathematics
Mr Carl L Seidel, ex officio
Committee on Elections
Prof Roger Meersman, Chairman
Speech and Drama
Prof. Kenneth Fulton, Agricultural Engineering
Prof. Janet G. Hunt, Sociology
Prof David G. Kyle, Institute for Child
Study
Prof. Leda Wilson, Family and Community
Development
Ms Alice M Piper, ex officio
Committee on Program Review
Prof James Dudley, Chairman
Administration, Supervision and Curriculum
Prof Nancy Anderson, Psychology
Prof Robert Bennett, Economics
Prof Sidney Ishee, Agricultural Economics
Prof Jacob Goldhaber, Mathematics
Prof Donald C Gordon, History
Prof Wesley L. Harris, Agricultural Engineering
Prof Robert Munn, Chemistry
Mr Michael Padbury, Business and
Management
Prof. Clifford Sayre, Mechanical Engineering
Prof Betty Smith, Textiles and Consumer
Economics
Ms Nancy Strunah, Physical Education
Dean Robert E Menzer, ex officio
Committee on Graduate Faculty
Prof Howard Wright, Chairman
Business and Management
Prof James Anderson, Physics
Prof William Bickley, Entomology
Ms Burdelle Boyd, Spanish and Portuguese
Prof Gertrude Fish, Housing and Applied Design
Prof James Grunig, Journalism
Prof Chester Holmlund, Chemistry
Prof Anne Ingram, Physical Education
Prof. William MacBain, French and Italian
Prof James Miller, Agronomy
Prof Hayes Newby, Hearing and Speech
Science
Prof David Rodenhuis, Meteorology
Ms Barbara Baker, Music
Prof. Gladys Wiggin, Education
Dean Robert E Menzer, ex officio
Committee on Programs and Cour-
ses
Prof Rachel Dardis, Chairwoman
Textiles and Consumer Economics
Prof Richard Austing, Computer Science Center
Prof Howard Brinkley, Zoology
Sr. Elena Colicelli, Chemistry
Prof. Robert Harper, Geography
Prof. James W Longest, Agricultural
and Extension Education
Prof John Kurtz, Institute for Child Study
Prof. George Marx, Counseling and Personnel
Services
Prof. Charies Murphy, English
Mr. Eugene Owen, Agricultural and
Extension Education
Prof. Elizabeth Pemberton, Art
4 / The University
Prof Robert Ragan, Civil Engineering
Prof George Snow Physics
Prof Robert Stephens, Administration
Supervision and Curnculum
Dean Robert E Menzer. ex officio
Committee on Publications
Prof, Donald Maley. Chairman
Industnal Education
Prof. Allen Bandel. Agronomy
Prof. John Brown. Philosophy
Mr. Gerald Day. Industrial Education
Ms. Halaine Gary, Library Sciences
Prof Frank Hetrick, Microbiology
Prof George Levitine. Art
Prof Marjorie Perloff, English
Ms Alice M Piper, ex officio
Committee on Research
Prof John Corliss, chairman
Zoology
Prof Richard Ahrens, Food. Nutrition, and
Institution Administration
Prof Roger Bell, Astronomy
Prof Leonard Bull. Dairy Science
Prof James Dally. Mechanical Engineering
Prof Dudley Dillard. Economics
Prof ReginaGoff. Elementary Education
Prof Wilhelmina Jashemski. History
Prof Peter Lejins. Institute of Criminal Justice
and Criminology
Ms Maureen McCall. Psychology
Prof Henry Mendeloff. Spanish and Portuguese
Prof Martin Reiser. Electrical Engineering
Prof Bruce Rogers. Measurement and
Statistics
Prof Robert Steinman. Psychology
Mr Russell Tobias. Physics
Prof Richard Vitzthum, English
Dean Robert E Menzer. ex officio
Committee on Student Life
Prof John M. Curtis, Chairman
Agricultural Economics
Prof Cari Bode, English
Prof Robert R Dies, Psychology
Ms Jennette Esser. Zoology
Prof Mark Hardwick. Counseling and
Personnel Services
Prof Agnes Hatfield, Institute for Child Study
Prof Richard Highton, Zoology
Prof Robert Hirzel, Sociology
Prof Henry Lepper, Civil Engineenng
Prof Stephen Loeb, Business and Management
Prof Charies L Mulchi, Agronomy
Mr Terence Murphy. Molecular Physics
Dean David A Goldberg, ex officio
The University / 5
University of Maryland
Campuses-
Information concerning graduate programs of-
fered on University of t^aryland campuses
other ttian College Park may be obtained by
writing directly to or calling ttie appropriate of-
ficers for graduate study.
Baltimore City
Programs available:
School of Dentistry:
Anatomy
Biochemistry
Histology and Embryology
Microbiology
Oral Pathology
Oral Surgery
Physiology
School of t^edicine:
Anatomy
Biological Chemistry
Biophysics
Cell Biology and Pharmacology
Legal l^/ledicine
lylicrobiology
Pathology
Physiology
School of Nursing
School of Pharmacy:
lyledicinal Chemistry
Pharmacology and Toxicology
Pharmacy— Pharmaceutics and
Institutional Pharmacy
Pharmacognosy
School of Social Work and Community
Planning
Contact:
Dr William J. Kinnard, Jr . Acting Dean
for Graduate Studies and Research
University of (vlaryland, Baltimore City
Baltimore, Ivlaryland 21201
(301) 528-7131
Baltimore County
Programs offered:
Applied IVlathematics
Biological and Medicinal Chemistry
Community-Clinical Psychology
Experimental Biology-Health Sciences
Policy Sciences
Contact:
Dr. Joseph F. Mulligan, Director
of Graduate Studies and Research
University of Maryland, Baltimore County
Catonsville, Maryland 21228
(301) 455-2538
Eastern Shore
Currently, there are no graduate level courses
offered at the Eastern Shore campus.
Contact:
Dr Joseph Wutoh, Vice Chancellor
for Academic Affairs
University of Maryland, Eastern Shore
Princess Anne, Maryland 21853
(301) 651-2200
University College
Although University College, the adult
education evening division of the University of
Maryland, is primarily an undergraduate
college, there are some courses offered
through this division vifhich are eligible for
graduate credit.
Contact:
Dr Mason G Daly, Dean
University College
Center for Adult Education
University of Maryland
College Park, t^aryland 20742
(301! 454-5756
6 /The University
General Information
Introduction
History
The Graduate School was established In 1919
for the purpose of developing and administer-
ing programs of advanced study and research
tor graduate students throughout the university.
At that time the Graduate School vi/as placed
under the lurtsdiction of a Graduate Council act-
ing for the Graduate Faculty with a Graduate
Dean who chaired both bodies and served as
the administrative officer of the Graduate School
In 1 956 the Graduate Faculty adopted a
formal Constitution to "provide a means for
the Graduate Faculty to discharge its functions
with respect to educational policies and proce-
dures of the Graduate School on this campus"
That Constitution, as amended in 1 968 and
1 974, continues to govern the policies and pro-
cedures of the Graduate School on the College
Park Campus The names of the current mem-
bers of the Graduate Faculty. Graduate Council
and its Committees, and the staff of the Gradu-
ate School will be found in appropriate places
elsewhere in this catalog.
Objectives
The common goal of every graduate program,
whether in the arts, the sciences, the humani-
ties, or the professions, is to provide opportuni-
ties for intensive and individual study under
outstanding members of the faculty The Grad-
uate School is not simply an extension or contin-
uation of the colleges, schools or divisions, but
is designed to prepare those who will dedicate
themselves to individual inquiry and service.
To achieve this goal it promotes an atmosphere
of research and scholarship at the highest levels
for both students and faculty, and it particularly
stimulates the harmonious relationship between
the two which leads to the advancement and
transmission of knowledge.
Organization
The Graduate Faculty, working through the
Assembly and the Graduate Council, establishes
policies governing admission to graduate study
and minimum requirements to be met by all stu-
dents seeking advanced degrees in more than
sixty-five graduate departments and programs
leading to degrees awarded by the Graduate
Faculty on the College Park Campus The facul-
ties of the individual academic departments and
interdisciplinary graduate programs may estab-
lish additional requirements for admission or for
degrees above the minima established by the
Graduate Council,
The Assembly of the Graduate Faculty con-
sists of all full and associate members of the
Graduate Faculty who through their participation
in research and graduate instruction have dis-
played a capacity for individual research or cre-
ative and scholarly work at the highest levels
The Graduate Council consists of members
of the Graduate Faculty elected by the Assem-
bly, as well as appointed and ex officio members.
It is charged with the formulation of the policies
and procedures for the Graduate School at
College Park including admission standards,
the review of individual student programs, the
review of all new programs and courses sub-
mitted by members of the Graduate Faculty,
graduate student theses and dissertations, and
the penodic review of all graduate degree pro-
grams. It meets approximately eight times a year
to conduct its regular business and may be
called into special session as the need arises.
In Its work the Graduate Council is aided and
advised by ten standing committees. Included
are committees on: Academic Standards. Admis-
sions, Elections, Fellowships, Program Review,
Graduate Faculty, Programs and Courses,
Publications, Research, and Student Life fvlem-
bership on these committees is limited to mem-
bers of the Graduate Faculty and graduate stu-
dents fvlembers are appointed by the Dean for
Graduate Studies for terms of three years.
Enrollment
In the fall of 1 974 there were slightly more than
7,500 graduate students enrolled on the College
Park Campus, Of that number approximately
3,000 were full-time students Fifty-six percent
of the total were enrolled in master's degree pro-
grams, and forty percent had been admitted to
doctoral programs The average age of the stu-
dent body was nearly 29 years of age
During 1 974-75 the Graduate Faculty rec-
ommended the awarding of 385 doctoral de-
grees and 1,416 master's degrees
Location
Located on 1 ,300 acres in Phnce Georges
County, eight miles from the National Capital in
Washington, DC, and thirty miles from Balti-
more, the College Park Campus is in the midst
of one of the greatest concentrations of re-
search facilities and intellectual talent in the na-
tion, if not in the world Libraries and laborator-
ies serving virtually every academic discipline
are within easy commuting distance There is a
steady and growing interchange of ideas, infor-
mation, technical skills, and scholars between
the university and these centers The libraries
and facilities of many of these centers are open
to qualified graduate students at the university
The resources of many more are available by
special arrangement
Libraries
The University library system includes major re-
search libraries on both the College Park and
Baltimore Campuses.
The Theodore R. McKeldin Library is the
graduate library of the College Park Campus,
containing reference works, periodicals, circu-
lating books, and other materials in all fields of
research and instruction. Other libraries include
the Engineering and Physical Sciences Library,
the Architecture Library, and the Chemistry
Library A new Undergraduate Library opened
in 1972
The libraries on the College Park Campus
contain approximately 1 ,800,000 volumes, and
they subscribe to more than 1 4,000 pe, ,dicals
and newspapers Additional collections of re-
search materials are available on microfilm,
microfiche, phonorecords, tapes, and films.
Special collections include those of Richard
von Mises in mathematics and applied mechan-
ics: f^/lax Born in the physical sciences: Thomas
I. Cook in political science: Romeo fvtansueti in
the biological sciences: Katherine Anne Porter;
Maryland; US, government publications (for
which the university is a regional depository);
documents of the United Nations, the League of
Nations and other international organizations,
agricultural experiment station and extension
service publications; maps from the US Army
IVIap Service; the files of the Industrial Union of
f^arine and Shipbuilding Workers of America;
the Wallenstein collection of musical scores: and
research collections of the American Bandmas-
ters Association, the National Association of
Wind and Percussion Instructors and the Music
Educators National Conference in addition, the
collections include microfilm productions of
government documents, rare books, early jour-
nals, and newspapers
But it is the combined resources of the Li-
brary of Congress, the Folger Library, Dumbar-
ton Oaks, the National Archives, the Smithsonian
Institution, the World Bank, the National Library
of Medicine, thcNational Agricultural Library,
and the libraries of the Federal Departments
of Labor: Commerce: Intenor; Health, Educa-
tion and Welfare: Housing and Urban Develop-
ment: and Transportation, and approximately
500 other specialized libraries in the area, all
within a few minutes drive of the College Park
Campus, that make the University of Maryland
one of the most attractive in the nation for schol-
ars of all disciplines.
Special Research Resources
Exceptional research facilities are available in
almost all disciplines at the university The prox-
imity of the Agricultural Research Center and the
Beltsville Agricultural Research Center of the
United States Department of Agriculture has
stimulated the development of both laboratories
and opportunities for field research in the agri-
cultural and life sciences Opportunities are also
available for collaborative graduate study pro-
grams with other major government laboratones,
such as the National Bureau of Standards and
the Naval Research Laboratory
The long-standing interest of the State of
Maryland in the commercial and recreational re-
sources of the Chesapeake Bay has resulted in
the development of outstanding research facil-
ities for the study of marine biology at the Uni-
versity of Maryland Center for Environmental and
Estuahne Studies with research facilities at Horn
Point near Cambridge, Crisfield and at Solomons
Island, Maryland
Work in the behavioral sciences, particularly
in learning, is centered in laboratories equipped
for fully automated research on rats, pigeons and
monkeys.
Exceptional research facilities in the physical
sciences include a 1 60 MeV cyclotron: two
small Van de Graaft accelerators; an assortment
of computers, including a PDP 1 1 /45, a Univac
1 1 06 and a Univac 1 1 08 which is comple-
mented by remote access units on a time-
sharing basis; (the Univac 1 1 06 and the 1 1 08
each have 262 K of memory): a 1 0 KW training
nuclear reactor: a full scale low velocity wind
tunnel: several small hypersonic helium wind
tunnels; specialized facilities in both the Insti-
tute for Molecular Physics and the Center for
Materials Research; a psychopharmacology lab-
oratory: shock tubes; a quiescent plasma de-
vice (Q machine) for plasma research: and ro-
tating tanks for laboratory studies of meteoro-
logical phenomena. The university also owns
and operates one of the world's largest and
most sophisticated long-wavelength radio tele-
scopes located in Clark Lake, California and a
cosmic ray laboratory located in New Mexico,
Special Opportunities for Artists
Advanced work in the creative and performing
arts at College Park centers in the Tawes Fine
Arts Building and is greatly stimulated by the
close interaction that has developed between
the students and faculty of the university and the
artists and scholars at the National Gallery, the
Corcoran Gallery, the Hirshorn Museum, the
Phillips Gallery, the Museum of Modern Art, the
General Information / 7
Smithsonian Institution, as well as ttie musicians
of ttie National Symptiony Orchestra and smaller
musical groups The Kennedy Center for the
Performing Arts and the Filene Center (Wolf
Trap Farm Park) have further enhanced the cli-
mate for creative artists attending the university.
Outstanding work on campus in theater,
dance, radio, and television is aided by the prox-
imity of the campus to the National Theater, the
Arena Stage, the Morris f\/lechanic Theater, and
numerous little theater groups in the Washing-
ton and Baltimore area There is a frequent and
steady interchange of ideas and talent between
students and faculty at the university and both
educational and commercial radio and televi-
sion media as a consequence of the large pro-
fessional staffs which are maintained in the
V^ashington area.
Consortia
The University of (Maryland is a member of a
number of national and local consortia con-
cerned with advanced education and research.
They offer a vanety of opportunities for senior
scholar and graduate student research
OAK RIDGE ASSOCIATED
UNIVERSITIES, INC. (ORAU)
Oak Ridge Associated Universities. Inc . is a
nonprofit educational and research corporation
formed in order to broaden the opportunities for
member institutions collectively to participate
in many fields of education and research in the
natural sciences related to nuclear energy
Educational programs range from short term
courses or institutes, conducted with ORAU fa-
cilities and staff to fellowship programs adminis-
tered by ORAU for the Atomic Energy
Commission
UNIVERSITY CORPORATION FOR
ATMOSPHERIC RESEARCH (UCAR)
The National Center for Atmospheric Research
(NCAR). in Boulder, Colorado, was created in
1 960 to serve as a focal point for a vigorous and
expanding national research effort in the at-
mospheric sciences. NCAR is operated under
the sponsorship of the National Science Founda-
tion Research (UCAR), made up of 27 U.S. uni-
versities with graduate programs in the atmos-
pheric sciences or related fields The scientific
staff includes meteorologists, astronomers,
chemists, physicists, mathematicians, and repre-
sentatives of other disciplines.
UNIVERSITIES RESEARCH
ASSOCIATION (URA)
Universities Research Association, a group of
52 universities engaged in high energy re-
search, is the sponsoring organization for the
National Accelerator Laboratory, funded by the
US Atomic Energy Commission. The accelera-
tor, located near Batavia, Illinois, is the worlds
highest energy machine
INTER-UNIVERSITY
COMMUNICATIONS COUNCIL
(EDUCOM)
This Council provides a forum for the appraisal
of the current state of the art in communications
science and technology and their relation to the
planning and programs of colleges and univer-
sities The council particularly fosters inter-uni-
versity cooperation in the area of communica-
tions science
CHESAPEAKE BAY CENTER FOR
ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES (CBES)
This 900-acre waterfront research center is
dedicated to preserving and enhancing the qual-
ity of man's environment through programs of
ecological study and education. Located on the
western shore of the Chesapeake Bay, just
south of Annapolis, it presents a wide selection
of local ecosystems. Scientific programs of the
center, a major component of the Smithsonian
Institution, are guided by the consortium in
which the University of l^aryland and The Johns
Hopkins University participate The unique eco-
logical environment provided by the center fur-
nishes an attractive site for graduate student re-
search programs
UNIVERSITIES SPACE RESEARCH
ASSOCIATION (USRA)
The USRA was designed to promote coopera-
tion between universities, research organiza-
tions, and the government in the development of
space science and technology, and in the opera-
tion of laboratories and facilities for research,
development and education in these fields
INTER-UNIVERSITY CONSORTIUM
FOR POLITICAL SCIENCE
RESEARCH
The University of Maryland Is a member of the
Inter-University Consortium for Political Science
Research, One purpose of the Consortium is to
facilitate collection and distribution of useful data
for social science research. The data includes
survey data from the University of tvlichigan Sur-
vey Research Center and from studies con-
ducted by other organizations or by individuals,
census data for the United States, election
data, legislative roll calls, judicial decision re-
sults, and biographical data
CHESAPEAKE RESEARCH
CONSORTIUM, INC.
The University of f^aryland participates in this
wide scale environmental research program with
The Johns Hopkins University, the Virginia In-
stitute of (\/larine Science and the Smithsonian
Institution, The Consortium coordinates and in-
tegrates research on the Chesapeake Bay re-
gion and is compiling a vast amount of scienti-
fic data to assist in the management and control
of the area.
Graduate Degree Programs
Programs Degrees Offered
Administration, Supervision and
Curriculum^ IVi.Ed., MA.. A.G S., Ed.D., Ph D
Aerospace Engineering MS, Ph D
Agricultural Engineehng M.S., Ph.D
Agricultural and Extension
Education' M.S., A.G.S.. Ph.D.
Agricultural and Resource
Economics M.S., Ph.D.
Agronomy M.S., Ph.D.
American Studies" MA, Ph.D.
Animal Science M.S., Ph.D.
Applied Mathematics M.A., Ph.D.
Art M.A.. M.F.A., Ph.D.
Astronomy' MS, PhD
Botany MS, Ph.D.
Business Administration' MB. A.. DBA.
Chemical Engineering M.S., Ph.D.
Chemistry M.S.. Ph.D.
Civil Engineering MS.. PhD
Comparative Literature MA. PhD
Computer Science* MS. Ph.D.
Counseling and Personnel
Services' . . MEd.. M.A.. A.G.S.. Ed.D., PhD,
Criminal Justice and Criminology* . . MA, Ph.D.
Dairy Science M.S.. PhD,
Early Childhood-Elementary
Education^ M Ed.. M.A., AGS., Ed.D , PhD
Economics* M.A., PhD,
Electrical Engineehng M.S., PhD
Engineering Materials M.S., PhD,
English Language and Literature MA.. PhD,
Entomology MS., PhD,
Family and Community
Development* M.S.
Food. Nutrition and Institutional
Administration* M.S.
Food Science M.S.. PhD,
Foundations of
Education" MEd,. MA,. AGS., Ed.D., PhD
French Language and
Literature^ M.A.. Ph.D.
Geography* M.A., PhD,
Germanic Language and
Literature M.A., Ph.D.
Government and Politics^ M.A., Ph D
Heanng and Speech
Sciences* M.A., Ph.D.
Health Education M.A., Ed.D., Ph.D.
History* M.A.. Ph.D.
Horticulture M.S., Ph.D.
Human Development
Education' . M.Ed , MA.. A.G.S., Ed.D., Ph.D.
Industhal
Education" . M.Ed., M.A., A.G.S., Ed.D., Ph.D.
Journalism* MA.
Library and Information
Services* M.L.S., PhD
Mathematics IVl.A., Ph.D.
Measurement and
Statistics' . . MEd, MA, AGS, Ed.D, Ph.D.
Mechanical Engineering' M.S., Ph.D.
Meteorology M.S., Ph.D.
Microbiology' M.S., Ph.D.
Nuclear Engineering MS., Ph.D.
Music" M.M., DMA., Ph D
Nutntional Sciences M.S., Ph D
Philosophy* M.A., PhD
Physical Education M.A., Ed.D., Ph.D.
Physics' M.S., Ph.D.
Poultry Science M.S., Ph.D.
Psychology* M.A., M.S., Ph.D.
Recreation* M.A., Ed.D., Ph.D.
Secondary
Education' MEd, MA, AGS, Ed.D, Ph.D.
Sociology* M.A., Ph.D.
Spanish and Portuguese Languages and
Literature M.A., Ph.D.
Special
Education' . M Ed., M.A., AGS., Ed.D., Ph.D.
Speech and Dramatic Art* M.A.
Textiles and Consumer
Economics* M.S.
Urban Studies* MA.
Zoology MS., Ph.D.
'ATGS8 required (Advanced Test for Graduate Studies in
Business)
'Miller Analogies Test required for admtssion
■Miller Analogies Test required only at doctoral level
'Graduate Record Examination Aptitude Test required
'Graduate Record Examination Advanced Test required,
•Both Aptitude and Advanced Graduate Record Examinations
required
For further details on entrance examinations
see Admission to Graduate School below
8 / General Information
Admission to Graduate
School
General
Admission to graduate study at ttie College Park
Campus IS the responsibility of the Dean for
Graduate Studies In making decisions upon the
admissibility of applicants, the dean and his staff
regularly seek the advice of the chairmen of the
academic departments and departmental grad-
uate admissions committees In the case of
foreign student applicants, the University's Di-
rector of International Education Services is also
consulted Standards for admission to doctoral
programs are frequently higher than those for
admission to master's programs
In some programs applications for admission
to graduate study by qualified students regularly
exceed the number of students who can be ac-
commodated. As a consequence every appli-
cation is carefully reviewed and the number of
students admitted to each program is balanced
against the faculty and other available resources
There are. moreover, standards which apply
to all applicants regardless of program They
have been established on the basis of long ex-
perience with those who have succeeded, as
well as with those who have failed, in graduate
study They are similar to those standards gov-
erning admission to nearly all major graduate
schools The purpose of these standards is.
quite simply, to identify those individuals who
have a reasonable expectation of successfully
completing a graduate program
The decision on admission of an applicant is
based pnmarily on some of the following critieria.
depending on the specific program or depart-
ment:
1 . Quality of previous undergraduate and
graduate work. As a matter of general policy
within the Graduate School at College Park, the
minimum standard as to quality of undergraduate
work is a B average, or 3.0 on a 4 0 scale, in a
program of study resulting in the award of a bac-
calaureate degree from a regionally accredited
college or university. In addition, the student's
undergraduate program should include com-
pletion of the prerequisites for graduate study in
his or her chosen field. In individual programs,
where resources are available, a few applicants
who do not meet this minimum standard as to
work done at the undergraduate level may be
provisionally admitted if there is compelling evi-
dence on the basis of other criteria of a reason-
able likelihood of success in the program the
person desires to enter In the case of an appli-
cant who has done some graduate work else-
where, less weight may be. but is not neces-
sarily, placed on the quality of the undergraduate
academic record
2. Strength of letters of recommendation
from persons competent to judge ttte applicant's
probable success in graduate school. Usually
these letters are from the applicant's former pro-
fessors who are able to give an in-depth evalua-
tion of the applicant's strengths and weaknesses
with respect to academic work Additional rec-
ommendations may come from employers or
supervisors who are familiar with the applicant's
work experience Applicants should instruct
their references to send all letters of recom-
mendation directly to the program in which they
desire entrance. Some departments do not re-
quire letters of recommendation. (See applica-
tion form.)
Some programs require other evidence of
graduate potential such as portfolios and sam-
ples of creative work, completion of specialized
examinations or personal interviews
3 Scores on a nationally standardized ex-
amination such as the Graduate Record Examin-
ations. Admissions Test for Graduate Study in
Business, f/iller Analogies Test, and similar
tests. For additional information about standard-
ized tests see instructions accompanying ap-
plication forms Because the predictive utility of
these scores may vary from one group of appli-
cants to another, a discriminating use of all rele-
vant materials will be made in each applicant's
case
GRADUATE RECORD
EXAMINATIONS (GRE)
Although many graduate programs do not re-
quire the GRE, almost all will use such test
scores as an additional measurement of an ap-
plicant's qualifications. The GRE may be taken in
either or both of two forms. 1 1 The Aptitude Test
and 2) The Advanced Test. Applicants can take
this test in their senior year or when filing for ad-
mission. For details, applicants should write di-
rectly to Graduate Record Examinations, Educa-
tional Testing Service, Box 955, Pnnceton, New
Jersey 08540.
THE ADMISSIONS TEST FOR
GRADUATE STUDY IN
BUSINESS (ATGSB)
Details about this test, required when applying to
a program in Business Administration, can be ob-
tained by writing to the Educational Testing
Service, P.O. Box 966, Princeton. N.J 08540.
THE MILLER ANALOGIES
TEST (MAT)
Details about the graduate form of this test can
be obtained by writing to the Director. Counsel-
ing Center. University of Maryland. College Park.
Md 20742
4. Statement by the applicant of his aca-
demic and career objectives and how these are
related to the program of study proposed at this
university. It is important that the department or
program of proposed study identify students
whose objectives are consonant with the ob-
jectives of the program
In addition to the above criteria, special
consideration will be given to:
(1 ) Residence of the applicant. While the uni-
versity desires to maintain a geographically di-
verse graduate student population, it also recog-
nizes its responsibility to legal residents of the
state. Every effort will be made to accommodate
qualified Maryland residents.
(2) Sex and minority group membership. The
University of Maryland, its Graduate School and
each of its academic components have strong
affirmative action programs for increasing the
participation of minority groups (Black Ameri-
cans, American Indians, Oriental Americans.
Spanish-Americans) and women among its stu-
dents, staff and faculty
Financial Aid
Many departments are able to provide financial
assistance in the form of teaching or research
assistantships and fellowships to graduate stu-
dent accepted into the department's program
Inquiries concerning the availability of such as-
sistance should be directed to the department
to which the applicant expects to be admitted
or to the Fellowship and Grants Office of the
Graduate School All applicants for fellowships
must be admitted to the Graduate School on a
full-time basis to be eligible
FELLOWSHIPS
The Maryland Fellowship Program, established
by the State Legislature and administered by the
Graduate School, provides a limited number of
fellowships to qualified applicants who are en-
rolled in either a PhD or Ed D, program, and who
agree to teach in a public institution of higher
learning in the State of Maryland for a period of
three years following receipt of their doctoral
degree if a suitable position is offered The sti-
pend is $2500 for the academic year with remis-
sion of tuition Although renewable annually,
these fellowships normally carry a three year
non-renewable tenure. Applications for this Pro-
gram may be obtained from the Fellowship Of-
fice of the Graduate School
The Graduate School Fellowships are
awarded annually on a competitive basis The sti-
pend is S 1 .000 for the academic year, with re-
mission of tuition. The standard application for
financial aid will serve as an application for this
Fellowship Program.
The primary basis on which fellowships are
awarded is academic merit and promise Finan-
cial need may be taken into consideration in
deciding among comparably qualified students.
A fellowship IS traditionally regarded as an
award bestowed on a promising scholar which
will provide him or her with sufficient income that
he or she may be able to devote himself or her-
self essentially full time to scholarly pursuits.
Hence it is generally expected that fellowship
holders will not hold outside employment Ex-
ceptions to this policy can be authorize d by the
Dean for Graduate Studies in cases of special
need
ASSISTANTSHIPS
Graduate Teaching Assistantships are also avail-
able to qualified graduate students. In addition to
remission of tuition, these carry ten-month sti-
pends ranging from $3,100 to $4,400 In cer-
tain departments. Graduate Research Assistant-
ships, with roughly comparable stipends, are
available on a ten or twelve month basis. Appli-
cations for assistantships should be made di-
rectly to the Department in which the applicant
will study.
A few Resident Graduate Assistantships in
the undergraduate residence halls are avail-
able. The stipend is $3,1 00 per year, plus remis-
sion of tuition, in exchange for half-time work as
Residence Halls Staff members These Resident
Assistantships are open to both men and
women. Applications for a Resident Graduate
Assistantship should be made to the Director
of Resident Life. University of Maryland, College
Park. Maryland 20742.
Offers of assistantships are made contin-
gent upon acceptance as a graduate student by
the Graduate School.
STUDENT LOANS
National Direct Student Loan Funds are avail-
able to graduate students of the University of
Maryland. The student may request up to
$2,500 per year. Loans average $1 .500 per
year. Applications should be directed to the Di-
rector .Office of Student Aid, North Administra-
tion Building. University of Maryland. College
Park. Maryland 20742
General Information / 9
Categories of Admission
Applicants may be offered admission to the
Graduate Sctiool in any of tfie following three
categories:
FULL GRADUATE STATUS
For admission in this category an applicant
must have received a baccalaureate degree
from an institution accredited by a regional ac-
crediting association and be otherwise fully
qualified in every respect.
PROVISIONAL
GRADUATE STATUS
This designation may be used when (1) the
previous academic record at a regionally ac-
credited institution is borderline or when there
is a lack of adequate prerequisite course work
in the chosen field: (2) when the applicant has
majored in another area with a creditable
record but there is some doubt about his ability
to pursue the program in question or (3) when
the student has not yet completed his bac-
calaureate and so is not able to furnish a final
transcnpt indicating the completion of all
requirements and the award of the degree A
program to correct any deficiencies will be
outlined by the department and the student is
expected to become fully qualified within a
specified time limit When all conditions have
been met, the department may recommend ad-
mission of the student to "full status." Students
who are unable to qualify for full admission un-
der the conditions specified may have their ad-
missions terminated.
NON-DEGREE
GRADUATE STATUS
Applicants who qualify for full graduate status,
but who are not applicants for a degree at the
University of fvlaryland, may be admitted in a
non-degree status for a limited time The in-
dividual who already has an advanced degree
and who wants to pursue a limited course
program to gain more background in his
original area or in another area of specialization
would be included in this category.
Such a person is admitted on a "course-
work-only" basis. Other examples: (1) a stu-
dent in Education with an MA or M.Ed who
wants to work toward the Advanced Graduate
Specialist Certificate (AGS): (2) the Visiting
Graduate Student who is in good standing as a
graduate student at another institution (See
also Visiting Graduate Student Application) and
(3) the student who wishes to attend an ap-
proved National Science Foundation Institute
but does not want to apply for regular ad-
mission (See also Applications for National
Science Foundation Institutes)
Non-Degree Graduate Status is not intended
to be used as a qualifying program for full
degree status. While consideration may be
given at a later date to the application of
credits earned toward a degree program while
in this status, there is no assurance that such
requests will be granted
"Course-work-only ' and AGS Certificate
students are admitted for a pehod of five
years Other non-degree students are admitted
for the shorter periods specified in their offers
of admission
SPECIAL STUDENT STATUS-
UNDERGRADUATE
This is an undergraduate classification and may
be assigned by the Director, Admissions and
Registrations (Undergraduate Division) to those
applicants who have received the bac-
calaureate or other advanced degrees from an
institution accredited by a regional accrediting
association, but who do not desire or who do
not qualify for graduate admission. Some
graduate degree programs, notably those in
the College of Education, have developed
qualifying courses of study for those applicants
who fall slightly below minimum standards for
provisional admission. Successful completion
of such program normally provides the basis
for recommendation for admission to The
Graduate School
The student is warned, however, that no
credit earned while in a Special Student Status
may be applied at a later date to a degree
program.
Special students may enroll for courses
through the 500 numbered sehes for which
they possess the necessary prerequisites. Per-
mission from the deans of the various schools
and colleges of the university is often needed
to enroll as a Special Student. Courses num-
bered 600 or above are restricted to admitted
graduate students only
NATIONAL SCIENCE FOUNDATION
INSTITUTES
During summer sessions and the regular
academic year, special training programs or in-
stitutes funded by NSF are offered for the
benefit of teachers and other groups with
specialized short-term objectives.
Ordinahly these institutes involve only
courses in the 400 sehes and below: hence
admission as a special student, undergraduate,
is all that is required If the institute requires
courses in the 600 series or higher, admission
to the Graduate School is required. This ad-
mission IS ordinarily on an "NSF-lnstitute only"
basis
Admission Time Limits
For master's and non-degree students, the ad-
mission terminates five years from the entrance
date unless a shorter period is specified in the
offer of admission; eg.. Visiting Graduate
Students, NSF Institute students and some
"course-work-only" students
A doctoral student must be admitted to can-
didacy within five years after entrance, and
must complete all remaining requirements
within four years after admission to candidacy.
The admission to the doctoral program ter-
minates if these conditions are not met.
Change of Objective,
Termination of Admission
Students are admitted only to a specified
program, and within that program only for the
specified objective; e.g., course work only,
master's degree, doctoral degree If the
student wishes to change either the program
or the objective within that program, he or she
must submit a new application and fee for admis-
sion. Admission in the new status is not granted
automatically. Admission in the new status ter-
minates the admission for the original objective.
The student's admission also terminates
when the ohginal objective has been attained:
for example, the admission terminates when a
student who is admitted for the master's
degree completes the requirements for that
degree. If the student wishes to continue for
the doctorate, a new application for admission
to the doctoral program must be submitted; ad-
mission to the doctoral program is not
automatic but is subject to the same review
process applied to others seeking admission to
that program.
A student can be admitted to only one
graduate program at any one time. Application
for and acceptance of an offer of admission in
a second graduate program automatically ter-
minates the student's admission to the first
program.
The student's admission also terminates
when time limits have been exceeded or when
other conditions for the continuation of the ad-
mission have not been met
The admission of all students, both degree
and non-degree, is continued at the discretion
of the major professor, the department or
program director, and Dean for Graduate
Studies Students must maintain an average
grade of B or better in all graduate courses
taken and must otherwise satisfy all additional
departmental and Graduate School program
requirements.
Application for Admission
HOW TO APPLY
Initial correspondence concerning application
for admission and financial aid to the Graduate
School should be addressed to
The Graduate School.
University of Maryland
College Park. f/d. 20742
An application fee of $1 5.00 must ac-
company the application for admission. This
fee is not refundable under any circumstances.
Payment must be made by check or money or-
der payable to the University of Maryland. Do
not send cash or stamps.
SUBMISSION OF TRANSCRIPTS
Two copies of the application for admission
and two official copies of transcripts from each
college or university attended must be
received at the Graduate School by May 1 for
the Summer and Fall Semesters and by
November 1 for the Spring Semester In some
departments the available openings are filled
well in advance of these deadlines so that
earlier application is often desirable. Applicants
who require financial support and want to be
among those first considered must submit their
applications by February 1 for the Fall
Semester A foreign student applicant must
apply at least seven months prior to the
semester in which the student plans to begin
his or her studies.
Applicants for admission should instruct
their institutions to send their transchpts direct-
ly to the Graduate School and not to the
Registrar's Office or graduate department. Ap-
plicants who have attended any branch of the
University of Maryland must also request the
Registrar of the University of Maryland at that
campus to send two copies of their transcript
to the Graduate School. College Park Campus
All transcripts must be received at the
10 / General Information
Graduate School on or before the deadlines
specified above The applicant is solely
responsible for seeing that all the matenals
have been submitted by the appropriate
deadline date No follow-up procedures are un-
dertaken by the Graduate School in this
respect
APPLICATION IN THE SENIOR YEAR
Seniors in their final semester of work toward a
bachelors degree may be offered provisional
admission pending the filing of a sup-
plementary transcript recording the satisfactory
completion of the remaining course work and
ttie award of the degree. Applicants engaged
in graduate study at another institution are also
subject to this policy A student faces can-
cellation of his or her admission if a complete
official record of all previous work is not
received within three months following the
completion of such study and the award of the
degree
VISITING GRADUATE STUDENT
APPLICATIONS
A graduate student matriculated in another
graduate school, who wishes to enroll for a
single summer session or a single semester in
the Graduate School of the University of
Maryland, and who intends thereafter to return
to the graduate school in which he or she is
matriculated, may be admitted in a Non-Degree
Graduate Status as a visiting student
To enroll as a visitor, the student must have
been officially admitted to another recognized
graduate school and must be in good standing.
Full transcripts of credits need not be sub-
imitted. but he or she must apply for admission
to the Graduate School of the University of
Maryland, and pay the application fee. In lieu of
transcripts, he or she must have his graduate
dean certify, in writing, to the Graduate School
that he or she is in good standing and that the
credits will be accepted toward his or her
graduate degree Unless otherwise specified,
admission will be offered for one semester
only
APPLICATIONS FOR NATIONAL
SCIENCE FOUNDATION INSTITUTES
Application for admission to an NSF Institute
should be made directly to the director of the
NSF Institute If admission to the Graduate
School is required, the director will apply the
same criteria and standards required for ad-
mission on a regular basis in selecting qualified
participants and recommending their admission
to the Graduate School Admission to a non-
degree "NSF Institute only" status carries with
it no implication that the individual will be
automatically considered for admission in any
other status at a later date The "NSF only"
status terminates upon completion of the NSF
Institute in which the student was enrolled A
new application must be submitted for sub-
sequent programs of a similar nature.
Students already admitted to a regular
graduate program may also qualify for par-
ticipation in an NSF Institute.
FOREIGN STUDENT APPLICATIONS
No foreign student seeking admission
to the University of Maryland should
plan to leave his country before ob-
taining an official offer of admission from
the Director of Graduate Records of the
Graduate School.
Academic Credentials
The complete application and official academic
credentials— beginning with secondary school
records— should be received by the Graduate
Admissions Office at least seven months prior
to the semester in which he or she plans to
begin his studies Applications may be rejected
pnor to this deadline when foreign student
quotas have been exceeded
English Proficiency
In addition to meeting academic requirements,
the foreign student applicant must demonstrate
proficiency in English by taking the Test of
English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL)
Because TOEFL is given only four times a year
throughout various parts of the worid. it is
necessary for the applicant to make
arrangements with the Educational Testing Ser-
vice. Box 899. Princeton. N J. 08540. to take
the test as soon as he or she contemplates
study at the University of Maryland When the
applicant is ready to begin his or her studies,
he or she will be expected to read, speak, and
write English fluently, to understand lectures
and to take pertinent notes.
Financial Resources
A statement regarding the applicants financial
status is required by the Office of International
Education Services. Approximately S525 00 a
month, or S6300 00 a year, is required for
educational and living expenses of two
academic semesters and a summer session.
A foreign student applicant must be
prepared, in most cases, to meet his or her
financial obligations from his or her own
resources or from those provided by a sponsor
for at least the first year of study, and perhaps
beyond
Immigration Documents
It IS necessary for students eligible for ad-
mission to secure from the university's Director
of International Education Services, the im-
migration form required for obtaining the ap-
propriate visa Students already studying in the
United States who wish to transfer to the
University of Maryland must also secure proper
immigration documents to request the Im-
migration and Naturalization Service to grant
permission for transfer.
Reporting Upon Arrival
Every foreign student is expected to report to
the Office of International Education Services
as soon as possible after arriving at the univer-
sity. This office will be able to assist not only
with various problems regarding immigration,
housing and fees, but also with more general
problems of orientation to university and com-
munity life
Questions concerning criteria and
requirements for foreign applicants should be
addressed to the Director. International
Education Services. University of Maryland.
College Part^. Md 20742.
Records' Maintenance
and Disposition
All records, including academic records from
other institutions, become part of the official
file and can neither be returned nor duplicated
for any purpose A student should obtain an
additional copy of his or her official credentials
to keep in his or her possession for advisory
purposes and for other personal requirements
The admission credentials and the ap-
plication data of the applicants who do not
register for courses at the time for which they
have been admitted or whose application has
been disapproved or who do not respond to
the deparmental requests for additional in-
formation or whose application is not complete
with respect to the receipt of all transcripts or
test results are retained for one year only and
then destroyed.
Offer of Admission
A wntten offer of admission is made to an ap-
plicant who meets all admission requirements.
The offer specifies the date of entrance which
will normally coincide with the date requested
in the application The offer of admission must
be accepted or declined by the date specified
in the offer If the Graduate School is not
notified by the date specified, the offer of ad-
mission lapses and the space is reassigned to
another applicant An individual whose offer of
admission has lapsed must submit a new ap-
plication and fee. if he or she wants to be
reconsidered for admission at a later date.
The offer of admission is a permit-to-register
for courses, and must be presented by the
student at the time of his or her first
registration. Identification as a graduate
student, to be used thereafter, will be issued at
the time of first registration.
Graduate Credit for
Senior Undergraduates
A senior at the University of Maryland who is
within seven credit hours of completing the
requirements for an undergraduate degree
may. with the approval of the undergraduate
dean, the provost of his or her division, the
department or program offering the course,
and the Graduate School, register for graduate
courses, which may later be counted for
graduate credit toward an advanced degree at
the university if he or she has been approved
for admission to the Graduate School The total
of undergraduate and graduate courses must
not exceed 1 5 credits for the semester Ex-
cess credits in the senior year cannot be used
for graduate credit unless proper pre-
arrangement is made Seniors who wish to
register for graduate credit should inquire at the
Graduate School about the procedure.
Undergraduate Credit For
Graduate Level Courses
Subject to requirements determined by the
graduate faculty members of the department or
program offering the course, undergraduate
students may register for graduate level cour-
ses, i.e . those numbered from 600 through
898 with the exception of 799. for un-
dergraduate credit
A student seeking to utilize this option will
normally have earned an accumulated grade
point average of 3.0. be in his or her senior
year, have successfully completed, with a
General Information / 11
grade of B or better, the prerequisite and
correlative courses, and be a major In the ap-
propriate or a closely related department The
student will be required to obtain prior ap-
proval of the department offering the course
Enrollment in a graduate level course does
not in any way imply subsequent departmental
or Graduate School approval for admission into
a graduate program, nor may the course be
used as credit for a graduate degree at the
University of Maryland
Advising and
Registration
Progress in an approved graduate
degree program is a shared respon-
sibility of the student and his or her
faculty advisor The student is respon-
sible for compliance with the rules and
procedures of the Graduate School and
all applicable department or graduate
program requirements which govern the
individual program of study In fulfilling
this responsibility the student should
seek the advice of his or her faculty ad-
visor and the administrative officer of
the department or program in which he
or she is studying, as well as that of the
staff of the Graduate School.
Registration for the newly admitted graduate
student begins with a visit to the student's
academic advisor in the graduate department
or program to which the student has been ad-
mitted. There the student will obtain information
about specific degree requirements which sup-
plement those of the Graduate School ?nd will
develop, in consultation with a graduate faculty
advisor, an individual program of study and
research. (See statement of student respon-
sibility.)
In developing that program the student will
need to consult the Schedule of Classes,
published just prior to each registration period
by the Office of Registration, to obtain in-
formation about the times and places classes
will be offered, the names of the professors or
instructors who will be teaching a particular
course or section, procedures for the payment
of tuition and fees, dropping or adding a
course, or making other changes in
registration It also contains the names,
telephone numbers and office locations of per-
sons who can supply additional information
While most questions normally raised by
graduate students, and most problems they
meet, will be answered or resolved by the
faculty advisor or a departmental committee,
the student should remember that he or she is
a student in the Graduate School, and its staff
is specifically charged with the responsibility
for assisting graduate students who need ad-
ditional information, guidance or assistance
Further, the Dean for Graduate Studies is the
individual to whom requests or petitions for ex-
ceptions or waivers of regulations or graduate
degree requirements should be addressed and
to whom appeals from decisions of depart-
mental or program faculty or administrators
should be directed
Course Numbering
System
Courses are designated as follows:
000-099
Non-credit courses.
100-199
Primarily freshman
courses
200-299
Primarily sophomore
courses.
300-399
Junior and senior
courses not acceptable
for credit toward
graduate degrees.
400-499
Junior and senior
courses acceptable for
credit toward some
graduate degrees.
500-599
Professional school
courses (Dentistry, Law,
Ivledicine) and post-
baccalaureate courses
not for graduate degree
credit.
600-898
Courses restricted to
graduate students.
799
Master's thesis credit.
899
Doctoral dissertation
credit.
The first character of the numeric
position determines the level of the
course and the last two digits are used
for course identification. Courses ending
with an 8 or 9 (third position) are cour-
ses that are repeatable for credit. All
non-repeatable courses must end in 0
through 7.
Graduate credit will not be given
ur}less the student has been admitted to
the Graduate School.
Designation of Full
and Part-Time
Graduate Students
In order to accurately reflect the involvement
of graduate students in their programs of study
and research and the use of university re-
sources in those programs, the Graduate
Council uses the graduate unit in making
calculations to determine full or part-time
student status in the administration of the
minimum registration requirements described
below and in responding to student requests
for certification of full-time studenfstatus. The
number of graduate units per semester credit
hour is calculated in the following manner:
Courses in the senes:
000-399 carry 2
units-'credit hour.
Courses in the sehes:
400-499 carry 4
units -credit hour.
Courses in the series:
500-599 carry 5
units credit hour
Courses in the series:
600-898 carry 6
units/credit hour
Research course: 799
carries 1 2
units/credit hour.
Research course: 899
carries 1 8
units/credit hour
To be certified as a full-time student a graduate
student must be officially registered for a com-
bination of courses equivalent to 48 units per
semester. A graduate assistant holding a
regular appointment is a full-time student if
registered for 24 units in addition to the ser-
vice appointment.
Minimum Registration
Requirements
All graduate students making any demand upon
the academic or support services of the
university, whether taking courses, using
university librahes, laboratories, computer
facilities, office space, housing, or consulting
with faculty advisors, taking comprehensive or
final oral examinations, must register for the
number of graduate units which will, in the
judgment of the faculty advisor, accurately
reflect the student's involvement in graduate
study and use of university resources. In no
case will registration be for less than 4 units
Minimum Registration
Requirements for
Doctoral Candidates
Doctoral students who have been advanced to
candidacy must register each semester, ex-
cluding summer sessions, until the degree is
awarded. Those who have not completed the
required 1 2 semester credit hours of Disser-
tation Research (899), or its equivalent, must
register for a minimum of 1 8 graduate units
each semester. Doctoral candidates whose
demands upon the university are greater than
that represented by this minimum registration
will, of course, be expected to register for the
number of units which will reflect their use of
university resources.
Doctoral candidates who have completed
the required minimum of 1 2 credit hours of
Dissertation Research (899). or its equivalent,
and who are making no use of university
resources, must meet a Continuous
Registration requirement in each semester, ex-
cept for summer sessions, until the degree is
awarded. This requirement is met by paying
the $10 Continuous Registration fee. The fee
may be paid in person or by mail directly to the
Graduate School. It must be paid before the
end of the eighth week of classes during the
fall and spring semesters.
Failure to comply with the requirement for
maintaining Continuous Registration will be
taken as evidence that the student has ter-
minated his or her doctoral program and ad-
mitted status to the Graduate School will be
terminated, A new application for admission,
with the consequent re-evaluation of the
student's performance, will be required of a
student wishing to resume a graduate program
terminated under this regulation.
Grades for
Graduate Students
The following grades are used in the evaluation
of graduate student performance at the Univer-
sity of Maryland, College Park:
The conventional A through F grading
system is used in graduate level courses The
A is calculated at 4 quality points, the B at 3
quality points, the C at 2 quality points, and the
grades of D. F. and I receive no qualify points
A student may repeat any course in an effort
to earn a better grade. The later grade,
12 / General Information
whether higher or lower, will be used in com-
puting the grade point average A minimum
grade point average of 3 0 is required for
graduation with a graduate degree All courses
taken after matriculation as a graduate student
numbered 400 and above, except those num-
bered 799 or 899 and those graded with an S
will be used m the calculation of the grade
point average No course taken after August
23. 1974. will be marked "not applicable" for
the purpose of computing the grade point
average of a graduate student No graduate
credit transferred from another institution will
be included in the calculation of the grade
point average
A "Satisfactory or Failure" (S-F) grading
system may be used, at the discretion of the
department or program, for certain types of
graduate study These include courses which
require independent field work, special pro-
jects, or Independent Study Departmental
seminars, workshops, and departmental
courses in instructional methods may- also be
appropriate for the S-F grading system
The "Pass-Fail" grade option, which may be
elected by undergraduate students, is not
available to students at the graduate level
Thesis and dissertation research, and
courses labelled "Independent Study" or
"Special Problems" may use either the A-F or
the S-F grading system. However, only one
grading system will be used for a single course
in a particular semester. The grading system
will be designated by the department or
program offering the course.
Credit-by-Examination
A graduate student may obtain graduate credit
by examination in courses at the 400 level
previously identified by the approphate depart-
ment or program. As a general rule credit-by-
examination is not available for courses at the
600. 700. or 800 levels for. in the judgment of
the Graduate Council, courses at these levels
require a continuing interaction between
faculty and students to achieve the educational
goals of advanced study
A student may receive credit-by-examination
only for a course for which he or she is other-
wise eligible to receive graduate credit The
department or program in which he or she is
enrolled may establish a limit on the number of
credits which may be earned through credit-
by-examination A graduate student seeking
credit-by-examination must obtain the consent
of his or her advisor
The Graduate School maintains a list of
courses for which examinations are available or
will be prepared. The fee for credit-by-
examination for full-time graduate students is
$30.00 per course regardless of the number
of credits or units to be earned. Part-time
graduate students will be charged the same
fee per credit hour they would pay if taking the
course in the usual manner.
Transfer of Credit
A maximum of six semester hours of graduate
level course credits earned at regionally ac-
credited institutions prior to. or after,
matriculation in the Graduate School may be
applied toward master's degrees at the Univer-
sity of Maryland, Proportionately larger
amounts of credit may be applied toward
doctoral degrees.
All graduate study credits offered as trans-
fer credit must meet the following criteria:
1 They must have received graduate
credit at the institution where earned
2. They must not have been used to meet
the requirements for any degree
previously earned.
3 They must have been taken within the
time limits applicable to degrees award-
ed by the Graduate School
4. The department or program to which the
student has been admitted at Maryland
must certify that the courses are ap-
propriate to the degree program the
student is pursuing at Maryland
5. The student earned a B or better in the
courses offered for transfer credit,
A student seeking acceptance of transfer
credit is advised to submit the necessary tran-
scripts and certification of department or
program approval to the Graduate School as
promptly as possible for its review and
decision
The Inter-Campus Student
A student admitted to the Graduate School on
any campus of the university is eligible to take
courses on any other campus of the university
with the approval of his or her academic ad-
visor and the graduate deans on the home and
host campuses Credits earned on a host cam-
pus are resident credit at the home campus
and meet all degree requirements. Transcripts
of work taken at another campus will be main-
tained on the home campus and fees will be
paid to the home campus. Forms for effecting
registration as an inter-campus student may be
obtained from the Graduate School offices on
any campus of the university
Graduate Fees*
Application fee
This fee IS not refundable , , , , SI 5,00
Tuition Per Credit Hour:
Resident Student $47,00
Non-Resident Student $77,00
Students admitted to the Graduate
School must pay graduate tuition fees
whether or not the credit will be used to
satisfy program requirements A
graduate student who wishes to audit a
course must pay the usual graduate
tuition.
Continuous Registration Fee . $10,00
Registration Fee S 5,00
Recreation Fee
(Summer School Only) $4,00
Vehicle Registration Fee ... $1 2.00
Graduation Fee.
Master's Degree $1 5.00
Graduation Fee.
Doctor's Degree $60.00
Health Fee (Per Semester) ... $ 5.00
(Part Time Student)
Health Fee (Per Semester). . . $10.00
(Full Time Student)
* TTie fees listed here are tfiose charged at the time thrs
Catalog went to press and are ottered as a general guide
They are subject to change Fees charged in a particular
semester are published in the Schedule of C/asses for ttiat
semester
Determination of In-State Status
for Admission, Tuition and Charge-
Differential Purposes
The Board of Regents of the University of Mary-
land approved new regulations for the deter-
mination of in-state status for admission, tuition
and charge-differential purposes at its meet-
ing on September 21. 1973. The new regula-
tions become effective with the January 1 974
term.
An initial determination of in-state status for
admission, tuition and charge-differential pur-
poses will be made by the University at the time
a student's application for admission is under
consideration The determination made at that
time, and any determination made thereafter
shall prevail in each semester until the deter-
mination is successfully challenged The dead-
line for meeting all requirements for an in-state
status and for submitting all documents for re-
classification is the last day of late registra-
tion for the semester the student wishes to be
classified as an in -state student.
The implementation of this policy to those
eligible for redetermination will require an ex-
tended period of time. It is hoped that a decision
in each case will be made within ninety (90)
days of a request for determination. During this
period of time, or any further period of time re-
quired by the University, fees and charges
based on the previous determination must be
paid. If the determination is changed, any ex-
cess fees and charges will be refunded.
Persons who are interested in obtaining a
copy of the regulations or who wish assistance
with their classification should contact: The
Graduate School, South Administration Build-
ing. University of Maryland, College Park. Mary-
land 20742— phone (301 ) 454-5428.
Degree Requirements
Graduate School
Requirements Applicable
to all Master's Degrees
In addition to the following requirements
special departmental or collegiate requirements
may be imposed especially in the case of
those degrees which are offered only in one
department, college or division For these
special requirements consult the descriptions
which appear under the departmental or
collegiate listing in this catalog or the special
publications which can be obtained from the
department or college.
The entire course of study undertaken for
any master's degree must constitute a unified,
coherent program which is approved by the
student's advisor and by the Graduate School
A minimum of thirty semester hours in cour-
ses acceptable for credit towards a graduate
degree are required; in certain cases six of the
thirty semester hours must be thesis research
credits. The graduate program must include at
least 1 2 hours of course work in the major
subject and at least 1 2 hours of course work
at the 600 level or higher If the student is
inadequately prepared for the required
graduate courses, additional courses may be
required These courses may not be con-
sidered as part of his or her graduate program.
To graduate the student must have an
average grade of B over all graduate courses
taken.
General Information / 13
All requirements for the master's degree
must be completed wittiin a five year period A
minimum residence of one year of full-time
study at ttiis university (or its equivalent) is
required.
Ttie particular requirements for ttie degrees
of toaster of Arts, Master of Science, and
Master of Education are given directly below
Ttiose for ttie degrees of Master of Business
Administration, Master of Library Science, and
Master of Music are given under "Graduate
Programs "
GRADUATE SCHOOL
REQUIREMENTS FOR
THE DEGREES OF
MASTER OF ARTS AND
MASTER OF SCIENCE
Thesis Option
Course Requirements
A minimum of 30 semester hours including six
hours of thesis research credit (799) is
required for the degrees of Master of Arts and
Master of Science Of the 24 hours required in
graduate courses, not less than 1 2 must be
earned in the major subject Not less than one-
half of the total required course credits for the
degree, or a minimum of twelve, must be
selected from courses numbered 600 or
above
Thesis Requirement
A thesis IS required for the Master of Arts and
Master of Science degrees except for those
programs in which a non-thesis option has
been approved by the Dean for Graduate
Studies in conformity with the policy of the
Graduate Council Approval of the thesis is the
responsibility of an examining committee ap-
pointed by the Dean for Graduate Studies. The
student's advisor is the chairman of the com-
mittee and the remaining members of the com-
mittee are members of the graduate faculty
who are familiar with the student's program of
study The chairman and the candidate are in-
formed of the membership of the examining
committee by the Dean
A final oral examination on the thesis shall
be held when the student has completed his or
her thesis to the satisfaction of his or her ad-
visor, providing he or she has completed all
other requirements for the degree and has
earned a 3 0 grade point average computed in
accordance with the regulations described
above The examining committee, with a mini-
mum of three members, conducts the oral exam-
ination (an additional comprehensive written
examination may be required at the option of the
department or program ) The chairman of the
examining committee selects the time and place
for the examination and notifies other members
of the committee and the candidate. Members
of the committee must be given a minimum of 7
school days in which to read the thesis.
The duration of the examination is normally
about an hour but it may be longer if
necessary to insure an adequate examination
The report of the committee, signed by each
member, must be submitted to the Dean for
Graduate Studies no later than the appropriate
date listed in the "Important Dates for Advisor
and Students" if the student is to receive a
diploma at the Commencement in the semester
in which the examination is held
Directions for the preparation and sub-
mission of theses will be found in the Graduate
Student Academic Handbook which may be
purchased at the university book store.
Non-Thesis Option
The requirements for Master of Arts and
Master of Science degrees without thesis vary
slightly among departments and programs in
which this option is available. Standards for ad-
mission are, however, identical with those for
admission to any other master's program. The
quality of the work expected of the student is
also identical to that expected in the thesis
programs
The general requirements for those on the
non-thesis program are: a minimum of 30
semester credit hours in courses approved for
graduate credit with a minimum average grade
of B in all course work taken: a minimum of 1 8
semester credit hours in courses numbered
600 or above: the submission of one or more
scholarly papers: and passing a written com-
prehensive final examination,
A student following a non-thesis master's
program will be expected to meet the same
deadlines for application for a diploma and for
final examination reports established for all
other degree programs.
REQUIREMENTS FOR
THE DEGREE OF
MASTER OF EDUCATION
Nearly all departments in Education offer the
Master of Education (M.Ed.) degree with the
following requirements:
1 A minimum of 30 semester hours in
coursework with a grade average of B.
Grades for courses not a part of the
program but taken in graduate status
will be computed in the average
2 A minimum of 15 hours in courses num-
bered 600-800 with the remainder at
least in the 400 series. Some depart-
ments require courses in departments
outside of those in Education
3. A comprehensive written examination
taken at the end of coursework A part
of the examination may be oral,
4 EDMS646orEDMU690andone
seminar paper: or two seminar papers
5 EDMS446orEDMS451
6 Test battery.
For further details, see ""Statement of
Policies and Procedures: Master"s Degrees in
Education," issued by the College of
Education, and descriptions of departmental
programs.
Advanced Graduate
Specialist Program
The Advanced Graduate Specialist program is
designed to promote high professional com-
petence in an area of specialization The can-
didate must be able to show that he or she
can operate as an effective counselor, ad-
ministrator, teacher, or skilled person in his or
her major field of professional endeavor The
program is offered through most of the depart-
ments of the College of Education. The ap-
plicant must be admissible to The Graduate
School but the certificate is awarded by the
College of Education
Requirements are as follows:
1 Admission based on a master's degree
or its equivalent in course hours earned
either at the University of Maryland or at
another institution accredited by a
regional accrediting association Ap-
plicant to be admitted in non-degree
status in the Graduate School
2. Program developed with advisor and
filed with Graduate Studies office in
Education
3 Test battery required of all Education
graduate students
4 Coursework totaling not more than 30
hours (grades of B or A) from an in-
stitution accredited for graduate work,
may be transferred
5 Minimum of 60 semester hours of
graduate work with not less than 30
from the University of Maryland.
6 Half of the coursework from other in-
stitutions or this University to be in
courses comparable to the 600-800
series.
7 May be required to take a substantial
portion of work in departments other
than in Education.
8 Baverage with no D'sor F"son the
record.
9 A written examination of not less than
six hours in length.
1 0 Registration in some kind of field study,
field experience, apprenticeship or in-
ternship
For further details see "Statement of
Policies and Procedures: Advanced Graduate
Specialist Program in Education," issued by
the College of Education and descriptions of
departmental programs.
Graduate School
Requirements
Applicable to
All Doctoral Degrees
GENERAL
In addition to the following requirements
special departmental or collegiate requirements
may be imposed especially in the case of
those degrees which are offered in only one
department, college or division. For these
special requirements consult the descriptions
which appear under the departmental or
collegiate listing in this catalog or the special
publications which can be obtained from the
department, college or division.
Program
The number of credit hours required in the
program varies with the degree in question.
Residence
The equivalent of three years of full-time
graduate study and research is the minimum
required Of the three years the equivalent of
at least one year must be spent at the Univer-
sity of Maryland. On a part-time basis the time
needed will be increased correspondingly All
work at other institutions offered in partial
fulfillment of the requirements for any doctoral
degree must be submitted with the recom-
mendation of the Department or Program con-
cerned to the Graduate School for approval at
14 / General Information
the time of application for admission candidacy
Official transcripts of tfie work must be on file
in the Graduate School
Admission to Candidacy
Preliminary examinations or such other sub-
stantial tests as the departments may elect are
frequently prerequisite for admission to can-
didacy A student must be admitted to can-
didacy within five years after admission to the
doctoral program
A student must be admitted to candidacy
for the doctorate at least one academic year
before the date on which the degree will be
conferred
Applications for admission to candidacy for
the doctorate are made in duplicate by the
student and submitted to his or her maior
department for further action and transmission
to the Graduate School. Application forms may
be obtained at the office of the Graduate
School
The student must complete all of his or her
program for the degree, including the disser-
tation and final examination, during a four year
period after admission to candidacy Ex-
tensions of time are granted only under the
most unusual circumstances Failure to com-
plete all requirements within the time allotted
requires another application for admission to
candidacy with the usual preliminary
examination, or other prerequisites as deter-
mined by the department or program com-
mittee.
It is the responsibility of the student to sub-
mit his or her application for admission to can-
didacy when all the requirements for candidacy
have been fulfilled.
Disseilation
A dissertation or its equivalent is required ot all
candidates for a doctoral degree The topic of
the dissertation must be approved by the
department or program committee
Directions for the preparation and sub-
mission of dissertations will be found in the-
Graduate Student Academic Handbook which
may be purchased at the university book store.
During the preparation of the dissertation,
all candidates for any doctoral degree must
register for the prescribed number of semester
hours of Doctoral Dissertation Research, num-
bered 899. at the University of f^^aryland.
Publication of all or a portion of the disser-
tation prior to its defense and approval by the
Graduate Faculty examining committee
requires prior approval of the Dean tor
Graduate Studies This approval is sought
through a letter to the dean, endorsed by the
dissertation advisor, containing an explanation
of the need for early publication
Final Examination
The final oral defense of the dissertation is
conducted by a Committee of the Graduate
Faculty appointed by the Dean tor Graduate
Studies The committee will consist of a
minimum of five voting members, all of whom
hold the doctoral degree At least one of the
five must hold appointment m a department or
Graduate Program external to the one in which
the student is seeking the degree A minimum
of three members of the committee must be
regular members of the Graduate Faculty of
the University of Maryland-
One member of the committee is
designated by the dean as his Representative
In addition to having the normal responsibility
of a faculty examiner, the dean's representative
has the responsibility of assuring that the
examination is conducted according to
established procedures Any disagreement
over the examination procedures is referred to
the deans representative for decision
One or more members of the committee
may be persons from other institutions who
hold the doctorate and who are distinguished
scholars in the field of the dissertation
Nominations for membership on the com-
mittee are submitted by the student s maior
professor on the form certifying that the disser-
tation has been completed and is ready for
distribution to the Committee Complete copies
of the dissertation must be distributed to the
committee at least ten days before the
examination The time and place of the
examination are established by the major
professor who serves as chairman ot the com-
mittee
All final oral examinations are open to all
members of the Graduate Faculty After the
examination the committee deliberates and
votes in private Two or more negative votes
constitute a failure.
The candidate may only present himself or
herself for the final oral examination twice
Pailicuiar Requirements
The particular requirements for the Doctor of
Philosophy and Doctor ot Education degrees
are given immediately below The particular
requirements for the degrees. Doctor of
Business Administration, and Doctor of IVIusical
Arts are given under the corresponding
program descriptions.
GRADUATE SCHOOL
REQUIREMENTS FOR
THE DEGREE OF
DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY
The Doctor of Philosophy Degree is granted
only upon sufticient evidence of high at-
tainment in scholarship and the ability to
engage in independent research It is not
awarded for the completion of course and
seminar requirements no matter how suc-
cessfully completed.
Residence
See requirements for all doctoral degrees.
Foreign Language
Requirement
The Graduate School no longer has a language
requirement for the Doctor of Philosophy
degree. However, a number of departments
have retained a foreign language requirement.
The student should inquire in the department
regarding this requirement. The student must
satisfy the departmental or program
requirement before he or she can be admitted
to candidacy for the doctorate
Program
There is no Graduate School requirement for a
specific number of course credits in either a
major or a minor subject It is the policy of the
Graduate School to encourage the develop-
ment of individual programs for each student
who seeks the Ph D To that end the academic
departments and interdisciplinary programs
have been directed to determine major and
minor requirements, levels or sequences of
required courses, and similar requirements for
submission to the Graduate Council for ap-
proval
Admission to Candidacy
See requirements for all doctoral degrees
Dissertation
The ability to do independent research must be
demonstrated by an original dissertation on a
topic approved by the department or program
During the preparation of the dissertation,
all candidates for the Doctor of Philosophy
Degree must register for a minimum of 12
semester hours of doctoral research, num-
bered 899, at the University of Maryland
Final Examination
See requirements for all doctoral degrees
REQUIREMENTS FOR
THE DEGREE OF
DOCTOR OF EDUCATION
The requirements for the Doctor of Education
(Ed D ) degree are for the most part the same
as those for the Doctor of Philosophy degree
in Education, departments in the Graduate
School The only difference lies in the amount
of credit for the Ed D project (6-9 hours) as
compared to that required for the Ph D. disser-
tation (12-16 hours) For details see
Statement of Policy and Procedures Doctoral
Degrees in Education," issued by the College
of Education as well as requirements tor the
Ph D ; see above, and departmental
regulations.
Commencement
Applications for the diploma must be filed with
the Office of Admissions and Registrations
within the first three weeks of the semester in
which the candidate expects to obtain a
degree except during summer session During
the summer session, the application must be
tiled during the first week of the second sum-
mer session.
If. for any reason, a student does not
graduate at the end of the semester in which
he or she applies for the diploma, he or she
must re-apply for it in the semester in which he
or she expects to graduate
Academic costume is required of all can-
didates at commencement exercises Those
who so desire may purchase or rent caps and
gowns at the University of Maryland student
supply store Orders must be filed eight weeks
before the date of commencement but may be
cancelled later if the student finds himself or
herself unable to complete his or her work for
the degree.
Student Services
Housing
There is no on-campus housing provided for
unmarried graduate students. The Off-Campus
Housing Office (Room 121 1H. Student Union,
454-3645), in cooperation with many of the local
landlords and apartment managers, maintains
an extensive and up-to-date list of vacancies
General Information / IS
under several headings (Rooms, Unfurnished
Apartments, Houses to Share, etc.). This office
can also provide students with convenient maps
of the College Park area, and with lists of local
motels, trailer and mobile home parks, real
estate agents, and furniture rental companies
The lowest known rates for housing in the
area are about $60 /month for a room in a
house, $135'month for an unfurnished apart-
ment, $150/month for a furnished apartment,
and $250/month tor a two-bedroom house
The university itself maintains two apartment
complexes for married graduate students and
for a limited number of single graduate stu-
dents Both Lord Calvert Apartments and
University Hills Apartments are within walking
distance of campus, which means that there is
usually a waiting list, especially dunng the
period immediately preceding the fall semester
Priority for housing in these complexes is
currently given to married full-time graduate
assistants, then marned full-time graduate non-
assistants.
Rent for a one-bedroom apartment is about
$125/month. with two-bedroom apartments
costing about fifteen dollars more: a limited
number of efficiencies are available to single
students for a slightly lower monthly rent.
Students must sign a one year lease and pay a
security deposit of $50 (payable when the ap-
plicant's name is added to the waiting list) Af-
ter the initial lease expires, residence in the
apartments is on a monthly basis Graduate
students who maintain full-time status are per-
mitted to live in the apartments for a maximum
of five years.
Information and applications for university-
owned housing can be obtained from the Ren-
tal Office 3424 Tulane Drive, Hyattsville,
Maryland 20783 (422-7445)
University
Food Services
The University Food Service offers three dining
contract options which are available to
graduate students One plan offers the diner
20 meals per week, the second offers 3
meals/day for five days/week, and the third
offers the choice of any 10 meals/wsek. The
1974-1975 cost of contract dining plans
ranged from $297 to $347 per semester
University affiliated people can obtain guest
meal tickets for individual meals in contract
dining halls for fairly reasonable prices
(unlimited quantities for $1 .65 at breakfast,
$2 00 at lunch, and $2 50 at dinner) More in-
formation about contract dining can be ob-
tained from Mr. John Goecker (454-2901)
In addition to the services offered by the
contract dining halls, graduate students may
wish to take advantage of the cash line ser-
vices available at the Hill Dining Hall or the
various restaurants and snack bars at the
Student Union.
Hillel Kosher Dining Club, housed in Hillel
House, 7505 Yale Avenue, College Park (277-
8961), provides Kosher meals on either a
regular or occasional basis.
Health Service
The University Health Center provides routine
medical treatment, emergency care, laboratory
and x-ray services for all graduate and un-
dergraduate students The Women's Health
Care Unit provides gynecological services and
family planning. In addition Mental Health ser-
vices are available at the Health Center both
by appointment and on an emergency basis
Specialty clinics are available in Dermatology
and Orthopedics by referral from Health Center
physicians Health Education materials and
resources are available through the Health
Educator
The Health Center is open throughout the
year, Monday through Fnday, 8:00 a.m. to
9:00 p.m. for routine services. Saturday and
Sunday hours are 9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m The
center is staffed 24 hours a day for emergen-
cies with nurses on duty and a physician is on
call at all times During extended school
vacation periods and semester breaks when
the center is closed, a physician Is available
through the campus operator. There is no
charge for routine medical care or professional
services but charges are made for certain
laboratory tests, all x-rays and allergy in-
jections
Career
Development Center
The Career Development Center offers a wide
variety of services to graduate students. The
goal of the center is to assist students in ex-
ploring career opportunities and planning their
careers Services include career advising, the
Career Library, the credentials service, and the
on-campus interview program.
The career advising program includes both
individual and group advising sessions The
Career Library contains occupational in-
formation, full-time job listings, employer direc-
tories, and other reference sources
Graduate students are eligible to participate
in the on-campus interview program, which in-
volves campus visits by representatives from
business, government, and education Students
interested in employment in the fields of
education and library science will find the
Credentials Service especially valuable.
Counseling Center
The Counseling Center offers consultation on
educational/psychological concerns: an open
educational-vocational information library:
recorded interviews with department heads on
the characteristics of graduate majors offered
on the campus: and a weekly R&D series of
presentations on current educational/
psychological topics.
Available services include the following: the
Counseling Service, which offers initial con-
sultation on any problems and provides further
counseling services or referral services to ap-
propriate individuals or agencies in the area:
the Reading and Study Skills Laboratory, for
those interested in improving any of their
educational skills: the Parent Consultation and
Child Evaluation Service, providing a variety of
services to the parents of young children with
learning or behavior problems: and the Testing,
Research and Data Processing Division, which
serves as the testing and census taking arm
of the campus
Additional
Graduate School
Publications
The following is a list of publications available
to students who have been admitted to the
Graduate School.
GUIDE TO
GRADUATE LIFE
A handbook designed to provide the new
graduate student with an introduction to the
campus and the College Park area, the Guide
is available from the Office of the Dean for
Graduate Studies
IMPORTANT DATES
FOR ADVISORS
AND STUDENTS
This calendar card of dates for submission of
final documents is available from the various
departmental graduate offices, as well as from
the Office of the Dean for Graduate Studies.
GRADUATE STUDENT
ACADEMIC HANDBOOK
This manual contains the instructions for
preparation of dissertations and is available at a
nominal cost from the university book store.
Policy of the
University of IVIaryland
on Access to and
Release of Student
Data/Information
General Statement
The University of Maryland has the respon-
sibility for effectively supervising any access to
and/or release of official data/ information
about its students. Certain items of information
about individual students are fundamental to
the educational process and must be recorded.
This recorded information concerning students
must be used only for clearly-defined pur-
poses, must be safeguarded and controlled to
avoid violations of personal privacy, and must
be appropriately disposed of when the
justification for its collection and retention no
longer exists.
In this regard, the university is committed to
protecting to the maximum extent possible the
right of privacy of all individuals about whom it
holds information, records and files. Access to
and release of such records is restricted to the
student concerned, to others with the
student's written consent, to officials within the
university, to a court of competent jurisdiction
and otherwise pursuant to law.
Access
All official information collected and maintained
in the university identifiable with an individual
student will be made available for inspection
and review at the written request of that
student subject to certain exceptions.
For purposes of access to records at the
University of Maryland, a student enrolled (or
formerly enrolled) for academic credit or audit
at any campus of the university shall have ac-
cess to official records concerning him on any
campus on which he is or has been enrolled.
The personal files of members of the faculty
and staff which concern students, including
private correspondence, and notes which refer
to students, are not regarded as official records
16 / General Information
of the university Ttiis includes notes
intended for the personal use of the faculty
and never intended to be official records of
the university
A request tor general access to all official
records, files and data maintained by a cam-
pus, must be made in writing to the coordinator
of records or to other person(s) as designated
by the chancellor at that particular campus A
request for access to official data maintained in
a particular office may be made to the ad-
ministrative head of that office
When a student (or former student) appears
at a given office and requests access to the
university records about himself.
1 . The student must provide proper iden-
tification verifying that he is the person
whose record is being accessed
2. The designated staff person(s) must super-
vise the review of the contents of the
record with the student.
3. Inspection and review shall be permitted
within a period not to exceed 45 days from
the date of the student's request.
4. The student will be free to make notes con-
cerning the contents but no material will be
removed from the record at the time.
Under normal circumstances, the student is
entitled to receive a copy only of his per-
manent academic record. A reasonable ad-
ministrative fee may be charged for providing
copies of this or other items.
Record keeping personnel and members of
the faculty and staff with administrative assign-
ment may have access to records and files for
internal educational purposes as well as for
routinely necessary clerical, administrative and
statistical purposes as required by the duties
of thier jobs The name and position of the of-
ficial responsible for the maintenance of each
type of educational record may be obtained
from the coordinator of records or other per-
son appointed by the chancellor on each cam-
pus
Any other access allowed by law must be
recorded showing the legitimate educational or
other purpose and the signature of the person
gaining access. The student concerned shall
be entitled to review this information.
Release of Information
Except with the prior written consent of the
student (or former student) concerned, or as
required by federal and state law. no in-
formation in any student file may be released
to any individual (including parents, spouse, or
other students) or organization with the ex-
ception of information defined as "Public In-
formation."
When disclosure of any personally iden-
tifiable data/information from university records
about a student is demanded pursuant to court
order or lawfully Issued subpoena, the staff
member receiving such order shall immediately
notify the student concerned in writing prior to
compliance with such order or subpoena.
Data/information from university records
about students will be released for approved
research purposes only if the identity of the
student involved is fully protected.
A record will be kept of all sucii releases
Information from university records may be
released to appropriate persons in connection
with an emergency if the knowledge of such
information is necessary to protect the health
or safety of a student or other persons
Public Information
The following items are considered public
data information and may be disclosed by the
university in response to inquiries concerning
individual students, whether the inquines are in
person, in writing or over the telephone
1 Name
2 Affirmation of whether currently enrolled
3 Campus location
Unless the student has officially filed a
request with the campus registrar that
disclosure not be made without his written per-
mission, the following items in addition to those
above are considered public information and
may be included in appropriate univer-
sity campus directories and publications and
may be disclosed by designated staff members
in each campus in response to inquiries con-
cerning individual students, whether the
inquiries are in person, in wnting. or over the
telephone
1 School, college, department, major or
division
2 Dates of enrollment
3 Degrees received
4 Honors received
5. Local address and phone number
6 Home address (permanent)
7. Participation in officially recognized ac-
tivities and sports
8 Weight and height of members of athletic
teams
The release of public information as
described above may be limited by an in-
dividual campus policy
Letters of Appraisal
Candid appraisals and evaluations of per-
formance and potential are an essential part of
the educational process Clearly, the provision
of such information to prospective employers,
to other educational institutions, or to other
legitimately concerned outside individuals and
agencies is necessary and in the interest of
the particular student
Data .-'information which was part of univer-
sity records prior to January 1. 1975 and
which was collected and maintained as con-
fidential information, will not be disclosed to
students. Should a student desire access to a
confidential letter of appraisal received prior to
January 1, 1975, the student shall be advised
to have the writer of that appraisal notify, in
writing, the concerned records custodian of
the decision as to whether or not the writer is
willing to have the appraisal made available for
the student's review Unless a wntten response
IS received approving a change of status in
the letter, the treatment of the letter as a con-
fidential document shall continue.
Documents of appraisal relating to students
collected by the university or any department
or office of the university on or after January 1 .
1975. will be maintained confidentially only if a
waiver of the right of access has been
executed by the student. In the absence of
such a waiver, all such documents will be
available for student inspection and review
All references, recommendations,
evaluations and other wntten notations or com-
ments, originated prior to January 1, 1975,
where the author by reason of custom, com-
mon practice, or specific assurance thought or
had good reason to believe that such
documents and materials would be confidential
will be maintained as confidential, unless the
author consents ;n writing to waive such con-
fidentiality
If a student files a written waiver with the
department or office concerned, letters of ap-
praisal received pursuant to that waiver will be
maintained confidentially Forms will be
available for this purpose
Challenges to the Record
Every student shall have the opportunity to
challenge any item in his file which he con-
siders to be inaccurate, misleading or other-
wise inappropriate data A student shall initiate
a challenge by submitting a request in writing
for the deletion or correction of the particular
Item The request shall be made to the
custodian of the particular record in question
If the custodian and the student involved
are unable to resolve the matter to the
satisfaction of both parties, the wntten request
for deletion or correction shall be submitted by
the student to the coordinator of records, or
other such person as designated by the chan-
cellor, who shall serve as the heahng officer
The student shall be given the opportunity for
a hearing, at which the student may present
oral or wntten lustification for the request for
deletion or correction The hearing officer may
obtain such other information as he deems ap-
propriate for use in the heanng and shall give
the student a written decision on the matter
within thirty (30) days from the conclusion of
the hearing If the decision of the hearing of-
ficer is to deny the deletion or correction of an
Item in the students file, the student shall be
entitled to submit a wntten statement to the
heanng officer presenting his position with
regard to the item Both the written decision of
the heanng officer and the statement admitted
by the student shall be inserted in the
student's file The decision of the heanng of-
ficer shall be final
Grades may be challenged under this
procedure only on the basis of the accuracy of
their transcription
Exceptions to the Policy
It IS the position of the university that certain
data information maintained in vanous offices
of the university is not subject to the
provisions of this policy with regard to in-
spection, review, challenge, correction or
deletion,
(a) Statements submitted by parent guardian
or spouse in support of financial aid or
residency determinations are considered to
be confidential between those persons and
the university, and are not subject to the
provisions of this policy except with the
written consent of the persons involved
Such documents are not regarded as part
of the student's official record
(b) University employment records of students
are not included in this policy, except as
provided under Article 76A of the An-
notated Code of l\/!aryland,
(c) With regard to general health data, only that
data 'information which is used by the
university in making a decision regarding
the student's status is subject to review by
the student under this policy Wntten
psychiatnc or psychological case notes
which form the basis for diagnoses, recom-
mendations, or treatment plans remain
General Information / 17
privileged information not accessible to the
student Such case notes are not con-
sidered to be part of official university
records. To ensure the availability of
correct and helpful interpretations of any
psychological test scores, notes or other
evaluative or medical materials, the con-
tents of these files for an individual student
may be revievi^ed by that student only in
consultation vi/ith a professional staff mem-
ber of the specific department involved
(d) Records relating to a continuing or active
investigation by the campus security office,
or records of said office not relating to the
student's status with the University are not
subject to this policy.
(e) No student is entitled to see information or
records that pertain to another student, to
parents, or to other third parties A student
is entitled to review/ only that portion of an
official record or file that pertains to him or
her
Notice
Notice of these policies and procedures m\\ be
published by the university.
The foregoing statement of university policy
becomes effective immediately, but should be
regarded as tentative pending the issuance of
federal regulations and guidelines or amend-
ments in the applicable laws
The masculine gender of personal pronouns
in this document includes the feminine gender.
University Policy Statement
The provisions of this publication are not to be
regarded as an irrevocable contract between
the student and the University of Maryland
Changes are effected from time to time in the
general regulations and in the academic
requirements. There are established
procedures for making changes, procedures
which protect the intitution's integrity and the
individual students interest and welfare A
curriculum or graduation requirement, when
altered, is not made retroactive unless the
alteration is to the student's advantage and can
be accommodated within the span of years
normally required for graduation When the ac-
tions of a student are judged by competent
authority, using established procedure, to be
detrimental to the interests of the university
community, that person may be required to
withdraw from the university.
The University of (i/laryland, in all its bran-
ches and divisions, subscribes to a policy of
equal educational and employment opportunity
for people of every race, creed, ethnic origin,
and sex
It is university policy that smoking in
classrooms is prohibited unless all participants
agree to the contrary. Any student has the
right to remind the instructor of this policy
throughout the duration of the class.
Important Late Information
on
Fees and Expenses
All Students Who Pre-Register Incur a
Financial Obligation to the University. Those
students who pre-register and subsequently
decide not to attend must notify the Registration
Office, Room 1 1 30A, North Administration
Building, in writing, prior to the first day of
classes If this office has not received a request
for cancellation by 4:30 p.m. of the last day
before classes begin, the University will assume
the student plans to attend and accepts his
financial obligation.
After classes begin, students who wish to
terminate their registration must follow the with-
drawal procedures and are liable for charges
applicable at the time of withdrawal
State of Maryland legislation has established
a State Central Collections Unit and in accord-
ance with State law the University is required to
turn over all delinquent accounts to them for
collection and legal follow-up These are auto-
matically done on a monthly basis by computer
read-out.
Approved by the President's Administrative
Council, 2/3/75.
18 / General information
The Graduate Faculty
Aaron. Henry J.. Associate Professor o1 Economics
8 A University of CaJrfomia. Los Angeles. 1958. MA . Harvard
University 1960 PnD 1963
Abrahamsen. Martin A.. Professor of Agricultural and Resource
Econoniics
BE River Falls Teachers CoHege. 1930; M A, University of
Wisconsin Madison 1933 Ph D 1940
Adams. John Q.. Ill, Associate Prolessor of Economics
AB Otjerlin College 1960 Ph D University of Texas. 1965
Adams. William W.. Professor of Mathematics
B A University of California. Los Angeles. 1959 Ph D ,
Columbia University 1 964
Adelman. Irma. Professor of Economcs
B S Univefsity of California 1950 MA1951,PhD 1955
Adkins. Arthur J.. Associate Professor of Secondary Education
BS Saint Cloud Slate College 1942 MA University of
M«inesota 1947 PhD 1958
Adier, Isidofe, Professor of Chemistry
BA Brooklyn College 1942 BS New York University 1943.
MS Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn. 1947. PhD, 1952
Agrawala. A. K., Assistant Professor of Computer Science
PhD Harvard University 1970
Agre, Gene P. . Associate Professor of Education
BA Macalesler College 195 IBS, University of Minnesota
1953, MA Ph D University of Illinois , 1964
A'Hearn, Michael F., Associate Prolessor of Astronomy
B S , Boston College 1 961 : Ph D , University of Wsconsin
1966
Ahnen. Frank O., Prolessor ol Geography
Ph D , University ol Heidelberg. 1953.
Ahrens, Richard A., Associate Professor of Food and Nutn-
tion
B S , University of Wisconsin, 1 958, Ph D , University of
California Davis 1963
Albert, Thomas F., Associate Professor ol Veterinary Science
BS Pennsyfvania State University 1958, VMD, University of
Pennsylvania. 1962 Ph D . Georgetown University. 1972
Albrechl, Pedro A., Assistant Professor of Civil Engineenng
Dipl Ing , Federal Institute of Technology, Switzerland 1962,
Ph D , Lehigh University 1972
Alexander, James C. Associate Professor of Mathematics and
Statistics
B A The Johns Hopkins University 1964 PhD 1968
Alexander. M. H.. Assistant Professor. Chemistry
BA Hap.ard College 1964 Ph D , University of Pans 1967
Allan. J. David. Assistant Professor of Zoology
B Sc , University of Bntish Columbia, 1 966 M S . University of
Michigan 1968, PhD 1&71
Allan. Thomas, Associate Professor of Counseling and Per-
sonnel Services
BS, Northwestern University 1950 MA University of Mary-
land. 1 964 Ph D 1 966
Allen, Redfleld W., Professor of Mechanical Engineenng
B S . University of Maryland. 1 943: MSI 949 Ph D Umver
sily of Minnesota. 1959
Alley, Carroll O., Jr., Prolessor of Physics
B S , University of Richmond, 1 948 M A , Pnnceton Univer-
sity, 1951 PhD 1962
Almenas, Kazys K. . Associate Prolessor of Nuclear Engineer-
ing
B S . University of Nebraska. 1957 Ph 0 . University and Poly-
technic of Warsaw 1968
Almon. Clopper, Jr. , Prolessor ol Economics
A B , Vanderbilt University, 1956; M A , Harvard University
1961 PhD 1962
Althcff , Sally A.. Assistant Prolessor ol Health Education
B S , Bowling Green State University. 1966 M Ed , Universify
of Toledo 1968. PnO 1971
Amershek. Kathleen G., Associate Professor of Early Cfiild-
hoos and Elementary Education
B S State Teachers College 1951 M Ed Pennsylvania State
University. 1 957 . Ph D . University of Minnesota, 1 965
Ammon, Hennan L., Associate Professor of Chemistry
Sc B , Brown University, 1 958 Ph D , University of Washing-
Ion 1962
Anand. Oavinder K., Professor of Mechanical Engineering
B S . George Washington University 1959; MS. 1961 DSc
1965
Anastos, George, Professor of Zoology
8 S , University of Akron, 1942 M A , Harvard University 1947
Ph D . 1 949
Anderson, Carl R. , Assistant Professor ol Business and Man-
agement
B S The Pennsylvania State University. 1969;MB A, 1971
PhD 1974
Anderson, Charles R., Prolessor of Secondary Education
BS University of Maryland, 1957, M Ed , 1959; Ed D 1969
Anderson. Henry, Professor of Business Administration
8 A University of London, 1 939. MBA. Columbia University
1948 PhD 1959
Anderson, J. Paul, Professor of Education, Administration
Supervision, and Cumculum
BS University of Minnesota 1942 M A . 1948, PhD 1 960
Anderson, J. Robert, Associate Professor of Physics
B S State University of Iowa 1 956 : Ph D , 1 963
Anderson. John D., Jr., Prolessor in Aerospace Engineenng
B S University of Florida. 1 959 Ph D Ohio State University
1966
Anderson, Lowell D., Associate Professor of tndustnal Edu-
cation
B S , Saint Cloud State College, 1 961 , M S , 1 965, Ph D ,
Northern Illinois University 1966
Anderson, Nancys, Professor of Psychotogy
B A University of Colorado. 1 952; MA . Ohio State Univer-
sity, 1953 PhD 1956
Anderson, Ronnie N., Assistant Professor of Business Ad-
ministration
e S , University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, 1 962. PhD ,
1972
Anderson, Thornton H., Professor of Government and Poli-
tics
A B , University of KenUjcky, 1937 MA 1938 PhD Umver
sity of Wisconsin, 1948
Anderson. William N., Jr., Associate Professor of Mathema-
tics
B S , Camegie-Mellon University. 1 960; MS,. 1967. Ph D
1968
Andry, Albert N. , Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engineer-
ing
B S . University of Notre Dame. 1 969; Ph D Northwestern
University, 1973
Angell. Frederick F., Associate Professor of Horticulture
8 S , Southern Illinois University, 1960; MS. 1961 ; Ph D ,
University of Wisconsin, 1965
Ansello, Edward F., Assistant Professor institute for Child
Study
A B , Boston College 1 966; M Ed , University of Missouri,
1967 PnD 1970
Antman, Stuart S., Professor of Mathematics
B S Rensselaer Polytechmcal Institute 1 961 ; M S , University
of Minnesota 1963 PhD 1963
Armstrong, Ronald W., Prolessor of Mechanical Engineer-
ing
B E S The Johns Hopkins University, 1 955; M Sc. Camegie-
Mellon University, 1 957 , Ph D 1 958
Arsenault, Richard J., Prolessor of Chemical Engineering
B S Michigan Technological University. 1957; PhD . North-
western University, 1962
Ashlock. Robert B.. Prolessor of Eariy Childhood and Elemen-
tary Education
8 S . Butter University, 1 957 M S 1 959 Ed D , Indiana Uni-
versity 1965
Ashmen, Roy. Associate Professor of Marketing
BS Drexel Institute ol Technology 1935 MS Columbia
University 1 936, Ph D Northwestern University 1 950
Asimow. Robert M., Professor of Mechanical Engineenng
B S University ol California, Los Angeles, 1 953, MS,. 1 955;
PhD 1958
Atchison. William F., Prolessor of Computer Science
A B Georgetown College |Ky ). 1 936 M A . University of Ken-
lucky, 1 940; Ph D , University of Illinois, 1 943
Auslander, Joseph , Prolessor ol Mathematics
B S , Massachusetts Institute ol Technology 1 952 , M S , Uni-
versity of Pennsylvania. 1 953, Ph D , 1 957
Austin, Gilbert. Lecturer m Secondary Education
8 S , Central Connecticut State College 1 953, M A L S .
Wesleyan University, 1956, C A G S , University ol Harttord,
1 959 Ph D , University of Connecticut. 1 965
Austing, Richard H., Associate Prolessor of Computer Science
B S Xavier University. 1953, M S , Saint Louis University.
1 955 Ph D Catholic University of America 1 963
Avery, William T. . Prolessor and Chairman of Classical Lan-
guages and Literatures
B A , Western Reserve University. 1934; MA,, 1935; PhD ,
1937
Axley. John H., Professor of Agronomy
B A University of Wisconsin, 1 937 Ph D 1 945
Aycock. Marvin K., Jr., Associate Professor of Agronomy
S S North Carolina State University, 1 959; M S . 1 963.
Ph D Iowa State University, 1 966
Aylward. Thomas J., Prolessor and Chairman of Speech and
Dramatic Art, B S, University of Wisconsin, 1947; MS. 1949
Ph D , 1 960
Babuska, Ivo, Research Professor, Institute for Fluid Dynamics
and Applied Mathematics
Dipt Ing, Technical University of Prague. 1949; PhD. 1960
Ph D , Czechoslovak Academy of Sciences, 1 955; PhD , 1 960
Bagchi, Amitabha, Assistant Professor of Physk^s
B Sc Calcutta University, 1 964. MS,. University ol California,
San Diego 1 967 , Ph D , 1 970
Bailey. Martin J., Professor of Economics
B A , University of Calitoma. Los Angeles, 1 951 MA. The
Johns Hopkins University 1 953. Ph D 1 956
Bailey, William J.. Research Professor of Chemistry
B Chem University ol Minnesota. 1 943; PhD , University ol
Illinois, 1946
Baird, Janet R., Assistant Professor of Secondary Education
BS University of Kansas. 1966; MA.. 1971; PhD. 1973,
Baker, Donald J. , Associate Professor of Hearing and Speech
Sciences
BSEd Ohio State University, 1954,M A, 1956. PhD. 1962
Baker. Robert L.. Associate Professor of Horticulture
B A , Swarlhmore College, 1 959; M S , University ol Maryland.
1962. PhD, 1965
Bandel, Vernon A.. Associate Professor ol Agronomy
B S University ol Maryland 1 959. MSI 962; Ph 0 . 1 965
Banerjee. Manoj K . . Prolessor ol Physics
BS Palna University 1949 MS Calcutta University. 1951 ;
PhD 1956
Bankson. Nicholas W., Assistant Professor of Hearing and
Speech Sciences
BS University of Kansas 1960; MA , 1961 PhD 1970
Baras, John S. , Assistant Prolessor of Electncal Engineering
Diploma, National Technical University ol Athens. 1 970 S M,.
Harvard University, 1971 PhD, 1973
Barber, Willard F. , Lecturer in Government and Politics
AB Slanlord University 1928; M A . 1929. Diptoma the War
College 1948
Bardasis. Angelo, Associate Professor of Physics
A 8 , Cornell University, 1957, M S . University ol Illinois 1959;
PhD 1962
Barlow. Jewel B. Assistant Professor of Aerospace Engineering
8 S Auburn University. 1963MS.1964;Ph0, University of
Toronto 1970
Barnes. Jack C, Associate Professor of English
B A Duke University. 1 939; MA. 1 947. Ph D,. University ol
Maryland 1954
Barnett. Audrey J. , Associate Professor of Zoology
8 A Wilson College, 1 955; M A . Indiana University, 1 957 ,
PhD 1962
Barnett. Neal M., Assistant Prolessor ol Botany
BS Purdue University 1959; Ph D . Duke University, 1966
Barrett James E., Assistant Professor of Psychology
B A , University ol Maryland, 1 966. Ph D,. Pennsylvana State
University, 1971
Barry, Jackson G., Associate Professor of English
8 A . Yale College, 1 950; M A , Columbia University. 1 951 :
MF A , Western Reserve University, 1962; PhD,. 1963
Bartlett, Claude J., Professor and Chairman of Psychology
BS Denison University. 1954, MA , Ohio Slate University,
1956, PhD, 1958
Basham, Ray S., Associate Professor of Electncal Engineer-
ing
B S , U S Military Academy, 1 945 , M S . University of lllnois,
1952 PhD, 1962
Basili . Victor R. , Assistant Prolessor of Computer Science
8 S , Fordham College, 1 96 1 , M S . Syracuse University. 1 963;
Ph D University ol Texas. 1 970
Bates. Marcia J., Assistant Professor of Library and fntonria-
tion Services
B A , Pomona College. 1 963; MLS. University of Calilomia,
1967 PhD 1972
Bay. Ernest C. , Professor and Chairman of Entomology
A A S , Long Island Agncultural and Technology Institute, 1 949;
8 S Cornell University. 1 953; Ph O . 1 960
Beat, George M., Professor ol Agricultural and Resource
Economics
B S Utah Slate College. 1 934; University of Wisconsin 1 938.
PhD 1942
Beall, Edgar F., Associate Prolessor of Physics
B A University of California at Berkeley. 1 958; Ph D , 1 962
Beall. OthoT., Jr., Professor and Director of American Studies
B A Williams College, 1 930; M A , University ol Minnesota.
1 932, Ph D , University ol Pennsylvania. 1 952
Bean. George A., Associate Professor of Plant Pathology
B S , Cornell University, 1 958, M S University ol Minnesota.
1960, PhD, 1963
Beard, Larry H. , Assistant Professor of Business and Manage-
A B J University of Georgia. 1 964. M A . 1 965; Ph D . 1 974
Beatty. Charles J., Associate Professor of Industrtal Educa-
tion
B S , Northern Michigan University, 1959; MA . Michigan State
University 1963. Ph D . Ohio State Unwersity. 1966
Bechtold, Peter K., Assistant Prolessor ol Government and
Politics
8 A Portland State College, 1 961 , MA . Pnncelon University.
1964; PhD 1968
Beckmann. Robert B., Dean of the College of Engineenng
8 S , University of Illinois, 1 940. Ph.D.. University ol Wisconsin.
1944
Bedingtield, James P., Assistant Prolessor ol Business and
Management
8 S University of Maryland, 1 966, M BA , 1 968; D B A . 1 97 1
Graduate Faculty / 1 9
Belcher. Ralph L. , Lecturer and Reactor Director. Nuclear
Engineering
B S , Marshall University 1 94 1 . M S University of Kentucky
1 947; Pn D , University of Maryland, 1 966
Bett, Roger A.. Associate Professor of Astronomy
BS , University of Melbourne. 1957: Ph D, Australian National
University, 1962
Bellama, Jon M., Associate Professor of Chemistry
A B , Allegheny College. 1 960. Ph D . University of Pennsylvania
1966
Bellows. William, Assistant Professor of Agncultural and
Resource Economics
A.B.. Harvard College, 1 959 . M S University ot Massachusetts
1968. PhD, 1971
6elt2, Herman J., Associate Professor of History
B A . Princeton University, 1 959; M A . University of Washing-
ton 1963 PhD. 1966
Bender, Filmore E.. Professor of Agncultural and Resource
Economics
B S , University of California, Berkeley, 1 96 1 , M S North
Carolina State University at Raleigh, 1 965: Ph D , 1 966
Benedetto. John J.. Professor of Mathematics
B A , Boston College 1 960 M A Harvard University, 1 962
PhD. University of Toronto 1964
Benedict, William S., Professor, Institute for Molecular Physics
BA , Cornell University 1928, MA, 1929; Ph D . Massa-
chusetts Institute of Technology, 1 933
Benesch. William. Professor. Institute for Molecular Physics
B-A.. Lehigh University, 1942, M A , The Johns Hopkins Univer-
sity. B A , Lehigh University 1 942 MA, The Johns Hopkins
University, 1950 Ph 0 , 1952
Bennett, Lawrence H., Associate Professor of Physics
B A, Brooklyn College, 1951, MS . University of Maryland,
1955, Ph D , Rutgers University, 1958
Bennett, Robert L. . Associate Professor of Economics
8 A. University of Texas, 1951, MA, 1955: Ph.D.. 1963
Bennett, Roger V., Assistant Professor of Education Adminis-
tration, Supervision and Curriculum
B 8 , University of Wisconsin, 1 956, M S , 1 960; Ph D 1 970
Bennett, Stanley W., Assistant Professor, Institute for Child
Study
B S , Iowa State University, 1 959, M A , State University of Iowa
1 961 , Ph D , University of Michigan, 1 970
Berdanier, Carolyn D. . Assistant Professor of Nuthtion
B S , Pennsylvania State University, 1 958; MS. Rutgers Uni-
versity, 1963, PhD 1966
Berenstein, Carlos A., Assistant Professor ot Mathematics
Licendiado en Matematicas, University of Buenos Aires 1 966
M S , New York University 1 969, Ph D , 1 970
Berg. Kenneth R., Associate Professor of Mathematics
B S , University of Minnesota, 1 960, Ph D 1 967
Berger, Bruce S.. Professor of Mechanical Engineering
BS, University of Pennsylvania, 1954 MS, 1958, PhD 1962
Bergmann, Barbara R.. Professor of Economics
B A , Cornell University, 1 948, M A , Harvard University, 1 955
PhD, 1959
Berman, Joel H., Professor of Music
BS , Juilliard School of Music, 1 95 1 , M A . Columbia University.
1 953. DMA, University of Michigan, 1 96 ■
Berman, Louise M., Professor of Education and Director of
Nursery Kindergarten School
A B.Wheaton College. 1950, MA , Columbia University 1953
Ed D , Columbia University, 1 960
Bernstein, Allen R., Professor of Mathematics
BA , CaJitomia Institute of Technology, 1 962 : MA , University
of California at Los Angeles, 1 964: Ph D , 1 965
Bernstein, Melvin. Administrative Dean for Summer Programs
and Professor of Music
A, B , Southwestern at Memphis. 1947; B. Music. 1 948; M Music,
University of Michigan, 1949; MA, University of North Carolina,
1954, PhD, 1964
Bernthal, John E., Assistant Professor of Hearing and Speech
Sciences
B F A , Wayne State College, 1 962 MA, Kansas University.
1 964, Ph D , University of Wisconsin, Madison, 1 971
Berry. Mary F.. Provost, Division of Behavioral and Social
Sciences, Associate Professor of History
B A .Howard University. 1961. MA . 1962; PhD , University
of Michigan, 1966, J D , 1970
Best, Otio F., Professor of Germanic and Slavic Languages
Abttur. Realgymnasium, 1 948: Certificate. Universite de
Toulouse. 1 951 ; Doctor of Philosophy. University of Munich.
1963
Beste, Charles Edward, Assistant Professor of Horticulture
B S , Purdue University 1961 MS. 1969, PhD. 1971
Betancoun, Roger H., Associate Professor of Economics
B A . Georgetown University. 1965; Ph D . University of
Wisconsin. 1969
Bhagat.SatindarM., Professor of Phystcs
B A . Jammu and Kashmir University of India, 1 950: M A Um
versify of Delhi. 1 953: Ph D . 1 956
Bickley, William E. . Professor of Entomology
BSUniversityof Tennessee, 1934 MS 1936 PhD Uni-
versity of Maryland 1940
Bigbee, Daniel E., Associate Professor of Poultry Science
BS Oklahoma Stale University 1956, MS, 1958: PhD
Michigan Stale University 1962
Billig, Frederick S.. Lecturer in Aerospace Engineering
B E . The Johns Hopkins University, 1 955: M S , University of
Maryland, 1 958 Ph D , 1 964
Bingham. Alfred J. , Professor of French and Italian
BA Yale University 1933 Ph D, Columbia University 1939
Birdsall. Esther K.. Associate Professor of English
B A Central Michigan College 1 947 . M A University of
Anzona 1 950: Ph D University of Maryland 1 959
Birk. Janice M-. Associate Professor of Counseling and Per
sonnel Services and Counselor. Counseling Center
BA Sacred Heart College 1963, M A Loyola College 1966
PhD Universityof Missouri. 1970
Birkner. Francis B. . Associate Professor of Civil Engineehng
B S Newark College of Engineering 1 961 ; M S E , University
of Florida, 1962, PhD 1965
Blair, Donald James. Assistant Professor of Chemical Engineer-
ing
B S . Bradley University 1957, MS University of Flonda
Gainesville 1962. PhD University of Maryland, 1969
Blevins. Dale Glenn. Assistant Professor of Botany
B S , Southwest Missouri State University, 1 965. M S , Missouri
University, 1 967 Ph D University of Kentucky, 1 972
Block, Ira, Assistant Professor of Textiles and Consumer
Economics
B S , University of Maryland. 1 963: Ph D , 1971
Bloom, Paul N., Assistant Professor of Business and Manage-
ment
B S , Lehigh University. 1 968; MBA. University of Pennsyl-
vania, 1970, PhD Northwestern University 1974
Blum. Beula E.. Associate Professor of Music
B A Queens College 1 949 M A , Columbia University. 1 954
Ed D . University of Michigan, 1 968
Bobrow, Davis B., Professor and Chairman of Government and
Politics
B A University of Chicago. 1955: B A . 1956; B A. Oxford
University, 1 958: PhD . Massachusetts Institute of Technology
1961
Bode, Carl. Professor of English
Ph B , University of Chicago, 1 933: M A , Northwestern Univer-
sity 1938. PhD , 1941
Bolsartis, Peter P. . Professor ot Chemical Engineenng
BS California Institute of Technology, I960, MS, 1961, PhD
Delaware State College. 1 964
Boston, J. Robert, Assistant Professor of Electrical Engineer-
ing
B S E E , Standord University, 1 964. M S.E E . 1 966: Ph D
Northwestern University 1971
Bottino. Paul J. , Assistant Professor of Botany
B S Utah State University. 1 964, MS. 1 965; Ph D . Washing-
ton Stale University, 1969
Bouwkamp. John C, Associate Professor of Horticulture
B S Michigan State University, 1 964; M S.. 1 966: Ph D , 1 969
Boyd. Alfred C, Jr.. Associate Professor of Chemistry
BS Camsius College. 1951 : MS , Purdue University, 1953,
PhD , 1957
Brabble. Elizabeth W., Acting Dean. College of Human Ecology
and Associate Professor in Family Studies
B S Virginia State College 1 960. M S , Pennsylvania State
University, 1966, Ed D, 1969.
Brace, John W., Professor of Mathematics
B A , Swarlhmore College. 1 949. A M Cornell University 1 95 1
PhD 1953
Bradbury, Mites L., Assistant Professor of History
A B Harvard University 1 960 A M 1 961 . Ph D , 1 967
Braddock, Jomills H., II. Assistant Professor of Sociology
B A , Jacksonville University, 1969. M S , Flonda State Univer
sily, 1972:PhD, 1973
Brandt, John C, Professor of Astronomy
A B , Washington University. 1 956: Ph D., University of Chicago
1960
Brayshaw, David. Assistant Professor of Physics and Astron-
B S , Lafayette College, 1 964, Ph D The Rockefeller Univer-
sity, 1968
Breger, Irving A., Professor of Chemistry
B S , Worcester Polytechnic Institute, 1 941 S M , Massa
chusetts Institute of Technology 1 947, Ph D , 1 950
Breslow. Marvin A.. Associate Professor of History
B A , University of Nebraska, 1 957: M A , Harvard University
1958, PhD, 1963
Brlgham, Bruce W.. Associate Professor of Secondary Educa
tion
B S State University of New York, 1 949: M S., Temple Uni-
versity, 1967: PhD , 1967
Brill, Dieter R.. Professor of Physics
B A , Princeton University. 1954;M A, 1956; PhD, 1959
Brinkley. Howard J., Professor of Zoology
B S West Virginia University, 1 958, M S , University of Illinois,
I960 PhD 1963
Brodsky. Harold. Associate Professor of Geography
BS Brooklyn College 1 954 M S University of Colorado.
I960 PhD University of Washington 1966
Brooks. Glenwood. Assistant Professor of Counseling and
Personnel Services
A B Lincoln University, 1 963. Ph D . University of Maryland ,
1972
Broome. C. Rose. Assistant Professor of Botany
BS Universityof Miami, 1965 AM University of South
Flonda. 1 968 Ph D , Duke University, 1 974
Brown, John H. , Associate Professor of Philosophy
AB, Princeton University 1952. MA , 1957; PhD, 1959
Brown, Joshua R. C, Professor of Zoology
A B Duke University, 1 948 MAI 949, Ph D , 1 953
Brown. Robert A.. Associate Professor ot Psychology
B A , University of Richmond, 1958, M A , University ot Iowa,
1961, PhD. 1962
Brown, Samuel E., Associate Professor of English
A 8 Indiana University. 1 934; M A . 1 946: Ph D , Yale Univer-
sity, 1955
Brush, Stephen G., Professor of History and Research Pro-
fessor, Institute for Fluid Dynamics and Applied Mathematics
B A Harvard University, 1 955: D Phil, Oxiord University 1 958
Bryan. Carter R. , Professor of Journalism
B A University of California. Berkeley. 1937 Rer Pol D , U
of Vienna 1940
Bryer. Jackson R., Professor of English
B A Amherst College 1 959, M A , Columbia University. 1 960,
Ph D . University of Wisconsin. 1 965
Buck, Allen C, Associate Professor of Textiles and Consumer
Economics
BS Michigan State University 1 939 , M S , Western Reserve
University 1 942, Ph D , 1 947
Buckley, Frank T., Jr., Associate Professor of Mechanical
Engineenng
BS , University of Maryland, 1959; PhD, 1968
Bull, Leonard S.. Associate Professor of Dairy Science
B S.Oklahoma State University, 1963: MS., 1964: PhD..
Cornell University. 1969
Bundy. Mary Lee. Professor, College of Library and Informa-
tion Services
B E State University ot New Yorit at Potsdam, 1 948, M A ,
University of Denver, 1 951 , Ph D . University of Illinois, 1 960
Bunts. Frank, Professor of Art
B S Case Western Reserve University, 1 963, Diploma Cleve-
land Institute of An. 1 964 MA, Case Western Reserve Univer-
sity 1964
Burdette, Franklin L.. Professor of Government and Politics
and Director of the Bureau of Governmental Research
A B , Marshall College, 1 934; AM , University ot Nebraska.
1935, A M . Princeton University. 1937; Ph.D. 1938. LLD.
Marshall College, 1959
Buric, John. Associate Professor of Animal Science
B S , West Virginia University, 1 948: M S , University of Mary-
land 1 952 , Ph D , University of Illinois, 1 960
Burkart. Robert E.. Assistant Professor of Industrial Education
B A Trenton Slate College, 1965. MA , 1 967 : PhD , Purdue
University 1973
Burt. Gordon W.. Associate Professor of Agronomy
B S , Tennessee Technological Institute, 1 961 , M S . Cornell
University 1964 Ph D Washington State University, 1967
Burt, John J., Professor and Chairman Department of Health
Education
BA Duke University 1955 M Ed , University of North Carolina
1 956, M S , Oregon State University. 1 960; Ed D , 1 963
Butler, Lillian C, Associate Professor of Food and Nutntk>n
B S , University of Illinois, 1 94 1 , M S , University of Texas
1945, PhDUniversityofCalifonnia, Berkeley. 1953
Butterworth. Charles E., Assistant Professor of Government
and Politics
B A Michigan State University, 1 959: Doctoral, University of
Nancy, France, 1 96 1 ; M A . University of Chicago. 1 962 : Ph D .
1966
Byrne, Richard H.. Professor of Counseling and Personnel
Services
A B . Franklin & Marshall College. 1 938, M A , Columbia Univer-
sity, 1947, 1952
Caceres, Cesar A.. Professor of Electncal Engineenng
B S Georgetown University, 1 949. M D 1 953
Cadman, Theodore W.. Professor of Chemical Engineenng
B S , Carnegie-Mellon University. 1 962 , M S , 1 964: PhD .
1966
Cain. Jarvis L., Associate Professor of Agricultural and
Resource Economics
B S Purdue University, 1 955; MS. Ohio State Universfty.
1956 PhD. 1961
Cairns. Gordon M., Dean. College of Agnculture and Professor
of Dairy Science
B S , Cornell University, 1936;MS, 1938, PhD, 1940
20 / Graduate Faculty
Caldwell, Billy E., Associate Professor of Agronomy
B S , Nortti Carolina Slate College. 1 955, r/l S , 1 959. Pfi D ,
Iowa State University, 1963
Callcott, George H, , Professor of History and Vice Chancellor
tor Academic Affairs
A B , University of Soufti Carolina. 1 950. M A . Columbia Uni
versity 1 95 1 , Ph D . University of North Carolina. 1 956
Campagnonl. Anthony T.. Assistant Professor of Chemistry
A B . Northeastern University. 1 964. Ph D , Indiana University
1968
Campbell. Elwood G.. Professor of Secondary Education
B S , Northeast Missouri Stale College. 1 949, M A , North-
western University, 1 952, Ph D 1 963
Campbell. Kenneth. Associate Professor ol Art
Massachusetts College of Arf, National Academy ol Design,
Art Students League, Lowell Institute
Carbone, Robert F.. Professor of Education
B S , East Montana College, 1 953, M Ed , Emory University
1 958 , Ph D , University of Chicago, 1 96 1
Carlson, Nancy L. , Assistant Professor of Counseling and
Personnel Services
B S , Edinboro State College, 1 959, M A , Ohio University,
1 964, Ph D , University ol Kansas, 1 970
Caron, Dewey M., Associate Professor of Entomology
B A . University ol Vermont, 1 964, M S , University of Ten
nessee, 1 966, Ph D , Cornell University, 1 970
Carr, Jotin C, Associate Professor of Secondary Education
B S , Wilson Teachers College, 1 952 , M F A , Catholic Univer
sity of America, 1 953 Ph D , 1 965
Carroll, Robert M., Assistant Professor of Psychology
B S , University of New Mexico, 1 965, M A , Ohio Stale Univer
sity, 1968. PhD, 1969
CarroK, Steptien J., Jr., Professor of Business Organization
and Administration
B S . University ol Calitornia at Los Angeles. 1 957 , M A , Univer
sity of Minnesota, 1 959: Ph D , 1 964
Carter, Dan T., Professor of History
B A , University ol South Carolina, 1 962, M A , University ol Wis
consin, 1964, Ph D , University ol North Carolina, 1967
Carter, Everett C, Prolessor ol Civil Engineering
B S C E , Virginia Polytechnic Institute. 1 958. M S C E . Univer
sity of California, Berkeley, 1959, PhD . Northwestern Uni
versity. 1969
Carter, Thomas A.. Assistant Professor of Poultry Science
B S,. Pennsylvania State University. 1 960; M S . 1 969. Ph D
1971
Castellan, Gilbert W., Professor of Chemistry
B S . Regis College. 1 945, Ph D , The Catholic University of
America, 1 949, Sc D , Regis College, 1 967
Gate, George G., Assistant Professor of English
B A , Rutgers University. 1 960, M A , Duke University, 1 962:
PhD. 1968
Causey, George 0., Research Professor of Hearing and Speech
Sciences
B A . University of Maryland 1 950. M A . 1 95 1 , Ph D , Purdue
University, 1954
Celarier, James L., Associate Professor of Philosophy
A B , University ol Illinois, 1 956. MA.. 1 958; Ph D . University
of Pennsylvania, 1 960
Chaiken, Irwin M., Lecturer in Chemistry
A B , Brown University, 1 964, Ph D , University of California
Los Angeles, 1968
Chang, Chung-Yun, Associate Professor of Physics
Ph 0 , Columbia University, 1 966
Chant, Nicholas, Assistant Professor of Physics
Ph D , Lincoln College. Oxiord. 1 966
Chapin, John L., Professor. Institute for Child Study
A B . Denison Universily, 1 939 Ph D . University of Rochester
1950
Chaples, Ernest A., Jr., Assistant Professor of Government
and Politics
A B . University of Massachusetts. 1 961 ; M A . 1 965. Ph D
University of Kentucky, 1967
Chasnoff, Selina Sue, Assistant Professor of Counseling and
Personnel Services
A B , University of Connecticut, 1 957 , A G S University of
Maryland 1968 M Ed 1968 PhD 1971
Chaves, Antonio F., Associate Professor ol Geography
Doctor, L^w, University ol Havana. 1 94 1 , Doctor ol Filosotia
8 Letras. 1 946. M A . Northwestern University. 1 948
Chen, Yung-Gann, Assistant Professor ol Physics
B S E S , National Taiwan University. 1 957. M S E E . National
Chiao-Tung University. 1960. D Eng Sci . Columbia Univer
sity. 1966
Chisholm, Margaret E., Professor and Dean. College of
Library and Information Services
B A. University of Washington, 1957. ML, 1958. PhD. 1966
Christensen, Sandra S., Assistant Prolessor of Economics
B A . Flonda State University. 1 966, M A , University of Wiscon
sin, 1968, PhD, 1972
Chu, Hsin, Professor of Mathematics
B S . Hupeh Teachers College. 1948: MS . Tulane University.
1 957; Ph D . University ol Pennsylvania. 1 959
Chu, Yaohan, Professor of Computer Science and Electncal
Engineering
B S , ChiaoTung University, 1 942. MS , Massachusetts Insti
lute ol Technology, 1 945: Sc D , 1 953
Churaman, Charlotte V., Assistant Professor of Home Manage-
ment and Consumer Studies
B S , Berea College. 1 942; M Ed , Penn State University 1 964
EdD, 1969
Church, Kenneth R., Associate Professor of Physical Educa-
tion
B S , University of Northern Iowa. 1 946; M S . University of Iowa,
1 955, Ph D , Indiana University, 1 963
Church. Marilyn G., Associate Professor, Early Childhood
and Elementary Education
B S , Indiana University, 1 962, MSI 963 Ed D , 1 969
Churchill, John W,, Associate Prolessor ol Recreation
B S , State University ol New York at Cortland, 1 958, M S
University ol Illinois, 1 959, Ph D , University of Wisconsin,
1968
Cirrincione, Joseph M.. Assistant Prolessor of Secondary
Education and Geography
B S , State University of New York at Oswego, 1 962 MA, Ohio
Stale University, 1 967 Ph D , 1 970
Clague, Christopher K., Associate Professor of Economics
B A , Swarthmore College, 1 960, Ph D , Harvard University
1966
Clalborn, William L., Assistant Professor of Psychology
B A , University of Rochester, 1 964; M A , Syracuse Univer-
sity, 1968 PhD, 1968
Clark, Eugenie, Prolessor of Zoology
B A , Hunter College, 1 942 MA, New York Universily 1 946
PhD , 1951
Clark , Joseph E .. Visiting Associate Prolessor of Textiles and
Consumer Economics
B S , Villanova University. 1 958. MSI 960, Ph D University
of Windsor, Canada, 1 963
Clark, Neri A., Professor of Agronomy
B S . University ol Maryland. 1 954, Ph D , 1 959
Clarke, David H-, Professor of Physical Education
BS Spnngfield College, 1952 MS, 1953, PhD , University
of Oregon, 1959
Claude, Richard P., Associate Professor of Government and
Politics
B A , College ol St Thomas, 1 966, M S , Florida State Univer-
sity, 1 960, Ph D , University ol Virginia 1 964
Clearwater, Harvey E.. Associate Prolessor, Health Education
A B , State University of New York at Albany, 1 955 M A Michi
gan State University, 1 967 , Ed D , 1 970
Clotlelter, Charles T., Assistant Professor of Economics
A B , Duke University, 1 969, Ph D , Harvard University, 1973
Cockburn, James S., Associate Prolessor of History
LLB , Leeds University, 1959, L L M , 1961 ; Ph D , 1970
Colby, Margaret A.. Assistant Professor ol Counseling and
Personnel Services
A B , Slate University of New York at Albany 1 961 , M Ed Uni-
versity of Rochester, 1 963: Ed D , 1 969
Cole, Wayne S. , Prolessor ol History
B A , Iowa State Teachers College, 1 946, M S University of
Wisconsin, 1948, PhD, 1951
Colville, James, Associate Professor of Civil Engineering
B S , Purdue University. 1 959; MS. 1 960; Ph D . University ol
Texas. 1970
Colwell, Rita Rossi, Professor of Microbiology
8 S , Purdue University, 1 956; M S . 1 958; Ph D . University ol
Washington. 1961
Connors, Philip I., Assistant Professor of Physics
BS . University of Notre Dame. 1959, M S , Pennsylvania
State University, 1 962 , Ph D , 1 965
Conlrera. Joseph F., Associate Professor of Zoology
B A New York University, 1 960, M S , 1 96 1 , Ph D , 1 966
Conway, Mary M., Associate Professor of Governmeni and
Politics
B S . Purdue University. 1957. M A . University of California
Berkeley. 1 960. Ph D . Indiana University. 1 965
Coogan, Robert, Associate Prolessor of English
B A , lona College, 1 954, M A , De Paul University, 1 958, Ph D
Loyola University, 1967
Cook, Clarence H.. Associate Professor ol Mathematics
B A , State University of Iowa. 1 948. M S . 1 950. Ph D , Univer
sity of Colorado, 1962
Cook, Thomas M. . Associate Professor ol Microbiology
B S . University of Maryland. 1955;MS. 1957; PhD Rutgers
University, 1963
Cookson, John T., Jr., Associate Prolessor of Civil Engineer
B S , Washington Universily, 1961, MS 1962, PhD Calitornia
Institute ol Technology, 1965
Coon, Craig N. . Assistant Professor of Poultry Science
B S , Texas ASM University, 1 966, MS 1 970, Ph D 1973
Cooper. Jeffrey M.. Associate Professor ol Mathematics
B A , Haverford College. 1 962 .MS. University of lllinos,
1964. PhD. 1967
Cooper, Sherod M.. Jr.. Associate Prolessor of English
B S Temple University 1 95 1 M A . 1 953 Ph D.. University
of Pennsylvania 1963
Coplan. Michael A,. Research Associate Professor Institute
for Fluid Dynamics and Applied Mathematics
B A Williams College 1 960 M S . 1 96 1 Ph D Yale University
1963
Corbett, M. Kenneth, Professor of Plant Pathology
B S , McGill University, 1 960 Ph D Cornell University, 1 954
Corliss, John O. , Professor and Chairman of Zoology
B S , University ol Chicago, 1944 B A , University ol Vermont
1 947 Ph D , New York University, 1 95 1
Corning. Gerald D.. Professor ol Aerospace Engineering
B S New York University. 1 937. M S . Catholic University
1954
Correl, Ellen, Prolessor of Mathematics
BS Douglass College, 1951; MS, Purdue University 1963
PhD 1958
Corrigan, Robert A., Provost, Division of Arts and Humanities
A B . Brown University. 1 957; MA. University of Pennsylvania.
1959, PhD, 1967
Corwin, Burton D,, Assistant Professor of Business Adminis-
tration
B A , Lehigh University, 1 964; M S , Virginia Polytechnic Insti-
tute, 1 967 , Ph D . Case Western Resen/e University 1 969
Cournyn, John B., Associate Professor of Civil Engineering
B S University of Alabama 1 946, MSI 948
Coursey, Robeil D. , Assistant Professor of Psychology
B S , Spring Hill College, 1 966 PhD. University of Rochester.
1970
Courtwright. Benjamin F., Associate Professor of Information
Systems fvlanagemeni
B A , Johns Hopkins University, 1 939: Ph D 1 968
Cowan, Adnrew M., Associate Professor of Agricultural Engi-
Cox. Evelyn U., Associate Professor of Food Nutrition and
Institution Administration
M S , Syracuse University, 1 948, Ph 0 , Iowa State University,
1960
Crane, Langdon T., Research Professor. Institute tor Fluid
Dynamics and Applied Mathematics
B A , Amherst College, 1 952; Ph D , University ol Maryland
1959
Crites. John O., Prolessor ol Psychology
A B , Princeton University. 1950: Ph 0 . Columbia University,
1967
Crowell, Alfred A., Prolessor oljournalism
B A , Oklahoma University, 1 929, MAI 934, M S J North
western University 1940
Cumberland, John H., Acting Director, Prolessor, Bureau of
Business and Economic Research
B A , University of Maryland 1947. M A , Harvard University
1949 Ph D, 1951
Cunniff, Patrick F., Prolessor ol Mechanical Engineering
B S Manhattan College, 1 955, M S . Virginia Polytechnic Insti
lute, 1956 PhD, 1962
Currie. Douglas G. , Associate Professor of Physics
B E P , Cornell University, 1 958 Ph D , University of Rochester
1962
Currier, Albert W., Assistant Prolessor of Mathematics
B A , Stale University ol Iowa, 1 954, M A , The Johns Hopkins
University, 1959, PhD 1968
Curtis, Charles R, , Associate Professor of Plant Pathology
BS Colorado State College, 1961, MS, 1963, PhD, 1965
Curtis. John M,, Professor and Chaimian of Agricultural and
Resource Economics
B S , Norlh Carolina Slate College, 1947:MS.1949PhD
University ol Maryland 1 96 1
Cussler. Margaret T. . Associate Professor of Sociology
B A , State University of New York at Albany, 1 931 : M A 1 933.
M A Harvard University 1941 PhD 1943
Oachler, H. Peter, Associate Prolessor ol Psychology
BS, Richmond Prolessional Institute, 1963 MA University
ol Illinois, 1968, PhD , 1969
Dager. Edward Z,, Prolessor ol Sociology
B A Kent State University, 1 950, MA , Ohio Slate University
1951, PhD, 1956
Dainis, Andrew, Assistant Professor of Physical Education
B S , University of Adelaide, South Australia, 1 962 , Ph D 1 967
M A University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, 1972
Dally, James W., Prolessor and Chairman of Mechanical
Engineering
BS Carnegie Institute ol Technology, 1951 MS 1953
Ph D . Illinois Institute ol Technology, 1 958
Oancis, Jerome, Associate Professor of Mathematics
B S , Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn, 1 96 1 , M S , University
ol Wisconsin 1 963, Ph D , I 966
Dando. William A, , Assistant Professor of Geography
B S . California State College 1959 M A University of Mm
nesota. 1962; PhD. 1969
Graduate Faculty / 21
Oardls, Rachel, Professor o( Textiles and Consumer Econo
mics and Lecturer in Economics
B S . SI Mary s College. Dublin, 1 949. M S . University of Mm
mesola. 1963. PhD. 1965
Dairy. Betfi. H. . Assistant Professor of Early Childtiood and
Elementary Education. Secondary Education
B S . Miami University ol Ohio 1 965 M A University of Roches
ter. 1969, PhD Case Western Reserve University. 1971
Davidson, John A., Associate Professor ot Entomology
B A . Columbia Union College. 1 955. MS. University ol Mary
land. 1957 Ph 0 1960
Davidson, Marie S., Assistant Prolessor, Institute for Child
study
B.S.. Dillard University. 1 959: MS. University of Maryland.
1967. PhD. 1971
Davidson, Nell. Associate Professor of Secondary Education
and Assistant Professor of Mathematics
B.S . Case Institute of Technology 1 96 1 . M S . University of
Wisconsin. 1 963. Ph D . 1 970
Davidson, Ronald C, Professor of Physics
B Sc . McMaster University. 1 963, Ph D . Princeton University.
1966
Davis, Douglas D. . Associate Professor of Chemistry
B S.. University ol Washington. 1 962: Ph D . University of
Flonda, 1 966
Davis, Richard F. , Professor and Chaimian of Dairy Science
B S . University of New Hampshire. 1 950: M.S.. Cornell Univer-
sity. 1952. PhD 1953
Davis, Shelley, Assistant Professor of Music
B.A . Washington Square College of New York University. 1 957
MA. Graduate School ot Arts and Sciences of New York
University. 1 960: Ph D . 1 97 1
Dawson, Townes L. , Professor of Business Law
B.B A . University of Texas. 1 943. B S . United Stales Merchant
Manne Academy. 1 946. MBA . University of Texas. 1 947.
PhD. 1950. L LB. 1954
Dawson, Victor C. D.. Lecturer in Mechanical Engineering
B.S.. Massachusetts Institute ol Technology. 1 948: MS, Har-
vard University. 1 951 : M E , California Institute of Technology.
1 959: Ph D . University of Maryland, 1 963
Day, Thomas B. , Professor of Physics and Vice Chancellor for
Academic Planning and Policy
B S . University of Notre Dame. 1 952: Ph D . Cornell Univer-
sity. 1957
Dayton, Chauncy M., Professor of Measurement and Slatis
tics
DeBarthe, Jerry V., Associate Professor of Animal Science
BS. Iowa Slate University. 1961. PhD. 1966
Deciier, A. Morris, Jr., Professor ot Agronomy
B S . Colorado A&M. 1 949: M S . Utah State College. 1 951 .
Ph D . University of Maryland. 1 953
Oaclarls, Nicholas. Professor of Electncal Engineering
B S Texas A&M University. 1 952, S M , Massachusetts Insti-
tute ol technology, 1954. ScO 1959
DaLelris. Alain, Professor of Ad
B F A , Rhode Island School of Design. 1 948. A M , Harvard
University, 1 952. Ph D , 1 957
B A . Montclair State College, 1 959. MA. 1 964: Ph D . Ohio
State University, 1971
Demaitre, Ann, Associate Professor ol French and Italian
B A . Columbia University. 1 950. M A . University ot California.
Berkeley 1 951 . M S . Columbia University, 1 952, Ph D
University of Maryland, 1960
Denny, Don w. , Prolessor of An
B A . University of Flonda. 1 959. M A . New York University
1961. Ph D. 1965
0» Rocco, Andrew G. , Professor of Molecular Physics
B S . Purdue University. 1 951 : M S . University of Michigan
1953. PhD. 1956
Deshler, Waiter W. , Professor of Geography
B S . Lafayette College. 1 943. M A . University of Maryland
1953. Ph D, 1957
Desilva, Alan W., Professor of Physics
B S . University of California at Los Angeles. 1 954: Ph D
University of California. Berkeley 1 961
Dessaint, Alain, Assistant Prolessor of Anthropology
B A . University ol Chicago. 1 96 1 , M A , Stanford University,
1962. PhD. University of Hawaii, 1972
deVermond, Mary V., Professor of Music
B Mus Howard University. 1 942, M A . Columbia University
1 948. Ed D , University ol Maryland 1 959
Devlne, Donald J. , Associate Professor of Government and
Politics
B B A , Saint Johns University, 1 959 MA. Brooklyn College
1 965. Ph D , Syracuse University. 1 967
Devoe, Howard J. , Associate Professor ol Chemistry
BA Oberlin College, 1955, PhD Han/ard University, 1960
Dies, Robert R., Associate Professor of Psychology
B S . Carroll College, 1 962. M A , Bowling Green State Univer-
sity, 1 964, Ph D University ot Connecticut. 1 968
Dietz, Maureen A., Associate Professor of Early Childhood and
Elementary Education
B S . Creighton University, 1 964, MS. University ol Pennsyl-
vania. 1965: PhD, 1968
Difederico, Frank Robert, Associate Professor of Art
B A . University ol Massachusetts, 1 955: M A , Boston Univer
sity, 1 961 . Ph D , New York University, 1 970
Dillard, Dudley, Professor and Chairman of Economics
B S University of California. Berkeley. 1 935. Ph D . 1 940
Dillon, Conley H. , Professor of Government and Politics
A B . Marshall College. 1 928. M A . Duke University 1 933
Ph D . 1 936
DIttman, Laura L., Prolessor. Institute for Child Study
B S University of Colorado. 1 938. M A . University of Maryland
1963. PhD. 1967
Dixon, Jack R., Associate Professor of Physics
B S . Western Reserve University. 1 948: M.S., 1 950: Ph.D .
University of Maryland. 1 956
Dobert, Eltel W., Professor ol Germanic and Slavic Languages
B A University of Geneva. 1 932: MA. University of Maryland
1948. PhD. 1954
Dodge, Norton T., Associate Professor of Economics
A B , Cornell University. 1 948: M.A.. Harvard University 1 951
PhD, 1960
Doelsch, Raymond N. , Professor ol Microbiology
B S . University ol Illinois. 1 942. A M . Indiana University. 1 943.
Ph D . University of Maryland. 1 948
Donaldson, Bruce K., Associate Professor of Aerospace
Engineering
B S Columbia University, 1 955: M S , Wichita State University.
1 962 M S . 1 963: Ph D . University of Illinois at Urbana. 1 968
Dorfman, J. Robert, Professor of Physics and Institute for
Fluid Dynamics and Applied Mathematics
B A The Johns Hopkins University. 1957. PhD, 1961
Dorsey. John W., Acting Chancellor and Associate Professor
of Economics
B S , University of Maryland, 1 958, M A . Harvard University.
1962. Ph D, 1963
Dotson, Charles O., Associate Professor ol Physical Education
B A . Morehead State University. 1 963. M S . Purdue Univer-
sity. 1964: Ph D . 1968
Doudna, Mark E., Assistant Professor of Hearing and Speech
Sciences
B S . Ohio State University, 1 948. M A . 1 956. Ph D , 1 962
Douglass, Larry W., Associate Professor of Dairy Science
B S , Purdue University, 1 963. MAI 966. Ph D . Oregon State
University. 1969
Douglis, Avron, Professor of Mathematics
A B . University ol Chicago. 1 938. M A . New York University.
1949. PhD, 1949
Dragt, Alexander J. , Professor of Physics
A B , Calvin College, 1 958. Ph D . University of California.
Berkeley, 1963
Drew, Howard Dennis, Assistant Professor of Physics
B 5 University of Pittsburgh. 1962: Ph D . Cornell University.
1967
Dubester, Henry J., Associate Professor. School ot Ubrary and
Inlormation Services
B S . State College, City ol New York, 1 939. M A . Columbia
University. 1946
Dudley, James, Prolessor of Administration Supervision and
Curriculum
B A . Southern Illinois University. 1 951 . M S . Southern Illinois
University. 1957: Ed D University of Illinois. 1964
Duffey, Dick, Professor ot Chemical Engineering
B S . Purdue University, 1 939 , M S . University of Iowa. 1940
Ph D , University ol Maryland, 1 956
Oufley, Robert V. , Prolessor of Early Childhood and Elemen-
tary Education
B S . Millersville State College, 1 938, Ed M . Temple Univet
sity. 1948. Ed D 1954
Duffy, John, Professor ol History
B A , Louisiana State Normal College. 1941. MA 1943
Ph 0 University ol California 1 946
Dutta, Sukanta K., Associate Professor ot Veterinary Science
B Sc (Vet ), Bombay University, India. 1 956: MS . University
of Minnesota, 1 960. Ph D , 1 962
Dworzecka, Maria, Visiting Assistant Professor of Physics
M Sc , Warsaw University, 1 964: Ph D . 1 969
Earl, James A., Associate Professor ol Physics
B S Massachusetts Institute ot Technology. 1953. Ph D .
1958
Eden, Henry Spencer, Assistant Professor of Electrical Engi-
neering
A B . M D . Boston Universily 1 970
Edmundson, Harold P. . Prolessor ol Mathematics and Compu-
B A, University of California. Los Angeles. 1946: M A . 1948.
PhD. 1953
Ehrlich, Gertrude, Professor ol Mathematics
B S , Georgia Stale College lor Women, 1 943: M A , Univer
:ity of North Carolina 1945 Ph D , University of Tennessee,
1953
Eisenberg, John, Research Associate Professor of Zoology
B S , Washington Stale University, 1 957. MA.. University of
California Berkeley 1 959. Ph D , 1 962
Elder. Steven D. , Assistant Professor of Germanic and Slavic
Languages
B A . Kalamazoo College, 1 962. M A . Ohio State University.
1964 PhD. 1969
Eley, George, Associate Professor ot Early Childhood Elemen-
tary Education
BS , Ohio Stale University, 1952, M Ed , 1957: PhD. 1966
Ellol, John, Associate Professor. Institute lor Child Study
A B , Harvard University 1 956, A M T , 1 958: Ed D . Stanford
University. 1966
Eikins, Earleen F. , Research Associate Prolessor of Heanng
and Speech Sciences
B A , University of Maryland. 1 954: MA . 1 956: Ph D , 1 967
Eikins. Richard L. , Assistant Professor of Industnal Education
B S . University ol Maryland. 1 953. M A . 1 958: Ed D , 1 972
Eikins, Wilson H., President. University of Maryland
B A . University ol Texas. 1 932. MAI 932: Utt B . Oxford
University 1 936 , D Phil 1 936
Ellingson, Robert G., Assistant Prolessor of Meteorology
BS Florida Stale University, 1967. MS. 1968. PhD. 1972
Ellis, Robert L. . Associate Prolessor ol Mathematics
S A . Miami. University, 1 960, Ph D , Duke University, 1966
Ellsworth, Robert W., Assistant Professor of Phystcs
B S , Yale University, 1 960: Ph D . University of Rochester.
1965
Elsasser, Walter M. , Research Professor. Institute for Fluid
Dynamics and Applied Mathematics
Ph D . University of Goettingen (Germany). 1 927
Emad, Fawzi P., Associate Prolessor ol Electncal Engineenng
B S American University (Beirut). 1 96 1 . M S . Northwestern
University. 1 963, Ph D . 1 965
Emans, Robert, Professor ot Early Childhood-Elementary Edu-
cation and Dean of the College ol Education
B S University ot Wisconsin. Madison. 1957: MA. University
of Chicago. 1958, PhD 1963
Ephremides, Anthony, Associate Prolessor ol Electrical Engi-
neering
BS, National Technical University of Athens. 1967, MA
Princeton Universily. 1969. Ph D . 1971
Erickson, William C, Professor ol Astronomy
B A University ol Minnesota, 1 951 . M A 1 955, PhD . 1 956
Eyier, Marvin H., Dean and Professor. College ot Physical
Education, Recreation, and Health
AB Houghton College, 1942:MS, 1942, M S , University of
Illinois 1948 PhD , 1956
Falcione, Raymond L. , Assistant Professor of Speech Com-
B A . Akron University. 1 965. MAI 967: Ph D , Kent State
University, 1972
Falk, David S,, Professor of Physics
BS Cornell University. 1954: MS , Harvard University. 1955
Ph D . 1 959
Faller, Alan J., Research Professor. Institute for Fluid Dynamics
and Applied Mathematics
S B Massachusetts Institute ot Technology. 1 951 . M S . 1 953:
Sc D , 1957
Falthzik , Alfred M. , Assistant Professor ol Business Adminis-
tration
BS Northeastern University. 1957: MBA. 1959: PhD.
Michigan State University. 1 969
Fanning, Delvin S. , Associate Professor of Soil Minerology
B S , Cornell University, 1954, MS. 1959: PhD , University
of Wisconsin. 1964
Farquhar, Douglas James, Assistant Prolessor of Art
B A Washington and Lee University. 1 963: MA . University of
Chicago. 1966, PhD 1972
Farreli, Richard T., Associate Professor ol Secondary Educa-
tion and Hislory
A B , Wabash College 1 954, M S . Indiana University, 1 958,
PhD 1967
Fay, John D., Assistant Prolessor of Mathematics
A 8 Harvard University 1 965. Ph D . 1 970
Feidman, Eliott D.. Assistant Prolessor of Computer Science
A B Cornell University, 1 96 1 , M S , Stevens Institute ol Tech-
nology, 1966. PhD , 1969
Felton, Kenneth E., Associate Professor of Agncultural
Engineering
BS University ol Maryland. 1950. BS. 1951: MS. Pennsyl-
vania Stale University, 1962
Ferreii, Richard A., Prolessor ol Physics
B S California Institute of Technology. 1 948: M S . 1 949:
Ph D Princeton University. 1952
Fey, James T. , Associate Prolessor ol Secondary Education
and Mathematics
B S . University ol Wisconsin, 1 962 , M S . 1 963, Ph D Columbia
University. 1 968
22 / Graduate Faculty
Fink. Beatrice C. Associate Professor ot French and Italian
BA.Bfyn Mawr College 1953 MA Yale Un.versily 1956
Ph D , Universily o» Pittsburgh. 1 966
Finkelstein. Barbara J.. Assistant Professor Foundations of
Education
B A Barnard College. 1 959 M A Teacher s College, Columbia
University 1960 Ed 0 1970
FInsterbusch, Kuri, Ass'Siani Professor of Sociology
B A . Pnnceton University, 1 957. B D , Grace Theological Semi-
nary 1 960 Ph D Columbia University 1 969
Fish. Gertrude S., Assistant Professor of Housing and Applied
Design
BS Cornell University 1968 lVtA,1970 PhD 1973
Fisher. Allan J., Professor of Finance
B S University of Pennsylvania 1 928 Lit M 1 936: Ph D .
1937
Fivel. Daniel I., Associate Professor of Physics
B A The Johns Hopkins University 1 953. Ph D 1 959
Flack, James K., Jr.. Associate Professor of History
B A Albion College. 1959. M A Wayne State University. 1963,
PhD 1968
Flatter, Charles H., Associate Professor Institute for Child
Study
B A DePauw University. 1 961 : M Ed . University of Toledo.
1965 EdD University ot Maryland. 1 968
Fleck, Jere, Associate Professor of Germanic and Slavic
Languages
Ph D University of Munich. 1 968
Fleig, AlberlJ.. Jr., Lecturer in Aerospace Engineering
B S E S , Purdue University 1 958 Ph D Catholic University
o» America. 1968
Florestano. Patricia S., Assistant Professor of Urban Studies
B A University 0* Maryland 1958 MA. 1970 PhD 1974
Folsom. Kenneth E. , Associate Professor of History
B A Princeton University. 1 94 3: B A University of California
Berkeley 1955 MA 1957 PhD 1964
Folstrom. Roger J., Professor ot Music
BS College of St Thomas 1956 M Ed 1959 MM North-
western University 1 963 Ph D , 1 967
Fonaroff , L. Schuyler, Professor and Acting Chairman of
Geography
B A University of Arizona, 1 955. Ph D The Johns Hopkins
University 1961
Forbes. James H.. Jr., Assistant Professor of An
BA University of Maryland, 1964: MA, 1966
Forsnes, Victor G.. Assistant Professor of Mechanical
Engmeenng
B E S . Brigham Young University. 1964, M E , 1965. Ph D .
Purdue University 1970
Foss, John E., Professor of Soil Classification
B S Wisconsin State University. 1 957 . M S University of
Minnesota 1959, Ph D . 1965
Foster. Phillips W.. Professor of Agricultural and Resource
Economics
B S Cornell University. 1 953. M S , University of Illinois 1 956.
PnD 1958
Foumey. William L.. Professor o( Mechanical Eng«ieering
B S A E West Virginia University. 1 962 MS 1 963 Ph D
University of Hlinois 1966
Fowl, Lyman, Visiting Professor of Textiles and Consumer
Economics
A B Unrversity ot Chicago. 1 933; PhD , Washington Univer-
sity St Louis. 1937
Foust, Clifford M. , Professor and Associate Chairman of His-
tory
B A . Syracuse University, 1 949 M A University of Chicago,
1951 PhD. 1957
Franz. Jacob G., Assistant Professor of Sociology
A 8 Southv^estern University 1935 M A Columbia University
1939 PhO Ohio State University 1960
Freedman. Morris. Professor of English
B A City University ot New York 1 94 1 . M A Columbia Univer-
sity 1950 PhD 1953
Freeman, David H.. Professor of Chemistry
B S . University of Rochester 1 952. MS. Carnegie Institute of
Technology, 1 954; Ph D Massachusetts Institute ot Tech-
nology 1957
Freeman, Robert, Associate Professor of Psychology and
Counseling and Personnel Services
B A , Havertord College 195> M A . Wesleyan University
1954, PhD University of Maryland 1964
Freimuth, Vicki S.. Assistant Professor of Speech and Drama-
tic An
B S , Eastern Illinois University 1 966 MA. University ot Iowa,
1 967 , Ph D , Florida State University 1 974
Fretz, Bruce R.. Professor of Psychology
B A , Gettysburg College, 1 96 1 . M A . Ohio State University
1963 PhD 1965
Friedman. Hert>en. Professor ot Physics
B A , Brooklyn College. 1 936 Ph D The Johns Hopkins
University, 1940
Fringer, Margaret Neal. Assistant Professor ot Physical Edu
B S , University ot Nonh Carolina, 1 957 ; M A University ot
Michigan, 1961, PhD University of Maryland 1972
Fritz. Sigmund, Visitmg Professor ot Meteorology
B S , Brooklyn College 1 934 MS Massachusetts Institute
ot Technology. 1941 ScD 1953
Fromovitz, Stan. Associate Professor ot Management Science
B A Sc University of Toronto 1960; M A 1961 : Ph D . Stan
ford University 1965
Fry, Gladys M., Associate Professor of English
B A , Howard University, 1 952 MA 1 954 , Ph 0 Indiana
University 1967
Funaro, George J., Provost. Division of Human and Com-
munity Resources and Associate Professor ot Secondary Edu
cation
B A . American international College. 1 956 M A University ot
Connecticut 1961 PhD 1965
Gatlick. Susan Lydia, Assistant Professor ot English
A B . University ot CaMomia Berkeley, 1 966 MA , Indiana
University 1970 PhD 1972
Gallman. Philip G.. Assistant Professor of Eleclncal Engineer
ing
Galloway. Raymond A.. Professor ot Plant Physiology
B A, University of Maryland, 1952. MS.. 1956, PhD, 1958
Gannon, Martin J., Associate Professor of Business and Man
agemeni
B A , University of Scranton, 1 961 : PhD , Columbia University
1969
Gantt, Walter N., Associate Professor of Early Childhood-
Elementary Education
BS , Coppin State College 1 942 .MA New York University
1 949 Ed 0 University ot Maryland 1 968
Garber. Daniel L.. Associate Professor ot Civil Engmeenng
B S , University of Maryland, 1 952, MSI 959 Ph D . 1 965
Gardner, Albert H., Associate Professor, Institute tor Child
Study
B S . State University of New York, Cortland, 1 958 MA,
Syracuse University. 1 964 Ph D , 1 967
Gardner, Marjorie H., Professor of Secondary Education and
Chemistry
8 S Utah State University 1 946. M A . Ohio State University
1958 PhD, 1960
Garvey, Evelyn F., Associate Professor of Music
B S Temple University, 1 943, M M University of Rochester
1946
Gasner. Larry L. . Visiting Assistant Professor of Chemical
Engineering
B S , University of Minnesota 1 965, M S Massachusetts
Institute of Technology, 1 967 Ph D . 1 97 1
Gatz, Margaret J. , Assistant Professor of Psychology
B A , Southwestern at Memphis, 1 966. Ph D , Duke University
1972
Gaylin. Ned L.. Professor and Chairman. Depanment of Family
and Community Development
BA , University ot Chicago 1956 MA 1961 Ph.D. 1965
Qelman, Ellen F., Assistant Professor of An
A B , Brandeis University. 1 961 , M F A Columbia University
1964
Gelso. Charles J., Assistant Professor ot Psychology
8 S , Bloomsburg State College 1 963 M S , Florida State
University 1964 PhD Ohio State University 1970
Gentry, James W. . Associate Professor ot Chemical Engineer
ing
BS , Oklahoma State University. 1961 . MS , University of
Birmingham 1 963; Ph D . University of Texas. 1 969
Giblette, John F.. Professor and Chairman, Measurement and
Statistics
B A , George Washington University 1 947 , M A , University ot
Minnesota 1952 Ph D University ot Pennsylvania, 1960
Gift in . Donald W . . Associate Professor of History and Direc
tor of Admissions and Registrations
B A University of Cahtorma Santa Barbara, 1 950. M A . Vander
btit University 1956, PhD 1962
Gilbert. Claire P. . Assistant Professor of French and Italian
B A Rice University, 1 960, M A , University of Delaware, 1 963
Ph D The Johns Hopkins University 1 969
Gilbert. James B.. Professor of History
B A Carleton College, 1 961 , M A University of Wisconsin
1963, PhD 1966
Gilf. Douglas E., Assistant Professor of Zoology
8 S Manetla College, 1 965: M A . University of Michigan,
1967 Ph D , 1971
Ginter, Marshall L.. Professor, Institute for Molecular Physics
B S Chico State College. 1 958: Ph D . Vanderbilt University
Girdano. Daniel A., Associate Professor ot Health Education
8 A , West Uberty State College. 1 964 MA, Kent Slate
University 1965, PhD , Universit/of Toledo 1970
Glrando. Dorothy D. . Associate Professor of Health Education
B S University of Nebraska, 1 960. M A Colorado State Col-
lege. 1 964: Ph 0 University of Toledo, 1 969
Glass, James M., Assistant Professor of Government and
Politics
BA University ot California at Berkeley 1961: MA . 1984;
PhD 1970
Glasser. Robert G.. Professor of Physics and Computer
Science
AB University of Chicago 1948 8 S . 1950 M S , 1952
PhD 1954
Glendening. Parris N.. Associate Professor ot Government
and Politics
8 A Fionda State University, 1964. MA 1966; PhD 1967
Glick, Arnold J.. Associate Professor of Physics
8 A Brooklyn College 1955 Ph D . University of Maryland,
1959
Gloeckter. George. Associate Professor of Physics
BS University ot Chicago, 1960, MS 1961 . Ph D , 1965
Glosser, Robert. Assistant Professor of Physics
SB Massachusetts Institute ot Technology 1959 SM
University ot Chicago, 1 962 Ph D , 1 967
Glover, RolfeE.. Professor ot Physics
AB Bowdoin College 1 948 B S , Massachusetts Institute of
Technology 1948: PhD University ol Goettingen. 1953
Goering, Jacob D., Professor institute for Child Study
B A Bethel College 1 94 1 ; Ph D , University of Maryland 1 959
Goff . Regina M. . Professor of Early Childhood and Elementary
Education
B S Northwestern University, 1931 . M A Columbia Univer-
sity 1940 Ph D 1948
Goldberg, David A.. Assistant Professor of Physics and Assist-
ant Dean tor Graduate Studies
B Eng Phys Cornell University, 1 958. M S 1 960, Ph D The
Johns Hopkins University. 1 967
Goldberg. Seymour. Professor ot Mathematics
AB Hunter College 1950. MA Ohio State University, 1952
Ph D . University ot California at Los Angeles 1 958
Goldhaber, Jacob K., Professor and Chairman of Mathematics
B A , Brooklyn College, 1 944 M A , Harvard University, 1 945.
Ph 0 University of Wisconsin, 1 950
Goldman. David T., Professor ot Chemical Engmeenng
B A Brooklyn College, 1 952 M S , Vanderbilt University, 1 954,
PhD University ot Maryland, 1958
Goldman. Harvey. Associate Professor ot Administration.
Supervision and Curriculum
B A , University ot Rhode Island, i960, M A John Can-oil Univer-
sity 1962 EdO Michigan State University 1966
Goldsby, Richard Allen, Professor of Chemistry
B A University of Kansas 1 957 , Ph D . University of California,
1961
Goldstein, Irwin L.. Professor of Psychology
B A City College ot New York, 1 959; M A , University of Mary-
land 1962 PhD 1964
Goldstein, Larry J.. Professor ot Mathematics
B A. University of Pennsylvania, 1965, MA, 1965, MA,
Princeton University 1 967 Ph D , 1 967
Gotlub, Lewis R.. Professor ot Psychology
A B University ot Pennsylvania 1 955. Ph D , Harvard Univer-
sity 1958
Gomezplata, Albert, Professor and Acting Chairman of
Chemical Engmeenng
8 Ch E Brooklyn Polytechnic Institute, 1 952, M Ch E ,
Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, 1954, PhD , 1958
Good, Richard A.. Professor of Mathematics
A B Ashland College, 1 939, M A , University of Wisconsin.
1940, Ph D 1945
Goode. Melvyn Dennis, Associate Prof essor ot Zoology
8 S University ot Kansas, 1 963, Ph D . Iowa State University,
1967
Goodwyn, Frank, Professor ot Spanish and Portuguese
BA College ot Arts and Industries, 1940, MA, 1941; PhO.
University ot Texas 1946
Gordon, Donald C-, Professor ot History
A B College ot William and Mary. 1 934, M A , Columbia Uni-
versity 1937, PhD 1947
Gordon, Glen E., Professor of Chemistry
8 S University of Illinois, 1 956, Ph 0 , University of California,
Berkeley. 1960
Gordon, Stewart L.. Professor of Music
B A University of Kansas, 1 953; MA,, 1 954. D MA . Univer-
sity of Rochester 1965
Gorgacz, Edward J., Assistant Professor of Veterinary Science
V M 0 , University of Pennsylvania, 1 967: Ph D , University of
Connecticut 1973
Gorovitz, Samuel. Professor and Chairman of the Department
of Philosophy
B S Massachusetts institute ot Technology, 1 960, Ph D , Stan-
ford University 1963
Gould. Murray J.. Assistant Professor of Music
M Mus Manhattan School of Music. 1 958; Ph.D , New York
University Graduate School of Arts and Science, 1 972
Graduate Faculty / 23
Gowdy. Robert H. . Assistant Professor of Physics
B S Worcester Polytectinic fnstitute 1 963; MS. Yale
UntvefSitv 1964 PhD 1968
Gramberg, Edward J. , Professor of Spanish and Portuguese
B A . Universrty of Amsterdam, 1946 M A , University of
CaJitomia. Los Angeles. 1 949 Ph D , University of California
Berkeley 1956
Grambs, Jean D., Professor of Secondary Education
A B Reed College, 1 940. M A Stanford University 1 94 1 .
Ed 0 1 948
Gray. Alfred. Professor of Mathematics
B A University of Kansas. 1 960. M A . 1 96 1 : Ph D Univer
sity of California Los Angeles, 1964
Green. Eleanor B. . Assistant Professor of Art
A B . Vassar College 1 949 M A , George Washington
University 1971 PhD 1973
Green. Harry B.. Jr.. Assistant Professor. Institute for Child
Study
B A University of Virginia. 1 959: M Ed . 1 963: Ph D . 1 965
Green. Kinsey. Associate Professor of Secondary Education
B S University of Virginia. 1 960: M S , Unrversity of Mar/land.
1965 PhD 1969
Green. Paul S.. Associate Professor of Mathematics
BA Cornell University 1 959, M A . Harvard University. 1960.
Pti D Cornell University 1 964
Green. Robert L.. Professor Agncuttural Engineenng
BS AE University of Georgia. 1934 MS Iowa State College.
1 939 Ph D- Michigan State University 1 953
Green. Willard W.. Professor of Animal Science
8 S University of Minnesota, 1 933 MSI 934: Ph D 1 939
Greenberg. Kenneth R.. Associate Professor of Counseling
and Personnel Ser^'ices
BS Ohio State University. 1951.M A, 1952: PhD . Western
Reserve University. 1960
Greenberg. Leon. Professor of Mathematics
B S City College of New York 1 953. M A . Yale University
1955 PhD 1958
Greenberg, Louis M.. Associate Professor of History
B A Brooklyn College 1 954. M A Harvard University, 1 957.
PhD 1963
Greenberg. Oscar W.. Professor of Physics
B S Rutgers University 1 952 : M S . Princeton University,
1954 PhD 1956
Greenberg, Ralph, Assistant Professor of Mathematics
B A University of Pennsylvania. 1 966: Ph D . Princeton
University 1971
Greenwood. David C. Associate Professor of English
B A University of London. 1 949. Certificate in Education.
Nonmgham 1 953 Ph D University of Dublin. 1 968
Greer, Thomas V.. Professor of Business Administration
B A University of Texas. 1 953. MBA. Ohio State University,
1 957 Ph 0 University of Texas. 1 964
Greisman, Harvey C Assistant Professor of Sociology
B A State University of New York. New Pallz. 1 966. MA
Syracuse University. 1 969 Ph D 1 972
Grief. Ellen. Assistant Professor of Special Education
B S North Texas State University, 1 956 M Ed , University ol
Houston 1 964, Ed D . University of Kansas. 1 971
Griem. Hans. Professor of Physics
Arbitur. Max Planck Schule. 1949. Ph D . University of Kiel.
1954
Griffin, James J., Professor of Physics
BS Villanova College. 1952. MS Princeton University. 1955.
PhD 1956
Grim, Samuel O. , Professor of Chemistry
B S Franklin and Marshall College. 1 956. Ph D . Massachusetts
Institute of Technology 1960
Grimsted, David A., Associate Professor of History
A B Harvard University 1 957 . M A . University of California
Berkeley 1958 PhD. 1963
Grollman. Sigmund. Professor of Zoology
BS Universilyof Marylano. 1947 M S . 1949: Ph D , 1952
Groves. Paul A.. Associate Professor of Geography
B Sc University of London 1 956, M A University of Maryland
1 961 : Ph D University of California Berkeley 1 969
Gruchy. Allan G.. Professor of Economics
B A University of Bntish Columbia 1 926: M A , McGill Uni-
versity 1929, PhD Universityof Virginia. 1931
Grunig, James E.. Associate Professor of Journalism
BS Iowa State University 1964. M S . University ol Wiscon-
sin 1966 Ph D 1968
Guernsey. Ralph L.. Research Associate Professor. Institute
for Fluid Dynamics and Applied Mathematics
B A Miami University 1 952. MSI 954: Ph D . University of
Michigan, 1960
Guillory. John U-. Assistant Professor ol Physics
B A Rice University. 1962: PhD . University of California.
Berkeley 1970
Gulick. Sidney L.. Professor ol Mathematics
6 A Obertin College. 1 958. M A . Yale University 1 960
PhD 1963
Gump. Larney R.. Assistant Professor of Counseling and Per-
sonnel Ser/ices
B S West Virginia University. 1959 M Ed Temple University
1 961 D Ed Pennsylvania State University 1 967
Haber. Francis C, Professor of History
B A University of Connecticut. 1948: M A . The Johns
Hopkins University 1952: PhD. 1957
Hacklander. Effie, Assistant Professor of Textiles and Con-
sumer Economics
B S , University of Minnesota 1962. MA , Michigan State
University. 1968 PhD 1973
Hagerty. Patrick E.. Assistant Professor of Computer Science
B A . Syracuse University, 1 960 BEE1961,MS,1 967,
PhD 1969
Haley, A.J.. Professor of Zoology
B S University ol New Hampshire. 1 949, MSI 950 Sc D
The Johns Hopkins University 1955
Hall. Jerome W.. Associate Professor of Civil Engineenng
8 S , Harvey Mudd College, 1 965: M S . University of
Washington. 1968 PhD 1969
Hall, John R.. Assistant Professor of Agronomy
BS. University ol Illinois 1964. MS, 1965: Ph.D. Ohio State
University 1971
Halperin. Miriam P.. Assistant Professor of Mathematics
A B RaOcliffe College. 1966, M A , Brandeis University, 1968
Ph D 1972
Hamilton, Donna B.. Assistant Professor of English
B A St Olal College, 1963: Ph D . University of Wisconsin,
Madison. 1968
Hamilton. Gary D.. Associate Professor of English
BA St Olaf College. 1962 MA University of Wisconsin.
1965. PhD. 1968
Hamlet, Richard Graham, Assistant Professor of Computer
Science
B S . University of Wisconsin, 1 959, M S , Cornell University,
1964, Ph D , University of Washington. 1971.
Hamlet. Sandra L.. Assistant Professor of Hearing and
Speech Sciences
B A . University of Wisconsin. 1959. MA. University of
Washington. 1967 PhD 1970
Hammer, David A.. Associate Professor of Physics
B S , CaJifomia Institute of Technology, 1 964: Ph.D , Cornell
University. 1969
Hammond, Robert C, Professor and Chairman of Veterinary
Science
BS. Pennsylvania State University. 1943: D V.M. University of
Pennsylvania. 1948
Handorf. William C-. Lecturer of Business Administration
AB. University of Michigan. 1966: MBA. 1967: PhD
Michigan State University. 1973
Hansen. J.N.. Assistant Professor of Chemistry
B A Drake University 1964: Ph D . University of California.
Los Angeles 1968
Hardie. Ian W.. Associate Professor of Agricultural and
Resource Economics
B S University of California. Davis. 1 960; PhD . University of
CaJifornia. Berkeley 1965
Hardwick. Mark W-, Assistant Professor of Counseling and
Personnel Services
BA. Michigan State University. 1966. MA. 1967. PhD.
1970
Hardy, Robert C, Associate Professor. Institute For Child
Study
B S Ed . Bucknell University. 1 961 ; M.S.Ed., Indiana University
1964: EdD 1969
Harger. Robert O.. Associate Professor of ElecthcaJ
Engineering
B SE. University of Michigan. 1955. MSE, 1959. PhD
1961
Hargrove. Michael B.. Assistant Professor of Statistics
BS. University of Kentucky 1963: MA , 1966, PhD, 1971
Haris, Steven J., Assistant Professor of Mathematics
B Sc , University of Sydney. 1965. Ph D , The Johns Hopkjns
University. 1970
Harlan. Louis R-, Professor of History
B A . Emory University, 1943, M A . Vanderbilt University
1947: Ph D , The Johns Hopkins University. 1955
Harper. Glenn A., Assistant Professor of Sociology
B S . Purdue Universitji. 1 958. M S 1 961 . Ph D . 1 968
Harper, Robert A. , Professor of Geography
PhB. University of Chicago. 1946: BS. 1947: MS. 1948
PhD.. 1950
Harrington, J. Patrick, Associate Professor of Astronomy
B S.. University of Chicago. 1 961 : MS. Ohio State University.
1964. PhD 1967
Harris. Curtis C, Professor of Economics
BS . University of Florida. 1956; M A.. Harvard University,
1959, PhD, 1960
Harris. James P., Assistant Professor of History
B S . Loyola University 1962. M S . University of Wisconsin
1964. PhD 1968
Harris. Wesley L-. Professor and Chairman of Agncultural
Engineering
BSAE . University of Georgia 1953 MS. 1958 PhD
Michigan State University 1 960
Harrison. Floyd P-. Professor of Entomology
B S Louisiana State University. 1 951 . MS. 1 953 Ph D
University of Maryland 1955
Harrison. Horace V.. Professor of Government and Politics
BA , Trinity University. 1932. MA. University of Texas 1941.
PhD 1951
Harrison. Paul E., Jr., Professor of Industrial Education
B Ed Northern Illinois State College. 1942: M A . Colorado
State College 1947 Ph D University of Maryland. 1955
Harvey. Ellen E.. Professor and Chairman of Recreation
B S Columbia University, 1935 MA. 1941 . EdD . University
of Oregon, 1951
Haslem, John A.. Associate Professor of Finance
A B , Duke University 1 956: M B A.. University of North
Carolina 1961: PhD. 1967
Hatfield. Agnes B-. Associate Professor. Institute for Child
Study
B A University of California. 1948: M A . University of Denver.
1954: PhD, 1959
Hathorn. Guy B.. Professor of Government and Politics
A B University of Mississippi, 1940: M A , 1942: Ph D . Duke
University 1950
Hayleck. Charles R-. Jr.. Associate Professor of Mechanical
Engineering
B S University of Maryland, 1 943. MS. 1 949
Hayward. Raymond W.. Professor of Physics
B S Iowa State College 1943: Ph D . University of California.
Berkeley. 1950
Head. Emerson. Associate Professor of Music
B Mus . University of Ivlichigan. 1 957: M.Mus.. 1 961 .
Heath, James L., Associate Professor of Poultry Science
B S , Louisiana Stale University. 1 963; M S.. 1 968; Ph.D..
1970
Hebeler, Jean R.. Professor of Special Education
B S Buffalo State Teachers College. 1 953. M S . University of
Illinois, 1956 EdD Syracuse University. 1960
Hecht. Matthew S.. Assistant Professor of Computer Science
BSE. Case Western Reserve University 1 970; M S E .
Princeton University. 1 97 1 , M A . 1 973. Ph D . 1 973
Heidelbach, Ruth. Associate Professor of Early Childhood-
Elementary Education and Associate Director. Office of
Laboratory Expenences
B S University of Maryland, 1949. M Ed. University of Florida.
1 958. Ed 0 . Columbia University. 1 967
Heikkinen. Henry Wendell. AssislanI Professor of Chemistry
B Eng Yale University, 1956. MA . Columbia University.
1 962 Ph D University of Maryland. 1 973
Heilprin. Lawrence B.. Prolessor. School ol Library and In-
formation Services, and Computer Science Center
B S , University ol Pennsylvania. 1 928. MA.. 1 931 : Ph D . Har-
vard University. 1941
Heim. Norman. Professor of Music
BMEO. Evansville College. 1951. MM. Universilyof
Rochester 1952, DMA. 1962
Heimpel. Arthur M-. Lecturer in Entomology
BA Queens College, 1947; MA. 1948: PhD. Universityof
California, 1954
Heins, Conrad P-, Jr,, Associate Professor, Civil Engineering
B S , Drexel Institute of Technology, 1960. M S . Lehigh
University. 1962. Ph D . University of Maryland. 1967
Helsler. Martin 0-, Associate Professor of Government and
Politics
B A University of California. Los Angeles. 1 960; M A . 1 962:
Ph D 1 969
Helm, E. Eugene. Professor of Music
B M E , Southeastern Louisiana College. 1960: M M E .
Louisiana State University. 1955: Ph D . North Texas State
University, 1958
Hel2. George R-. Assistant Professor ol Chemistry
A B Princeton University. 1964; PhD . Pennsylvania State
University. 1971.
Helzer. G-A.. Associate Professor of Mathematics
B A Portland State College. 1959; MA. Northwestern Univer-
sity. 1962. PhD 1964
Hempstead. R. Ross. Assistant Professor of Education.
Education Technology Center
A B , University of California, Berkeley. 1962: MA . 1966:
PhD 1968
Henery-Logan. Kenneth R., Professor of Chemistry
B Sc , McGill University 1 942 , Ph D . 1 946
Henkel, Ramon E., Associate Professor ot Sociology
Ph B . University of Wisconsin. 1958. M A , 1961 . PhD .
1967
Henkelman, James, Associate Prolessor ol Secondary
Education and Mathematics
B S Miami University 1954: M Ed . 1955: Ed D . Harvard
University. 1965
Hering, Christoph A., Prolessor and Chairman of Germanic
and Slavic Languages
Ph D , Rhein-Friedrich-Wilhelms Universitaf. 1950
24 /Graduate Faculty
Hennan. Wayne L.. Assocate Professor of Earty ChWhood
and Elementary Educaton
BA Urstfius Co»ege 1955 M Ed Tempte Umversrty i960
EdD 1965
Hersctibach. Dennis R.. Assistant Professor of Industrial
Education
A.B . San Jose State Coiege. 1 960 M S University of ibKKS
1968: PtiD 1972
Hesse. Everett W.. Professor of Spanish and Portuguese
B-A New York Unrversrty 1931 : M A 1 933: Pti 0. 1941
Hesse. Michael Bernard. Assistant Professor of Journalism
A_B , Universrty of C^ncmnah. 1965: M A_ American Unrversrty.
1967 PhD. Untversrty of WisconsMi 1974
Hetrick. Frank M.. Professor of Microbiotogy
BS Mchtgan State Unfversrty 1954 M S Universrty of
Maryland. 1960: Ph D 1962
Hicks. Eric C. Assistant Professor of French and ltal«an
B A Y^e University 1 959: Ph D 1 965
Hiebed. Ray Eldon. Professor and Dean of tt>e CoBege of
Journalism
B A , Stanford Unrversrty 1954; M S Columbo Universrty
1957: MA Unrversrty of Maryl^id 1961 Ph D 1962
Higgins. William J.. Assistant Professor of Zootogy
BS. Boston Coiege. 1969: Ph D Ftonda State Unrversrty
1973
Highton. Richard. Professor of Zoology
A.B . New Yoffc Unrversrty 1 950: M S Unrversrty of Ronda
1953: PhD. 1956
Hill, Clara E., Assistant Professor of Psychology
BA. Southern llnots Universrty. 1970: MA. 1972: PhD
1974
Hill, David G., Assistant F^ofessor of Physics
B S . Camegie-MeHon Universrty. 1 959: M S . 1 960 Ph D
1964
Hill . Walter Lewis. Assistant Professor of MathernatK:s
BA University of Calrfomia. Berkeley. 1965 MA 1967.
PhD 1970
Hille, Stanley J.. Professor of Transportation. Busrtess and
Pubitc Pofccy
BBA_ Urwersity of Minnesota 1959 MBA 1962: PhD
1966
Htnderer. Walter Hermann. Professor of German
PhD. Unrversitate Munchen, 1960
Hinrichs. Harley H.. Lecturer m Economtcs
BB A Unrversfty of Wisconsin 1 953 MS Purdue University
1 958: Ph D Harvard University 1 964
Hirzel. Robert K.. Associate Professor of Socto*ogy
B A Pennsytvanta State University 1 946 MAI 950 Ph D
Loutstvu State Unrversrty, 1954
Hochuli. Urs E., Professor of Electrical Engir>eenr>g
BS Technikum B«l Swrtzertand. 1952: MS. University o*
Maryt^d. 1 955 Ph D . Catholic University of America 1 962
Hodos. William. Professor of Psychology
BS. Brooklyn CoUege. 1955. MA Unrversit>' of Pennsylvania
1957: PhD. 1960
Hoffman. Ronald, Associate Professor of History
B A George Peabody Coiege 1964; University of Wisconsin
1965. PhD, 1969
Holloway. David C. Assistant Professor of Mechanical
Engvieenng
BS University of IKnots 1966 MS 1969 PhD. 1971
Holmt>erg. Stevan R.. Assistant Professor of Business ar>d
Management
8 S Unrversrty of Tulsa 1966 MBA. Indiana University
1968 DBA 1971
Holmgren. Harry D.. Professor of Physics
B Phys . University of Minr>esota 1949: M A.. 1950: Ph D
1954
Holmgren. John E., Assistant Professor of Psycfiotogy
B S Universrty of Wisconsin. 1 965: Ph O.. Stanford University
1970
Hdmlund. Chester E.. Professor of Chemistry
B S . Worcester Pofytechnic Institute, 1 943: M S . 1 951 Ph D
University of Wisconsm 1954
HoHon. William Milne. Associate Professor of English
A B . Dartmouth College 1 954 . L L B Harvard University
1957. MA. Ya»e Universrty 1959 PhD 1965
Holum, Kenneth G., Assistant Professor of History
B A , Agustana Co»ege. 1 961 MA. Universrty of Chicago.
1969: PhD. 1973
Hopkins. Richard L.. Associate Professor. Foundations of
Education
B S Stanford University. 1962 M S . 1963: Ph D.. University
of California Los Ar>geles. 1 969
Homtiake. R. Lee. Vice President for Academe Affairs
B S , Pennsyfvanta State Teachers College. 1 934, M A . Oho
State University 1936 Ph D 1942, LLD , Eastern MK:higan
University 1963
Hornung. Carhon. Assistant Professor of Sociok>gy
B A . State Universrty of New York at Buffalo. 1 967: M A
Syracuse University 1970; PhD 1972
Hornyak. William F.. Professor of Physics
BEE City University of New Yortt Crty Co»ege 1 944 M S
Califoma Institute d Technology 1946 Ph D 1949
Horton. David L.. Professor of Psyctwiogy
B A Unr^ersiiy of Minnesota. 1 955 M A 1 957 Ph D 1 959
Horvath, John M.. Professor of Mathematics
P*^ D Un •'ersitv Of Budapest 1947
Houppert. Joseph W., Associate Professor of English
Ph B Universiry ot Detrort. 1955 MA University of Mtchigan
1957 PhD 1964
Hovey. Richard 8.. Professor of English
A B University of C»icinnatt, 1942. M A . Harvard University
1943 PhD 1950
Howard. John D.. Associate Professor of Engbsh
B A Washington Coiege 1 956 M A . University of Maryland
1962 PhD 1967
Hoyt. Kenneth B.. Professor of Counseling and Personnel
Services
B S University of Maryland 1948 M A George Washington
University 1950: Ph D University of Minnesota 1954
Hoyt. Richard D.. Assistant Professor of Journalism
BS Unwersrty of Oregon 1963, MS 1967 PhD University
of Hawaii 1972
Hsu. Shao T.. Professor of Mechanical Engtf>eenng
B S Chao^Tung University 1937 M S Massachusetts In-
stitute of Techrxjlogy. 1 944; Sc D . Swiss Federal fnstrtute of
Technology 1954
Hsueh. Chun-tu. Professor of Government and Politics
LLB Cfiaoyang University Law Sctiool 1946: M A Columbia
University 1953 Ph D 1958
Hu. Charles Y.. Professor of Geography
B S , Universrty of Nanking 1930 M A University of Califor-
nia. Berkeley 1 936 Ph D , Universrty of Chicago. 1 94 1
Hubbard. Bert E.. Research Professor Institute for FIukJ
Dyriamtcs arvj Applied Mathematics
B S Western iMmots Universrty 1 949 M S State Unn,fersitv of
Iowa 1952: PhD, University of Maryland. 1960
Hubbe. Rolf O.. Associate Professor of Classical Languages
and Lrterature
A B HamJton College. 1 947 AM. Pnnceton University
1950. PhD 1950
Huden. Daniel P.. Associate Professor Foundations of
Education
8 S , Universrty of Vermont 1 954. M A . Columtwa Teachers
College 1958 EdD 1967
Hudson. William. Professor of Music
B Mus Philadelphia Conservatory of Music 1954: B A
Universrty of Penrtsyfvania 1957 M Mus Yale Sctwoi of
Music 1961
Huebner. Robert W.. Associate FVofessor institute for Child
Study
8 S Concordia Teachers Coiege 1 957 M A i960 Ph O
University of Maryland 1969
Huheey. James E. . Associate Professor of Chemistry
8 S. Universrty of Cincinnati, 1957, MS. 1959: Ph D . Univer-
srty of IHifXMS. 1961
Huh. Joan S.. Associate Professor of Physical Education
B S . Indiana Universrty 1 954: M Ed , University of North
CaroSrra. 1957 Ph D University of Southern Caiifomta 1967
Hummel. James A.. Professor of Mathematics and Statistics
B S Calffomta Instrtute of Technology. 1949. MA Rce In-
stitute 1953 PhD. 1955
Hummel. John W., Associate Professor of Agricultural
Engineering
8 S University of Maryland. 1964; MS, 1966: Ph D , Univer
sity of irmots. Urtvaria 1970
Humphrey. James H.. Professor of Physical Education
B A Dentson Universrty 1 933, M A Western Reserve Univer-
srty 1946 EdD Boston University 1951
Hunt. Edith J.. Assistant Professor Instrtute for ChikJ Study
A B , University of Redlands. 1954; M A , Fresno State
College 1 964 Ed D . Unr/ersrty of M^yland. 1 967
Hunt. Janet Gibbs. Assistant Professor of Sociology
B A University of Redlands. 1962: M A . Indiar^ University.
1966 PhD 1973
Hunt, Larry L., Assistant Professor of Sociology
B S Ball State Unrversrty 1961 : MA , Indiana University
1964: PhD, 1968
Hurdis. David A.. Assistant Professor of Mectianical
Engineering
BS . Universrty of Rhode Island. 1962: MS . 1964 Ph D
Catholic Universrty, 1973
Husman. Burris F.. Professor and Chairman of Physical
Education
BS, University of Illinois. 1941: MS, 1948; EdD. Universrty
of Maryland 1 954.
Hutchings, Lloyd B.. Assistant Professor of Earty Childhood-
Elementary Education
B A Harvard College, 1959: Ph D Syracuse Universrty
1972
Hynes, Cecil V., Associate Professor of Marketing
8A Michigan State Universrty. 1948: MA, 1949, PhD.
1965
Imberski, Richard B.. Assocate Professor of Zoology
8 S University of Rochester. 1959. Ph D , 1965
Ingraham. Barton L., Assistant Professor of Criminal Justice
and Cnmir>ok)gy
AB Harvard Universrty. 1952: LLB Harvard Law School
1957 MCnm Universrty of California, Berkeley. 1968: DCnm
1972
Ingram. Anne G.. Professor of Physical Education
A 8 Universrty of North Carolina 1944. M A , University of
Georgia. 1948, EdD Columbia University 1962
Irwin. Gabriele I.. Assistant Professor of Germanic and Slavic
Languages
Artxtur Bavink Gymnasium 1959: MA. Unrverstty of
Maryland 1965, PhD. 1969
Irwin. George R.. Visrtmg Professor of Mechanical
Engmeenng
A 8 . Knox College 1930: M S University of Illinois 1933:
Ph D 1 937
Isaacs. Neil D., Professor of English
A 8 DartrTHJuth College 1953: A_M University of C^itoma
Berkeley 1956 PhD Brown University 1959
Ishee. Sidney. Professor of Agncullural and Resource
Economics
B S Mississippi State College 1 950. M S , Pennsylvania Stale
University 1952. PhD 1957
Israel, Gerhard W.. Associate Professor of Civil Engineenr>g
and Meteorotogy
BS University of Heidelberg. 1962 PhD Technotogische
Hochschute Aachen 1 965
Jachowski. Leo A.. Jr.. Professor of Zootogy
BS University of Michigan, 1941: MS. 1942. ScD The
Johns Hopkins Universrty, 1953
Jackson. John W.. Professor of Mechanical Engmeenng
B S Universrty of Cincinnati 1 934 M Eng , 1 937 M S M E
California Institute of Technology, 1 940
Jackson. Stanley B.. Professor of Mathematics
AS Bates College, 1933: AM. Harvard University 1934
PhD 1937
Jacobs. Walter D.. Professor of Govemment and Politics
BS Columbia University. 1955; MA. 1956. PhD. 1961
James. Edward F.. Assistant Professor of Er>glish and Secon-
dary Education
BA University ot Maryland. 1954: MA 1955: PhD Catholic
University of Amenca. 1 969
James. M. Lucia. Professor Curriculum Lab
A B North Carolina College 1 945 M S Universrty of Illinois
1949 Ph D University of Connecticut, 1963
James. Sara L.. Associate Professor of Special Education
8 A Universiry of Denver 1 946: M A 1 954 Ph D 1 958
Jamieson. Kathleen, Assistant Professor of Speech and
Dramatic An
B A . Marquette Universrty 1 967 M A , University of Wiscon-
sin 1968 PhD, 1972
Jamieson. Mitchell. Professor of An
Cen Corcoran School of Art 1940
Janes. Robert W.. Professor of Socotogy
AB University of Chicago 1938 MA 1939 PhD Univer-
sity of tUinois. 1942
Janicki. Bernard W.. Lecturer in Microbiology
BA Universrty of Delaware 1953. MA 1955, PhD George
Washington Universrty 1960
Jantz. Richard K.. Assistant Professor of Earty Childhood
Elementary Education
8 S Indiana Universrty at Fort Wayne. 1 968: M S 1 970
EdD Ball Slate University 1972
JaquHh, Richard H.. Professor of Chemistry and Assistant
Vice-Chanceltor tor Academic Affairs
B S , Universrty of Massachusetts 1 940 M S 1 942 Ph D
Michigan State University. 1955
Janris. Bruce B.. Associate Professor of Chemistry
B A . Oho Wesleyan University. 1963: Ph O.. University of
Colorado 1966
Jashemski. Wilhelmina F.. Professor of History
A B York College 1 93i AM University of Nebraska 1 933
Ph D Universrty of Chicago 1942
Jetlema. Roderick H.. Associate Professor of English
B A Calvin College 1951: PhD. Universrty of Edinburgh
1962
Johnson. Conrad D.. Assistant Professor of Phitosophy
A B Stanford Universrty. 1 965. A M University of Michigan.
1966 PhD 1969
Johnson. Everett R.. Associate Dean and Professor of
Chemical Engineering
B A . State Universrty of Iowa. 1937: MA . Han/ard Universrty
1 940. Ph D , Universrty of Rochester, 1 949
Johnson. Jenet W., Assistant Professor of Psychotogy
A 8 George Washington University. 1 951 : MA 1 956 Ph D
1962
Johnson. Jerry Wayne. Assistant Professor of Agrorxxny
A S Abrah^n Baldwin Agricultural Coiege 1 968: 8 S Univer-
Graduate Faculty / 25
sity ot Georgia. 1970. MS. Purdue University. 1972. PhD.
1974
Johnson. Knowlton W.. Assistant Professor of Criminal
Justice and Cnminology
B S . Clemson University. 1 964. MA . Mictligan State Univer-
sity. 1969; PhD 1971
Johnson, Martin L.. Assistant Professor of Early Childhood-
Elementary Education
A A , Friendship Junior College, 1 960. B S . Morris College.
1962; M Ed . University of Georgia, 1968. Ed D .1971
Johnson, Raymond L., Associate Professor of Mathematics
B A,. University of Texas. 1963. Ph D . Rice University. 1969
Johnson. Ronald C, Assistant Professor of Physical
Education
BS. Baylor University. 1957: MS. 1958. Ed D . 1970
Johnson. Roy H.. Professor of Music
B M.. Eastman School of Music. 1959. M M . 1951 ; D ?vl A
1961
Johnson. Warren R.. Professor of Health Education
B A . University of Denver. 1942; MA . 1946; Ed D . Boston
University, 1950
Jolson, M.A., Assistant Professor of Marketing
B E E , George Washington University, 1949, MB A .University
of Chicago 1 965. DBA, University of Maryland. 1 969
Jones, Everett, Associate Professor of Aerospace Engineering
B A E Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, 1 965. M A E . 1 960
Ph D . Stanford University 1 968
Jones. George F.. Professor ot Germanic and Slavic
Languages
A B , Emory University. 1938: M A . Oxford University 1943
Ph D . Columbia University. 1951
Jones. G. Stephen, Research Professor Institute for Fluid
Dynamics and Applied Mathematics
A B , Duke University 1952, Navy Certificate, Naval Post
graduate School, 1955, M S , University of North Carolina,
1 958 Ph D , University of Cincinnati, 1 960
Jones, Jack C, Professor ot Entomology
BS Alabama Polytechnic Institute 1939. M S . 1 947; Ph D .
Iowa State University, 1950
Kacser, Claude, Associate Professor of Physics
B A Oxford University, 1 955. M A . 1 959. Ph D . 1 959
Kafka. Eric P.. Assistant Professor of Counseling and Per
sonnel Services
B A State University of New York at Albany. 1 961 . MA.
1962. PhD Michigan Slate University. 1968
Kammeyer. Kenneth C.W.. Professor and Chairman ot
Sociology
B A , University ot Northern Iowa. 1953. M A , State University
of Iowa 1958. PhD , 1960
Kanal. Laveen N.. Professor of Computer Science
B S E E University of Washington, 1 951 . M S E E , 1 963,
Ph D , University of Pennsylvania, 1960
Kantzes. James G-, Professor of Plant Pathology
B S , University of Maryland, 1951. MS. 1 954. Ph D . 1 957
Kapungu, Leonard T., Assistant Professor, of Government
and Politics
BSc University College ol Rhodesia 1965 M A, Colorado
Slate University, 1967, Ph D University of London, 1971
Kariander, Edward P., Assoaate Professor of Plant Pathology
B S University ol Vermont 1 960, M S , University ol
Maryland 1962 PhD 1964
Karlovltz, Les A., Research Professor Institute for Fluid
Dynamics and Applied Mathematics
B S Yale University, 1959. Ph D , Carnegie Mellon University
1964
Kasler, Franz J., Associate Protessor of Chemistry
PhD University of Vienna 1959
Kaufman, Stuart 8.. Associate Professor of History
B A University ol Florida, 1 962. M A . 1 964. Ph D . Emory
University 1970
Keeney. Mark. Professor ol Chemistry and Dairy Science
B S Pennsylvania State University. 1942, M S , Ohio State
University 194 7, PhD Pennsylvania Stale University, 1 950
Keleilan, Harry H.. Protessor ol Economics
B A Hofsira College, 1 962, M A , University ol Wisconsin,
1965 PhD, 1968
Kelley. David L.. Protessor ol Physical Education
A B San Diego State College 1957, M S University ol
Southern Calilornia, 1958, PhD, 1962
Kellogg. R. Bruce. Research Protessor. Insitute lor Fluid
Dynamics and Applied Mathematics
BS Massachusetts Institute ot Technology 1952. MS
University ol Chicago, 1953; Ph D 1959
Kelsey. Roger R.. Associate Protessor ol Administration
Supervision, and Curnculum
B A , Saint Olal College 1934. M A University ol Minnesota,
1940 Ed D George Peabody College lor Teachers 1954
Kenny. Shirley S.. Protessor and Chairman ol English
BA University ol Texas, 1955, M A , University of Minnesota,
1957 PhD University ol Chicago 1964
Kent. George O.. Protessor ot History
B S , Columbia University, 1 948, MAI 950 Ph D . Oxiord
University 1958
Kerley. Ellis R.. Professor and Chairman of Anthropology
B S . University ol Kentucky. 1 950; MS .University ol
Michigan. 1956. PhD. 1962
Kerr. Frank J.. Protessor and Director ot Astronomy
BS. University ot Melbourne. 1938; MS . 1940. MA. Har-
vard University, 1951, D Sc, University ol Melbourne. 1962
Khanna. Raj K.. Associate Prolessor ol Chemistry
Ph D Indian Institute ol Science. 1 962
Khoury. Bernard V., Assistant Protessor ol Physics and
Astronomy
B S . Lowell Technological Institute. 1965. Ph D . University ol
Maryland, 1972
Kidd, Jerry S., Protessor. College of Library and Information
Services
B 8 . Illinois Wesleyan University. 1950: M A , Northwestern
University. 1954; PhD. 1956
Kim, Hogil, Associate Prolessor of Electrical Engineering and
Physics
B S . Seoul National University, 1956: Ph D,. University of Bir-
mingham, 1964
Kim, Young S., Associate Professor of Physics
B S , Carnegie Institute of Technology. 1958. Ph D . Princeton
University. 1961
King. A.. Thomas. Assistant Prolessor ol Economics
A B , Stantord University. 1966. M.Phil.. Yale University. 1969.
PhD. 1972
King. Raymond L., Professor of Dairy Science
A B University of California. Berkeley. 1 955; Ph D , 1 958
Kinnaird. John W., Associate Professor of English
B A , University of California, Berkeley. 1 944; MA , Columbia
Universily 1949, Ph D , 1959
Kirk. James A., Assistant Professor of Mechanical
Engineering
S S E E , Ohio University, 1 967 , M S M E . Massachusetts In-
stitute ol Technology. 1969. Sc 0 . 1972
Kirkley, Donald H.. Jr.. Associate Prolessor of Speech and
Dramatic Art
B A . University of Maryland. 1 960. M A . 1 962 . Ph D , Ohio
University. 1967
Kirwan. William E.. Prolessor of Mathematics
A B . University ol Kentucky. 1 960; MS . Rutgers University.
1962, PhD. 1964
Klank. Richard E.. Associate Prolessor ol Art
B A Catholic University. 1 962. M F A , 1 964
Klarman. William L.. Prolessor ol Plant Pathology
B S . Eastern Illinois University. 1 957; M S . University of
Illinois, 1960, PhD, 1962
Kleine. Don W.. Associate Prolessor ol English
B A , University ol Chicago. 1950; M A , 1953. Ph D . Univer-
sity of Michigan, 1961
Kleppner. Adam. Prolessor ol Mathematics
B S , Yale University, 1 953, M A . University ol Michigan,
1954, Ph D Harvard University. 1960
Knefelkamp. L. Lee. Assistant Prolessor ol Counseling and
Personnel Services
B A , Macalesler College, 1967, M A . University ol Minnesota,
1973 PhD. 1974
Knighl. Robert E.L., Associate Professor ol Economics
A B . Harvard University. 1948; Ph D-. University ol Calilornia.
Berkeley. 1958
Knoche. Walter. Assistant Prolessor of Germanic and Slavic
Languages
B A , Marquette University. 1961 ; MA. Ohio State University,
1963, PhD, 1968
KobayashI, Takao. Assistant Prolessor ol Mechanical
Engineering
B S Nagoya Institute ol Technology, 1966, M S Illinois In
stitute ol Technology 1969, PhD 1972
Koch, E. James, Visiting Lecturer in Horiculture
B S Iowa Slate University, 1947, M S , North Carolina State
University, 1949
Kolker, Robert P., Assistant Prolessor ol Speech and
Dramatic Art
B A Queens College, 1962, M A , Syracuse University. 1964
Ph D , Columbia University. 1 969
Koopman, David W.. Research Prolessor. Institute lor Fluid
Dynamics and Applied Mathematics
B A . Amherst College. 1 957 .MS. University ot Michigan.
1959. PhD, 1964
Koopman, Elizabeth Janssen, Assistant Prolessor ol Human
Development Education
AB, University ol Michigan, 1960, MA, 1963: PhD. Univer-
sity ol Maryland 1973
Korenman. Victor. Associate Prolessor ol Physics
B A Princeton University. 1958: MA . Harvard University.
1959. PhD, 1966
Koury, Enver M., Associate Prolessor ol Government and
Politics
B A , George Washington University. 1953: Ph D . Amencan
University, 1958
Kraft, Donald H., Assistant Prolessor. School ol Library and
Inlormation Services
BS. Purdue University, 1965. MS. 1966. Ph D . 1971
Krall. Nicholas A,, Protessor of Physics
BS . University ol Notre Dame. 1954; Ph D . Cornell University.
1959
Kramer, Amihud, Protessor ol Horticulture
B S , University ol Maryland, 1 938, MSI 939: Ph D . 1 942
Kramer, George F., Professor of Physical Education
B S . University ol Maryland. 1 953, M A . 1 956. Ph D .
Louisiana State University, 1967
Kress, Jerry R., Assistant Protessor ol Philosophy
B A , Pacilic Lutheran Universily. 1961 ; MA,, University ol
Michigan, 1962, PhD , 1967
Krieger, George W., Assistant Prolessor of Counseling and
Personnel Services
B A . City College ol New York, 1 961 : MA,. University ol
Illinois, 1 964. Ph D , Michigan State University. 1 969.
Krisher. Lawrence C. Associate Prolessor. Institute for
Molecular Physics
A B , Syracuse University. 1955; AM, Harvard University.
1957, PhD. 1959
Kruegel. David L. Assistant Protessor ol Sociology
B A . Luther College. 1 960: M A . University of Kentucky.
1964, PhD. 1968
Krusberg, Lorin R.. Professor of Plant Pathotogy
B S , University ol Delaware, 1 954. M S . North Carolina Slate
College. 1966: PhD. 1959
Kubota. Tomio. Prolessor ol Mathematics
B S , Nagoya University. 1952. DSc. 1958
Kuehl. Philip G., Associate Prolessor ol Marketing
BBS. Miami University. 1 965. MBA . Ohio State University,
1967, PhD, 1970
Kueker, David W.. Assistant Professor ol Mathematics
A B , University of Calilornia. Los Angeles. 1964; M A . 1966;
PhD, 1967
Kuenzel, Wayne J.. Assistant Prolessor ol Poultry Science
BS, Bucknell University, 1964. MS. 1966; PhD. University
ol Georgia. 1969
Kugelman, Alan M.. Associate Prolessor ol Chemical
Engineenng
BS Columbia University. 1964. M S . University ol Penn-
sylvania. 1966. PhD. 1969
Kuhn. Terry Lee. Assistant Prolessor ol Music
B S . University ol Oregon. 1963. M M E . 1967; Ph D . Florida
State University. 1972
Kumin, Libby, Assistant Prolessor ol Hearing and Speech
Sciences
Kundu, Mukul R., Prolessor of Astronomy
BSc , Calcutta University. 1949; MSc. 1951 : DSc . University
olParis, 1957
Kurtz, John J. , Prolessor. Institute For Child Study
B A . University ol Wisconsin. 1 935; M A . Northwestern
University. 1940. Ph D . University ol Chicago 1949
Kyle, David G.. Associate Prolessor. Institute lor Child Study
B A . University ol Denver. 1 952. M A . 1 953: Ed D , University
ol Maryland. 1961
Laffer. Norman C. Prolessor ol Microtjiology
B S . Allegheny College. 1929. MS . University ol Maine.
1932; Ph 0 University ol Illinois. 1937
Lakshmanan. Sitarama. Associate Professor of Chemistry
BSc . University of Annamalai, 1946. MA. 1949; PhD.
University ol Maryland, 1954
Lamone. Rudolph P.. Dean ol the College ol Business and
Management and Prolessor ol Management Science and
Statistics
B S . University ol North Carolina. 1 960. Ph 0 . 1 966
Lampe. John R., Assistant Prolessor of History
B A Harvard University, 1 957 . M A . University ol Minnesota.
1964. PhD University ol Wisconsin. 1971
Landry, L. Bartholomew, Assistant Prolessor ol Sociology
A A , St Michaels Seminary. 1 959, B A , 1 961 , B A . Xavier
University. 1966. PhD, Columbia University. 1971
Landsberg, Helmut E., Protessor. Institute lor Fluid
Dynamics and Applied Mathematics and Director. Meteorology
Ph D , University ol Frankfurt, 1930
Lanning, Eldon W., Assistant Prolessor ol Government and
Politics
B S , Northwestern University 1960, Ph D . University ol
Virginia. 1965
Lapinski, Tadeusz, _ecturer in Arl
M F A , Academy ol Fine Arts (Poland) 1955
Larkin, Willard D., Associate Prolessor ol Psychology
B S University ol Michigan, 1 959 M A , University ol Penn-
sylvania 1 963 Ph D University ol Illinois 1 967
Lashinsky, Herbert, Research Prolessor. Institute lor Fluid
Dynamics and Applied Mathematics
BSc , City College ol New York, 1950: PhD. Columbia
University. 1961
Laster, Howard J., Professor and Chairman of Physics
A B , Harvard University. 1 95 1 . Ph D . Cornell University. 1 957
26 / Graduate Faculty
Ljwrence. Richard E.. Associate Professor ol Cou%seling and
Personne* Services
B S . MictiiQWi State Umversity 1 955 MAI 957 Pti D
1965
Ljwrence, Robert G.. Associate Professor Agricuttural and
Resource EcorKxnics
BSc . Universrty of OWahoma 1957 MBA, 1960: Pti D
Texas A & M University 1970
L«wson. Lewis A.. Professor of English
BS. East Tennessee State CoBege. 1957; MA. 1959: PhD
Univefsrty ol Wisconstn, i 964
Lay. David C. Associate Professor of Mathematics
B A Aurora CoHege. 1962 M A Unfversrty of Cahfomia Los
Angetes 1965 PhD. 1966
Lay, William Michael, Asststani Professor of Computer
Soence
BSE Northwestern Unrversty. 1966. MS.. Otw} State
University. t968. PnD, 1973
Laytier. William N.. assistant Professor of Economics
B.A . Unrversrfy of Michigan, 1 965: Ph D-. University of
Wisconsin. 1 &7 1
Laymen, John W., Assistant Professor of Secondafy
Education and Physics
B A Park Cotege. 1 955. M S . Temple Unrversrty, 1 962
EdD Owahoma State University 1970
Lebreton-Savigny, Monique, Assistant Professor of French
and Italian
B A Coli^Dia Union Coitege 1955 Doclorat d'Universite.
Sortxxme. 1969
Lee. Chi H.. Associate Professor of Bectncal Engjieenng
B S . P4atior\aJ Taiwan University. 1 959. M S . Harvard Univer-
sity, 1962. PhD.. 1968
Lee, Richard W., Assistant Prof essor of Joixnalism
B S . University of llinots. 1956. M A . Souttiem IBinois Univer-
sity. 1 964. Ph D . University of towa. 1 972
Lee. Young Jack. Assistant Professor of Mathematics
BSE. Seoul Nationat Universfty, 1964: M S , Ohio State
University. 1972: Pt) D . 1974.
Leeper, Sarah L., Professor. Earty Chddtx>odand Elementary
Education
AB Flooda State CoBege for Women. 1932. M A Flonda
State University 1947. EdD 1953
Leete. Burt A.. Associate Professor of Bus*iess Law
B S Juntata College, 1 962 , MBA . University of Maryland.
1 964 J D American University. 1 969
Leffel. Emory C, Professor of Animaf Sctence
B S Urwersity of Maryland. 1943 MS 1947: PhD 1953
Lehner, Guy<k> R.. Professor of Mathematics
B S . Loyoia Umversity. 1 951 : M S . University of Wisconsin.
1953 PhD, 1958
Lejins, Peter P.. Professor and Director. Institute of Chminal
Just»ce and Cnmif>ology
Ph M . University of Latvia 1930. LLM . 1933: Ph D . Univer-
sity of Chicago, 1938
Lembacti, John. Professor of Educatton and Art
B A Unrversity of Chicago, 1 934 MA Northwestern Univer-
sity. 1 937: Ed D , Columbia University. 1 946.
Lemmon, Louise. Associate Professor of Home Ecotkmtocs
and Secondary Education
B S . istorthem IbxHS University. 1 945: M S . University of We-
coosin, 1952: Ed D . University of Illinois. 1961
Lengermann, Joseph J., Associate Professor of Sociology
AB Unrversiry 0* r^otre Dame. 1958 MA , 1964. PhD , Cor-
nel! Unrversity 1969
Leonard. Mary Margaret. Assistant Professor of Counseling
and Personnel Services
B-S . R N , Boston Coiege. 1 968: M A University of Minnesota
1970: PhD 1974
Lepper, Henry A., Jr.. Professor of Civil Engir>eering
B S George Washington University. 1 936: M S . University of
IBiTKKS. 1 938, D Eng . Yate University 1 947
Lesher. James H.. Associate Professor of Phitosophy
B.A . University of Virgtfiia 1 962 : Ph D. University of Roches-
ter, 1 966
Lessley.Billy v.. Professor. Agricultural and Resource Ecorx>-
mics
B S Unrversity of Arkansas. 1957: MS. 1960: PhD Univer-
sity of Missoun 1965
Levine, Marvin J.. Professor Business Organization and
Administration
B A , University of Wiscons»> 1952: JD. 1954. MA., 1959.
PhD 1964
Levine. Stephen, Assistant Professor of Counseling and Per-
sonr>ef Services
A B. Hunter College. 1967 MSE. 1969 PhD Hofstra Uni-
versity 1972
Levine. William S.. Associate Professor ol Electrical Engi-
neenng
B S Massachusetts institute of Technology 1 962 M S . 1 965
PhD, 1969
Levinson, JohnZ., Professor of PsycfK)*ogy
8 A. University ol Toronto. 1939: MA.. 1940; PhD 1948
Levitan. Hert>ert. Associate Professor ot Zoology
BEE Cornell University, 1962, PhD, 1965
Levitlne, George, Professor and Cf^irman of Art
8 A University ol Pans 1938 MA . Boston University 1946
Ph 0 Harvard University, 1 952
Leviton. Daniel, Professor o' Heatth Education
B S George Washington Umvefsrty. 1 953: M S Spnngfiekl
Coltege 1 956. Ph 0 . University of Maryland. 1 967
Lewis, John E., Jr., Assistant Professor of Geography
B A West Chester State College 1 962: M A . Indiana Univer
sity 1 964 Ph D . University of Illinois. 1 970
Lleberman, Charles, Assistant Professor of Ecorwmics
B S Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 1 970. A M . Uni-
versity ol Pennsylvania 1972. PhD 1974
Liesener. James W., Professor. CoOege of Library and Infor-
mation Services
B A , Warttwrg College, 1 955 M A University of Northern
Indiana. 1 960: AM LS . University of Michigan. 1 962: Ph D .
1967
Ligomenides. Panos A., Professor of Electrical Engineering
Diptoma University of Athens, 1951 :Gr Spec D. 1952. MS,
Stanford University 1956, Ph D , 1958
Lin. Hung Chang. Professor of Electncal Engmeenng
B S , Chiao-Tung University. 1 94 1 : M S E . University ot Mich-
igan, 1 948 DEE Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn 1 956
Linder, Harris. J., Associate Professor of Zoology
B S Long Island University 1 95 1 . M S , CorT>ell University.
1955 PhD. 1958
Lindsay. Rao H.. Associate Professor. Foundaborts of Educa-
tion
B A. Bngham Young University, 1954:MA. 1958. M A. Uni-
versity of Michigan. 1 963: Ph D . 1 964
Link. Conrad B., Professor ol Horticulture
8 S.Ohio State University, 1933. MS. 1934. PhD 1940
Linkow, Inring, Associate Professor of Speech and Dramatic
Art
B A . University of Denver. 1 937; MA . 1 938
Lipsman, Ronald L.. Professor of Mathematics
B S , City College of New York. 1964. PhD Massachusetts
Institute of Technology 1 967
Liu, Tai-Ping, Assistant Professor of Mathematics
B S, National Taiwan University. 1968 M S. Oregon State
University, 1970 Ph 0 University of Michigan. 1973
Lockard, J. David. Professor ol Science Teaching and Asso-
ciate Professor of Botany
8 S . Pennsylvania State University. 1 951 M Ed . 1 955: Ph D .
1962
Locke, Edwin A.. Professor ol Psychology
B A. Harvard University. 1960: M A. Cornell University. 1962:
PhD. 1964
Loeb. Stephen E.. Associate Professor of Accounting
B S , University of Pennsylvania, 1 96 1 : M B A . University of
Wisconsin 1963, Ph D . 1970
Longest, James W. . Professor of Agricultural and Extension
Education
8 S. University of Illinois. 1951; MS. 1953. Ph D , Cornell
University 1957
Longley, Edward L., Jr., Associate Professor of Art and Edu-
cation
B A . Umversity ot Maryland, 1 950. M A Columbia University
1953 EdD Pennsylvania State University 1967
Lopez- Escobar. Edgar G., Professor of Mathematics
B A , University of Cambndge. 1 958. MA . University of Calit-
omia Berkeley 1961 Ph D , 1965
Lounsbury, Myron O. , Associate Professor and Chairman of
American Studies
B A . Duke University. 1 961 .MA, University of Pennsylvania.
1962: PhD. 1966
Loutzenheiser, Roy C, Assistant Professor of Civil Engineer-
ing
8 C E Ohio State University 1 966 M S C E . Georgia Insti-
tute of Technology 1 968. PhD Texas A & M University, 1 972
Luetkemeyer. Joseph F. , Professor of industrial Education
B S . Stout State College. 1 953; MS . 1 954 Ed D . University
of Illinois 1961
Lukenbilt. Willis Bernard. Assistant Professor of Library and
Information Services
A A , Tyler Junior CoHege. 1 959, B S . North Texas State Uni-
versity 1961: MLS. University ot Oklahoma 1964 PhD.
Indiar^a University 1972
Lutwack. Leonard I. . Professor of English
B A Wesleyan University. 1 939; MA.. 1 940: PhD Ohio State
University 1950
Lynagh. Peter M.. Assistant Professor of Business and Manage-
ment
8 S . University of Maryland. 1960. MB A . University of Okla-
homa 1 964. Ph D . Michigan State University. 1 970
Lynch. James B. . Jr. . Professor of Art
A B Harvard University. 1941: AM , 1947. PhD., 1960
MacBain, William. Professor and Chairman. French and Italian
Language ar»d Literature
MA. University of Samt Andrews. 1952 PhD. 1955
MacDonald, William M., Professor of Physics
BS Unrversity ot Pittsburgh. 1950 PhD Princeton University.
1955
Mack. Maynard, Jr. , Associate Professor o' English
8 A Yale University 1964 PhD, 1969
MacLeod. Anne S.. Assistant Professor of Library and Informa-
tion Services
8 A University of Chicago 1 948. MLS . University of Maryland,
1966 PhD 1973
MacOuillan. Anthony M.. Associate Professor of Microbiok>gy
B S A , University of Bntish Columbia. 1956, MS. 1958: PhD
University of Wisconsin, 1962
Macrae. Elizabeth C. Assistant Professor of Ecor>omics
AB Harvard College 1962. PhD , Massachusetts Institute of
Technotogy 1969
Macready. George B.. Assistant Professor of Measurements
and Statistics
B A , WiHiamerte University 1 965: M A , University ol Oregon.
1967 PhD University o( Minnesota 1972
Madan. DUip B.. Assistant Professor of Economics
B Comm University ol Bombay. 1 967 , Ph D . University of
Maryland i972
Magoon. Thomas M.. Professor of Psyct>ology and Education.
Director, Counseling Center
B A . Dartmouth College 1 947: M A., University of Minnesota.
1951 PhD. 1954
Magrab. Phyllis R. . Assistant Professor of Counseling and
Personnel Services
B A City CoPege of New York. 1 960. M Ed , University of Mary-
land 1966 PhD. 1969
Maida. Peter R., Associate Professor of Criminal Justice and
Criminology
B A . St Vincent College 1 960 M A . Fordham University
1 962, Ph D . Pennsylvania State University. 1 969
Majeska, George P.. Assistant Professor of History
A 8 . Brooklyn College. 1961 , MA . Indiana University. 1964
PhD 1968
Male. George A,. Professor Foundations of Education
B A University of Michigan 1948, M A 1949 PhD 1952
Maley. Donald, Professor and Chairman of Industnal Educa-
tion
B S . California State College of PennsyNania. 1 943 MS. Uni-
versity of Maryland 1 947 Ph D 1 949
Maltese. George J., Professor of Mathematics
BA Wesleyan Uruversity 1 953 Ph D , Yale University. 1960
Manning. Charles. Professor of English
B S , Tufts University 1 929 A M , Harvard University. 1 931 :
Ph D University of North Carolina 1 950
Marasco. Richard J.. Associate Professor of Agricultoral and
Resource Economics
B S Utah State University. 1965; M S . 1966: Ph D . University
of California 1970
Marchelio, Joseph M., Provost. Division of Mathematical and
Physical Sciences and Engineering and Professor of Chemi-
cal Engmeenng
B S University ot Illinois. 1 955; Ph D , Carnegie Institute of
Technology 1959
Marcinkowski, M. John, Professor of Mechanical Engineer-
ing
Marcus. Robert F. , Assistant Professor of Human Development
Education
B A . Montclair State College 1 965: M A New York Univer-
sity 1 967 Ph D Pennsylvania State Unrversity. 1 973
Maril, Herman, Professor of Art
Graduate, The Maryland Institute of Fine Arts. 1 928
Marion. Jerry B.. Professor of Physics
B A . Reed College 1 952 MS Rice University. 1 953 Ph D
1955
Markley. Nelson G. , Associate Professor of Mathematics and
Statistics
B A. Lafayette College. 1962; M A . Yale University 1964;
PhD 1966
Marks. Colin H.. Associate Professor of Mechank:al Engineer-
ing
8 S . Carnegie Institute of Technology. 1956, MS. 1957.
Ph D . University of Maryland. 1 965
Marquardt. Warren W., Associate Professor of Vetenrwry
Science
BS University of Minnesota. 1959; DVM. 1961: PhD. 1970
Marra-Lopez, Jose R.. Professor of Spanish and Portuguese
B A Nra Sra del Pilar 1 949 M A . University of Madnd 1 959
Martin. David L.. Associate Professor of Chemistry
8 S University of Minnesota, 1 963: M S , University ol Wiscon-
sin 1965 PhD 1968
Martin, Frederick W. , Assistant Professor of Physics
A B Princeton University. 1957; M S . Yale University, 1958:
PhD 1964
Martin. James G., Professor of Psychok>gy
B S . Universrty of North Dakota 1 95 1 , M A University of Mm
nesota. 1 958: Ph D . 1 960
Graduate Faculty / 27
MaMjn. J. W., Associate Professor of Counseling and Person*
nel Services
BS University of IWIissojn 1951 M Ed 1956 Ed D 1958
Martin, L., John, Professor of Journalism
B A , American University of Cairo, 1 947; M A , University of
(Minnesota, 1951Ph 0,1955
Martin, Raymond F. . Associate Professor of Philosoptiy
B A OHIO Stale University, 1962; MA. 1964; PhD . University
ot Rocriester 1 968
Marx, George L., Professor and Ctiairman of Counseling and
Personnel Services
BA Yankton College 1953, M A , State University of Iowa,
1 958 Ph D State University of Iowa, 1 959
Malossian, Mary K., Associate Professor of History
B A Stanford University, 1 951 M A Amencan University of
Beirut 1 952 Pti D , Stanford University, 1955
Matteson, Richard L.. Associate Professor Institute For Ctiild
Study
B A , Knox College 1 952 M A , University of Maryland 1955,
EdD 1962
Matthews, David L., Researcti Associate Professor, Institute
tor Fluid Dynamics and Applied Mathematics
B S . Queens University, 1 949, Ph D , Princeton University
1959
Matthews, Thomas A. , Associate Professor of Astronomy
B A , University of Toronto, 1 950, MS, Case Institute of Tech-
nology 195) PhD Harvard University, 1956
Matticit, Joseph F.. Prolessor ot Dairy Science
S S Pennsylvania State University, 1 942 , Ph D 1 950
May, Gordon S.. Assistant Professor of Accounting
B S B A Witlenberg University 1964 MBA, University ot
Michigan 1965 Ph D Michigan State University 1 972
Mayes, Sharon S., Assistant Professor ot Sociology
B A Michigan Slate University, 1970, M Phil , Vale University
1972 PhD 1974
Mayo, Marlene J., Associate Professor of History
B A Wayne University, 1 954 ; M A , Columbia University, 1 957
PhD 1961
Mazzocchi. Paul H., Associate Professor of Chemistry
B S Queens College. 1 96 1 : Ph D , Fordham University, 1 966
McCall, James P., Assistant Professor of Animal Science
BS Texas ASI^ University 1966 MS 1969, Ph D , 1972
McCarrick. Earleen M., Assistant Professor of Government and
Politics
B A, Louisiana State University. 1953, MA, 1955, PhD
Vanderbilt University, 1 964
McClellan, GeneE., Assistant Professor of Physics
B S Iowa State University. 1 965; MS . Cornell University.
1968 PhD 1970
McClellan, Michael T.. Assistant Professor of Computer
Science
B S Marquette University. 1 960, M S . University of Wiscon-
sin 1962, PhD, 1971
McClure. L. Morris, Professor of Administration, Supervision
and Curriculum
B A Western Michigan University. 1 940; MA. University of
Michigan , 1 946 , Ed D , Michigan University. 1 953
McCuaig. Susannah M., Assistant Professor of Early Child-
hood and Elementary Education
A B , Colorado College 1959, M Ed . Boston University 1963
DEd. 1969
McCuen, Richard H.. Associate Professor of Civil Engineenng
B S Carnegie-Mellon University. 1 967 ; MS . Georgia Institute
OfTechnology 1969 PhD 1971
McCusker, John J., Assistant Professor of History
B A SI Bernard's College, 1 96 1 M A University of Rochester,
1963 PhD University of Pittsburgh 1970
McDonald, Frank B., Professor of Physics
B S . Duke University. 1 948. M S , University of Minnesota
1952, PhD, 1955
McGuire, Martin, Prolessor of Economics
B A , Oxford University, 1 958 Ph D , Harvard University 1 964
Mclntire. RogerW.. Professor of Psychology
B A Nonhwestern University, 1 958; M A , Louisiana Stale
University 1 960. Ph D 1 962
Mclntyre, Jennie J, , Associate Professor ot Sociology
B A . Howard College. 1 960; M S , Flonda State College 1 962
PhD 1966
McKenzie, James D., Jr., Associate Professor of Psychology
BA University ot Buffalo, 1955, PhD, 1961
McLoone, Eugene P., Associate Professor of Administration,
Supervision and Curnculum, and Economics
B A , LaSalle Collage, 1 951 , M S . University of Denver. 1 952.
Ph D . University of Illinois, 1 961
McManaway, James v.. Professor of English
B A , University of Virginia. 1 91 9. M A . 1 920; Ph D . The Johns
Hopkins University. 1931
McMullan, Yvonne D.. Assistant Professor of Counseling &
Personnel Services
8 A Emory University 1 969. M Ed . Georgia Stale University
1970 PhD 1973
McNelly, Theodore H.. Professor of Government and Politics
BS University of Wisconsin. 1941; MA. 1942; PhD . Colum-
bia University 1 952
McWhinnie, Harold J., Lecturer in Applied Design and Crafts
and Professor of Secondary Education
B A E , Art Institute of Chicago, 1 953, M F A , University of
Chicago 1 957 Ed D , Stanford University, 1 965
Measday, Walter S. , Lecturer of Economics
A B , College of William and Mary 1 94 1 ; Ph D , Massachusetts
Institute of Technology 1955
Medvene, Arnold, Associate Professor of Counseling and Per-
sonnel Services and Counselor. Counseling Center
BS , Temple University. 1959;ME . 1963; EdD, University ot
Kansas, 1968
Meeker, Barbara F, , Associate Professor of Sociology
B A University of Kansas. 1 961 . MA. Stanford University.
1963 PhD, 1966
Meersman, Roger L,, Professor ot Speech and Dramatic art
B A St Ambrose College, 1952; MA. University of Illinois.
1959 PhD. 1962
Mehlman, Myron A., Lecturer in Food. Nutrition & Institution
Administration
B S City Collegt of New York. 1957; MS. University of
Illinois, 1 962; Ph D , Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
1964
Meijer, Marianne S. , Assistant Professor of French and Italian
Baccalaureat de L Enseignement Secondaire Francais. 1 944
Candidaats Romaanse Taal— en Litterkrunde Leiden 1 948;
M A , Catholic University, 1 960, Ph D . 1 972
Melnick, Daniel, Assistant Professor of Government and Politics
BA University of Wisconsin 1963, MA , 1964. PhD. 1970
Melnik, Walter L., Professor of Aerospace Engineering
BS University of Minnesota. 1951. MS. 1953; PhD. 1964
Meltzer, Richard H., Assistant Prof essor of Psychology
B A Johns Hopkins University. 1 968, Ph D., University of Cali-
fornia, San Diego 1971
Mendetoff , Henry, Professor and Chairman of Spanish and Por-
tuguese
B S . City College of New Yortc. 1 936. MS.. 1 939. Ph D .
Catholic University of America. 1 960
Mendiville, Miguel, Assistant Prolessor of Library and Infomia-
tion Services
B A University of Corpus Christi. 1 970; M A LS . Immaculate
Heart College, 1 97 1 Ph 0 University of Pittsburgh. 1 974
Menzer, Robert E. , Professor ol Entomology and Associate
Dean for Graduate Studies
B S . University of Pennsylvania. 1 960. M S . University ot Mary-
land. 1 962 , Ph D University ol Wisconsin, 1 964
Merkel, James A., Associate Professor of Agncultural Engineer-
ing
B S Pennsylvania State University, 1962. M S . Iowa State
University. 1 965; Ph D . 1 967
Merrill, Horace S., Professor of History
B E . Wisconsin State University. 1932; Ph M . University of
Wisconsin 1933: PhD 1942
Messersmith, Donald H., Professor of Entomology
B Ed . University of Toledo. 1 951 , M S . University of Michigan
1 953, Ph D , Virginia Polytechnic Institute, 1 962
Meyer, Charlton G., Associate Professor ol Music
8 Mus . Curtis Institute ol Music. 1 952
Meyer, Paul A., Associate Professor of Economics
B A , TheJohns Hopkins University, 1961 : MA . Stanford Uni-
venty, 1963; PhD.. 1966
Mietus, Walter S.. Associate Prolessor of Industrtal Educa-
tion
B S.Chicago Teachers College. 1957. M.Ed. 1959. EdD
Loyola University 1966
Migliazza, Ernest, Assistant Professor of Anthropology
B A Indiana University. 1 963; MAI 968; Ph D , 1 972
Mikulski, Piotr W., Professor ol Mathematics
Diploma, Mam School of Planning and Statistics, Warsaw 1951
Masters, 1 952; Ph D , University of California, 1 962
Milhollan, Frank, Associate Prolessor, Institute For Child
Sludy
B A Colorado College, 1 949, MPS. University ot Colorado.
1951. PhD University of Nebraska 1966.
Miller, Catherine M., Associate Professor of Health Education
B S . Illinois Stale University. 1 956, M A , Colorado State Col-
lege, 1 959 Ph D , Ohio Stale University, 1 967
Miller, Douglas R., Visiting Assistant Professor of Entomology
B S , University of Cafifomia. Davis. 1 964 M S 1 965 Ph D
1969
Miller, Gerald flay. Associate Professor of Chemistry
B S University ol Wisconsin. 1 958; MS . University ol Illinois
1960; PhD, 1962
Miller, James R., Prolessor and Chairman of Agronomy
B S University ol Maryland, 1951, MS, 1953. PhD. 1956
Miller, Mary R.. Associate Professor of English
8 A . University of Iowa, 1 94 1 , M A . University of Denver.
1 959. Ph D . Georgetown University, 1969
Miller, Paula Jean, Assistant Prolessor of Sociotogy
B A University of Texas. Austin. 1969. MA.. 1971; Ph.D.
1974
Mills, David H. , Professor of Psychotogy and Assistant Direc-
tor. Counseling Center
B S Iowa State University, 1 955; M S . 1 957; PhD . Michigan
State University 1964
Mills, David L., Assistant Professor of Computer Science
BSE, Engineenng, University of Michigan. 1 960; BSE . Math-
ematics.1961 MSE 1962 M S . 1964; PhD . 1964
Mills, Judson R., Prolessor of Psychok>gy
BS . University of Wisconsin 1953; PhD . Stanford Univefsity.
1958
Minker, Jack, Professor of Computer Science
B A . Brookfyn College. 1 949 M S . University of Wisconsin.
1 950; Ph D , University of Pennsylvania 1 959
Minkiewicz, Vincent J., Associate Professor of Physics
B S , Villanova University, 1 960; Ph d University of Califomia
BerVeley 1965
Mintz, Lawrence E., Associate Professor of Amencan Studies
B A University of South Carolina, 1 966; MA , Mehigan State
University 1967; PhD 1969
Mish, Charles C, Professor of English
B S University of Pennsytvania. 1 936; MA.. 1 946; Ph D .
1951
Misner, Charles W.. Professor ol Physics
B S University of Notre Dame. 1952; MA. Princeton Univer-
sity 1954 PhD. 1957
Mitchell, Robert D., Associate Professor of Geography
M A University of Glasgow. 1 962; Ph.D.. University of
Wisconsin 1969
Mohanty, Sashi B., Professor of Vetehnary Scierree
B V Sc &A H Bihar University. India. 1 956; M.S.. University of
Maryland 1961 PhD 1963
Montgomery, William, Associate Professor of Music
B M E Cornell College of Iowa, 1 953; MM, Catholic Univer
sity ol America 1957 PhD, 1972
Moore, John H., Jr., Associate Professor of Chemistry
B S Carnegie Institute of Techno4ogy, 1 963; M S , Jotins Hop-
kins University 1965; PhD , 1967
Moore, John H,, Professor of Agricultural and Resource Eco-
nomics
B S Ohio State Unrversily 1 951 ; M S Cornell University
1955 PhD University of Wisconsin, 1959
Moore, Michael R., Assistant Professor of Speech and Dram-
atic Art
B S Southern Illinois University, 1 966; MS. University of Mis-
souri 1970 PhD 1973
Morgan, Delbert, T., Jr., Professor of Botany
B S Kent State University. 1 940. MA. Columbia University.
1942 PhD 1948
Morgan H. Gerthon. Professor and Director. Institute tor Child
Study
BA Funnan University. 1940; MA. University of Chicago.
1943. PhD 1946
Morse, Douglass H., Associate Prolessor of Zoology
B S . Bates College. 1 960; M S , University of Michigan. 1 962;
Ph D , Louisiana State University, 1 965
Morse, Frederick H, , Associate Prolessor ot Mechanical Engi-
neenng
B S . Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute. 1 957 ; MS . Massa-
chusetts Institute of Technology 1 959 Ph D . Stanford Univer-
sity. 1 969
Morion, Eugenes., Assistant Professor of Zootogy
B S Denison University. 1 962, MS. Yale University. 1 986.
PhD. 1969
Morion, John E,. Assistant Professor of Economics
B A , Yale University, 1 965; MA , University ol Michigan, 1 967
PhD, 1970
Moss, Lawrence K,, Professor of Music
B A University of California Los Angeles, 1 949: MA.. Univer-
sity of Rochester. 1 95 1 . Ph D . University of Souttiem California
1957
Motta, Jerome J., Associate Prolessor of Botany
B A , San Francisco State College. 1 959; MA. 1 964; Ph 0 .
University of California. Berkeley. 1 968
Mucci, Anthony G., Assistant Professor of Mathematics
BA, University of Pennsylvania, 1961, MA. 1964. PhD . Uni-
versity of Calilomia Irvine 1971
Mulchi, Charles L., Assistant Professor of Agronomy
B S . North Carolina State University. 1 964; MS . 1 966; Ph D .
1970
Mulinazzl, Thomas E., Assistant Professor of Crnil Engineer-
Muller, Edward K., Assistant Professor of Geography
B A . Dartmouth College. 1 965. M S . Unrversily ol Wisconsin.
1968. PhD 1972
Munn, Robert J.. Professor of Chemistry
B S University of Bristol 1957; PhD. 1961
28 /Graduate Faculty
Uunno. Frank J. , Professor of Chemrcal Engineering
B S , Waynesburg College, 1 957, M S . University ol Florida,
1962, PnD 1964
Murphy, CharlesD.. Professor of English
B A University ol Wisconsin, 1 929, M A , Harvard University,
1 930, Pti D Cornell Uniuersily, 1 940
Murphy, Thomas J.. Assistant Professor of Chemislry
B S Fordham University, 1 963, Ph D , Rockefeller University,
1968
Murphy. Thomas P., Professor and Director, Urban Studies
Institute
B A Queens College 1 952 , fvl A Georgelovnn University,
1 960, Ph 0 , St Johns University 1 963
Murray, Ray A., Professor of Agricultural and Resource Eco-
nomics
B S , University of Nebraska, 1 934 , fvl A , Cornell University,
1938: PhD, 1949
Myers, Ralph D., Professor of Physics
A B Cornell University 1 934, A tvl , 1 935, Pti D , 1 937
Myers, Robert Manson. Professor of Englisfi
8 A , Vanderbilt University, 1 94 1 , M A Columbia University
1 942; IVI A , Harvard University, 1 943, Ph D , Columbia Univer
sity, 1948
Myricks. Noel, Associate Professor ol Family and Community
Development
B A , San Francisco State University, 1 965; M S , 1 967. J D ,
Howard University, 1 970; Ed D , American University, 1973
Nagarsenker. B. N., Assistant Professor of Mathematics
BS,Gu|arat University, 1954, MS, 1956; MS, 1958, MS
Purdue University, 1 969, Ph D , 1 972
Nash.AllanN., Professor of Business Administration
B B A , University of Minnesota, 1957.MBA, 1969. PhD,
1963
Natella, Anhur A.. Assistant Professor of Spanish and Porlu
guese
B A , Columbia University, 1 963, M A , Syracuse University,
1965, PhD, 1968
Needle. Richard H., Assistant Professor of Health Education
B S . Temple University. 1 964 , M Ed , University of Toledo,
1 967 Ph D , University ol Maryland, 1973
Nelson. Clifford L., Professor of Agricultural and Extension
Education
B S , Washington State University, 1 957; M S , 1 962. Ph D .
University ol Minnesota, 1 966
Nemes. Graclela P.. Professor of Spanish and Portuguese
B S Tnnity College. 1 942, M A , University of Maryland, 1 946.
PhD, 1952
Neri. Umbeno, Associate Professor of Mathematics
BS University of Chicago. 1961; MS. 1962; PhD. 1966
Neuman, Ronald H., Assistant Professor of Business and
Management
B S , University of Maryland, 1 963, J D . 1 967; L L,M . George-
tovkin University Law Center. 1 973
Newby, Hayes A., Professor and Chairman of Speech and Hear-
ing Sciences
A B. Ohio Wesleyan University. 1935, MA , University of Iowa.
1939. PhD. 1947
Newcomb, Robert W., Professor ol Electncal Engineering
B S , Purdue University. 1 955; M S . Stanford University. 1 957;
Ph D . University of California. Berkeley. 1 960
Newell, Clarence A.. Professor of Administration. Supervision
and Curnculum
A B . Hastings College, 1 935, A M , Columbia University, 1 939,
PhD, 1943
Newsom. 0. Earl, Professor of Journalism
B S . Oklahoma State University, 1948, M S J Northwestern
University, 1 949, Ed D , Oklahoma State University, 1957
Nickels. William G., Associate Professor ol Marketing
B S , Ohio Stale University, 1 962 M B A , Western Reserve
University, 1 966, Ph D , Ohio State University, 1 969
Nicklason. Fred. Assistant Professor of History
B S , Gustavus Adolphus College 1 953, M A , University of
Pennsylvania, 1 955, Ph D , Yale University, 1 967
Niebur. Douglas P. , Assistant Professor of Mathematics
B S , Iowa Slate University, 1 963, M S , University ol Wisconsin,
1965 PhD, 1968
Niese, Henry E.. Associate Professor of Arl
Cert The Cooper Union, 1 949; Cert , Acade'mie Grande
Chaumifere, 1 949, B F A Columbia University, 1 955
Nlles, Lyndrey A.. Lecturer in Speech and Dramatic Art
A A , Caribbean Union College, 1 956, B A , Columbia College,
1 963, M A , University of Maryland, 1 965, Ph D , Temple Univer-
sity, 1973
Noll. James W.. Associate Professor and Chairman, Founda-
tions ol Education
B A , University of Wisconsin, 1 954; M S , 1 962. Ph D , Univer-
sity of Chicago, 1 965
Noonan. Robert Edward. Assistant Professor of Computer
Science
A B , Providence College, 1 966, M S , Purdue University, 1 968,
PhD, 1971
Nossaman. Audrey, Associate Professor of Music
B M , Westminster Choir College, 1 947
O'Connell, Donald W., Professor of Economics and Vice
President for General Administration
B A , Columbia University, 1937, MA, 1938, PhD, 1953
Odell, Stanley Jack. Assistant Professor of Philosophy
B A , University of Kansas, 1 960, M A , University of Illinois,
1962, PhD, 1967
O'Gallagher. Joseph J. , Assistant Professor of Physics
S B . Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 1961 . S M , Uni
versily of Chicago, 1 962 , Ph D , 1 967
O'Grady, E. Pearse. Assistant Professor of Electrical Engi
neenng
B S , St Louis University, 1962, MS , University of Arizona,
1965, PhD, 1969
O'Haver, Thomas C. Associate Professor of Chemistry
B S Spring Hill College, 1 963; PhD . University of Florida.
1968
O'Leary. Ronald T.. Associate Professor ol Speech and Drama
tic An
as. Bowling Green state University, 1960, M A , 1961, MF A
University of Wisconsin, 1 964, Ph D , 1 966
Olln, Stephen S.. Assistant Professor of Chemistry
B S Purdue University. 1 963. Ph 0 . Columbia University.
1967
Oliver, James H.. Assistant Professor of Government and
Politics
B A . University of Washington 1 959. MAI 962. Ph D . Univer
sity of Wisconsin. 1 968
Otson, Alison Gilbert. Professor of History
B A , University of California, 1 952; MA, 1 953; Ph D , Oxford
University, 1956
Olson. Charles E, , Associate Professor of Transportation
BB A , University of Wisconsin 1964, MA , 1966; PhD , 1968
Olson. Edwin E.. Professor, College of Library and Information
Services
B A , St Olaf College, 1 959, M A , Amencan University 1 961
PhD, 1966
Olson. Keith W., Associate Professor ol History
B A. Stale University of New York. Albany, 1957, MA, 1959
Ph D , University ol Wisconsin, 1 964
Olson. Mancur L.. Jr. . Professor of Economics
B S North Dakota State University. 1 954 , B A . Oxford Univer-
sity. 1 966, MAI 960, Ph D , Harvard University, 1 960
Oliver. Frank W. J.. Research Professor. Institute lor Fluid
Dynamics and Applied Mathematics
B Sc , University of London, 1 945, M So , 1 948, D So , 1 961
Onder. James J.. Assistant Professor of Speech and Drama-
tic Art
B F A , Ohio University, 1962; M S , University of Illinois, 1964,
Ph D , University of Michigan, 1 969
Oneda. Sadao. Professor of Physics
B S , Tohoku University, 1 946, M Sc , 1 948, Ph D , Nagoya
University, 1953
O'Neill. Leo W.. Jr., Professor of Early Childhood and Elemen-
tary Education
B A University of Chicago, 1 938, M A , University of Kansas,
1 953, Ed D , University of Colorado, 1 955
Opik. Ernst. J.. Professor of Astronomy
Cand Astro , Moscow Imperial University, 1 91 6, D Phil Nat
National University of Estonia, 1923
Osborn. John E.. Associate Professor of Mathematics
B S , University of Minnesota, 1 958, M S , 1 963; Ph D , 1 965
Osterhouse, Robert A.. Assistant Professor ol Psychology
B A Whitworth College. 1 964; M A . Ohio State University.
1968, PhD , 1969
Otts. Louis E.. Jr.. Professor of Civil Engineering
B A . East Texas State University. 1933. B S . Texas A4M Univer-
sity. 1946, MS , 1946
Owens. William R. . Assistant Professor of Mechanical
Engineering
B S , Pennsylvania State University, 1 959; M S . Drexel Insti
tute ot Technology. 1 964 . Ph D . University of Maryfand. 1970
Owings. James C. Associate Professor of Mathematics
B S Dartmouth College. 1 962 Ph D . Cornell University, 1 966
Paez. Mario D. , Assistant Professor of Electrical Engineering
B S , Instituto Tecnologica de Monterrey. 1 959. M S . Carnegie
Institute ol Technology, 1 965; Ph D . North Carolina State Uni-
versity. 1972
Pal, Shih-I, Research Professor. Institute for Fluid Dynamics and
Applied Methematics
B S . National Central University, 1 935; M S , MassachuseHs
Institute ol Technology, 1 938; Ph D , California Institute of Tech-
nology, 1 938; Ph D , California Institute of Technology, 1 940
Paine, Frank T.. Professor of Business Organization and
Administration
B S , Syracuse University. 1951; M B.A . 1956; Ph D , Stan-
ford University 1963
Panichas. George A. , Professor of English
B A American International College, 1 951 ; MA . Trinity College.
1952; Ph D , Nottingham University, 1961
Parochetti, James V., Associate Professor of Agronomy
B S , University of Illinois. 1962. M S. Purdue University. 1964;
PhD. 1967
Pasch. Alan. Professor ol Philosophy
B A , University of Michigan. 1 949. M A . New School for
Social Research, 1 952 , Ph D , Princeton University, 1955
Rati. JogeshC, Professor of Physics
B S , Utkal University, 1955, M Sc , Delhi University. 1957;
Ph D , University ol Maryland 1 960
Patterson, Glenn W.. Professor of Plant Psysiology
B S . North Carolina State University. 1 960. M S . University of
Maryland, 1 963, Ph D , 1 964
Pavey, Stanley, Associate Professor of Psychology and Coun-
selor, Counseling Center
B A , City College of New York. 1952. MS. 1955. PhD. Ohio
State University 1961
Pearl, Martin Herbert, Professor ol Mathematics
B A , Brooklyn College, 1 950, M A , University of Michigan,
1 95 1 , Ph D , University of Wisconsin, 1 955
Pease, John, Associate Professor of Sociology
B S , Western Michigan University, 1 960. MA , Michigan State
University, 1 963, Ph D , 1 968
Pechacek, Robert E.. Associate Professor of Physics
B S , California Institute ol Technology, 1 954, M S , University
of California Berkeley, 1 963, Ph D . 1 966
Pegnetter. Richard C. Jr., Assistant Professor of Business
and Management
B A . Indiana University of Pennsylvania. 1 966, M Ed , 1 966;
Ph D , Cornell University, 1971
Peiczar. Michael J. . Jr. . Professor of Microbiology and Vice
President for Graduate Studies and Research
B S . University ol Maryland. 1 936; M S . 1 938, Ph D , Univer-
sity of Iowa, 1941
Pembenon, Elizabeth G.. Associate Professor of Art
B A , Mt Holyoke College, 1961 , M A , Columbia University,
1964, PhD , 1968
Pennington. Kenneth D.. Associate Professor of Music
A B . Friends University. 1 950. B Mus , 1 950, M A , New York
University, 1953, D Mus , Indiana University, 1961
Perinbam. B.. Marie. Assistant Professor of History
B A , London University, 1954. M A . University ol Toronto.
1959, Ph D , Georgetown University, 1969
Perkins. Hugh V., Prolessor, Institute For Child Study
A B , Oberlin College. 1941. AM, University ot Chicago.
1 946. Ph D . 1 949, Ed D , New York University, 1 956
Perkins. Moreland, Prolessor of Philosophy
A B , Harvard University 1 948, A M , 1 949, Ph D , 1 953
Perloff. Marjorie G.. Professor of English
A B . Barnard College. 1953; MA. Catholic University of
America, 1956, PhD, 1965
Perrin, Donald G.. Professor, Education Technology Center
B A , University of Southern California, 1960; MA, 1962;
PhD 1969
Peters. Robert M.. Associate Professor of Secondary
Education
B S , Mankato State College. 1955. MS,. 1958. Ph D . Univer-
sity of Minnesota. 1965
Peterson. Frederick M.. Assistant Professor of Economics
B S . University ot California. 1 964; Ph D . Princeton University.
1972
Peterson. William $.. Associate Professor of English
B A , Walla Walla College, 1961 , M A , University of Wisconsin,
1962, Ph D , Northwestern University, 1968
Petrick. Michael J., Assistant Prolessor of Journalism
BS, University of Wisconsin, 1965, MS, 1967, PhD, 1970
Plister. Guenter G.. Assistant Professor of German and
Secondary Education
B S Bowling Green State University. 1 963; M A Michigan
State University. 1965. Ph D . University of Kansas, 1970
PIckard. Hugh B.. Professor of Chemistry
A B , Haverford College, 1 933; PhD . Northwestern University.
1938
Pierce. James Lee. Lecturer in Economics
B A , University of California, Berkeley, 1969. Ph D . 1964
Pierce. Sidney K., Jr.. Associate Professor of Zoology
B Ed , University ol Miami. 1966. Ph D , Florida Slate Univer-
sity. 1970
Piper. Don C, Professor of Government and Politics
B A . University of Maryland. 1 954; M A . 1 958; Ph D . Duke
University. 1961
Piper, Harry W., Associate Professor ol Civil Engineering
BArchE., Catholic University ol America. 1940. MCE. 1961
Plischke, Elmer, Prolessor ol Government and Politics
Ph B , Marquette University. 1937. MA. American University.
1 938. Ph D . Cairk University. 1 943
Plotkin, Allen, Associate Professor of Aerospace Engineering
B S . Columbia University. 1 963. MS. 1 964; Ph D , Stanford
Un
sily.
Poffenberger, Paul R., Associate Dean College of
Agriculture. Acting Chairman. Agricultural and Extension Edu-
cation, and Professor Agricultural and Resource Economics
BS, University of Maryland. 1935. MS. 1937; Ph.D.
American University, 1 953
Polst, Richard F.. Jr.. Assistant Prolessor of Transportation
BS,. Pennsylvania State University. 1965: MBA,, University of
Maryland, 1967: PhD, Pennsylvania State University, 1971
Graduate Faculty / 29
Ponnamperuma. Cyril. Professor of Cfiemistry
B A University of Madras, 1 948: B Sc . BirKbeck College
Unryersity of London 1959. Ph D , University of Californra.
Berkeley 1962
Por12. John, Associate Professor of Engiisfi and Director of
Honors Program
B.A . Duke UravefSity, 1937, M A , Harvard University, 1941 ,
PliD, 1957
Potter. Jane H.. Associate Professor of Zoology
B S , University of Cnicago 1 942, IVI S , 1 948, Ph D , 1 949
Powell, Mictiael H.. Assistant Professor of IVIattiematics
B A . San Jose State College, 1963, IVI A . University of Califor-
nia. Santa Barbara, 1966 Ph D 1969
Prange. Gordon. Professor of History
B A , University of Iowa 1 932. MAI 934: Ph D 1 937
Prange. Richard E.. Professor of Physics
M S . University of Chicago 1955: Ph D 1958
Pralher. Elizabeth. S.. Professor and Chainnan of Food.
Nutrition and Institution Administration
B-S.. Auburn University. 1 951 : MS. 1 955: Ph D . lov»a Slate
University 1963
Pratt. Ernest P.. Professor of Chemistry
A B University of Redlands. 1937: M S . Oregon State
College. 1939. M A . University of Michigan 1941 , Ph D
1942
Pugh. Howel G., Professor of Physics
B A. Catiliodge University. 1955: MA 1961: PhD 1961
Pugliese. Rudolph E., Professor of Speech and Dramatic Art
BA. Miami University. 1947. MFA , Catholic University of
Amehca. 1949: Ph D . Ohio State University. 1961
Pugsley, James H.. Associate Professor of Electncat
Engineering
B A Obenm College. 1 956: M S . University of Illinois. 1 958:
PhD. 1963
Pumroy. Donald K.. Professor of Education and Psychology
B.A . University of Iowa. 1949, M S , University of Wisconsin
1951: Ph D . University of Washington. 1954
Purdy. William C, Professor of Chemistry
B A . Amherst College. 1951 : Ph D . Massachusetts Institute of
Technotogy. 1 955
Quails. P. David. Lecturer ol Economics
B A . University ol Rorida. 1960: MA.. 1961 : Ph D . University
of California. 1 968
Rado, George T., Professor of Physics
SB. Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 1939: SM .
1941: PhD 1943
Ragan, Robert M.. Professor of Civil Engineehng
B-S. Virginia Military Institute. 1955: MS . Massachusetts In-
stitute of Technology 1959. PhD. Cornell University. 1965
Ranald. Ralph A.. Associate Professor of Government and
Politics
B A . University of California. Los Angeles. 1 952: M A . 1 954:
M A . Pnncelon University. 1 958. Ph D . 1 961
Rao, T-R-. Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering
BSc . Government Arts College. 1952: DIISc . Indiana Institute
of Science, 1955: M S E , University of Michigan, 1961 , Ph D ,
1964
Rappleye. Robert D.. Associate Professor of Botany
B S . University of Maryland. 1 941 : MS. 1 947. Ph D . 1 949
Ray. Philip B., Associate Professor of Counseling and Per-
sonnel Services and Counselor. Counseling Center
B A . Antioch College. 1950. M 8 , University of Pennsylvania,
1955: Ph D , University of Minnesota. 1962
Razar. Michael J.. Assistant Professor of Mathematics
A B Harvard University. 1 965. Ph D . 1 971
Rearick. William R.. Professor of Art
B A New York University. 1953. M A . 1958: Ph D . Harvard
University, 1968
Rebuck, Ernest C, Assistant Professor of Agncultural
Engineering
B S , Penn State Unrversity. 1966; MS.. 1967: PhD . Univer-
sity of Arizona. 1 972
Redish. Edward F.. Associate Professor of Physics
AB , Princeton University. 1963: Ph D . Massachusetts In-
stitute of Technology. 1 968
Rees. Colin P.. Assistant Professor of Zoology
B Sc . Unrversity of Wales. 1 963. Dip Ed . 1 964: M S Univer-
sity of Wisconsin. 1967 Ph D 1970
Reeve, E. Wilkins. Professor of Chemistry
BS . Drexel Institute of Technology. 1936: Ph D , University of
Wisconsin 1940
Reeves. Mavis M.. Associate Professor of Government and
Politics
B A . West Virginia University, 1942: MA. 1943: PhD.
University of North Carolina. 1 947
Regan. Thomas M.. Professor of Chemcal Engineenng
BS Tulane University 1963. PhD, 1967
Reichelderler. Charles F.. Associate Professor of En
fomotogy
BS St Cloud College. 1961 : MA . University of Washington
1963: Ph D . University of Calilomia at Riverside 1968
30 / Graduate Faculty
Reid. James. Instructor in Art
B F A . Maryland Institute College of Art. 1 966. M A , University
of Maryland 1970
Reinhart. Bruce L.. Professor of Mathematics
B A . Lehigh University, 1952: M A . Princeton University,
1954: Ph D, 1956
Reiser. Martin P.. Professor of Electrical Engineering and
Physics
B Sc Johannes Gutenberg Universitat. Mainz. 1957 Ph D
1960
Reveal. James L.. Associate Professor of Botany
B S . Utah State University, 1963, MSI 965: Ph D , Bngham
Young University 1969
Revolle. Salty G.. Research Associate in Heanng ana Speech
Sciences
BA University of Maryland, 1962, MA , 1965: PhD 1970
Reynolds. Charles W.. Professor of Horticulture
A B . University of Alabama. 1 941 . B S . Auburn University
1 947: MS . 1949: Ph D,. University of Maryland. 1 954
Reynolds. Michael M.. Professor. School of Library and In-
formation Services
A B . Hunter College. 1 950: M S L S . Columbia University.
1952. M A . Amencan University. 1954: Ph D , University of
Michigan, 1964
Rhee. Moon-Jhong. Associate Professor of Electncal
Engineering
B S , Seoul National University, 1 958, MSI 960: Ph D The
Catholic University ol America. 1970
RheintMldt. Werner C. Research Professor Computer
Science
B-S . University of Heidelberg. 1 949. MAI 952, Ph D ,
University of Freiburg. 1 955
Rhoads. David J., Associate Professor of Counseling and Per-
sonnel Services
B A Temple University. 1 954; M A . 1 958; Ed.D . University ol
Maryland, 1963
Ricci, Frederick A., Assistant Professor of Secondary
Education
B S . Bryant College, 1 964, Ed M . Boston University, 1 965,
EdD. 1972
Richard, Jean-Paul, Associate Professor of Physics
B es Arts. Universite Laval. 1956. B es S. 1960: Ooclorat de
Spe'cialite. University of Pans. 1963. Doctrate es Sciences.
1965
Ridgway, Whitman H., Assistant Prolessor of History
A B . Kenyon College. 1963: M A . San Francisco State
College. 1967: PhD University ol Pennsylvania, 1973
Ridky. Robert W., Assistant Professor of Secondary
Education
BS. State University of New York at Cortland, 1966: M S
Syracuse University. 1 970; Ph D . 1 973
Rieger, Charles Joseph, III, Assistant Professor of Compu-
ter Science
B S . Purdue University. 1 970. Ph D . Stanford University
1974
Risinger, Robert, Professor and Chairman. Secondary
Education
B S . Ball State University. 1940: M A . University of Chicago.
1947. EdD. University of Colorado. 1955
Rilzer, George, Professor of Sociology
B A . City College ol New York. 1962 MBA. University of
Michigan 1964. Ph D . Cornell University, 1968
Ritzmann, Barbara J., Assistant Professor in Housing and Ap-
plied Design
B A . Pennsylvania Slate University. 1 945: MFA George
Washington University. 1 966
Rivello, Robert M., Professor of Aerospace Engineenng
B S , University ol Maryland, 1 943, MSI 948
Roberson, Bob S., Associate Prolessor of Microbiology
B A University ol North Carolina. 1 951 . Ph 0 , 1 960
Rodenhuis, David R., Associate Professor of Meteorology
B S , University of California, Berkeley, 1959: BS , Pen-
nsylvania State University. 1960: PhD. University of
Washington. 1967
Roderick, Jessie A., Associate Professor. Early Childhood
and Elementary Education
B S Wilkes College, 1 956. M A . Columbia University. 1 957
EdD , Temple University, 1967
Rogers. Bruce G.. Assistant Professor, Educational Research
BS, Arizona Slate University. 1961. MA. 1962; PhD.
Michigan State University, 1968
Rogolsky. Saul. Associate Professor. Institute For Child Study
B A . Harvard University, 1948, M A University of
Chicago, 1953, EdD, Harvard University, 1963
Rollinson, Carl L. Professor of Chemistry
B.S.. University ol Michigan. 1933; Ph D . University of Illinois
1939
Roos. Philip G.. Associate Professor of Physics
B A . Ohio Wesleyan University. 1 960; PhD . Massachusetts
Institute of Technology. 1 964
Rose. Harry J. . Visiting Professor of Chemistry
B S . St Francis College. 1 948. M S . University of Maryland
1952
Rose. William K.. Associate Professor of Astronomy
A B . Columbia University. 1 957 . Ph D . 1 963
Rosenfeld. Azriel. Research Professor. Computer Science
B A Yeshiva College. 1 950. MA. Columbia University, 1 951 ;
PhD , 1957
Rosenfield. Leonora C, Professor of French and Italian
B A . Smith College. 1 930: A.M.. Columbia University 1 931
PhD. 1940
Roswell, Charles Alfred, Jr., Assistant Professor of
Geography
B A . The Johns Hopkins University. 1963. M A , University of
Maryland, 1969: PhD. 1974
Roush, Marvin L., Associate Professor of Nuclear Engineering
and Physics
B Sc Ottawa University. 1956. Ph D . University of Maryland
1964
Rovner, Philip, Associate Professor of Spanish and Por-
B A George Washington University. 1948: MA. 1949: Ph D
University of Maryland. 1958
flowe, John Carlos, Assistant Professor of English
B A . The Johns Hopkins University. 1 967. Ph D . State Univer-
sity of New York. Buffalo. 1971
Rubin, Roger H., Assistant Professor of Family and Com-
munity Development
B A . Brooklyn College of the City University of New York.
1 965. MS. Pennsylvania Slate University. 1 966: Ph D . 1 970
Ruchkin , Judith P. , Assistant Professor of Secondary Educa-
B A Swarthmore College. 1 956. M A , Yale University, 1 957:
Ed D Columbia University Teachers College, 1 972
Rundell. Walter. Jr.. Prolessor and Chairman of History
BS. University ol Texas. 1951, f^ A , Amencan University.
1955, PhD. 1957
Russell. John D.. Professor of English
A B . Colgate University, 1951 M A . University of Washington.
1 956. Ph D Rutgers University. 1 959
Rutherford. Charles S.. Assistant Professor of English
BA, Carlelon College. 1962: MA. Indiana University. 1966
PhD. 1970
Ryden. Einar R.. Professor of Agncultural and Extension
Education
8 A. Augsburg College. 1929; PhD. Northwestern University.
1947
Salamanca. Jack R.. Professor of English
Diploma. Royal Academy of Dramatic Art, 1952, Lie Deg
University of London. 1 953. Licentiate. Royal Academy of Music.
1954
Sallet. Dirse W.. Associate Professor of Mechanical
Engineering
BS. George Washington University. 196'; M.S.. University of
Kansas, 1 963. Ph D . Technische Hochschule. Stuttgart. 1 966
Sampugna. Joseph. Associate Professor of Chemistry
S A University of Connecticut. 1 959. MAI 962: Ph D . 1 968
Santa Maria. D. Laine. Associate Professor of Physical
Education
B A . University of Pennsylvania. 1 954; M Ed , Temple University,
1 962, Ed D . University of Oregon. 1 968
Sargent. Stephen Lee. Assistant Professor of Mechanical
Engineenng
B S . Arizona State University. 1 964; M S . University of Wiscon-
sin, 1967, PhD. 1971
Sather. Jerome O.. Associate Professor of Mathematics
BS. University of Minnesota. 1957; MS. 1959; PhD. 1963
Sayre. Clifford L. . Jr. . Professor of Mechanical Engineenng
BS. Duke University. 1947, MS. Stevens Institute ol
Technology. 1 950. Ph D . University of Maryland. 1 961
Schaefer. Helmut H.. Professor of Mathematics
MA, Leipzig University. 1949; Ph.D.. 1951; Venia legendi.
1954
Schaefter. Harry G.. Associate Professor of Aerospace
Engineering
B S . University of Washington. 1 958; M S . Anzona State Univer-
sity. 1 962 . Ph D . Virginia Polytechnic Institute. 1967
Schafer. James A.. Associate Professor of Mathematics
BS. University of Rochester. 1961. PhD. University of
Chicago. 1965
Schafer. William D.. Associate Professor of fvleasurement and
Statistics
BA , University of Rochester. 1964. MA. 1965 EdD , 1969
Schales, Franklin D.. Associate Professor of Horticulture
B S , Louisiana State University, 1 959. M S , Cornell Universily,
1962, PhD, 1963
Scheffler. Wilbert A.. Jr.. Assistant Professor of Mechanical
BS. Tulane University. 1961; M.S.. 1965. PhD, University of
Minnesola, 1969
Schiller. Bradley H.. Assistant Professor of Economics
BA. University of California. Berkeley. 1965. PhD. Harvard
University 1969
Schlsretzki, Walter E., Professor of Philosophy
AB Monmouth College. 1941: AM. University of Illinois, 1942
Ph D , Cornell University. 1948
Schleldt . Wolfgang M . . Professor of Zoology
Ph D University of Vienna 1 95 1
Schmidt. Dieter S., Assrstant Professor of Mathematics
Oipi Technische Hochschule Stuttgart. 1966; Ph D University
ot Minnesota. 1970
Schneider. Benjamin. Associate Professor of Psychology
B.A Alfred University 1960, MBA City University of New
York. 1962 PhD University o( Maryland 1967
Schneider. David T. . Associate Professor of Mathematics
8 A Oberl.n College 1959 PhD Massachusetts Institute of
Technology, 1964
Schoeck. Richard J.. Professor of English
MA Princelon University 1949 PhD 1949
Scholnick. Ellin K.. Professor of Psychology
BA Vassar College 1958 PhD, University ot Rochester
1963
Schonhorn, Manuel, Visiting Professor of English
8 A Brooklyn College, 1 955; M A . University of Pennsylvania
1959, PhD 1963
Schroeder, Wilburn C. Professor of Chemical Engineenng
B S University of Michigan, 1 930: MS E . 1 931 . Ph D 1 933
Schuessler. Herman E.. Associate Professor of History
Theologiae Doctor University of Kiel, 1955
Schultze. Charles L . , Professor of Economics
BA Georgetown University. 1948: MA, 1950. PhD, Umver
siTy of Maryland 1960
Schumacher. Elisabeth, Assistant Professor of Early Childhood
and Elementary Education
BS Newark State College 1942 M Ed Pennsylvania State
University 1962 0 Ed 1965
Schumacher, Thomas. Associate Professor ot Music
8 Mus Manhattan School of Music, 1 958, M S , Julhard School
of Music 1962
Schwartz, Janet S., Assistant Professor of Sociology
B A , City College of New York 1 952 MS, Cornell University
1961:PhD 1967
Schwartz, Yvonne K., Assistant Professor of Art
BA Radcliffe College. 1958, M.A , University of California,
Berkeley 1966, PhD 1973
Scott, Leiand E.. Professor Emeritus of Horticulture
8 S . University of Kentucky 1 927 M S Michigan State Umver
sity, 1 929; Ph D University of Maryland 1 943
Sedlacek, William E., Associate Professor of Counseling and
Personnel Services and Counselor, Counseling Center
BS. State University of Iowa 1960; MS, 1961. PhD Kansas
State University. 1966
Seefeldt, Carol A.. Assistant Professor of Early Childhood and
Elementary Education
BA, University of Wisconsin. 1956, MA, University of South
Flohda. 1968, Ph D . Flonda State University. 1971
Segal. Mady Wechsler, Assistant Professor of Sociology
8 A , Queens College City University of New York 1965. M A
University of Chicago, 1967, Ph D , 1973
Seibel, Ronald J., Assistant Professor of Agricultural and Exten-
sion Education
BS, University of Illinois. Urbana. 1957 MS. 1958: PhD.
University of Maryland. 1972
Seidman. Eric, Associate Professor of Special Education
B S New York University. 1 947. M A , 1 948; Ph D , University
of Connecticut 1964
Seigel, Arnold E., Lecturer in Mechanical Engineenng
B S . University of Maryland, 1 944; MS , Massachusens Institute
of Technology 1947, PhD University of Amsterdam 1952
Sengers. Jan V., Professor of Molecular Physics
Doclorandus. University of Amsterdam 1 955: Ph D . 1 962
Serwer. Howard J., Associate Professor of Music
8 A Yale University. 1 949. MBA. Columbia University, 1 950
Ph 0 , Yale University. 1969
Shaffner, ClyneS., Professor of Poultry Science
BS Michigan State University. 1938; MS, 1940 PhD Purdue
University 1947
Shanks, James B. . Professor of Horticulture
B Sc. Ohio State University 1939; MSc , 1946; PhD , 1949
Sheaks, O. J. , Associate Professor of Nuclear Engineenng
BS. North Carolina State College, 1964 Ph D , 1969
Shearer, Jane K., Professor and Chairman of Housing and Ap-
plied Design
B S , University of Tennessee, 1 940 MSI 950, Ph D , Flonda
State University 1960
Sherwood, A. Wiley. Professor of Aerospace Engineenng
ME . Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute. 1 935, M S . University ot
Maryland, 1943
Shiflett, John M.. Assistant Professor of Child Study
8 A. Santa Barbara City College. 1965. MA. University of
California. 1 967 Ph D . 1 972
Shreeve, Charles A.. Jr., Professor of Mechanical Engineering
BE. Jhe Johns Hopkins University. 1935; MS., University of
Maryland, 1943
Sigall. Harold. Associate Professor of Psyct>ology
B S City College of New Yorlt, 1 964; Ph D . University of Texas
(Auslinl 1968
Signell. Karl L., Assistant Professor of Music
B S Julliard School of Music, 1 962. M A Columbia University
1963 Ph D University of Washington 1973
Silio, Charles B., Jr., Assistant Professor of Electncai
Engineenng
BSEE MSE E UmversityofNotreDame 1967, PhD 1970
Silverman. Joseph. Professor of Chemical Engineering
8 A Brooklyn College. 1 944. A M . Columbia University. 1 948.
PhD 1951
Simms. Betty H.. Professor and Chairman ol Special Education
B A , Hams Teachers College. 1947 M A . University of
Michigan 1 955 Ed O University of Maryland 1962
Simons. David E.. Associate Professor of Electncai Engineenng
BS University of Maryland 1949 MS 1951
Stmonson, S. Christian, III, Assistant Professor of Astronomy
BS Massachusetts Institute ot Technology 1960 MS Ohto
State University 1965 PhD 1967
Singer, Neil M., Associate Professor of Economics
8 A Harvard University. 1960: MA. Stanford University 1961,
PhD 1965
Sisler. Hugh D.. Chairman of Botany and Professor of Plant
Pathology
BS Universityof Maryland, 1949: MS, 1951: PhD 1953
Skolnick. Leonard P., Professor of Chemical Engineenng
B S University of Rochester, 1 953; M S , New York University
1955 D Sc , Massachusetts Institute ot Technology 1958
Stawsky, Zaka t. . Professor ol Physics and Astronomy
B S , Rensselaer Polytechnic institute 1 933. M S , California In-
stitute of Technology 1935, PhD. University of Michigan,
1938
Small, Eugene B.. Associate Professor of Zoology
B A Wayne State University 1953, M S 1958, Ph D Univer-
sity of California at Los Angeles. 1 966
Smith. Barry P., Associate Professor of Psychology
BS Pennsylvania State University 1962 MA Bucknell Umver
sity 1964 PhD University of Massachusetts, 1967
Smith. Betty F.. Professor and Chairman of Textiles and Con-
sumer Economics
BS University of Arkansas. 1951; MS,. University of Ten-
nessee 1956. PhD. University of Minnesota. 1960: PhD
1965
Smith. Elbert B.. Professor ot History
A B Maryville College, 1 940; A.M.. University of Chicago 1 947
PhD 1949
Smith, Elske van Panhuys. Associate Professor ol Astronomy
BA Harvard University 1950 M A 1951 Ph D . 1955
Smith. Gayle S. . Associate Professor of English
Ph B University of Chicago i 946 B S Iowa State University
1948, MA Cornell University 1951 PhD 1958
Smith, Harold P., Associate Director of Extension Education
and Professor of Agnculturai and Resource Economics
B A Bndgewater College l 943 M S University of Maryland
1947 PhD, American University 1952
Smith, Paul, Assistant Professor of Mathematics
B S Drexel University, 1 965, M S , Case Institute of
Technology 1967, PhD Case Western Reserve University
1969
Smith, Theodore G.. Professor of Chemical Engineering
BES. The Johns Hopkins University, 1956; M.ES. 1958
DSc Washington University i960
Snow. George A., Professor ot Physics
BS College of the City of New York 1945 MA, Pnnceton
University 1947 Ph 0 . 1 949
Scares, Jr.. Joseph H., Assistant Professor of Poultry Science
B S University of Maryland, 1 964; M S , 1 966, Ph D.. 1 968
Soergel, Dagobert. Associate Profesor College of Library
and Intormation Services
B S University of Freiburg. 1 960: MS, 1 964: Ph D 1 970
Solomon. Susan L., Assistant Professor of Business and
Management
A B Radchfte College 1962: M S University of California, Los
Angeles, 1 966 Ph 0 University of California, Berkeley 1 972
Sommer, Michael H. . Associate Professor of Journalism
A B University of California Berkeley 1 957. M S . University of
California Los Angeles 1958, PhD, University of Southern
California 1969
Sommer, Sheldon E., Associate Professor of Chemistry
B S City College of New York, 1959: M A.. City University of
New York 1961 MS Texas A&M University. 1964; Ph D. Pen-
nsylvania State University 1969
Sorokin. Constantine A.. Research Professor. Plant Physiotogy
BA Don Institute 1927 MA Academy of Science. 1936.
Ph D University of Texas, 1 955
Sosnowski, Saul. Associate Professor of Spanish and Por-
tuguese
A 8 University of Scranton, 1 967; M A . University of Virginia,
1968, PhD, 1970
Spain. Ian L.. Professor of Chemical Engineenng
8S Impenal College of Science, 1961, PhD, 1964
Spangler. Paul J..Lectufef in Entomotogy
A 8 Lebanon VaHey College 1949; MS Ono University
1951 Ph D. University of Missoun 1960
Sparks, David S.. Professor of History and Dean for Graduate
Studies
A 8 Grmneli College 1 944 AM, University of Ch«:ago 1 945
PhO 1951
Specter. Gerald, Assistant Professor of Psychology
BA Harvard University, 1966 PhD, University of Rochester
197T
Spiegel. Gabrietle. Assistant Professor of History
BA Bryn Mawr College 1964 MAT Havard University
1965 MA The John Hopkins University 1969:PhO 1974
Spielbichler. Otto, Assistant Professor of Counseling ar>d Per-
sonnel Services
BS Slippery Rock State College 1959 MA Colgate Univer-
sily 1962 PhD Ohio State University 1968
Spivak. Steven M.. Associate Professor of Textiles and Con
sumer Economics
BS Philadelphia College of Textiles »kJ Sciences 1963 MS
Georgia Institute of Techr>ology, 1965, Ph D University ot Man-
chester 1967
Spivey, Clinton, Associate Professor of Business Administration
BS University ot Illinois 1946: M S 1947, Ph D 1957
Splaine. John E.. Assistant Professor of Administration Super
vision and Curriculum
8 A University of New Hampshire, 1963. MA. 1965, Ed D .
Boston University 1973
Spuehler. Henry E.. Research Lecturer of Heanng and Speech
Sciences
8S Purdue University. 1953: MS. 1954: PhD 1956
Stadtman. Earl R., Lecturer m Microbotogy
BS University of California Berkeley 1942 PhD 1949
Staley. Stuart W. . Professor of Chemistry
BA Williams College, 1959: MS. Yale University 1961. PhD
1963
Stark. Francis C Jr.. Professor of Horticulture and Provost
Division of Agnculturai and Life Sciences
8 S . Oklahoma A&M College 1 940. M S University of Mary-
land 1941 PhD 1948
Stalom. Jodellano Johnson. Assistant Professor of Ad-
mmisiraiion Supervision and Curriculum
BS Miner Teachers College. 1954 M Ed University o'
Maryland 1968 AGS 1968 EdD 1972
Steel. Donald H.. Professor of Physical Education
8 A Trenton State College 1 955 M A University of Maryland
1957 PhD Louisiana State University 1964
Steinberg, Clarence B., Assistant Professor of English
M A University of Connechcut. 1 957 . Ph D , University of Pen
nsylvania 1969
Steinberg. Phillip H. , Associate Professor of Phystcs
8 S Umversjty of Cincinnati 1 954. Ph D (Northwestern Univer-
sity 1960
Steinberg. Richard I.. Assistant Professor of Physics
BA Swanhmore College. 1963 PhD Yale University 1 969
Steinhauer. Allen L.. Professor of Entomokagy
B S University of Manitoba 1953: M S Oregon State CoHege
1955 Ph D 1958
Steinman. Robert M.. Professor of Psychology
DOS St Louis University 1 968: M A New School »or Social
Research 1962 PhD 1964
Stellmacher. Karl L.. Professor of Mathematics
M D University of Goettmgen 1 933: Ph D 1 936
Stephens, E. Robert, Professor and Chairman of Administration,
Supervision and Curriculum
BS Momingside College 1952. MS Drake University 1958.
Ph D . University ol Iowa 1 966
Stephenson. Gerard J., Jr.. Associate Professor of Physics
BS Massachusetts Institute of Technotogy 1959 PhD 1964
Stern. Herbert J.. Associate Professor of Counseling and Per
sonnei Services
B S The Johns Hopkins University 1950. M Ed . 1953 Ed D
University of Maryland 1 962
Stern. William L.. Professor of Botany
BS Rutgers University 1950. M S . University of llI*>ois 1951
PhD 1954
Sternberg. Yaron M.. Professor of Civil Engineenng
B S University of Illinois 1 96 1 ; M S., University of California
at Davis 1963, PhD 1965
Sternheim. Charles E.. Associate Professor of Psychok>gy
8 S Brooklyn College 1961 PhD , Universityof Rochester
1967
Stevens. George A., Professor of Agricultural and Resource
Economics
BS Virginia Polytechnic InsWute. 1941 PhD University o*
Maryland. 1957
Stevenson. John C. Assistant Professor of Botany
B S.Brooklyn College. 1966 PhD University of North Carohna
1972
Stewcrt. G.W.. Associate Professor of Computer Science ar>d
Applied Mathematics
A 8 . University of Tennessee 1 962 , Ph D 1 968
Graduate Faculty / 31
Stewart, James M., Professor of Chemistry
BA„ Western Washington College. 1953; PhD, University ol
Washington, 1958
Stewart, Kent K., Lecturer in Food, Nutrition and Institution Ad-
ministration
B A University ot California. Berkeley. 1 956; Ph,D , Flonda State
University, 1965
Stone. Clarence N., Associate Professor of Government and
Politics, and Director, Urban Research Group, Bureau of Govern-
mental Research
A B , University of South Carolina, 1 957; M A , Duke University,
1960; PhD, 1963
Stone, Stephen E., Assistant Professor of Health Education
B S , Lock Haven Slate College, 1 962 , IVI Ed , Easl Stroudsburg
StateCollege 1969; Ph D , Texas ASfvl University, 1973
Stougti, Kenneth F-, Associate Professor of Industrial
Education
B 8 f\^illersville Stale College, 1 954, fvl Ed , Pennsylvania State
University, 1 96 1 , Ph 0 , University of f^flaryland, 1 968
Stowasser. Karl, Associate Professor of History
Ph D , University ot f^uenster, 1 966
Strasztieim, Mahton R., Associate Professor of Economics
B S , Purdue University, 1 961 , Ph D , Harvard University, 1 965
Strauss. Aaron S., Professor of fvlathematics
BS, Case Institute of Technology, 1961, IVIS , University of
Wisconsin, 1 962 , Ph D , 1 964
Striclding, Edward. Professor of Agronomy
B S , Ohio State University 1937; PhD, 1949
StriHIer, Ctiarles 0., Assistant Professor of Electhcal
Engineering
BSE, University of IVIichigan. 1 961 ; 1^ S E . 1 963; PhD . 1 972
Strobell. Adah P., Associate Professor of Recreation
AB, San Francisco Stale College, 1953, IVI S , University of
California, Los Angeles, 1 958; Ph D , University of Illinois, 1 966
Strouse. James C, Assistant Professor of Government and
Politics
BA, University ol Maryland. 1966; MA,. 1967; PhD,, University
of North Carolina, 1970
Stunkard. Clayton L.. Professor of Measurement and Statistics
B S , University of Minnesota 1948. MA,. 1951; PhD. 1959
Stuntz. Calvin F., Professor of Chemistry
BA University of Buffalo, 1939: PhD, 1947
Sublett, Henry L., Professor and Chairman of Early Childhood-
Elementary Education
AB,, Duke University, 1 951 ; M Ed , University of Virginia, 1 953,
EdD,. 1959
Sucher, Joseph, Professor of Physics and Astronomy
BS Brooklyn College, 1952; PhD , Columbia University, 1958
Sullivan, Dorothy D.. Associate Professor. Early Childhood and
Elementary Education
A B, University of Maryland. 1945;EdM. 1960. EdD. 1965
Sunal, Dennis W. , Assistant Professor of Early Childhood-
Elementary Education
B S . University of Michigan, 1 964; MAI 970; Ph D , 1 973
Suppe, Frederick R., Associate Professor of Philosophy
A B,, University of California, Riverside, 1 962; A M , University of
Michigan. 1964. PhD, 1967
Svenonius, Lars S.. Professor of Philosophy
Fil Kand, Uppsala University. 1950, Fil Mag, 1955, Fil Lie,
1955; Fil dr, 1960
Svoboda, Cyril P.. Assistant Professor of Human Development
Education
B A , St Columban s Major Seminary, 1 954; B Th . 1 958. B Ph ,
Gregorian University (Rome, Italy), 1959, L Ph , 1960, PhD,
1 961 , Ph D , University of Wisconsin, 1 973
Sweet, Daniel, Associate Prolessor ol Mathematics
BS, Fairleigh Dickinson University, 1965; PhD, Brown Univer-
sity, 1 969
Swigger, Ronald T., Assistant Prolessor ol English
B A , University of New Mexico. 1 963; Ph 0 . Indiana University
1967
SyshI, Ryszard, Professor of Mathematics
B S . University of London. 1954; Ph D , Chelsea College, 1960
Talf, Charles A., Professor of Business and Management
BS , University of fowa, 1937; MA. 1941 . Ph D , University of
Maryland, 1 952
Talaat, Mostafa E. , Professor of Mechanical Engineering
B S , University ol Cairo. 1 946. M S,. University of Pennsylvania,
1947, PhD, 1951
Tanney, Mary Faith, Assistant Professor of Psychology
BA . Pennsylvania Slate University. 1 968; MA , Ohio Slate
University, 1971 , Ph D , 1972
Tarlca, Ralph, Associate Professor of French and Italian
B A , Emory University, 1 954; MAI 958; Ph D , Harvard Univer-
sity, 1 966
Taylor, Corwin H., Prolessor ol Secondary Education and Music
B Mus Ed , College ol Music ol Cincinnati, 1 930, M Mus , 1 933,
B S , University ol Cincinnati, 1932; Ed M, 1935; EdD. 1941
Taylor, Daimas A., Professor of Psychology and Director ol
Afro-Amefican Studies Program
BS. Western Reserve University, 1959; MS,, Howard Univer-
sity, 1 96 1 Ph D , University ol Delaware, 1 965
Taylor, Leonard S. , Professor of Electrical Engineering
A B , Harvard University, 1951 . MS. New Mexico Stale Univer
sity, 1956, Ph D , 1960
Taylor. Martin Edward, Assistant Prolessor ol Business and
Management
BComm, The University ol Cape Town, South Atnca, 1966;
MBA, University ol Texas, Austin, 1 970. Ph D , 1 974
Teiteibaum, Herman 1., Associate Professor of Psychology
AB. The Johns Hopkins University. 1957, MS, University of
Washington, 1 959, Ph D , McGill University, 1 962
Tennyson, Ray A., Associate Professor of Criminology
BS, Washington State University, 1951, MA 1957, PhD,
1965
Terchek, Ronald J., Associate Professor of Government and
Politics
B A , University ol Chicago, 1 958, MA , 1 960; PhD , University
of Maryland, 1965
Testa, Charles J., Assistant Professor of Information Systems
Management
B S , Lalayette College, 1 964, M S , University of California, Los
Angeles, 1 966. Ph D , 1 969
Thiebiot, Armand J., Jr., Associate Prolessor ol Business and
Management
B S , Princeton University. 1 961 ; M B A . University of Penn-
sylvania. 1965; PhD. 1969
Thomas, Owen Pesteli, Prolessor and Chairman. Poultry
Science
B Sc . University ol Natal. 1 954; M Sc . 1 962. Ph D , University
of Maryland, 1966
Thomas, William L., Assistant Professor of Counseling and Per-
sonnel Services
B S , The University of Tennessee, Knoxville, 1 955; MS, 1 965.
Ph D , Michigan State University, 1 970
Thompson, Arthur H., Professor of Horticulture
BS, University of Minnesota, 1941. PhD. University of
Maryland, 1945
Thompson, Derek. Associate Prolessor of Geography
BA, Manchester University, 1960; MA, 1962, PhD, Indiana
University 1969
Thompson, James Clinton, Jr., Assistant Professor of
Recreation
BA, Mississippi State University, 1967; MS. Colorado State
University. 1970. PhD, 1974
Thompson, Owen E. , Associate Prolessor of Meteorology
B S , University ol Missoun, 1961; MS , 1963, PhD. 1966
Thorberg, Raymond, Associate Professor of English
BA. University of Alaska. 1939; MA. University of Chicago,
1 946, Ph D , Cornell University, 1 954
TIdman, Derek A., Research Professor, Institute for Fluid
Dynamics and Applied Mathematics
B Sc , London University, 1 952 , Ph D , 1 956
Tlerney, William F., Associate Professor of Industrial Education
B S , Central Connecticut Stale College, 1941, M S , Ohio State
University, 1 949, Ed 0 , University ol Maryland, 1 952
Titft, Margaret A., Associate Professor of Health Education
B S . Ohio State University, 1946, M A , Columbia University,
1 948, Ed D , West Virginia University, 1 969
Torres, J. L., Associate Professor of Electncal Engineering
BS, US Naval Academy, 1957, MS, Stanlord University,
1961, PhD, 1966
Tosseii, John L. . Assistant Prolessor ol Chemistry
BS . University ol Chicago. 1966; MA , Harvard University,
1967:PhD, 1972
Traver, Paul, Professor of Music
BMus, Catholic University of Amenca, 1955, M Mus . 1957,
DMA, Stanford University, 1967
Tretter, Steven A., Associate Professor of Electncal
Engineering
BS. University of Maryland. 1962; MA,. Princeton University
1964. PhD, 1965
Trimble, Virginia L., Assistant Prolessor of Astronomy
B A , University of California, Los Angeles. 1 964. M S , Calilomia
Inslilule of Technology, 1965, Ph D , 1968, M A , University ol
Cambridge (Englandl, 1969
Triveipiece, Aivin W., Prolessor of Physics
B S , Calilomia Slate Polytechnic College, 1 953, M S , California
Institute of Technology, 1 955, Ph D , 1 958
Troth. Eugene W., Prof essor and Chairman of Music
DePaul University, Illinois Wesleyan University; Ph D , University
of Michigan, 1958
True, Neiita, Associate Professor of Music
B M , University of Michigan, 1 958, M M , 1 960
Tsui. Chung Y., Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engineenng
M E , Hong Kong Technical College. 1 953. M S . Purdue Univer
Sity. 1959. PhD. 1967
TulhiM, Dean F., Professor of Agricultural and Resource
Economics
B S . Cornell University. 1 949; M S,. University of Illinois, 1 954
PhD, 1958
Twigg, Bernard A.. Professor and Acting Chairman of Hor-
ticulture
BS. University of Maryland. 1952. MS. 1955. PhD. 1959
Tyler. Bonnie B., Assistant Prolessor. Institute for Child Study
B A , DePauw. 1948; MA,, Ohio State University. 1949; PhD,.
1954
Tyler, Forrest B., Professor of Psychology
BA, DePauw University, 1948; MA, Ohio State University,
1950, PhD, 1952
Tyler, Robert W., Assistant Prolessor ol Physical Education
A B , Drury College, 1957. M S . Pennsylvania State University.
1960. PhD, 1969
Ulmer, Melville J. . Prolessor of Economics
BS, New York University. 1937. MA, 1938, PhD, Columbia
University, 1948
Ulrich, Homer, Professor of Music
M A , University of Chicago, 1 939
Urban. Louise McClelland, Associate Prolessor of Music
BA, College of Wooster, 1957; MA, Columbia Teachers
College, 1 959, Performance Degree. Akademie der Music, Vien-
na. 1962
Vaituzis, Zigfrldas, Assistant Prolessor ol Microbiology
BA, University ol Connecticut. 1959. MS. University of
Maryland, 1 965 , Ph D , 1 969
Vandergrafl, James S., Associate Prolessor ol Computer
Science
B S . Stanlord University. 1 959; M S . 1 963; Ph D . University ol
Maryland. 1 966
Vandersaii, John H., Prolessor ol Dairy Science
B S , Ohio Stale University, 1950, MS , 1954, Ph D, 1959
Vandersiice, Joseph T. . Professor and Chaimnan of Chemistry
BS. Boston College, 1949, PhD, Massachusetts Institute ol
Technology, 1 952
Vender Veiden, Lee R., Assistant Professor of Physical
Education
BS University of Wisconsin, 1961, PhD, 1971
Van Egmond, Peter, Assistant Professor of English
B A , Mississippi College, 1 959; M A , University ot Mississippi,
1 961 , Ph D , University of North Carolina 1 966
Van Vaikenburg, Shirley D., Assistant Prolessor of Botany
BA, Washington State University, 1948; MS, University ol
Washington, 1 968, Ph D , 1 970
Van Zwoil, James A., Prolessor of Education Administration,
Supervision and Curriculum
A B , Calvin College, 1933; MA University of M.chigan, 1937;
PhD, 1942
Vaughn, ill. Charles Henry, Associate Professor of Speech and
Dramatic Art
B S , Edinboro Stale College, 1961 ; MA,, University ol Denver,
1962
Veltch, Fletcher P., Prolessor of Chemistry
B S , University of Maryland, 1 931 , M S , 1 934, Ph D , 1 936
Vermeij, Geerat Jacobus, Associate Professor of Zoology
A B , Princeton University, 1968. Ph M . Yale University. 1970.
PhD. 1971
Vernekar, Anandu D., Associate Professor of Meteorology
B S , University ol Pennsylvania. 1955; BS . 1956, M S , 1959;
M S , University ol Michigan, 1 963. Ph D . 1 966
Vesentini, Edoardo, Professor of Mathematics
Laurea in scienzse matematiche. Universita di Milano. 1950;
Libera docenza in geometra. Universita di Roma. 1 956,
Via, James E., Associate Prolessor ol Agricultural and Re-
source Economics
BS, North Carolina Stale University at Raleigh. 1952; MS,,
1964, PhD, 1967
Viola, Victor E., Jr., Prolessor ol Chemistry
A B , University ol Kansas, 1*957; Ph D , University ol Calilomia at
Berkeley, 1961
Vitzthum, Richard C, Associate Prolessor of English
B A , Amherst College, 1 957; MAT, Harvard University. 1958;
Ph D , Stanlord University, 1963
Veil, Mary J., Assistant Professor of Microbiology
BA, Ml SI Agnes College, 1955; MS, The Johns Hopkins
University, 1 961 , Ph D , University of Pennsylvania, 1 964
Wagner, Thomas CO., Professor of Electrical Engineenng
BS. Harvard University, 1937, MA, University ol Maryland.
1939, PhD 1943
Wakefield, John, Associate Prolessor ol Music
B M , University of Michigan, 1 963; MM, 1 964,
Waitiessor, Henry H., Prolessor ol Sec;ondary Education and
Assistant Dean lor Graduate Studies and Research in Education
B A . Stale University ol New York at Buflalo. 1 950, M A , Univer-
sity ol Maryland, 1 960. Ph D , 1 965
Waidrop, Robarl S., Prolessor of Psychology
BA, University ol Oklahoma. 1934; PhD. University ol
Michigan. 1948
Wall, N. Sanders, Prolessor ol Physics and Astronomy
BS. Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute. 1949. PhD.
Massachusetts Institute ol Technology, 1954
Wallace, Stephen J. , Assistant Professor of Physics
B S Eng , Case Institute of Technology. 1 961 , M S , University of
Washington, 1 969; Ph D . 1 97 1
Walston, William H., Jr., Associate Prolessor ol Mechanical
Engineering
BME. University ol Delaware. 1959; MME, 1961. PhD,.
1964
32 / Graduate Faculty
Wallers. William B. . Associate Pro'essof ol Oiemistry
B S Kansas Stale University 1 960 P^ D University ol Illinois
1964
Ward. Charles 0.. Associate Prolessor ol Psycholoay
B A Ponyjna College 1958: M A University ol North Carolina
1 962 Pn 0 1 963
Ward. Kalhryn P.. Associate Prolessor ol Engksh
A B George VVasnmgton University. 1 935. MA 1 936 Ph D
1947
Warner. Charles R.. Associate Prolessor ol Mathematics and
Statistics
B A University ol Toronto 1 955 M S University ol Hodiester
1957 PhD l962
Warren. J. Benedict. Associate Prolessor ol History
BA Duns Scotus College 1953 MA University ol Mexico
1960 PhD 1963
Wasserman. Paul, Prolessor College of Library and Information
Services
BBA City College ol New YorX. 1948; M S LS . Cohjmtiia
University 1949 MS 1950; PhD University ol Michigan.
1960
Weaver. V. Phillips. Prolessor Early Childhood and Elementary
Education
AB College ol William and Mary 1951 M Ed Pennsylvania
State University 1 956 D Ed 1 962
Weber. Joseph. Prolessor of Physics
BS US Naval Academy 1940. PhD Catholic University ol
America 1951
Wedberg, Desmond P.. Professor and Director of Educational
Technology Center
AB University ol Southern California. 1 947 A M , 1 948 Ed D
1963
Wedding. Presley A. . Associate Professor of Civil Engineenng
BS University ol Maryland. 1 937 M S 1952
Weiganl. Leo A. . Assistant Professor of Engbsh
AB University ol Michigan 1962 MA. 1963: PhD DuKe
University 1969
Weiner. Frederick F.. Assistant Prolessor of Heanng and
Speech ScierKes
BA Wayne State University 1967. MA 1968 PhD 1970
Weiner. Ronald M.. Assistant Professor of Microbiology
B S Brooklyn College 1 964 M S . Long Island University
196' PhD Iowa State University 1970
Weinstein. Paul A.. Associate Professor ol Economics
BA VVilliam and Mary College, 1954 MA. Northwestern
University 1958 PhD 1961
Weiss. Gene S.. Associate Professor of Speech and Dramatic
Art
BA Brandeis University 1961 MA New Vor* University
1965 PhD Ohio State University 1970
Weiss. Leonard. Professor of Electncal Engineering and in-
stitute (or Fluid Dynamics and Applied Mathematcs
B S Cily University ol New YorX 1 956 M S Columbia Univer
51- , " 959 Ph D The Johns Hoptans University 1 962
Wentzel. Donat G.. Prolessor of Astronomy
B A University of ChK>ago 1954 BS 1955. MS 1956
PhD I960
Werlin. Herbert H.. Assistant Prolessor ol Government and
Politics
A B University ol Chicago. 1 953: MA. Oxford University
1955 M A YaleUnrversity. 1957. PhDUnrversity of California
Berkeley 1966
Weslbrock. Franklin. Assistant Prolessor ol Counseling and
Personnel Services and Counselor Counseling Center
B S Chicago State University 1 961 . M S City College of New
>o■^ 1964 eoD Indiana University. 1971
Westerhout. Gart. Professor ol Astronomy
3S Jn -.ersity of LeOen 1950 MS 1954 PhD 1958
Westhoff. Dennis C. Assistant Prolessor ol Dairy Science
BS University of Georgia. 1966. MS. North Carolina Slate
University 1968 PhD 1970
Wheatley. John Hunter. Assistant Prolessor ol Agncutlurai and
Extension Education and Secondary Education
BA. Duke University. 1963 MAT 1965 PhD Ohio State
University 1972
Wheaton. Frederick W., Associate Prolessor ol Agncultural
Engineenng
BS . Michigan Stale University 1964: M S . 1965. PhD . Iowa
Stale University 1968
Wheeler. Gerald R., Visiting Associate Professor of Cnimnal
Justice
BA Long Beach State College. 1962 MSW Ohio State
University 1 966 Ph D University ol Chicago, 1 974
Whittemore. E. Reed. Professor ol English
B A. Yale University 1941 uttD.Cartetoo College. 1971
Widhelm. William B., Associate Professor of Management
Science
B E S The John Hopkins University. 1959; M S E . 1960: M S
1965 PhD 1969
Wiedel. Joseph W. . Associate Professor of Geography
BA University ol Maryland 1958 MA 1963
Wiggin. Gladys A.. Prolessor of Education
B S University of M»inesota 1 929. M A 1 939. Ph D Univer
sity ol Maryland. 1947
Wiley. Robert C. Prolessor of Horticulture
BS University of Maryland 1949; MS 1950: PhD Oregon
State University. 1953
Wilkenleld. Jonathan, Associate Prolessor ol Govennment and
Politics
B S University ol Maryland 1 964 MA George Washington
University. 1966. Ph D Indiana University, 1969
Wilkerson. Thomas 0.. Research Prolessor. Institute for Fluid
Dynamics and Applied Mathematics
BS University ol Michigan, 1953 MS. 1954: PhD 1962
Williams. Da»id L.. Associate Professor of Early Childhood and
Elementary Education
B S . Bradley University 1952. M Ed . University of Illinois at Ur-
bana. 1956. Ed D 1964
Williams. Walter F. . Professor of Dairy Science
BS University of Missouri 1951 . M S. 1952: Ph D 1955
Williams. William H.. Assistant Professor of History
B A . Washington S Lee University. 1956. M A Duke University.
1960 PhD 1965
Wilson. Bruce D., Assistant Prolessor ol Music
B Mus University of Michigan. 1 960. M Mus 1 964 ; Ph D
1973
Wilson, GayleE.. Associate Professor of English
BA Wayne State University. 1960; MA. University ol
Rochester 1963 Ph D 1965
Wilson. John W.. Prolessor ol Early ChiMhood and Elementary
Education
BA Bowling Green Stale University. 1951; MA. Syracuse
University 1953. PhD . 1964
Wilson. Leda A., Associate Prolessor ol Family and Community
Development
B S Lander College. 1 943 M.S.. University of Tennessee.
1950 EdO 1954
Wilson. Robert M., Prolessor of Early Childhood and Elemen-
tary Education
B S Calilomia State College (Pennsylvania). 1 950. M S . Univer-
sity ol Pittsburgh 1956. EdD 1960
Winkelnkemper. Horst E. . Assistant Prolessor of Mathematics
8 A National University of Mexico. 1 963 MA. Princeton
University 1965 PhD 1970
Winn, Paul N.. Jr.. Professor ol Agricultural Engineering
B S Virgmia Polytechnic Institute. 1 947 , M S . 1 958
Winlercorn. Eleanor S-, Research Associate of Heanng and
Speech Sciences
B A Rockford College 1 956 MS. University ol Wisconsin.
1 958 Ph D , University ol Maryland, 1 970
Wirth. Willis W.. Visiting Prolessor of Entomology
BS Iowa State University. 1940. MS Louisiana Stale Univer-
sity 1947 PhD University ol California Berkeley. 1 950
Witczak. Matthew W., Associate Prolessor of Civil Engineer-
ing
BSCE Purdue University. 1962:MSCE. 1963. PhD 1969
Withers. Josephine. Assistant Prolessor ol Art
B A Oberlin College. 1960. M A. Columbia University. 1965:
PhD 1971
Wolfe. James H.. Associate Prolessor ol Government and
Politics
B A . Harvard University. 1955. MA University of Con-
necticut 1958, PhD. University of Maryland 1962
Wolfe. Peter, Associate Prolessor ol Mathematics and
Statistics
B S . St Lawrence University. 1 959. M S . Northwestern
University 1961 . Ph D . New York University 1965
Wolk, Stephen, Assistant Prolessor ol Child Study
B A University ol Pennsylvania 1 966 M A . Glasstwro State
College 1969 PhD Temple University 1972
Wolvin, Andrew D.. Associate Prolessor ol Secondary
Education and Speech and Dramatic Art
B S University of Nebraska. 1 962 . MA 1 963; Ph D . Purdue
University 1968
Wonnacott. Paul. Prolessor ol Economics
B A University ol Western Ontario 1 955 M A Princeton
University 1957 PhD 1959
Woo. Ching-Hung. Prolessor of Physics and Astronomy
B S Louisiana Technological institute 1 958 MS University
ol California Berkeley 1959. PhD. 1962
Woodin. Sarah Ann, Assistant Prolessor ol Zootogy
8 A Goucher College, 1 967 . Ph D . University ol Washington
1972
Wooll. Leonard, Professor of Secondary Education
B S The Johns Hopkins University. 1942: M Ed University of
Maryland 1951 EdD 1959
Wrenn, Jerry P., Assistant Prolessor of Physical Education
and Secondary Education
B S East C»olina College 1961 .MS. University ol Ten-
nessee. 1 963 Ph D University of Maryland 1970
Wright, Emmett L., Assistant Prolessor ol Agncultural and Ex
tension Education and Secondary Education
BS University ol Kansas 1963 MA Wichita State Univer
sity 1968 Ph D Pennsylvania State University. 1974
Wright. Howard W., Prolessor ol Accounting
B So Temple University 1937 M A . University of Iowa
1940 PhD 1947
Wright. Winlhrop R.. Assistant Professor of History
BA Swarthmore College 1958 MA University ol Penn-
sylvania 1960 PhD 1964
Wu. Ching-Sheng. Research Prolessor. Institute lor Fluid
Dynamics and Applied Mathematics
BS National Taiwan University 1954 MS Virginia
Polytechnic Institute 1956 Ph D , Pnncelon University 1959
Wysong. John W., Professor of Agricultural and Resource
Economics
B S Cornell University 1953, M S University ol Illinois.
1954 Ph D Cornell University 1957
Yaney. George L-. Prolessory ol History
B Mgt E Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, 1952: M A , Univer-
sity ol Colorado 1 956 Ph 0 Pnncelon University 1961
Yang. Grace L-. Associate Prolessor ol Mathematics and
Statistics
B A . National Taiwan University. 1960: M A . University ol
California Berkeley 1963 PhD 1966
Yang. Jackson C. Prolessor of Mechanical Engineenng
BS University ol Maryland 1958 MA 1961: PhD 1963
Yeh. Kwan-Nan. Assistant Professor of Textiles and Con-
sumer Economics
B S National Taiwan University. 1 961 ; MS Tulane University
1965. Ph D , University ol Georgia. 1970
Yodh. Gaurang B.. Prolessor ol Physics and Astronomy
B Sc University of Bombay, 1 948. M Sc University of
Chicago 1951 PhD 1955
Yoo. Chai H.. Assistant Professor of Civil Engineenng
B S . Seoul National University 1962. M S . University of
Maryland 1969 PhD 1971
Yorke. James Alan. Research Prolessor. Institute for Fluid
Dynamics and Applied Mathematics
AB Columbia University 1 963 Ph D University of Maryland
1966
Young. Bobby G., Prolessor and Chairman of Microbiology
B A , Southeast Missouri State College. 1950; Ph D . The
Johns Hopkins University 1965
Young. Edgar P., Prolessor and Chairman ol Animal Science
BS Ohio State University 1954. MS. 1956: PhD. 1958
Zajac. Felix E., III. Associate Professor ol Electncal
Engineering
BEE Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute 1962: M S Stanford
University 1965. PhD. 1968
Zaki. Kawthar A.. Associate Prolessor of Electncal
Engineenng
B S Ain-Syams University 1962 M S . University ol California
Berkeley. 1966. PhD, 1969
Zaicman. Lawrence Allen. Prolessor of Mathematics
A B Dartmouth College 1964. Ph D Massachusetts Institute
of Technology 1968
Zedek. Michael. Prolessor ol Mathematics and Statistics
M S Hebrew University ol Jerusalem. 1952. Ph D Hanrard
University 1956
Zelkowitz. Marvin, Assistant Prolessor of Computer Science
B S Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute 1967: M S Cornell
University. 1969 PhD. 1971
Zipoy, David M. . Associate Professor of Astronomy
B S University ol Minnesota. 1 954. Ph D . 1 957
Zoller, William H., Associate Professor of Chemistry
B S University of Alaska. 1965: Ph D Massachusetts Institute
ol Technology, 1969
Zorn. BiceSechi. Associate Prolessor ol Physics
Dottore in Fisica University ol Caglian 1 952
Zorn. Gus T.. Prolessor ol Physics
BS Oklahoma State University 1948 MS University ol New
Mexico 1953 Ph D University ol Padua 1954
Zuckerman. Benjamin M.. Associate Prolessor ol Astronomy
B S . Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 1963 M S
1 963. Ph D . Harvard University, 1 968
Zwanzig. Robert W., Research Professor Institute tor Fluid
Dynamics and Applied Mathematics
B S Brooklyn Polytechnic Institute, 1948. M S University of
Southern Calilomia 1950; Ph 0 Calilomia Institute ol
Technotogy 1952
Graduate Faculty / 33
Graduate Programs
Administration,
Supervision and
Curriculum Program
Professor and Chairman: Stephens
Professors: Anderson, Barman, Carbone,
Dudley, James, McClure, Newell, Perrln.
Van Zwoll, Wedberg, Wiggin
Associate Professors: Goldman, Kelsey,
McLoone,!
Assistant Professors: Bennett, Splaine, Statom
l)Ornt appointment with Economics
Ttie Department of Administration. Supervision
and Curriculum offers programs of study for the
t^.A., MEd., Ed.D., and PhD, degrees as well as
for the Advanced Graduate Specialist certificate.
Areas of specialization include: administration,
supervision, curriculum, higher education, and
educational technology. Programs in all areas
are individually designed for public or private
elementary and secondary school specialists,
personnel in higher education institutions or edu-
cation agencies.
The department prefers that candidates
have preparation and experience in teaching.
Admission at the doctoral level is based upon
an academic average of 3 5 at the master's lev-
el, performance at the 50th percentile or better
on the Miller Analogies test battery and an un-
dergraduate average of 3.0 Selective screen-
ing of qualified applicants at the master's, AGS.,
and doctoral levels is necessary in terms of
limiting enrollment to the available faculty re-
sources of the department.
The department requires at least one year of
residence for a doctoral degree. A field intern-
ship or its equivalency, is required of all doctoral
candidates. This internship is done under faculty
supervision in schools, colleges or agencies, in
roles that are consistent with the candidate's
program emphasis.
The department has developed close work-
ing relationships with area schools, community
colleges and education agencies so that they
may serve as resources for the academic offer-
ings on campus. Procedures have been estab-
lished which facilitate the use of these agencies
for research and field experiences
The Educational Technology Center in the
College of Education is used extensively by
students in the department, particularly those in
curriculum
EDAD 440 Utilization of Educational Media.
(3) Survey of classroom uses of instructional
media. Techniques for integrating media into
instruction. Includes preparation of a unit of
instruction utilizing professional and teacher
produced media.
EDAD 441 Graphic Materials for Instruction.
(3) Prerequisite, EDAD 440 or consent of in-
structor. A laboratory course which combines
graphic and photographic processes for educa-
tion and training purposes Techniques include
lettering, coloring, transparencies, illustrations,
converting, duplicating transparent and opaque
media Emphasis is placed on appropriate media
selection for target audiences. Heavy student
project orientation.
EDAD 442 Instructional Media Services. (3)
Prerequisites, teaching experience and EDAD
440, or equivalent Procedures for coordinating
instructional media programs; instructional
materials acquisition Storage, scheduling, dis-
thbution, production, evaluation and other ser-
34 / Graduate Programs
vice responsibilities; instructional materials
center staff coordination of research, curriculum
improvement and faculty development programs.
EDAD 443 Instructional Television
Utilization.
(3) Combining televised lessons, on-campus
seminars, and related workbook assignments
This course focuses upon planning for the vari-
ous uses of instructional television with stu-
dents. State, local school unit, school, and class-
room uses will be illustrated through film and
studio production. The aspects of producing ITV
programs are developed through the television
lessons and 'hands-on' assignments of the
seminars.
EDAD 444 Programmed Instruction. (3) Analy-
sis of programmed instruction techniques;
selection, utilization and evaluation of existing
programs and teaching machines; developing
learning objectives; writing and validating pro-
grams.
EDAD 489 Field Experience in Education.
(1-4) Prerequisites, at least six semester hours
in Education at the University of Maryland plus
such other prerequisites as may be set by the
major area in which the experience is to be
taken. Planned field experience may be pro-
vided for selected students who have had teach-
ing experience and whose application for such
field experience has been approved by the
Education faculty Field experience is offered
in a given area to both major and nonmajor stu-
dents. NOTE— the total number of credits which
a student may earn in EDAD 489, 888 and 889
is limited to a maximum of 20 semester hours
EDAD 498 Special Problems in Education.
(1-3) Prerequisite, consent of instructor Avail-
able only to mature students who have definite
plans tor individual study of approved problems.
EDAD 499 Workstiops, Clinics, Institutes.
(1-6) The maximum number of credits that may
be earned under this course symbol toward any
degree is six semester hours; the symbol may
be used two or more times until six semester
hours have been reached. The following type of
educational enterphse may be scheduled under
this course heading: workshops conducted by
the College of Education (or developed coop-
eratively with other colleges and universities)
and not otherwise covered in the present course
listing; clinical experiences in pupil-testing cen-
ters, reading clinics, speech therapy laborator-
ies, and special education centers; institutes
developed around specific topics or problems
and intended for designated groups.
EDAD 602 Ttie Junior College. (3)
EDAD 603 Problems in Higher Education. (3)
EDAD 605 Administrative Foundations. (3)
EDAD 605 is presented as the first of the four
courses for students majoring in the field of edu-
cational administration, supervision, and curricu-
lum development. It attempts to structure a the-
oretical and research base for the study and
practice of administration in the field of educa-
tion by introducing the student to selected con-
tributors to administration, and by indicating the
multi-disciplinary nature of administrative study
as It relates to purpose-determination, policy-
definition, and task-accomplishment
EDAD 606 Administrative Behavior and Or-
ganizational Management. (3) A critical analy-
sis of organizational management (informal and
formal dimensions), an assessment of the contri-
butions from other fields (traditional and emerg-
ing) to the study of administrative behavior and
the governance of organizations, and an analysis
and assessment of the administrator's motiva-
tions, perceptions, and sensitivity as determi-
nants of behavior constitute the major units of
study for EDAD 606 The theoretical and re-
search bases for these areas and such related
concepts as status, role, systems, interpersonal
relations, and sensitivity training are examined
EDAD 607 Administrative Processes. (3)
EDAD 607 is designed to develop competence
with respect to selected administrative process
areas It examines efforts to develop theories
and models in these areas and analyzes re-
search studies and their implications for adminis-
trative practice In addition it seeks to develop
skill in selected process areas through such
techniques as simulation, role-playing, case
analysis, and computer-assisted instruction.
EDAD 608 Administrative Relationships. (3)
EDAD 608 is structured to provide the student
of Educational Administration with an under-
standing of the various groups and subgroups
to which an administrator relates and to the sig-
nificance of these relationships for leadership
behavior It provides an opportunity to examine
and analyze significant principles, concepts,
and issues in the areas of personnel adminis-
tration, public relations, community, state, and
federal agencies The human relations skills
essential to effective leadership in these areas
constitute the other dimension of this course
EDAD 61 1 The Organization and Administra-
tion of Secondary Schools. (3) Prerequisite,
consent of instructor. The work of the secondary
school principal Includes topics such as per-
sonnel problems, school-community relation-
ships, student activities, schedule making, and
internal financial accounting.
EDAD 61 2 School Finance and Business Ad-
ministration. (3) An introduction to phnciples
and practices in the administration of the public
school finance activity. Sources of tax revenue,
the budget, and the function of finance in the
educational program are considered
EDAD 61 4 School Plant Planning. (2-3) An
orientation course in which the planning of
school buildings is developed as educational
designing with reference to problems of site,
building facilities, and equipment.
EDAD 616 Public School Supervision. (3)
The nature and functions of supervision; vahous
supervisory techniques and procedures; human
relationship factors; and personal qualities for
supervision.
EDAD 617 Administration and Supervision in
Elementary Schools. (3) Problems in adminis-
tering elementary schools and improving instruc-
tion
EDAD 625 School Public Relations. (3) A
study of the interrelationship between the com-
munity and the school Public opinion, propa-
ganda, and the ways in which vahous specified
agents and agencies within the school have a
part in the school public relations program are
explored
EDAD 634 The School Curriculum. (2-3) A
foundations course embracing the curriculum
as a whole from early childhood through adoles-
cence, including a review of historical develop-
ments, an analysis of conditions affecting cur-
riculum change, an examination of issues in
curhculum making, and a consideration of cur-
rent trends in curriculum design.
EDAD 635 Principles of Curriculum Develop-
ment. (3) Curriculum Planning, improvement.
and evaluation in the schools; principles for the
selection and organization of the content and
learning experiences; ways of working in class-
room and school on curriculum improvement.
EDAD 640 Seminar in Educational Technol-
ogy, Research and Theory. (3) Prerequisite,
EDAD 440. Review of research in educational
technology and mass media of communication
which relates to the instructional process; learn-
ing theory implications, sociological and eco-
nomic considerations.
EDAD 641 Selection and Evaluation of Instruc-
tional Media. (3) Development of criteria for
selection and evaluation of instructional materi-
als for classroom, school and system use; in-
cludes measures of readability, listenability,
visual difficulty, and interest level.
EDAD 642 Mediated Instructional Systems.
(3) Prerequisite, EDAD 440 and EDAD 444
Survey of innovative instructional systems.
Comparison of effectiveness of alternate teach-
ing-learning systems. System design to improve
teaching-learning efficiency through instruc-
tional media.
EDAD 644 Practicum in Instructional Systems.
(2-6) Prerequisite, EDAD 444 or EDAD 642.
Design and development of experimental in-
structional materials or systems to solve a spe-
cific instructional problem in the field.
EDAD 679 Seminar in Educational Adminis-
tration and Supervision. (2-4) Prerequisite,
at least four hours in educational administration
and supervision or consent of instructor. A stu-
dent may register for two hours and may take the
seminar a second time for an additional two
hours.
EDAD 718 School Surveys. (2-6) Prerequisite,
consent of instructor. Includes study of school
surveys with emphasis on problems of school
organization and administration, finance and
school plant planning. Field work in shcool
surveys is required.
EDAD 721 Advanced School Plant Planning.
(2) EDAD 614 is a prerequisite to this course.
However, students with necessary background
may be admitted without completion of EDAD
614. Emphasis is given to analysis of the edu-
cational program and planning of physical facili-
ties to accommodate that program.
EDAD 723 Practicum in Personnel Relation-
ships. (2-6) Prerequisite, master's degree or
consent of instructor. Prerequisite may be
waived with advisors approval Enrollment
limited. Designed to help teachers, school
administrators, and other school staff members
to learn to function more effectively in
developing educational policy in group
situations. Each student in the course is
required to be working concurrently in the field
with a group of school staff members or
citizens on actual school problems.
EDAD 726 Child Accounting. (2) An inquiry
into the record keeping activities of the school
system, including an examination of the marking
system.
EDAD 727 Public School Personnel Adminis-
tration. (3) A comparison of practices with phn-
ciples governing the satisfaction of school
personnel needs, including a study of tenure,
salary schedules, supervision, rewards, and
other benefits.
EDAD 750 Organization and Administration of
Teacher Education. (3) Teacher education
today— current patterns and significant emerg-
ing changes, particularly those involving teach-
ers and schools. Deals with selection, curricu-
lum, research, accreditation, and institution-
school relationships.
EDAD 798 Special Problems In Education.
(1-6) fvlaster's AGS, or doctoral candidates who
desire to pursue special research problems
under the direction of their advisors may register
for credit under this number,
EDAD 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6)
Registration required to the extent of six hours
lor master's thesis.
EDAD 802 Curriculum in Higher Education.
(3) An analysis of research in curriculum and of
conditions affecting curnculum change, with
examination of issues in curriculum making
based upon the history of higher education
curriculum development.
EDAD 803 Organization and Administration of
Higher Education. (3) Organization and admin-
istration of higher education at the local, state,
and federal levels; and an analysis of adminis-
trative relationships and functions and their
effects in curriculum and instruction.
EDAD 805 College Teaching. (3) Various meth-
ods of college instruction analyzed in relation
to the curriculum and psychological basis. These
would include the case study method, the dem-
onstration method, the lecture method, the
recitation method, teaching machines, teaching
by television, and other teaching aids
EDAD 806 Seminar in Problems of Higher
Education. (2)
EDAD 837 Curriculum Theory and Research.
(2)
EDAD 858 Adult Education. (3)
EDAD 859 Seminar in Adult Education. (3)
EDAD 879 Seminar in Teacher Education.
(3-6) A problem seminar in teacher education. A
maximum of six hours may be earned in this
course.
EDAD 888 Apprenticeship in Education. (1-9)
Apprenticeships in the major area of study are
available to selected students whose application
for an apprenticeship has been approved by the
education faculty. Each apprentice is assigned
to work for at least a semester full-time or the
equivalent with an approphate staff member of
a cooperating school, school system, or educa-
tional institution or agency. The sponsor of the
apprentice maintains a close working relation-
ship with the apprentice and the other persons
involved. Prerequisites, teaching expenence, a
master's degree in education, and at least six
semester hours in education at the University of
Maryland. NOTE: The total number of credits
which a student may earn in EDAD 489, 888,
and 889 is limited to a maximum of twenty (20)
semester hours.
EDAD 889 Internship in Education. (3-16)
Internships in the major area of study are avail-
able to selected students who have teaching ex-
perience. The following groups of students are
eligible: (a) any student who has been advanced
to candidacy for the doctor's degree; and (b) any
student who receives special approval by the
education faculty for an internship, provided that
prior to taking an internship, such student shall
have completed at least 60 semester hours of
graduate work, including at least six semester
hours in education of the University of IVIary-
land. Each intern is assigned to work on a full-
time basis for at least a semester with an
appropriate staff member in a cooperating
school, school system, or educational institution
or agency. The internship must be taken in a
school situation different from the one where the
student is regularly employed. The intern's
sponsor maintains a close working relationship
with the intern and the other persons involved
NOTE: The total number of credits which a stu-
dent may earn in EDAD 489. 888 and 889 is
limited to a maximum of twenty (20) semester
hours
EDAD 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research.
(1-8) Registration required to the extent of 6-9
hours for an Ed.D project and 12-18 hours for a
Ph D dissertation
Aerospace Engineering
Program
Professor and Chairman: Anderson
Professors: Corning, (VIelnik, Rivello, Sherwood
Associate Professors: Donaldson, Jones,
Plotkin. Schaeffer
Assistant Professors: Barlow
Lecturers: Billig, Fleig
The Aerospace Engineering Department
offers a broad program of graduate studies lead-
ing to the degrees of Master of Science and
Doctor of Philosophy, Applications for ad-
mission are invited from those holding a B.S.
degree in engineering, the physical sciences,
and mathematics. The curricula for these
degrees are adapted to meet the objectives
and background of the individual student and
are planned by the student and his advisor.
Aerodynamics and Propulsion, Structural
Mechanics, and Flight Dynamics are the major
areas of specialization available to graduate
students. Within these areas of specialization,
the student can tailor programs such as Air-
craft and Aerospace Vehicle Design, Naval Ar-
chitecture, Computational Mechanics, and High
Temperature Gas Dynamics
Two master's degree options are available:
thesis and non-thesis No special departmental
requirements are imposed beyond The Graduate
School requirements.
For the Doctor of Philosophy degree, the
Aerospace Engineering Department requires 48
semester hours of coursework beyond the B.S.
including (1 ) not less than 1 8 hours within one
departmental area of specialization, (2) not less
than 9 hours from among the other areas of spe-
cialization in the department, (3) not less than 1 2
hours in courses which emphasize the physical
sciences or mathematics rather than their appli-
cations. The total in (2) plus that in (3) must be at
least 24 hours of which no more than 6 are less
than 600 level. Written and oral comprehensive
examinations are also required.
The research facilities of the department
are available to the graduate student. The aero-
dynamic facilities include two subsonic, two
supersonic, and a hypersonic wind tunnel. Facil-
ities are also available for static and vibration
testing of structures An assortment of compu-
ters including a Univac 1 1 06 and a Univac 1 1 08
complemented by remote access units on a
time-sharing basis are available. The Department
provides special facilities for the use of students
which include remote terminals and minicompu-
ters. Under special circumstances, thesis re-
search may be accomplished in off-campus
research facilities.
A number of graduate assistantships and fel-
lowships are available for financial assistance.
Graduate Programs / 35i/
ENAE 401 Aerospace Laboratory II. (2) One
lecture and one laboratory per week Prerequi-
sites. ENAE 305 and ENAR 345 Corequisites,
ENAE 352 and ENAE 471 . Required of seniors
in aerospace engineering Application of funda-
mental measurement techniques to experiments
in aerospace engineenng Structural, aero-
dynamic, and propulsion tests Correlation of
theory with experimental results
ENAE 402 Aerospace Laboratory III. (1 ) One
laboratory per week. Prerequisites. ENAE 305
and ENAE 345 Corequisites ENAE 352. ENAE
471 . and ENAE 475 Application of fundamental
measurement techniques to experiments m
aerospace engineenng. structural, aerodynamic,
flight Simulation, and heat transfer tests. Corre-
lation of theory with experimental results
ENAE 411 Aircraft Design. (3) Two lectures
and one laboratory period per week prerequi-
sites ENAE 345. ENAE 351 and ENAE 371
Design elective for seniors in aerospace engi-
neering Theory, background and methods of
airplane design, subsonic, supersonic and
VSTOL
ENAE 412 Design of Aerospace Vehicles. (3)
Two lectures and one laboratory per week
Prerequisites. ENAE 345 and ENAE 371 De-
sign elective for seniors in aerospace engineer-
ing Theory, background and methods of space
vehicle design for manned orbiting vehicles,
manned lunar and Martian landing systems.
ENAE 431 Computer Aided Structural Design
Analysis. (3) Two lectures and one laboratory
per week Prerequisites. ENAE 352 or equiva-
lent Introduction to structural design concepts,
analysis techniques, and computer software for
structural analysis which is utilized to verify
closed form solutions and perform parametric
studies
ENAE 445 Stability and Control of Aerospace
Vehicles. (3) Three lectures per week Pre-
requisite. EN AE 345 and EN AE 37 1 Dynamic
elective for senior students in aerospace engi-
neenng Stability, control and miscellaneous
topics in dynamics.
ENAE 455 Aircraft Vibrations. (3) Three lec-
tures per week. Prerequisite. ENAE 345 Co-
requisite. ENAE 352 Dynamic elective for sen-
ior students in aerospace engineering Vibra-
tions and other dynamic problems occurring in
aerospace structures Study topics include free
and forced vibrations of single and multiple de-
gree of freedom systems, and of continuous
systems
ENAE 457 Flight Structures III. (3) Three lec-
tures each week Prerequisite. ENAE 352 or
equivalent Elective for seniors in aerospace
engineenng An advanced undergraduate
course dealing with the theory and analysis of
the structures of flight vehicles Topics will
include, stresses due to shear, indeterminate
structures, matrix methods, plate theory, buck-
ling and failure of plates
ENAE 461 Flight Propulsion I. (3) Two lectures
and one laboratory per week prerequisites.
ENME 2 1 5 and ENAE 47 1 Required of seniors
in aerospace engineering Operating principles
of piston, turbojet, turboprop, ramjet and rocket
engines Thenmodynamic cycle analysis and en-
gine performance Aerothermochemistry of
combustion, fuels, and propellants.
ENAE 462 Flight Propulsion II. (3) Two lec-
tures and one laboratory per week Prerequisite.
ENAE 461 Elective for seniors in aerospace
36 / Graduate Programs
engineering Extension of material in ENAE 461
Advanced and current topics in flight propulsion.
ENAE 471 Aerodynamics II. (3) Three lectures
per week. Prerequisite. ENAE 371 and ENME
216 Required of seniors in aerospace engineer-
ing Elements of compressible flow with appli-
cations to aerospace engineering problems
ENAE 472 Aerodynamics III. (3) Three lectures
per week Prerequisite. ENAE 371 . Elective for
seniors in aerospace engineering Theory of the
flow of an incompressible fluid
ENAE 473 Aerodynamics of High-Speed
Flight. (3) Three lectures per week Prerequi-
site. ENAE 372 or equivalent. Elective course
for seniors in aerospace engineenng An ad-
vanced course dealing with aerodynamic prob-
lems of flight at supersonic and hypersonic
velocities Topics will include unified hypersonic
and supersonic small disturbance theories,
real gas effects, aerodynamic heating and mass
transfer with applications to hypersonic flight
and re entry
ENAE 475 Viscous Flow and Aerodynamic
Heating. (3) Three lectures per week Prerequi-
sites. ENAE 371 . ENAE 471 , and ENME 216
Required course for aerospace seniors Funda-
mental aspects of viscous flow. Navier-Stoles
equations, similarity, boundary layer equations,
laminar, transitional and turbulent incompressi-
ble flows on airfoils, thermal boundary layers and
convective heat transfer Conduction through
solids Introduction to radiative heat transfer.
ENAE 488 Topics in Aerospace Engineering.
(1-4) Technical elective taken with the permis-
sion of the student's advisor and instructor
Lecture and conference courses designed to
extend the student's understanding of aero-
space engineenng Current topics are empha-
sized
ENAE 499 Elective Research. (1 -3) May be re-
peated to a maximum of three credits. Elective
for seniors in aerospace engineering with per-
mission of the student's advisor and the instruc-
tor Original research projects terminating in a
written report
ENAE 651 Advanced Flight Structures. (3)
Prerequisites. MATH 246 and ENAE 361 , 352
or permission of the instructor Advanced topics
in structural theory with applications to flight
vehicle structures Energy and matrix methods,
plate theory, instability and failure of columns,
plates, and stiffened panels: and introduction to
shell theory
ENAE 652 Advanced Flight Structures. (3)
Prerequisites. MATH 246 and ENAE 351 . 352
or permission of the instructor Advanced topics
in structural theory with applications to flight
vehicle structures Energy and matrix methods.
plate theory, instability and failure of columns,
plates, and stiffened panels: and introduction to
shell theory,
ENAE 655 Structural Dynamics and Aero-
elasticity. (3) Prerequisites. MATH 246 and
ENAE 352 Generalized coordinates and
LaGrange's equations Vibrations of simple sys-
tems Dynamics of elastically connected
masses. Influence coefficients. Mode shapes
and principal oscillations Matrix methods of
structural response Transient stresses in an
elastic structure. Wing divergence and aileron
reversal. Theory of two dimensional oscillating
airfoil Flutter problems Random vibrations.
ENAE 656 Structural Dynamics and Aero-
elasticity. (3) Prerequisites. MATH 246 and
ENAE 352 Generalized coordinates and
LaGrange's equations, vibrations of simple sys-
tems, dynamics of elastically connected masses,
influence coefficients, mode shapes and prin-
cipal oscillations. Matrix methods of structural
response, transient stresses in an elastic struc-
ture, wing divergence and aileron reversal. The-
ory of two dimensional oscillating airfoil, flutter
problems, random vibrations.
ENAE 661 Advanced Propulsion. (3) Prerequi-
sites. ENAE 461 . 462 Special problems of
thermodynamics and dynamics of aircraft power
plants: jet. rocket and ramjet engines Plasma,
ion and nuclear propulsion for space vehicles
ENAE 662 Advanced Propulsion. (3) Prerequi-
sites. ENAE 461 . 462 Special problems of ther-
modynamics and dynamics of aircraft power
plants: jet. rocket and ramjet engines Plasma,
ion and nuclear propulsion for space vehicles
ENAE 671 Aerodynamics of Incompressible
Fluids. (3) Prerequisite. MATH 463 or permis-
sion of instructor. Fundamental equations in
fluid mechanics. Irrotational motion Circulation
theory of lift. Thin Airfoil Theory. Lifting line the-
ory. Wind tunnel corrections. Perturbation
methods
ENAE 672 Aerodynamics of Incompressible
Fluids. (3) Prerequisite. MATH 463 or permis-
sion of instructor. Fundamental equations in
fluid mechanics Irrotational motion Circulation
theory of lift. Thin airfoil theory Lifting line the-
ory Wind tunnel corrections Perturbation
methods,
ENAE 673 Aerodynamics of Compressible
Fluids. (3) Prerequisite. ENAE 372 or permis-
sion of instructor One dimensional flow of a
perfect compressible fluid. Shock waves. Two-
dimensional lineanzed theory of compressible
flow Two-dimensional transonic and hypersonic
flows Exact solutions of two dimensional iso-
tropic flow Linearized theory of three-dimen-
sional potential flow Exact solut.on of axially
symmetrical potential flow. One-dimensional
flow with fnction and heat addition,
ENAE 674 Aerodynamics of Compressible
Fluids. (3) Prerequisite, ENAE 372 or permis-
sion of instructor One dimensional flow of a
perfect compressible fluid. Shock waves. Two-
dimensional linearized theory of compressible
flow Two-dimensional transonic and hyper-
sonic flows Exact solutions of two dimensional
isotropic flow Linearized theory of three-dimen-
sional potential flow. Exact solution of axially
symmetrical potential flow One-dimensional flow
with friction and heat addition.
ENAE 675 Aerodynamics of Viscous Fluids.
(3) Derivation of Navier Stokes equations, some
exact solutions; boundary layer equations,
laminar flow-similar solutions, compressibility,
transformations, analytic approximations, nu-
merical methods, stability and transition of tur-
bulent flow Turbulent flow-isotropic turbulence,
boundary layer flows, free mixing flows.
ENAE 676 Aerodynamics of Viscous Fluids.
(3) Derivation of Navier Stokes equations, some
exact solutions boundary layer equations,
laminar flow-similar solutions, compressibility,
transformations, analytic approximations, nu-
merical methods, stability and transition to tur-
bulent flow, turbulent flow-isotropic turbulence,
boundary layer flows, free mixing flows
ENAE688 Seminar. (1-16)
ENAE 756 Advanced Structural Dynamics I.
(3) Advanced topics in structural dynamics
analysis: dynamic properties of materials, impact
and contact phenomena, wave propagation.
numerical methods for complex structural sys-
tems, analysis for wind and blast loads, penetra-
tion loads, and earthquake, non-linear systems,
random vibrations and structural failure from
random loads
ENAE 757 Advanced Structural Dynamics II.
(3) Advanced topics in structural dynamics anal-
ysis: dynamic properties of materials, impact and
contact phenomena, wave propagation, numer-
ical methods for complex structural systems,
analysis for wind and blast loads, penetration
loads, and earthquake, non-linear systems,
random vibrations and structural failure from ran-
dom loads.
ENAE 776 Heat Transfer Problems Associated
With High Velocity Flight. (3) Prerequisite,
permission of instructor. Heat conduction in
solids and thermal radiation of solids and gases
Analytic solutions to simple problems and nu-
merical methods for solving complicated prob-
lems. Convective heating associated with lami-
nar and turbulent boundary-layer flow Heat
transfer equations are derived frot he plate case
and for selected body shapes such as cones
and hemispheres Real gas effects on convec-
tive heating are examined.
ENAE 777 Heat Transfer Problems Associated
With High Velocity Flight. (3) Prerequisite,
permission of instructor. Heat conduction in
solids and thermal radiation of solids and gases
Analytic solutions to simple problems and nu-
merical methods for solving complicated prob-
lems. Convective heating associated with lami-
nar and turbulent boundary-layer flow Heat
transfer equations are derived for the plate case
and for selected body shapes such as cones
and hemispheres Real gas effects on convec-
tive heating are examined.
ENAE 788 Selected Topics in Aerospace
Engineering. (3)
ENAE 789 Selected Topics in Aerospace
Engineering. (3)
ENAE 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6)
ENAE 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research.
(1-8)
Agricultural and
Extension Education
Program
Acting Chairman: Poffenberger
Professors: Longest. Nelson. Ryden
Assistant Professors: Seibel, Wheatley,
Wright
As a multidisciplinary department of several
educational and social science specialities, the
Department of Agricultural and Extension Educa-
tion services the academic and continuing edu-
cation needs and interests of the Cooperative
Extension Service, teachers of agriculture and
professionals involved in community develop-
ment.
The (faster of Science and Doctor of Phil-
osophy degree and the Advanced Graduate
Specialist Certificate may be obtained in options
in Agricultural Education, Extension and Con-
tinuing Education, and Community Development.
Specialization options in Agricultural Education
include teacher education, research, and admin-
istration and supervision. Specialization options
under Extension and Continuing Education
include personnel development, program devel-
opment, administration and supervision, and
continuing education. The multidisciplinary
Community Development program specialties
include various social science disciplines with
research, teaching, and extension functions,
human and organizational planning and
development; and public affairs education an
optional emphasis.
In the Master of Science degree programs
both thesis and non-thesis options are avail-
able Applicants for the fvlaster of Science pro-
gram must present transcripts for evaluation.
As a continuing education option the depart-
ment offers the A.G.S. program leading to the
Advanced Graduate Specialist Certificate It
requires 30 credits beyond the master's de-
gree
No specific number of credits is required for
the Doctor of Philosophy degree. Each student's
program is planned by his committee according
to his previous education and experience, spe-
cial interests and needs, and professional plans
No foreign language requirement exists but is
optional and encouraged for those interested in
international development areas Students are
usually encouraged to develop additional re-
search techniques through specific courses and
participation in department research programs.
Two consecutive semesters of full-time resident
study are required. Applicants should present
results of the Graduate Education Test Battery
(IVIiller Analogies. Cooperative English, and
SCAT quantitative tests) with their applications
for admission.
For other requirements and guidelines con-
cerning the above programs, contact the De-
partment of Agricultural and Extension Educa-
tion
RLED 422 Extension Education. (3) The agri
cultural extension service is an educational
agency. The history, philosophy, objectives,
policy, organization, legislation and methods
used in extension work.
RLED 423 Extension Communications. (3)
An introduction to communications in teaching
and within an organization, including barriers to
communication, the diffusion process and the
application of communication principles person
to person, with groups and through mass media.
RLED 426 Development and Management of
Extension Youth Programs. (3) Designed for
present and prospective state leaders of ex-
tension youth programs Program development,
principles of program management, leadership
development and counseling: science, career
selection and citizenship in youth programs,
field experience in working with low income
families' youth, urban work.
RLED 427 Group Dynamics in Continuing and
Extension Education. (3) Concepts involved
in working with groups planning extension and
continuing education programs. Analysis of
group behavior and group dynamics related to
small groups and development of a competence
in the selection of appropriate methods and
techniques.
RLED 484 Rural Life in Modern Society. (3)
Examination of the many aspects of rural lite that
affect and are affected by changes in technical,
natural and human resources Emphasis is
placed on the role which diverse organizations,
agencies and institutions play in the education
and adjustment of rural people to the demands
of modern society.
RLED 466 Rural Poverty in an Affluent So-
ciety. (3) Topics examined include conditions
under which people in poverty exist, factors
giving rise to such conditions, problems faced
by the rural poor, and the kinds of assistance
they need to rise out of poverty Topics and is-
sues are examined in the context of rural-urban
interrelationships and their effects on rural
poverty. Special attention is given to past and
present programs designed to alleviate poverty
and to considerations and recommendations
for future action
RLED 487 Conservation of Natural Resources.
(3) Designed primanly for teachers. Study of
state's natural resources— soil, water, fishenes.
wildlife, forests, and minerals— natural resources
problems and practices. Extensive field study
Concentration on subject matter. Taken concur-
rently with RLED 497 in summer season.
RLED 488 Critique in Rural Education. (1 )
Current problems and trends in rural education.
RLED 489 Critique in Rural Education. (1 )
Current problems and trends in rural education
RLED 497 Conservation of Natural Resources.
(3) Designed primarily for teachers Study of
state's natural resources— soil, water, fisheries,
wildlife, forests, and minerals— natural resources
problems and practices. Extensive field study.
Methods of teaching conservation included.
Taken concurrently with RLED 487 in summer
season
RLED 499 Special Problems. (1-3) Prerequi-
site, staff approval.
RLED 606 Program Planning and Evaluation
in Agricultural Education. (2-3) Second
semester Analysis of community agricultural
education needs, selection and organization of
course content, criteria and procedures for
evaluating programs
RLED 626 Program Development in Extension
Education. (3) Concepts in program planning
and development. A conceptual approach to a
tested framework tor programming. Study and
analysis of program design and implimentation
in the extension service.
RLED 628 Seminar in Program Planning.
(1-5) The student assists in the development
of an educational program in an institutional or
community setting. He also develops an individ-
ualized unit of study applicable to the program
Seminar sessions are based on the actual prob-
lems of diagnosing needs, planning, conducting,
and evaluating programs. Repeatable to a maxi-
mum of five credits
RLED 642 Continuing Education in Extension.
(3) Studies the process through which adults
have and use opportunities to learn systematic-
ally under the guidance of an agent, teacher or
leader. A variety of program areas will be re-
viewed giving the student an opportunity to plan,
conduct and evaluate learning activities for
adults.
RLED 661 Rural Community Analysis. (3)
First semester. Analysis of structure and func-
tion of rural society and application of social
understandings to educational processes.
RLED 663 Developing Rural Leadership.
(2-3) First semester Theories of leadership
are emphasized Techniques of identifying
formal and informal leaders and the develop-
ment of rural lay leaders.
RLED 689 Special Topics in Rural Education.
(2)
Graduate Programs / 37
RLED 691 Research Methods in Rural Educa-
tion. (2-3) First semester. The scientific method,
problem identification, survey of research lit-
erature, preparing research plans, design of
studies, experimentation, analysis of data and
thesis whting.
RLED 699 Special Problems. (1 -3) Prerequi-
site, approval of staff
RLED 707 Supervision of Student Teaching.
(1 ) Summer Session Identification of experi-
ences and activities in an effective student
teaching program, responsibilities and duties of
supervising teachers, and evaluation of student
teaching.
RLED 789 Special Topics in Rural Education.
(2)
RLED 798 Seminar in Rural Education. (1-3)
Problems in the organization, administration,
and supervision of the several agencies of rural
and ' or vocational education . Repeatable to a
maximum of eight semester credits.
RLED 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6)
RLED 882 Agricultural College Instruction.
(1)
RLED 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research.
(1-8)
Agricultural and
Resource Economics
Program
Professor and Chairman: Curtis
Professors: Abrahamsen, Beal, Bender.
Foster. Ishee. Lessley. tvloore,
Murray, Poffenberger, Smith, Stevens,
Tuthill, Wysong
Associate Professors: Cain, Hardie,
Lawrence, Marasco, Via
Assistant Professors: Bellows
The Department of Agricultural and Re-
source Economics offers two programs of work
leading to the Master of Science and Doctor of
Philosophy degrees. Under the traditional
curhculum. students may pursue work in
production economics, foreign economic
development, international trade, agricultural
marketing, farm management, public policy and
fisheries economics.
A second program in Resource
Management and Development offers students
the opportunity to integrate study from a wide
variety of disciplines related to the economics
of resource use. Possible specializations in the
program are water resources, marine resour-
ces, land use or some other aspect of en-
vironmental management.
Thesis and non-thesis options are available
for the Master of Science degree in both
programs The thesis option requires a
minimum of 24 hours of course work; 33
hours of course work for the non-thesis option.
Students taking the non-thesis option in
Resource Management are urged to participate
in a two or three month internship with some
public or private planning agency.
Applicants with strong undergraduate rec-
ords in diverse fields are considered for ad-
mittance to both Master of Science programs
Necessary course prerequisites (without credit)
can be completed after admittance. No en-
trance examinations are required, but three let-
ters of recommendation must be submitted.
Students with bachelor's degrees may apply
for the doctoral programs, though they are en-
couraged to complete requirements for the
MS, degree. Applicants holding a master's
degree in an equivalent field from an ac-
credited institution may be admitted for im-
mediate doctoral study, A minimum of 18 hours
of course work beyond the master's level is
required for the PhD. degree in both programs
in addition to 1 2 hours of dissertation re-
search. Qualifying examinations are admin-
istered on completion of basic course require-
ments and written and oral comprehensive
examinations are held when all course work
has been completed, A final oral examination is
held for the student tc defend the dissertation.
There is no foreign language requirement for
any graduate degree.
Graduate assistantships are offered to
qualified applicants on the basis of past
academic performance and experience. Ap-
proximately one-half of full-time students in the
department hold assistantships or some form
of financial aid. Part-time and summer work is
often available for students not receiving finan-
cial aid.
The department actively employs the
resources of the many state, federal, and in-
ternational agencies in the area to offer re-
search and/or internship experiences designed
to give competency in making observations from
the real world. The course work of the vahous
programs familiarizes the student with
traditional subject matter, and seminar and
discussion opportunities enable the student to
sharpen the ability to express his thoughts,
AREC 404 Prices of Agricultural Products.
(3) An introduction to agricultural price
behavior. Emphasis is placed on the use of
price information in the decision-making
process. The relation of supply and demand in
determining agricultural prices, and the relation
of prices to grade, time, location, and stages of
processing in the marketing system. The
course includes elementary methods of price
analysis, the concept of pahty and the role of
price support programs in agricultural
decisions.
AREC 406 Farm Management. (3) The
organization and operation of the farm
business to obtain an income consistent with
family resources and objectives. Principles of
production economics and other related fields
are applied to the individual farm business.
Laboratory period will be largely devoted to
field thps and other practical exercises,
AREC 407 Financial Analysis of the Farm
Business (3) Application of economic prin-
ciples to develop chteria for a sound farm
business. Including credit source and use.
preparing and filing income tax returns,
methods of appraising farm properties, the
summary and analysis of farm records, leading
to effective control and profitable operation of
the farm business.
AREC 410 Horse Industry Economics (3)-
Prerequisite, ANSC 230 and 232. An in-
troduction to the economic forces affecting the
horse industry and to the economic tools
required by horse farm managers, trainers, and
others in the industry,
AREC 414 Introduction to Agricultural
Business Management (3) The different forms
of businesses are investigated. Management
functions, business indicators, measures of
performance, and operational analysis are
examined. Case studies are used to show ap-
plications of management techniques.
AREC 427 The Economics of Marketing
Systems for Agricultural Commodities (3)-
Basic economics theory as applied to the
marketing of agricultural products, including
price, cost, and financial analysis. Current
developments affecting market structure in-
cluding effects of contractual arrangement, ver-
tical integration, governmental policies and
regulation.
AREC 432 Introduction to Natural Resources
Policy (3) Development of natural resource
policy and analysis of the evolution of public
intervention in the use of natural resources.
Examination of present policies and of conflicts
between private individuals, public interest
groups, and government agencies,
AREC 445 World Agricultural Development
and the Quality of Life (3) An examination of
the key aspects of the agricultural develop-
ment of less developed countries related to
resources, technology, cultural and social set-
ting, population, infrastructure, incentives,
education, and government. Environmental im-
pact of agricultural development, basic
economic and social characteristics of peasant
agriculture, theories and models of agricultural
development, selected aspects of agricultural
development planning.
AREC 452 Economics of Resource Develop-
ment (3) Economic, political, and institutional
factors which influence the use of land resour-
ces. Application of elementary economic prin-
ciples in understanding social conduct con-
cerning the development and use of natural
and man-made resources.
AREC 453 Economic Analysis of Natural
Resources (3) Rational use and reuse of
natural resources. Theory and methodology of
the allocation of natural resources among alter-
native uses. Optimum state of conservation,
market failure, safe minimum standard, and
cost-benefit analysis,
AREC 484 Introduction to Econometrics in
Agriculture (3) An Introduction to the ap-
plication of econometric techniques to
agricultural problems with emphasis on the
assumptions and computational techniques
necessary to derive statistical estimates, test
hypotheses, and make predictions with the use
of single equation models. Includes linear and
non-linear regression models, internal least
squares, dischminant analysis and factor
analysis-
AREC 485 Applications of Mathematical
Programming in Agriculture, Business, and
Economic Analysis (3) This course is
designed to train students in the application of
mathematical programming (especially linear
programming) to solve a wide variety of
problems in agriculture, business and
economics. The primary emphasis is on setting
up problems and interpreting results. The com-
putational facilities of the computer science
center are used extensively,
AREC 489 Special Topics in Agricultural and
Resources Economics (3) Repeatable to a
maximum of 9 credits,
AREC 495 Honors Reading Course in
Agricultural and Resource Economics I (3)
Selected readings in political and economic
theory from 1 700 to 1 850. This course
38 / Graduate Programs
develops a basic understanding of the
development of economic and political ttiougtit
as a foundation for understanding our present
society and its cultural heritage Prerequisite,
acceptance in the honors program of the
department of agricultural and resource
economics,
AREC 496 Honors Reading Course in
Agricultural and Resource Economics II (3)
Selected readings in political and economic
theory from 1 850 to the present This course
continues the development of a basic un-
derstanding of economic and political thought
begun in AREC 495 by the examination of
modern problems in agricultural and resource
economics in the light of the matenal read and
discussed in AREC 495 and AREC 496
Prerequisite: Successful completion of AREC
495 and registration in the honors program of
the department and resource economics.
AREC 639 Internship in Resource
Management (2-4) Prerequisite, permission of
major advisor and department chairman. Open
only to graduate students in the AREC Re-
source Management curnculum Repeatable to a
maximum of four hours.
AREC 689 Special Topics in Agricultural and
Resource Economics (3) First and second
semester. Subject matter taught will be varied
and w\\\ depend on the persons available for
teaching unique and specialized phases of
agricultural and resource economics. The
course will be taught by the staff or visiting
agricultural and resource economists who may
be secured on lectureship or visiting Professor
basis
AREC 698 Seminar (1) First and second
semesters. Students will participate through
study of problems in the field, reporting to
seminar members and defending positions
adopted. Outstanding leaders in the field will
present ideas for analysis and discussion
among class members. Students involved in
original research will present progress reports.
Class discussion will provide opportunity for
constructive criticism and guidance
AREC 699 Special Problems in Agricultural
and Resource Economics (1-2) First and
second semesters and Summer, Intensive
study and analysis of specific problems in the
field of agricultural and resource economics,
which provide information in depth in areas of
special interest to the student.
AREC 799 (1-6) Master's thesis research
AREC 804 Advanced Agricultural Price and
Demand Analysis (3) Second semester An
advanced study in the theory of: (1 ) the in-
dividual consumer. (2) household behavior, and
(3) aggregate demand. The concepts of price
and cross elasticities of demand, income
elasticity of demand, and elasticity of sub-
stitution will be examined in detail. The use of
demand theory in the analysis of welfare
problems, market equilibrium (with special em-
phasis on trade) and the problem of insufficient
and excessive aggregate demand will be
discussed
AREC 806 Economics of Agricultural
Production (3) First semester Study of the
more complex problems involved in the long-
range adjustments, organization and operation
of farm resources, including the impact of new
technology and methods. Applications of the
theory of the firm, linear programming, activity
analysis and input-ouput analysis
AREC 824 Food Distribution Management (3)
Theory and practice of the complex functional
and institutional aspects of food distribution
systems analyzed from the perspective of
management decision-making in the food in-
dustry. Possible long range economic effects
of current structural adjustments: social and
ecological aspects of food industry
management decision-making
AREC 832 Agricultural Price and Income
Policy (3) Second semester, alternate years,
1973 The evolution of agricultural policy in the
United States, emphazing the origin and
development of governmental programs, and
their effects upon agricultural production,
prices and income
AREC 844 Advanced Theory and Practice of
International Agricultural Trade (3) Second
semester Advanced theory, policies, and prac-
tices in international trade in agricultural
products. Includes principal theories of trade
and finance, agncultural trade policies of
vanous countries, and the mechanics of trade
AREC 845 Agriculture in World Economic
Development (3) First semester, alternate
years, 1972 Theories and concepts of what
makes economic development happen. Ap-
proaches and programs for stimulating the
transformation from a primitive agricultural
economy to an economy of rapidly developing
commercial agriculture and industry. Analysis
of selected agricultural development programs
in Asia, Africa and Latin America.
AREC 852 Advanced Resource Economics
(3) Second semester, alternate years
Assessment and evaluation of our natural,
capital, and human resources: the use of
economic theory and vanous techniques to
guide the allocation of these resources within a
comprehensive framework; and the institutional
arrangements for using these resources.
ECON 403 or equivalent is a prerequisite.
AREC 883 Agricultural and Resource
Economics Research Techniques (3) First
semester Emphasis is given to philosophy and
basic objectives of research in the field of
agricultural and resource economics The
course is designed to help students define a
research problem and work out logical
procedures for executing research in the
social sciences. Attention is given to the
techniques and tools available to agricultural
and resource economics Research documents
in the field will be appraised from the stand-
point of procedures and evaluation of the
research
AREC 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research
(1-8)
Agricultural
Engineering
Program
Professor and Acting Chairman: Harns
Professors: Green, Winn
Associate Professors: Cowan, Felton, Hummel,
Merkel, Wheaton
Assistant Professor: Rebuck
The Department of Agricultural Engineering
offers a graduate program of study with spe-
cialization in either agricultural or aquacultural
engineering leading to the degree of Master of
Science and Doctor of Philosophy. The program
of study IS planned on a personal basis and is
oriented towards the intellectual and profes-
sional objectives of the student.
Courses and research problems place em-
phasis on the engineering aspects of the pro-
duction, harvesting, processing and marketing
of terrestrial and aquatic food and fiber prod-
ucts, with concern for the conservation of land
and water resources and the utilization and or
disposal of by-products associated with biolog-
ical systems in order to maintain and enhance
the quality of our environment while contributing
to efficient production of food and fiber to meet
increasing population demands
Only the thesis option is available for the
MS, degree The department has no language
requirementfor either the M S or Ph D degree
In addition to well-equipped laboratories in
the department, the facilities of the Agncultural
Experiment Station, the Computer Science Cen-
ter, and the College of Engineering are avail-
able The new University of Maryland Center
for Environmental and Estuarine Studies will
enhance the aquacultural phase of the depart-
ment's graduate program
AGEN 401 Agricultural Production Equip-
ment. (3) Two lectures and one laboratory per
week Prerequisite, AGEN 1 00 Principles of
operation and functions of power and machinery
units as related to tillage; cutting, conveying,
and separating units: and control mechanisms.
Principles of internal combustion engines and
power unit components.
AGEN 402 Agricultural Materials Handling
and Environmental Control. (3) Two lectures
and one laboratory per week. Prerequisite,
AGEN 1 00. Characteristics of construction
materials and details of agricultural structures.
Fundamentals of electricity, electrical circuits,
and electrical controls. Materials handling and
environmental requirements of farm products
and animals.
AGEN 421 PovKer Systems. (3) Two lectures
and one two-hour laboratory per week Prerequi-
sites, ENME 21 6, ENEE 300 and ENME 340
Analysis of energy conversion devices including
internal combustion engines, electrical and
hydraulic motors Fundamentals of power trans-
mission and coordination of power sources with
methods of power transmission
AGEN 422 Soil and Water Engineering. (3)
Three lectures per week Prerequisite, ENME
340 Applications of engineering and soil sci-
ences in erosion control, drainage, irrigation
and watershed management Principles of
agncultural hydrology and design of water con-
trol and conveyance systems
AGEN 424 Functional and Environmental
Design of Agricultural Structures. (3) Two
lectures and one hour laboratory per week
Prerequisite, AGEN 324 An analytical approach
to the design and planning of functional and
environmental requirements of plants and ani-
mals in semi- or completely enclosed struc-
tures
AGEN 432 General Hydrology. (3) Three lec-
tures per week. Qualitative aspects of basic hy-
drologic principles pertaining to the properties,
distribution and circulation of water as related
to public interest in water resources
AGEN 433 Engineering Hydrology. (3) Three
lectures per week Prerequisites. MATH 246,
ENCE 330 or ENME 340. Properties, distnbu-
Graduate Programs / 39
fion and circulation of water from the sea and
in the atmosphere emphasizing movement over-
land, in channels and through the soil profile.
Qualitative and quantitative factors are con-
sidered
AGEN 435 Aquacultural Engineering. (3)
Prerequisite, consent of department A study of
the engineering aspects o f development. Util-
ization and conservation of aquatic systems
Emphasis will be on harvesting and processing
aquatic animals or plants as related to other
facets of wafer resources management.
AGEN 488 Topics in Agricultural Engineering
Technology. Prerequisite, permission of the in-
structor Selected topics in agricultural engi-
neering technology of current need and inter-
est. May be repeated to a maximum of six credits
if topics are different Not acceptable for credit
towards major in agricultural engineering,
AGEN 489 Special Problems in Agricultural
Engineering. (1-3) Prerequisite, approval of
department Student will select an engineering
problem and prepare a technical report The
problem may include design, experimentation,
and/or data analysis
AGEN 499 Special Problems in Agricultural
Engineering Technology. (1-3) Prerequisite,
approval of department. Not acceptable for ma-
jors in agricultural engineering Problems as-
signed in proportion to credit
AGEN 601 Instrumentation Systems. (3)
Prerequisite, approval of department Analysis
of instrumentation requirements and techniques
for research and operational agricultural or bio-
logical systems
AGEN 602 Mechanical Properties of Biologi-
cal Materials. (3) Prerequisite, differential
equations a study of the significance and the
utilization of the mechanical properties of bio-
logical matenals under various conditions of
loading Emphasis on particle motion; relation-
ships betw/een stress and strain, force, velocity
and acceleration: principles of work and energy,
and theories of failure
AGEN 603 Biological Process Engineering.
(3) First semester Prerequisite, differential
equations interrelationships of physical proper-
ties as functions of moisture and temperature
gradients in agricultural and aquacultural ma-
terials
AGEN 60S Land and Water Resource Develop-
ment Engineering. (3) First semester Pre-
requisite. AGEN 422 or approval of department.
A comprehensive study of engineering aspects
of orderly development for land and water re-
sources Emphasis will be placed on project
formulation, data aquisition, project analysis
and engineering economy
AGEN 688 Advanced Topics in Agricultural
Engineering. (1-4) Prerequisite, consent of
instructor Advanced topics of current interest
in the various areas of agncultural engineering
Maximum eight credits
AGEN 698 Seminar. (1 ) First and second
semesters
AGEN 699 Special Problems in Agricultural
and Aquacultural Engineering. (1-6) First and
second semester and summer school Work as-
signed in proportion to amount of credit
AGEN 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6)
AGEN 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research.
(1-8)
40 Graduate Programs
Agricultural Courses
AGRI 401 Agricultural Biometrics. (3) Two
lectures and one laboratory period per week
Prerequisite. MATH 1 1 5 or equivalent Proba-
bility, measures of central tendency and dis-
person, frequency distributions, tests of statis-
tical hypotheses, regression analyses, multi-
way analysis with emphasis on the use of statis-
tical methods in agricultural research,
AGRI 489 Special Topics in Agriculture. (1 -
3) Credit According to time scheduled and
organization of the course A lecture series
organized to study in depth a selected phase of
agriculture not normally associated with one of
the existing programs,
AGRI 601 Design of Experiments. (3) First
semester, two lectures and one laboratory
period per week. Prerequisite, AGRI 602 or its
equivalent. The application of the principles of
experimental design including basic and ad-
vanced designs, confounding, fractional repli-
cation and relative efficiencies
AGRI 602 Advanced Agricultural Biometrics.
(3) Second semester, two lectures and one
laboratory period per week Prerequisite, AGRI
401 or equivalent. Analysis of variance to in-
clude factorials and split-plot design, analysis of
covanance, multiple and curvilinear regression,
enumeration data, non-parametnc procedures
and sample survey methods.
AGRI 604 Statistical Methods in Biological
Assay. (3) Spring semester Prerequisite, AGRI
602 or Its equivalent. The course is intended
to provide the graduate student with a working
knowledge of statistical methods used in bio-
logical assay Topics to be considered will in-
clude direct assays, quantitative dose-response
relationships, parallel lines assays, assays based
on quantal response, transformations and de-
signs used in bioassay. and fine particle statis-
tics
AGRI 607 Application of Least Squares Meth-
ods. (3) First semester, three lectures per week
Prerequisite. AGRI 602 or equivalent. Appli-
cation of the method of least squares to the
analysis of experimental data Principles of the
least squares method, basic mathx algebra, and
the application of the least squares method of
one-way and multi-way analysis of vanants,
analysis of covanants. and vanous component
analysis will be considered Emphasis given to
the use of least squares procedures for the
analysis of data with unequal subclass numbers
AGRI 702 Experimental Procedures in the
Agricultural Sciences. (3) First semester
Prerequisite, permission of instructor. Organi-
zation of research projects and presentation of
experimental results in the field of agricultural
science Topics included will be. sources of
research financing, project outline preparation,
formal progress reports, public and industrial
supported research programs, and popular
presentation of research data
Agronomy Program
Professor and Chairman: Miller
Professors: Axley. Clark. Decker
Foss, Strickling
Associate Professors: Aycock, Bandel.
Burt, Caldwell (visiting). Fanning.
Parochetti
Assistant Professors: Hall. Johnson.
Mulchl. Wolf
The Department of Agronomy offers
graduate courses of study leading to the
degrees of Master of Science and Doctor of
Philosophy The student may pursue major
work in the crops division or in the soils
division of the department. Programs are of-
fered in cereal crop production, forage
management, turf management, plant breeding,
tobacco production, crop physiology, weed
science, soil chemistry, soil physics, soil fer-
tility, soil and water conservation, soil
classification, soil survey and land use. soil
mineralogy, soil biochemistry, soil microbiology,
air pollution, waste disposal, and soil-
environment interactions
Thesis and non-thesis options are available
for the Master of Science degree, A bachelor's
degree in Agronomy is not required if the
student has adequate training in the basic
sciences. All students must complete the
Master of Science degree before admission to
the doctoral program. Departmental regulations
have been assembled for the guidance of can-
didates for graduate degrees Copies of these
regulations are available from the Department
of Agronomy,
The Agronomy Department has over 20
well-equipped laboratories to carry out basic
and applied research in crop and soil science
Basic equipment in the laboratories includes:
X-ray diffraction and spectrograph units, atomic
absorption spectrophotometer, gas
chromatograph, isotope counters, petrographic
microscopes, neutron soil moisture probe and
scaler, and carbon furnace. Growth chambers,
extensive greenhouse space, and five research
farms permit a wide range of environmental
conditions for research into plant growth
processes A computer center, located on
campus, is available for use by the department.
The University and the new National
Agricultural Sciences Libraries, supplemented
by the Library of Congress, make the library
resources among the best in the nation Many
projects of the department are conducted in
cooperation with the Agricultural Research Ser-
vice of the United States Department of
Agriculture with headquarters located three
miles from the campus.
AGRO 403 Crop Breeding (3) Prerequisite,
BOTN 41 4 or ZOOL 246, Principles and meth-
ods of breeding annual self and cross-pollinated
plant and perennial forage species
AGRO 404 Tobacco Production (3)
Prerequisite. BOTN 100, A study of the
history, adaptation, distribution, culture, and im-
provement of various types of tobacco, with
special emphasis on problems in Maryland
tobacco production Physical and chemical fac-
tors associated with yield and quality of tobac-
co will be stressed,
AGRO 405 Turf Management (3) Two lec-
tures and one laboratory period per week
Prerequisite, BOTN 1 00 A study of principles
and practices of managing turf for lawns, golf
courses, athletic fields, playgrounds, airfields
and highways for commercial sod production.
AGRO 406 Forage Crop Production (2)
Prerequisite, BOTN 100, AGRO 100 or con-
current enrollment therein. Study of the
production and management of grasses and
legumes for quality hay, silage, and pasture.
AGRO 407 Cereal Crop Production (2)
Prerequisite. BOTN 1 00, AGRO 1 00 or con-
current enrollment therein. Study of the prin-
ciples and practices of corn, wheat, oats,
barley, rye, and soybean production,
AGRO 411 Soil Fertility Principles (3)
Prerequisite. AGRO 202 A study of ttie
ctiemical. physical, and biological charac-
teristics of soils that are important in growing
crops. Soil deficiencies of physical, chemical,
or biological nature and their correction by the
use of lime, fertilizers, and rotations are
discussed and illustrated
AGRO 412 Commercial Fertilizers (3)
Prerequisite, AGRO 202 or permission of in-
structor, A study of the manufacturing of com-
mercial fertilizers and their use in soils for ef-
ficient crop production
AGRO 413 Soil and Water Conservation (3)
Two lectures and one laboratory period a
week Prerequisite, AGRO 202 or permission
of instructor. A study of the importance and
causes of soil erosion Methods of soil erosion
control, and the effect of conservation prac-
tices on soil-moisture supply. Special emphasis
is placed on farm planning for soil and water
conservation. The laboratory period will be
largely devoted to field tnps
AGRO 414 Soil Classification and Geography
(4) Three lectures and one laboratory period a
week Prerequisite. AGRO 202 or permission
of instructor A study of the genesis, mor-
phology, classification and geographic
distribution of soils The broad principles
governing soil formation are explained. At-
tention is given to the influence of geographic
factors on the development and use of the
soils in the United States and other parts of
the world The laboratory penods will be largely
devoted to the field thps and to a study of soil
maps of various countries
AGRO 415 Soil Survey and Land Use (3) Two
lectures and one laboratory period a week. An
introduction to soil survey interpretation as a
tool in land use both in agricultural and urban
situations The implications of soil problems as
delineated by soil surveys on land use will be
considered
AGRO 417 Soil Physics (3) Two lectures and
one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite,
AGRO 202 and a course in physics, or per-
mission of instructor A study of physical
properties of soils with special emphasis on
relationship to soil productivity.
AGRO 421 Soil Chemistry (3) One lecture
and two laboratory periods a week
Prerequisite, AGRO 202 or permission of in-
structor A study of the chemical composition
of soils: cation and anion exchange; acid,
alkaline and saline soil conditions; and soil
fixation of plant nutrients Chemical methods of
soil analysis will be studied with emphasis on
their relation to fertilizer requirements.
AGRO 422 Soil Biochemistry (3) Two lectures
and one laboratory penod a week Prerequisite,
AGRO 202, CHEM 104 or consent of in-
structor A study of biochemical processes in-
volved in the formation and decomposition of
organic soil constituents. Significance of soil-
biochemical processes involved in plant
nutntion will be considered.
AGRO 423 Soil-Water Pollution (3)
Prerequisite, background in biology and CHEM
104. Reaction and fate of pesticides,
agricultural fertilizers, industhal and animal
wastes in soil and water will be discussed.
Their relation to the environment will be em-
phasized
AGRO 451 Cropping Systems (2)
Prerequisite, AGRO 102 or equivalent The
coordination of information from various cour-
ses in the development of balanced cropping
systems, appropriate to different objectives in
various areas of the state and nation.
AGRO 452 Seed Production and Distribution
(2) One lecture and one laboratory penod a
week. Prerequisite, AGRO 102 equivalent A
study of seed production, processing, and
distribution; federal and state seed control
programs; seed laboratory analysis; release of
new varieties; and maintenance of foundation
seed stocks.
AGRO 453 Weed Control (3) Two lectures
and one laboratory penod a week. Prerequisite.
AGRO 102 or equivalent A study of the use of
cultural practices and chemical herbicides in
the control of weeds.
AGRO 499 Special Problems in Agronomy
(1-3) Prerequisites, AGRO 202, 406, 407 or
permission of instructor. A detailed study, in-
cluding a written report of an important
problem in agronomy
AGRO 601 Advanced Crop Breeding (2)
Alternate years (offered 1973-74)
Prerequisite, AGRO 403 or equivalent
Genetic, cytogentic, and statistical theories un-
derlying methods of plant breeding. A study of
quantitative inheritance, herterosis, heritability,
interspecific and intergeneric hybridization,
polyploidy, sterility mechanisms, inbreeding and
outbreeding, and other topics as related to
plant breeding.
AGRO 602 Advanced Crop Breeding (2)
Alternate years (offered 1 973-74)
Prerequisite, AGRO 601 or equivalent
Genetic, cytogentic, and statistical theories un-
derlying methods of plant breeding. A study of
quantitative inheritance, herterosis, heritability,
interspecific and intergeneric hybridization,
polyploidy, sterility mechanisms, inbreeding and
outbreeding, and other topics as related to
plant breeding.
AGRO 608 Research Methods. (2) Second
Semester. Prerequisite, permission of staff.
Development of research viewpoint by detailed
study and report on crop research of the
Maryland experiment station or review of
literature on specific phases of a problem.
AGRO 722 Advanced Soil Chemistry (3)
Second Semester. Alternate years (offered
1972-73) One lecture and two laboratory
penods a week Prerequisites, AGRO 202 and
permission of instructor. A continuation of
AGRO 421 with emphasis on soil chemistry of
minor elements necessary for plant growth
AGRO 789 Recent Advances in Agronomy
(2-4) First semester Two hours each year
Total credit four hours. Prerequisite, permission
of instructor. A study of recent advances in
agronomy research.
AGRO 798 Agronomy Seminar (1) First and
second semesters Credit toward Master of
Science degree, 2; toward Ph.D. degree, 6;
Prerequisite, permission of instructor.
AGRO 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)
AGRO 802 Breeding for Resistance to Plant
Pests (3) Second semester, alternate years
(offered 1972-73) Prerequisites, ENTM 252,
BOTN 221 , AGRO 403, or permission of in-
structor. A study of the development of
breeding techniques for selecting and utilizing
resistance to insects and diseases in crop
plants and the effect of resistance on the in-
terrelationships of host and pest.
AGRO 804 Technic in Field Crop Research
(2) Second semester, alternate years (offered
1972-73) Field Plot technique, application of
statistical analysis to agronomic data, and
preparation of the research project
AGRO 805 Advanced Tobacco Production
(2) First semester, alternate years (offered
1973-1974). Prerequisite, permission of in-
structor. A study of the structural adaption and
chemical response of tobacco to en-
vironmental vanations Emphasis will be placed
on the alkaloids and other unique components.
AGRO 806 Herbicide Chemistry and
Physiology (2) Second semester, alternate
years (offered 1972-1973) Prerequisite.
AGRO 453 and CHEM 104 or permission of
instructor Two lectures a week The im-
portance of chemical structure in relation to
biologically significant reactions will be em-
phasized in more than 10 different herbicide
groups Recent advances in herbicidal
metabolism, translocation, and mode of action
will be reviewed Adsorption, decomposition
and movement in the soil will also be studied
AGRO 807 Advanced Forage Crops (2) First
semester, alternate years (offered 1972-1973).
Prerequisite, BOTN 441 or equivalent, or per-
mission of instructor. A fundamental study of
physiological and ecological responses of
grasses and legumes to environmental factors,
including fertilizer elements, soil moisture, soil
temperature, humidity, length of day, quality
and intensity of light, wind movement, and
defoliation practices. Relationship of these fac-
tors to life history, production, chemical and
botanical composition Quality, and persistence
of forages will be considered
AGRO 821 Advanced Methods of Soil In-
vestigation (3) First semester, alternate years
(offered 1973-1974). Prerequisites, AGRO
202 and permission of instructor. An advanced
study of the theory of the chemical methods of
soil investigation with emphasis on problems
involving application of physical chemistry.
AGRO 831 Advanced Soil Mineralogy (3)
First semester, alternate years (offered 1972-
1973) Prerequisites, AGRO 202 and per-
mission of instructor. A study of the structure,
physical-chemical characteristics and iden-
tification methods of soil minerals, particularly
clay minerals, and their relationship to soil
genesis and productivity.
AGRO 832 Advanced Soil Physics (3)
Second semester, alternate years (offered
1973-1974) Prerequisites, AGRO 202 and
permission of instructor. An advanced study of
physical properties of soils.
AGRO 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research
(1-8)
American
Studies Program
Associate Professor
and Chairman: Lounsbury
Professors: Beall. Corrigan
Associate Professor: Mintz
The American Studies Program, offering the
MA. and Ph.D. degrees, provides a unique
combination of opportunities for the individual
Graduate Programs / 41
seeking to study our civilization at the graduate
level 1) an academic community located near
ttie nation's capital: 2) a faculty, trained in
Amencan Studies, that offers courses where
the student may integrate a variety of cultural
materials and pursue his speculations through
the channels of interdisciplinary scholarship; 3)
the availability of courses, emphasizing
American matenals. in the traditional depart-
ments of Anthropology. Architecture. Art,
Economics. Education. English. Geography.
Government and Politics, History. Journalism,
fvlusic. Philosphy, Psychology. Speech and
Dramatic Arts.
The proximity of many federal institutions
allows for a firsthand appreciation of politics
and contemporary life, while the facilities of the
National Archives and the Library of Congress
give the histohan access to the materials
documenting the experiences of past
generations Important gallenes. including the
National Collection of Fine Arts and the
National Gallery of Art. exhibit the high points
of creative expression in the visual arts The
holdings of the Smithsonian Institution possess
numerous manifestations of the native ver-
nacular traditions in architecture and
technology, in the folk arts, and in American In-
dian culture. The District of Columbia and its
surrounding regions represent an impressive
aggregate of associations and com-
munities—alternatives to traditional politics
such as Common Cause, the focus upon black
cultural identity found in the Anacostia Neigh-
borhood tvluseum. the new cities of Columbia,
Maryland, and Reston. Virginia which seek to
transcend the crises of urban America in a
creative manner.
The program, drawing upon the resources
of its cultural environment, offers the individual
an education in the most meaningful sense: a
personal confrontation with academic tradition
related to the processes of immediate and con-
temporary social change
The new graduate c.andidate encounters a
community of students who represent a re-
warding diversity of backgrounds, most prom-
inently from the fields of history, literature and
Amencan civilization but also from such
disciplines as psychology, political science, art,
and sociology
The proseminar in American Studies em-
bodies much of the philosophy of the graduate
program: it allows the new major to share the
perceptions he has gained in his un-
dergraduate training He is introduced to
methodology stressing the value of art,
literature, technology, popular culture, and an-
thropology in the observation of cultural pat-
terns. All of the reading assignments, although
they display different terminology and writing
styles, are evaluated in terms of the authors'
endeavors to expand the role of the in-
tellectual in the academy and in Amencan
society Lastly, the proseminar introduces each
participant to alternatives of focus in his future
research and reading
The more advanced Amencan Studies
seminars vary from semester to semester so
that both students and faculty may explore
new directions for illuminating a certain
segment of our civilization Frequently, the
seminars concentrate on a specific period of
Amencan culture— Antebellum Amenca. The
Gilded Age. The 1930s. The 1960s— or em-
phasize thematic materials calling for a multi-
perspective methodology— Myths and Symbols
42 / Graduate Programs
of the Communications Revolution. Humor and
Satire in Amencan Life, or National Identity in
the United States An important feature of the
graduate program is the Smithsonian Institution,
where the sehous student of matehal artifacts
can take advantage of the seminars, exhibits
and independent reading courses prepared by
a highly trained staff.
The masters degree candidate, who will
normally undertake a full year of course work
(30 semester hours), possesses a number of
alternatives from which to choose a program
meeting his professional needs and intellectual
preoccupations. In addition to the American
Studies seminars, he selects an area of con-
centration in one of the departments listed
above Once he has met the specific
requirements (9 hours in Amencan Studies, 9
hours in a single department) for the degree,
he may pursue his interests in the traditional
disciplines or he may select a sequence of
courses suggesting new perspectives on the
interaction of the personality and the en-
vironment, including classes from departments
which address themselves to minority group
behavior, to an evaluation of the mass media's
impact on the human sensibility, or to a con-
sideration of global patterns emerging in
Europe, Afhca and Asia.
Before receiving the MA, degree, the can-
didate takes a comprehensive examination
drawing upon his ability to integrate the
materials of his particular program. Research
ohented majors may wish to write a thesis in
place of six hours of course credit.
The requirements for the doctoral degree
are flexible and enable the candidate to com-
plete his course work within a year of intensive
study (30 semester hours beyond the M.A.. in-
cluding an 18-credit residency requirement)
The student also demonstrates his proficiency
in a foreign language or in an analytical tool
such as computer science, successfully com-
pletes a comprehensive examination, and sub-
mits a thesis giving evidence of ohginal
research and interpretation
Other than an additional seminar in
methodology, the candidate has no specific
course requirements unless he has received
his master's degree from another institution.
Under those circumstances, he enters the ap-
propriate seminars in Amencan Studies and
prepares for a qualifying oral examination
duhng his first year of residence
If any student wishes to consider a topic
which is not found in formal classes at the
university, he is free to construct a reading
program with the guidance of a faculty member
in Amencan Studies or in one of the related
disciplines. The comprehensive examination is
based on three separate segments of study:
theories and methods in American Studies: an
area of concentration (usually in American
history or literature): a specialized field related
to the themes and time span to be investigated
in the dissertation (for example Popular
Culture. Afro-Amehcan Studies, American
Thought. American Art and Technology, Urban
Studies, Women's Studies).
The Amencan Studies thesis is therefore
the logical extension of the courses and
examination areas decided upon by the
graduate student himself In the dissertation, he
will employ his sense of histohcal continuity
and cultural interaction to illuminate some
segment of American society
AMST 426 Culture and the Arts in America
(3) Prerequisite, junior standing, A study of
American institutions, the intellectual and
esthetic climate from the colonial pehod to the
present
AMST 427 Culture and the Arts in America
(3) Prerequisite, junior standing, A study of
Amencan institutions, the intellectual and
esthetic climate from the colonial penod to the
present
AMST 436 Readings in American Studies (3)
Prerequisite, junior standing. An historical sur-
vey of American values as presented in various
key writings-
AMST 437 Readings in American Studies (3)
Prerequisite, Junior standing An histohcal sur-
vey of Amencan values as presented in vahous
key writings
AMST 446 Popular Culture in America (3)
Prerequisite, junior standing and permission of
instructor. A survey of the historical develop-
ment of the popular arts and modes of popular
entertainment in America,
AMST 447 Popular Culture in America (3)
Prerequisite, junior standing and AMST 446,
Intensive research in the sources and themes
of contemporary American popular culture.
AMST 618 Introductory Seminar in American
Studies (3)
AMST 628 Seminar in American Studies (3)
AMST 629 Seminar in American Studies (3)
AMST 638 Orientation Seminar— Material
Aspects of American Civilization (3) Class
meets at the Smithsonian,
AMST 639 Reading Course in Selected
Aspects of American Civilization (3) Class
meets at the Smithsonian
AMST 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)
AMST 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research
(1-8)
Afro-American
Studies Courses
AASP 400 Directed Readings in Afro-
American Studies. (3) The readings will be
directed by the Director of Afro-American
Studies. Topics to be covered: The topics will
be chosen by the director to meet the needs
and interests of individual students.
AASP 401 Seminar in Afro-American Studies
(3) The theory and concepts of the social and
behavioral sciences as they relate to Afro-
American studies. Required for the certificate
in Afro-American studies. Prerequisites: at
least 1 5 hours of Afro-Amencan studies or
related courses or permission of the director.
AASP 403 The Development of a Black
Aesthetic (3) An analysis of selected areas of
black creative expression in the arts for the
purpose of understanding the informing pnn-
ciples of style, techniques, and cultural ex-
pression which make up a black aesthetic.
Prerequisite, completion of ENGL 443 or AASP
302 or consent of instructor
AASP 410 Contemporary African Ideologies
(3) Analysis of contemporary Afhcan
ideologies. Emphasis on philosophies of
Nyerere. Nkrumah. Senghor. Sekou Toure.
Kaunda. Cabral, et al. Discussion of the role of
African ideologies on modernization and social
change
AASP 411 Nineteenth Century Black
Resistance Movements (3) A comparative
description of the black resistance movements
in Africa and America dunng ttie nlneteentti
century, analysis of their relationship,
similarities and dissimilarities as well as their
impact on twentieth century black nationalism
AASP 428 Special Topics In Black Develop-
ment (3) A multi-dlsclplinary and Inter-dlsclplin-
ary educational experience concerned with
questions relevant to the development of black
people everywhere. Development Implies
political, economic, social, and cultural change
among other things. Consequently, a number
of topics may be examined and studied.
AASP 429 Special Topics In Black Culture
(3) An interdisciplinary approach to the role of
black artists around the world Emphasis Is
placed upon contnbutlons of the black man in
Africa, the Caribbean and the United States to
the literary arts, the musical arts, the per-
forming arts, and the visual arts. Course con-
tent will be established in terms of those ideas
and concepts which reflect the cultural climate
of the era in which they were produced. At-
tention to individual compositions and works of
art through lectures, concepts, field tnps, and
audio-visual devices
Animal Science
Program
Professor and Chairman. Young
Professors: Green, Letfel
Associate Professors: Buric, DeBarthe
Assistant Professor: McCall
The Department of Animal Science offers
work leading to the degrees of Master of
Science and Doctor of Philosophy. Course
work and thesis problems are offered in the
areas of animal breeding, nutrition, physiology,
livestock production, and some areas of wildlife
ecology
Individual programs can be oriented toward
either basic research or the solution of
problems in the applied areas. Beef cattle, hor-
ses, sheep, swine, and laboratory animals are
available for graduate student problems.
More detailed Information about specific
disciplinary programs may be requested from
Individual faculty members who advise
graduate programs In a particular area
Disciplinary or Subject Area
Faculty Advisi
Nutrition. Ruminant
E C Leffel,
JV DeBarthe
Nutntion, Horses
EC Lettel
Nutrition, Swine
E P Young
Physiology, Nutritional,
comparative
JV DeBarthe
Physiology, Reproduclive.
comparative
J V DeBarthe
Physiology, Reproductive.
horses
J P McCall
E E Goodwin,
J P McCall
Food Science,
Red Meats
John Buric
Wildlife Ecology
Vagn Flyger
Adequate course offerings are available to
structure programs to meet individual needs.
Programs are developed by students In con-
sultation with an advisor or advisory committee.
Animal Science courses are offered In the
areas of animal breeding, nutrition,
management, and physiology. Additional
specialized physiology courses are offered in
the Zoology Department and are usually In-
cluded in nutntion and physiology programs.
Excellent supportive courses in biochemistry
are available In the Chemistry Department The
courses in biometncs (catalog listing AGRI or
Agriculture) provide excellent background in
experimental design and statistical analysis.
The Computer Science Center offers courses
in programming and computer language as well
as facilitates for the statistical analyses of thesis
data.
Excellent laboratory facilities are available in
the Animal Sciences Center which provide the
combined resources of the Animal Science,
Dairy Science, Poultry Science, and Veterinary
Science Departments Instrumentation is
available to graduate students for gas-liquid
chromatography, atomic absorption spec-
trophotometry, automated calonmetry, electron
microscopy, liquid scintillation radioactivity
measurements, electrophoresis, and a variety
of microbiological techniques Controlled en-
vironment facilities in the center permit work
with laboratory animals and detailed ex-
periments on larger animals A gnotoblote
laboratory is also available and is currently
being used in ruminant nutrition research Ex-
cellent surgical facilities are available for
research In the areas of reproductive and
nufhtional physiology
The department's herds and flocks of beef
cattle, horses, sheep, and swine are readily
available for graduate research. Small-scale ex-
periments can be conducted on the campus,
and those requiring more extensive facilities
are located at one of three outlying farms.
Minimum requirements for admission are a
B S. in animal science or biology with a grade
point average of 3 0 (4 = A) Applicants not
meeting these requirements are considered for
provisional admission Applicants who do not
meet minimum grade requirements, but have
demonstrated definite improvement dunng the
later part of their undergraduate career, par-
ticularly In animal science and other science
courses, are frequently given favorable con-
sideration for provisional admission Applicants
lacking undergraduate preparation In animal
science and biology may overcome this
deficiency, by enrolling for course work only
prior to admission to a degree program The
Graduate Record Examination is not required,
but high scores on this examination may com-
pensate for a mediocre undergraduate record
A limited number of assistantshlps are
available and are awarded to those students
presenting strong academic records. Vacan-
cies occur irregularly depending upon degree
completion or status changes of incumbents.
The Master of Science program can be
completed within one and one-half to two
years. The thesis option requires a minimum of
24 credits of course work and 6 credits of
research. The non-thesis option with a
minimum of 30 credits of course work may be
completed more rapidly than the thesis option.
The Ph.D. programs are typically completed in
a period of three to five years. There is no
specific credit-hour requirement for the doc-
torate. The qualifying examination for the Ph D.
IS scheduled when the student and the major
advisor decide that sufficient course-work and
planning for the dissertation research have
been completed. The committee for qualifying
examinations is approved by the departmental
graduate committee In consultation with
students' advisors. The master's degree is not
prerequisite for admission to the doctoral
program
ANSC 401 Fundamentals of Nutrition. (3)
Three lectures per week Prerequisite, CHEM
104, ANSC 212 recommended A study of the
fundamental role of all nutrients in the body in-
cluding their digestion, absorption and
metabolism Dietary requirements and
nufhtional deficiency syndromes of laboratory
and farm anaimals and man will be considered
ANSC 402 Applied Animal Nutrition. (3) Two
lectures and one laboratory period per week
(3) Prerequisites, MATH 1 10, ANSC 401 or
permission of instructor A critical study of
those factors which influence the nufhtional
requriements of ruminants, swine and poultry
Practical feeding methods and procedures
used in formulation of economically efficient
rations will be presented
ANSC 403 Applied Animal Nutrition. (3) Two
lectures and one laboratory period per week
Prerequisltles, MATH 110, ANSC 402 or per-
mission of instructor A chtical study of those
factors which influence the nufhtional
requirements of ruminants, swine and poultry
Practical feeding methods and procedures
used in formulation of economically efficient
rations will be presented
ANSC 406 Environmental Physiology. (3)
Prerequisites, Anatomy and Physiology The
specific anatomical and physiological
modifications employed by animals adapted to
certain stressful environments will be con-
sidered. Particular emphasis will be placed on
the problems of temperature regulation and
water balance Specific areas for consideration
will include: animals in cold (including hiber-
nation), animals in dry heat, diving animals and
animals in high altitudes.
ANSC 407 Advanced Dairy Production. (1)
An advanced course primarily designed for
teachers of vocational agriculture and county
agents. It includes a study of the newer
discovehes in dairy cattle nutrition, breeding
and management
ANSC 411 Biology and Management of
Shellfisti. (4) Two lectures and two three-hour
laboratory periods each week. Field thps. Iden-
tification, biology, management, and culture of
commercially-important molluscs and
Crustacea Prerequisite, one year of Biology or
Zoology. This course will examine the
shellfisherles of the world, but will emphasize
those of the northwestern Atlantic ocean and
Chesapeake Bay.
ANSC 412 Introduction to Diseases of
Animals. (3) Prerequisite, MICB 200 and
ZOOL 101. Two lectures and one laboratory
period per week. This course gives basic in-
struction in the nature of disease, including
causation, immunity, methods of diagnosis,
economic importance, public health aspects
and prevention and control of the common
diseases of sheep, cattle, swine, horses and
poultry.
ANSC 413 Laboratory Animal Management.
(3) A comprehensive course in care and
management of laboratory animals. Emphasis
will be placed on physiology, anatomy and
special uses for the different species. Disease
prevention and regulations for maintaining
animal colonies will be covered Field trips will
be required
Graduate Programs / 43
ANSC 414 Biology and Management of Fish.
(4) Prerequisite, one year of Biology or
Zoology Two lectures and two ttiree-tiour
laboratories a week Fundamentals of individual
and population dynamics, theory and practice
of sampling fish populations, management
schemes.
ANSC 416 Wildlife Management. (3) Two
lectures and one laboratory. An introduction to
the interrelationships of game birds and mam-
mals with their environment, population
dynamics and the pnnciples of wildlife
management
ANSC 422 Meats. (3) Two lectures and one
laboratory penod per week. Prerequisite, ANSC
221 A course designed to give the basic facts
about meat as a food and the factors in-
fluencing acceptability, marketing, and quality
of fresh meats. It includes comparisons of
characteristics of live animals with their car-
casses, grading and evaluating carcasses as
well as wholesale cuts, and the distribution and
merchandising of the nation's meat supply.
Laboratory periods are conducted in packing
houses, meat distribution centers, retail outlets
and university meats laboratory
ANSC 423 Livestock Management. (3) One
lecture and two laboratory periods per week
Prerequisite, ANSC 401 Application of vanous
phases of animal science to the management
and production of beef cattle, sheep and
swine.
ANSC 424 Livestock Management. (3) One
lecture and two laboratory periods per week
Prerequisite, ANSC 423. Applications of
vanous phases of animal science to the
management and production of beef cattle,
sheep and swine.
ANSC 426 Principles of Breeding. (3)
Second semester. Three lectures per week.
Prerequisites, ANSC 201 or equivalent. ANSC
222. ANSC 423 or 424. Graduate credit (1-3
hours) allowed with permission of instructor
The practical aspects of animal breeding,
heredity, variation, selection, development,
systems of breeding and pedigree study are
considered
ANSC 432 Horse Farm Management. (3)
Prerequisite, ANSC 332 and AREC 410 One
90-minute lecture and one four-hour laboratory
pehod per week A course to develop the
technical and managenal skills necessary for
the operation of a horse breeding farm Herd
health programs, breeding programs and
procedures, foaling activities, foot care,
weaning programs, and the maintenance of
records incidental to each of these activities
ANSC 442 Dairy Cattle Breeding. (3) Two
lectures and one laboratory period per week
Prerequisites, ANSC 242, and ANSC 201 A
specialized course in breeding dairy cattle Em-
phasis is placed on methods of evaluation and
selection, systems of breeding and breeding
programs
ANSC 444 Analysis of Dairy Production
Systems. (3) Prerequisites, AGEC 405 and
ANSC 203 or 214, or permission of instructor
The business aspects of dairy farming in-
cluding an evaluation of the costs and returns
associated with each segment The economic
impact of pertinent management decisions is
studied Recent developments in animal
nutrition and genetics, agricultural economics,
agricultural engineering, and agronomic prac-
tices are discussed as they apply to
management of a dairy herd.
44 / Graduate Programs
ANSC 446 Physiology of Mammalian
Reproduction. (3) Two lectures and one
three-hour laboratory period per week
Prerequisite. ZOOL 422 or ANSC 212.
Anatomy and physiology of reproductive
processes in wild and domesticated mammals
ANSC 452 Avian Physiology. (2) Alternate
even years, one three-hour laboratory period
per week Prerequisites, a basic course in
animal physiology The basic physiology of the
bird is discussed, excluding the reproductive
system Special emphasis is given to
physiological differences between birds and
other vertebrates.
ANSC 454 Ornithology for Teachers. (3)
Three hours of lecture with occasional
laboratory and field exercises. Prerequisite,
three college-level Zoology courses, avian mor-
phology, anatomy, adaptations, behavior,
development, life histories, classification,
ecology, management, and evolution. Individual
and classroom special projects.
ANSC 462 Physiology of Hatchability. (1)
Two lectures and one laboratory period per
week Prerequisite, ZOOL 421 or 422 The
physiology of embryonic development as
related to principles of hatchability and
problems of incubation encountered in the
hatchery industry are discussed.
ANSC 463 Nutrition Laboratory. (2)
Prerequisite, ANSC 'NUSC 401 or concurrent
registration. Six hours of laboratory per week
Digestibility studies with ruminant and
monogastric animals, proximate analysis of
various food products, and feeding trials
demonstrating classical nutritional deficiencies
in laboratory animals.
ANSC 464 Poultry Hygiene. (3) Two lectures
and one laboratory period per week.
Prerequisites, fvllCB 200 and ANSC 101.
Virus, bacterial and protozoan diseases,
parasitic diseases, prevention, control and
eradication
ANSC 466 Avian Anatomy. (3) Two lectures
and one laboratory period per week.
Prerequisite, ZOOL 102. Gross and
microscopic structure, dissection and demon-
stration.
ANSC 467 Poultry Breeding and Feeding. (1)
This course is designed primarily for teachers
of vocational agriculture and extension service
workers The first half will be devoted to
problems concerning breeding and the
development of breeding stock. The second
half will be devoted to nutrition.
ANSC 477 Poultry Products and Marketing.
(1) This course is designed primarily for
teachers of vocational agriculture and county
agents It deals with the factors affecting the
quality of poultry products and with hatchery
management problems, egg and poultry
grading, preservation problems and market
outlets for Maryland poutlry
ANSC 480 Special Topics in Fish and
Wildlife Management. (3) Three lectures,
analysis of various state and federal programs
related to fish and wildlife management This
would include: fish stocking programs,
Maryland deer management program, warm
water fish management, acid drainage
problems, water quality, water fowl
management, wild turkey management and
regulations relative to the administration of
these programs
ANSC 487 Special Topics in Animal
Science. (1 ) Prerequisite, permission of instruc-
tor This course is designed primarily for teach-
ers of vocational agriculture and extension
service personnel One primary topic to be
selected mutually by the instructor and students
will be presented each session.
ANSC 601 Advanced Ruminant Nutrition. (2)
First semester. One one-hour lecture and one-
three hour laboratory per week Prerequisite,
permission of instructor. Physiological,
microbiological and biochemical aspects of the
nutntion of ruminants as compared to other
animals.
ANSC 603 Mineral Metabolism. (3) Second
semester. Two lectures per week.
Prerequisites. CHEM 481 and 463 The role of
minerals in metabolism of animals and man.
Topics to be covered include the role of
minerals in energy metabolism, bone structure,
electrolyte balance, and as catalysts
ANSC 604 Vitamins. (3) Prerequisites, ANSC
401 and CHEM 461 Two one-hour lectures
and one two-hour discussion period per week.
Advanced study of the fundamental role of
vitamins and vitamin-like cofactors in nutntion
including chemical properties, absorption,
metabolism, excretion and deficiency syn-
dromes A critical study of the biochemical
basis of vitamin function, interrelationship of
vitamins with other substances and of certain
laboratory techniques.
ANSC 610 Electron Microscopy. (4) First and
second semesters. Two lectures and two
laboratory periods per week Prerequisites,
permission of instructor. Theory of electron
microscopy, electron optics, specimen
preparation and techniques, operation of elec-
tron photography, interpretation of electron
images, related instruments and techniques.
ANSC 612 Energy Nutrition. (2) Second
semester Prerequisites, ANSC 402 or NUSC
450. CHEM 461, or consent of instructor One
lecture, one 2 hour laboratory per week Basic
concepts of animal energetics with quantitative
descriptions of energy requriements and
utilization
ANSC 614 Proteins. (2) Second semester
One lecture and one 2 hour laboratory per
week Prerequisites, ANSC 402 and CHEM
461 or consent of instructor Advanced study
of the roles of amino acids in nutrition and
metabolism. Protein digestion, absorption,
anabolism, catabolism and amino acid balance.
ANSC 622 Advanced Breeding. (2) Second
semester, alternate years. Two lectures a
week Prerequisites, ANSC 426 or equivalent,
and biological statistics This course deals with
the more technical phases of heredity and
variation, selection indices, breeding systems,
and inheritance in farm animals.
ANSC 641 Experimental Mammalian Surgery
I. (2) First semester Prerequisite, permission
of instructor, A course presenting the fun-
damentals of anesthesia and the art of ex-
perimental surgery, especially to obtain re-
search preparations
ANSC 642 Experimental Mammalian Surgery
II. (3) Second semester Prerequisites, ANSC
641 , permission of instructor. A course em-
phasizing advanced surgical practices to obtain
research preparations, cardiovascular surgery
and chronic vasculariy isolated organ
techniques Experience with pump oxygenator
systems, profound hypothermia, hemodialysis.
infusion systems, implantation and tran-
splantation procedures are taught,
ANSC 643 Research Methods. (3) First
semester One lecture and two laboratory
periods per week. Prerequisite, permission of
instructor The application of biochemical,
physio-chemical and statistical methods to
problems in biological research
ANSC 660 Poultry Literature. (1-4) First and
second semesters. Readings on individual
topics are assigned. Written reports required
Methods of analysis and presentation of scien-
tific material are discussed
ANSC 661 Physiology of Reproduction. (3)-
First semester Two lectures and one
laboratory period a week Prerequisite, ANSC
212 or its equivalent The role of the en-
docrines in reproduction is considered. Fer-
tility, sexual matunty, egg formation, ovulation,
and the physiology of oviposition are studied
Comparative processes in birds and mammals
are discussed
ANSC 663 Advanced Nutrition Laboratory.
(3) Prerequisite, ANSC.NUSC 401, and either
CHEtVl 462 or NUSC 670 One hour of lecture
and SIX hours of laboratory per week Basic in-
strumentation and techniques desired for ad-
vanced nutritional research The effect of
vahous nutritional parameters upon in-
termediary metabolism Enzyme kinetics, en-
docrinology, and nutrient absorption in
laboratory animals
ANSC 665 Physiological Genetics of
Domestic Animals. (2) Second semester Two
lectures per week Prerequisites, a course in
basic genetics and biochemistry The un-
derlying physiological basis for genetic dif-
ferences in production traits and selected mor-
phological traits will be discussed Inheritance
of enzymes, protein polymorphisms and
physiological traits will be studied
ANSC 677 Advanced Animal Adaptations to
the Environment. (2) First semester Two lec-
tures or discussions per week. Prerequisites,
ANSC 406. or permission of instructor A
detailed consideration of certain anatomical
and physiological modifications employed by
mammals adapted to cold, dry heat or altitude.
Each student will submit for discussion a
library paper concerning a specific adaptation
to an environmental stress.
ANSC 690 Seminar in Population Genetics
or Domestic Animals. (3) Second semester
Prerequisites, ZOOL 246 and AGRI 401 or
their equivalents Current literature and re-
search dealing with the principles of population
genetics as they apply to breeding and selec-
tion programs for the genetic improvement of
domestic animals, population structure,
estimation of genetic parameters, correlated
characters, principles and methods of selec-
tion, relationship and systems of mating
ANSC 698 Seminar. (1) First and second
semesters Students are required to prepare
papers based upon current scientific
publications relating to animal science, or upon
their research work For presentation before
and discussion by the class: (1) recent ad-
vances; (1) nutrition: (3) physiology: (4)
biochemistry.
ANSC 699 Special Problems in Animal
Science. (1-2) First and second semesters
Work assigned in proportion to amount of
credit. Prerequisite, approval of staff. Problems
will be assigned which relate specifically to the
character of work the student is pursuing.
ANSC 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6).
ANSC 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research.
(1-8)
Interdisciplinary
Applied Mathenfiatics
Curriculum
Prolessors: Almon (ECON), Antman (MATH),
Babuska (IFDAM), Banerjee (PHYS), Brill
(PHYS), Cadman (CHE), Cunniff (ME),
Davidson (PHYS), DeClaris (EE, IFDAM).
Dorfman, (IFDAM), Douglas (MATH), Ed-
mundson (CSD), Greenberg (PHYS), Hub-
bard (IFDAM), G,S. Jones (IFDAM), Kanal
(CSD). Karlovitz (IFDAM), Kellogg (IFDAM),
Krall (PHYS), Misner (PHYS), Newcomb
(EE), Olver (IFDAM), Ortega (CSD), Pearl
(MATH), Prange (PHYS), Rheinboldt (CSD),
Stellmacher (MATH). Strauss (MATH),
Sucher (PHYS), Weiss (EE, IFDAM). Yorke
(IFDAM), Zwanzig (IFDAM).
Associate Prolessors: Cooper (MATH),
Donaldson (AERO), Dragt (PHYS), Fivel
(PHYS), Garber (CE). Gentry (CHE), Hall
(CE), Johnson (MATH), E. Jones (AERO),
Kim (PHYS), Schneider (MATH), Sheaks
(CHE), Sternberg (CE), Sweet (MATH), Van-
dergraft (CSD), Wolfe (MATH), Woo (PHYS)
Assistant Professors: Agrawala (CSD),
Anderson, Jr. (MATH), Baras (EE), Beren-
stein (MATH), Ephremides (EE), Kugelman
(CHE), Liu (MATH). MacRae (ECON),
Schmidt (MATH), McClellan (CSD)
The Interdisciplinary Applied Mathematics
Curriculum at the University of Maryland in
College Park is designed to provide op-
portunities for graduate study and research in
mathematics and its applications in the
engineenng, physical and social sciences-
Problems in nearly all of the scientific
disciplines are amenable to mathematical treat-
ment, and the tools used come from all of the
branches of mathematics. In the Curriculum, a
student can select a coherent program from a
variety of specializations tailored to his par-
ticular interests. The goal is to produce an ap-
plied mathematician with demonstrated ability
in mathematics as well as in some appropriate
field of application.
The Curriculum is administered and taught
by a selected faculty from ten Participating
Departments on the College Part Campus. The
participating departments are: Aerospace
Engineering Department: Chemical Engineering
Department; Civil Engineering Department;
Computer Science Department; Economics
Department, Electhcal Engineering Depart-
ment; Institute for Fluid Dynamics and Applied
Mathematics: Mathematics Department;
Mechanical Engineenng Department: Physics
and Astronomy Department.
For admission to the Interdisciplinary Ap-
plied Mathematics Curriculum, the student
should— in addition to the general admission
requirements of the Graduate School— have
completed an undergraduate program which in-
cluded a strong emphasis on mathematics. A
student may enter the Curhculum in one of two
ways: namely, by applying for admission either
directly to the Interdisciplinary Applied
Mathematics Curhculum itself, or to one of the
participating departments of the Curriculum
listed below In general this choice will reflect
the background of the applicant However, if
any financial assistance is desired, the ap-
plication should be made through one of the
participating departments of the Curhculum,
Anthropology Courses
ANTH 401 Cultural Anthropology— Principles
and Processes. (3) Prerequisite, ANTH 101,
102, or 221, An examination of the nature of
human culture and its processes, both
historical and functional- The approach will be
topical and theoretical rather than deschptive.
ANTH 402 Cultural Anthropology— World
Ethnography. (3) Prerequisite. ANTH 101,
102, or 221 A descriptive survey of the
culture areas of the world through an
examination of the ways of selected represen-
tative societies.
ANTH 412 Peoples and Cultures of Oceania.
(3) A survey of the cultures of Polynesia,
Micronesia, Melanesia and Australia.
Theoretical and cultural-historical problems will
be emphasized
ANTH 414 Ethnology of Africa. (3)
Prerequisites, ANTH 101 and 102. The native
peoples and cultures of Africa and their
historical relationships, with emphasis on that
portion of the continent south of the Sahara.
ANTH 417 Peoples and Cultures of the Far
East. (3) A survey of the major sociopolitical
systems of China, Korea and Japan. Major an-
thropological questions will be dealt with in
presenting this matehal.
ANTH 423 Ethnology of the Southwest. (3)
Prerequisites, ANTH 101 and 102. Culture
history, economics and social institutions,
religion, and mythology of the Indians of the
Southwest United States.
ANTH 424 Ethnology of North America. (3)
Prerequisites, ANTH 101 and 102. The native
people and cultures of North Amenca north of
Mexico and their histoncal relationships, in-
cluding the effects of contact with European-
dehved populations.
ANTH 426 Ethnology of Middle America. (3)
Prerequisites, ANTH 101 and 102. Cultural
background and modern social, economic and
religious life of Indian and Mesitzo groups in
Mexico and Central America; processes of ac-
culturation and currents in cultural develop-
ment.
ANTH 431 Social Organization of Primitive
Peoples. (3) Prerequisites, ANTH 101 and
102 A comparative survey of the structures of
non-literate and folk societies, covering both
general phnciples and special regional
developments
ANTH 434 Religion of Primitive Peoples. (3)
Prerequisites, ANTH 101 and 102 A survey of
the religious systems of phmitive and folk
societies, with emphasis on the relation of
religion to other aspects of culture.
ANTH 436 Primitive Technology and
Economy. (3) A survey of technology, food
economy and general economic processes in
non-industhal societies.
ANTH 437 Politics and Government in
Primitive Society. (3) A combined survey of
politics in human societies and of important an-
thropological theories concerning this aspect
of society
ANTH 441 Archaeology of the Old World. (3)
Prerequisite, ANTH 101 or 241 A survey of
Graduate Programs / 45
the archaeological materials of Europe, Asia
and Africa, with emphasis on chronological and
regional interrelationships.
ANTH 451 Archaeology of the New World.
(3) Prerequisite, ANTH 101 or 241. A survey
of the archaeological materials of North and
South America with emphasis on chronological
and regional interrelationships,
ANTH 461 Advanced Physical Anthropology.
(3) Prerequisite. ANTH 101 or 261 A
technical introduction to the hereditary, mor-
phological, physiological, and behavioral
characteristics of man and his primate an-
cestors and relatives, with emphasis on
evolutionary processes
ANTH 498 Field Methods in Ethnology. (1-6)
Field training in the collection and recording of
ethnological data.
ANTH 499 Field Methods in Archaeology. (1-
6) Field training in the techniques of ar-
chaeological survey and excavation.
ANTH 605 Theory of Cultural Anthropology.
(3) History and current trends of cultural an-
thropological theory, as a basic orientation for
graduate studies and research
ANTH 621 Cultural Ecology. (3) Prerequisite,
permission of instructor. An examination of the
nature of the interrelationships between human
cultures and the natural environmentals in
which they exist.
ANTH 631 Evolution in Social Institutions.
(3) An inquiry into the origin and development
of institutions of kinship, marriage, and group
formation in differing socio-cultural systems.
ANTH 637 Political Power and Organization.
(3) A seminar concerning the nature of political
power, distribution, and the way it allows dif-
ferent socio-cultural systems to solve major
adaptive problems,
ANTH 641 Method and Theory in Ar-
chaeology. (3) Prerequisite, permission of the
instructor. An examination of the principles and
purposes involved in the gathering and in-
terpretation of archaeological data
ANTH 661 Human Morphology. (3)
Prerequisite, ANTH 461 or its equivalent and
permission of the instructor. The nature and
variation of human skeletal and somatic charac-
ters, with emphasis on evolutionary develop-
ments.
ANTH 681 Processes of Culture Change. (3)
Change in culture due to contact, diffusion,
novation, fusion, integration, and cultural
evolution.
ANTH 685 Peasant Communities in the
Modern World. (3) Comparative analysis of
peasant communities in Latin America. Europe,
Middle East. Asia and Africa,
ANTH 688 Current Developments in An-
thropology. (3) Detailed investigation of a
current problem or research technique, the
topic to be chosen in accordance with faculty
interests and student needs l^ay be repeated.
as content varies, for a total of not more than
nine semester hours
ANTH 689 Special Problems in An-
thropology. (1-6)
ANTH 698 Advanced Field Training in
Ethnology. (1-6) Offered in the summer
session only
ANTH 699 Advanced Field Training in Ar-
chaeology. (1-6) Offered in the summer
session only.
Architecture Courses
ARCH 400 Architecture Studio III. (4)
Prerequisites, ARCH 301 with a grade of C or
better, and ARCH 311. Corequisite, ARCH
410, except by permission of the Dean, Con-
tinuation of Design Studio, with emphasis on
comprehensive building design and in-
troduction to urban design factors. Lecture and
studio 9 hours per week
ARCH 401 Architecture Studio IV. (4)
Prerequisites, ARCH 400 with a grade of C or
better and ARCH 410. Corequisite, ARCH
41 1, except by permission of the Dean. Con-
tinuation of Design Studio with emphasis on ur-
ban design factors. Lecture and studio, 9
hours per week,
ARCH 410 Architectural Science and
Technology III. (4) Prerequisites, ARCH 301
and ARCH 31 1 with a grade of C or better
Corequisite, ARCH 400, except by permission
of the Dean. Application of principles in ar-
chitectural structrues, environmental controls
and construction. Lecture and studio. 6 hours
per week.
ARCH 411 Architectural Science and
Technology IV. (4) Prerequisites, ARCH 400
and ARCH 410 with a grade of C or better,
Corequisite, ARCH 401 except by permission
of the Dean. Application of principles and fur-
ther analysis of systems and hardware in ar-
chitectural structures, environmental controls
and construction. Lecture and studio. 6 hours
per week.
ARCH 413 Structural Systems in Ar-
chitecture. (3) Theory and application of
selected complex structural systems as they
relate to architectural decisions. Prerequisite,
ARCH 410 or by permission of the instructor.
Seminar, 3 hours per week.
ARCH 414 Solar Energy Applications for
Buildings. (3) Prerequisites, ARCH 31 1. or
ENME 321 , or permission of instructor
Methods of utilizing solar energy to provide
heating, cooling, hot water, and electricity for
buildings and related techniques for reducing
energy consumption. Crosslisted as ENME
414.
ARCH 418 Independent Studies in Ar-
chitectural Science. (1-6) Repeatable to a
maximum of six credits. Independent research
in architectural science and technology.
ARCH 420 History of American Architecture.
(3) Survey history of American architecture
from the 1 7th century to the present. Lecture,
3 hours per week,
ARCH 422 French Architecture 1750-1800.
(3) French architectural theory and practice of
the second half of the eighteenth century. A
reading knowledge of French will be required.
Colloquium and independent research. By per-
mission of the instructor.
ARCH 424 History of Russian Architecture.
(3) Survey history of Russian architecture from
the 1 0th century to the present Lecture, 3
hours per week,
ARCH 426 Readings in Contemporary Ar-
chitecture. (3) Prerequisite. ARCH 326
Readings and analysis or recent architectural
criticism. Seminar, three hours per week
ARCH 428 Selected Topics in Architectural
History. (3) Special topics in the history of ar-
chitecture. Repeatable to a maximum of six
credits provided the subject matter is different
ARCH 429 Directed Studies in Architectural
History. (1-3) Enrollment limited to advanced
undergraduate and graduate students Project
proposals must receive a recommendation
from the curriculum committee of the school of
architecture and approval of the Dean of the
school prior to registration. Repeatable to a
maximum of six credits.
ARCH 430 Problems and Methods of Ar-
chitectural Preservation. (3) Prerequisite,
ARCH 420 or by permission of instructor.
Examination of social, cultural, and economic
values affecting the theory and practice of ar-
chitectural preservation in America, with em-
phasis upon the rationale and methods for the
documentation, evaluation, and utilization of
existing architectural resources Field trips.
ARCH 439 Directed Studies in Architectural
Preservation. (1-3) Enrollment limited to ad-
vanced undergraduates. Projects must receive
a recommendation from the curriculum com-
mittee of the school of architecture and ap-
proval of the Dean of the school prior to
registration. Repeatable to a maximum of six
credits
ARCH 447 Advanced Seminar in
Photography. (3) Prerequisites. ARCH 340 or
APDS 337 or JOUR 351. and consent of in-
structor. Advanced study of photographic
criticism through empirical methods, for
students proficient in photographic skills.
Photographic assignments, laboratory, seminar.
3 hours per week.
ARCH 450 Introduction to Urban Planning.
(3) Introduction to city planning theory,
methodology and techniques, dealing with nor-
mative, urban, structural, economic, social
aspects of the city; urban planning as a
process. Architectural majors or by permission
of the instructor. Lecture, seminar. 3 hours per
week.
ARCH 451 Urban Design Seminar. (3)
Prerequisite, ARCH 350 or permission of the
instructor. Advanced investigation into
problems of analysis and evaluation of the
design of urban areas, spaces and complexes
with emphasis on physical and social con-
siderations, effects of public policies, through
case studies. Field observations,
ARCH 472 Economic Determinants of Ar-
chitecture. (3) Introduction of economic
aspects of present day architecture: govern-
ment policy, land evaluation and project finan-
cing; construction materials and labor costs;
cost analysis and control systems. Architecture
majors, except by permission of instructor
Lecture, seminar. 3 hours per week.
ARCH 478 Directed Studies in Architecture.
(1-4) Directed study under individual faculty
guidance with enrollment limited to advanced
undergraduate students. Project proposals
must receive a recommendation from the
school curriculum committee and approval of
the Dean of the school prior to registration.
Public oral presentation to the faculty of a final
report of project will be required at final sub-
mission for credit.
46 / Graduate Programs
Art Program
Professor ar\d Chairman: Levltine
Professors: Bunts, deLeins. Denny, Jamleson
Lynch, Maril, Reanck
Associate Professors: Campbell. DIFedenco,
Klank, Niese Pemberton
AsslslanI Professors: Farquhar. Forbes.
Gelman. Green. Schwartz. Witliers
Lecturer: l^pinskl
Instructor: Reid
The Department of Art offers programs of
graduate study leading to the degrees of
Master of Arts In art history. Master of Fine
Arts in studio an and Doctor of Philosophy in art
history Both disciplines, rooted in the concept
of art as a humanistic experience, share an
essential common aim the development of the
student's aesthetic sensitivity, understanding
and knowledge The major in art history is
committed to the advanced study and scholarly
interpretation of existing works of art. from the
prehistoric era to the present, while the studio
major stresses the student's direct participation
in the creation of works of art
For admission to graduate study in studio
art. an undergraduate degree with an art major
from an accredited college or university, or its
equivalent, is required The candidate should
have approximately 30 credit hours of un-
dergraduate work in studio courses, and 1 2
credit hours in art history courses Other
humanities area courses should be part of the
candidates undergraduate preparation. In ad-
dition, special departmental requirements must
be met A candidate for the master of Fine Arts
degree will be required to pass an oral com-
prehensive examination, present an exhibition
of his thesis work, write an abstract based on
the thesis, and present an oral defense of the
thesis
For admission to graduate study in art
history, in addition to the approved un-
dergraduate degree, or its equivalent, special
departmental requirements must be met
Departmental requirements for the Master of
Arts degree in Art History include ARTH 692;
reading knowledge of French or German
(evidenced by an examination administered by
the Art Department): a written comprehensive
examination which tests the candidate s
knowledge and comprehension of principal
areas and phases of art history: a thesis which
demonstrates competency in research and in
original investigation by the candidate: and a
final oral examination on the thesis and the
field which it represents.
Requirements for the Doctor of Philosophy
degree in Art History include ARTH 692:
ARTH 692 reading knowledge of French and
German; an oral examination and a written
examination; a dissertation which demonstrates
the candidate's capacity to perform in-
dependent research in the field of art history:
and a final oral examination on the dissertation
and the field it represents
For information on work leading the degree
of Master of Education in art education, the
shjdent is referred to the section devoted to
Secondary Education in this catalog
A limited number of graduate assistantships
are available in art Specific information on the
above programs should be requested from the
department.
Art Education
ARTE 600 Advanced Problems in Art
Education. (3)
ARTE 601 Advanced Problems in Art
Education. (3)
ARTE 799 Masters Thesis Research. (1-6)
Art History
ARTH 402 Classical Art. (3) Architecture.
sculpture and painting in the classical cultures.
First semester will stress Greece
ARTH 403 Classical Art. (3) Architecture,
sculpture and painting in the classical cultures
Second semester will stress Rome
ARTH 404 Bronze Age Art. (3) Art of the Near
East. Egypt and Aegean
ARTH 406 Art of the East. (3) Architecture,
sculpture and painting First semester will
stress India
ARTH 407 Art of the East. (3) Architecture.
sculpture and painting Second semester will
stress China and Japan.
ARTH 410 Early Christian and Byzantine Art.
(3) Architecture, sculpture, painting, and
mosaic of eariy Christian Rome, the Near East
and the Byzantine Empire,
ARTH 412 Medieval Art. (3) Architecture,
sculpture and painting in the Middle Ages. First
semester will stress Romanesque.
ARTH 413 Medieval Art. (3) Architecture,
sculpture and painting in the Middle Ages
Second semester will stress the Gothic penod
ARTH 416 Northern European Painting in the
15th Century. (3) Painting in the Netherlands.
France and Germany.
ARTH 417 Northern European Painting in the
16th Century. (3) Painting in the Netherlands,
France and Germany
ARTH 422 Early Renaissance Art in Italy. (3)
Architecture, sculpture and painting from about
1400 to 1430
ARTH 423 Early Renaissance Art in Italy. (3)
Architecture, sculpture and painting from about
1430 to 1475,
ARTH 424 High Renaissance Art in Italy. (3)
Architecture, sculpture and painting from about
1475 to 1500
ARTH 425 High Renaissance Art in Italy. (3)
Architecture, sculpture and painting from about
1500 to 1525
ARTH 430 European Baroque Art. (3)
Architecture, sculpture and painting of the
major southern European centers in the 1 7th
century
ARTH 431 European Baroque Art. (3)-
Architecture. sculpture and painting of the
major northern European centers in the 1 7th
century
ARTH 434 French Painting. (3) French pain-
painting from 1 400 to 1 600 From Fouquet to
Poussin.
ARTH 435 French Painting. (3) French pain-
ting from 1 600 to 1 800. From LeBrun to
David.
ARTH 440 19th Century European Art. (3)
Architecture, sculpture and painting in Europe
from Neo-Classicism to Romanticism.
ARTH 441 19th Century European Art. (3)
Architecture, sculpture and painting in Europe.
From realism to impressionism and symbolism
ARTH 445 Impressionism and Neo-
Impressionism. (3) Prerequisite. ARTH 260.
261 or consent of instructor. History of Im-
pressionism and Neo-lmpressionism; artists,
styles, art theories, cnticism. sources and in-
fluence on 20th century
ARTH 450 20th Century Art. (3) Painting,
sculpture and architecture from the late 19th
century to 1920
ARTH 451 20th Century Art. (3) Painting,
sculpture and architecture from 1 920 to the
present
ARTH 454 Nineteenth and Twentieth Cen-
tury Sculpture. (3) Trends in sculpture from
Neo-Classicism to the present Emphasis will
be put on the redefinition of sculpture during
the 20th century
ARTH 460 History of the Graphic Arts. (3)
Prerequisite. ARTH 1 00. or ARTH 260 and
261 . or consent of instructor Graphic
techniques and styles in Europe from 1400 to
1800: contributions of major artists
ARTH 462 African Art. (3) First semester The
cultures west of the Niger River (Nigena
through Mali) from 400 B C to the present
The art is studied through its iconography and
function in the culture and the intercultural in-
fluences upon the artists, including a study of
the societies, cults and ceremonies dunng
which the art was used
ARTH 463 African Art. (3) Second semester
The cultures east and south of Nigeria The art
is studied through its iconography and function
in the culture and the intercultural influences
upon the artists, including a study of the
societies, cults and ceremonies during which
the art was used.
ARTH 464 African Art Research. (3) Seminar
with concentration on particular aspects of
African art. The course is given at the Museum
of Afncan Art in Washington. D.C
ARTH 470 Latin American Art. (3) Art of the
Pre-Hispanic and the Colonial penods.
ARTH 471 Latin American Art. (3) Art of the
1 9th and 20th centunes
ARTH 476 History of American Art. (3)
Architecture, sculpture and painting in the
United States from the Colonial period to about
1975
ARTH 477 History of American Art. (3)
Architecture, sculpture and painting in the
United States from about 1875 to the present.
ARTH 489 Special Topics in Art History. (3)
Prerequisite, consent of department head or in-
structor May be repeated to a maximum of six
credits
ARTH 498 Directed Studies in Art History I.
(2-3) For advanced students, by permission of
department chairman Course may be repeated
for credit if content differs
ARTH 499 Directed Studies in Art History II.
(2-3)
ARTH 612 Romanesque Art. (3) Painting and
sculpture in western Europe in the 1 1 th and
1 2th centuries; regional styles: relationships
between styles of painting and sculpture:
religious content-
ARTH 514 Gothic Art. (3) Painting and sculp-
ture in western Europe in the 1 1 th and 1 2th
centunes; regional styles; relationships bet-
ween styles of painting and sculpture: religious
content.
ARTH 630 The Art of Mannerism. (3)
Prerequisite, ART 423 or permission of in-
Graduate Programs / 47
structor Mannerism in Europe during the 1 6th
century: beginnings in Italy; ramifications in
France. Germany, Flanders. Spain: painting, ar-
chitecture, and sculpture,
ARTH 634 French Painting from LeBrun to
Gericalul— 1715-1815. (3) Development of
iconography and style from the Baroque to
Neo-Classicism and Romanticism Trends and
major artists
ARTH 656 19th Century Realism, 1830-1860.
(3) Prerequisite, ART 440 or 441 or
equivalent Courbet and the problem of realism:
precursors, David. Gericault. landscape
schools: Manet: artistic and social theones:
realism outside France
ARTH 662 20th Century European Art. (3)
thePrerequisite. ART 450. 451 or equivalent, A
detailed examination of the art of an Individual
country in the 12th century: France, Germany.
Italy. Spain. England
ARTH 676 20th Century American Art. (3)
Prerequisite, ART 450, 451 or equivalent The
"Eight," the armory show. American ab-
straction, romantic-realism, new deal art pro-
jects, American surrealism and expressionism
ARTH 692 Methods of Art History. (3)
Methods of research and criticism applied to
typical art-historical problems: bibliography and
other research tools May be taken for credit
one or two semesters
ARTH 694 Museum Training Program. (3)
ARTH 695 Museum Training Program. (3)
ARTH 698 Directed Graduate Studies in Art
History. (3) For advanced graduate students,
by permission of head of department Course
may be repeated for credit if content differs.
ARTH 699 Special Topics in Art History. (3)
Prerequisite, consent of department head or in-
structor
ARTH 702 Seminar in Classical Art. (3)
Prerequisite, ARTH 402. 403 or permission of
instructor
ARTH 712 Seminar In Medieval Art. (3)
Prerequisite, ARTH 412. 413 or permission of
instructor
ARTH 728 Seminar Topics in Italian
Renaissance Art. (3) Problems selected from
significant themes in the field of Italian
Renaissance art and architecture. 1200-1600
May be repeated tor credit if content differs
ARTH 736 Seminar in 18th Century
European Art. (3)
ARTH 740 Seminar In Romanticism. (3)
Problems derived from the development of
romantic art dunng the 1 8th and 1 9th centuries
ARTH 743 Seminar in 19th Century
European Art. (3) Problems derived from the
period starting with David and ending with
Cezanne
ARTH 760 Seminar in Contemporary Art. (3)
ARTH 770 Seminar in Latin-American Art.
(3) Prerequisite, ARTH 471 or permission of
instructor
ARTH 772 Seminar in Modern Mexican Art.
(3) Prerequisite. ARTH 471 or permission of
instructor Problems of Mexican art of the 19th
and 20th centuries. Mexicanismo: the "Mural
Renaissance": architectural regionalism
ARTH 774 Seminar in 19th Century
American Art. (3) Problems in architecture
and painting from the end of the Colonial
penod until 1860
ARTH 780 Seminar— Problems in Ar-
chitectural History and Criticism. (3)
ARTH 784 Seminar in Literary Sources of Art
History. (3) Art historical sources from Pliny to
Malraux
ARTH 798 Directed Graduate Studies in Art
Hstory. (3)
ARTH 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6)
ARTH 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research.
(1-8)
Art Studio
ARTS 404 Experiments in Visual Processes.
(3) Six hours per week. Prerequisites, either
ARTS 220, 330 or 340, Investigation and
execution of process ohented art. Group and
individual experimental projects.
ARTS 410 Drawing IV. (3) Six hours per
week Prerequisite, ARTS 310 Advanced
drawing, with emphasis on human figure, its
structure and organic likeness to forms in
nature Compositional problems deriving from
this relationship are also stressed,
ARTS 420 Painting IV. (3) Six hours per
week Prerequisite. ARTS 324 Creative pain-
ting Emphasis on personal direction and self-
cnticism Group seminars
ARTS 430 Sculpture IV. (3) Six hours per
week Prerequisite, ARTS 335. Problems and
techniques of newer concepts, utilizing various
materials, such as plastics and metals
Technical aspects of welding stressed
ARTS 440 Printmaking III. (3) Six hours per
week Prerequisite, ARTS 340 and 344 Con-
temporary experimental techniques of one print
medium with group discussions.
ARTS 441 Printmaking IV. (3) Six hours per
week. Prerequisite. ARTS 440. Continuation of
ARTS 440
ARTS 489 Special Problems in Studio Arts.
(3) Prerequisite, consent of instructor
Repeatable to a maximum of six hours
ARTS 498 Directed Studies in Studio Art. (2-
3) For advanced students By permission of
department chairman Course may be repeated
for credit if content differs
ARTS 610 Drawing. (3) Sustained treatment of
a theme chosen by students Wide variety of
media
ARTS 614 Drawing. (3) Traditional materials
and methods including oriental, sumi ink
drawing and techniques of classical European
masters
ARTS 616 Drawing. (3) Detailed anatomical
study of the human figure and preparation of
large scale mural compositions.
ARTS 620 Painting. (3)
ARTS 624 Painting. (3)
ARTS 626 Painting. (3)
ARTS 627 Painting. (3)
ARTS 630 Experimentation in Sculpture. (3)
ARTS 634 Experimentation in Sculpture. (3)
ARTS 636 Materials and Techniques in
Sculpture. (3) For advanced students
Methods of armature building, and the use of a
variety of stone, wood, metal, and plastic
matehals
ARTS 637 Sculpture-Casting and Foundry.
(3) The traditional methods of plaster casting
and the complicated types involving metal, cire
perdue, sand-casting and newer methods,
such as cold metal process
ARTS 640 Printmaking. (3) Advanced
problems, relief process
ARTS 644 Printmaking. (3) Advanced
problems, intaglio process.
ARTS 646 Printmaking. (3) Advanced
problems Lithographic process.
ARTS 647 Seminar in Printmaking. (3)
ARTS 689 Special Problems in Studio Art.
(3) Prerequisite, consent of instructor
Repeatable to a maximum of six hours,
ARTS 690 Drawing and Painting. (3)-
Preparation and execution of a wall decoration
ARTS 698 Directed Graduate Studies in
Studio Art. (3) For advanced graduate stu-
dents by permission of head of department.
Course may be repeated for credit if content
differs
ARTS 798 Directed Graduate Studies in
Studio Art. (3)
ARTS 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6)
Astronomy
Program
Professor and Director: Kerr
Professors: Brandt (part-time). Erickson.
Kundi. Opik. Wentzel. Westerhout
Associate Professors: A'Hearn. Bell.
Harrington. Matthews. Rose. Zipoy.
Zuckerman
Assistant Professors: Simonson,
Trimble (part-time)
The Astronomy Program, administratively
part of the Department of Physics and
Astronomy, offers programs of study leading to
the degrees of MS and Ph D in Astronomy
The MS program includes both thesis and
non-thesis options Areas of specialization in-
clude: galactic structure, interstellar medium,
extragalactic astronomy, stellar atmospheres,
stellar evolution, solar physics, solar system,
celestial mechanics, astronomical in-
strumentation
Students are expected to demonstrate com-
petence in the following subjects prior to ad-
mission to graduate work: general physics,
heat, intermediate mechanics, optics, electricity
and magnetism, modern physics, differential
and integral calculus, and advanced calculus A
student may be admitted without one of these
courses, but he should plan to make up the
deficiency as soon as possible, either by in-
cluding such a course as a part of his graduate
program or by independent study.
No formal undergraduate course work in
astronomy is required However, an entering
student should have a working knowledge of
the basic facts of astronomy such as is ob-
tainable from one of the many elementary text-
books A more advanced knowledge of
astronomy will of course enable a student to
progress more rapidly during the first year of
graduate work
Normally, a satisfactory score on the GRE
Advanced Test in Physics is required before
an applicant's admission to the Graduate
School will be considered In special cases,
the Graduate Entrance Committee may waive
this requirement, and set other conditions as a
requirement for admission, to be fulfilled either
before admission or duhng the first year at
Maryland,
48 / Graduate Programs
A full schedule of courses in all fields of
astronomy is offered including galactic
astronomy, astroptiysics. solar system
astronomy, observational astronomy, celestial
mectianics, solar ptiysics. study of ttie in-
terstellar medium and extra-galactic astronomy
The faculty has expertise in every major
branch of astronomy The research program
is centered around tw/o major areas of inter-
est. The first one is the study of our galaxy: its
large-scale spiral structure, detailed struc-
ture and theory of interstellar gas clouds, the
theory of the interaction betvi^een cosmic rays
and the gas. and the distribution of different
types of stars The second is the study of stel-
lar atmospheres and interiors, including also
the solar atmosphere, stellar evolution, and
planetary nebulae Research is also done on
the physics of the solar system.
Qualification for the Ph.D. program (which is
decided in the middle or at the end of the
second year) requires a written examination on
basic astronomy at the end of the first year
and an extensive research project dunng the
second year Overall performance in the exam,
course work and research determines ad-
mission to the Ph D program
All candidates must take the courses ASTR
400, 401 and 410. 41 1 (this requirement may
be waived if the student has previous ex-
perience) All full-time students are expected to
attend an average of two colloquia and or
seminars each week by registering for ASTR
698. Candidates for the Ph D. should expect to
take at least four 3-credit Astronomy courses
at the 600 and 700 level, exclusive of
seminars and research projects Normally all
Ph.D. candidates take at least 1 2 credits of ad-
vanced physics courses Especially recom-
mended are PHYS 601, 604, and 622
Many other courses of direct interest to
astronomy students are available in Physics.
Mathematics, Meteorology, Electrical
Engineering, and Chemistry. The student is
urged to obtain as wide a background as
possible outside his field of specialization
For more information, especially for physics
courses related to astronomy, see the section
on Physics A brochure, entitled "Graduate
Study in Astronomy," descnbing the
requirements, the courses and the research
program in detail is available from the depart-
ment. All correspondence, including that con-
cerning admission to the Astronomy Program,
should be addressed to Astronomy Program.
University of Maryland. College Park. Maryland
20742
ASTR 400 Introduction to Astroptiysics I. (3)
Three lectures per week Pre- or corequisite.
PHYS 422 or consent of instructor. Spec-
troscopy, structure of the atmospheres of the
sun and other stars. Observational data and
curves of growth. Chemical composition
ASTR 401 Introduction to Astrophysics II. (3)
Three lectures per week Prerequisite, ASTR
400 A brief survey of stellar structure and
evolution, and of the physics of low-density
gasses, such as the interstellar medium and
the solar atmosphere Emphasis is placed on a
good understanding of a few theoretical con-
cepts that have wide astrophysical ap-
plications
ASTR 410 Observational Astronomy. (3)
Prerequisites, working knowledge of calculus,
physics through PHYS 284, or 263, and 3
credits of astronomy An introduction to
current methods of obtaining astronomical in-
formation including radio, infrared, optical, ultra-
violet, and X-ray astronomy The laboratory
work will involve photographic and photoelec-
tric observations with the departments optical
telescope and 21 -cm line spectroscopy, flux
measurements and interferometry with the
departments radiotelescopes,
ASTR 411 Observational Astronomy. (3)
Prerequisites, ASTR 410, working knowledge
of calculus, physics through PHYS 284. or
263, and 3 credits of astronomy An in-
troduction to current methods of obtaining
astronomical information including radio, in-
frared, optical, ultra-violet, and X-ray astronomy
The laboratory work will involve photographic
and phofoelectnc observations with the depart-
ment s optical telescope and 21 -cm line spec-
troscopy, flux measurements and in-
terferometry with the department's
radiotelescopes Observatory work on in-
dividual projects every semester.
ASTR 420 Introduction to Galactic Research.
(3) Three lectures per week Prerequisite,
MATH 141 and at least 12 credits of in-
troductory physics and astronomy courses.
Stellar motions, methods of galactic research,
study of our own and nearby galaxies, clusters
of stars
ASTR 450 Celestial Mechanics. (3) Three
lectures a week. Prerequisite. PHYS 410 or
consent of instructor. Celestial mechanics, or-
bit theory, equations or motion
ASTR 498 Special Problems in Astronomy.
(1-6) Prerequisite, major in physics or
astronomy and or consent of advisor Re-
search or special study Credit according to
work done
ASTR 600 Stellar Atmospheres. (3) Three
lectures per week. Prerequisite. ASTR 400.
401 , PHYS 422 or consent of the instructor.
Observational methods, line formation, curve of
growth, equation of transfer, stars with large
envelopes, variable stars, novae, magnetic
fields in stars.
ASTR 605 Stellar Interiors. (3) Three lectures
per week Prerequisites. MATH 414 and PHYS
422 or consent of instructor A study of stellar
structure and evolution This course will con-
sider the question of energy transfer and
generation in the interior of a star, the structure
of stars, including problems of turbulence,
determination of chemical composition, non-
homogeneous stars, evolution of both young
and old stars, pulsating stars, novae.
ASTR 620 Galactic Research. (3)
Prerequisites, Astronomy 420, 410, 411, or
consent of the instructor Current methods of
research into galactic structure, kinematics,
and dynamics Basic dynamical theory. Optical
and radio observational methods and current
results Review of presently-determined
distnbution and kinematics of the major con-
situents of the galaxy Evolution of the galaxy
ASTR 625 Dynamics of Stellar Systems. (3)
Three lectures per week Prerequisite. PHYS
601 or ASTR 420 Study of the structure and
evolution of dynamical systems encountered in
astronomy Stellar encounters viewed as a two-
body problem, statistical treatment of en-
counters, study of dynamical problems in con-
nection with star clusters, ellipsoidal
galaxies, nuclei of galaxies, high-velocity
ASTR 630 Physics of the Solar System. (3)
Three lectures per week Prerequisite. PHYS
422 A survey of the problems of in-
terplanetary space, the solar wind, comets and
meteors, planetary structure and atmospheres.
motions of particles in the earths magnetic
field
ASTR 660 Physics of the Solar Envelope. (3)
Three lectures per week Prerequisites. PHYS
422. ASTR 400 or consent of instructor A
detailed study of the solar atmosphere. Physics
of solar phenomena, such as solar flares,
structure of the corona, etc
ASTR 670 Interstellar Matter. (3) Three lec-
tures per week Prerequisites, previous or con-
current enrollment in PHYS 622. ASTR 400 or
420, or consent of instructor A study of the
physical properties of interstellar gas and dust
This course will include diffuse nebulae,
regions of ionized hydrogen, regions of neutral
hydrogen, the problems of interstellar dust and
perhaps planetary nebulae, molecules.
ASTR 688 Special Topics in Modern
Astronomy. (1-16) Credit according to work
done each semester. Prerequisite, consent of
instructor These courses will be given by
specialist in various field of modern astronomy,
partly staff members, partly visiting professors
of part-time lecturers. They will cover subjects
such as: cosmology, discrete radio sources,
magnetohydrodynamics in astronomy, the MR.
diagram, stellar evolution, external galaxies,
galactic structure, chemistry or the interstellar
medium, advanced celestial mechanics,
astrometry, radio physics of the sun, etc.
ASTR 698 Seminar. (1) Seminars on various
topics in advanced astronomy are held each
semester, with the contents varied each year
One credit for each semester. There are
weekly colloquia by staff, astronomers from the
Washington area, and visiting astronomers,
usually on topics related to their own work.
ASTR 699 Special Problems in Advanced
Astronomy. (1-6)
ASTR 788 Special Topics in Modern
Astronomy. (1-16)
ASTR 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6)
ASTR 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research.
(1-8)
Botany Program
Professor and Chairmar): Sisler
Professors: Corbetl. Galloway. Kantzes,
Klarman, Krusberg. Morgan. Patterson,
Stem
Researchi Professor Sorokin.
Associate Professors: Bean, Curtis,
Karlander Mottos, Rappleye, Reveal
Assitant Professors: Bamett, Blevins,
Bottino, Broome
Stevenson. Van Valkenburg
' lOint appointment with Secondary Education
The Department of Botany offers graduate
programs leading to the degrees of Master of
Science and Doctor of Philosphy Courses and
research problems are developed on a per-
sonal basis arranged according to the in-
tellectual and professional needs of the stu-
dent Course programs are flexible and are de-
signed under close supervision by the student's
adviser The objective of the program is to equip
the student with a background and techniques
for a career in plant science in academic, gov-
ernmental, industrial or private laboratories
The areas of specialization are Anatomy and
Morphology, Plant Biochemistry, Plant
Graduate Programs / 49
Biophysics, Plant Ecology, Physiology ot Fungi,
Genetics and Molecular Biology, Marine
Biology, Mycology. Plant Nematology. Plant
Pathology, Phycology, Plant Physiology.
Taxonomy, and Plant Virology-
There are no special admission require-
ments. However, a high degree of intellectual
excellence is of greater consequence than com-
pletion of a particular curriculum at the un-
dergraduate level.
The degree requirements are flexible
However, they involve demonstration of com-
petence in the broad field of botany, as well as
completion of courses in other disciplines
which are supportive of modern competence in
this field
The department has laboratories equipped
to investigate most phases of botanical and
molecular biological research. Field and
greenhouse facilities are available for research
requiring plant culture. Special laboratory
rooms have been developed for research em-
ploying radioactive isotopes. Major pieces of
equipment include a transmission electron
microscope, ultracentrifuges. X-ray equipment,
low-speed centrifuges, microtomes for cutting
ultrathin sections, infra-red spectrophotometer,
recording spectrophotometers, research bers.
Herbarium, departmental reference room, en-
zyme preparation rooms, dark rooms, cold
rooms, special culture apparatus for algae,
fungi, and higher plants, spectrophotometers,
and respirometers are among the many special
pieces of equipment and facilities that are
available for research
BOTN 401 History and Philosophy of Botany.
(1) Prerequisites, 20 semester credit hours in
biological sciences including BOTN 100 or
equivalent. Discussion of the development of
ideas and knowledge about plants, leading to a
suri^ey of contemporary work in botanical
science.
BOTN 402 Plant Microtechnique. (3) BOTN
405 Systematic Botany. (3) Two two-hour
laboratory periods a week Prerequisite, BOTN
212 or equivalent. An advanced study of the
principles of systematic Botany Laboratory
practice with difficult plant families including
grasses, sedges, legumes, and composites.
Field tnps arranged
BOTN 405 Teaching Methods in Botany. (2)
Four two-hour laboratory demonstration
periods per week, for eight weeks.
Prerequisite. BOTN 100 or equivalent. A study
of the biological principles of common plants,
and demonstrations, projects, and visual aids
suitable for teaching in primary and secondary
schools
BOTN 407 Teaching Methods in Botany. (2)
Four two-hour laboratory demonstration periods
per week, for eight weeks Prerequisite. BOTN
1 00 or equivalent. A study of the biological prin-
ciples of common plants, and demonstrations,
projects, and visual aids suitable for teaching in
primary and secondary schools
BOTN 411 Plant Anatomy. (3) Summer or
University College. Lectures and labs to be
arranged The origin and development of the
organs and the tissue systems in the vascular
plants
BOTN 413 Plant Geography. (2) Prerequisite,
BOTN 1 00 or equivalent A study of plant
distribution throughout the world and the fac-
tors generally associated with such distribution
BPTM 414 Plant Genetics. (3) Prerequisite,
BOTN 1 00 or equivalent. The basic principles
of plant genetics are presented; the mechanics
of transmission of the hereditary factors in
relation to the life cycle of seed plants, the
genetics of specialized organs and tissues,
spontaneous and induced mutations of basic
and economic significance gene action,
genetic maps. The fundamentals of polyploidy,
and genetics in relation to methods of plant
breeding are the topics considered
BOTN 415 Plants and Mankind. (2)
Prerequisite, BOTN 100 or equivalent. A sur-
vey of the plants which are utilized by man, the
diversity of such utilization, and their historic
and economic significance.
BOTN 416 Principles of Plant Anatomy. (4)
Two lectures and two 2-hour laboratory
periods per week. The origin and development
of cells, tissues, and tissue systems of
vascular plants with special emphasis on seed-
bearing plants Particular stress is given to the
comparative, systematic, and evolutionary
study of the structural components of the
plants. Prerequisite, General Botany.
BOTN 417 Field Botany and Taxonomy. (2)
Prerequisite, BOTN 100 or General Biology
Four two-hour laboratory periods a week for
eight weeks. The identification of trees, shrubs,
and herbs, emphasizing the native plants of
Maryland Manuals, keys, and other techniques
will be used. Numerous short field trips will be
taken. Each student will make an individual
collection.
BOTN 419 Natural History of Tropical Plants.
(2) Prerequisite, one course in plant taxonomy
or permission of instructor. An introduction to
tropical vascular plants with emphasis on their
morphological, anatomical, and habital
peculiarities and major taxonomic features,
geographic distribution and economic utilization
of selected familes Two one-hour lectures per
week.
BOTN 422 Research Methods in Plant
Pathology. (2) Two laboratory periods a week
Prerequisite, BOTN 221 or equivalent. Ad-
vanced training in the basic research
techniques and methods of plant pathology.
BOTN 424 Diagnosis and Control of Plant
Diseases. (3) Prerequisite, BOTN 221 Three
lectures per week A study of various plant
diseases grouped according to the manner in
which the host plants are affected Emphasis
will be placed on recognition of symptoms of
the various types of diseases and on methods
of transmission and control of the pathogens
involved
BOTN 425 Diseases of Ornamentals and
Turf. (2) Prerequisite, BOTN 221 Two lec-
tures per week. Designed for those students
who need practical experience in recognition
and control of ornamentals and turf diseases.
The symptoms and current control measures
for diseases in these crop areas will be
discussed
BOTN 426 Mycology. (4) Two lectures and
two two-hour laboratory periods per week. An
introductory study morphology, classification,
life histories, and economics of the fungi.
BOTN 427 Field Plant Pathology. (1) Summer
Session: Lecture and laboratory to be
arranged Prerequisite, BOTN 221, or
equivalent The techniques ot pesticide
evaluation and the identification and control of
diseases or Maryland crops are discussed Of-
fered in alternate years or more frequently with
demand.
BOTN 441 Plant Physiology. (4) Two lectures
and one four-hour laboratory period a week.
Prerequisites, BOTN 100 and General
Chemistry Organic Chemistry strongly recom-
mended A survey of the general physiological
activities of plants.
BOTN 462 Plant Ecology. (2) Prerequisite,
BOTN 100. Two lectures per week. The
dynamics of populations as affected by en-
vironmental factors with special emphasis on
the structure and composition of natural plant
communities, both terrestial and aquatic.
BOTN 463 Ecology of Marsh and Dune
Vegetation. (2) Two lectures a week.
Prerequisites, BOTN 1 00. An examination of
the biology of higher plants in dune and marsh
ecosystems.
BOTN 464 Plant Ecology Laboratory. (2)
Prerequisite, BOTN 462 or its equivalent or
concurrent enrollment therein. One three-hour
laboratory period a week. Two or three field
tnps per semester. The application of field and
experimental methods to the qualitative and
quantitative study of vegetation and
ecosystems.
BOTN 471 Marine and Estuarine Botany. (3)
Prerequisite, BOTN 441 or equivalent. An
ecological discussion of plant life in the marine
environment of sea coasts, salt marshes,
estuaries and open seas,
BOTN 475 Algal Systematics. (4) One lecture
and two three-hour laboratory periods per
week. Prerequisites, BOTN 100, 202, or per-
mission of instructor. An intensive study of
algal structures, morphology, classification and
nomenclature including preparation, preser-
vation and identification procedures
BOTN 477 Marine Plant Biology. (4)
Prerequisite, BOTN 100 or General Biology
plus Organic Chemistry or the consent of the
instructor. Five one-hour lectures and three, 3-
hour laboratories each week for six weeks. An
introduction to the taxonomic, physiotogical
and biochemical characteristics of marine
plants which are basic to their role in the ecology
of the oceans and estuaries.
BOTN 497 Special Problems in Marine
Research. (1-3) Prerequisites, BOTN 100 or
General Biology plus Organic Chemistry or
consent of instructor. Recommended con-
current or previous enrollment in BOTN 477,
Marine Plant Biology. An experimental ap-
proach to problems in marine research dealing
primarily with phytoplankton, the larger algae,
and marine spermatophytes. Emphasis will be
placed on their physiological and biochemical
activities.
BOTN 612 Plant Morphology. (3) Second
semester One lecture and two laboratory
periods per week. Prerequisites, BOTN 212,
BOTN 41 1 , or equivalent. A comparative study
of the morphology of the flowering plants, with
special reference to the phylogeny and
development of floral organs.
BOTN 615 Plant Cytogenetics. (3) First
semester Two lectures and one laboratory
period a week. Prerequisite, Introductory
Genetics. An advanced study of the current
status of plant genetics, particularly gene
mutations and their relation to chromosome
changes in corn and other favorable materials,
BOTN 616 Nucleic Acids and Molecular
Genetics. (2) Fall semester, alternate years.
Prerequisites, Biochemistry (CHEM 661) and
Cytogentics (BOTN 61 5) or equivalent, or con-
50 / Graduate Programs
sent of instaictor One session of two hours
per week. An advanced treatment of the
biochemistry of nucleic acids and molecular
genetics for qualified graduate students Lec-
tures and assigned reports on recent progress
in the chemistry of inheritance
BOTN 621 Physiology of Fungi. (2) First
Semester Prerequisites. Organic Chemistry
and BOTN 441 or equivalent in Bactenal or
Animal Physiology. A study of various aspects
of fungal metatjolism. nutrition, biochemical
transformation, fungal products, and
mechanism of fungicidal action
BOTN 623 Physioiogy of Fungi Laboratory.
(1) First Semester One laboratory penod per
week. Prerequisites. BOTN 621 or concun-ent
registration therein Application of equipment
and techniques in the study of fungal
physiology.
BOTN 625 Physiology of Pathogens and
Host-Pathogen Relationships. (3) Three lec-
ture periods a week. A study of enzymes,
toxins, and other factors involved in
pathogenicity and the relationship of host-
pathogen interaction to disease development
BOTN 632 Plant Virology. (2) Second
semester Two lectures per week in the
biological, biochemical, and biophysical as-
pects of viruses and virus diseases of plants.
Prerequisites. Bachelor's degree or equivalent
in any biok>gical science and permission of in-
staictor.
BOTN 634 Plant Virology Laboratory. (2)
Second semester Two laboratories per week
on the application and techniques for studying
the biological, biochemical and biophysical
aspects of plant viruses. Prerequisites.
Bachelor's degree or equivalent in any
biological science and BOTN 632 or con-
current registration therein, and permission of
the instructor
BOTN 636 Plant Nematology. (4) Second
semester. Two lectures and two laboratory
periods a week. Prerequisite. BOTN 221 or
permission of instructor (not offered 1970-71).
The study of plant-parasitic nematodes, their
morphology, anatomy, taixonomy. genetics,
physiology, ecology, host-parasite relations and
control Recent advances in this field will be
emphasized.
BOTN 641 Advanced Plant Physiology. (2)
First semester. Prerequisites. BOTN 441 or
equivalent, and Organic Chemistry. A presen-
tation of the metabolic processes occurring in
plants, including the roles of the essential
elements in these processes with special em-
phasis on recent literature
BOTN 642 Plant Biochemistry. (2) Second
semester. Prerequisite. BOTN 641 or CHEM
461 and 462 A treatment of those aspects of
biochemistry especially pertinent to plants-
respiration, photosynthesis, and organic trans-
formations.
BOTN 644 Plant Biochemistry Laboratory. (2)
Plant biochemistry laboratory. Second
semester (not offered 1 973-74). Prerequisites.
BOTN 642 or concurrent registration therein.
Use of apparatus and application of techniques
in the study of the chemistry of plants and
plant materials. One scheduled three-hour
latwratory period per week, plus one one-hour
latxjratory to be arranged.
BOTN 645 Growth and Development. (2) First
semester. Prerequisite. 1 2 semester hours of
Plant Science. A study of current develop-
ments in the mathematical treatment of growth
and the effects of radiation, plant hormones,
photopenodism. and internal biochemical
balance during the development of the plant
BOTN 652 Plant Biophysics. (2) Second
semester (not offered 1972-73), Prerequisites.
BOTN 641 and at least one year in physics
An advanced course dealing with the operation
of physical phenomena in plant life processes
BOTN 654 Plant Biophysics Laboratory. (2)
Plant biophysics laboratory. Second semester
(not offered in 1972-73). Prerequisites. BOTN
652 or concurrent registration therein A quan-
titative and qualitative study of plant systems
by physical and physiochemical methods and
instruments One scheduled three-hour
laboratory period per week, plus one-hour
laboratory penod to be arranged,
BOTN 661 Advanced Plant Ecology. (3) Fall
semester (not offered 1973-74). Prerequisite,
a working knowledge of elementary genetics
and calculus, or permission of the instructor
Population dynamics, evolutionary mechanisms,
and quantitative aspects of the analysis of
natural communities. Special emphasis will be
given to recent theoretical developments.
BOTN 672 Physiology of Algae. (2) Second
semester (not offered 1973-74) Prerequisite.
BOTN 642. the equivalent in allies fields, or
permission of the instructor A study of the
physiology and comparative biochemistry of
the algae Laboratory techniques and recent
advances in algal nutrition, photosynthesis, and
growth will be reviewed
BOTN 674 Physiology of Algae Laboratory.
(0) Second semester (not offered 1973-74)
One laboratory period a week. Prerequisites,
previous or concurrent enrollment in BOTN
672. and permission of instructor. Special
laboratory techniques involved in the study of
algal nutrition.
BOTN 698 Seminar In Botany. (1) First and
second semesters Prerequisite, permission of
the instructor Discussion of special topics and
current literature in all phases of botany.
BOTN 699 Special Problems in Botany. (1-3)
A — Physiology; B— Ecology: C — Pathology:
D— Mycology: E— Nematology: F— Cytology:
G— Cytogenetics: H— Morphology:
I — Anatomy: J — Taxonomy. First and second
semester. Credit according to time scheduled
and organization of course. Maximum credit
toward an advanced degree for the individual
student at the discretion of the department.
This course may be organized as a lecture
series on a specialized advanced topic, or may
consist partly, or entirely, of experimental
procedures. It may be taught by visiting lec-
turers, or by resident staff members
BOTN 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6)
BOTN 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research.
(1-8)
College of Business
and Management
Professor and Dean: Lamone
Professors: H Anderson. Carroll. Dawson.
Fisher. Greer. Hille. Levine.
Nash. Paine. Taff. Wright
Associate Professors: Ashmen.
Courtright. Fromovitz. Gannon.
Haslem, Hynes, Kuehl. Leete. Loeb,
Olson. Spivey, Thieblot, Widhelm
Assistant Professors: C Anderson.
R Anderson. Beard. Bedingfield.
Bloom. Corwin. Falthzik. Hargrove,
Holmberg. Jolson. Lynagh, May,
Neuman, Nickels. Pegnetter. Poist.
Solomon. Taylor, Testa
Lecturer: Handorf
The College of Business and Management
offers graduate work leading to the degrees of
Master of Business Administration and Doctor
of Business Administration. Areas of
specialization include accounting, finance,
marketing, personnel and industrial relations,
management and organization theory, trans-
portation, management science and statistics
The College of Business and Management
offers an MBA program designed to provide the
educational foundation for those students with
the potential to exhibit the highest degree of
excellence in their future careers as
professional managers. Successful students in
the program are expected to demonstrate a
high level of accomplishment in the following
areas:
(1) A thorough and integrated knowledge of
the basic tools, concepts, and theories
relating to professional management.
(2) Behavioral and analytical skills necessary to
deal creatively and effectively with
organizational and management problems.
(3) An understanding of the economic, political,
technological, and social environments in
which organizations operate
(4) A sense of professional and personal in-
tegrity and social responsibility in the con-
duct of managerial affairs both internal and
external to the organization.
The College of Business and Management is
the only business school in the Maryland-
Washington area accredited by the American
Assembly of Collegiate Schools of Business, a
reflection of the quality of its faculty, programs,
and facilities. Of the more than 500 graduate
programs in business and management in the
country, only 1 45 are accredited by the AACSB
In a recent study the College of Business and
Management ranked in the top twenty business
schools in the areas of administrative science
and personnel management, and industrial
relations.
Both day and evening courses are staffed
by the full-time graduate faculty recruited from
the graduate programs of the leading univers-
ities in the nation, such as Berkeley, Stanford.
Northwestern. Harvard, Case Western, Cornell.
Wisconsin. Minnesota. Columbia. Johns
Hopkins, North Carolina Purdue. Indiana. Penn-
sylvania. Penn State. Texas. Ohio State, and
Michigan They are dedicated scholars,
teachers, and professional leaders, unusual in
their comparative youth, their academic ex-
cellence, and their strong committment to
providing superior management education.
Graduate Programs / 51
The students also have access to the ex-
ceptional academic and professional resources
of the College Park Campus, including ex-
cellent library and computer facilities.
If your major undergraduate work has been
in areas other than business administration,
you will be required to complete a set of basic
core knowledge requirements in business and
economics with a "B" average before begin-
ning the graduate I^BA courses This
knowledge is basic to all managers regardless
of organizational setting of field of
specialization. The courses required in the
core are: principles of economics (6 hours),
principles of accounting (6 hours), business
law (3 hours), statistics (3 hours), marketing (3
hours), management and organization theory (3
hours), and business finance (3 hours) Course
credit by examination is available for some of
the above courses These core courses do not
apply toward graduate credit and may be taken
as a special undergraduate student Students
whose undergraduate degree is in business
administration will ordinarily have included
these core courses in their undergraduate
work For the t\/IBA they will need only the 30
hours described below
A group of four graduate courses ( 1 2
hours) is required of all MBA students: BSAD
764, Behavioral Factors in Management: BSAD
734, Introduction to Management Science:
BSAD 775. Product. Production, and Pricing
Policy: BSAD 740, Financial Administration or
BSAD 720, Managerial Accounting. This com-
mon core provides the student with a
knowledge of behavioral and analytical skills as
well as a grounding in managerial economics
and financial planning and control necessary
for all professional managers
Fields of concentration and electives: The
student has a great deal of flexibility in
choosing the remaining 6 graduate courses
(18 hours). The following fields of con-
centration are available: (1) organizational
behavior, peronnel and labor relations: (2)
operations research-statistics: (3) accounting;
(4) finance: (5) marketing: (6) transportation
The student does not submit a thesis
The Doctor of Business Administration
(DBA) program is designed for those planning
careers in research, service, and university-
level teaching as well as professional
management and government Students with
masters-level or undergraduate concentrations
in areas other than business administration may
also be admitted to the program No foreign
language is required The DBA program is of-
fered only during the day The Admission Test
for Graduate Study in Business is required
The DBA program requires a minimum of 60
or 72 semester hours (depending on individual
student background) A major area is chosen.
but competence must be developed in all of
the five concentrations noted above in the
MBA program, and must be demonstrated by
passing written examinations in each Following
the written examinations, each candidate must
pass an oral examination given by a committee
of the departmental graduate faculty
The dissertation must exhibit competence in
analysis, interpretation, and presentation of
research findings, and should be a major con-
tribution to the literature of the field
BSAD 401 Introduction to Systems Analysis.
(3) Students enrolled in the Department of
Business Administration curhcula will register
for IFSM 436 For detailed information on
prerequisites and descriptions of the course,
refer to IFSM 436, The credits earned in IFSM
436 may be included in the total credits earned
in the area of concentration in Business Admin-
istration.
BSAD 420 Undergraduate Accounting
Seminar. (3) Prerequisite, senior standing as
an Accounting major or consent of instructor
Enrollment limited to upper one-third of senior
class Seminar coverage of outstanding current
non-text literature, current problems and case
studies in Accounting.
BSAD 421 Undergraduate Accounting
Seminar. <3) Prerequisite, senior standing as
an Accounting major or consent of instructor.
Enrollment limited to upper one-third of senior
class Seminar coverage of outstanding current
non-text literature Current problems and case
studies in Accounting.
BSAD 422 Auditing Theory and Practice. (3)
Prerequisite. BSAD 31 1 A study of the prin-
ciples and problems of auditing and application
of accounting principles to the preparation of
audit working papers and reports.
BSAD 423 Apprenticeship in Accounting. (0)
Prerequisites, minimum of 20 semester hours
in accounting and the consent of the ac-
counting staff A period of apprenticeship is
provided with nationally known firms of cer-
tified public accountants from about January
1 5 to February 1 5.
BSAD 424 Advanced Accounting. (3)
Prerequisite. BSAD 31 1. Advanced accounting
theory of specialized insurance, statement of
affairs, receiver's accounts, realization and
liquidation reports, and consolidation of parent
and subsidiary accounts.
BSAD 425 CPA Problems. (3) Prerequisite,
BSAD 311, or consent of instructor. A study of
the nature, form and content of CPA.
examinations by means of the preparation of
solutions to. and an analysis of. a large sample
of CPA problems covering the various ac-
pounting fields
BSAD 426 Advanced Cost Accounting. (2)
Prerequisite. BSAD 321 A continuation of
basic cost accounting with special emphasis
on process costs, standard costs, joint costs,
and by-product costs
BSAD 427 Advanced Auditing Theory and
Practice. (3) Prerequisite. BSAD 422 Ad-
vanced auditing theory and practice and report
writing.
BSAD 430 Linear Statistical Models in
Business. (3) Prerequisite, BSAD 230 or con-
sent of instructor Model building involving an
intensive study of the general linear stochastic
model and the applications of this model to
business problems The model is derived in
matrix form and this form is used to analyze
both the regression and anova formulations of
the general linear model
BSAD 431 Design of Statistical Experiments
in Business. (3) Prerequisite. BSAD 230 or
231. Surveys anova models, basic and ad-
vanced experimental design concepts Non-
parametnc tests and correlation are em-
phasized. Applications of these techniques to
business problems in primarily the marketing
and behavioral sciences are stressed.
BSAD 432 Sample Survey Design for
Business and Economics. (3) Prerequisite.
BSAD 230 or 231 Design of probability sam-
ples Simple random sampling, stratified random
sampling, systematic sampling, and cluster
sampling designs are developed and compared
for efficiency under varying assumptions about
the population sampled. Advanced designs
such as multistage cluster sampling and
replicated sampling are surveyed Implementing
these techniques in estimating parameters of
business models is stressed.
BSAD 433. Statistical Decision Theory in
Business. (3) Prerequisite, BSAD 231 or con-
sent of instructor Bayesian approach to the
use of sample information in decision-making.
Concepts of loss, risk, decision criteria, ex-
pected returns, and expected utility are
examined. Application of these concepts to
decision-making in the firm in various contexts
are considered.
BSAD 434 Operations Research I. (3)
Prerequisite, BSAD 230, MATH 240 or per-
mission of instructor. Designed primarily for
students majoring in Management Science.
Statistics, and Information Systems
Management It is the first semester of a two
semester introduction to the philosophy,
techniques and applications of operations
research Topics covered include linear
programming, postoptimality analysis, network
algorithms, dynamic programming, inventory
and equipment replacement models.
BSAD 435 Operations Research II. (3)
Prerequisite. BSAD 434. or permission of in-
structor The second semester of a two-part in-
troduction to operations research The primary
emphasis is on stochastic models in
Management Science Topics include stochastic
linear programming, probabilistic dynamic
programming, markov processes, probabilistic
inventory models, queueing theory and
simulation
BSAD 436 Applications of Mathematical
Programming in Management Science. (3)
Prerequisite, BSAD 434 or permission of in-
structor Theory and applications of linear, in-
teger, and nonlinear programming models to
management decisions Topics covered include
the basic theorems of linear programming: the
matrix formulation of the simplex, and dual sim-
plex algorithms: decomposition, cutting plane,
branch and bound, and implicit enumeration
algorithms: gradient based algorithms: and
quadratic programming Special emphasis is
placed upon model formulation and solution
using prepared computer algorithms
BSAD 438 Topics in Statistical Analysis for
Business Management. (3) Prerequisite.
BSAD 430 and Math 240 or permission of the
instructor Selected topics in statistical analysis
which are relevant to management for students
with knowledge of basic statistical methods.
Topics include evolutionary operation and
response surface analysis, forecasting
techniques, pathologies of the linear model and
their remedies, multivariate statistical models,
and non-parametric models
BSAD 440 Financial Management. (3)
Prerequisite. BSAD 340 Analysis and
discussion of cases and reading relating to
financial decisions of the firm The application
of finance concepts to the solution of financial
problems is emphasized
BSAD 443 Security Analysis and Valuation.
(3) Prerequisite, BSAD 343 Study and ap-
plication of the concepts, methods, models,
and empirical findings to the analysis, valuation,
and selection of securities, especially common
stock.
52 / Graduate Programs
BSAD 445 Commercial Bank Management.
(3) Prerequisites, BSAD 340 and ECON 430
Analysis and discussion of cases and readings
in Commercial Bank Management The loan
function is emphasized: also the management
of liquidity reserves, investments for income,
and source of funds Bank objectives, func-
tions, policies, organization, structure, services,
and regulation are considered
BSAD 450 Marketing Research Methods. (3)
Prerequisites, BSAD 230 and 350 Recom-
mended that BSAD 430 be taken pnor to this
course. This course is intended to develop
skill in the use of scientific methods in the
acquisition, analysis and interpretation of
marketing data It covers the specialized fields
of f^arketing Research; the planning of survey
projects, sample design, tabulation procedure
and report preparation
BSAD 451 Consumer Analysis. (3)
Prerequisites, BSAD 350 and 351 Recom-
mended that PSYC 100 and 221 be taken
pnor to this course. Considers the growing im-
portance of the American consumer in the
marketing system and the need to understand
him. Topics include the foundation con-
siderations underlying consumer behavior such
as economic, social, psychological and cultural
factors. Analysis of the consumer in marketing
situations— as a buyer and user of products
and services — and in relation to the various in-
dividual social and marketing factors affecting
his behavior The influence of marketing com-
munications is also considered.
BSAD 452 Promotion Mangement. (3)
Prerequisites, BSAD 350 and 352. This course
is concerned with the way in which business
firms use advertising. Personal selling, sales
promotion, and other methods as part of their
marketing program. The case study method is
used to present problems taken from actual
business practice Gases studied illustrate
problems in the use and coordination of
demand stimulation methods as well as
analysis and planning. Research, testing and
statistical control of promotional activities are
also considered.
BSAD 453 Industrial Marketing. (3)
Prerequisites, BSAD 350 plus one other
marketing course. The industhal and business
sector of the marketing system is considered
rather than the household or ultimate consumer
sector. Industhal products range from raw
materials and supplies to the major equipment
in a plant, business office, or institution. Topics
include product planning and introduction,
market analysis and forecasting, channels,
pricing, field sales force management, ad-
vertising, marketing cost analysis, and govern-
ment relations. Particular attention is given to
industhal, business and institutional buying
policies and practice and to the analysis of
buyer behavior.
BSAD 454 International Marketing. (3)
Prerequisites, BSAD 350 plus any other
marketing course. A study of the marketing
functions from the viewpoint of the in-
ternational executive. In addition to the
coverage of international marketing policies
relating to product adaptation, data collection
and analysis, channels of disthbution, pricing,
communications, and cost analysis, con-
sideration is given to the cultural, legal, finan-
cial, and organizational aspects of international
marketing.
BSAD 455 Sales Management. (3) The role of
the sales manager, both at headquarters and in
the field, in the management of people, resour-
ces and marketing functions. An analysis of the
problems involved in sales organization,
forecasting, planning, communicating,
evaluating and controlling. Attention is given to
the application of quantitative techniques and
pertinent behavioral science concepts in the
management of the sales effort and sales
force
BSAD 460 Personnel Management— Analysis
and Problems. (3) Prerequisite, BSAD 360
Recommended, BSAD 230. Research findings,
special readings, case analysis, simulation, and
field investigations are used to develop a bet-
ter understanding of personnel problems, alter-
native solutions and their practical
ramifications
BSAD 462 Labor Legislation. (3) Case
method analysis of the modern law of industhal
relations. Cases include the decisions of ad-
ministrative agencies, courts and arbitration
thbunals.
BSAD 464 Organizational Behavior. (3)
Prerequisite, BSAD 364. An examination of
research and theory concerning the forces
which contribute to the behavior of
organizational members Topics covered in-
clude: work group behavior, supervisory
behavior, intergroup relations, employee goals
and attitudes, communication problems,
organizational change, and organizational goals
and design.
BSAD 467 Undergraduate Seminar in Per-
sonnel Management. (3) Prerequisite, con-
sent of instructor. This course is open only to
the top one-third of undergraduate majors in
personnel and labor relations and is offered
duhng the Fall semester of each year.
Highlights major developments Guest lecturers
make pehodic presentations
BSAD 470 Motor Transportation. (3)
Prerequisite, BSAD 370. The development and
scope of the motor carrier industry: different
types of carriers, economics of motor trans-
portation, service available, federal regulation,
highway financing, allocation of cost to high-
way users, highway barhers.
BSAD 471 Water Transportation. (3)
Prerequisite, BSAD 370 Water earners of all
types, development and types of sen/ices,
trade routes, inland waterways, company
organization, the American Merchant Mahne as
a factor in national activity.
BSAD 472 Commercial Air Transportation.
(3) Prerequisite, BSAD 370 The air trans-
portation system of the United States: air-
ways, airports, airlines. Federal regulation of air
transportation: economics, equipment,
operations, financing, selling of passenger and
cargo services. Airmail development and ser-
vices.
BSAD 473 Advanced Transportation
Problems. (3) Prequisite, BSAD 370 A chtical
examination of current government trans-
portation policy and proposed solutions Ur-
ban and Intercity managerial transport problems
are also considered
BSAD 474 Urban Transport and Urban
Development. (3) Prerequisite, ECON 203 or
205. An analysis of the role of urban trans-
portation in present and future urban develop-
ment. The interaction of transport phcing and
service, urban planning, institutional restraints,
and public land uses is studied.
BSAD 480 Legal Environment of Business.
(3) The course examines the principal ideas in
law stressing those which are relevant for the
modern business executive. Legal reasoning
as it has evolved in this country will be one of
the central topics of study Several leading
antitrust cases will be studies to illustrate vividly
the reasoning process as well as the interplay
of business, philosophy, and the various con-
ceptions of the nature of law which give direc-
tion to the process Examination of con-
temporary legal problems and proposed
solutions, especially those most likely to affect
the business community, are also covered.
BSAD 481 Public Utilities. (3) Prerequisite,
ECON 203 or 205. Using the regulated in-
dustnes as specific examples, attention is
focused on broad and general problems in
such diverse fields as constitutional law, ad-
ministrative law, public administration, govern-
ment control of business, advanced economic
theory, accounting, valuation and depreciation,
taxation, finance, engineering, and
management.
BSAD 482 Business and Government. (3)
Prerequisite, ECON 203 or 205. A study of
the role of government in modern economic
life Social control of business as a remedy for
the abuses of business enterphse arising from
the decline of competition, criteria or
limitations on government regulation of private
enterprise.
BSAD 485 Advanced Production
Management. (3) Prerequisite, BSAD 385 A
study of typical problems encountered by the
factory manager. The objective is to develop
the ability to analyze and solve problems in
management control of production and in the
formulation of production policies. Among the
topics covered are plant location, production
planning and control, methods analysis, and
time study.
BSAD 490 Urban Land Management. (3)
Covers the managehal and decision-making
aspects of urban land and property. Included
are such subjects as land use and valuation
matters.
BSAD 493 Honors Study. (3) First semester
of the senior year. Prerequisite, candidacy for
honors in Business Administration. The course
is designed for honors students who have
elected to conduct intensive study (in-
dependent or group). The student will work un-
der the direct guidance of a faculty advisor and
the chairman of the honors committee. They
shall determine that the area of study is of a
scope and intensity deserving of a candidate's
attention. Formal whtten and/or oral reports on
the study may be required by the faculty ad-
visor and/or chairman of the honors com-
mittee. Group meetings of the candidates may
be called at the discretion of the faculty ad-
visors or chairman of the honors committee.
BSAD 494 Honors Study. (3) Second
semester of the senior year. Prerequisite.
BSAD 493. and continued candidacy for
honors in Business Administration. The student
shall continue and complete the research
initiated in BSAD 493, additional reports may
be required at the discretion of the faculty ad-
visor and honors program chairman Group
meetings may be held.
BSAD 495 Business Policies. (3)
Prerequisites, BSAD 340, 350, 364, and
Graduate Programs / 53
senior standing. A case study course in which
the aim is to have the student apply what they
have learned of general management pnnciples
and their specialized functional applications to
the overall management function in the en-
terphse.
BSAO 710 Advanced Accounting Theory I.
(3) The study of the theoretical and con-
ceptual foundations for generally accepted ac-
counting principles and practices. Recent and
current literature and ideas are studied in
depth to provide coverage of the basic postu-
lates, assumptions, and standards which under-
lie the measurement criteria and practices
of financial accounting
BSAD 720 Managerial Accounting I. (3) The
use of accounting data for corporate financial
planning and control. Topics included are
organization for control, profit planning,
budgeting, relevant costing, return on in-
vestment,, and administration of the con-
trollership function in smaller organizations
BSAD 720 or 740 is required of fvt.B.A. can-
didates.
BSAD 730 Statistical Analysis and Business
Decisions. (3) This course acquaints students
with the "Bayesian" approach to decision-
making. Topics include: a review of basic
probability concepts and theorems; the
relationship between expected utility and
rational action: incremental analysis: partial ex-
pectations: linear profits and costs: opportunity
loss and the cost of uncertainty: conditional
and joint probability: the binomial, Pascal,
Poisson, gamma, and normal probability
distributions; the revision of probabilities in the
light of new information: prepostehor analysis
and sequential decision procedures.
BSAD 731 Theory of Survey Design. (3)
Examines the usefulness of statistical pnn-
ciples in survey design. Topics include: the
nature of statistical estimation, the differential
attributes of different estimators, the merits and
weaknesses of available sampling methods and
designs, the distinctive aspects of simple ran-
dom samples, stratified random samples, and
cluster samples, ratio estimates and the
problems posed by biases and non-sampling
errors.
BSAD 732 Concepts and Methods of Ex-
perimental Statistics. (3) Prerequisites, BSAD
730 (BSAD 330 highly desirable). Topical
coverage includes the median test for 2 sam-
ples, Wilcoxon-f^ann-Whitney test. Mood's
square rank test for dispersion, contingency
table analysis, tetrachohc and rank correlation,
analysis of vahance and covariance,
discnminatory analysis and factor analysis. The
course will use BfvID class M, class V and
class S programs or other "canned " programs.
BSAD 734 Introduction to Management
Science. (3) Required of MBA and DBA.
candidates The processes, tools, and
methodological problems in applying
management science to aid managehal
decision-making. Deals with the relationship of
other quantitative aids to managerial actions
such as economic analysis and systems
analysis.
BSAD 735 Application of Management
Science. (3) Prerequisites, BSAD 734 or con-
sent of the instructor This course will expose
the student to the successes and difficulties
experienced in applying operations research to
management decision-making In all functional
areas. The examination of "classical" and con-
54 / Graduate Programs
temporary applications in the literature and
case studies will be emphasized.
BSAD 736 Philosophy and Practice of
Management Science. (3) Prerequisites, com-
pletion of any two graduate level operations
research courses and a graduate level behav-
ioral course, or consent of instructor.
BSAD 737 Management Simulation (3)
Prerequisite, BSAD 734 and consent of in-
structor. Deals with the development,
manipulation, and validity of an operational
model. Production information and other
decision systems of concern to management
will be studied. Manipulation of parameter
values, assumptions, and conditions are
studied. This is accomplished in conjunction
with the use of computer facilities at the com-
puter science center on campus.
BSAD 740 Financial Administration. (3) The
role of the financial manager in executive
decision-making. Financial planning, analysis,
and control in such areas as the allocation of
financial resources within the firm, forecasting
and budgeting, capital budgeting and the bases
for investment decisions, alternative sources of
short-term and long-term financing and finan-
cial problems of growth. BSAD 720 or 740 is
required of MBA. candidates.
BSAD 743 Investment Analysis. (3)
Evaluation of debt and equity secuhty alter-
natives available for the employment of the in-
vestment fund. Analysis of economic and finan-
cial data of the national economy. The industry,
and the company to arrive at the fundamental
value of a secuhty. Study of securities markets
as independent regulators of investment
values. Motives, needs, and basic ingredients in
the selection and supervision of the portfolio.
BSAD 750 Marketing Administration. (3)
Required for MBA. candidates with con-
centrations in marketing. Principal objectives
are: to develop an understanding of the
problems and goals of marketing executives, to
develop competence in the analysis and
solution of marketing problems, and to evaluate
specific marketing efforts as they contribute to
a coordinated total marketing program. At-
tention will be focused on product, price, and
service policies, market characteristics, chan-
nel selection, promotional policies and
organization structure.
BSAD 751 Marketing Communications
Management. (3) Required for MBA. can-
didates concentrating in marketing. Concerned
with the part that advertising, promotion, public
relations and related efforts play in the ac-
complishment of a firm's total marketing ob-
jectives Its purpose is to develop competence
in the formulation of mass communications, ob-
jectives in budget optimization, media appraisal,
theme selection, program implementation and
management, and results measurement.
BSAD 752 Marketing Research Methods. (3)
Required for MBA. candidates concentrating in
marketing. Deals with the process of acquihng,
classifying and interpreting phmary and secon-
dary marketing data needed for intelligent,
profitable marketing decisions. Through
readings, discussion, and case studies, efforts
are made to develop skill in evaluating the ap-
propriateness of alternative methodologies
such as the inductive, deductive, survey, ob-
servational, and expehmental. Consideration is
also given to recent developments in the
systematic recording and use of internal and
external data needed for marketing decisions
BSAD 753 International Marketing. (3) Deals
with environmental, organizational, and financial
aspects of international marketing as well as
problems of marketing research, phcing, chan-
nels of disthbution, product policy, and com-
munications which face U.S. firms trading with
foreign firms or which face foreign firms in their
operations
BSAD 754 Buyer Behavior Analysis. (3) A
systematic examination and evaluation of the
literature, research tradition and theory of
buyer behavior in the market place from a fun-
damental and applied perspective. The
cognitive and behavioral bases underlying the
buying process of individuals and institutions is
investigated to better understand, predict, and
influence the process through the effective
utilization of the firms' marketing resources.
BSAD 760 Personnel Management— Man-
power Procurement and Development. (3) An
"in depth" treatment of problems and
techniques involved in obtaining and
developing a competent work force, manpower
forecasting, job analysis, time study, recruit-
ment, techniques, psychological tests, in-
terviews, application blanks, references,
programmed instruction role playing, and sen-
sitivity training are typical topics included
BSAD 761 Personnel Management— Man-
power Compensation and Evaluation. (3)
After a work force has been assembled and
developed (BSAD 760), the manager must see
to it that its potential is converted into efficient
and continuing performance. This course
provides an "in depth" analysis of the role of
employee compensation and appraisal in ac-
complishing this end. Typical topics include
wage theory, incentive systems, wage decision
chteria, job evaluation, profit sharing, wage sur-
veys, forced choice rating, critical incidents,
appraisal interviews, and fhnge benefits.
BSAD 762 Collective Bargaining— Current
Problems and Issues. (3) Includes such
topics as methods of handling industrial
disputes, legal restrictions on various collective
bargaining activities, theory and philosophy of
collective bargaining, and Internal union
problems.
BSAD 763 Administration of Labor Relations.
(3) Deals with labor relations at the plant level.
Emphasizes the negotiation and administration
of labor contracts. Includes union policy and in-
fluence on personnel management activities.
BSAD 764 Behavioral Factors In Mangement.
(3) Required of MBA. candidates. A chtical
analysis of the impact of the behavioral
sciences on traditional concepts of management
as process and as organization. Included within
the area of analysis are such subjects as
human motivation, human relations, morale,
status, role, organization, communication,
bureaucracy, the executive role, leadership and
training
BSAD 765 Application of Behaviorial Science
to Business. (3) Prerequisite, BSAD 764 or
permission of professor. Stresses case
analysis of bahavioral knowledge applied to
management problems. Typical topics include
analysis of modes of introducing change,
group versus organizational goals,
organizational barriers to personal growth, the
effect of authority systems on behavior, and
the relationship between technology and social
structure
BSAD 770 Transportation Theory and
Analysis. (3) Examines the transportation
system and its components. Key topics in the
development and present form of trans-
portation in botti ttie United States and ottier
countries are considered together with
theoretical concepts employed in the analysis
of transport problems
BSAD 771 Transport and Public Policy. (3)
An intensive study of the nature and con-
sequences of relations between governments
and agencies thereof, carriers in the various
modes, and users of transport services
Typical areas subjected to examination and
analysis include; the control of transport firms
by regulatory bodies, taxation of carriers,
methods employed in the allocation of funds to
the construction, operation, and maintenance
of publicly-provided transport facilities, and the
direct subsidization of services supplied by
privately-owned entities Additional problems
considered include labor and safety. Com-
parative international transport policies and
problems are also examined.
BSAD 772 Management of Physical
Distribution. (3) Focuses on managerial prac-
tices required to fulfill optimally the physical
movement needs of extractive, manufactuhng,
and merchandising firms. Attention is given to
the total cost approach to physical distribution.
Interrelations among purchased transport ser-
vices, privately-supplied transport services,
warehousing, inventory control, matehals han-
dling, packaging, and plant location are con-
sidered. An understanding of the com-
munications network to support physical
distribution is developed in conjunction with
study of the problems of coordination between
the physical movement management function
and other functional areas within the business
firm— such as accounting, finance, marketing,
and production.
BSAD 773 Transportation Strategies. (3)
Treats organization structure, policies, and
procedures employed in the administration of
inter- and intraurban transport firms. Problems
receiving attention include managerial develop-
ment, operational and financial planning and
control, demand analysis, pricing, promotional
policies, intra- and intermodal competitive and
complementary relationships, and methods for
accommodating public policies designed to
delimit the managerial discretion to carrier
executives Administrative problems peculiar to
publicly-owned and operated transport entities
are also considered
BSAD 774 Private Enterprise and Public
Policy. (3) Examines the executive's social
and ethical responsibilities to his employees,
customers and to the general public. Con-
sideration is given to the conflicts occasioned
by competitive relationships in the private sec-
tor of business and the effect of insitutional
restraints. The trends in public policy and their
future effect upon management are examined
For comparative purposes, several examples of
planned societies are considered.
BSAD 775 Product, Production and Pricing
Policy. (3) Required of IV!. B. A. candidates The
application of economic theory to the business
enterprise in respect to the determination of
policy and the handling of management
problems with particular reference to the firm
producing a complex line of products, nature
of competition, pricing policy, interrelationship
of production and marketing problems, basic
types of cost, control systems, theories of
depreciation and investment and the impact of
each upon costs
BSAD 777 Policy Issues in Public Utilities.
(3) A critical analysis of current developments
in regulatory policy and issues arising among
public utilities, regulatory agencies, and the
general public. Emphasis is placed on the elec-
tric, gas, water, and communications industhes
in both the public and private sectors of the
economy. Changing and emerging problems
stressed include those pertinent to cost
analysis, depreciation, finance, taxes, rate of
return, the rate base, differential rate-making,
and labor. In addition, the growing importance
of technological developments and their impact
on state and federal regulatory agencies are
explored
BSAD 781 International Business Ad-
ministration. (3) Examines the international
business environment as it affects company
policy and procedures. Integrates the business
functions undertaken in international operations
through analysis in depth and comprehensive
case studies This course can be credited
toward the 18-hour requriement for a major
field in the D.B.A. program.
BSAD 782 Management of the Multinational
Firm. (3) Deals with the problems and policies
of international business enterprise at the
management level Considers management of a
multinational enterprise as well as management
within foreign units. The multinational firm as a
socio-econometric institution is analyzed in
detail. Cases in comparative management are
utilized
BSAD 785 Management Planning and Con-
trol Systems. (3) Concerned with planning and
control systems for the fulfillment of
organizational objectives. Identification of
organizational objectives, responsibility centers,
information needs and information network.
Case studies of integrated planning and con-
trol systems.
BSAD 786 Development and Trends in
Production Management. (3) Case studies of
production problems in a number of industries
Focuses attention in decisions concerning
operating programs and manufacturing policies
at the top level of manufactuhng Basic con-
cepts of process and product technology are
covered, taking into consideration the scale,
operating range, capital cost, method of con-
trol, and degree of mechanization at each suc-
cessive stage in the manufactuhng process.
BSAD 787 Management Policy Formulation.
(3) An integrative course which applies stu-
dents' knowledge of the various functional areas
in business administration to the formulation,
execution, and evaluation of managerial
policies. The viewpoint of the chief ad-
ministrative officers and board of directors is
emphasized.
BSAD 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6)
BSAD 811 Advanced Accounting Theory II.
(3) Prerequisite BSAD 710 A study of the
more controversial, not generally accepted
ideas and concepts, currently proposed as
suggested solutions to current problems or to
improve the state of the art of financial ac-
counting measurements.
BSAD 812 Accounting in Regulated In-
dustries. (3) A study of the unique accounting
problems of industries subject to cost and
price regulations of government agencies In-
cluded are government contracts and grants.
rate regulations for transportation carriers and
public utilities, distribution cost analyses under
the Robinson-Patman Act, and cost regulations
of the N/ledicare program.
BSAD 813 The Impact of Taxation on
Business Decisions. (3) A study of the impact
of tax law and regulations on alternative
business strategies. Particular emphasis is
given to the large, multidivisional firm. Problems
of acquisitions, mergers, spinoffs, and other
divestitures are considered from the viewpoint
of profit planning, cash flow, and tax differment.
BSAD 814 Current Problems of Professional
Practice. (3) Generally accepted auditing stan-
dards, auditing practices, legal and ethical
responsibilities, and the accounting and repor-
ting requirements of the securities and ex-
change commission
BSAD 821 Managerial Accounting II. (3)
Prerequisite, BSAD 720. The management of
the controllership function in the large,
multidivisional firm. Centralized and decen-
tralized organizations; management control
systems in consolidated and conglomerate cor-
porations; alternative strategies for profit
maximization; acquisitions and divestitures for
increased investment return.
BSAD 828 Independent Study In Business
Administration. (1-9)
BSAD 830 Management Science I— Linear
Programming. (3) Prerequisite, mathematics,
through differential calculus, and BSAD 734 or
consent of instructor. The theory and use of
deterministic models in management science.
IVlodels are based upon optimization
techniques for conditions of data certainty. In-
cludes linear programming models, inventory
models, and replacement models.
BSAD 831 Management Science II— Ex-
tension of Linear Programming and Network
Analysis. (3) Prerequisites, BSAD 830 or con-
sent of instructor, and fVlATH 240. Basic FOR-
TRAN programming proficiency is assumed. In-
cludes a brief review of basic linear program-
ming, separable programming, application to
game theory, the primal-dual and criss-cross
algohthms, quadratic programming, basic con-
cepts of network theory, the max-flow algo-
rithms. The basic concepts and techniques of
network theory will be developed and applied to
the transportation problem
BSAD 832 Management Science III— Op-
timization and Nonlinear Programming. (3)
Prerequisites, BSAD 830 or consent of in-
structor, and MATH 241 . Topical coverage in-
cludes Kuhn-Tucker theory, the lagrangena,
the concept of an algorithm (notation map con-
vergence), unconstrained problems, convex
simplex and method of centers algorithms,
penalty and barrier, feasible-directions and cut-
ting plan algorithms.
BSAD 833 Management Science IV— Integer
and Dynamic Programming. (3) Prerequisite,
Business— BSAD 831 and BSAD 832 or con-
sent of instructor, fv/lathematics— MATH 241
minimum, MATH 400 and 410 preferred.
Coverage includes fractional, all integer and
mixed integer algohthms, the knapsack
problem, decomposition, recusion analysis, in-
teger optimization and sensitivity, hsk and un-
certainty situations and an introduction to non-
sehal and infinite stage systems.
BSAD 834 Probabilistic Models. (3)
Prerequisite, STAT 400 highly recommended
MATH 241 or consent of the instructor.
Graduate Programs / 55
Theoretical foundations for the construction
and optimization of probabilistic models.
Following the review of stochastic processes,
the Polsson process and the f^arkovian
processes. Topics may Include queuing
theory, Inventory theory. I^arkovlan decision
processes and stochastic linear programming
BSAD 835 Statistical IModel Building. (3)
Prerequisites. BSAD 432, MATH 241, or con-
sent of instructor Emphasizes the actual con-
struction of models encountered In and drawn
from experience In business administration,
utilizing "canned" computer programs which
are in wide industrial use. Topical coverage in-
cludes a review of the matrix approach to
linear regression. Effects of bias in the general
regression situation, weighted least squares,
orthogonal polynomials, verification and main-
tenance of the mathematical model, and the in-
troduction to non-linear estimation
BSAD 840 Working Capital Management. (3)
An intensive study of short- and Intermediate-
term sources of funds and the management of
cash, accounts receivable and inventories. In-
cludes consideration of determinants of
working capital needs, financial analysis as
related to short-term financing problems,
estimation of funds requirements, patterns of
fund requirements, and major types of loan
arrangements. Case studies, supplemented
with outside readings
BSAD 841 Long-Term Capital IVIanagement.
(3) An intensive study of long-term financing,
return on Investment and cost of capital. Par-
ticular attention is paid to appraising alternative
forms of long-term financing, methods of
measuring return on investment, and problems
such as measuring the cost of capital of
cyclical companies and growth companies
Case studies, supplemented with outside
readings
BSAD 843 Portfolio Management. (3)
Prerequisite, BSAD 743 or consent of in-
structor The process of investment Selection
and supervision of secunties appropriate for
the requirements and objectives of both the in-
dividual and institutional investor Underlying
considerations necessary for the continued
success of the Investment program Critical
analysis of case studies in portfolio
management Effects of temporary changes on
investment decisions.
BSAD 845 Financial Institutions. (3) Provides
an analysis of the structure of financial in-
stitutions In the Amehcan economy, including
commercial banking and non-banking
organizations which serve business and con-
sumers. Topics covered include determinants
of the demand for. and supply of. funds and
the role of financial institutions in channeling
financial capital among the vanous sectors of
the American economy
BSAD 846 International Financial Ad-
ministration. (3) Deals with the problems of
financial administration of the multinational firm.
Includes the financing of investment abroad
and management of assets in differing financial
environments as well as the financing of ex-
ports and imports Consideration of national
and international financial institutions as they
relate to the international operations of
American and foreign business firms
BSAD 850 Marketing Ctiannels Analysis. (3)
Focuses on the fundamentals explain alternate
channels of distnbution and the roles played by
vanous intermediaries, the evolution of
business structures in marketing, reasons for
change, and projected marketing patterns for
the future. I^.B.A candidates may register with
permission of instructor.
BSAD 851 Quantitative Methods in
Marketing— Demand and Cost Analysis. (3)
Consideration is given to quantitative methods
in the analysis and prediction of market
demand and marketing costs. Topics in con-
nection with demand include market potentials,
sales forecasting, consumer analysis,
promotional and pricing results, and the like.
Cost analysis focuses on allocation of costs by
marketing functions, products, terntories.
customers and marketing personnel. Statistical
techniques, mathematics, models and other
methods are utilized in the solution of
marketing problems. IvI.B.A candidates may
register with permission of instructor.
BSAD 852 Theory in Marketing. (3) An inquiry
into the problems and elements of theory
development In general with specific reference
to the field of marketing A chtical analysis and
evaluation of past and contemporary efforts to
formulate theories of marketing and to Integrate
theories from the social sciences into a
marketing framework. Attention is given to the
development of concepts in all areas of
marketing thought and to their potential ap-
plication in the business firm.
BSAD 863 The Organization and its Social
Environment. (3) A course examining the in-
teraction between organizations and aspects of
their social and cultural environment Analysis
of the literature concerning human resource
availability and individual differences as they in-
fluence managerial decisions, the impact of
cultural factors on business and other types of
organizations, and management approaches for
dealing with the social environment.
BSAD 864 Theory of the Industrial Work
Group. (3) A study of ma|or theories of group
formation, group behavior, and group leader-
ship considered in terms of their implications
tor the management of business and other
types of organizations Will involve an in-depth
analysis of the literature concerning such
topics as group cohesiveness. conformity,
leadership, communication nets, problem-
solving efficiency, productivity standards, and
morale
BSAD 865 Comparative Theories of
Organization. (3) Emphasizes business and
other types of complex organizations. Theories
of formal and informal organizations are
covered Analyzes the content, in-
terrelationships, and similarities between
current major schools of organization thought
BSAD 866 Organizational Conflict and
Change. (3) An Analysis and evaluation of the
factors conthbuting to conflict and changed
patterns of behavior within organizations. A
study of the literature on such topics as
managenal decision-making and conflict,
research creativity, labor-management conflict,
organizational maintenance and stability,
resistance to change, and planned change
BSAD 872 Business Logistics. (3)
Concentrates on the design and application of
methods for the solution of advanced physical
movement problems of business firms
Provides thorough coverage of a variety of
analytical techniques relevant to the solution of
these problems Where appropriate, ex-
perience will be provided in the utilization of
computers to assist in managerial logistical
decision-making
BSAD 873 Transportation Science. (3)
Focuses on the application of quantitative and
qualitative techniques of analysis to managerial
problems drawn from firms in each of the
vanous modes of transport Included Is the ap-
plication of simulation to areas such as the
control of equipment selection and terminal
and line operations The application of ad-
vanced analytical techniques to problems in-
volving resource use efficiency within the trans-
portation industry and between transportation
and other sectors of the economy is an in-
tegral part of the course
BSAD 880 Business Research Methodology.
(3) Covers the nature, scope, and application
of research methodology. The identification
and formulation of research designs applicable
to business and related fields Required of
DBA students
BSAD 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research.
(1-8)
Chemical Engineering
Program
Professor and Acting Chairman: Gomezplata
Professors: Arsenault, Beckmann, Bolsaltis,
Cadman, Duffey, Goldman, Johnson.
!\/larchello. fvlunno, Regan. Schroeder,
Silverman, Skolnlck. Smith, Spain
Associate Professors: Almenas, Gentry, Kugel-
man, Sheaks
Assistant Professors: Blair. Gasner. Hatch
Lecturer: Belcher
The Chemical Engineering program has as its
primary objective the maintenance and exten-
sion of the ever increasing degree of engineer-
ing sophistication The courses and research
programs strive to create an atmosphere of
originality and creativity that prepares the stu-
dent for the engineehng leadership of tomorrow.
An individual plan of graduate study com-
patible with the student's interest and back-
ground IS established between the student,
his adviser, and the department chairman. The
general chemical engineering program is fo-
cused on five maior areas: applied polymer
science, biochemical engineering, environ-
mental engineenng. high pressure technology,
process and analysis simulation
The programs leading to the I^^.S. and Ph.D.
degrees are open to qualified students holding
the B S. degree Admission may be granted to
students with degrees in any of the engineering
and science areas from accredited programs. In
some cases it may be necessary to require
courses to fulfill the background The general
regulations of The Graduate School apply In
reviewing applications.
The candidate for the MS. degree has the
choice of following a plan of study with or with-
out thesis. The equivalent of at least three years
of full-time study beyond the B.S degree is re-
quired for the Ph D degree All students seeking
graduate degrees in Chemical Engineehng must
enroll in ENCH 610, 620, 630. and 640. In addi-
tion to the general rules of The Graduate School
certain special degree requirements are set
forth by the department in its departmental
publications.
56 / Graduate Programs
A number of special facilities are available for
graduate study and research and are coordi-
nated through! the Laboratory for Radiation and
Polymer Science, the Laboratory for High Pres-
sure Science, the Laboratory for Process Analy-
sis and Simulation, the Laboratory for Biochemi-
cal Engineering and Environmental Studies,
and the Nuclear Reactor Facility These labora-
tories contain analog computers, a gamma radia-
tion facility, an electron accelerator, an elec-
tron paramagnetic resonance spectrometer,
high pressure and cryogenic systems, crystal
groviith and mechanical testing equipment. X-ray
diffraction units, a neutron generator and a 200
KW pool type nuclear reactor
ENCH 425 Transfer and Transport Processes
1.(4) Prerequisite, ENCH 250. Theory and
Applications of Molecular and Turbulent Trans-
port Phenomena Principles of fluid mechanics,
mass transfer and heat transfer. Dimensional
analysis, analogy betwieen heat, mass and mo-
mentum transfer, Newtonian and non-Newtonian
flow, convective heat and mass transfer.
ENCH 427 Transfer and Transport Processes
II. (3) Prerequisite, ENCH 425 Steady and un-
steady state diffusion and conduction, simul-
taneous heat and mass transfer, Interphase
transfer, boundary layer theory Application to
absorption, adsorption, and distillation Principles
of radiant heat transfer, evaporation, filtration,
crystallization, drying, condensation, boiling
humldification. Ion exchange, and phase separa-
tions
ENCH 437 Chemical Engineering Laboratory.
(3) Prerequisite, ENCH 427 Application of
chemical engineering process and unit operation
pnnciples in small scale semi-commercial equip-
ment. Data from experimental observations are
used to evaluate performance and efficiency
of operations Emphasis is placed on correct
presentation of results in report form
ENCH 440 Chemical Engineering Kinetics. (3)
Prerequisite, ENCH 250 Fundamentals of
chemical reaction kinetics and their application
to the design and operation of chemical reac-
tors. Reaction rate theory, homogeneous reac-
tions In batch and flow systems, adsorption,
heterogeneous reactions and catalysis electro-
chemical reactions Catalytic reactor design
ENCH 442 Chemical Engineering Systems
Analysis. (2) Differential equations or ENCH
453 Dynamic response applied to Process
systems Goals and modes of control, laplace
transformations, analysis and synthesis of simple
control systems, closed loop response, dynamic
testing
ENCH 443 Dynamics and Control Laboratory.
(1 ) Corequisite. ENCH 442 Methods of process
control Use of experimental analog and mathe-
matical models of control systems.
ENCH 445 Process Engineering and Design.
(3) Prerequisite. ENCH 427 Utilization of chemi-
cal engineering principles for the design of
process equipment Typical problems In the
design of chemical plants. Comprehensive re-
ports are required
ENCH 447 Chemical Engineering Economics.
(2) Prerequisite. ENCH 427 Principles of
engineering economics applied to chemical
processes Determination of investment and
operating costs for chemical plants
ENCH 450 Chemical Process Development.
(3) Prerequisite. ENCH 427. Chemical process
industries from the standpoint of technology.
raw materials, products and processing equip-
ment Operations of major chemical processes
and Industries combined with quantitative analy-
sis of process requirements and yields
ENCH 452 Advanced Chemical Engineering
Analysis. (3) Prerequisite, ENCH 425. Appli-
cation of digital and analog computers to chem-
ical engineering problems. Numehcal methods,
programming, differential equations, curve
fitting, amplifiers and analog circuits.
ENCH 453 Applied Mathematics in Chemical
Engineering. (3) Prerequisite. MATH 240
Mathematical techniques applied to the analysis
and solution of chemical engineering problems.
Use of differentiation, integration, differential
equations, partial differential equations and Inte-
gral transforms. Application of Infinite series,
numerical and statistical methods
ENCH 454 Chemical Process Analysis and
Optimization. (3) Prerequisites, ENCH 427,
440. Applications of mathematical models to
the analysis and optimization of chemical proc-
esses. Models based on transport, chemical
kinetics and other chemical engineering prin-
ciples will be employed. Emphasis on evaluation
of process alternatives.
ENCH 455. Chemical Process Laboratory. (2)
Prerequisite. ENCH 427. and 440, Expenmental
study of vanous chemical processes through
laboratory and small semi-commercial scale
equipment. Reaction kinetics, fluid mechanics,
heat and mass transfer.
ENCH 461 Control of Air Pollution Sources.
(3) Prerequisite, senior standing in engineering
or consent of Instructor Theory and application
of methods for the control and removal of air-
borne materials. Principles of design and per-
formance of air quality control equipment.
ENCH 468 Research. (2-3) Prerequisite, per-
mission of the staff. Investigation of a research
project under the direction of one of the staff
members Comprehensive reports are required
ENCH 475 Electrochemical Engineering. (3)
Prerequisite. ENCH 425 Fundamentals of elec-
trochemistry with application to engineering and
commerlcal processes. Equilibrium potentials,
reaction mechanisms, cell kinetics, polarization,
surface phenomena. Electroreflning. electro-
winning, oxidation and reduction, solid, liquid
and gas systems. Aspects of design and per-
formance of elecfroprocess plants
ENCH 480 Engineering Analysis of Physiolog-
ical Systems. (3) Engineering description and
analysis of physiological systems Survey of
bloenglneenng literature and an Introduction to
mathematical modeling of physiological systems
ENCH 482 Biochemical Engineering. (3) Pre-
requisite, senior standing In engineering or con-
sent of Instructor. Introduction to biochemical
and microbiological applications to commerical
and engineenng processes, including industrial
fermentation, enzymology, ultrafiltration, food
and pharmaceutical processing and resulting
waste treatment. Enzyme kinetics, cell growth,
energetics and mass transfer
ENCH 485 Biochemical Engineering Labora-
tory. (2) Prerequisite or co-requlsite, ENCH
482 Techniques of measuring pertinent para-
meters In fermentation reactors, quantification
of production variables for primary and second-
ary metabolites such as enzymes and antibio-
tics, the insolubllzatlon of enzymes for reactors,
and the demonstration of separation techniques
such as ultrafiltration and affinity chromatog-
raphy.
ENCH 490 Introduction to Polymer Science.
(3) Prerequisite, consent of instructor The ele-
ments of the chemistry, physics, processing
methods, and engineenng applications of poly-
mers,
ENCH 492 Applied Physical Chemistry of
Polymers. (3) Prerequisite, CHEM 48 1 Co-
requisite, CHEM 482 or consent of instructor.
Kinetics of formation of high polymers, deter-
mination of molecular weight and structure, and
applied thermodynamics and phase equallbria
of polymer solutions.
ENCH 494 Polymer Technology Laboratory.
(3) One lecture and two lab periods per week.
Prerequisite. ENCH 492 or consent of instruc-
tor Measurement of mechanical, electhcal.
optical, thermal properties of polymers. Meas-
urement of moleculer weight by viscoslmetry.
isomethc and light scattering methods Appli-
cation of x-ray. NMR. ESR. spectroscopy
molecular relaxation, microscopy and electron
microscopy to the determination of polymer
structure Effects of ultraviolet light and high
energy radiation.
ENCH 609 Graduate Seminar. (1 )
ENCH 610 Chemical Engineering Thermo-
dynamics. (3) First semester. Advanced appli-
cation of the general thermodynamic methods
to chemical engineering problems First and
second law consequences; estimation and cor-
relation of thermodynamic properties; phase
and chemical reaction equilibria.
ENCH 620 Methods of Engineering Analysis.
(3) First semester, application of selected
mathematical techniques to the analysis and
solution of engineenng problems; included are
the applications of mathces. vectors, tensors,
differential equations. Integral transforms, and
probability methods to such problems as un-
steady heat transfer, transient phenomena in
mass transfer operations, stagewlse processes,
chemical reactors, process control, and nuclear
reactor physics
ENCH 630 Transport Phenomena. (3) First
semester. Heat, mass and momentum transfer
theory from the viewpoint of the basic transport
equations. Steady and unsteady state; laminar
and turbulent flow; boundary layer theory,
mechanics of turbulent transport; with speci-
fic application to complex chemical engineering
situations.
ENCH 640 Advanced Chemical Reaction
Kinetics. (3) Second semester The theory
and application of chemical reaction kinetics to
reactor design. Reaction rate theory; homo-
geneous batch and flow reactors, fundamentals
of catalysis; design of heterogeneous flow
reactors.
ENCH 648 Special Problems in Chemical
Engineering. (1-16)
ENCH 655 Radiation Engineering. (3) Pre-
requisite, permission of instructor An analysis
of such radiation applications as synthesizing
chemicals, preserving foods, control of Indus-
thai processes. Design of irradiation installations,
eg . cobalt 60 gamma ray sources, electronu-
clear machine arrangement, and chemical
reactors.
ENCH 656 Radiation Engineering. (3) Pre-
requisite, permission of instructor An analysis
of such radiation applications as synthesizing
chemicals, preserving foods, control of indus-
trial processes. Design of Irradiation installations,
eg . cobalt 60 gamma ray sources. electro-
Graduate Programs / 57
nuclear machine arrangement, and chemical
reactors
ENCH 667 Radiation Effects Laboratory. (3)
Prerequisite, permission of instructor. Effect of
massive doses of radiation on the properties of
matter for purposes other than those pointed
toward nuclear power Radiation processing,
radiation-induced chemical reactions, and con-
version of radiation energy; isotope power
sources
ENCH 670 Rfieology of Engineering f»flaterials.
(3) Prerequisite, ENI^^A 650, mechanical behav-
ior with emphasis on the continuum point of view
and its relationship to structural types. Elasticity,
viscoelasticity, anelasticity and plasticity in
single phase and multiphase materials.
ENCH 690 Polymeric Engineering IVIateriais.
(3) Prerequisite, ENMA 650 A comprehensive
summary of the fundamentals of particular in-
terest in the science and applications of poly-
mers Polymer single crystals, transformations
in polymers, fabrication of polymers as to shape
and internal structure
ENCH 720 Process Analysis and Simulation.
(3) Second Semester. Prerequisite, ENCH
630. Development of mathematical models of
chemical processes based on transport
phenomena, chemical kinetics and other chem-
ical engineering methods. Emphasis on princi-
ples of model building and simulation utilizing
mathematical solutions and computer methods.
ENCH 723 Process Engineering and Design.
(3) First and second semesters. Coordination
of chemical engineering and economics to ad-
vanced process engineering and design. Opti-
mization of investment and operating costs
Solution of typical problems encountered in
the design of chemical engineering plants.
ENCH 730 Complex Equilibrium Stage
Processes. (3) Second semester The theory
and application of complex equilibrium stages.
Binary and multicomponent absorption; extrac-
tion; liquefaction.
ENCH 735 Chemical Process Dynamics. (3)
First semester Prerequisites, differential equa-
tions or consent of instructor Analysis of open
and closed control loops and their elements;
dynamic response of processes; choice of
variables and linkages; dynamic testing and
synthesis; noise and dnft; chemical process
systems analysis, strategies for optimum opera-
tion
ENCH 737 Chemical Process Optimization.
(3) Second semester Techniques of modern
optimization theory as applied to chemical en-
gineering problems. Optimization of single and
multivariable systems with and without con-
straints Application of partial optimization tech-
niques to complex chemical engineering proc-
esses
ENCH 761 Enzyme Engineering. (3) Prerequi-
site, ENCH 640 Enzyme science and kinetics;
principles of enzyme insolublization and denatu-
ration with application to design, operation
and modeling of enzyme reactors The relation-
ship between mass transfer and apparent
kinetics in enzyme systems, and techniques of
separation and punfication of enzymes
ENCH 762 Advanced Biochemical Engineer-
ing. (3) Prerequisite, ENCH 482 or permission
of instructor Advanced topics to include use of
a digital computer for mathematical modeling of
the dynamics of biological systems; separation
techniques for heat sensitive biologically active
materials; and transport phenomena in biolo-
gical systems.
ENCH 763 Engineering of Artificial Organs.
(3) Prerequisite, ENCH 480 or permission of
instructor. Design concepts and engineering
analysis of devices to supplement or replace
natural functions; artificial kidney; heart assistor;
membrane oxygenator; materials problems,
physiological considerations.
ENCH 784 Polymer Pfiysics. (3) Prerequisite,
ENCH 490 or consent of instructor. Application
and corelation of mechanical and dielectric
relaxation, NMR, electron microscopy, x-ray
diffraction, diffusion and electrical properties to
the mechanical properties and structure of
polymers in the solid state.
ENCH 786 Polymer Processing and Applica-
tions. (3) Prerequisite, ENCH 490 or consent of
instructor. Application of theoretical knowledge
of polymers to industrial processes An analysis
of polymerization, stabilization, electrical, rheo-
logical, thermal, mechanical and optical proper-
ties and their influence on processing conditions
and end use applications
ENCH 799 toaster's Thesis Research. (1-6)
ENCH 818 Advanced Topics in Thermody-
namics. (3) Second semester. Prerequisite,
CHEM604
ENCH 828 Advanced Topics in Chemical
Reaction Systems. (3) First semester Offered
in alternate years. Prerequisite, ENCH 640
ENCH 838 Advanced Topics in Transfer
Theory. (3) First semester Offered in alternate
years. Prerequisite, ENCH 720
ENCH 848 Advanced Topics in Separation
Processes. (3) Second semester. Offered in
alternate years.
ENCH 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research.
(1-8)
Chemistry Program
Professor and Chairman: Vanderslice
Professors: Adier, Breger, Castellan, Freeman,
Goldsby, Gordon, Grim, Henery-Logan,
Holmlund, Jaquith, Keeney,' Munn, Pickard,
Ponnomperuma, Pratt, Purdy, Reeve, Rollin-
son. Rose, Staley, Stewart, Stuntz, Veitch,
Viola
Associate Professors: Ammon, Bellama, Boyd,
Davis, DeVoe, Huheey, Jarvis, Kasler,
Khanna, Lakshmanan, tvlarfin, IVIazzocchi,
Miller, Ivloore, O'Haver, Sampugna, Sommer,
Walters, Zoller
Assistant Professors: Alexander, Gergeron,
Campagnoni, Hansen, Heikkiaen, Helz,
l\/lurphy, Olin, Tossell
Research Professor: Bailey
Lecturer: Chaiken
'loint appointment with Dairy Science
The Chemistry Department offers programs
leading to the Master of Science or Doctor of
Philosophy degrees with specialization in the
fields of analytical chemistry, biochemistry,
chemical physics (in cooperation with the Insti-
tute for Molecular Physics and the Department
of Physics and Astronomy), environmental
chemistry, geochemistry, inorganic chemistry,
nuclear chemistry, organic chemistry, and physi-
cal chemistry The graduate program has been
designed with maximum flexibility so that a stu-
dent can achieve a strong background in his
chosen field of specialization.
Both the thesis and non-thesis options are
offered for the M.S. degree. Departmental regu-
lations concerning qualifying (diagnostic) ex-
aminations, comprehensive examinations, and
other matters pertaining to course work have
been assembled for the guidance of candidates
for graduate degrees. Copies of these regula-
tions are available from the Department of
Chemistry.
Special research facilities exist or are being
developed in all the above fields, but exceptional
ones already exist for chemical physics and nu-
clear chemistry. The Institute for Molecular Phy-
sics laboratories have been specially designed
for high-precision experiments primarily in the
area of chemical physics and physical chemistry
Nuclear chemistry facilities include the 1 40-
MeV cyclotron housed in the Physics Depart-
ment, Departmental research is supported by
two large computers in the Computer Science
Building, an PDP 11/45 and a univac 1 1 08
(complemented by remote access units on a
time-sharing basis). Other facilities include a
"clean" room for lunar sample analysis. X-ray
fluorescence instrumentation, an electron mi-
croprobe, mass spectrometers, NMR spectro-
meters including a 1 00 MHz, Fourier-transform
NMR spectrometer, ultracentrifuges, and analyti-
cal optical spectrometers Electron micro-
scopes, ESCA spectrometers, and Laser labora-
tories are available through the Center of Mater-
ials Research. Individual research facilities are
supported by three machine shops (two in the
Institute for Molecular Physics), an excellent
glassblowing shop, and electronic instrumenta-
tion personnel.
CHEM 401 Inorganic Chemistry. (3) Three
lectures per week Prerequisite, CHEM 481
CHEM 403 Radiochemistry. (3) Three lectures
per week Prerequisite, one year of college
chemistry and one year of college physics.
Radioactive decay; introduction to properties of
atomic nuclei; nuclear processes in cosmology;
chemical, biomedical and environmental appli-
cations of radioactivity; nuclear processes as
chemical tools; interactions of radiation with
matter
CHEM 421 Advanced Quantitative Analysis.
(3) Three lectures per week. Prerequisites,
CHEM 430 and 482 or concurrent registration
An examination of some advanced topics in
quantitative analysis including nonaqueous
titrations, precipitation phenomena, complex
equilibria, and the analytical chemistry of the
less familiar elements.
CHEM 423 Organic Quantitative Analysis.
(2) Two three-hour laboratory periods per
week Prerequisite, CHEM 203-204 or 21 3-
214, and consent of the instructor. The semi-
micro determination of carbon, hydrogen, nitro-
gen, halogen and certain functional groups.
CHEM 430 Chemical Measurements Labora-
tory I. (3) One lecture and two three-hour lab-
oratory periods per week Corequisite, CHEM
481 An introduction to the principles and appli-
cations of quantitative techniques useful in
chemistry, with emphasis on modern instrumen-
tation. Computer programming, electronic cir-
cuits, spectroscopy, chemical separations.
CHEM 431 Chemical Measurements Labora-
tory II. (3) One lecture and two three-hour
laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite,
CHEM 481 ; corequisite, CHEM 482 An intro-
58 / Graduate Programs
duction to the principles and applications of
quantitative tectinlques useful In chemistry,
with emphasis on modern instrumentation
Communications techniques, vacuum systems,
thermochemistry, phase equillbha, chemical
kinetics, electrochemistry
CHEM 433 Chemical Synthesis. (3) One lec-
ture and two three-hour laboratory periods per
week. Prerequisite. CHEM 201 -202 or 21 1-
212, and 203-204 or 2 1 3-214
CHEM 441 Advanced Organic Chemistry.
(3) Prerequisite, CHEt^ 481 An advanced study
of the compounds of carbon, with special em-
phasis on molecular orbital theory and orbanic
reaction mechanisms
CHEM 443 Qualitative Organic Analysis. (3)
One lecture and two-three hour laboratory
periods per week. Prerequisite CHEM 201-
202 or 21 1 -2 1 2, and 203-204 or 2 1 3-2 1 4
The systematic Identification of organic com-
pounds.
CHEM 447 Geochemistry of Fuels. (3) Pre
requisite, CHEM 1 04 or consent of instructor.
Discussion of the progenitors and the bio-
chemical, chemical and physical agencies that
convert them info crude oils, coals of various
ranks, natural gas, and other organic fuels. The
origin, composition, mineralogy, and organic
constituents (kerogen) of oil shales. Mineralogy,
geochemical cycles, and accumulation of
uranium and thorium.
CHEM 461 Biochemistry I. (3) Three lectures
per week. Prerequisite, CHEM 203-204 or 2 1 3-
21 4, or permission of instructor. A comprehen-
sive introduction to general biochemistry where-
in the chemistry and metabolism of carbohy-
drates, lipids, nucleic acids, and proteins are
discussed.
CHEM 462 Biochemistry II. (3) Three lectures
per week. Prerequisite, CHEM 461 A contin-
uation of CHEM 461,
CHEM 463 Biochemistry Laboratory I. (2)
Two three-hour laboratory periods per week
Prerequisite, CHEM 461 . or concurrent regis-
tration in CHEM 461 .
CHEM 464 Biochemistry Laboratory II. (2)
Two three-hour laboratory periods per week.
Prerequisite, CHEM 462 or concurrent regis-
tration in CHEM 462, and CHEM 430 or CHEM
463.
CHEM 471 Geochemical Methods of Analysis.
(3) Prerequisite, CHEM 1 03, 1 04 The course
will consider the principles and application of
geochemical analysis as applied to a variety of
geological problems. The topics covered will
include x-ray and optical spectroscopy, x-ray
diffraction, atomic absorption, electron micro-
probe and electron microscopy
CHEM 472 Principles of Geochemistry. (3)
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, CHEM
1 04 or equivalent, and senior standing. A survey
of historical and modern theories of the origin
of the universe and the solar system The origin
of elements and their distnbutlons in space, on
extra-terrestnal bodies and on earth. Discussion
of the origin of igneous rocks, of the physical
and chemical factors governing development
and distribution of sedimentary rocks, of the
oceans, and of the atmosphere. Organic sedi-
ments, the internal structures of earth and the
planets, the role of isotopes in geothermometry
and In the solution of other problems.
CHEM 473 Geochemistry of Solids. (3) Three
lectures per week Prerequisite, CHEM 482
or GEOL 422 Principles of crystal chemistry
applied to structures, properties and reactions
of minerals and non-metallic solids. Emphasis
is placed on the relation of structural stability
to bonding, ionic size, charge, order-disorder,
polymorphism, and isomorphism.
CHEM 474 Environmental Chemistry. (3)
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, CHEM
481 , or equivalent The sources of various ele-
ments and chemical reactions between them in
the atmosphere and hydrosphere are treated
Causes and biological effects of air and water
pollution by certain elements are discussed.
CHEM 475 General Oceanography. (3) Three
lectures per week Prerequisite, CHEM 1 03
or equivalent, and one additional semester of
physical science. An introduction to physical,
chemical and geological processes that occur
in the marine environment including physical and
chemical properties of sea water, geology of the
sea floor, general circulation of the ocean, cur-
rents, waves, and tides.
CHEM 481 Physical Chemistry I. (3) Three
lectures per week. Prerequisite, CHEM 203-
204 or 2 13-2 14, MATH 1 41 , PHYS 1 42 or
PHYS 263 (PHYS 263 may be taken concur-
rently with CHEM 48 1 ) or consent of instructor.
A course primarily for chemists and chemical en-
gineers.
CHEM 482 Physical Chemistry II. (3) Three
lectures per week. Prerequisite, CHEM 481 ,
or consent of instructor, A course primarily for
chemists and chemical engineers.
CHEM 485 Advanced Physical Chemistry.
(2) Prerequisite, CHEM 482. Quantum chemis-
try and other selected topics.
CHEM 486 Advanced Physical Chemistry
Laboratory. (2) Two three-hour laboratory
periods per week. Prerequisites, CHEM 482
and consent of instructor.
CHEM 498 Special Topics in Chemistry. (3)
Three lectures or two lectures and one three-
hour laboratory per week. Prerequisite varies
with the nature of the topic being considered.
Course may be repeated for credit if the sub-
ject matter is substantially different, but not more
than three credits may be accepted in satisfac-
tion of major supporting area requirements for
chemistry majors.
CHEM 601 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry.
(2) Two lectures per week.
CHEM 603 Advanced Inorganic Laboratory.
(2) Two three-hour laboratory periods per week.
CHEM 604 Advanced Inorganic Laboratory.
(2) Two three-hour laboratory periods per week.
CHEM 60S Chemistry of Coordination Com-
pounds. (2) Two lectures per week
CHEM 606 Chemistry of Organometalllc
Compounds. (2) Two lectures per week
CHEM 607 The Chemistry of the Rarer Ele-
ments. (2) Two lectures per week
CHEM 608 Selected Topics in inorganic
Chemistry. (2) Two lectures a week. Pre-
requisite, CHEM 601 , 607 or equivalent
CHEM 621 Chemical Microscopy I. (2) One
lecture and one three hour laboratory period
per week. Registration limited. Prerequisite,
consent of instructor. A study of the use of the
microscope in chemistry.
CHEM 622 Chemical Microscopy II. (2) One
lecture and one three hour laboratory period per
week. Prerequisite, CHEM 62 1 . A study of the
optical properties of crystals.
CHEM 623 Optical Methods of Quantitative
Analysis. (3) Two lectures and one three-hour
laboratory per week. Prerequisites, CHEM 421
and 482. The quantitative applications of emis-
sion spectroscopy, atomic absorption spectro-
scopy, ultraviolet, visible, and infrared spec-
trophotometry, fluorescence, atomic fluores-
cense, nephelometry, and of certain closely
related subjects like NMR and mass spectro-
scopy
CHEM 624 Electrical Methods of Quantitative
Analysis. (3) Two lectures and one three-hour
laboratory per week. Prerequisites. CHEM 42 1
and 482. The use of conductivity, potentiometry,
polarography, voltammetry, amperometry, coul-
ometry, and chronopotentiometry in quantita-
tive analysis.
CHEM 625 Separation Methods in Quanti-
tative Analysis. (3) Two lectures and one three-
hour laboratory per week Prerequisites, CHEM
42 1 and 482. The theory and practical appli-
cation to quantitative analysis of the various
forms of chromatography, ion exchange, sol-
vent extraction, and distillation.
CHEM 628 Modern Trends in Analytical
Chemistry. (2) Two lectures per week. Pre-
requisites, CHEM 42 1 and 482. A study of ad-
vanced methods, including topics such as
statistical treatment of analytical data, kinetic
methods in analytical chemistry, analytical meas-
urements based on radioactivity, and enzymatic
techniques.
CHEM 641 Organic Reaction Mechanisms.
(3) Three lectures per week.
CHEM 642 Physical Organic Chemistry. (3)
Three lectures per week.
CHEM 643 Organic Chemistry of High Poly-
mers. (2) Two lectures per week. An advanced
course covering the synthesis of monomers,
mechanisms of polymerization, and the corre-
lation between structure and properties in high
polymers,
CHEM 644 Molecular Orbital Theory. (2) Two
lectures per week. A partial quantitative appli-
cation of molecular orbital theory and symmetry
to the chemical properties and reactions of or-
ganic molecules. Prerequisites, CHEM 441
and 482.
CHEM 645 The Chemistry of the Steroids. (2)
Two lectures per week.
CHEM 646 The Heterocyclics. (2) Two lectures
per week.
CHEM 648 Special Topics in Organic Chem-
istry. (2) Two lectures per week.
CHEM 661 Proteins, Amino Acids, and Car-
bohydrates. (2) Two lectures per week Pre-
requisite, CHEM 462 or equivalent.
CHEM 662 Biological Energy Transductions,
Vitamins, and Hormones. (2) Two lectures
per week. Prerequisite, CHEM 462 or equiv-
alent.
CHEM 663 Enzymes. (2) Two lectures per
week. Prerequisite, CHEM 462 or equivalent.
CHEM 664 The Chemistry of Natural Products.
(2) Two lectures per week. Prerequisite, CHEM
44 1 . The chemistry and physiological action of
natural products. Methods of isolation, deter-
mination of structure and synthesis.
CHEM 665 Biochemistry of Lipids. (2) Two lec-
tures per week. Prerequisite, CHEM 462 or
equivalent. Classification and chemistry of lip-
ids, lipogenesis and energy metabolism of lipids,
structural lipids, and endocrine control of lipid
metabolism in mammals.
Graduate Programs / 59
CHEM 666 Biophysical Chemistry. (2) Two
lectures per week Prerequisite. CHEM 461 and
482. or consent of instructor
CHEM 668 Special Problems in Biochemistry.
(2-4) Two to four three-hour laboratory penods
per week Prerequisite. CHEf^ 464 or equiva-
lent
CHEM 669 Special Topics in Biochemistry.
(2) Two lectures per week Prerequisite, CHEt^
462 or equivalent-
CHEM 678 Special Topics in Environmental
Chemistry. (3) Prerequisite— CHEMISTRY
474 In-depth treatment of environmental chem-
istry problem areas of current research interest.
The topics will vary somewhat from year to year.
Repeatable to maximum of 6 credits Provided
subject IS different-
CHEM 681 Infra-red and Raman Spectros-
copy. (2) Two lectures per week Prerequisite,
consent of instructor
CHEM 682 Reaction Kinetics. (3) Three lec-
tures per week
CHEM 683 Electrochemistry. (3) Three lec-
tures per week. Prerequisite. CHEM 684 or
equivalent
CHEM 684 Chemical Thermodynamics. (3)
Three lectures per week Prerequisite. CHEM
482 or equivalent
CHEM 685 Molecular Structure. (3) Three
lectures per week
CHEM 686 Chemical Crystallography. (3)
Three lectures per week Prerequisite, consent
of instructor A detailed treatment of single-
crystal x-ray methods
CHEM 687 Statistical mechanics and Chemis-
try. (3) Three lectures per week. Prerequisite.
CHEM 684 or equivalent.
CHEM 688 Selected Topics in Physical Chem-
istry. (2) Two lectures per week
CHEM 689 Special Topics in Physical Chemis-
try. (3) Three lectures per week.
CHEM 690 Quantum Chemistry I. (3) Three
lectures per week. Prerequisite. CHEM 485.
CHEM 691 Quantum Chemistry II. (3) Three
lectures per week. Prerequisite. CHEM 690 or
PHYS622
CHEM 699 Special Problems in Chemistry.
(3) Prerequisite— one semester of graduate
study in chemistry. Laboratory experience in
a research environment Restricted to students
in the non-thesis M.S. option Repeatable for a
maximum of 6 credits.
CHEM 702 Radiochemistry Laboratory. (1-2)
One or two four-hour laboratory periods per
week. Registration limited. Prerequisites,
CHEM 403 (or concurrent registration therein).
and consent of instructor
CHEM 703 Advanced Radiochemistry. (2)
Two lectures per week Prerequisite, CHEM
403 and CHEM 462 Utilization of
radioisotopes with special emphasis on ap-
plications to problems in the life sciences
CHEM 704 Advanced Radiochemistry
Laboratory. (1-2) One or two four-hour
laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite,
CHEM 702 and consent of instructor.
Latxjratory training in the utilization of
radioisotopes with special emphasis on ap-
plications to problems in the life sciences
CHEM 705 Nuclear Chemistry. (2) Two lec-
tures per week. Prerequisite, CHEM 482 An
introduction to nuclear chemistry The more im-
portant nuclear decay phenomena; nuclear
models; nuclear spin; reactions in complex
nuclei; interactions of radiation with matter
Emphasis is placed on the behavior of heavy
elements and nuclear systematics.
CHEM 718 Special Topics in Nuclear
Chemistry. (1-3) One to three lectures per
week A discussion of current research
problems Subtitles will be given at each of-
fering Repeatable for credit to a maximum of
six hours.
CHEM 721 Organic Geochemistry. (3) Three
lectures per week. Prerequisite, CHEM 201 or
equivalent. A discussion of the fate of natural
organic products in the geological environment.
The influence of diagenetic factors, such as
hydrolysis, heat, pressure, etc., on such com-
pounds as cellulose, lignin, proteins, and lipids
Detailed consideration of the origin of soil
organic matter, carbonaceous shales, coal, and
crude oil.
CHEM 722 Cosmochemistry. (3) Three lee
tures per week Prerequisite. CHEM 482 or
equivalent. Current theories of origin and
evolution of the solar system with emphasis on
the experimental data available to chemists
from examination of meteorites, the moon, and
the earth.
CHEM 723 Marine Geochemistry. (3) Three
lectures per week Prerequisite, CHEM 481 or
equivalent The geochemical evolution of the
ocean; composition of sea water, density-
chlorinity-salinity relationship and carbon
dioxide system The geochemistry of sedimen-
tation with emphasis on the chemical stability
and inorganic and biological production of car-
bonate, silicate and phosphate containing
minerals
CHEM 727 Geochemical Differentiation. (3)
Distribution of the chemical elements in the
earth and the mechanisms by which the
distributions came about.
CHEM 728 Selected Topics in Analytical
Geochemistry. (2-3) One or two lectures per
week and one laboratory per week
Prerequisite, consent of instructor This course
will be subtitled each time it is offered to in-
dicate the analytical method discussed.
Repeatable for credit to a maximum of nine
hours Enrollment will be limited.
CHEM 729 Special Topics in Geochemistry.
(1-3) One to three lectures per week A
discussion of current research problems Sub-
titles will be given at each offenng Repeatable
for credit to a maximum of six hours
CHEM 750 Chemical Evolution. (3)-
Prerequisite, CHEM 441, or 721 ; or ZOOL
446; or BOTN 616; or consent of instructor.
The chemical processes leading to the ap-
pearances of life on earth Theoretical and ex-
perimental considerations related to the
geochemical, organic, and biochemical
phenomena of chemical evolution.
CHEM 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6)
CHEM 898 Seminar. (1)
CHEM 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research.
(1-8)
Civil Engineering
Program
Professor and Chairman: Carter
Lepper. Otts, Ragan.
Sternberg
Associate Professors: Birkner, Colville,
Cookson, Cournyn, Garber, Hall, Heins,
Israel, McCven, Piper,' Wedding, Witczak
Assistant Professors: Albrecht,
Loutzenheiser. Mulinazzi, Yoo
'joint appointment with Meteorology
The Department of Civil Engineering offers
graduate work leading to the degrees of
Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy.
All programs are planned on an individual basis
by the student and his advisor to consider the
student's background and special interests
Courses and research opportunities are
available in the general areas of transportation
and urban systems, environmental engineering
and water resources, structural engineering,
and soil mechanics. In general, emphasis is on
learning sound engineering principals and ap-
plying them to the solution of the problems of
man in his environment.
Applicants for admission should hold a B.S.
degree in Civil Engineering. However, ap-
plicants with undergraduate degrees in other
disciplines have been accepted with the
stipulation that deficiencies in prerequisite un-
dergraduate course work be corrected before
enrolling in graduate courses. There are no en-
trance examinations required to enter the
program
Two options are available for the Master of
Science degree; thesis and non-thesis. The
thesis option requires 24 credit hours plus a
thesis, while the non-thesis option is 30 credit
hours of course work. The department s
policies are the same as the requirements of
the Graduate School.
The requirements for the Doctor of
Philosophy degree are the same as those im-
posed by the Graduate School. An individual
program of study to suit the needs of the
student is developed by the student and his
advisor The equivalent of two years of full-time
study beyond the Master of Science degree is
the minimum requirement. The student must
pass a qualifying examination before being ad-
mitted to candidacy. Normally, the qualifying
exam is taken one year after the completion of
the MS degree. No language requirement
exists for the Ph D degree
Almost all full-time graduate students
receive financial assistance which, as a
minimum, includes tuition remission plus $290.
per month for master students
The research facilities of the department are
available to graduate students These include
laboratories in the following areas; trans-
portation, systems analysis, environmental,
hydraulics, structures, and soil mechanics. A
UNIVAC 1106 and a UNIVAC 1108, com-
plemented by remote access units located in
the engineering building, are available.
The Washington and Baltimore Metropolitan
Areas are easily accessible for data, field
studies, library access, contacts with national
organizations and attendance at national
meetings. The location of the University of
Maryland offers a unique opportunity to obtain
an advanced degree in Civil Engineering.
60 / Graduate Programs
ENCE 410 Advanced Strength of Materials.
(3) Three lectures per week. Prerequisite,
ENES 220 Strength and deformation of deform-
able bodies, plane stress and strain, torsion
theory, unsymmetncal bending, curved beams
Behavior of beams, columns, slabs, plates and
composite members unload. Elastic and
inelastic stability,
ENCE 411 Experimental Stress Analysis. (4)
Three lectures and one laboratory per week.
Prerequisite, ENES 220. Application of ex-
perimental data on materials to design
problems Correlation of analytical and ex-
perimental methods of analysis with design.
Electric strain gauges, photoelasticity, brittle
laquer methods and various analogies.
ENCE 420 Basic Civil Engineering Planning
I. (3) Prerequisites, senior standing or consent
of the instructor. Urban-regional physical plan-
ning from the civil engineering viewpoint. In-
tegration of the planning aspects of
engineering— environmental, structural, tran-
sportation and water resources— into a
systems approach to the practice of civil
engineering. Also included: site, construction,
and engineering materials planning;
engineering economics and evaluation; current
topics,
ENCE 430 Intermediate Fluid Mechanics. (4)
Three lectures and one laboratory per week.
Prerequisite, ENCE 330 Application of basic
principles to the solution of engineering
problems: ideal fluid flow, mechanics of fluid
resistance, open channel flow under uniform,
gradually varied and rapidly varied conditions,
sediment transport, role of model studies in
analysis and design.
ENCE 431 Surface Water Hydrology. (3)
Prerequisites, ENCE 330 and 360 Concurrent
registration in ENCE 460 or permission of in-
structor. Study of the physical processes of
the hydrologic cycle. Hydrometology, concepts
of weather modification, evaporation and trans-
piration infiltration studies, run off com-
putations, flood routing, reservoir requirements,
emphasis on process simukuion as a tool in
water resource development
ENCE 432 Ground Water Hydrology. (3)
Prerequisites, ENCE 330, 460 or permission
of instructor Concepts related to the develop-
ment of the ground water resource,
hydrogeology, hydrodynamics of flow through
porous media, hydraulics of wells, artificial
recharge, sea water intrusion, basin-wide
ground water development
ENCE 433 Environmental Health Engineering
Analysis. (3) Two lectures and one laboratory
per week. The theory and analytical techniques
used In evaluating man's environment. Em-
phasis is given to the areas of quantitative,
physical, electroanalytical and organic
chemistry as applied to chemical analysis of
water
ENCE 434 Air Pollution. (3) Three lectures
per week. Classification of atmospheric
pollutants and their effects on visibility.
Inanimate and animate receptors. Evaluation of
source emissions and principles of air pollution
control; meteorological factors governing the
distribution and removal of air pollutants; air
quality measurements and air pollution control
legislation
ENCE 435 Sanitary Engineering Analysis
and Design. (4) Three lectures and one
laboratory per week. Prerequisite, ENCE 221
and ENCE 330 The application of sanitary
analysis and fundamental principles to the
design and operation of water and waste water
treatment plants and the control of stream
pollution.
ENCE 440 Advanced Soil Mechanics. (4)
Three lectures and one laboratory per week
Prerequisite, ENCE 340 Theories of strength,
compressibility, capillanty and permeability.
Critical review of theories and methods of
measunng essential properties. Planning,
execution and interpretation of soil testing
programs
ENCE 441 Soil-Foundation Systems. (3)
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, ENCE
340. Soil mechanics and foundation analysis
are integrated in a systems approach to the
analysis and design of soil foundation-
structural systems Interaction of bearing
capacity, settlements, lateral pressures,
drainage, vibrations, stress distributions, etc.,
are included for a variety of structural systems.
ENCE 450 Design of Steel Structures. (3)
Prerequisites, ENCE 350 and concurrent
registration in ENCE 351 Analyses for
stresses and deflections in structures by
methods of consistent deformations, virtual
work and internal strain energy. Application to
design of plate girders, indeterminate and con-
tinuous trusses, two hinged arches and other
structures. Elements of plastic analysis and
design of steel structures.
ENCE 451 Design of Concrete Structures.
(4) Prerequisites, ENCE 340 and ENCE 351
Three lecture hours and one laboratory per
week Design of reinforced concrete struc-
tures, including slabs, footings, composite
members, building frames, and retaining walls
Approximate methods of analysis; code
requirements; influence of concrete properties
on strength and deflection; optimum design. In-
troduction to prestressed concrete design
ENCE 460 Modern Techniques for Structural
Analysis. (3) Prerequisites, ENCE 351, and
ENCE 360. Two lecture hours and one
laboratory per week Application of computer
oriented methods and numerical techniques to
analysis and design of structural systems.
fVlatrix formulation of the stiffness and flexibility
methods for framed structures. Introduction of
numerical techniques to the solution of selec-
ted problems in such topics as plates, struc-
tural stability, and vibrations.
ENCE 461 Analysis of Civil Engineering
Systems I. (3) Prerequisite, senior standing or
consent of instructor. Application of the prin-
ciples of engineering economy and statistics to
the solution of civil engineehng problems
Economic comparison of alternatives using
present worth, annual cost, rate of return and
cost, rate of return and cost benefit analyses
Development and use of simple and multiple
regression models, and statistical decision
theory.
ENCE 470 Highway Engineering. (4) Three
lectures and one three-hour laboratory per
week. Prerequisite, ENCE 340. Location,
design, construction and maintenance of roads
and pavements. Introduction to traffic
engineering.
ENCE 471 Transportation Engineering. (3)
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, ENCE
370. A study of the principles of transportation
engineering as applied to the various modes of
transport. Consideration is given to cost
analysis, economic aspects of route and site
selection and layout. The organization and ad-
ministration of engineering functions
ENCE 472 Highway and Airfield Pavement
Design. (3) Prerequisites, ENCE 340 and 370
Two lectures and one laboratory per week
Principles of pavement analysis and design.
Analysis of moving loads and pavement
response. Subgrade evaluation and
beneficiation Flexible and rigid pavement
design; related materials specifications and
tests
ENCE 489 Special Problems. (3) Prerequisite,
senior standing A course arranged to meet the
needs of exceptionally well prepared students
for study in a particular field of civil
engineering.
ENCE 600 Advanced Engineering Materials
Laboratory. (3) Prerequisites, ENES 220, 221
and ENCE 300 or equivalent. Critical
examination of the methods for testing
engineering materials and structures under
static, repeated, sustained and impact forces.
Laboratory experiments for the determination
of strength and stiffness of structural alloys,
concrete and other construction materials.
Critical examination of the effects of test fac-
tors on the determination of engineering
properties.
ENCE 601 Structural Materials and Design.
(3) Prerequisite, ENCE 410 and 41 1 or con-
sent of instructor. Relation of structural
analysis, properties of materials and laboratory
study of the behavior of members to structural
design methods, codes and specifications. Ef-
fects of temperature, loading rates and state of
combined stress on behavior of construction
materials.
ENCE 603 Theories of Concrete and
Granular Materials. (3) Prerequisites, ENCE
600, or consent of instructor. Critical reviews
of analytical and experimental investigations of
the behavior of concretes under diverse con-
ditions of loading and environment Ivlechanics
of granular aggregates and the chemistry of
cements. Theones of the design of Portland
cement and field experience
ENCE 610 Advanced Strength of Materials.
(3) Prerequisites, ENES 220, 221 and ENCE
300, or equivalent Analysis for stress and
deformation in engineering members by the
methods of mechanics of materials and
elementary theories of elasticity and plasticity.
Problems in flexure, torsion plates and shells,
stress concentrations, indeterminate com-
binations, residual stresses, stability.
ENCE 612 Structures Research Methods and
Model Analysis. (3) Prerequisite, ENCE 450
and ENCE 451 or equivalent. Instrumentation,
data analysis; states of stress; structural
models, structural similitude; analogies; non-
destructive testing techniques; planning
research projects, lab studies and reports.
ENCE 620 Urban-Regional Civil Engineering
Planning. (3) First semester Prerequisite,
degree in civil engineering or consent of In-
structor. Theory and methodology for the syn-
thesis of general civil engineering aspects of
urban and regional planning. Integration of land
use conditions and capabilities, population fac-
tors and needs, engineering economics and
engineehng technologies Application to
special problems in urban-regional develop-
ment. Preparation of engineering reports.
Presentation methods
ENCE 621 Civil Engineering Planning. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite, ENCE 620 or
Graduate Programs / 61
equivalent General to comprehensive planning
or complex engineering facilities such as in-
dustrial plants, bridges, utilities and tran-
sportation projects Planning based on the syn-
thesis of all applicable factors Emphasis on
general civil engineering planning including
site, structural and construction planning. Plan
evaluation and feasibility
ENCE 622 Urban and Regional Systems
Analysis. (3) Prerequisite or corequisite.
ENCE 46 1 or consent of instructor Current ap-
plications and research approaches in land-use
forecasting, land-use evaluation, urban trans-
portation, land-use interrelationships, and the
planning implementation process in a systems
analytic framework
ENCE 630 Analysis and Design of Water
Resource Systems. (3) Prerequisite, ENCE
461 or equivalent Use of advanced
techniques for the design and analysis of com-
plex, multi-purpose Viiater resource systems;
Identification of the objectives of design and
translation of the obiectives into design critena;
evaluation of alternate designs and the selec-
tion of the best design: special emphasis on
optimization and simulation techniques which
are applicable to water resource systems.
ENCE 631 Advanced Hydrologic Analysis.
(3) Emphasis is on the analysis of hydrologic
data for the development of information
necessary for design or for the identification of
important processes; eigenvalue and eigen-
vector analysis of linear hydrologic systems;
application of multivanant statistical methods;
non-linear least squares
ENCE 632 Free Surface Flow. (3)
Prerequisite. ENCE 330 or equivalent Ap-
plication of fundamentals of fluid mechanics to
problems of free surface flow; computation of
steady and transient water surface profiles;
stratified flows in reservoirs and estuanes; dif-
fusion; transition structures; sediment tran-
sport
ENCE 633 Tfie Chemistry of Natural Waters.
(4) Prerequisite, ENCE 433 or consent of in-
structor Three lectures, one lab a week. Ap-
plication of principles from chemical ther-
modynamics and kinetics to the study and in-
terpretation of the chemical characteristics of
natural water systems The chemical com-
position of natural waters is rationalized by
considenng metal ion soluability controls, pH,
carbonate equilibria, absorption reactions redox
reactions, and the kinetics of oxygenation
reactions which occur in natural water en-
vironments
ENCE 634 Air Sampling and Analysis. (3)
Prerequisite, ENCE 434 or consent of in-
structor. Two lectures and one laboratory a
week The theory and techniques used in the
determination and measurement of chemical,
radiological, and biological pollutants in the at-
mosphere. Discussion of air sampling equip-
ment, analytical methods and data evaluation
ENCE 635 Design of Water Purification
Facilities. (3) Corequisite. ENCE 636 or
equivalent One lecture and two laboratory
penods a week. Application of basic science
and engineehng science to design of water
supply and purification processes; design and
economics of unit operations as applied to en-
vironmental systems
ENCE 636 Unit Operations of Environmental
Health Engineering. (3) Prerequisite, ENCE
221 or consent of instructor Properties and
quality criteria of drinking wafer as related to
62 / Graduate Programs
health are interpretated by a chemical and
biological approach. Legal aspects of water
use and handling are considered. Theory and
application of aeration, sedimentation, filtration,
centhfugation, desalinization. corrosion and
corrosion control are among topics to be con-
sidered.
ENCE 637 Biological Principles of En-
vironmental Health Engineering. (4)
Prerequisite, MICB 440 or equivalent. Three
lectures and one lab period a week. An ex-
position of biological principles directly af-
fecting man and his environment; assay, con-
trol and treatment of biological and virological
agents in water, sewage, and air; microbiology
and biochemistry aerobic and anerobic treat-
ment processes for aqueous wastes
ENCE 640 Soil Mechanics. (3) Prerequisites,
ENCE 340, 440 or equivalent. Identification
properties tests and classification methods for
earth materials. Strength and deformation
characteristics, hydraulic properties and per-
meability, sheanng resistance, compressibility
and consolidation, with laboratory tests for
these properties. Study of the basic theohes
involved and the development of test
procedures,
ENCE 641 Advanced Foundations. (3)
Prerequisites, ENCE 340. 450 and 451 or
equivalent, Pnnciples of mechanics applied to
engineenng problems in foundation, earth
pressure theories, seepage and drainage
phenomena, stability of footings and slopes,
stresses and deformation in soils, consolidation
theory and application to foundation settle-
ments
ENCE 651 Matrix Methods of Structural
Analysis. (3) Review of basic structural and
matrix theory. Development of force and
displacement methods with emphasis on the
latter Discussion of special topics such as
geometnc non-linearity, automated and op-
timum design non-prismatic members and thin-
walled open sections and sub-division of large
structures. Emphasis on applications to civil
engineehng structures
ENCE 652 Analysis of Plate and Shell Struc-
tures. (3)Prerequisites, ENCE 410 and ENCE
381 or equivalent. Review of theory of elasticity
and in-plane forces; theory of orthotropic
plates; approximate methods; large deflection
theory, buckling; general theory of shells, cylin-
drical shells, domes.
ENCE 655 Plastic Analysis and Design of
Structures. (3) Prerequisite, permission of in-
structor The study of the factors effecting the
plastic behavior of steel structures and the
criteria necessary for design The design of
beams, rigid frames and multi-story braced
frames using current specifications, A review
of current research and practice.
ENCE 656 Advanced Steel Design. (3)
Prerequisite, ENCE 450 and ENCE 451 or
equivalent interpretation of specifications and
codes for the design of steel buildings and
bridges Discussion of the behavior of steel
connections, members and structures; the
relationship between behavior and design
specifications
ENCE 657 Theory of Structural Design. (3)
Prerequisite. ENCE 656 Correlation of theory,
experience, and expenments in study of struc-
tural behavior, proportioning, and preliminary
design Special design problems of fatigue,
buckling, vibrations, and impact.
ENCE 660 Engineering Analysis. (3)
ENCE 661 Finite Element Techniques in
Engineering Analysis. (3) Prerequisite, con-
sent of instructor Basic principles and fun-
damental concepts of the finite element
method. Consideration of geometric and
matenal nonlinearities, convergence, mesh
gradation and computational procedures in
analysis. Applications to plane stress and plane
strain, plates and shells, eigenvalue problems,
axi-symmethc stress analysis, and other
problems in civil engineehng,
ENCE 670 Highw/ay Traffic Characteristics
and Measurements. (3) Prerequisite. ENCE
470 or consent of instructor. The study of the
fundamental traits and behavior patterns of the
road user and his vehicle in traffic. The basic
characteristics of the pedesthan, the driver, the
vehicle, traffic volume and speed, stream flow,
and intersection operation, parking, and ac-
cidents.
ENCE 671 HighvKay Traffic Operations. (3)
Prerequisite, ENCE 470, ENCE 670 or con-
sent of instructor A survey of traffic laws and
ordinances. The design, application and
operation of traffic control devices and aids, in-
cluding traffic signs and signals, pavement
markings, and hazard delineation. Capacity, ac-
cident, and parking analyses
ENCE 672 Regional Transportation Planning.
(3) Prerequisite, ENCE 471 or consent of in-
structor Factors involved and the components
of the process for planning statewide and
regional transportation systems, encompassing
all modes. Transportation planning studies,
statewide traffic models, investment models,
programming and scheduling.
ENCE 673 Urban Transportation. (3)
Prerequisite, ENCE 672 or consent of in-
structor Relationship of transportation to the
total urban complex, the urban transportation
planning process, the models used to achieve
the vahous steps in the process and the
relationship of private and public transportation.
Consideration of the factors influencing the
demand for transportation and the socio-
economic consequences of transportation.
ENCE 674 Urban Transit Planning and Rail
Transportation Engineering. (3) Prerequisite.
ENCE 471 or consent of instructor Basic
engineering components of conventional and
high speed railroads and of air cushion and
other high speed new technology. The study
of urban rail and bus transit. The charac-
tenstics of the vehicle, the supporting way, and
the terminal requirements will be evaluated with
respect to system performance, capacity cost,
and level of service.
ENCE 675 Airport Planning and Design. (3)
Prerequisite, ENCE 471 or consent of in-
structor The planning and design of airports in-
cluding site selection, runway configuration,
geometnc and structural design of the landing
area, and terminal facilities. l\/lethods of financ-
ing airports, estimates of aeronautical
demand, air traffic control, and airport lighting
are also studied
ENCE 676 Highwiay Traffic Flow Theory. (3)
Prerequisite, ENCE 461. ENCE 462 or con-
sent of the instructor. An examination of
physical and statistical laws that are used to
represent traffic flow phenomena. Deterministic
models including heat flow, fluid flow, and
energy-momentum analogies, car following
models, and acceleration noise Stochastic ap-
proaches using independent and t^/larkov
processes, queuing models, and probability
distnbutions
ENCE 677 Quantitative Methods in Trans-
portation Engineering. (3) Prerequisite
ENCE 461 or consent of instructor Theory,
methods and applications relevant to the study
of micro- and macro-scale transportatiot,
systems, in terms of their behavior, design and
evaluation A selected overview of optimization,
multivanate statistics, stochastic processes and
the general science of systems decision
processes will form the basis for a selected
study of pertinent examples
ENCE 6S8 Advanced Topics in Civil
Engineering. (1-3) Prerequisite, permission of
instructor Advanced topics selected by the
faculty from the current literature of civil
engineering to suit the needs and background
of students May be taken for repeated credit
when identified by topic title.
ENCE 689 Seminar. (1-16)
ENCE 731 Advanced Ground Water
Hydrology. (3) Prerequisite ENCE 432 or
equivalent Theory and application of unsteady
flow in porous media Analysis of one and two
dimensional unsteady flow Solutions of non-
linear equation of unsteady flow with a free
surface Development and use of approximate
numerical and graphical methods in the study
of ground water movement.
ENCE 732 Deterministic Models In Surface
Water Hydrology. (3) A detained examination
of the processes controlling the quantity and
quality of watershed runoff: emphasis is on the
development of deterministic mathematical
models for process simulation; role of land-
phase processes in flood hydrology;
evaporation and transpiration; models for urban
watersheds; linkage for hydrograph synthesis
ENCE 733 Applied Water Chemistry. (4)
Prerequisite, ENCE 633 or consent of in-
structor Three lectures, one lab a week A
study of the chemistry of both municipal and
industnal water treatment processes Among
the topics to be considered are water soften-
ing, stabilization, chemical destabilization of
colloidal materials, ion exchange, disinfection,
chemical oxidation and oxygenation reactions.
ENCE 734 Aerosol Science and Technology.
(3) Three lectures per week Prerequisite. EN-
CE 430 or equivalent Physical properties of
air-borne particles. Theories of particle motion
under the action of external forces;
coagulation; brownian motion and diffusion Ap-
plication of aerosols in atmosphenc sciences
and industnal processes,
ENCE 735 Design of Municipal and In-
dustrial Wastes Treatment Facilities. (3)
Corequisite. ENCE 736 or equivalent One lec-
ture and two laboratory periods a week Ap-
plication of basic science and engineering
science to design of municipal and industnal
waste treatment processes; design and
economics of unit operations as applied to en-
vironmental systems
ENCE 736 Theory of Aqueous and Solid
Waste Treatment and Disposal. (3)
Prerequisites. ENCE 221 and fundamentals of
microbiology or consent of instructor Theory
and basic pnnciples of treating and handling
waste products; hydraulics of sewers:
biological oxidation: principles and design
criteria of biological and physical treatment
processes; disposal of waste sludges and
solids
ENCE 737 Industrial Wastes. (3) Corequisite.
ENCE 736 or equivalent A study of the
charactenstics of liquid wastes from major in-
dustnes, and the processes producing the
wastes. The theory and methods of eliminating
or treating the wastes, and their effects upon
municipal sewage-treatment plants, and
receiving waters.
ENCE 738 Selected Topics in Porous Media
Flow. (3) Prerequisite. ENCE 731 Analysis of
two-liquid flows for immiscible fluids,
simultaneous flow of two immiscible fluids and
miscible fluids Hydrodynamic dispersion
theones. parameters of dispersion and
solutions of some dispersion problems with
emphasis on migration of pollutants A
maximum of six hours may be earned in this
course
ENCE 750 Analysis and Design of Structural
Systems. (3) Prerequisite. ENCE 450 and EN-
CE 451 or equivalent. Review of classical
determinate and indeterminate analysis
techniques: numerical technique: multistory
buildings: space structures; suspension
bndges and cables structures: arches; long
span bndges
ENCE 751 Advanced Problems in Structural
Behavior. (3) Prerequisite. ENCE 750 or
equivalent Elastic and inelastic behavior of
structural members and frames; problems in
torsion, stability and bending; open and closed
thin-walled sections: curved girders.
ENCE 753 Reinforced Concrete Structures.
(3) Prerequisite. ENCE 450 and 451 or
equivalent Trie behavior and strength of rein-
forced concrete members under combined
loadings, including the effects of creep, shrink-
age and temperature Mechanisms of shear
resistance and design procedures for bond,
shear and diagonal tension Elastic and ultimate
strength analysis and design of slabs. Columns
in multistory frames. Applications to reinforced
concrete structures.
ENCE 754 Prestressed Concrete Structures.
(3) Prerequisite ENCE 450 and 451 or-
equivalent Fundamental concepts of
prestressed concrete Analysis and design of
ftexural members including composite and ocn-
tinuous beams with emphasis on load balan-
cing technique Ultimate strength design for
shear design of post tensioned flat slabs.
Vanous applications of prestressing including
tension members, compression members, cir-
cular prestressing, frames and folded plates.
ENCE 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6)
ENCE 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research.
(1-8)
Classical Language
and Literature Courses
Greek
GREK 400 Level course prerequisite, the
status of advanced undergraduate or graduate
and consent of the instructor
GREK 401 Thucydides. (3)
GREK 402 Greek Philosophers. (3)
GREK 403 Greek Tragedy. (3)
GREK 404 Greek Comedy. (3)
GREK 405 Greek Oratory. (3)
GREK 406 Greek Epigraphy. (3)
GREK 499 Greek Readings. (3) Prerequisite,
consent of the instructor. The reading of one
or more selected Greek authors Reports. May
be repeated with different content.
Latin
LATN 400 Level course prerequisite. LATN
361
LATN 401 Catullus and the Roman Elegiac
Poets. (3)
LATN 402 Tacitus. (3)
LATN 403 Roman Satire. (3)
LATN 404 Roman Comedy. (3)
LATN 405 Lucretius. (3)
LATN 411 Advanced Latin Grammar. (3)
Prerequisite, three years of college Latin or
equivalent An intensive study of the mor-
phology and syntax of the Latin language sup-
plemented by rapid reading
LATN 499 Latin Readings. (3) Prerequisite,
consent of instructor. The reading of one or
more selected Latin authors from antiquity
through the Renaissance Reports May be
repeated with different content,
LATN 610 Vulgar Latin Readings. (3)
Prerequisite, consent of instructor. An intensive
review of the phonology, morphology, and syn-
tax of classical Latin, followed by the study of
the deviations of vulgar Latin from the classical
norms, with the reading of selections from the
Peregrinatio Ad Loca Sancta and the study of
divergences from classical usage therein, with
special emphasis of those which anticipate
subsequent developments in the romance
languages. Reports,
Comparative
Literature Program
Professor and Chairman: Kenny
Assistant Professor
and Executive Secretary: Swigger
Professors: Freedman, Goodwyn, Jones,
Perioff. Panichas, Salamanca
Associate Professors: Coogan, Greenwood
Assistant Professor: Lebreton-Savigny
The Program in Comparative Literature offers
graduate work leading to the degrees of
Master of Arts and Doctor of Philosophy,
The CMLT Program emphasizes work in
medieval. Renaissance, Romantic, and modem
literature, in the standard European languages.
The focus of courses and seminars tends to
be specifically literary, but interdisciplinary
work is by no means precluded.
Applicants should have a strong background
in literary and humanistic studies. Since ad-
vanced work in Comparative Literature is
biased on the premise that literature should be
read in the original whenever possible, students
are expected to be able to read at least one
language other than English (preferably French,
German, or Spanish), with a high degree of
aesthetic appreciation Ph D students are ex-
pected to use at least two foreign languages
actively in their work, and it is assumed that
they will have or develop an acquaintance with
one or two additional languages. Entrance
examinations are not required, but high scores
Graduate Programs / 63
on GRE literature and language examinations
will add weight to applications.
Financial aid: about one fourth of CMLT
graduate students receive financial aid Or-
dinarily applicants compete for assistantships
in the Freshman English program. In ex-
ceptional cases, applicants have been able to
obtain positions in foreign language depart-
ments
Students take courses in CMLT and two
other departments of literature. The MA.
degree requires thirty hours, either 24 hours of
course work and a thesis, or thirty hours of
course work and a comprehensive
examination No specific number of hours is
required for the Ph.D., as the number will vary
according to the preparation and goals of the
individual student; the average has been eight
courses beyond the M.A. A Master's degree is
a required step toward the Ph D The Ph D
comprehensive examinations cover three major
areas, determined tin consultation with the
graduate advisers.
Departments cooperating in the Program;
English, French and Italian. German and
Russian, Spanish and Portuguese, Classics
CMLT 401 Introductory Survey of Compara-
tive Literature. (3) Survey of the background
of European Literature through study of Greek
and Latin literature in English translations, dis-
cussing the debt of modern literature to the
ancients.
CMLT 402 Introductory Survey of Com-
parative Literature. (3) Study of the medieval
and modern continental literature.
CMLT 411 The Greek Drama. (3) The Chief
works of Aeschylus, Sophocles, Euripedes, and
Aristophanes in English translations. Emphasis
on the historic background, on dramatic struc-
ture, and on the effect of the Attic drama upon
the mind of the civilized world.
CMLT 415 The Old Testament as Literature.
(3) A study of sources, development and
literary types.
CMLT 416 New Testament as Literature. (3)
A study of the books of the New Testament,
with attention to the relevant historical
background and to the transmission of the text
A knowledge of Greek is helpful, but not
essential.
CMLT 421 The Classical Tradition and its In-
fluence in the Middle Ages and the
Renaissance. (3) Emphasis on major writers
Reading knowledge of Greek or Latin required.
CMLT 422 The Classical Tradition and its In-
fluence in the Middle Ages and the
Renaissance. (3) Emphasis on major writers
Reading knowledge of Greek or Latin required.
CMLT 430 Literature of the Middle Ages. (3)
Narrative, dramatic and lyric literature of the
Middle Ages studied in translation.
CMLT 433 Dante and the Romance
Tradition. (3) A reading of the Divine Comedy
to enlighten the discovery of reality in western
literature
CMLT 461 Romanticism— Early Stages. (3)
Emphasis on England, France and Germany.
Reading knowledge of French or German
required
CMLT 462 Romanticism— Flowering and In-
fluence. (3) Emphasis on England, France and
Germany Reading knowledge of French or
German required
CMLT 469 The Continental Novel. (3) The
novel in translation from Stendhal through the
Existentialists, selected from literatures of
France, Germany, Italy, Russia, and Spain.
CMLT 470 Ibsen and the Continental Drama.
(3) Emphasis on the major work of Ibsen, with
some attention given to selected
predecessors, contemporaries and successors.
CMLT 479 Major Contemporary Authors. (3)
CMLT 488 Genres. (3) A study of a
recognized literary form, such as tragedy, epic,
satire, literary criticism, comedy, tragicomedy,
etc The course may be repeated for
cumulative credit up to six hours when dif-
ferent material is presented.
CMLT 489 Major Writers. (3) Each semester
two major writers from different cultures and
languages will be studied. Authors will be
chosen on the basis of significant relationships
of cultural and aesthetic contexts, analogies
between their respective works, and the im-
portance of each writer to his literary tradition.
CMLT 496 Conference Course in Com-
parative Literature. (3) Second semester A
tutorial type discussion course, correlating the
courses in various literatures which the student
has previously taken with the pnmary themes
and masterpieces of world literature. This course
is required of undergraduate majors in com-
parative literature, but must not be taken until
the final year of the student's program.
CMLT 498 Selected Topics in Comparative
Literature. (3)
CMLT 601 Problems in Comparative
Literature. (3)
CMLT 610 Folklore in Literature. (3)
CMLT 631 The Medieval Epic. (3)
CMLT 632 The Medieval Romance. (3)
CMLT 639 Studies in the Renaissance. (3)
Repeatable to a maximum of nine hours
CMLT 640 The Italian Renaissance and its
Influence. (3)
CMLT 642 Problems of the Baroque in
Literature. (3)
CMLT 649 Studies in Eighteenth Century
Literature. (3) Studies in eighteenth century
literature as announced. Repeatable to a
maximum of 9 hours
CMLT 658 Studies in Romanticism. (3)
Studies in Romanticism; As announced.
Repeatable to a maximum of 9 hours
CMLT 679 Seminar in Modern and Con-
temporary Literature. (3) Seminar in modern
and contemporary literature; As announced
Repeatable to a maximum of 9 hours.
CMLT 681 Literary Criticism— Ancient and
Medieval. (3)
CMLT 682 Literary Criticism— Renaissance
and Modern. (3)
CMLT 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6)
CMLT 801 Seminar in Themes and Types.
(3)
CMLT 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research.
(1-8)
Computer Science
Program
Professor ar\d Acting Chairman: Atchison
Professors: Chu^ Edmundson^, Glasser*,
Kanal, Minker
Associate Professors: Austing, Stewart*,
Vandergraft
Assistant Professors: Agrawala, Basili,
Feldman, Hagerty'. Hamlet, Hecht, Lay,
McClellan, Mills, Noonan, Rieger,
Zelkowitz
Research Professors: Rheinboldt',^,
Rosenfield'
joint appointment with Computer Science Center
joint appointment with Eiectncal Engineering
loint appointment witti Mathematics
appointment with Physics
lOint appointment with College of Library and Information Ser-
appointment with Institute for Fluid Dynamics and Applied
The Department of Computer Science offers
graduate programs leading to the degrees of
Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy in
the following areas; applications, computer
systems, language and information processing,
numerical analysis, and theory of computing
Admission and degree requirements
specific to the graduate programs in computer
science are described in a brochure available
through the Departmental Education Office
There are two options for the master's degree
24 hours of course work plus the completion
of a thesis; or 33 hours of course work plus
the completion of a scholarly paper. There is
no minimum course requirement in the doctoral
program. The number and variety of courses
offered each semester enables a student and
his advisor to plan an individualized degree
program
The Department maintains a POP 1 1 /45
computer system and utilizes the UNIVAC
1 108/ 11 06 computer system maintained by
the Computer Science Center.
CMSC 400 Introduction to Computer
Languages and Systems. (3) Prerequisite,
MATH 241 or equivalent. A terminal course
suitable for non-CMSC majors with no
programming background Organization and
characteristics of computers Procedure onen-
ted and assembly languages Representation of
data, characters and instructions. Introduction
to logic design and systems organization.
Macro definition and generation Program
segmentation and linkage. Extensive use of the
computer to complete projects illustrating
programming techniques and machine struc-
ture (CMSC 400 may not be counted for credit
in the graduate program in computer science.).
CMSC 410 Computer Organization. (3)
Prerequisite. CMSC 210 or equivalent. This is
the same course as ENEE 440 Introduction
Computer elements. Parallel adders and sub-
tracters. Micro-operations, Sequences. Com-
puter simulation. Organization of a com-
mercially available stored program computer.
Microprogrammed computers A large-scale
batch-processing system.
CMSC 415 Systems Programming. (3)
Prerequisites, CMSC 220. 4 1 0 Basic algor-
ithms of operating system software Memory
management using linkage editors and loaders,
dynamic relocation with base registers, paging.
64 / Graduate Programs
File systems and Input/output control
Processor allocation for multiprogramming,
timeshanng The emphasis of the course is on
practical systems programming, including
projects such as a simple linkage editor, a
stand-alone executive, a file system, etc.
CMSC 420 Data Structures. (3) Prerequisite,
Cr^^SA 220 or equivalent. Description, proper-
ties, and storage allocation of data structures
including lists and trees. Algorithms for
manipulating structures Applications from
areas such as data processing, information
retrieval, symbol manipulation, and operating
systems
CMSC 440 Structure of Programming
Languages. (3) Prerequisite. Cfi/ISC 210 or
equivalent Formal definition of languages in-
cluding specification of syntax and semantics
Syntactic structure and semantics of simple
statements including precedence, infix, prefix.
and postfix notation Global structure and
semantics of algorithmic languages including
declarations and storage allocation, grouping of
statements and binding time of constituents,
subroutines, coroutines, tasks and parameters
List processing and data description
languages
CMSC 445 Compiler Writing. (3)
Prerequisites. CfvISC 220, 440 A detailed
examination of a compiler for an algebraic
language designed around the writing of a
compiler as the major part of the course
Topics covered in the course include a review
of scanning and parsing, the examination of
code generation, optimization and error
recovery, and compiler-writing techniques such
as bootstrapping and translator writing
systems
CMSC 450 Elementary Logic and Algorittims.
(3) Prerequisite, MATH 240 or consent of
instructor. This is the same course as MATH
444. An elementary development of
prepositional logic, predicate logic, set algebra,
and boolean algebra, with a discussion of
Markov algohthms. turing machines and recur-
sive functions. Topics include post produc-
tions, word problems, and formal languages
CMSC 452 Elementary Ttieory of Com-
putation. (3) Prerequisites. CMSC 120. 250
This course is intended to serve two purposes;
(1) an introduction to the theory of com-
putation, and (2) a tie between many abstract
results and their concrete counterparts. This
course establishes a theoretical foundation for
the proper understanding of the inherent
limitations and actual power of digital com-
puters. Also, it provides a relatively uniform
way of stating and investigating problems that
arise in connection with the computation of
particular functions and certain classes of func-
tions. Topics covered include an introductory
treatment of classes of computable functions,
computability of register machines, com-
putability by turing machines, unsolvable
decision problems, concrete computational
complexity, and complexity of loop programs
CMSC 455 Elementary Formal Language
Theory. (3) Prerequisites CMSC 120. 250
This course is intended to serve as an in-
troduction to the theory of formal languages.
This theory is encountered in the study of both
programming languages and natural languages,
and consequently will be useful in numerous
other courses in computer science at the un-
dergraduate and graduate levels. Topics
covered include the highlights of Chomsky's
hierarchy of grammars and Chomsky's hierar-
chy of languages, a summary treatment of ac-
ceptors related to these languages, and a brief
introduction to the theory of transformational
grammars
CMSC 460 Computational Methods. (3)
Prerequisite. MATH 241 and CMSC 1 10. or
equivalent. Study of the basic computational
methods for interpolation, least squares, ap-
proximation, numerical quadrature, numerical
solution of polynominal and transcendental
equations, systems of linear equations and
initial value problems for ordinary differential
equations The emphasis is placed on a
discussion of the methods and their com-
putational properties rather than on their
analytic aspects. Intended pnmanly for students
in the physical and engineenng sciences.
(Credit will be given for only one course.
MATH CMSC 470 or MATH CMSC 460.)
CMSC 470 Introduction to Numerical
Analysis. (3) Prerequisite. MATH 241. and
CMSC 1 1 0 or elementary knowledge of com-
puter programming or equivalent Introduction
to the analysis of numerical methods for
solving linear systems of equations, nonlinear
equations in one variable, interpolation and ap-
proximation problems and the solution of initial
value problems for ordinary differential
equations. Emphasis on the theoretical foun-
dations. Intended pnmanly for students in
mathematics, applied mathematics, and com-
puter science. Not open to students who have
passed MATH /CMSC 460 (Listed also as
MATH 470).
CMSC 475 Combinatorics and Graph Theory.
(3) Prerequisite. MATH 240 or equivalent
General enumeration methods, difference
equations, generating functions. Elements or
graph theory to transport networks, matching
theory and graphical algorithms (Listed also as
MATH 475).
CMSC 477 Optimization. (3) Prerequisite.
CMSC 1 1 0, and MATH 405 or MATH 474.
Linear programming including the simplex
algorithm and dual linear programs, convex
sets and elements of convex programming,
combinatohal optimization, integer programming
(Listed also as MATH 477 and STAT 477)
CMSC 480 Simulation of Continuous
Systems. (3) Prerequisite. CMSC 280 or
equivalent. Introduction to digital simulation;
simulation by mimic programming; simulation by
FORTRAN programming; simulation by
DSL /'90 (or CSMP) programming; logic and
construction of a simulation processor;
similarity between digital simulations of con-
tinuous and discrete systems
CMSC 498 Special Problems in Computer
Science. (1-3) Prerequisite, permission of in-
structor An individualized course designed to
allow a student or students to pursue a
specialized topic or project under the super-
vision of the senior staff Credit according to
work done.
CMSC 600 Programming Systems. (3)
Prerequisites, CMSC 410. 420 and 440
Review of batch-process programming
systems, their components, operating charac-
teristics, services and limitations. Concurrent
processing of input-output and interrupt hand-
ling Structure of multiprogramming systems
for large-scale multiprocessor computers. Ad-
dressing techniques, storage allocation, file
management, systems accounting, and user-
related services; command languages and the
embedding of subsystems. Operating charac-
teristics of large-scale systems.
CMSC 610 Computer Systems. (3)
Prerequisite. CMSC 410 or equivalent Com-
puter organization Memory logic Control logic
Numerical precessors. Non-numerical
processors Computer architecture. On-line
computer systems Time-sharing computer
systems Computer networks. Analog and
hybrid computer systems.
CMSC 620 Information Processing. (3)
Prerequisites. CMSC 420 and 440. Computers
as devices for information processing
Definition, representation, and transformation of
information Complex information processing
systems, techniques for studying information
processing systems Models of information
processing systems. Processing of numeric
data, formula processing Processing of
natural-language text. Picture processing.
Machine intelligence. Applications to cognitive
processes and problem-solving.
CMSC 630 Theory of Programming
Languages. (3) Prerequisite. CMSC 440 Syn-
tactic and semantic models of programming
languages. Finite state processors and their
application to lexical analysis. Context free
languages, LR(K), precedence languages as
models of programming languages. Extensions
to context free grammars such as property
grammars, inherited and synthesized attributes,
VanWijngaarden grammars (ALGOL 68). ab-
stract syntax, the Vienna definition language,
graph models, translator writing systems
CMSC 640 Computability and Automata. (3)
Prerequisite. CMSC 450. or equivalent In-
troduction to the theories of computability and
automata. This basic course establishes the
foundation for all courses in the area of
metatheory. mathematical models of com-
puters, abstract machines, and formal
languages. Topics covered include finite-state
automata, neural networks, computability, ef-
fective procedures, algorithms, turing
machines, unsolvability results, recursive func-
tions, post productions and canonical systems.
CMSC 660 Algorithmic Numerical Analysis.
(3) Prerequisites. MATH/CMSC 460 or 470.
and CMSC 1 10 Detailed study of problems
arising in the implementation of numerical
algorithms on a computer Typical problems in-
clude rounding errors, their estimation and con-
trol; numerical stability considerations; stopping
criteria tor converging processes; parallel
methods. Examples from linear algebra, dif-
ferential equations, minimization (Also listed as
MATH 684)
CMSC 670 Numerical Analysis. (3)
Prerequisite. MATH/CMSC 460 or 470, MATH
405, and MATH 410. Perturbation theorems
for linear equations and eigenvalue problems
Stability of solutions of ordinary differential
equations. Discretization errors for ordinary dif-
ferential equations. Rounding error for linear
equations. Convergence theorems for iterative
methods for linear and nonlinear equations
(Listed also as MATH 638)
CMSC 700 Translation of Programming
Languages. (3) Prerequisites, CMSC 420 and
441 . Application of theoretical concepts
developed in formal language and automata
theory to the analytic design of programming
languages and their processors. Theory of
push-down automata, precedence analysis, and
bounded-context syntactic analysis as models
of syntactic portion of translator design. Design
Graduate Programs / 65
criteria underlying compiler techniques, such
as backtracking and lookahead Methods for
analyzing translator operation in terms of
estimating storage space and translation time
requirements- Current version of Backus-Naur
form Associated semanic notations for
specifying the operation of programming
language translators.
CMSC 710 Simulation of Computers and
Software. (3) Prerequisite, CI^SC 410 or
equivalent Computer simulation language, mar-
co and micro simulation. Boolean translation,
software-hardware transformation, description
and simulation of a microprogrammed com-
puter, construction and simulation of an assem-
bler, project for unified hardware-software
design
CMSC 720 Information Retrieval. (3)
Prerequisite. CI\/ISC 620 Designed to in-
troduce the student to computer techniques
for information organization and retrieval of
natural language data Techniques of statistical,
syntactic and logical analysis of natural
language for retrieval, and the extent of their
success Methods of designing systems tor
use in operational environments Applications
to both data and document systems,
CMSC 723 Computational Linguistics. (3)
Prerequisite, CMSC 620 Introductory course
on applications of computional techniques to
linguistics and natural-language processing.
Research cycle of corpus selection, pre-
editing, keypunching, processing, post-editing,
and evaluation. General-purpose input
Processing, and output routines Special-
purpose input Processing, and output routines
Special- purpose programs for sentence par-
sing and generation, segmentation, idiom
recognition, paraphrasing, and stylistic and
discourse analysis Programs for dictionary,
thesaurus, and concordance compilation, and
editing Systems for automatic abstracting,
translation, and question-answering
CMSC 725 Mathematical Linguistics. (3)
Prerequisites, CMSC 640 and STAT 400 In-
troductory course on applications of
mathematics to linguistics Elementary ideas in
phonology, grammar, and semantics Automata,
formal grammars and languages Chomsky's
theory of transformational grammars, Yngve's
depthhypothesis and syntactic complexity.
Markov-chain models of word and sentence
generation. Shannon's information theory. Car-
nap and Bar-Hillel's semantic theory,
lexicostatistics and stylostatistics. Zopf's law of
frequency and Mandelbrot's rank hypothesis
Mathematical models as theoretical foundation
for computational linguistics
CMSC 730 Artificial Intelligence. (3)
Prerequisites, CMSC 620 and STAT 401
Heuristic programming; tree search
procedures Programs for game playing,
theorem finding and proving, problem solving,
multiple-purpose programs, conversation with
computers; question-answering programs.
Trainable pattern classifiers-linear, piecewise
linear, quadratic, "O," and multilayer machines,
statistical decision theory, decision functions,
likelihood ratios; mathematical taxonomy, cluster
detection. Neural models, computational
properties of neural nets, processing of sen-
sory information, representative conceptual
models of the brain
CMSC 733 Computer Processing of Pictorial
Information. (3) Prerequisite, CMSC 620 In-
put, output, and storage of pictorial information
Pictures as information sources, efficient en-
coding, sampling, quantization, approximation
Position-invanant operations on pictures, digital
and optical implementations, the PAX language,
applications to matched and spatial frequency
filtering. Picture quality, "image enhancement"
and "image restoration " Picture properties and
pictorial pattern recognition. Processing of
complex pictures, "figure" extraction, proper-
ties of figures Data structures for picture
descnption and manipulation; "picture
languages "" Graphics systems for alpha-
numenc and other symbols, line drawings of
two- and three-dimensional objects, cartoons
and movies
CMSC 737 Topics in Information Science.
(3) Prerequisite, permission of the instructor
This IS the same course as LBSC 721
Definition of information science. Relation to
cybernetics and other sciences, systems
analysis, information, basic constraints on in-
formation systems, processes of com-
munication, classes and their use, op-
timalization and mechanization.
CMSC 740 Automata Tfieory. (3) Prerequisite,
CMSC 640. This is the same course as ENEE
652. Introduction to the theory of abstract
mathematical machines. Structural and
behavioral classification of automata. Finite-
state automata; theory of regular sets Push-
down automata. Linear-bounded automata.
Finite transducers. Turing machines; universal
tunng machines.
CMSC 745 Theory of Formal Languages. (3)
Prerequisite. CMSC 640. Formal grammars;
syntax and semantics. Post productions;
Markov algorithms. Finite-state languages, par-
sing, trees, and ambiguity Theory of regular
sets Context-free languages; pushdown
automata Context-sensitive languages; linear-
bounded automata Unrestncted rewriting
systems; tunng machines. Closure properties
of languages under opertions. Undecidability
theorems,
CMSC 750 Theory of Computability. (3)
Prerequisite. CMSC 640 Algorithms; Churchs
thesis Primitive recursive functions; Godel
numbering General and partial recursive func-
tions Turing machines; Turings' thesis. Markov
algorithms Churchs lamda calculus. Grze-
gorczyk hierarch; Peter hierarchy Relative
recursiveness. Word problems, Post"s
correspondence problem.
CMSC 755 Theories of Information. (3)
Prerequisites, CMSC 620 and STAT 401.
Mathematical and logical foundations of
existing theones of information Topics include
Fishers theory of statistical information,
Kullback and Leibler"s theory of statistical in-
formation. Shannon's theory of selective in-
formation, and Carnap and Bar-Hillers theory of
semantic information The similanties and dif-
ferences of these and other theories are
treated
CMSC 770 Advanced Linear Numerical
Analysis. (3) Prerequisite, MATH.'CMSC 470,
Methods for the solution of linear systems of
equations; in particular, iterative methods and
their convergence theory. The numerical
solution of the algebraic eigenvalue problem
(Also listed as MATH 694).
CMSC 772 Advanced Nonlinear Numerical
Analysis. (3) Prerequisites. MATH/CMSC 670
and MATH 441 , Iterative solution of nonlinear
operator equations; in particular, nonlinear
systems of equations. Existence question.
Minimization methods and applications to ap-
proximation problems (Also listed as MATH
696).
CMSC 780 Computer Applications to the
Physical Sciences. (3) Prerequisite, CMSC
21 , STAT 400, and a graduate course in
physical science Applications of computers to
numerical calculation, data reduction, and
modeling in the physical sciences. Stress will
be laid on the features of the applications _
which have required techniques not usually
considered in more general contexts.
CMSC 782 Modeling and Simulation of
Physical Systems. (3) Prerequisites. CMSC
210 and STAT 401 Monte-Carlo and other
methods of investigating models of interest to
physical scientists Generation and testing of
random numbers. Probabilistic, deterministic
and incomplete models.
CMSC 798 Graduate Seminar in Computer
Science. (1-3)
CMSC 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6)
CMSC 818 Advanced Topics in Computer
Systems. (3)
CMSC 838 Advanced Topics in Information
Processing.
CMSC 840 Advanced Automata Theory.
(3) Prerequisite CMSC 740 Advances and
innovations in automata theory. Vanants of
elementary automata; multitape, multihead,
and multidimensional machines. Counters and
stack automata. Wang machines; Shepherd-
son-Sturgis machines. Recursive hierarchies.
Effective computability; relative uncomput-
ability Probabilistic automata.
CMSC 858 Advanced Topics in Theory and
Metatheory. (3)
CMSC 878 Advanced Topics in Numerical
Methods. (3)
CMSC 898 Advanced Topics in Applications.
(3)
CMSC 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research.
(1-8)
Cooperative Education
Engineering Courses
ENCO 408 Co-op Internship. (0) Professional
internship in industry or government agency
provides the practical work experiences which
supplement and enhance the theories, prin-
ciples and practices in the normal educational
program The student should register for ENCO
408 for each summer internship. He should
register for both ENCO 408 and ENCO 409
for each semester internship
ENCO 409 Co-op Internship. (0) Professional
internship in industry or government agency
provides the practical work experiences which
supplement and enhance the theories, pnn-
ciples and practices studied in the normal
educational program. The student should
register for ENCO 408 for each summer in-
ternship He should register for both ENCO
408 and 409 for each summer internship.
66 / Graduate Programs
Counseling
and Personnel
Services Program
Professor and Chairman: Marx
Professors: Byrne, Hoyt, Magoon,' '
Pumroy,'
Associate Professors: Allan, Birk,' Green-
berg, Lawrence, Martin, Medvene,' Ray,
Rhoads, Stern
Assistant Professors: Brooks, Carlson,
Chasnotf, Colby, Gump, Hardwick,
Kafka, Knetelkamp, Krieger, Leonard
Levine, Magrab, McMullan,
Spielblchiler, Westbrock^
'loint appointment with Psyctiology
'loinl appointment with Counseling Center
Historically, the programs of ttie Department of
Counseling and Personnel Services tiave been
responsive to societal needs in providing
leaderstiip in tfie training of specialized per-
sonnel service workers. The programs are
designed for the preparation of professionals
who serve in a variety of social settings in-
cluding schools, colleges, rehabilitative agen-
cies, government agencies and other com-
munity agencies. These professionals may serve
one of several roles either at the prac-
titioner's level or at an advanced level of
leadership, supervision and research. Programs
of preparation for practitioners are offered at
the master's and advanced Graduate Specialist
level while the advanced offenngs for research-
ers, supervisors, and personnel admin-
istrators are conducted at the doctoral
level. The master's and advanced Graduate
Specialist programs are offered among the
following six specialty programs within the
department. The Elementary School Coun-
seling Specialty Program prepares the student
as a child development consultant, individual
and group counselor and coordinator of pupil
services The Secondary School Counseling
Program prepares the student to serve as a
member of a human resources team in in-
dividual and group counseling, information
specialist regarding personnel, social,
educational and vocational matters, and pupil
personnel program coordination The
Psychological Services in Schools Program
prepares the student to be certified as a
school psychologist where his principal func-
tions are to assess psychological conditions
and devise intervention strategies to enhance
the learning of pupils. The College Student
Personnel Specialty Program prepares
specialists at the higher education level in two
areas of concentration: college counseling and
Student Personnel Administration which in-
cludes areas such as Student Development,
Student Union, Housing, Admissions,
Placement, Deans of Students and Vice
Presidents of Student Affairs. The Community
Counseling Specialty Program provides two
emphases within the program. Career develop-
ment and vocational counseling is one con-
centration and the other concentration is per-
sonal-social counseling and community mental
health consultation The Rehabilitation Coun-
seling Specialty Program prepares counselors
to work wtih mentally, emotionally, socially and
physically handicapped persons in public and
pnvate agencies
The doctoral programs in Counseling and
Personnel Services are designed to prepare
students to achieve exceptional competence in
the areas of research, theory, and practice
related to personnel services. Graduates
typically assume positions of leadership,
research or supervision of personnel services
in public units such as large school systems,
universities, or state rehabilitation and com-
munity agencies: as professors in personnel
service programs; as counselors in higher
education institutions. The doctoral program,
leading to the Doctor of Philosophy degree,
has as its major emphasis research in the
behavioral sciences and applied fields. The
pnmary thrust at the master's and Advanced
Graduate Specialist levels is upon excellence
in practice: the major emphasis at the Doctoral
level is upon theory and research
Admission to these programs is based not
only on meeting minimum requirements, but
competitively based on staff resources
available.
EDCP 410 Introduction to Counseling and
Personnel Services. (3) Presents principles
and procedures, and examines the function of
counselors, psychologists in schools, school
social workers, and other personnel service
workers.
EDCP 411 Mental Hygiene. (3) The practical
application of the principles of mental hygiene
to classroom problems.
EDCP 413 Behavior Modification. (3)
Knowledge and techniques of intervention in a
variety of social situations, including con-
tingency contracting and time out will be
acquired
EDCP 414 Principles of Behavior. (3)
Development of student proficiency in
analyzing complex patterns of behavior on the
basis of empirical evidence.
EDCP 415 Behavior Mediation. (3)
Prerequisite, EDCP 414. Basic principles of
human behavior will be reviewed and ap-
plication of these principles will be im-
plemented under supervision.
EDCP 417 Group Dynamics and Leadership.
(3) The nature and property of groups, in-
teraction analysis, developmental phases,
leadership dynamics and styles, roles of mem-
bers and interpersonal communications. Two
hours of lecture-discussion and two hours of
laboratory per week: laboratory involves ex-
perimental based learning.
EDCP 420 Education and Racism. (3)
Strategy development for counselors and
educators to deal with problems of racism
EDCP 460 Introduction to Rehabilitation
Counseling. (3) Introductory course for majors
in rehabilitation counseling, social work,
psychology, or education who desire to work
professionally with physically or emotionally
handicapped persons
EDCP 470 Introduction to Student Per-
sonnel. (3) Prerequisite, consent of instructor
A systematic analysis of research and
theoretical literature on a variety of major
problems in the organization and administration
of student personnel services in higher
education Included will be discussion of such
topics as the student personnel philosophy in
education, counseling services, discipline,
housing, student activities, financial aid, health,
remedial services, etc.
EDCP 489 Field Experience in Counseling
and Personnel Services. (1-4) Prerequisites,
at least six semester hours in education at the
University of Maryland plus such other
prerequisites as may be set by the major area
in which the experience is to be taken. Plan-
ned field experience may be provided for
selected students who have had teaching ex-
pehence and whose application for such field
experience has been approved by the
education faculty. Field experience is offered
in a given area to both major and nonmajor
students. Note; the total number of credits
which a student may earn in EDCP 489, 888,
and 889 is limited to a maximum of 20
semester hours.
EDCP 498 Special Problems in Counseling
and Personnel Services. (1-3) Prerequisite,
consent of instructor. Available only to major
students who have formal plans for individual
study of approved problems
EDCP 499 Workshops, Clinics, Institutes. (1-
6) The maximum number of credits that may be
earned under this course symbol toward any
degree is six semester hours; the symbol may
be used two or more times until six semester
hours have been reached. The following type
of educational enterprise may be scheduled
under this course heading; workshops con-
ducted by the department of counseling and
personnel services (or developed cooperatively
with other departments, colleges and univer-
sities) and not otherwise covered in the
present listing; clinical experiences in coun-
seling and testing centers, reading clinics,
speech therapy laboratohes, and special
education centers: institutes developed around
specific topics or problems and intended for
designated groups.
EDCP 611 Occupational Choice Theory and
Information. (3) Research and theory related
to occupational and educational decisions;
programs of related information and other ac-
tivities in occupational decision
EDCP 614 Personality Theories in Coun-
seling and Personnel Services. (3)
Examination of constructs and research
relating to major personality theohes with em-
phasis on their significance for working with
the behaviors of individuals.
EDCP 615 Cases in Appraisal. (3)
Prerequisite, EDMS 446 or EDMS 451. Collec-
ting and interpreting nonsfandardized pupil ap-
praisal data; synthesis of all types of data
through case study procedures
EDCP 616 Counseling— Theoretical Foun-
dations and Practice. (3) Prerequisite, EDCP
615. Exploration of learning theohes as applied
to counseling in school, and practices which
stem from such theories.
EDCP 617 Group Counseling. (3)
Prerequisite, EDCP 616. A survey of theory,
research and practice of group counseling and
psychotherapy with an introduction to growth
groups and the laboratory approach,
therapeutic factors in groups, composition of
therapeutic groups, problem clients,
therapeutic techniques, research methods,
theories, ethics and training of group coun-
selors and therapists.
EDCP 619 Practicum in Counseling. (2-6)
Prerequisites, EDCP 616 and permission of in-
structor. Sequence of supervised counseling
experiences of increasing complexity Limited
to eight applicants in advance Two hours class
plus laboratory.
Graduate Programs / 67
EOCP 626 Group Counseling Practicum. (3)
Prerequisite, EDCP 617. EDCP 619. and con-
sent of instructor A supervised field ex-
penence in group counseling
EDCP 627 Process Consultation. (3)
Prerequisite, graduate course in group
process. Study of case consultation, systems
consultation, mental tiealth consultation and ttie
professionals role in systems intervention
strategies,
EDCP 633 Diagnostic Appraisal of Children
I. (4) Assessment of development, emotional
and learning problems of cfiildren in scfiools,
practicum experience.
EDCP 634 Diagnostic Appraisal of Children
II. (4) Prerequisite, EDCP 633. Assessment of
development, emotional, and learning problems
of adolescents in schools Practicum ex-
perience
EDCP 635 Therapeutic Techniques and
Classroom Management. (3) Prerequisite. ED-
CP 414 Diagnosis and treatment of problems
presented by teachers and parents Practicum
experience
EDCP 636 Therapeutic Techniques and
Classroom Management II. (3) Prerequisite,
EDCP 635 The objective of this course is to
understand and to treat children's problems.
The focus is primarily on the older child in
secondary school and the orientation is essen-
tially behavioral Practicum experience will be
provided
EDCP 645 Counseling in Elementary
Schools. (3) Prerequisite. EDCP 615 or con-
sent of instructor. Counseling theory and prac-
tices as related to children. Emphasis will be
placed on an awareness of the child's total
behavior as well as on specific methods of
communications with the child through
techniques of play interviews, observations,
and the use of non-parametric data,
EDCP 655 Organization and Administration
of Personnel Services. (2) Prerequisite. EDCP
619 or permission of instructor. Exploration of
personnel services programs and implementing
personnel services practices
EDCP 656 Counseling and Personnel Ser-
vices Seminar. (2) Prerequisite, advanced
standing. Examination of issues that bear on
professional issues such as ethics, in-
terprofessional relationships and research
EDCP 661 Psycho-Social Aspects of
Disability. (3) Prerequisite, EDCP 460 or con-
sent of instructor. This course is part of the
core curriculum for rehabilitation counselors If
is designed to develop an understanding of the
nature and importance of the personal and
psycho-social aspects of adult disability
EDCP 662 Psychiatric Aspects of Disability I.
(3) Prerequisite. EDCP 460 or equivalent and
consent of instructor Part of core curriculum in
rehabilitation counseling It is designed to
develop an understanding of the rehabilitation
process, clients served, and skills and attitudes
necessary for working effectively with the
physically disabled.
EDCP 663 Psychiatric Aspects of Disability
II. (3) Prerequisite, EDCP 460 or equivalent
and consent of instructor Part of Core
curriculum in rehabilitation counseling The
psychiatric rehabilitation client: understanding
his needs, treatment approaches available, and
society's reaction to the client
EDCP 668 Special Topics in Rehabilitation.
(1-6) Prerequisite, permission of the instructor.
Repeatable to a maximum of six hours
EDCP 718 Advanced Seminar in Group
Processes. (2-6) Prerequisites. EDCP 626
Repeatable to a maximum of six credits.
EDCP 735 Seminar in Rehabilitation Coun-
seling. (2) This course is part of the Core
curnculum for rehabilitation counselors. It is
designed to provide the advanced rehabilitation
counseling student with a formal seminar to
discuss, evaluate and attempt to reach per-
sonal resolution regarding pertinent
professional problems and issues in the field.
EDCP 771 The College Student. (3) A
demographic study of the characteristics of
college students as well as a study of their
aspirations, values, and purposes.
EDCP 776 Modification of Human
Behavior— Laboratory and Practicum. (3)
Prerequisite. Permission of instructor. In-
dividual and group supervised introduction to
intake and counseling relationships,
EDCP 777 Modification of l-luman
Behavior— Laboratory and Practicum. (3)
Prerequisite. EDCP 776 and permission of in-
structor Continuation of EDCP 776 Further
experience under direct supervision of more
vaned forms of counseling relationships
EDCP 778 Seminar in Student Personnel. (2-
6) An intensive study of the various student
personnel functions. A means to integrate the
knowledge from various fields as they relate to
student personnel administration
EDCP 788 Advanced Practicum in Coun-
seling. (1-6) Prerequisite, permission of in-
structor. Previous practicum experience. In-
dividual supervision of counseling, and group
consultation Repeatable to a maximum of six
credits.
EDCP 789 Advanced Topics in Counseling
and Personnel Services. (1-6) Repeatable to
a maximum of 6 credits,
EDCP 798 Special Problems in Counseling
and Personnel Services. (1-6) Master's AGS.
or doctoral candidates who desire to pursue
special research problems under the direction
of their advisers may register for credit under
this number.
EDCP 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6)
Registration required to the extent of six hours
for master's thesis.
EDCP 888 Apprenticeship in Counseling and
Personnel Services. (1-9) Apprenticeships in
the major area of study are available to selec-
ted students whose application for an ap-
prenticeship has been approved by the
education faculty Each apprentice is assigned
to work for at least a semester full-time or the
equivalent with an appropriate staff member of
a cooperating school, school system, or
educational institution or agency The sponsor
of the apprentice maintains a close working
relationship with the apprentice and the other
persons involved. Prerequisites, teaching ex-
perience, a master's degree in education, and
at least six semester hours in education at the
University of Maryland. Note. The total number
of credits which a student may earn in EDCP
489. 888. and 889 is limited to a maximum of
twenty (20) semester hours
EDCP 889 Internship in Counseling and Per-
sonnel Services. (3-16) Internships in the
major area of study are available to selected
students who have teaching experience. The
following groups of students are eligible: (A)
any student who has been advanced to can-
didacy for the doctor's degree: and (B) any
student who receives special approval by the
education faculty for an internship, provided
that prior to taking an internship, such student
shall have completed at least 60 semester
hours of graduate work, including at least six
semester hours in education at the University
of Maryland. Each intern is assigned to work
on a full-time basis for at least a semester with
an appropriate staff member in a cooperating
school, school system, or educational in-
stitution or agency. The internship must be
taken in a school situation different from the
one where the student is regularly employed.
The intern's sponsor maintains a close working
relationship with the intern and the other per-
sons involved Note: The total number of
credits which a student may earn in EDCP
489. 888 IS limited to a maximum of twenty
(20) semester hours
EDCP 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research.
(1-16) Registration required to the extent of 6-
9 hours for an Ed.D project and 12-18 hours
for a Ph.D. dissertation.
Criminal Justice and
Criminology Program
Professor and Director: Lejins
Associate Professors: Maida. Tennyson.
Wheeler
i4ss/s/an( Professors: Ingraham. Johnson
The Program of graduate study leading to a
Master of Arts and PhD degree in the area of
Criminal Justice and Criminology is intended to
prepare students for research, teaching and
professional employment in the operational
agencies in the field of chminal justice. This
program combines an intensive background in
a social science discipline such as
sociology, psychology, public administration,
etc . with graduate-level study of selected
aspects of the criminal justice field.
Students enrolled in the MA. program have
two options a Criminology option and a
Criminal Justice option. The general plan of
study for both options is as follows:
1 Three social science courses on an ap-
propriate level in theory, methodology
and statistics.
2 Three appropriate-level courses in
Chminology or Law Enforcement depend-
ing on the option One of these should
be a general seminar dealing with the
over-all field of cnminal justice.
3 Two elective courses.
4 The student has a choice between:
a an MA. degree with an MA, thesis.
b an MA. degree without thesis, but
with some additional requirements.
In addition to the general Graduate School
requirements, special admission requirements
include the Graduate Record Examination Ap-
titude Test, a major in a social science
discipline, and 9 hours of course work in the
appropriate area of cnminal justice. The un-
dergraduate social science major must have in-
cluded at least one course each in theory,
statistics and research methods At the
68 / Graduate Programs
discretion of the Graduate Admissions Com-
mittee of tfie Institute, deficiencies in some of
the above areas may be made up by non-
credit work at the beginning of the program
Admission to the Ph D program in Cnminal
Justice and Criminology depends on meeting
the general Graduate School requirements and
IS determined by the Graduate Admissions
Committee of the Institute Admission presup-
poses completion of the MA degree For
completion of the PhD degree, in addition to
the general Graduate School Ph D require-
ments, competence in the theory of at least one
social science discipline, in research
methodology and in quantitative techniques is
expected, as well as competence in the
general theory of the criminal justice field and
in the specialization area selected by the
student The necessary coursework is deter-
mined on the basis of the students previous
preparation, needs, and interests. The can-
didate is required to pass Ph D comprehensive
examinations, acquire at least 1 2 hours of
Ph.D research credits, and prepare and
defend a doctoral dissertation under the
guidance of his Ph.D. dissertation committee.
GRIM 432 Law of Corrections. (3)
Prerequisite. LENF 230 or 234 and CRIM 220
A review of the law of criminal corrections from
sentencing to final release or release on
parole Probation, punishments, special treat-
ments for special offenders, parole and pardon.
and the prisoners civil rights are also
examined
GRIM 450 Juvenile Delinquency. (3)
Prerequisite. SOCY 100 Juvenile delinquency
in relation to the general problem of chme:
analysis of factors underlying juvenile
delinquency; treatment and prevention.
GRIM 451 Crime and Delinquency Preven-
tion. (3) Prerequisites. GRIM 220 or CRItvl
450 or consent of instructor. Methods and
programs in prevention of crime and delinquen-
cy,
CRIM 452 Treatment of Criminals and
Delinquents in the Community. (3)
Prerequisite. CRIM 220 or CRIM 450 or con-
sent of instructor Analysis of the processes
and methods in the modification of cnminal pat-
terns of behavior in a community setting.
CRIM 453 Institutional Treatment of
Criminals and Delinquents. (3) Prerequisite.
CRIM 220 or CRIM 450 or consent of in-
structor History, organization and functions of
penal and correctional institutions for adults
and juveniles,
CRIM 454 Contemporary Criminological
Theory. (3) Prerequisite. CRIM 220. CRIM
450. and CRIM 451 or CRIM 452 or CRIM
453. Bnef histoncal overview of criminological
theory up to the 50's. Deviance, labeling,
typologies. Most recent research in
cnminalistic subcultures and middle class
delinquency Recent proposals for
"decnminalization,"
CRIM 498 Selected Topics in Criminology.
(3) Topics of special interest to advanced un-
dergraduates in criminology Such courses will
be offered in response to student request and
faculty interest No more than six credits may
be taken by a student in selected topics.
CRIM 650 Advanced Criminology. (3) First
semester. Survey of the principal issues in
contemporary criminological theory and re-
search.
CRIM 651 Seminar in Criminology. (3)
Second semester.
CRIM 652 Seminar in Juvenile Delinquency.
(3) First Semester
CRIM 653 Crime and Delinquency as a Com-
munity Problem. (3) Second semester An in-
tensive study of selected problems in adult
crime and juvenile delinquency in Maryland
CRIM 699 Special Criminological Problems.
(3)
CRIM 799 Master's Thesis Research. (3)
CRIM 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research.
(1-8) Doctoral dissertation research in criminal
justice and criminology
Institute of
Criminal Justice
and Criminology
LENF 444 Advanced Law Enforcement Ad-
ministration. (3) Prerequisite. LENF 340 or
consent of instructor. The structunng of man-
power, material, and systems to accomplish the
major goals of social control Personnel and
systems management. Political controls and
limitations on authority and jurisdiction,
LENF 462 Special Problems in Security Ad-
ministration. (3) Prerequisites. LENF 360 and
consent of instructor An advanced course for
students desinng to focus on specific con-
cerns in the study of private security
organizations; business intelligence and
espionage; vulnerability and criticality analyses
in physical security; transportation, banking,
hospital and military security problems; uni-
formed security forces; national defense in-
formation: and others,
LENF 498 Selected Topics in Criminal
Justice. (1-6) Prerequisite, consent of in-
structor. Supervised study of a selected topic
to be announced in the field of criminal justice
Repeatable to a maximum of six credits.
LENF 600 Criminal Justice. (3) Prerequisites,
admission to the graduate program in criminal
justice or consent of instructor. Cun-ent con-
cept of criminal justice in relationship to other
concepts in the field. Historical perspective.
Criminal justice and social control Operational
implications. Systemic aspects. Issues of
evaluation
LENF 630 Seminar in Criminal Law and
Society. (3) Prerequisite. LENF 230 or its
equivalent and a course in introductory
cnminology. The cnminal law is studied in the
context of general studies in the area of the
sociology of law. The evolution and social and
psychological factors affecting the formulation
and administration of cnminal laws are
discussed Also examined is the impact of
Criminal laws and their sanctions on behavior in
the light of recent empirical evidence.
LENF 640 Seminar in Criminal Justice Ad-
ministration. (3) Prerequisites, one course in
the theory of groups or organizations, one
course in administration; or consent of in-
structor. Examination of external and internal
factors that currently impact on police ad-
ministration Intra-organizational relationships
and policy formulation; the conversion of inputs
into decisions and policies. Strategies for form-
ulating, implementing and assessing ad-
ministrative decisions.
LENF 699 Special Problems in Criminal
Justice. (1-3) Prerequisite, consent of in-
structor Supervised study of a selected
problem in the field of criminal justice
Repeatable to a maximum of 6 credits
LENF 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6)
Dairy Science
Program
Professor and Acting Chairman: Maffick
Professors: Cairns. Bull. Davis. King.
Vandersall. Williams
.4ssoc/a(e Professor: Douglass
Assistant Professors: Westhoff
The Department of Dairy Science offers
programs leading to the degrees of Master of
Science and Doctor of Philosophy Candidates
for degrees have the option of studying in one
of two major areas: dairy production which is
concerned with the management, breeding,
nutntion and physiology of dairy animals; or
dairy technology which is concerned with the
chemical, microbiological and nutritional aspects
of dairy products, as well as the industrial
phases of milk products processing Dairy
Science faculty are active participants in the in-
terdepartmental graduate programs in Animal
Science. Food Science and Nutritional Scien-
ces Through such participation. Dairy Science
graduate students are provided a wide range
of options for graduate program development.
Both thesis and non thesis Master of Science
options are offered
The Department has two dairy herds that
are utilized in its research programs One is
located on the College Park Campus and the
other approximately 30 miles from campus at
the Dairy and Agronomy Forage Research
Farm. A dairy processing facility is also
available for dairy products research In ad-
dition, the Department participates in a
cooperatii/e research agreement with the
USDA Research Center that is located at Belt-
sville. Maryland This agreement enables
students to work with dairy animals in
cooperative research with departmental faculty
as well as research personnel at this federal
facility.
Financial assistance is available for graduate
students on a basis of need, previous
academic performance and research and
teaching requirements of the Department.
Sources of funds are departmental assistant-
ships and research grants. Approximately 50
percent of the graduate students receive finan-
cial assistance
A B S degree in dairy science is not
required; however, applicants must have a
strong background in the biological
sciences. Students without such background
will be required to take course work to eliminate
appropriate deficiencies. Normally on a full
time basis, the time required for completion
of the Master of Science degree is 2 years.
The Doctor of Philosophy usually requires a
minimum of an additional 3 years. On
recommendation of the Departmental
Graduate Program Advisory Committee, a
student may proceed in a program that
leads directly to the Doctor of Philosophy
degree. There is no language requirement
in the program
A Doctor of Philosophy applicant must
successfully pass a departmental com-
prehensive examination prior to ad-
vancement to candidacy. This examination
Graduate Programs / 69
is taken at least two semesters prior to the
completion of all degree requirements In
the final examination, the candidate must
successfully defend a research thesis
Students interested in food science may
undertake graduate study in the dairy tech-
nology phase of Dairy Science, or in the food
science curnculum Courses in these programs
are listed under the headings Animal Science
and Food Science respectively.
Dance Courses
DANC 400 Advanced Choreographic Forms.
(3) Prerequisite. DANC 208 or equivalent and
adequate dance technique Lectures and
studio work in modern sources as they apply
to dance. Solo and group choreography.
DANC 458 Group Forms. (3) Prerequisite.
DANC 400 or equivalent. Choreography for
small groups; duets, thos, quartets, etc
DANC 465 Advanced Notation. (3)
Prerequisite, DANC 365 or equivalent Con-
tinuation of materials in DANC 365 in more in-
tensive work. The translation, writing, and per-
forming of advanced scores in the various
forms of dance
DANC 468 Repertory. (3) The learning of dan-
ces to be chosen from notated scores, works
of visiting artists, or selected faculty
choreography to be performed on at least one
concert. Audition required The course may be
repeated for credit, as different works will be
chosen each semester,
DANC 470 Creative Dance for Children. (3)
Prerequisite. DANC 208 and 305 or
equivalent. Directing the essential elements of
dance to the level of the child's experience
and facilitating the creative response. The
development of movement into simple forms to
serve as a symbol of individual expression.
DANC 478 Dance Production. (3)
Prerequisite, DANC 388 or equivalent and an
adequate understanding of dance techniques.
Advanced choreography. Independent work
with periodic criticism.
DANC 482 History of Dance. (3) The develop-
ment of dance from primitive to the Middle
Ages and the relationship of dance forms to
patterns of culture,
DNAC 483 History of Dance. (3) The develop-
ment of dance from the Renaissance period to
the present times and the relationship of dance
forms to patterns of culture,
DANC 484 Theory and Philosophy of Dance.
(3) The study of the theories, philosophies and
aesthetics of dance Investigation of form, con-
tent and structure. Interrelationships of the arts,
and their role in man's world.
DANC 488 Practlcum In Dance. (1-6)
Advanced workshop in dance presentation in-
cluding performing, production, and planned
field experiences. Repeatable to a maximum of
six credits.
DANC 489 Ethnic Styles. (3) Prerequisite.
DANC 104 Lecture and activity in styles ex-
pressive of various cultures, f^ay be repeated
for credit by permission of instructor.
DANC 492 Percussion and Music Sources
for Dance. (3) Prerequisite, DANC 102 or
equivalent or permission. Techniques of per-
cussion playing, and its use as dance ac-
companiment Learning to use the instruments
In composition and improvisation Study of
music sources for dance.
DANC 498 Directed Studies In Dance. (1-6)
Hours arranged For advanced students who
have the permission of the Chairman of the
Department of Dance.
DANC 499 Advanced Dance Technique. (2)
Prerequisite, DANC 389 or equivalent. Con-
tinuation of DANC 389 in further advanced
form.
Early
Childhood-Elementary
Education Program
Professor and Chairman: Sublette
Professors: Ashlock, Duffey, Goff, Leeper,
O'Neill, Weaver, J. Wilson, R. Wilson
Associate Professors: Amershek, Church,
Dietz, Eley, Ganft, Heidelbach,
Herman, Roderick, Sullivan, Williams
Assistant Professors: Hutchings, Jantz,
Johnson, McCuaig, Paserba, Schumacher,
Seefeldt, Sunal
Graduate programs leading to M.A., tyi.E.D. and
Ph.D. degrees in the Department of Early
Childhood-Elementary Education are designed
to prepare teachers, curriculum specialists,
supervisors, administrators, and higher
education instructors to function effectively in
leadership positions involving programs for
young children.
Masters Degree programs average 30-36
semester hours. Ph.D. programs average 90
semester hours, including work at the master's
level. All applicants must submit the Miller
Analogy Test score as prerequisite to ad-
mission
Students have opportunities to specialize in
any of the following areas; early childhood
education, elementary education, corrective-
remedial reading instruction, science
education, mathematics education, language
arts, social studies education, or nursery-
kindergarten education.
Special facilities for graduate study include
the Reading Center, the Science Teaching
Center, the Teacher Education Centers in local
schools, the Center for Young Children.
Programs, particularly at the doctoral level,
are individualized to reflect the student's
background and to meet his particular career
goals. Regular counseling with an advisor is an
important aspect of each program. An effort is
made to ascertain that graduate programs in-
clude both theory and practicum, professional
work and academic courses.
The department is able to give financial aid,
in the form of graduate assistantships, to
students of proven ability who have had public
school teaching experience.
There is a comprehensive examination near
the completion of work at the master's level
The PhD program includes a preliminary
examination after approximately 1 2 semester
hours of work and a comprehensive
examination near the completion of the pro-
gram.
EDEL 401 Science in Early Childhood
Education. (3) Designed primahly to help in-
service teachers, nursery school through grade
3, to acquire general science understandings
and to develop teaching materials for practical
use in classrooms Includes experiments,
demonstrations, constructions, observations,
field thps and use of audio-visual materials. The
emphasis in on content and method related to
science units in common use in nursery
school through grade 3, Offered during sum-
mer sessions and in off-campus programs
taught through University College, Ordinarily
there is no field placement
EDEL 402 Science in the Elementary School.
(3) Designed phmarily to help in-service
teachers, grades 1 -6, to acquire general
science understandings and to develop teach-
ing materials for practical use in classrooms. In-
cludes experiments, demonstrations, con-
structions, observations, field trips and use of
audio-visual materials. The emphasis is on con-
tent and method related to science units in
common use in grades 1-5. Offered during
summer sessions and in off-campus programs
taught through University College. Ordinarily
there is no field placement.
EDEL 404 Language Arts in Early Childhood
Education. (3) Teaching of spelling, hand-
writing, oral and wntten expression and
creative expression. Designed phmahly for in-
service teachers, nursery school through grade
3. Offered duhng summer sessions and in off-
campus programs taught through University
College. Ordinarily, there is no field placement.
EDEL 405 Language Arts In the Elementary
School. (3) Teaching of spelling, handwriting,
oral and written expression and creative ex-
pression Designed primarily for in-service
teachers, grades 1-6. Offered duhng summer
sessions and in off-campus programs taught
through University College. Ordinahly there is
no field placement.
EDEL 406 Social Studies in Early Childhood
Education. (3) Consideration given to
curriculum, organization and methods of
teaching, evaluation of newer materials and
utilization of environmental resources.
Designed for in-service teachers, nursery
school through grade 3. Offered during sum-
mer sessions and in off-campus programs
taught through University College Ordinahly
there is no field placement.
EDEL 407 Social Studies in the Elementary
School. (3) Consideration given to curnculum.
Organization and methods of teaching,
evaluation of newer materials and utilization of
environmental resources. Designed for in-
service teachers, grades 1-6. Offered during
summer sessions and in off-campus programs
taught through University College. Ordinanly
there is no field placement.
EDEL 410 The Child and the
Curriculum— Early Childhood. (3)
Relationship of the school curriculum, nursery
school through grade 3, to child growth and
development. Recent trends in curriculum
organization; the effect of environment on lear-
ning; readiness to learn; and adapting
curnculum content and methods to maturity
levels of children. Designed for in-service
teachers, nursery school through grade 3. Of-
fered duhng summer sessions and in off-
campus programs taught through University
College. Ordinahly there is no field placement,
EDEL 411 The Child and the
Curriculum— Elementary. (3) Relationship of
the school curnculum. grades 1 -6, to child
growth and development Recent trends in curn-
culum organization/ the effect of environment
on learning; readiness to learn; and adapting
curnculum content and methods to matuhty
70 / Graduate Programs
levels of children Designed for in-service
teachers, grades 1 -5 Offered during summer
sessions and in off-campus programs taught
through University College Ordinarily there is
no field placement
EOEL 412 Art in the Elementary School. (3)
Concerned with art methods and materials for
elementary schools Includes lat>oratory ex-
periences with matenals appropnate for
elementary schools
EDEL 413 Mathematics In Early Childhood
Education. (3) Prerequisite MATH 210 or
equivalent. Emphasis on materials and
procedures which help pupils sense arithmetic
meanings and relationships Designed to help
in-service teachers, nursery school through
grade 3. gain a better understanding of the
number system and anthmetical processes, of-
fered during summer sessions and in off-
campus programs taught through University
College Ordinarily there is no field placement
EDEL 414 Mathematics in the Elementary
School. (3) Prerequisiste. MATH 210 or
equivalent Emphasis on matenals and
procedures which help pupils sense arithmetic
meanings and relationships Designed to help
in-service teachers, grades 1 -6. gam a better
understanding of the number system and anth-
metical processes Offered during summer
sessions and in off-campus programs taught
through University College Ordinarily there is
no field placement
EDEL 41 5 Diagnosis and Treatment of Learn-
ing Disabilities in Mathematics. (3)
Prerequisite. EDEL 314 or equivalent and ap-
proval of instructor. Diagnosis and treatment of
disabilities in mathematics, techniques and
materials useful for working with children in
both clinical and classroom settings Case
studies with children previously diagnosed as
primarily corrective rather than severely
disabled Laboratory hours to be arranged
EOEL 424 Literature for Children and Young
People. Advanced. (3) Development of literary
matenals for children and young people.
Timeless and ageless books, and outstanding
examples of contemporary publishing
Evaluation of the contributions of individual
authors and illustrators and children's book
awards
EDEL 425 The Teaching of Reading— Early
Childhood. (3) Concerned with the funda-
mentals of developmental reading instruction,
including reading readiness, use of experience
stones, procedures in using Basal readers, the
improvement of comprehension, teaching
reading in all areas of the curriculum, uses of
children's literature the program in word
analysis, and procedures for determining in-
dividual needs Designed for in-service
teachers, nursery school through grade 3 Of-
fered dunng summer sessions and in off-
campus programs taught through University
College Ordinarily, there is no field placement
EDEL 426 The Teaching of
Reading— Elementary. (3) Concerned with
the fundamentals of developmental reading in-
struction including reading readiness, use of
experience stones, procedures in using Basal
readers, the improvement of comprehension,
teaching reading in all areas of the cumculum,
uses of children's literature, the program in
word analysis, and procedures for determining
individual needs Designed for in-service
teachers, grades 1 -6 Offered during summer
sessions and in off-campus programs taught
through University College Ordinarily, there is
no field placement
EDEL 430 Corrective-Remedial Reading In-
struction. (3) Prerequisite EDEL 326 or
equivalent For teachers, supervisors, and ad-
ministrators who wish to identify and assist
pupils with reading difficulties Concerned with
diagnostic techniques, instructional materials
and teaching procedures useful in the regular
classroom
EDEL 431 Laboratory Practices in Reading.
(3) Prerequisite. EDEL 430 A laboratory
course in which each student has one or more
pupils tor analysis and instruction At least one
class meeting per week to diagnose individual
cases and to plan instruction.
EDEL 488 Special Topics in Elementary
Education. (1-3) Prerequisite, consent of in-
structor Special treatment of current topics
and issues in elementary education
Repeatable to maximum of 6 credits, provided
content is different
EDEL 489 Field Experience in Education. (1-
4) Prerequisites, at least six semester hours in
education at the University of Maryland plus
such other prerequisites as may be set by the
major area in which the experience is to be
taken Planned field experience may be
provided for selected students who have had
teaching experience and whose application for
such field expenence has been approved by
the education faculty Field expenence is of-
fered in a given area to both major and non-
major students Note: The total number of
credits which a student may earn in EDEL 489.
888. and 889 is limited to a maximum of 20
semester hours
EOEL 498 Special Problems In Education. (1-
3) Prerequisite, consent of instructor Available
only to mature students who have definite
plans for individual study of approved
problems
EDEL 499 Workshops. Clinics, and In-
stitutes. (1-6) The maximum number of credits
that may be earned under this course symbol
toward any degree is six semester hours; the
symtK)! may be used two or more times until
six semester hours have been reached The
following types of educational enterprise may
be scheduled under this course heading
workshops conducted by the College of
Education (or developed cooperatively with
other colleges and universities) and not other-
wise covered in the present course listing;
clinical experiences in pupil-testing centers,
reading clinics, speech therapy laboratones.
and special education centers; institutes
developed around specific topics or problems
and intended for designated groups such as
school superintendents, pnncipals and super-
visors.
EDEL 600 Seminar in Elementary Education.
(3) Primarily for individuals who wish to write
seminar papers Prerequisite, at least 1 2 hours
of graduate work in education.
EDEL 601 Problems in Teaching Science in
Elementary Schools. (3) Prerequisite. EDEL
401 or approval of instructor. Provides op-
portunity for students to analyze the teaching
of science in the elementary school through
(1) the identification of problems of teaching.
(2) the investigation and study of reported
research related to the stated problems; and
(3) the hypothesizing of methods for improving
the effectiveness of elementary school science
programs Students will also have the op-
portunity to study and evaluate newer
programs and practices in the teaching of
science in the elementary school
EDEL 605 Problems of Teaching Language
Arts in Elementary Schools. (3) Prerequisite.
EDEL 404 or approval of instructor This
course is designed to allow each student an op-
portunity (1 ) to analyze current issues, trends,
and problems in language-arts instruction in
terms of research in fundamental educational
theory and the language arts, and (2) to use
this analysis in effecting changes in methods
and materials for classroom instruction
EOEL 607 Problems of Teaching Social
Studies in Elementary Schools. (3)
Prerequisite EDEL 406 or approval of in-
structor An examination of current literature
and research reports in the social sciences
and in social studies cumculum design and in-
struction, with an emphasis on federally-
sponsored projects as well as programs
designed for urban children.
EOEL 614 Elementary School Mathematics
Curricula. (3) Prerequisite. EDEL 314 or
equivalent and approval of instructor. Cntical
evaluation of past and present curricular
projects, experimental programs, and in-
structional materials Design and im-
plementation of elementary school mathematics
cumcula.
EOEL 615 Diagnosis and Treatment of Lear-
ning Disabilities in Mathematics. (3)
Prerequisite. EDEL 415 or equivalent and ap-
proval of instructor Diagnosis and treatment of
severe learning disabilities in elementary
school mathematics Theoretical models,
relevant research and specific techniques ap-
propnate for accessing the interaction of sub-
ject matter, organismic. and instructional
vanables will be developed Laboratory hours
for case study work to be arranged
EOEL 618 Practicum in Diagnosis and Treat-
ment of Learning Disabilities in
Mathematics. (3) Prerequisite. EDEL 615 or
equivalent and approval of instructor Case
studies under supervision with children ex-
periencing learning difficulties in mathematics.
Diagnostic treatment, and reporting procedures
developed in EDEL 415 and 615 are ex-
tended Course may be repeated to a
maximum of 6 hours
EDEL 626 Problems in the Teaching of Read-
ing in the Elementary School. (3) Implications
of current theory and the results of research for
the teaching of reading in the elementary school.
Attention is given to all areas of developmental
reading instruction, with special emphasis on
persistent problems.
EDEL 630 Diagnosis and Remediation of
Reading Disabilities. (3) Prerequisites, mini-
mum of 1 5 hours including EDEL 430, EDEL
626, EDMS 446 and 622 For those who wish
to become concerned with clinical diagnostic
techniques, instructional materials, and remedial
procedures useful to the reading specialist in
(1 ) diagnosing senous reading difficulties, and
(2) planning programs of individual and small
group instruction.
EDEL 631 Advanced Laboratory Practices
(Diagnosis). (3) Prerequisite EDEL 630 Diag-
nostic work with children in clinic and school
situations Administration, scoring, interpretation,
and prescription via diagnostic instruments is
Graduate Programs / 71
stressed Case report writing and conferences
are also stressed EDEL631 is taken witti EDEL
632
EDEL 632 Advanced Laboratory Practices
(Instruction). (3) Prerequisite, EDEL 630
Remedial instruction witti ctiildren in clinic and
school situations Develop competency in vari-
ous remedial techniques, diagnostic teaching
and evaluation Development of the reading
resource role is stressed EDEL 632 is taken
with EDEL 631
EDEL 640 Curriculum Planning in Nursery-
Kindergarten Education. (3) An examination
of significant new developments in curriculum
theory and practice
EDEL 641 The Young Child in the Community.
(3) Planned otiservation. related research, and
analysis of the experiences of young children
in such community centers as foster homes,
orphanages, day care centers, Sunday schools,
etc One-half day a week observation required
EDEL 642 The Young Child in School. (3)
An examination of Significant theory and re-
search on the characteristics of young children
which have special implications for teaching chil-
dren in nursery-kindergarten groups
EDEL 643 Teacher-Parent Relationships.
(3) A study of the methods and materials, trends.
and problems in establishing close home-school
relationships
EDEL 644 Intellectual and Creative Experi-
ences of the Nursery-Kindergarten Child. (3)
A critical examination of materials, methods and
programs in such areas as reading, literature,
science, mathematics, the social studies, art,
music, dance, etc
EDEL 650 Seminar in Early Childhood Educa-
tion. (3) A problem seminar in early childhood
education Prerequisites at least 1 2 hours of
graduate work in early childhood education
EDEL 651 Problems of Staffing in Early Child-
hood Education. (3) Prerequisite— Doctoral
study in early childhood education or adminis-
tration administrative expenence or consent of
the instructor
EDEL 71 9 Research Seminar in Teaching and
Learning of Elementary School Mathematics.
(3) Prerequisite, EDMS 446 and EDEL 61 4 or
equivalents Critical evaluation of past and cur-
rent research, formulation of researchable
questions, design and conduct of research in
the teaching and learning of elementary school
mathematics Course may be repeated to a maxi-
mum of 6 hours
EDEL 788 Special Topics in Elementary
Education . (1 -3) Prequisite. consent of in-
structor Special and intensive treatment of cur-
rent topics and issues in elementary education
Repeatable to maximum of 6 credits
EDEL 798 Special Problems in Education.
(1 -6) Ivlasters AGS, or doctoral candidates who
desire to pursue special research problems
under the direction of their advisers may regis-
ter for credit under this number Course card
must have the title of the problem and the name
of the faculty member under whom the work
will be done.
EDEL 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6)
Registration required to the extent of six hours
for Master s thesis
EDEL 888 Apprenticeship in Education. (1-9)
Apprenticeships in the major area of study are
available to selected students whose application
for an apprenticeship has been approved by
72 / Graduate Programs
the education faculty Each apprentice is as-
signed to work for at least a semester full-time
or the equivalent with an appropriate staff mem-
ber of a cooperating school, school system, or
educational institution or agency The sponsor
of the apprentice maintains a close working
relationship with the apprentice and the other
persons involved Prerequisites, teaching ex-
perience, a master's degree in education, and
at least six semester hours in education at the
University of Maryland,
NOTE: The total number of credits which a
student may earn in EDEL 489, 888 and 889 is
limited to a maximum of twenty (20) semester
hours
EDEL 889 Internship in Education. (3-16)
Internships in the major area of study are avail-
able to selected students who have teaching
expenence. The following groups of students
are eligible: (a) any student who has been ad-
vanced to candidacy for the doctor's degree:
and (b| any student who receives special ap-
proval by the education faculty for an internship,
provided that prior to taking an internship, such
student shall have completed at least 60 semes-
ter hours of graduate work, including at least
SIX semester hours in education at the Univer-
sity of Maryland, Each intern is assigned to work
on a full-time basis for at least a semester with
an appropriate staff member in a cooperating
school, school system, or educational institution
or agency The internship must be taken in a
school situation different from the one where the
student is regulariy employed The intern's
sponsor maintains a close working relationship
with the intern and the other persons involved.
NOTE The total number of credits which a stu-
dent may earn in EDEL 489, 888. and 889 is
limited to a maximum of twenty (20) semester
hours.
EDEL 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research.
(1-8) Registration required to the extent of 6-
9 hours for an Ed D project and 12-18 hours for
aPh D dissertation.
Economics Program
Professor and Chairman: Dillard
Professors: Adelman. Almon. Bergmann, Cum-
berland. Gruchy, Harris, Kelegian,
McGuire. O'Connell, Olson. Schultze, Ulmer.
Wonnacott
Assoc/a(e Professors: Aaron. Adams. Bennett.
Betancart, Clague, Dodge, Dorsey, Knight.
Meyer, Singer, Straszheim, Weinstein
Assistant Professors: Christensen, Clotfelter,
King, Layher, Lieberman, MacRae, Madan.
Morton. Peterson, Schiller
Lecturers: Hinrichs, Measday, Pierce, Quails
Programs are offered leading to the Master of
Arts and Doctor of Philosophy degrees Areas of
specialization include: economic theory, com-
parative economic systems and planning, eco-
nomic development, economic history, history of
economic thought, industrial organization, in-
stitutional economics, international economics,
labor economics, mathematical economics and
econometrics, monetary economics, public
finance, regional and urban economics, and
social policy
Applicants should have taken (or should plan
to take immediately) at least one undergraduate
course in each of micro-economics, macro-
economics, statistics, and calculus. In addition,
the Aptitude Test section of the Graduate Rec-
ord Examination is required, and the Advanced
Economics Test is recommended. Letters of
recommendation from three persons competent
to judge the probability of the applicant's suc-
cess in graduate school should be sent directly
to the Director of Graduate Studies in Eco-
nomics. While part-time graduate study cer-
tainly IS possible, few courses are taught at
night.
The Master of Arts degree in Economics may
be taken under either ( 1 ) the thesis option (24
hours plus a thesis) or (2) the non-thesis option
(30 hours, including Economics 62 1 -622 plus
a written examination in Economic Theory).
The requirements for the non-thesis option for
the MA, are met automatically in the course of
the Ph D. program in Economics.
The main requirements of the Ph.D. program
are ( 1 ) a written examination in economic theory,
normally taken at the beginning of the second
year of full-time graduate study: (2) written ex-
aminations in two approved optional fields: (3) a
comprehensive oral examination covering
economic theory and the two optional fields:
(4) two courses (Econ 621-622) in Quantita-
tive Methods in Economics: (5) two courses
(Econ 606-607) in the History of Economic
Thought: (6) foreign language or one of several
options: (7) a seminar paper to be available to
the faculty at the time of the oral comprehen-
sive examination, (8) a dissertation and its suc-
cessful oral defense
The graduate program in Economics is a
comprehensive one The department possesses
special strength in the Economics of the Public
Sector. Special research projects under the
supervision of faculty members are being ear-
ned on in the Economics of Discrimination
(by race and sex), the Economics of Environ-
mental Management, and Intenr.dustry Fore-
casting Research assistantships are available
in each of these projects. Numerous teaching
assistantships are also available. The depart-
ment can usually help graduate students find
half-time employment in nearby Federal agen-
cies engaged in economic research.
A complete description of the requirements
of the degrees in economics and the admission
process is available on request from: Director
of Graduate Studies in Economics, Department
of Economics, University of Maryland, College
Park, Maryland 20742,
ECON 401 National Income Analysis. (3)
Prerequisite— ECON 201 , 203 Required for
economics majors. Analysis of the determina-
tion of national income, employment, and price
levels. Discussion of consumption, investment,
inflation, and government fiscal and monetary
policy
ECON 402 Business Cycles. (3) First semester
Prerequisite, ECON 430 A study of the causes
of depressions and unemployment, cyclical and
secular instability, theories of business cycles,
and the problem of controlling economic insta-
bility.
ECON 403 Intermediate Price Theory. (3)
Prerequisite— ECON 201 , 203 Required for
economics majors An analysis of the theories
of consumer behavior and of the firm, and of
general pnce and distnbution theory, with ap-
plications to current economic issues,
ECON 407 Contemporary Economic Thought.
(3) Prerequisites— ECON 201 , 203, and sen-
lor standing Graduate students stiould take
ECON 705. A survey of the development of
economic tlnougfit since 1 900 witfi special
reference to Thorstein Veblin and other pre-
1 939 institutionaliste and to post- 1 945 neo-
institutionalists such as J,K. Galbraith and Gun-
nar Myrdal.
ECON 411 American Economic Development.
(3) Prerequisites— ECON 201 , 203. or 205
Long-term trends in the American economy and
analysis of the sources of output growth Tech-
nological changes and the diffusion of new
technologies These subjects are discussed
in the context of theoretical models,
ECON 41 5 Introduction to Economic Develop-
ment of Underdeveloped Areas. (3) Prerequi-
site, ECON 201 . 203, or 205 An analysis of the
economic and social characteristics of under-
developed areas Recent theories of economic
development, obstacles to development, poli-
cies and planning for development,
ECON 418 Economic Development of Selected
Areas. (3) A— Latin America; B— Asia; C—
Africa. Prerequisite, ECON 415 Institutional
characteristics of a specific area are discussed
and alternate strategies and policies for de-
velopment are analyzed
ECON 421 Economic Statistics. (3) Prerequi-
site IvIATH 1 1 0 or equivalent Not open to stu-
dents who have taken BSAD 230 or BSAD 231
An introduction to the use of statistics in eco-
nomics. Topics include: probability, random
vanables and their distributions, sampling theory,
estimation, hypothesis testing, analysis of vari-
ance, regression analysis, correlation
ECON 422 Quantitative Metliods in Eco-
nomics. (3) Prerequisites; ECON 201 , 203,
421 (or BSAD 230), or permission of instructor.
Emphasizes the interaction between the eco-
nomic problems posed by economists and the
assumptions employed in statistical theory
Deals with the formulation, estimation and test-
ing of economic models. Topics include single
vahable and multiple vanable regression tech-
niques, theory of identification, autocorrelation
and simultaneous equations Independent work
relating the matenal in the course to an eco-
nomic problem chosen by the student is re-
quired.
ECON 425 Mathematical Economics. (3)
Prerequisites, ECON 401 and 403 and one year
of college mathematics A course designed to
enable economics majors to understand the
simpler aspects of mathematical economics.
Those parts of the calculus and algebra required
for economic analysis will be presented.
ECON 430 Money and Banking. (3) Prerequi-
site, ECON 201 . 203 Relation of money and
credit to economic activity and prices; impact
of public policy in financial markets and for
goods and services; policies, structure, and
functions of the Federal Reserve System; or-
ganization, operation, and functions of the com-
mercial banking system, as related particularly
to questions of economic stability and public
policy.
ECON 431 Tfieory of Money, Prices and Eco-
nomic Activity. (3) Prerequisite. ECON 430 A
theoretical treatment of the influence of money
and financial markets on economic activity and
prices, and of the effects of monetary policy on
the markets for goods and services; the role of
money in the classical and keynesian macro-
systems; topics of theoretical interest in mone-
tary policy formation and implementation.
ECON 440 International Economics. (3) Pre-
requisite, ECON 201 . 203 A descriptive and
theoretical analysis of international trade, bal-
ance of payments accounts, the mechanism
of international economic adjustment, com-
parative costs, economics of customs unions
ECON 441 International Economic Policies.
(3) Prerequisites, ECON 401 , 403, and 440
Contemporary balance of payments problems,
the international liquidity controversy invest-
ment, trade and economic development; eval-
uation of arguments for protection
ECON 450 Introduction to Public Finance.
(3) Prerequisite, ECON 201 , 203; or ECON
205 The role of federal, state, and local govern-
ments in meeting public wants Analysis of tax
theory and policy, expenditure theory, govern-
ment budgeting, benefit-cost analysis, and in-
come redistribution
ECON 451 Ttieory of Public Finance. (3)
Prerequisite. ECON 403 and 450, or consent of
instructor. Advanced analysis of government
economic policy Tax shifting and incidence,
pollution control, anti-poverty policies, public
goods theory Applications to problems of in-
dividual interest to students.
ECON 454 State and Local Public Finance.
(3) Prerequisite, ECON 201 , 203, or 205.
Pnnciples and problems of governmental finance
with special reference to state and local juns-
dictions Topics to be covered include taxation,
expenditures and intergovernmental fiscal re-
lations
ECON 460 Industrial Organization. (3) Pre-
requisite, ECON 201 , 203. or 205. Changing
structure of the Amencan economy; price poli-
cies in different industhal classifications of
monopoly and competition in relation to prob-
lems of public policy
ECON 461 Economics of American Industries.
(3) Prerequisite. ECON 201 . 203, or 205 A
study of the technology, economics and geog-
raphy of representative American industries
ECON 470 Labor Economics. (3) Prerequisites
— ECON 201 , 203, or ECON 205 A survey of
labor force growth and composition, problems of
unemployment and labor market operations,
theones of wage determination, the wage-price
spiral, collective bargaining, governmental reg-
ulation of employment and labor relations, and
the history and characteristics of the American
labor movement.
ECON 471 Current Problems in Labor Eco-
nomics. (3) Prerequisite. ECON 470 For stu-
dents who wish to pursue, in depth, selected
topics in the labor field. Issues and topics sel-
ected for detailed examination may include;
manpower training and development, unemploy-
ment compensation and social secuhty. race
and sex discrimination in employment, wage
theory, productivity analysis, the problems of
collective bargaining in public employment,
wage-phce controls and incomes policy.
ECON 475 Economics of Poverty and Discrim-
ination. (3) Prerequisite, ECON 201 , 203, or
205. Topics include the causes of the persis-
tence of low income groups; the relation of
poverty to technological change, to economic
growth, and to education and training; eco-
nomic motivations for discrimination; the eco-
nomic results of discrimination; proposed reme-
dies for poverty and discrimination
ECON 480 Comparative Economic Systems.
(3) Prerequisite, 201 , 203, or 205 An inves-
tigation of the theory and practice of vahous
types of economic systems An examination
and evaluation of the capitalistic system followed
by an analysis of alternative types of economic
systems such as fascism, socialism and commu-
nism
ECON 482 Economics of the Soviet Union. (3)
Prerequisite, ECON 201 , 203. or 205 An anal-
ysis of the organization, operating principles and
performance of the soviet economy with atten-
tion to the historical and ideological background,
planning, resources, industry, agnculture, do-
mestic and foreign trade, finance, labor, and the
structure and growth of national income
ECON 484 The Economy of China. (3)
Prerequisite, ECON 201 , 203, or 205 Policies
and performances of the Chinese economy
since 1 949 Will begin with a survey of modern
China's economic history. Emphasizes the
strategies and institutional innovations that the
Chinese have adopted to overcome the prob-
lems of economic development. Some economic
controversies raised during the "cultural revolu-
tion " will be covered in review of the problems
and prospects of the present Chinese economy.
ECON 486 The Economics of National Plan-
ning. (3) Prerequisite, ECON 201 , 203, or 205
An analysis of the principles and practice of
economic planning with special reference to the
planning problems of West European countries
and the United States.
ECON 490 Survey of Urban Economic Prob-
lems and Policies. (3) Prerequisites, ECON
201 , 203 or 205 An introduction to the study of
urban economics through the examination of
current policy issues. Topics may include subur-
banization of jobs and residences, housing and
urban renewal, urban transportation, develop-
ment of new towns, ghetto economic develop-
ment, problems in services such as education
and police
ECON 491 Regional and Urban Economics.
(3) Prerequisite, ECON 401 , or consent of the
instructor Study of the theones, problems and
policies or urban and regional economic devel-
opment.
ECON 601 Macro-Economic Analysis. (3)
First semester of a two-semester sequence,
601-602. Topics normally include general
equilibnum theory in classical, keynesian, and
post-keynesian treatments; the demand for
money; theories of consumption behavior and
of inflation.
ECON 602 Economic Growth and Instability.
(3) Second semester A continuation of ECON
601 fvlajor topics include growth and techno-
logical change, investment, business cycles, and
large empirial macroeconomic models Also in-
cluded are material on wages and employment
and on international and domestic stability
ECON 603 Micro-Economic Analysis. (3)
This course and its sequel. ECON 604. analyze
the usefulness and shortcomings of pnces in
solving the basic economic problem of allocat-
ing scarce resources among alternative uses.
The central problem of welfare economics and
general equilibrium provides the framework for
a detailed analysis of consumption and produc-
tion theories including linear programming with
decisions under uncertainty. An acquaintance
with calculus or concurrent enrollment in ECON
621 IS presumed.
ECON 604 Advanced Micro-Economic Analy-
sis. (3) Second semester Prerequisite. ECON
603. A continuation of ECON 603. Theory of
capital, interest and wages. Qualifications of the
Graduate Programs / 73
basic welfare theorem caused by noncompeti-
tive marl<et structures, external economies and
diseconomies and secondary constraints Ap-
plication of pnce ttieory to public expenditure
decisions, investment in tiuman capital, interna-
tional trade, and ottier areas of economies
ECON 605 Welfare Economics. (3) First
semester. Prerequisite, ECON 603, Ttie topics
covered include pareto optimality. social welfare
functions, indivisibilities, consumer surplus, out-
put and price policy in public enterprise, and wel-
fare aspects of tfie ttneory of public expendi-
tures.
ECON 606 History of Economic Thought. (3)
First semester Prerequisite, ECON 403 or
consent of ttie instructor A study of ftie develop-
ment of economic thought and theories includ-
ing the Greeks, Romans, Canonists, mercantil-
ists, physiocrats, Adam Smith, Malthus. Ricardo,
Relation of ideas to economic policy,
ECON 607 Economic Theory in the Nineteenth
Century. (3) Second semester. Prerequisite,
ECON 606 or consent of the instructor, A study
of nineteenth-century and twentieth-century
schools of economic thought, particularly the
classicists, neo-classists, Austnans, German
historical school, American economic thought.
the socialists, and Keynes
ECON 61 1 Seminar in American Economic
Development. (3)
ECON 61 3 Origins and Development of Capit-
alism. (3) Second semester Studies the transi-
tion from feudalism to modern capitalistic econ-
omies in Western Europe, Whenever possible,
this economic history is analyzed with the aid of
tools of modern economics, and in the light of
comparisons and contrasts with the less de-
veloped areas of the present day
ECON 61 5 Economic Development of Under-
developed Areas. (3) First semester Prerequi-
site, ECON 401 and 403, An analysis of the
forces contributing to and retarding economic
progress in underdeveloped areas, l\/lacro-
and micro-economic aspects of development
planning and strategy are emphasized
ECON 61 6 Seminar in Economic Develop-
ment. (3) Second semester Prerequisite,
ECON 6 1 5 or consent of instructor, A continu-
ation of ECON 615 Special emphasis is on the
application of economic theory in the institutional
setting of a country or area of particular interest
to the student
ECON 61 7 Money and Finance in Economic
Development. (3) First semester Economic
theory, strategy and tactics for mobilizing real
and financial resources to finance and accel-
erate economic development. l\/lonefary, fiscal,
and tax reform policy and practice by the gov-
ernment sector to design and implement national
development plans
ECON 621 Quantitative Economics I. (3)
First semester. An introduction to the theory and
practice of statistical inference Elements of
computer programming and a review of mathe-
matics germane to this and other graduate
economics courses are included,
ECON 622 Quantitative Economics II. (3)
Second semester Prerequisite, ECON 62 1
Techniques of estimating relationships among
economic variables, l^ultiple regression, the
analysis of vanance and covariance, and tech-
niques for dealing in time series. Further topics
in mathematics,
ECON 655 Case Studies in Government Re-
source Allocation. (3) Case studies in cost-
benefit analysis of government programs and
projects as a basis for the program budget sys-
tem; an analysis of resource management in
the public sector of the economy.
ECON 656 Public Sector Workshop. (3) Sec-
ond semester. Representative problems in an-
alysis tor public decision making: measurement
of benefits and costs: in commensurabilities in
benefits, and ambiguities in cost: critena for
program and project selection; effects of un-
certainty; time horizon considerations; joint
costs and multiple benefits; non-quantifiable
factors in decision analysis. Examples will be
taken from current government programs.
ECON 661 Advanced Industrial Organization.
(3) First semester Prerequisite. ECON 401 and
403 or consent of instructor Analysis of mar-
ket structure and its relation to market perform-
ance.
ECON 662 Industrial Organization and Public
Policy. (3) Second semester Prerequisite,
ECON 661 or consent of instructor. Analysis
of the problems of public policy in regard to the
structure, conduct, and performance of industry.
Examination of anti-trust policy from the point of
view of economic theory,
ECON 671 Seminar in Labor Economics. (3)
First semester. Formal models of labor demand,
supply, utilization and price formation. Factors
affecting labor supply; the determination of fac-
tor shares in an open economy; bargaining
models, labor resources, trade union theories
as they affect resource allocation.
ECON 672 Selected Topics in Labor Eco-
nomics. (3) Second semester The wage-price
issue: public policy with respect to unions,
labor-management relations, and the labor
market; institutional aspects of the American
labor movement; manpower development and
training.
ECON 682 Seminar in Economic Development
of the Soviet Union. (3) Second semester
Prerequisite. ECON 482 or consent of instruc-
tor Ivleasurement and evaluation of Soviet
economic growth including interpretation and
use of Soviet statistics, measurement of national
income, fiscal policies, investment and tech-
nological change, planning and economic admin-
istration, manpower and wage policies, foreign
trade and aid. Selected topics in bloc develop-
ment and reform,
ECON 686 Economic Growth in Mature Econ-
omies. (3) First semester Analysis of policies
and problems for achieving stable economic
growth in mature economics such as the United
States, and the major West European counthes,
ECON 698 Selected Topics in Economics. (3)
ECON 705 Seminar in Institutional Economic
Theory. (3) Second semester A study of the re-
cent developments in the field of institutional
economic theory in the United States and
abroad,
ECON 706 Seminar in Institutional Economic
Theory. (3)
ECON 721 Econometrics I. (3) First semester
Special topics in mathematical statistics neces-
sary for understanding economethc theory,
with particular emphasis on multivariate analy-
sis The estimation of simultaneous equation
systems, problems involving errors in vahables,
distributed lags, and spectral analysis,
ECON 722 Seminar in Quantitative Eco-
nomics. (3) Second semester Prerequisite,
ECON 622 or consent of instructor. Analysis
of data sources for economic research: critical
evaluation of previous and current quantitative
economic studies: and class discussion and crit-
icism of student research projects.
ECON 725 Advanced Mathematical Eco-
nomics. (3) First semester Optimization tech-
niques such as lagrangian multipliers and linear
programming, l^/lathematical treatment of general
equilibrium, including intehndustry analysis,
the theory of production, consumption, and
welfare. The course assumes a background in
calculus and mathx algebra such as provided by
ECON 621 and 622
ECON 726 Seminar in Mathematical Eco-
nomics. (3) Second semester. Prerequisite,
ECON 725
ECON 731 Monetary Theory and Policy. (3)
First semester An adequate knowledge of
micro- and macro-economics is assumed.
Theory of money, financial assets, and economic
activity: review of classical, neo-classical and
Keynesian contribution: emphasis on post-
Keynesian contnbutions, including those of
Tobin, Patinkin. Gurley-Shaw, Friedman, and
others.
ECON 732 Seminar in Monetary theory and
Policy. (3) Second semester Prerequisite,
ECON 731 or consent of instructor. Theory of
the mechanisms through which central banking
affects economic activity and prices; formation
and implementation of monetary policy; theoreti-
cal topics in monetary policy.
ECON 741 Advanced International Economic
Relations. (3) First semester The international
mechanism of adjustment; price, exchange rate,
and income changes. Comparative costs, factor
endowments, and the gains from trade. Com-
mercial policy and the theory of customs unions.
ECON 742 Seminar in International Economic
Relations. (3) Second semester
ECON 751 Advanced Theory of Public Fi-
nance. (3) Review of utility analysis to include
the theory of individual consumer resource allo-
cation and exchange and welfare implications.
Effects of alternative tax and subsidy techniques
upon allocation, exchange, and welfare out-
comes. Theories of public goods, their produc-
tion, exchange and consumption. Phnciples of
benefit-cost analysis for government decisions.
ECON 752 Seminar in Public Finance. (3)
Second semester Theory of taxation and tax
policy, with particular emphasis on income
taxation; empincal studies; the burden of the
public debt. Research paper by each student to
be presented to seminar.
ECON 761 The Economics of Technical
Change. (3) Prerequisite, consent of instructor
Determinants and impact of inventions and in-
novations. Qualitative and quantitative aspects
of technical change both at the micro- and
macro-economic levels and under different
conditions of economic development.
ECON 775 Seminar on the Economics of
Poverty and Discrimination. (3) Prerequisites.
ECON 621 and 622 A review of the economic
literature in poverty and discrimination. The
course will also function as a workshop in which
research of the staff and students is presented
ECON 776 Seminar in the Economics of Hu-
man Resources. (3) Prerequisite, consent of
instructor,
ECON 790 Advanced Urban Economics. (3)
IVIarket processes and public policies as related
to urban problems and metropolitan change.
74 / Graduate Programs
Employment, housing, discnmination, trans-
portation and the local public sector
ECON 791 Advanced Regional and Urban
Economics. (3) First semester Location theory
and spatial distribution of economic activity;
application of analytic methods, such as social
accounting systems, economic base theory,
input-output techniques, and industnal complex
analysis to problems of regional development,
environmental quality, and natural resource
management
ECON 792 Seminar in Regional and Urban
Economics. (3) Second semester Selected
topics and techniques in regional and urban
economic analysis, including models for eco-
nomic projections, urban growrth, and regional
development
ECON 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6)
ECON 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research.
(1-8)
Electrical Engineering
Program
Acting Chairman: Gross
Professors: Caceres.' DeClaris, Hochuli.
Ligomenides, Newcomb, Reiser,' Taylor,
Wagner, Weiss^
Associate Professors: Basham. Emad,
Ephremides, Harger, Kim,' Lee, W Levine.
Pugsley, Rao. Rhee, Simons, Torres, Tretter,
Zajac, Zaki
Assistant Professors. Baras. Boston. Eden,
Gallman, O'Grady. Paez. Silio. Striffler
f^esearch Instructor (visiting): Lin
'joint appointment witti Computer Science
'joint appointment with Ptiysics
^joint appointment with Institute for Fluid Dynamics and
Applied Mathematics
The Electncal Engineenng Department offers
graduate work leading to the Master of Science
with or without thesis and the Doctor of Philo-
sophy degrees with specialization in; a) applied
mathematics, b) biomedical engineering, c) cir-
cuits, d) communication, e) computers, f) control
and g) electrophysics Each graduate student
pursues an individual study program planned
in conjunction with his Graduate Advisor and
which includes an appropriate sequence of
courses and a thesis or scholarly paper
The Applied Mathematics option is part of
the University-wide interdisciplinary applied
mathematics curriculum This includes studies
on algebraic systems, infinite dimensional sys-
tems, statistical estimation and the operator
theory of networks
In Biomedical Engineering, areas of study
include neural electrophysiology, transduction
and neural coding of sensory events, neural
control of movement, muscle contraction and
mechanics, instrumental techniques and proc-
essing in health care delivery systems.
Areas of study in Circuits emphasize the an-
alysis and synthesis of passive and active.
linear and nonlinear networks including the de-
sign of digital data acquisition systems, opti-
mized FM signal detectors, microwave active
circuit synthesis, digital computer circuit de-
sign, microminiature integrated circuits and de-
vices, biomedical transductors. computer aided
designs and scattenng formalisms
Areas of study in computers are involved in
computer structures, the theory and applica-
tion of anthmetic coding and self-checking pro-
cesses, stochastic automata theory, and the
design of digital, analog, and hybnd systems for
both general and special purposes
Areas of study in Communication apply the
mathematics of random processes and statis-
tical inference, to analysis, and design of com-
munication systems, including investigations
of theory and applications in coding theory,
optical communications, radar systems, and
Walsh function applications.
In Control, areas of study apply the mathe-
matics of dynamical systems, optimization, and
random processes to the synthesis and analysis
of control systems Topics included are state
realizations, power system optimization, optimal
control of large scale systems, control systems
with time delay, nonlinear systems, control of
stochastic, and microminiature systems, eco-
logical systems, control of distnbuted parameter
systems and system identification
Areas of study in Electrophysics include
electromagnetic theory and applications (micro-
waves and optics, stochastic media, plasma
propagation); charged particle dynamics and
accelerator design, including high-power micro-
wave engineering applications of relativistic
beams, controlled thermonuclear fusion and
cyclotron design, quantum electronics (laser
technology and non-linear optics); integrated
circuits and solid state devices (semiconductor
devices and technology); scattering systems.
There are up-to-date research laboratories
and computational facilities within the depart-
ment The Biomedical Laboratory is equipped
with instrumentation for studying the motor
control mechanisms of man and animals. The
Laboratory for Charged Particle Studies con-
tains an ton beam facility for source develop-
ment and ion implantation. The Computer Ar-
chitecture Design Laboratory includes a PDP
1 1 40 for studies on computer structures
The System Simulation Laboratory contains a
digital processor core and drum memory with
analog hardware and graphics The Gas Laser
Laboratory is devoted to He-Ne and CO' lasers
while the Solid State Laser Laboratory features
a mode-locked Nd glass laser and an injection
GaAs laser. The integrated Circuits Laboratory
contains a full-line facility capable of producing
monolithic, thin-film and MOS structures. The
Computational Facility contains conversational
and remote-batch terminals to the University's
IBM 7094 and UNIVAC 1 1 08 digital computers
Further details and information on admission,
financial aid. and degree requirements can be
obtained from the Electncal Engineenng Office
of Graduate Studies. Area Code 30 1 . 454-
4173.
(See ENEE for optional related laboratory
course.) Prerequisite, ENEE 314 or 410 or
equivalent. Bistable, monostable. and astable
circuits, sweep circuits, synchronization,
counting, gates, comparators Magnetic core
circuits, semi-conductor and vacuum-tube
circuits
ENEE 403 Pulse Techniques Laboratory. (1)
Two hours of laboratory per week Corequisite;
ENEE 402 and permission of the instructor
Experiments in switching circuits, bistable,
monostable, and a stable circuits, sweep cir-
cuits, gates, comparators.
ENEE 404 Radio Engineering. (3)
Prerequisite; ENEE 314 Tuned circuit am-
plifiers, single, double, and stagger tuned cir-
cuits: class amplifiers; frequency multipliers;
amplitude modulation; modulators and detec-
tors; receiver design and characteristics;
frequency modulation; FM transmitters and
receivers.
ENEE 405 Advanced Radio Engineering
Laboratory. (1) Two hours of laboratory per
week Corequisite ENEE 404 Experiments on
multiple tuned amplifiers, noise figure
measurements, classic amplifiers, varactors,
modulators, projects
ENEE 406 Mathematical Foundations of Cir-
cuit Theory. (3) Prerequisites ENEE 304 and
MATH 241, or equivalent Review of deter-
minants, linear equations, matrix theory, eigen-
values, theory complex variables, inverse La
Place transforms Applications are drawn
primarily from circuit analysis
ENEE 407 Microwave-Circuits Laboratory. (2)
Prerequisite, senior standing in electrical
engineering or consent of instructor One lec-
ture and three lab hours per week Ex-
penments concerned with circuits constructed
from microwave components providing prac-
tical experience in the design, construction and
testing of such circuits. Projects include
microwave filters and S-parameter design with
applications of current technology.
ENEE 410 Electronic Circuits. (3)
Prerequisite, ENEE 300 or equivalent
knowledge of circuit theory or consent of the
instructor This course is intended for students
in the physical sciences, and for engineenng
students requiring additional study of electron
circuits. Credit not normally given for this course
in an electrical engineenng major program
(ENEE 413 may optionally be taken as an
associated laboratory). P-N junctions, tran-
sistors, vacuum tubes, biasing and operating
point stability, switches, large-signal analysis,
models, small-signal analysis, frequency
response, feedback and multistage amplifiers,
pulse and digital circuits
ENEE 412 Telemetry Systems. (3)
Prerequisite ENEE 314. Selected digital cir-
cuits; frequency division multiplexing; FM AM
systems, SSB- FM systems: time division
multiplexed systems; pulse amplitude
modulation; pulse duration modulation; pulse
code modulation: analog to digital converters;
multiplexers and DC-commutators.
ENEE 413 Electronics Laboratory. (2)
Corequisite, ENEE 314 One lecture and three
lab hours per week. Provides experience in the
specification, design, and testing of basic elec-
tronic circuits and practical interconnections.
Emphasis on design with discrete solid state
and integrated circuit components for t)oth
analog and pulse circuits.
ENEE 414 Network Analysis. (3) Prerequisite;
ENEE 304. Network properties: linearity,
reciprocity, etc.; 2-part descriptions and
generalization: Y, S. hybrid matrices, descrip-
tion properties: symmetry, para-unity, etc.;
basic topological analysis; state-space
techniques: computer-aided analysis: sen-
sitivity analysis: approximation theory.
ENEE 416 Network Synthesis. (3)
Prerequisite. ENEE 304 Active and passive
components, passivity, bounded and positive
real. RC properties and synthesis. Brune and
Darlington synthesis, transfer-voltage and Y21
synthesis, active feedback configurations,
image parameter design, computer-aided op-
timization synthesis via the embedding con-
cept.
Graduate Programs / 75
ENEE 417 Advanced Network Theory. (3)
Corequisite. ENEE 414 (or consent of In-
structor) A study of network descriptions for
analysis and basic active syntfiesis. Indefinite
and topological formulations, N-port structures
and Interconnections, active components and
descriptions, synthesis using controlled sour-
ces, synttiesis and analysis via state charac-
terizations. Additional topics from non-linear,
distributed parameter, and digital filters.
ENEE 418 Projects in Electrical Engineering.
(1-3) Hours to be arranged. Prerequisites,
senior standing and permission of the In-
structor, fvlay be taken for repeated credit up
to a total of 4 credits, with the permission of
the student's advisor and the Instructor.
Theoretical and experimental projects
ENEE 419 Apprenticeship in Electrical
Engineering. (2-3) Hours to be arranged
Prerequisite, completion of sophomore courses
and permission of an apprenticeship director.
May be taken for repeated credit up to a total
of nine credits. A unique opportunity for ex-
perience in experimental research and
engineering design. A few highly qualified
students will be selected as apprentices in one
of the research facilities of the Electrical
Engineering Department and will participate in
the current research under the supervision of
the laboratory director In the past, ap-
prenticeships have been available in the
following laboratories: biomedical, electron ring
accelerator, gas laser, integrated circuits,
simulation and computer, and solid state laser.
ENEE 420 Communication Theory. (3)
Prerequisite, ENEE 324. Random signals
elements of random processes, noise,
Gaussian process, correlation functions and
power spectra, linear operations: optimum
receivers, vector waveform channels, receiver
implementation, probability of error per-
formance: efficient signaling: sources, en-
coding, dimensionality, channel capacity; wave
form communication, linear, angle, and pulse
modulation.
ENEE 421 Introduction to Information
Theory. (3) Prerequisite, ENEE 324 Definition
of information and entropy; characterization of
sources; Kraft and tVlacfVlillan inequalities:
coding information sources: noiseless coding
theorem: channels and mutual information:
Shannon's coding theorem for noisy channels.
ENEE 425 Signal Analysis, Modulation and
Noise. (3) Prerequisites: ENEE 314 and ENEE
324. Signal transmission through networks,
transmission in the presence of noise,
statistical methods of determining error and
transmission effects, modulation schemes.
ENEE 432 Electronics for Life Scientists. (4)
Three hours of lecture and two hours of
laboratory per week. Prerequisites, college
algebra and a physics course, including basic
electricity and magnetism. Not accepted for
credit In an electrical engineering major
program. The concept of an instrumentation
system with emphasis upon requirements for
transducers, amplifiers, and recording devices,
design criteria and circuitry of power supplies
amplifiers, and pulse equipment, specific In-
struments used for biological research,
problems of shielding against hum and noise
pickup and other Interference problems
characteristic of biological systems.
ENEE 433 Electronic Instrumentation for
Physical Science. (3) Two hours of lecture
and two hours of laboratory per week.
Prerequisites, ENEE 300 or 308, PHYS 271
or equivalent, or consent of instructor. The
concept of instrumentation systems from sen-
sor to readout; discussions of transducers,
system dynamics, precision and accuracy:
measurement of electrical parameters: direct,
differential, and potentlometnc measurements:
bridge measurements, time and frequency
measurements, waveform generation and
display.
ENEE 434 Introduction to Neural Networks
and Signals. (3) Prerequisite, ENEE 204 or
300 Introduction in the generation and
processing of bioelectric signals Including
structure and function of the neuron, mem-
brane theory, generation and propagation of
nerve impulses, synaptic mechanisms, trans-
duction and neural coding of sensory events,
central nervous system processing of sensory
information and correlated electrical signals,
control of effector organs, muscle contraction
and mechanics, and models of neurons and
neural networks.
ENEE 435 Electrodes and Electrical
Processes in Biology and Medicine. (3)
Prerequisite, ENEE 204 or 300. Techniques
for recording biological signals such as brain,
muscle and cardial electrical potentials; mem-
brane theory; half-cell potentials, liquid junction
potentials, polahzatlon of electrodes; biological
and medical instrumentation: and applications
In the design of cardial pacemakers, or a
similar case study
ENEE 438 Topics in Biomedical Engineering.
(1-3) Prerequisite, permission of the instructor
l\/lay be taken for repeated credit The content
may vary from semester to semester. Selected
topics of current interest from such areas as
bioelectric systems modeling instrumentation,
automated diagnostic, health-care delivery, etc
Repeatable to a maximum of 9 hours
ENEE 440. Digital Computer Organization.
(3) Prerequisite, CIVISC 210 or ENES 243 or
equivalent. Same as CIvISC 410. Introduction:
computer elements; parallel adders and sub-
tracters: micro-operations: sequences: com-
puter simulation; organization of a commercially
available stored program computer;
microprogrammed computers: a large scale
batch processing system (optional). (Intended
for those minoring In computers and for those
majoring In computer science.)
ENEE 442 Software Engineering. (3)
Prerequisite, ENES 240; ENEE 250 or
equivalent. Architectural aspects of software
engineering. f\/lachine language and machine
structure; assembly language and assemblers;
macro-language and macro-processors;
loaders and linkers: programming languages
and language structure: compilers and in-
terpreters; operating systems.
ENEE 443 Introduction to Computers and
Computation. (3) Prerequisite, ENES 243 or
equivalent. Basic structure and organization of
digital systems; representation of data, in-
troduction to software systems; assembly
language; application of computers In
engineering and physical systems. Not open
for students who have credit in ENEE 250
ENEE 444 Logic Design of Digital Systems.
(3) Prerequisite, ENEE 250 Review of switch-
ing algebra; gates and logic modules; map
simplification techniques: multiple-output
systems; memory elements and sequential
systems; large switching systems; Iterative net-
works; sample designs; computer oriented sim-
plification algorithms; state assignment; par-
tition techniques; sequential system decom-
positions.
ENEE 445 Computer Laboratory. (2)
Prerequisite, ENEE 444 One lecture and three
lab hours per week. Hardware oriented ex-
periments providing practical experience In the
design, construction, and checkout of com-
ponents and interfaces for digital computers
and data transmission systems. Projects In-
clude classical design techniques and ap-
plications of current technology.
ENEE 446 Computer Architecture. (3)
Prerequisite, ENEE 250. Digital computer
organization; arithmetic hardware; primary and
secondary storage organization; read-only and
associative memories; introduction to multi-
processor and multi-programming computer
systems; Interaction of hardware and software
ENEE 450 Introduction to Discrete Struc-
tures. (3) Prerequisite, ENES 243 or
equivalent. Review of set algebra including
relations, partial ordering and mappings.
Algebraic structures including semigroups and
groups. Graph theory including trees and
weighted graphs. Boolean algebra and
prepositional logic. Applications of these struc-
tures to various areas of computer science and
computer engineering.
ENEE 451 Introduction to Automata Theory.
(3) Prerequisite, ENEE 450 or permission of
the Instructor. An Introduction to finite state
machines and their properties; properties of
regular sets; elementary decomposition
results: Introduction to turing machines and
computabillty theory: undecldablllty
propositions; introduction to finite semigroups
with application to the decomposition of finite
state machines.
ENEE 456 Analog and Hybrid Computers. (3)
Prerequisite, ENEE 310 Programming the
analog computer; analog computing com-
ponents; error analysis, repetitive operation;
synthesis of systems using the computer;
hybrid computer systems.
ENEE 460 Control Systems. (3) Prerequisite,
ENEE 322. Review of transform analysis and
linear algebra. Mathematical models for control
system components, transient response
design, error analysis and design, root locus,
frequency response, system design and com-
pensation.
ENEE 461 Control Systems Laboratory. (2)
Prerequisite, ENEE 460. One lecture and three
lab hours per week. Projects to enhance the
student's understanding of feedback control
systems and to familiarize him with the charac-
teristics and limitations of real control devices
Students will design, build, and test ser-
vomechanisms, and will conduct analog and
hybrid computer simulations of control
systems.
ENEE 462 Systems, Control and Com-
putation. (3) Prerequisite, ENEE 322 or con-
sent of instructor. Mathematical background,
state space analysis, phase plane methods,
discrete-time systems, controllability and ob-
servability, realization theory, computation and
simulation.
ENEE 464 Linear System Theory. (3)
Prerequisite, ENEE 322 An introduction to the
state space theory of linear engineering
systems; state variables, matrix exponential
and impulse response Linear sampled-data
systems, discrete systems. Reliability, stability
and equivalence. Relation to LaPlace transform.
Application to circuits, controls, com-
munications and computers.
76 / Graduate Programs
ENEE 472 Transducers and Electrical
Machinery. (3) Prerequisite. ENEE 304 Elec-
tromechanical transducers, ttieory of elec-
tromechanical systems, power and wideband
transformers, rotating electncal machinery from
the theoretical and performance points of view
ENEE 473 Transducers and Electrical
Machinery Laboratory. (1) Corequisite, ENEE
472 Experiments in transformers, syn-
chronous machines, induction motors, syn-
chros, loudspeakers, other transducers
ENEE 480 Fundamentals of Solid State Elec-
tronics. (3) Prerequisite. ENEE 381 Review
of (Maxwell's equation, electromagnetic proper-
ties of dielectrics: introduction to quantum
mechanics and quantum statistics; classical
and quantum theory of metals: theory of
semiconductors and semiconductor devices:
principle of magnetic devices and selected
topics
ENEE 481 Antennas. (3) Prerequisite, ENEE
381 Introduction to the concepts of radiation,
generalized far field formulas, antenna
theorems and fundamentals: antenna arrays,
linear and planar arrays: aperature antennas:
terminal impedance, propagation
ENEE 483 Electromagnetic Measurements
Latxjratory. (2) Prerequisites. ENEE 305 and
ENEE 380 One lecture and three lab hours
per week Experiments designed to provide
familiarity with a large class of micro-wave and
optical components, techniques for in-
terconnecting them into useful systems, and
techniques of high frequency and optical
measurements.
ENEE 487 Particle Accelerators, Physical
and Engineering Principles. (3) Three hours
of lecture per week Prerequisites. ENEE 380.
and PHYS 420. or consent of the instructor
Sources of charged particles: methods of ac-
celeration and focusing of ion beams in elec-
tromagnetic fields: basic theory, design, and
engineering principles of particle accelerators
ENEE 488 Topics In Electrical Engineering.
(3) Prerequisite, permission of the instructor
May be taken for repeated credit up to a total
of six credits, with the permission of the
students advisor and the instructor
ENEE 496 Physical Electronics of Devices.
(3) Pre- or corequisite. ENEE 381 Three lec-
ture hours per week Optical resonators.
Fabry-Perot etalon Theory of laser oscillation.
rate equations Gaseous, solid state, semicon-
ductor and dye laser systems Electro-optic ef-
fects and aparametnc oscillators Holography.
ENEE 601 Active Network Analysis. (3)
Prerequisite. ENEE 406 or equivalent The
complex frequency plane, conventional feed-
tack and sensitivity theorems for feedback cir-
cuits, stability and physical realiability of elec-
trical networks. Nyquist s and Rouths cnteria
for stability, activity and passivity cnteria
ENEE 602 Transients in Linear Systems. (3)
Prerequisite, undergraduate major in electncal
or mechanical engineering or physics
Operational circuit analysis, the Fourier integral,
transient analysis of electrical and mechanical
systems and electronic circuits by the LaPlace
transfonn method.
ENEE 603 Transients in Linear Systems. (3)
Prerequisite, undergraduate major in electrical
or mechanical engineering or physics Con-
tinuation of ENEE 602,
ENEE 604 Advanced Electronic Circuit
Design. (3) Prerequisite. ENEE 312 or con-
sent of the instructor Comparison of bipolar
and field effect transistors, detailed frequency
response of single and multistage amplifiers,
design of feedback amplifiers. DC coupling
techniques, design of multistage tuned am-
plifiers
ENEE 605 Graph Theory and Network
Analysis. (3) Prerequisite. ENEE 600 Linear
graph theory as applied to electrical networks,
cut sets and tie sets, incidence matrices, trees,
branches, and mazes, development of network
equations by matrix and index notation, net-
work characteristic equations for natural circuit
behavior, signal-flow-graph theory and Mason-S
rule, stability of active two-part networks
ENEE 608 Graduate Seminar. (1-3)
Prerequisite, consent of instructor Every
semester regular seminars are held in elec-
trical science and in the six areas of
specialization offered by the Electrical
Engineering Department. They may be taken,
by arrangement with the student's advisor, for
repeated credit
ENEE 609 Projects in Microwave-Circuits. (1-
3) Prerequisite. ENEE 407 or consent of in-
structor Individual projects on microwave cir-
cuits Repeatable up to a maximum of six
credits
ENEE 610 Electrical Network Theory. (3)
Undergraduate circuit theory or consent of the
instructor fvlatrix algebra, network elements,
ports, passivity and activity, geometrical and
analytical descnptions of networks, state
vanable characterizations, scattering matrices,
signal flow graphs, sensitivity
ENEE 620 Random Processes in Com-
munication and Control. (3) Prerequisite,
ENEE 324 or equivalent. Introduction to ran-
dom processes: characterization, classification,
representation: Gaussian and other examples.
Linear operations on random processes,
stationary processes: covanance function and
spectral density Linear least-square waveform
estimation: Wiener-Kolmogoroff filtering.
Kalman-Bucy recursive filtering; function space
characterization, non-linear operations in ran-
dom processes.
ENEE 621 Estimation and Detection Theory.
(3) Prerequisite, ENEE 620 Estimation of
unknown parameters. Cramer-Rao lower
bound: optimum (map) demodulation: filtering,
amplitude and angle modulation, comparison
with conventional systems; statistical decision
theory: criteria (Bayes. Minimac. Neyman-
Pearson. and Map) Simple and composite
hypotheses, applications to coherent and in-
coherent signal detection; M-ary hypotheses,
application to uncoded and coded digital com-
munication systems.
ENEE 630 Advanced Topics— Radar Signals
and Systems. (3) Corequisite, ENEE 620
Review of linear systems and signals Fourier
transform representation time— bandwidth
product, resolution, complex representation;
maximum signal-to-noise ratio criterion receiver
and signal design, radar range equation:
statistical detection theory: probability of error
performance: statistical estimation theory
unknown parameters. Range-Doppler radar,
ambiguity problem, asymptotic maximum
likelihood estimation and Cramer-Rao lower
bound: resolution of multiple objects
ENEE 633 Modeling of Nerves and Muscles
with Applications to Prosthetic Devices. (3)
Prerequisite, undergraduate degree in
engineering or physics, or permission of the in-
structor. Principles and circuit models for
resting and active membrane potentials of
nerves and muscles: synaptic mechanisms in-
cluding probabilistic models of neuromuscular
transmission; electrode potentials and reac-
tions; propagation of biopotentials in a volume
conductor: properties, mechanical models, and
circuit analogs for muscles and propnoceptors;
spinal reflexes in the control of posture; ap-
plications of the akxjve in the design of
prosthetic and orthotic devices
ENEE 634 Models of Transduction and
Signal Processing in Sensory Systems. (3)
Prerequisite. ENEE 633 or ENEE 435 or per-
mission of the instructor General organization
of sensory systems; receptor mechanisms;
receptor and neural models; statistics of neural
spike trains, peripheral signal processing in
sensory systems, with emphasis on vision and
audition; introduction to signal processing in
the central nervous system; applications to
development of sensory protheses
ENEE 640 Arithmetic and Coding Aspects of
Digital Computers. (3) Prerequisite. ENEE
440 or 445 or permission of the instructor.
Digital logic design aspects; sequential circuits;
computer number systems; arithmetic codes
for error correction: residue number theory:
arithmetic unit design; fault detection and
correction circuits,
ENEE 642 Software System Implementation.
(3) Prerequisite, ENEE 442 or equivalent Im-
plementation aspects of software engineering.
Programming languages; architectural design;
program design; structured programming;
peripheral storage devices; I 0 programming;
debugging and evaluation.
ENEE 646 Digital Computer Design. (3)
Prerequisite, ENEE 446 Introduction to design
techniques for digital computers: digital arith-
metic: logic circuits; digital memories: design
of computer elements; anthmetic unit; and
control unit A simple digital computer will be
designed,
ENEE 648 Advanced Topics in Electrical
Engineering. (3) Every semester courses in-
tended for high degree of specialization are of-
fered by visiting or regular electrical
engineenng faculty members in two or more of
the areas listed in 488 The student should
check with the Electncal Engineering office of
Graduate Studies for a list and the description
of the topics offered currently,
ENEE 651 Coding Theory and Applications.
(3) Prerequisite, ENEE 450 and some
knowledge of logic of switching systems. In-
troduction to coding and brief review of
modem algebra; theory of linear codes:
decoding; hamming, cyclic, and Bose-
Chaudhun codes; error-checking codes for
arithmetic; an -i- B type codes; residue
checks; practical self checking arithmetic
units: simple automatic fault diagnosing
techniques-
ENEE 652 Automata Theory. (3) Prerequisite.
ENEE 421 or CMSC 640. This is the same
course as CMSC 740 Introduction to the
theory of abstract mathematical machines;
structural and behavioral classification of
automata: finite-state automata: theory of
regular sets; pushdown automata: linear-
bounded automata: finite transducers; turing
machines; universal turing machines.
ENEE 654 Combinatorial Switching Theory.
(3) Prerequisites. ENEE 450 and ENEE 444
Application of algebraic techniques to com-
binatorial switching networks: multi-valued
Graduate Programs / 77
systems; symmetries and ttieir use; op-
timization algorittims; tieuristic tectiniques;
majority and ttireshoid logic; function decom-
position; cellular cascades.
ENEE 655 Structure Theory of Macfiines. (3)
Prerequisites, ENEE 450 and ENEE 444
Mactiine realizations; partitions and the sub-
stitution property: pair algebras and ap-
plications; variable dependence; decom-
position; loop-free structures; set system
decompositions; semigroup realizations
ENEE 657 Simulation of Dynamic Systems.
(3) Prerequisite. ENEE 443, Mectianistic
mettiods for differential equation solution; ap-
plication of analog for hybrid computers and
digital differential analyzers for that purpose;
design and structure of languages for digital-
analog simulation on a general purpose digital
computer; mimic language and examples of its
use. Class will run simulation programs on a
large-scale computer,
ENEE 660 Control System Analysis and Syn-
tfiesis. (3) Prerequisite. Undergraduate
automatic control theory bacl<ground or con-
sent of instructor. The linear regulator problem
(finite and infinite time), optimal regulation with
a prescribed degree of stability, relation of the
optimal regulator to classical control
specifications, sensitivity of optimal regulators,
state estimators and their use in system
design, optimal regulators with input distur-
bances, tracking systems. Course includes a
bhef review of classical design techniques,
signal flow graphs, error coefficients and an in-
troduction to sampled-data systems.
ENEE 661 Non-Linear and Adaptive Control
Systems. (3) Prerequisite, undergraduate
background in linear control theory or consent
of instructor. Bhef review of the state space,
state plane and phase plane. Lineahzation and
stability in the small, equivalent linearization
and the deschbing function, systems with
stochastic inputs, exact methods of analysis,
stability in the large and the second method of
lyapono v, frequency domain stability criteria,
Povos method and its extensions, introduction
to optimum switched systems, stability of
systems with input.
ENEE 662 Sampled-Data Control Systems.
(3) Prerequisite, preparations in linear feed-
back control theory or consent or instructor. Z-
transform and modified Z-transform method of
analysis, root locus and frequency response
methods of analysis, ideal and finite width sam-
pling, discrete and continuous compensation of
digital control systems, state space equations,
controllability and observability of discrete
systems, stability, minimum time and minimum
energy control, statistical design and the
discrete Kalman filter
ENEE 663 System Theory. (3) Modelling of
systems, abstract definition of state, lineahty
and its implications, linear differential systems,
controllability and observability, impulse
response, transfer functions, realization theory,
nonlinear differential systems, definitions of
stability, Lyapunov stability theory, the Lure
problem and Popov condition, input/output
stability
ENEE 664 Optimization and Control. (3)
Prerequisite, ENEE 760 Calculus of variations,
direct methods of optimization, LaGrange
equations, inequality constraint, maximum prin-
ciple, Hamilton-Jacobi theory, dynamic
programming, adaptive and stochastic control,
filtering theory.
ENEE 680 Electromagnetic Theory I. (3)
Prerequisite. ENEE 381 or equivalent.
Theoretical analysis and engineering ap-
plications of Maxwells equations. Boundary
value problems of electrostatics and
magnetostatics.
ENEE 681 Electromagnetic Theory II. (3)
Prerequisite. ENEE 381 or equivalent. Con-
tinuation of ENEE 680. Theoretical analysis
and engineering applications of Maxwell's
equations. The homogeneous wave equation-
Plane wave propagation. The interaction of
plane waves and material media. Retarded
potentials. The Hertz potential. Simple radiating
systems. Relativisitic covanance of Maxwell's
equations.
ENEE 683 tMathematics for Elec-
tromagnetism. (3) Prerequisite, undergraduate
preparation in electromagnetic theory and ad-
vanced calculus. Tensors and curvilinear coor-
dinates, partial differential equations of elec-
trostatics and electrodynamics, functionals. in-
tegral equations, and calculus of variations as
applied to electromagnetism.
ENEE 686 Charged Particle Dynamics, Elec-
tron and Ion Beams. (3) Three hours per
week. Prerequisite, consent of instructor
General principles of single-particle dynamics;
mapping of the electric and magnetic fields;
equation of motion and methods of solution;
production and control of charge particle
beams; electron optics; Liouville's theorem;
space charge effects in high current beams;
design principles of special electron and ion
beam devices
ENEE 690 Quantum and Wave Phenomena
with Electrical Application. (3) Two lectures
per week Prerequisite, ENEE 381 and ENEE
382 or equivalent Introduction of quantum and
wave phenomena from electncal engineering
point of view. Topics included: general prin-
ciples of quantum mechanics, operator algebra,
the microwave resonant cavity and the
analagous potential well problem, harmonic os-
cillator, hydrogenic atom. Perturbation method
applied to the transmission line and potential
well problems. Penodically loaded transmission
line and Kronig-Penny model of band theory.
ENEE 696 Integrated and Microwave Elec-
tronics. (3) Prerequisite, ENEE 310
Registration in ENEE 793 recommended Ac-
tive and passive elements used in semicon-
ductor structures. Design application of linear
and digital integrated circuits.
ENEE 697 Semiconductor Devices and
Technology. (3) Prerequisite ENEE 496 or
equivalent Registration in ENEE 793 recom-
mended. The principles, structures and charac-
tehstics of semiconductor devices. Technology
and fabrication of semiconductor devices.
ENEE 700 Network Synthesis. (3)
Prerequisite. ENEE 605 or equivalent Design
of driving-point and transfer impedance func-
tions with emphasis of the transfer loss and
phase of minimum-phase networks, flow
diagrams, physical network characteristics, in-
cluding relations existing between the real and
imaginary components of network functions,
modern methods of network synthesis.
ENEE 701 Network Synthesis. (3)
Prerequisite, ENEE 700 or equivalent Design
of driving-point and transfer impedance func-
tions with emphasis of the transfer loss and
phase of minimum-phase networks, flow
diagrams, physical network characteristics, in-
cluding relations existing between the real and
imaginary components of network functions,
modern methods of network synthesis.
ENEE 703 Semiconductor Device Models. (3)
Prerequisite. ENEE 605 or equivalent. Single-
frequency models for transistors: small-signal
and wide-band models for general non-
reciprocal devices, hybrid-pi and tee models
for transistors: relationship of models to tran-
sistor physics; synthesis of wide-band models
from terminal behavior, computer utilization of
models for other semiconductor devices.
ENEE 707 Applications of Tensor Analysis.
(3) Prerequisite. ENEE 600 or 602 The
mathematical background of tensor notation,
which is applicable to electrical engineering
problems. Applications of tensor analysis to
electric circuit theory and to field theory.
ENEE 721 Information Theory. (3)
Corequisite, ENEE 620, Prerequisite, STAT
400 or equivalent- Information measure, en-
tropy, mutual information: source encoding;
noiseless coding theorem: noisy coding
theorem; exponential error bounds: in-
troduction to probabilistic error correcting
codes, block and convolutional codes and
error bounds: channels with memory; con-
tinuous channels; rate distortion function.
ENEE 722 Coding Theory. (3) Prerequisite,
ENEE 721 . Algebraic burst and random error
correcting codes, convolutional encoding and
sequential decoding, threshold decoding, con-
catenated codes, P-N sequences, arithmetic
codes
ENEE 724 Digital Signal Processing. (3)
Prerequisite, ENEE 620 or consent of in-
structor. Review of Z transfonms: correlation
functions and power spectral densities for
discrete time stochastic processes; discrete
time Wiener filters; methods for designing
digital filters to meet precise frequency domain
specification; effects of truncation, round-off
and finite word length arithmetic on the ac-
curacy and stability of digital filters; adaptive
equalizers for narrow band data channels;
discrete Fourier transform and fast Fourier
transform: homomorphic filtering; Gauss-
Markov estimates; spectral density estimation
ENEE 728 Advanced Topics in Com-
munication Theory. (3) Topics selected, as
announced, from advanced communication
theory and its applications.
ENEE 730 Advanced Topics— Radar Signals
and Systems. (3) Prerequisite. ENEE 620 or
equivalent. The theory of imaging radar
systems Classiciations. resolution
mechanisms, and principles. System design for
additive noise; effects of ambiguity,
multiplicative noise, motion errors,
nonlinearities. and scattering mechanism.
System design for ambiguity and multiplicative
noise Optical processing Application to syn-
thetic aperture, astronomical, and hologram
radar,
ENEE 746 Digital Systems Engineering. (3)
Prerequisite, ENEE 646, Systems aspects of
digital-computer-based systems: data flow
analysis; system organization: control
languages: consoles and displays: remote ter-
minals; software-hardware tradeoff; system
evaluation; case studies from selected ap-
plications areas such as data acquisition and
reduction information storage, or the like.
ENEE 748 Topics in Computer Design. (1-3)
Prerequisite, permission of the instructor. Such
topics as computer arithmetic, computer
78 / Graduate Programs
reliability, and threshold logic will be con-
sidered May be taken for repeated credit.
ENEE 760 Mathematics of Optimization. (3)
Prerequisite, course in advanced calculus or
real analysis. Introduction to functional analysis
with emphasis on applications to system theory
and optimization. Topics covered are linear
spaces and operators, Hilbert and Banach
spaces Baire category theorem, Hahn-Banach
theorem, principle of uniform boundedness,
duality.
ENEE 769 Advanced Topics in Control
Theory. (3) Topics selected, as announced,
from advanced control theory and its ap-
plications
ENEE 772 Mathematical Models in
Estimation Theory. (3) Abstract measures,
probability measures on function spaces, in-
tegration; Markov processes, stochastic dif-
ferential equations, Ito's rule; Kalman-Bucy
model; duality of estimation and control,
singular detection, point processes; RKHS,
linear theory, multiplicity representations; ad-
ditional models and applications. Required
background; functional analysis, real analysis,
random processes
ENEE 774 Mathematics of Continuous Net-
works. (3) Nonoriented systems, ports, linear
orientations, theory of distributions, scattering
matrices, operator theory of networks, activity,
invariant embedding, multivariable PR and BR
state-determined systems, synthesis, interval
functions, tolerance analysis, neuron networks
and models, Manley-Rowe relations, oscillators
and nonlinear subharmonic generation
ENEE 780 Microwave Engineering. (3)
Prerequisite, ENEE 681 Mathematical methods
for the solution of the wave equation. Trans-
mission lines and waveguides, selected topics
in the theory of waveguide structures, surface
guidesand artificial dielectrics,
ENEE 781 Optical Engineering. (3) Fourier
analysis in two dimensions, diffraction theory,
optical imaging systems, spatial filtehng,
holography
ENEE 782 Radio Wave Propagation. (3) Two
lectures per week. Prerequisite, ENEE 681
General solutions of Maxwell's equations,
geometrical optics approximations, propagation
above a plane earth, effects of surface
irregularities and stratified atmospheres, scat-
tering by turbulence
ENEE 783 Radio Wave Propagation. (3) Two
lectures per week. Prerequisite, ENEE 782.
Continuation of ENEE 782
ENEE 784 Antenna Theory. (3) Two lectures
per week. Prerequisite, ENEE 681 or
equivalent. Review of Maxwell's equations;
radiative networks; linear antennas; antenna
arrays; aperture antennas; advanced topics.
ENEE 790 Quantum Electronics I. (3) Two
lectures per week Prerequisite, a knowledge
of quantum mechanics and electromagnetic
theory Spontaneous emission, interaction of
radiation and matter, masers, optical
resonators, the gas, solid and semi-conductor
lasers, electro-optical effect, propagation in
aniso tropic media and light modulation.
ENEE 791 Quantum Electronics II. (3)
Nonlinear optical effects and devices, tunable
coherent light sources— optical parametric
oscillator, frequency conversion and dye laser.
Ultrashort pulse generation and measurement,
stimulated Raman effect, and applications, in-
teraction of acoustic and optical waves, and
holography.
ENEE 793 Solid State Electronics. (3)
Prerequisite, a graduate course in quantum
mechanics or consent of instructor Properties
of crystals; energy bands electron transport
theory; conductivity and Hall effect; statistical
distributions; Fermi level; impurities; non-
equilibnum carrier distributions; normal modes
of vibration; effects of high electric fields; P-N
junction theory, avalanche breakdown; tun-
neling phenomena; surface properties
ENEE 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6)
ENEE 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research.
(1-8)
Engineering
IVIaterials Program
Professors: Armstrong (Mech Eng ), Arsenault,
(Chem. Eng ), Bolsatis (Chem. Eng),
Marcmkowski; (Mech. Eng), Skolmck (Chem.
Eng), Spam (Chem. Eng.)
The Engineering Materials program is in-
terdisciplinary between Chemical and
Mechanical Engineering. Special areas of con-
centration include diffraction, dislocation and
mechanical behavior of materials, x-ray and
electron microscopic techniques, electronic
and magnetic behavior of materials, and the
chemical physics of materials.
The programs leading to the M.S. and Ph.D.
degrees are open to qualified students holding
the B.S. degree. Admission may be granted to
students with degrees in any of the
engineehng and science areas from accredited
programs. In some cases it may be necessary
to require courses to fulfill the background.
The general regulations of the Graduate
School apply in reviewing applications.
The candidate for the t^S. degree has the
choice of following a plan of study with thesis
or without thesis. The equivalent of at least
three years of full-time study beyond the B.S.
degree is required for the Ph.D. degree. All
students seeking graduate degrees in
Engineering Materials must enroll in ENMA
650, 660 and 671 . In addition to the general
rules of the Graduate School certain special
degree requirements are set forth by the
Departments in their departmental publications.
Special facilities available for graduate study
in Engineering Materials are coordinated
through the Center for Materials Research, the
Laboratory for Radiation and Polymer Science,
the Laboratory for High Pressure Science and
various central facilities. Special equipment
available includes a scanning electron
microscope, x-ray diffraction equipment, crystal
growing, sample preparation and mechanical
testing facilities and high pressure and
cryogenic equipment.
Information is available from the Director,
Engineering Materials Program, University of
Maryland, College Park, Maryland 20742.
ENMA 462 Deformation of Engineering
Materials. (3) Prerequisites, ENES 230 or
consent of instructor. Relationship of structure
to the mechanical properties of materials.
Elastic and plastic deformation, microscopic
yield chteria, state of stress and ductility.
Elements of dislocation theory, work hardening,
alloy strengthening, creep, and fracture in terms
of dislocation theory.
ENMA 463 Chemical, Liquid and Powder
Processing of Engineering Materials. (3)
Prerequisites. ENES 230 or consent of in-
structor Methods and processes used in the
production of primary metals The detailed
basic pnnciples of beneficiation processes,
pyrometallurgy, hydrometallurgy, elec-
trometallurgy, vapor phase processing and
electroplating. Liquid metal processing in-
cluding casting, welding, brazing and soldering.
Powder processing and sintering Shapes and
structures produced in the above processes,
ENMA 464 Environmental Effects on
Engineering Materials. (3) Prerequisites,
ENES 230 or consent of instructor. In-
troduction to the phenomena associated with
the resistance of matenals to damage under
severe environmental conditions. Oxidation,
corrosion, stress corrosion, corrosion fatigue
and radiation damage are examined from the
point of view of mechanism and influence on
the properties of materials Methods of
corrosion protection and criteria for selection
of materials for use in radiation environments
ENMA 470 Structure and Properties of
Engineering Materials. (3) A comprehensive
survey of the atomic and electronic structure
of solids with emphasis on the relationship of
structure to the physical and mechanical
properties.
ENMA 471 Physical Chemistry of
Engineering Materials. (3) Equilbrium
multicomponent systems and relationship to
the phase diagram. Thermodynamics of
polycrystalline and polyphase materials Dif-
fusion in solids, kinetics of reactions in solids,
ENMA 472 Technology of Engineering
Materials. (3) Relationship of properties of
solids to their engineering applications. Cnteria
for the choice of materials for electronic,
mechanical and chemical properties. Particular
emphasis on the relationships between struc-
ture of the solid and its potential engineering
application.
ENMA 473 Processing of Engineering
Materials. (3) The effect of processing on the
structure of engineering materials. Processes
considered include refining, melting and
solidification, punfication by zone refining,
vapor phase processing, mechanical working
and heat treatments.
ENMA 650 Structure of Engineering
Materials. (3) Prerequisite, ENMA 470 or
equivalent (3) The structural aspects of
crystalline and amorphous solids and relation-
ships to bonding types. Point and space
groups. Summary of diffraction theory and
practice. The reciprocal lattice. Relationships of
the microscopically measured properties to
crystal symmetry. Structural aspects of defects
in crystalline solids.
ENMA 651 Electronic Structure of
Engineering Materials. (3) Prerequisite, EN-
MA 650 Description of electronic behavior in
engineenng solids. Behavior of conductors,
semiconductors and insulators in electrical
fields. Thermal, magnetic and optional proper-
ties of engineering solids
ENMA 659 Special Topics in Structure of
Engineering Materials. (3) Prerequisite, con-
sent of instructor.
ENMA 660 Chemical Physics of Engineering
Materials. (3) Prerequisite. Thermodynamics
and statistical mechanics of engineering solids.
Cohesion, thermodynamic properties, theory of
solid solutions. Thermodynamics of mechanical.
Graduate Programs / 79
electrical, and magnetic phenomena in solids.
Chemical thermodynamics, phase transitions
and thermodynamic properties of
polycrystalline and polyphase materials Ther-
modynamics of defects in solids
ENUA 661 Kinetics of Reactions in
Materials. (3) Prerequisite. ENMA 660 The
theory of thermally activated processes in
solids as applied to diffusion, nucleation and in-
terface motion Cooperative and diffusionless
transformations Applications selected from
processes such as allotropic transformations,
precipation, martensite formation, solidification,
ordenng. and corrosion
ENMA 669 Special Topics in the Chemical
Physics of Materials. (3) Prerequisite, con-
sent of instructor
ENMA 670 Rheology of Engineering
Materials. (3) Prerequisite. ENCH 620
fvlechanical behavior with emphasis on the
continuum point of view and its relationship to
structural types Elasticity, viscoelasticity,
anelasticity and plasticity in single phase and
multiphase materials
ENMA 671 Dislocations In Crystalline
Materials. (3) Prerequisite, ENI^A 650 The
nature and interactions of defects in crystalline
solids, with primary emphasis on dislocations,
The elastic and electnc fields associated with
dislocations Effects of imperfections on
mechanical and physical properties
ENMA 672 Mechanical Properties of
Engineering Materials. (3) Prerequisite, EN-
MA 671 The mechanical properties of single
crystals, polycrystalline and polyphase
materials Yield strength, work hardening, frac-
ture, fatigue and creep are considered in terms
of fundamental material properties.
ENMA 679 Special Topics in the Mechanical
Behavior of Materials. (3) Prerequisite, con-
sent of instructor
ENMA 680 Experimental Methods In
Materials Science. (3) IVIethods of measuring
the structural aspects of matenals. Optical and
electron microscopy N/licroscopic analytical
techniques Resonance methods. Electrical,
optical and magnetic measurement techniques
Thermodynamic methods
ENMA 681 Diffraction Techniques in
Materials Science. (3) Prerequisite, ENCH
620. Theory of diffraction of electrons,
neutrons and X-rays. Strong emphasis on dif-
fraction methods as applied to the study of
defects in solids. Short range order, thermal
vibrations, stacl<ing faults, microstrain
ENMA 689 Special Topics in Experimental
Techniques in Materials Science. (3)
Prerequisite, consent of instructor.
ENMA 690 Polymeric Engineering Materials.
(3) Prerequisite, ENMA 650 or consent of in-
structor A comprehensive summary of the fun-
damentals of particular interest in the science
and applications of polymers Polymer single
crystals, transformations in polymers,
fabrication of polymers as to shape and in-
ternal structure
ENMA 691 Special Topics in Engineering
Materials. (3) Prerequisite, consent of in-
structor
ENMA 697 Seminar in Engineering
Materials. (1)
ENMA 698 Special Problems in Engineering
Materials. (1-16)
ENMA 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6)
ENMA 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research.
(1-8)
Engineering
Science Courses
ENES 401 Technological Assessment. (3)
Prerequisite, senior standing or consent of in-
structor Analysis of assessing technology in
terms of goals and resources Public and
private constraints, changes in objectives and
organization Applications to engineering
technology
ENES 405 Power and the Environment. (3)
Prerequisite, junior standing or consent of the
instructor An introduction to the power needs
of society. The interrelationship between man's
use of energy and the effect on the eco-
system. Introduction to the techniques of
power production with special emphasis on
nuclear fueled power plants.
ENES 473 Principles of Highway and Traffic
Engineering. (3) Prerequisites, permission of
instructor. Designed to assist the non-engineer
in understanding highway transportation
systems. A survey of the fundamentals of traf-
fic charactenstics and operations Study of the
methods and implementation of traffic control
and regulation. An examination of highway
design procedures, and the role of traffic
engineenng in transportation systems safety
improvements.
English Language and
Literature Program
Professor and Chairman: Kenny
Professors: Bode. Bryer. Freedman, Hovey.
Isaacs, Lawson, Lutwack, Manning,
McManaway, Mish, Murphy,
Myers, Panichas, Perloff, Russell,
Salamanca, Schoeck, Schornhorn,
Whitlemore
Associate Professors: Barnes, Barry.
Birdsall, Brown, Coogan, Cooper,
Fry, Greenwood, Hamilton, Holton, Houpert,
Howard, Jellema, Kinnaird, Kleine,
Mack, Miller, Peterson, Portz, Smith,
Thorberg, Vitzthum, Ward, Wilson
Assistant Professors: Cate, Gallick,
Hamilton, James, Rutherford. Steinberg.
Swigger, Van Egmond, Weigant
The Department of English offers graduate
work leading to the degrees of Master of Arts
and Doctor of Philosophy Areas of
specialization for the MA and PhD include:
Engish literature, American literature, and
folklore In addition, candidates for the MA
degree may specialize in creative writing, in
linguistics, and In teaching English as a foreign
language.
Departmental requirements for the degree
of Master of Arts include; (1 ) ENGL 601 ; (2)
three credits from the following: ENGL 482,
483, 484, 485, 486: (3) six credits in the
ENGL 620 series: and (4) six credits of
seminars. Candidates have a non-thesis option
under which they take 30 credits, submit a
substantial seminar paper for deposit, and pass
a three-hour comprehensive examination
Departmental requirements for the degree
of Doctor of Philosophy include: (1) a foreign
language requirement: (2) at least three hours
of linguistics: (3) a comprehensive wntten
examination on three fields (dissertation field
and those immediately before and after it)
which may be taken with permission after nine
hours beyond the Master of Arts and must be
taken upon the completion of 30 hours.
ENGL 300 and 400 Level course prerequisites.
any two freshman or sophomore English cour-
ses, with the exception of ENGL 293 and
ENGL 294
ENGL 401 English Medieval Literature In
Translation. (3)
ENGL 402 Chaucer. (3)
ENGL 403 Shakespeare. (3) Early period:
histones and comedies
ENGL 404 Shakespeare. (3) Late periods:
tragedies and romances.
ENGL 405 The Major Works of Shakespeare.
(3) Students who have credit for ENGL 403 or
404 cannot receive credit for ENGL 405
ENGL 407 Literature of the Renaissance. (3)
ENGL 410 Edmund Spenser. (3)
ENGL 411 Literature of the Renaissance. (3)
ENGL 412 Literature of the Seventeenth
Century. 1600-1660. (3)
ENGL 414 Milton. (3)
ENGL 415 Literature of the Seventeenth
Century. 1660-1700. (3)
ENGL 416 Literature of the Eighteenth Cen-
tury. (3) Age of Pope and Swift.
ENGL 417 Literature of the Eighteenth Cen-
tury. (3) Age of Johnson and the Preroman-
tics
ENGL 418 Major British Writers. (3) Two
writers studied intensively each semester.
ENGL 419 Major British Writers. (3) Two
writers studied intensively each semester.
ENGL 420 Literature of the Romantic Period.
(3) First generation: Blake. Wordsworth.
Colendge. et al
ENGL 421 Literature of the Romantic Period.
(3) Second generation: Keats. Shelly. Byron,
et al
ENGL 422 Literature of the Victorian Period.
(3) Early years
ENGL 423 Literature of the Victorian period.
(3) Middle years
ENGL 424 Late Victorian and Edwardian
Literature. (3) A study of the literary
movements and techniques which effected the
transition from Victorian to modern literature.
ENGL 425 Modern British Literature. (3) An
historical survey of the major writers and
literary movements in English prose and poetry
since 1900
ENGL 430 American Literature, Beginning to
1810, the Colonial and Federal Periods. (3)
ENGL 431 American Literature, 1810 to
1865. the American Renaissance.
ENGL 432 American Literature, 1865 to
1914, Realism and Naturalism. (3)
ENGL 433 American Literature, 1914 to the
Present, The Modern Period. (3)
ENGL 434 American Drama. (3)
ENGL 435 American Poetry— Beginning to
the Present. (3)
ENGL 436 The Literature of American
Democracy. (3)
ENGL 437 Contemporary American
Literature. (3) A survey of the poetry, prose.
80 / Graduate Programs
and drama written in America in the last
decade
ENGL 438 Major American Writers. (3) Two
writers studied intensively each semester
ENGL 439 Major American Writers. (3) Two
wnters studied intensively each semester
ENGL 440 The Novel in America to 1910. (3)
ENGL 441 The Novel in America Since 1910.
(3)
ENGL 442 Literature of the South. (3) A
historical survey, from eighteenth-century
beginnings to the present-
ENGL 443 Afro-American Literature. (3) An
examination of the literary expression of the
Negro in the United States, from its beginning
to the present
ENGL 444 Experimental Approaches to
Literature— Emerson to Thoreau. (3) Variable
subject matter presented in expenmental
methods and approaches. Grading in satisfac-
tory fail only Consent of instructor required
for admission.
ENGL 445 Modern Poetry. (3)
ENGL 449 Playvi/riting. (3)
ENGL 450 Elizabethan and Jacobean Drama.
(3) Beginnings to Marlowe.
ENGL 451 Elizabethan and Jacobean Drama.
(3) Jonson to Webster
ENGL 452 English Drama from 1660 to 1800.
(3)
ENGL 453 Literary Criticism. (3)
ENGL 454 Modern Drama. (3)
ENGL 455 The English Novel. (3) Eighteenth
Century
ENGL 456 The English Novel. (3) Nineteenth
Century.
ENGL 457 The Modern Novel. (3)
ENGL 460 Introduction to Folklore. (3)
ENGL 461 Folk Narrative. (3) Studies in
legend, tale and myth Prerequisite, ENGL 460.
ENGL 462 Folksong and Ballad. (3)
Prerequisite, ENGL 460.
ENGL 463 American Folklore. (3)
Prerequisite, ENGL 460. An examination of
Amencan folklore in terms of history and
regional folk cultures. Exploration of collections
of folklore from various areas to reveal the dif-
ference in regional and ethnic groups as wit-
nessed in their oral and literary traditions.
ENGL 464 Afro-American Folklore and
Culture. (3) An examination of the culture of
the Negro in the United States in terms of
history (antebellum to the present) and social
changes (rural to urban) Exploration of aspects
of Negro culture and history via oral and
literary traditions and life histories
ENGL 465 Urban Folklore. (3) Prerequisite,
ENGL 460. An examination of the folklore
currently originating in white, urban, American
culture
ENGL 470 Honors Conference and Reading.
(1 ) Prerequisite, candidacy for honors in
English. Candidates will take ENGL 470 in their
junior year and ENGL 471 in their senior year.
ENGL 471 Honors Conference and Reading.
(1) Prerequisite, candidacy for honors in
English. Candidates will take ENGL 470 in their
junior year and ENGL 471 in their senior year.
ENGL 473 Senior Proseminar in Literature.
(3) Open only to seniors. Required of can-
didates for honors and strongly recommended
to those who plan to do graduate work. In-
dividual reading assignments; term paper
ENGL 479 Selected Topics in English and
American Literature. (3)
ENGL 481 Introduction to English Grammar.
(3) A brief review of traditional English gram-
mar and an introduction to structural grammar,
including phonology, morphology and syntax
ENGL 482 History of the English Language.
(3)
ENGL 483 American English. (3)
ENGL 484 Advanced English Grammar. (3)
Credit may not be granted in both ENGL 484
and LING 402
ENGL 485 Advanced English Structure. (3)
ENGL 486 Introduction to Old English. (3)
An introduction to the grammar, syntax, and
phonology of Old English. Selected readings
from Old English prose and poetry.
ENGL 489 Special Topics in English
Language. (3) Studies in topics of current in-
terest; repeatable to a maximum of 9 hours.
ENGL 493 Advanced Expository Writing. (3)
ENGL 498 Creative Writing. (3)
ENGL 499 Advanced Creative Writing. (3)
ENGL 601 Bibliography and Methods. (3)
ENGL 602 Middle English. (3)
ENGL 603 English Language— Old English to
Early Modern English. (3)
ENGL 604 Old English. (3) Grammar, syntax,
phonology and prosody of Old English
Designed to give graduate students a working
knowledge of Old English and to introduce
them to the major Old English texts in the
original.
ENGL 611 Approaches to College Com-
position. (3) A seminar emphasizing rhetorical
and linguistic foundations for the handling of a
course in freshman composition. For graduate
assistants (optional to other graduate students).
Special Studies in English Literature— The
Medieval Period to 1500. (3)
ENGL 621 Special Studies in English
Literature— Renaissance Literature. (3)
ENGL 622 Special Studies in English
Literature— 17th Century Literature. (3)
ENGL 623 Special Studies in English
Literature— 18th Century Literature. (3)
ENGL 624 Special Studies in English
Literature— Romantic Literature. (3)
ENGL 625 Special Studies in English
Literature— Victorian Literature. (3)
ENGL 626 Special Studies in American
Literature— American Literature Before 1865.
(3)
ENGL 627 Special Studies in American
Literature— American Literature Since 1865.
(3)
ENGL 718 Seminar in Medieval Literature.
(3)
ENGL 719 Seminar in Renaissance
Literature. (3)
ENGL 728 Seminar in Seventeenth-Century
Literature. (3)
ENGL 729 Seminar in Eighteenth-Century
Literature. (3)
ENGL 738 Seminar in Nineteenth-Century
Literature. (3)
ENGL 739 Seminar in Nineteenth-Century
Literature. (3)
ENGL 748 Seminar in American Literature.
(3)
ENGL 749 Studies in Twentieth-Century
Literature. (3)
ENGL 758 Literary Criticism. (3)
ENGL 759 Seminar in Literature and the
Other Arts. (3)
ENGL 768 Studies in Drama. (3)
ENGL 769 Studies in Fiction. (3)
ENGL 778 Seminar in Folklore. (3)
ENGL 788 Studies in the English Language.
(3) May be repeated for credit to a maximum
of 9 hours
ENGL 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6)
ENGL 819 Seminar in Themes and Types in
English Literature. (3)
ENGL 828 Seminar in Themes and Types in
American Literature. (3)
ENGL 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research.
(1-8)
Entomology Program
Professor and Chairman: Bay
Professors: Bickley, Caron, Harrison, Jones,
Menzer, Messersmith, Steinhauer, Wirth
Associate Professor: Davidson, Reichelderfer
Assistant Professors: Miller
Lecturers: Heimpel, Spangler
The Department of Entomology offers both the
M.S. and the Ph.D. degrees Graduate students
may specialize in physiology and morphology,
toxicology, biosystemafics, ecology and
behavior, medical entomology, apiculture, in-
sect pathology, and economic entomology Nor-
mally, students must acquire the master's de-
gree before being admitted to the doctoral pro-
gram. The M.S. degree is awarded following the
successful completion of the course require-
ments and a satisfactory thesis. A non-thesis
MS option is available for those interested in
qualifying as pest management specialists
In this program a field experience course includ-
ing a comprehensive report is substituted for
the thesis.
Students applying for graduate work in ento-
mology are expected to have strong back-
grounds in the biological sciences, chemistry
and mathematics Since the department is par-
ticularly anxious to find strong basic prepara-
tion, an undergraduate major in entomology is
not required for admission to the program. It
should be understood, however, that the lack
of certain specific courses taken in the under-
graduate program will extend the period of time
required for the MS degree Students in ento-
mology are frequently employed as Graduate
Assistants, or find part-time employment in
laboratories in the area.
The student is given great latitude in the sel-
ection of the advisory study committee, choice
of the major study areas and supporting course
work, and choice of the research problem. The
demonstration of competence in one foreign lan-
guage IS required for the Ph.D. Upon admission
to the Ph.D. program, the student is given a pre-
liminary interview (which may be combined with
the M.S. final oral examination) in which the pro-
gram of course work and collateral reading, the
plan for demonstration of competence in the for-
eign language chosen, and the general outline
of the proposed research area are established
and approved. Following the completion of most
course work and the demonstration of foreign
language competency, the oral qualifying exam-
Graduate Programs / 81
ination is administered before the student
applies for admission to candidacy
Facilities are maintained in ttie department tor
researcfi in all areas of specialization offered,
and in addition, cooperative programs with other
departments in Agncultural and Life Sciences
are possible Cooperative research programs
are often maintained by the department with
several government agencies, such as the Belts-
ville Agricultural Research Center, the U.S
National Museum of Natural History, and the
Walter Reed Army Institute of Research. Special-
ized facilities are frequently made available to
graduate students in these programs. In many
instances graduates of the programs in ento-
mology find employment in such government
agencies because of the contacts made in these
cooperative projects
The Departments "Guidelines for Graduate
Students' give additional information on the
graduate program, including requirements for
admission, course requirements, examinations,
seminars, and research areas and facilities.
Copies are available from the Department of
Entomology, University of ti/laryland. College
Park. Maryland 20742
ENTM 407 Entomology for Science Teachers.
(4) Summer Four lectures and four three-hour
laboratory periods a week. This course will
include the elements of morphology, taxonomy
and biology of insects using examples common-
ly available to high school teachers, it will include
practice in collecting, preserving, rearing and
experimenting with insects insofar as time will
permit.
ENTM 41 2 Advanced Apiculture (3) One lec-
ture and two three-hour laboratory periods a
week. Prerequisite, ENTM 111. The theory and
practice of apiary management. Designed for
the student who wishes to keep bees or requires
a practical knowledge of bee management
EMTM 421 Insect Taxonomy and Biology.
(4) Two lectures ADN two three-hour laboratory
periods a week Prerequisite, ENTM 204 Intro-
duction to the principles of systematic ento-
mology and the study of all orders and the
important families of insects; immature forms
considered.
ENTM 432 Insect Morphology. (4) Two lectures
and two three-hour laboratory periods a week.
Prerequisite, ENTM 204. A basic study of in-
sect form, structure and organization in rela-
tion to function
ENTM 442 Insect Physiology. (4) Prerequisites,
ENTM 204 and CHEM 1 04 or equivalent Three
lectures and one three-hour laboratory per week
Functions of internal body systems in insects.
ENTM 451 Economic Entomology. (4) Two
lectures and two two-hour laboratory periods
a week Prerequisite, ENTM 204 The recogni-
tion, biology and control of insects injurious to
fruit and vegetable crops Field crops and stored
products.
ENTM 452 Insecticides. (2) Prerequisite, con-
sent of the department The development and
use of contact and stomach poisons,
fumigants and other important chemicals, with
reference to their chemistry, toxic action, com-
patability, and host injury. Recent Research
emphasized
ENTM 453lnsect Pest of Ornamental Plants.
(3) Prerequisite, ENTM 204 Two lectures and
one 3-hour laboratory period a week The recog-
nition, biology and control of insects and mites
injurious to ornamental shrubs, trees and green-
house crops. Emphasis is placed on the pests
of woody ornamental plants
ENTM 462 Insect Pathology. (3) Two lectures
and one three-hour laboratory period per week
Prerequisite, MICB 200 Prerequisite or core-
quisite. ENTM 442 or consent of the instructor
An introduction to the principal insect patho-
gens with special reference to symptomology,
Epizootiology, and microbial control of insect
pests
ENTM 472 Medical and Veterinary
Entomology (4) Three lectures and one two-
hour laboratory period a week Prerequisite,
ENTM 204 or consent of the department A
study of the morphology, taxonomy, biology and
control of the arthropod parasites and disease
vectors of man and animals. The ecology and
behavior of vectors in relation to disease trans-
mission will be emphasized.
ENTM 498 Seminar. (1 ) Prerequisite, senior
standing. Presentation of original work, reviews
and abstracts of literature.
EMTM 612 Insect Ecology. (2) Second semes-
ter. One lecture and one two-hour laboratory
period a week Prerequisite, consent of the
department. A study of fundamental factors
involved in the relationship of insects to their
environment. Emphasis is placed on the insect
as a dynamic organism adjusted to its surround-
ings.
ENTM 625 Experimental Honey Bee Biology.
(2) First semester One Three-hour lab a week
Fifteen labs during semester will include topics
such as communication, nest construction and
organization, behavior, insect societies and bee
and wasp biology.
ENTM 641 Advances In Insect Physiology.
(2) First semester, alternate years. Two lec-
tures a week Prerequisites, ENTM 442 or con-
sent of instructor Lectures on current litera-
ture with reading assignments and discussion
ENTM 643 Aspects of Insect Biochemistry
(2) First semester. Two lectures a week. (Alter-
nate years.) Prerequisite, one year of bio-
chemistry, or equivalent, or consent of the
instructor. Lectures and group discussions on
the energy sources of insects, intermediary
metabolism, utilization of energy sources,
specialized subjects of current interest, such as
light production, insect pigment formation,
pheromones, venoms, and chemical defense
mechanisms
ENTM 653 Toxicology of Insecticides. (4) First
Semester Three lectures and one three-hour
laboratory period a week (Alternate years,
not offered 1 975-1976) Prerequisite, permis-
sion of the instructor A study of the physical,
chemical, and biological properties of insecti-
cides. Emphasis is placed on the relationship
of chemical structures to insecticidal activity
and mode of action Mechanisms of resistance
are also considered
ENTM 654 Insect Pest Population Manage-
ment (2) Second semester, alternate years
(offered 1 975-1 976). 2 lecture periods a week
Prerequisite, consent of instructor A study of
current developments in pest management
theory and practice, with emphasis on advances
in non-pesticide methods of insect control.
Frequent guest lecturers will appear. The
course will explore insect pest population sup-
pression through the management of ecologi-
cal factors, such as parasites, predators, micro-
bial agents, resistant hosts, and other agents
such as hormones, attractants and repellants,
and integrated systems.
ENTM 672 Culicidology. (2) Second semester
One lecture and one three-hour laboratory
period a week. (Alternate years.) The classifi-
cation, distribution, ecology, biology, and con-
trol of mosquitoes
ENTM 689 Entomological Topics. (1-2) First
and second semesters One lecture or one two-
hour laboratory period a week for each credit
hour Prerequisite, consent of department.
Lectures, group discussions or laboratory ses-
sions on selected topics such as Aquatic in-
sects, biological control of insects
Entomological literature, forest entomology,
history of entomology, insect biochemistry,
insect embryology, immature insects, insect
behavior, principles of economic entomology,
insect communication, principles of entomolo-
gical research.
ENTM 698 Seminar. (1 ) Presentation of topics
of current interest, including thesis and disserta-
tion research, by faculty members, students,
and outside speakers
ENTM 699 Advanced Entomology. (1-6)
Credit and Prerequisites to be determined by
the department. First and second semesters.
Studies of minor problems in morphology,
physiology, taxonomy and applied entomology,
with particular reference to the preparation
of the student for individual research.
ENTM 798 Field Experience in Pest Manage-
ment. (1-6)
ENTM 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6)
ENTM 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research.
(1-8)
Family and Community
Development Program
Associate Professor and Chairman: Gaylin
Associate Professors: Brabble. Lemmon',
Myricks, Wilson
Assistant Professors: Churaman, Rubin
A Master of Science Degree in Family and
Community Development is offered under a
revised graduate program within the College of
Human Ecology. The revised program is par-
ticulariy responsive to the contemporary needs
of families and the most effective ways of pro-
viding programs and services in the community.
The program objectives of the Department
of Family and Community Development are
directed toward educating professionals who are
prepared to develop and direct a variety of pro-
grams and services that are both family-oriented
and community based. The areas of specializa-
tion in the department are: family studies, com-
munity studies with particular emphasis on pro-
grams serving families, and management and
consumer studies Faculty members use and
encourage an interdisciplinary approach to the
study of human problems related to social
change and to helping students to become
agents of change, through the family unit.
An integrated practicum experience Is
ottered which enables students to work directly
with families and community agencies.
The total Master's program is 30 hours.
The student may choose either the Thesis or
Non-thesis option. Six hours of Thesis Research
are required for those students selecting the
thesis option. The non-thesis option permits
more extensive field experience in lieu of the
research thesis. Any student selecting this
option will complete 30 hours of course work
82 / Graduate Programs
with a comprehensive examination upon com-
pletion
The department will continue to adopt the
policies of the Graduate School as the basic
criteria for admission to the Master's program
In addition, it is recommended that individuals
take the Aptitude section of the GRE, and have
adequate undergraduate preparation in one or
more of the following areas: family develop-
ment, psychology, sociology, or human ecology
A course in elementary statistics at the under-
graduate level is also desirable.
Due to the limited number of available Grad-
uate Teaching Assistantships. and the high de-
mand, application for financial aid should be
made prior to April 1 st, for the fall semester of
the coming year
Further information regarding this program
should be obtained by contacting the depart-
ment or the College of Human Ecology directly.
FMCD 431 Family Crises and Rehabilitation.
(3) Deals with various types of family crises
situations and how families cope with the rehab-
ilitation process. It covers issues at various
stages of the family cycle ranging from divorce,
teenage runaways, abortion, to the effect of
death on a family Role playing and interview-
ing techniques are demonstrated and ways of
helping the family through the crises are
emphasized,
FMCD 443 Consumer Problems. (3) Consumer
practices of American families, Ivlerchandising
practices as they affect the consumer.
Organizations and laws in the interest of the con-
sumer
FMCD 446 Living Experiences With Families.
(3-6) A— Domestic Intercultural. B— Inter-
national Intercultural. Prerequisites. FMCD
330, ANTH 101; FMCD 250: Optional, lan-
guage competence. An individual experience in
living with families of a sub-culture within the
US or with families of another country, par-
ticipating in family and community activities A
foreign student may participate and live with an
American family
FMCD 447 Home Management For the Dis-
abled. (3) Application of home management
concepts in the use of resources to promote
maintenance of homemaker independence
through physiological and psychological adjust-
ments in the family and home environment.
The purpose of this course is to prepare stu-
dents for working effectively with disabled
homemakers.
FMCD 448 Selected Topics in Home Manage-
ment. (3) Seminar format will be used to exam-
ine the ways families set priorities and organize
their efforts and resources to achieve both
social and economic goals. Prior registration in
FMCD 250. 341 , or other courses in manage-
ment theory Systems analysis or research
methods is desirable, Repeatable for a maximum
of 6 credits provided subject matter is different
FMCD 485 Introduction To Family Counseling.
(3) Provides the Fundamental theoretical con-
cepts and clinical procedures that are unique to
marital and family therapy These techniques
are contrasted with individually-orientated psy-
chotherapy. Pre-marital, marital and divorce
counseling techniques are demonstrated and
evaluated.
FMCD 487 Legal Aspects of Family Problems.
(3) Laws and legal involvement that directly
affect specific aspects of the family: adoption,
marriage, estate planning, property rights, wills,
etc. Emphasis will be given to the involvement
of a professional lawyer; principles and inter-
pretation of the law,
FMCD 499 Special Topics. (1-3) A— Family
Studies, B— Community Studies, C— Manage-
ment and Consumer Studies.
FMCD 600 Readings in Research and Theory
of The Family (3) Emphasis is placed on sur-
veying current research, concepts and theory
in marital and family dynamics The relationship
of the contemporary family to the society
and community are discussed and family pat-
terns within various social classes and across
different cultures are compared. Changes in
family functioning throughout the family life cycle
and over the last hundred years are described
and analyzed
FMCD 602 Integrative Aspects of Home Eco-
nomics (3) The philosophical foundation for the
home economics profession are explored in this
course An historical approach is used in part
to indicate the growth of home economics, its
relationship to other disciplines and its integra-
tive function for the practitioner of the applied
human sciences Emphasis is placed upon re-
cent trends and future directions for the profes-
sional as change agent and his role within so-
ciety.
FMCD 609 Seminar: Current Issues In Family
and Community Development (1-4) This
seminar will be open to all graduate students for
non-credit or variable credit by phor arrange-
ment. It is considered an informal vehicle to gen-
erate communication and discussion among all
members of the department Presentations will
include reviews and critiques of recent articles
and books within the field and those relevant to
it. In addition, original informal discussion
papers from faculty and students will be
generated for presentation and discussion
Guest speakers and discussants will be
encouraged when deemed appropriate.
FMCD 61 0 Familimetrics (3) Prerequisites,
FMCD 401 and statistics. The primary focus is
on the advantages and limitations of family
research procedures and the degree of corres-
pondence between these methods. Ways of
developing and evaluating adequate research
procedures will be emphasized and recent inno-
vations in the field will be considered.
FMCD 61 5 Community Interaction With
Families (3) A study of relationships of the
individual within the family and involvement with
the community. Community organization and
structure will be studied from the perspective
of ( 1 ) individual involvement; (2) family in-
volvement; (3) intergroup involvement, IE .
racial, ethnic, religious and class groups.
Theoretical frameworks are to be developed with
effective operational approaches applied in local
community organizations. Students will parti-
cipate in studying available community groups
and their effects on individuals Governmental
agency programs and funded community pro-
jects will be studied, with special attention given
to the philosophy of vahous funding agencies.
FMCD 625 Advanced Consumer Affairs. (3)
An analysis of current consumer behavior found
in various family life styles and of community
processes for dealing with consumer problems.
Emphasis is given to recent research and
theoretical frameworks in the consumer area
FMCD 660 Program Planning and Evaluation.
(1-6) Consideration is given to research pro-
gram development and.' or evaluation of an exist-
ing research program in relation to objectives
and need Reporting of research for publication
in a journal and periodicals will also be stressed.
FMCD 668 Special Topics in Family Life. (1-6)
Individual study or arranged group study
FMCD 678 Special Topics in Community
Services (1-6) Individual study or arranged
group study
FMCD 686 Introduction To Family Counseling.
(3) This course gives the fundamental theoreti-
cal concepts and clinical procedures that are
unique to family and marital therapy Family and
marital therapy are contrasted with individually-
oriented psycho-therapy in terms of historical
development, assumptions and techniques.
Various types of clinical techniques for marital
and family therapists are presented. Premarital,
marital and family, divorce counseling
approaches are considered,
FMCD 688 Special Topics in Management-
Consumer. (1-6) Individual study or arranged
group study.
FMCD 691 Family-Community Consultation
(3) The foci of this course are upon defining
areas of behavior which can be referred to the
family-community consultant and upon method-
ology which can be applied by the consultant to
family or professional situations. Roles such as
homemaker rehabilitation consultant could re-
ceive added emphasis through field experience
participation which is encouraged in the course,
FMCD 695 Practlcum in Family and
Community Services (3) A field experience with
provides one of the following: (1 ) direct con-
tact with family life styles different from one's
own (2) observation and/or (3) experience of
a professional role in working with families
(consulting, counseling, informal education,
leadership training, community action, case
work, etc ). Observation and or experience with
services, educational programs or action pro-
grams dealing with a particular type of family
problem (financial, consumer, help in emergen-
cies, health, housing, homemaker rehabilitation,
family relationships and management) will be
included
FMCD 698 Special Topics in General Human
Ecology (1-6) Individual study or arranged
group study.
FMCD 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1 -6)
Fire Protection, Engineering Courses,
Fire Protection
Engineering Courses
ENFP 411 Systems Approach to Fire Pro-
tection Design. (3) Two lectures and one lab-
orabory period a week Prerequisite, senior
standing Examination of the problem areas
associated with manufacturing, process, labora-
tory, and transportation systems. Design pro-
jects will involve the total application of fire pro-
tection engineering, with economic and cost
benefit analysis
ENFP 414 Life Safety Analysis. (3) Two lec-
tures and one laboratory period a week Prere-
quisite. ENFP 321 , Detailed examination and
study of the physical and psychological variables
related to the occurrence of casulaties. Investi-
gation of functional features of enclosures
relative to egress, and smoke and gas fluid
flow. Examination and analysis procedures.
ENFP 41 5 Fire Protection Fluids II. (3) Two
lectures and one laboratory period a week.
Prerequisite, ENFP 31 0,31 2, The application
of Hydraulic and fluid theory to design calcula-
tions for aqueous, gaseous and particle fire
Graduate Programs / 83
suppression systems. Problem calculation pro-
jects based upon design layouts developed in
ENFP310.
ENFP 41 6 Problem Synthesis and Design.
(3) Two lectures and one laboratory period a
week Prerequisite, senior standing. Tectiniques
and procedures of problem orientation and solu-
tion design utilizing logical and numerical pro-
cedures Student development of research! pro-
jects in selected areas.
Food, Nutrition, and
Institution Administration
Program
Professor and Chairman: Prather
Associale Professors: Ahirens, Butler. Cox
Assistant Professors: Berdanier.
Lecturer: Mehlman, Stewart
Ttie department offers a program leading to a
fi/1aster of Science degree in each of ttie fol-
lowing major areas: food . nutrition and institu-
tion administration, Ttie department participates
in an interdepartmental program for Ivlaster of
Science and Doctor of Ptiilosopfiy degrees in
nutritional science wtiicti is described under
ttiat title. There is also a coordinated program
in cooperation with the U.S. Army Medical De-
partment at Walter Reed General Hospital.
Washington, D.C., for Dietetic Interns, leading
to a f\/laster of Science degree.
A satisfactory score on the aptitude portion
of the Graduate Record Examination is required
for admission.
Thesis and non-thesis options are available
for the t^/lasfer of Science degree in food, nu-
trition or institution administration, but the fi/las-
ter of Science degree in nutritional science is
available only through a thesis option.
A limited number of graduate assistantships
are available
Copies of department requirements are
available from the department for the information
and guidance of graduate students
FOOD 440 Advanced Food Science. (3) Three
lectures per week. Prerequisites, food 240,
250, CHEIvt 461 or concurrent registration.
Chemical and physical properties of food as re-
lated to consumer use in the home and institu-
tions
FOOD 445 Advanced Food Science
Laboratory (1 ) One three-hour laboratory per
week. Prerequisite, CHEIvl 201 and consent of
instructor Chemical determination ot selected
components in animal and plant foods.
FOOD 450 Experimental Food Science. (3)
One lecture, two laboratones per week. Prere-
quisite, food 440 or equivalent Individual and
group laboratory experimentation as an intro-
duction to methods of food research
FOOD 480 Food Additives. (3) Prerequisite,
FOOD 440 or equivalent. Effects of intentional
and incidental additives on food quality, nutri-
tive value and safety FDA approved additives,
gras substances, pesticide residues,
mycotoxins, antibiotics, and hormones will be
reviewed
FOOD 490 Special Problems in Foods. (2-3)
Special problems in foods (2-3) Prerequisite,
FOOD 440 and consent of instructor In-
dividual selected problems in the area of food
science.
FOOD 610 Readings in Food. (3) Second
semester. Prerequisite, FOOD 440 or consent
of instructor. A critical survey of the literature
of recent developments in food research.
FOOD 620 Nutritional and Quality Evaluation
of Food. (3) First semester. Prerequisite,
FOOD 440 or consent of instructor Effects of
production, processing, marketing, storage, and
preparation on nuthtive value and qualify of
foods
FOOD 640 Food Enzymes. (3) First semester,
alternate years Two lectures and one three-
hour laboratory Prerequisite, FOOD 440 or
equivalent. The classification and behavior of
naturally occurring and added enzymes in
food; includes the effects of temperature, pH,
radiation, moisture, etc., on enzyme activity.
FOOD 650 Advanced Experimental Food. (3-
5) Second semester. Two lectures and three
laboratory periods a week. Selected readings
of literature in experimental foods. Develop-
ment of individual problem.
FOOD 678 Special Topics in Foods. (1-5)
Individual or group study in an area of foods.
FOOD 688 Seminar. (1-2) Reports and
discussions ot current research in foods, (1-2)
FOOD 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6)
Nutrition
NUTR 415 Maternal, Infant and Child
Nutrition. (2) Two lectures per week
Prerequisite, course in basic nutrition.
Nutritional needs of the mother, infant and
child and the relation of nutrition to physical
and mental growth.
NUTR 425 International Nutrition. (2) Two
lectures per week. Prerequisite, course in
basic nutrition Nutritional status of world
population and local, national and international
programs for improvement.
NUTR 435 History of Nutrition. (2) Two lec-
tures per week Prerequisite, course in basic
nutrition A study of the development of the
knowledge of nutrition and its interrelationship
with social and economic developments.
NUTR 450 Advanced Human Nutrition. (3)
Prerequisites, consent of department: NUSC
402 or NUTR 300. CHEI^ 461 , or concurrent
registration Two lectures and one two-hour
laboratory. A critical study of the physiological
and metabolic influences on nutrient utilization,
with particular emphasis on current problems in
human nutrition.
NUTR 460 Therapeutic Human Nutrition. (3)
Two lectures and one laboratory period a
week. Prerequisites, NUTR 300, 450.
f^odifications of the normal adequate diet to
meet human nutritional needs in patholobical
conditions
NUTR 470 Community Nutrition. (3)
Prerequisites, NUTR 300, 450, 460 A study
of different types of community nutrition
programs, problems and projects
NUTR 480 Applied Diet Therapy. (3) (Open
only to students accepted into and par-
ticipating in the US, Army dietetic internship
program at Walter Reed General Hospital or
the coordinated undergraduate dietetics
program.) Application of principles of normal
and therapeutic nutrition in total medical care
and instruction of patients. Clinical experience
in hospital therapeutics, pediatrics, research
and a variety of clinics are included. For
students in the coordinated undergraduate
dietetics program twelve hours per week
clinical experience is required and this course
must be accompanied by NUTR 460,
NUTR 485 Applied Community Nutrition. (3)
Prerequisite, NUTR 460 and concurrent
registration in NUTR 470 (Open only to
students accepted into and participating in the
coordinated undergraduate program in
dietetics). Application of principles in com-
munity nutntion through guided experiences in
different aspects of nutntion programs in the
community Twelve hours of field experience
per week is required,
NUTR 490 Special Problems in Nutrition. (2-
3) Prerequisites, NUTR 300 and consent of in-
structor Individual selected problems in the
area of human nutrition.
NUTR 600 Recent Progress In Human
Nutrition. (3) First semester Recent develop-
ments in the science of nutrition with emphasis
on the interpretation of these findings for ap-
plication in health and disease.
NUTR 610 Readings in Nutrition. (1-3) First
and second semesters. Reports and
discussions ot significant nutritional research
and investigation.
NUTR 620 Nutrition for Community Services.
(3) First semester. Application of the principles
of nutrition to various community problems of
specific groups of the public. Students may
select specific problems for independent
study
NUTR 670 Intermediary Metabolism in
Nutrition. (3) Second semester. Prerequisite,
CHEIVI 461, 462 or equivalent. The major
routes of carbohydrate, fat, and protein
metabolism with particular emphasis on
metabolic shifts and their detection and
significance in nutrition.
NUTR 678 Special Topics in Nutrition. (1-6)
Individual or group study in an area of nutrition.
NUTR 680 Human Nutritional Status. (3) First
semester, alternate years. Ivlethods of ap-
praisal of human nutritional status, to include
dietary, biochemical and anthropometric
techniques
NUTR 698 Seminar in Nutrition. (1-3) A study
in depth of a selected phase of nutrition
NUTR 699 Problems in Nutrition. (1-4)
Prerequisite, permission of faculty Experience
in a phase of nutrition of interest to the
student. Use is made of experimental animals,
human studies and extensive, critical studies of
research methods, techniques or data of
specific projects.
NUTR 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6)
Institution Administration
lADM 410 School Food Service. (3) Two lec-
tures and one morning a week for field exper-
ience in a school food service Prerequisite.
FOOD 200. or 240 and 250, and NUTR 300,
or consent of instructor Study of organization
and management, menu planning, food
purchasing, prearation, service, and cost con-
trol in a school lunch program
lADM 420 Quantity Food Purchasing. (3)
Prerequisite, FOOD 240, introductory ac-
counting recommended. Food selection and
the development of integrated purchasing
programs. Standards of quality; the marketing
distribution system.
lADM 430 Quantity Food Production. (3) Two
hours of lecture and one three-hour laboratory
84 / Graduate Programs
a week Prerequisites. FOOD 240, or consent
of instructor. Scientific principles and
procedures employed in food preparation in
large quantity. Laboratory experience in
management tecfiniques in quantity food
production and sen/ice.
lADM 440 Food Service Personnel Ad-
ministration. (2) Prerequisite. lADIyt 300 Prin-
ciples of personnel administration in food ser-
vices, emphasis on personnel selection, super-
vision and training, job evaluation, wage and
payroll structure, current labor regulations, and
interpersonal relationships and com-
munications,
lADM 450 Food Service Equipment and Plan-
ning. (2) Two lectures a week Prerequisite,
consent of instructor Equipment design selec-
tion, maintenance and efficient layout, relation
of the physical facility to production and ser-
vice,
lADM 460 Administrative Dietetics I. (3)
(Open only to students accepted into and par-
ticipating in the U.S. Army dietetic internship
program at Walter Reed General Hospital or
the coordinated undergraduate dietetics
program ) Application of management theory
through guided experience in all aspects of
hospital dietary department administration. For
students in the coordinated undergraduate
dietetics program twelve hours per week of
hospital food service management experience
is required, and this course must be ac-
companied by lADIVl 300 and 430
lADIVI 470 Administrative Dietetics II. (3)
(Open only to students accepted into and par-
ticipating in the US, Army dietetic internship
program at Walter Reed General Hospital or
the coordinated undergraduate dietetics
program,) Continuation of lADM 460, For
students in the coordinated undergraduate
program twelve hours per week hospital food
service experience is required and this course
must be accompanied by lADM 420 and 440
lADM 490 Special Problems in Food Service.
(2-3) Prerequisites, senior standing, five hours
in lADM course and consent of instructor In-
dividual selected problems in the area of food
service.
lADM 600 Food Service Administration. (3)
First or second semester Principles of
organization and management related to a food
system Control of resources through the use
of quantitative methods. Administrative
decision-making, and personnel policies and
practices,
lADIVI 610 Readings in Food Administration.
(3) Reports and discussion of significant
research and development in the area of food
administration,
lADM 630 Computer Application in Food
Service. (3) Second semester, alternate years.
Prerequisite, lADM 600 or equivalent. The use
of automatic data processing and programming
for the procurement and issuing of food com-
modities, processing of ingredients, menu
selection, and labor allocations,
lADM 640 Sanitation and Safety in Food Ser-
vice. (3) Second semester, alternate years.
Prerequisite. tvllCB 200, Principles and prac-
tices of sanitation and safety unique to the
production, storage and service of food in
quantity: includes current legislation,
lADM 650 Experimental Quantity Food
Production. (3) First semester, alternate years.
Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory.
Prerequisites. lADM 430 and FOOD 450 or
equivalents. Application of experimental
methods to quantity food production, recipe
development and modification; relationship of
food quality to production methods,
lADM 678 Special Topics in Institutional
Food. (1-6) Individual or group study in an
area of institutional food service
lADM 688 Seminar. (1) Reports and
discussion of current research in institution ad-
ministration, t^/lay be repeated to a maximum of
three semester hours of credit,
lADM 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6)
First and second semesters. Credit in propor-
tion to work done and results accomplished.
Investigation in some phases of institution ad-
ministration which may form the basis of a
thesis
Food Science
Program
Professor and Chairman: King
(Dairy Science)
Professors: Kramer. Stark. Twigg and Wiley
(horticulture), fv/lattick (Dairy Science).
Young (Animal Science). Keeney
(Chemistry)
Associate Professors: Bigbee and Thomas
(Poultry Science), Cowan (Agricultural
Engineering), Buric (Animal Science),
Bender (Agricultural and Resource
Economics)
Assistant Professors: Heath (Poultry
Science). Westhoff (Dairy Science)
The Food Science Program offers the Master
of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees
This graduate program is interdepartmental
with participation or support from the Depart-
ments of Animal Science. Dairy Science, Hor-
ticulture, Poultry Science, Agricultural
Engineering, Chemistry, lylicrobiology, and
Agricultural and Resource Economics and the
Seafood Processing Laboratory of the Natural
Resources Insitute. Areas of study encompass
animal, plant and seafood products with
specialization available in food chemistry, food
microbiology, food engineering, quality control,
nutrition, business management, and others.
Individual programs of study are developed
by the student and an appropriate committee,
A non-thesis Master of Science degree is
available. Specific regulations for the Food
Science Program have been formulated for the
guidance of prospective candidates for
graduate degrees. Copies are available from
the Program Office.
FDSC 412 Principles of Food Processing I.
(3) Two lectures and one laboratory per week
A study of the basic methods by which foods
are preserved (unit operations). Effect of raw
product quality and the vahous types of
processes on yield and quality of the preserved
products
FDSC 413 Principles of Food Processing II.
(3) Three lectures per week, A detailed study
of food processing with emphasis on line and
staff operations, including physical facilities,
utilities, pre- and post-processing operations,
processing line development and sanitation,
FDSC 421 Food Chemistry. (3) Three lectures
per week. Prerequisites, CHEM 203 and 204,
The application of basic chemical and physical
concepts to the composition and properties of
foods Emphasis on the relationship of
processing technology, to the keeping quality,
nutritional value, and acceptability of foods
FDSC 422 Food Product Research and
Development. (3) Two lectures, and one
laboratory per week Prerequisites, FDSC 413,
CHEM 461 , or permission of instructor, A
study of the research and development func-
tion for improvement of existing products and
development of new, economically feasible and
marketable food products. Application of
chemical-physical characteristics of ingredients
to produce optimum quality products, cost
reduction, consumer evaluation, equipment and
package development,
FDSC 423 Food Chemistry Laboratory. (2)
Pre- or corequisite. FDSC 421 , Two
laboratories per week. Analysis of the major
and minor constituents of food using chemical,
physical and instrumental methods in con-
cordance with current food industry and
regulatory practices Laboratory exercises
coincide with lecture subjects in FDSC 421 .
FDSC 430 Food Microbiology. (4) Two lec-
tures and one formal laboratory per week.
Prerequisite. MICB 200, Additional in-
dependent laboratory work required, time
would be equivalent to a second laboratory
period per week. Microorganisms of major im-
portance to the food industry are studied with
emphasis on their isolation, identification, bio-
processing of foods, and public health
significance.
FDSC 431 Food Quality Control. (2) Two lec-
tures per week- Definition and organization of
the quality control function in the food industry:
preparation of specifications: statistical
methods for acceptance sampling, in-plant and
processed product inspection. Instrumental
and sensory methods for evaluating sensory
quality, identity and wholesomeness and their
integration into grades and standards of quality
FDSC 432 Food Quality Control Laboratory.
(2) Two laboratones per week. Prerequisite,
concurrent registration in FDSC 431,
Chemical-physical, instrumental,
microanalytical, sensory analysis of food quality
attributes. Using data obtained, calculate sam-
pling plans, control charts, process capabilities,
grades and standards
FDSC 442 Horticultural Products Processing.
(3) Two lectures and one laboratory per week.
Commercial methods of canning, freezing,
dehydrating, fermenting, and chemical preser-
vation of fruit and vegetable crops
FDSC 451 Dairy Products Processing. (3)
Two lectures and one laboratory per week.
Method of production of fluid milk, butter,
cheese, condensed and evaporated milk and
milk products and ice cream
FDSC 461 Technology of Market Eggs and
Poultry. (3) Two lectures and one laboratory
per week. A study of the technological factors
concerned with the processing, storage, and
marketing of eggs and poultry and the factors
affecting their quality.
FDSC 471 Meat and Meat Processing. (3)
Two lectures and one laboratory a week.
Prerequisite. CHEM 461 or permission of in-
structor. Physical and chemical characteristics
of meat and meat products, meat processing,
methods of testing and product development.
Graduate Programs / 85
FDSC 482 Seafood Products Processing. (3)
Two lectures and one laboratory a week
Prerequisite, CHEM 461 or permission of in-
structor The principal preservation methods for
commercial seafood products with particular
reference to the invertebrates Chemical and
microbiological aspects of processing are em-
phasized.
FDSC 621 Systems Analysis in the Food In-
dustry. (3) Construction and solution of
models for optimizing feed, product for-
mulations , nutrient-palatability costs. IVlethods
for optimizing processes, inventories, and tran-
sportation systems.
FDSC 631 Advanced Food Microbiology. (2)
One lecture and one laboratory period a week.
Prerequisite, FDSC 430 or permission of in-
structor. An in-depth understanding and
working knowledge of a selected number of
problem areas and contemporary topics in food
microbiology.
FDSC 689 Seminar in Food Science. (1-3)
A— lipids, B — proteins, C— carbohydrates,
D— organoleptic properties, E — fermentation,
F — enzymes and microorganisma, G— flavor
and analysis, I— assays. Studies in depth of
selected phases of food science are frequently
best arranged by employment if a lecturer from
outside the university to teach a specific
phase. Flexibility in the credit offered permits
adjustment to the nature of the course.
FDSC 698 Colloquium in Food Science. (1)
First and second semester. Oral reports on
special topics or recently published research in
food science and technology. Distinguished
scientists are invited as guest lecturers. A
maximum of three credits allowed for the IvI.S.
FDSC 699 Special Problems in Food Science.
(1-4) First and second semesters. Pre-
requisite, CHEf^ 461 or permission of in-
structor. Credit according to time scheduled
and magnitude of problem. An experimental
program on a topic other than the student's
thesis problem will be conducted. Four credits
shall be the maximum allowed toward an ad-
vanced degree.
FDSC 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6)
FDSC 811 Advances in Food Technology. (3)
First semester, alternate years. Prerequisite,
CHEM 461 or permission of instructor. A
systematic review of new products, processes
and management practices in the food in-
dustry.
FDSC 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research.
(1-8)
French and Italian
Language and
Literature Program
Professor and Chairman: MacBain
Professors: Bingham. Rosenfield
Associate Professors: Demaitre, Fink,
Tanca
Assistant Professors: Gilbert, Hicks,
Lebreton-Savigny, Meijer,
The department prepares students for the MA.
and Ph D degrees in French language and
literature Roughly half of the graduate students
are offered financial support
86 / Graduate Programs
The composition of the Graduate faculty
and the vahety of course offerings make it
possible for students to specialize in any
period or movement of French literature, or any
aspect of the French language with the con-
sent of their advisers.
Entry into the MA. program is open to
students having a solid grounding in French
language and literature. All applicants, whether
graduates of the University of Maryland or not,
must take all parts of the G.R.E., including the
Advanced Examination in French.
Successful completion of the MA. program,
with or without thesis, involves passing a Com-
prehensive Examination in three parts: the
Graduate Language Proficiency Examination
(translation into and from French); a six-hour
examination in French literature from the Mid-
dle Ages to the present (a reading knowledge
of Old French will be supposed); and a one
hour oral examination in French literature from
the Middle Ages to the present. The MA.
program is generally completed in three to four
semesters, or less if Summer Session offehngs
are utilized.
Entry into the PhD program is open to only
the most highly qualified and most highly
motivated candidates who can show that in-
dividual research is their major interest, and
who give evidence of strong qualifications to
pursue that interest.
All applicants for the Ph.D. program (except
MA. graduates of this department) must pass a
three-part Preliminary Examination, consisting
of an explication de texte. an essay and an
oral examination before being fully admitted to
the program at the end of their first year. (The
Preliminary Examination is administered at the
start of the Fall Semester.) They are then
required to complete a program of seminars
related to their field of interest and to pass five
Special Topic examinations and a Foreign
Language Proficiency examination before being
admitted to candidacy and beginning work on
their dissertation.
Complete information concerning the depart-
ment's requirements are set forth in the Guide
to Graduate Programs in Frencf), available by
writing to the Department of French Language
and Literature, University of Maryland, College
Park, Maryland 20742.
FREN 001 Elementary French for Graudate
Students. (3) Intensive elementary course in
the French language designed particularly for
graduate students who wish to acquire a
reading knowledge This course does not carry
credit towards any degree at the university.
FREN 400 Applied Linguistics. (3) The nature
of applied linguistics and its contribution to the
effective teaching of foreign languages. Com-
parative study of English and French, with em-
phasis upon points of divergence. Analysis,
evaluation and construction of related drills.
FREN 401 Introduction to Stylistics. (3) Pre-
requisite, FREN 302, or course chairman's con-
sent. Comparative stylistic analysis; detailed
grammatical analysis; translation
FREN 405 Explication de Textes. (3) Oral and
whtten analysis of short literary works, or of
excerpts from longer works chosen for their
historical, structural, or stylistic interest, with
the purpose of training the major to understand
literature in depth and to make mature esthetic
evaluations of it.
FREN 411 Introduction to Medieval
Literature. (3) French literature from the ninth
through the fifteenth century. La Chanson
Epique. le Roman Courtois. le Lai; la Litterature
Bourgeoise, le Theatre, la Poesie Lyrique
FREN 412 Introduction to Medieval
Literature. (3) French literature from the ninth
through the fifteenth century. La Chanson
Epique. le Roman Courtois. le Lai; la Litterature
Bourgeoise, le Theatre, la Poesie Lyrique
FREN 421 French Literature of the Sixteenth
Century. (3) The Renaissance in France;
Humanism, Rabelais, Calvin, the Pleiade, Mon-
taigne, Baroque poetry.
FREN 422 French Literature of the Sixteenth
Century. (3) The Renaissance in France;
Humanism, Rabelais, Calvin, the Pleiade, Mon-
taigne, Baroque poetry.
FREN 431 French Literature of the Seven-
teenth Century. (3) Descartes, Pascal, Cor-
neille. Racine; the remaining great classical
writers, with special attention to Moliere.
FREN 432 French Literature of the Seven-
teenth Century. (3) Descartes. Pascal. Cor-
neille. Racine; the remaining great classical
wnters, with special attention to Moliere.
FREN 441 French Literature of the Eighteen-
th Century. (3) Development of philosophical
and scientific movement; Montesquieu.
Voltaire. Diderot. Rousseau.
FREN 442 French Literature of the Eighteenth
Century. (3) Development of philosophical
and scientific movement; Montesquieu.
Voltaire. Diderot. Rousseau.
FREN 451 French Literature of the Nineteenth
Century. )3) Drama and poetry from Roman-
ticism to Symbolism; the major prose wnters
of the same period.
FREN 452 French Literature of The Nine-
teenth Century. (3) Drama and poetry from
Romanticism to Symbolism; the major prose
writers of the same period.
FREN 461 Studies in Twentieth Century
Literature— The Early Years. (3) French
poetry, theater and the novel during the age of
Proust and Gide.
FREN 462 Studies in Twentieth Century
Literature— Mid-Century Writers. (3) Modern
French poetry, theater and the novel, with
special emphasis on the literature of Anxiety
and Existentialism.
FREN 463 Studies in Twentieth Century
Literature— the Contemporary Scene. (3)
French wnters and literary movements since
about 1 950, with special emphasis on new
forms of the novel and theater
FREN 478 Themes and Movements of French
Literature in Translation. (3) Studies treat-
ments of thematic problems of literary or his-
tohcal movements in French literature. Topic
to be determined each semester. Given in
English.
FREN 479 Masterworks of French Literature
in Translation. (3) Treats the works of one or
more major French wnters Topic to be deter-
mined each semester. Given in English.
FREN 488 Pro-Seminar in a Great Literary
Figure. (3) Each semester a specialized study
will be made of one great French writer
chosen from some representative literary
pehod or movement since the Middle Ages.
Repeatable for a maximum of six credits.
FREN 489 Pro-Seminar in Themes or Move-
ments of French Literature. (3) Repeatable
for a maximum of six credits.
FREN 491 Honors Reading Course, Poetry.
(3) H— Honors. Poetry Supervised readings to
be taken normally only by students admitted to
the tionors program
FREN 492 Honors Reading Course, Novel.
(3) H— Honors, Novel Supervised readings to
be taken normally only by students admitted to
the honors program
FREN 493 Honors Reading Course, Drama.
(3) H— Honors. Drama, Supervised readings to
be taken normally only by students admitted to
the honors program
FREN 494 Honors Independent Study. (3)
H— Honors Honors independent study in-
volves guided readings based on an honors
reading list and tested by a 6 hour whtten
examination Honors 494 and 495 are required
to fulfill the departmental honors requirement in
addition to two out of the following: 491 H,
492H. 493H. Open only to students admitted
to the departmental honors program
FREN 495 Honors Thesis Research. (3)
H — Honors, Honors thesis research involves
the writing of a paper under the direction of a
professor in this department and an oral
examination. Honors 494 and 495 are required
to fulfill the departmental honors requirement in
addition to two out of the following: 491 H,
492H, 493H, Open only to students admitted
to the departmental honors program
FREN 498 Special Topics in French
Literature. (3) Repeatable for a maximum of
six credits,
FREN 499 Special Topics in French Studies.
(3) An aspect of French studies, the specific
topic to be announced each time the course is
offered, Repeatable for a maximum of 6
credits,
FREN 600 Problems in Biblography and
Research Methods. (3)
FREN 601 The History of the French Lan-
guage. (3)
FREN 602 Comparative Romance
Linguistics. (3) Also listed as SPAN 612.
FREN 603 Stylistics. (3) Advanced com-
position, translation, stylistic analysis,
FREN 609 Special Topic in the French
Language.
FREN 610 La Chanson de Roland. (3) Close
reading of the text. Study of epic formulae and
early Medieval literary techniques: reading
knowledge of Old French desirable
FREN 619 Special Topic in Medieval French
Literature. (3)
FREN 629 Special Topic in Sixteenth Cen-
tury French Literature. (3)
FREN 630 Corneille. (3)
FREN 631 Moliere. (3)
FREN 632 Racine. (3)
FREN 639 Special Topic in Seventeenth
Century French Literature. (3)
FREN 640 Voltaire. (3)
FREN 641 Rousseau. (3)
FREN 642 Diderot. (3)
FREN 649 Special Topic in Eighteenth Cen-
tury French Literature. (3)
FREN 650 French Poetry in the Nineteenth
Century. (3)
FREN 651 French Poetry in the Nineteenth
Century. (3)
FREN 652 The French Novel in the
Nineteenth Century. (3)
FREN 653 The French Novel in the
Nineteenth Century. (3)
FREN 659 Special Topic in Nineteenth Cen-
tury French Literature. (3)
FREN 660 French Poetry in the Twentieth
Century. (3)
FREN 662 The French Novel in the Twen-
tieth Century. (3)
FREN 663 The French Novel in the Twen-
tieth Century. (3)
FREN 664 The French Theatre in the Twen-
tieth Century. (3)
FREN 665 The French Theatre in the Twen-
tieth Century. (3)
FREN 669 Special Topic in Twentieth Cen-
tury French Literature. (3)
FREN 679 The History of Ideas in France. (3)
Analysis of currents of ideas as reflected in dif-
ferent periods and authors of French literature,
FREN 689 Seminar in a Great Literary
Figure. (3)
FREN 699 Seminar. (3) Topic to be deter-
mined each semester,
FREN 701 College Teaching of French. (3)
Instruction, demonstration and classroom prac-
tice under supervision of modern procedures
IS the presentation of elementary French cour-
ses to college age students.
FREN 702 Structural French Linguistics. (3)
Synchronic description of the phonology, mor-
phology and syntax of modern spoken French:
standard French in contrast with other
varieties
FREN 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6)
FREN 801 Independent Study. (3) Designed
to permit doctoral candidates to work in-
dependently in areas of special interest to
them, under the close supervision of a
professor of their choice
FREN 802 Independent Study. (3) Designed
to permit doctoral candidates to work in-
dependently in areas of special interest to
them, under the close supervision of a
professor of their choice.
FREN 818 French Literary Criticism. (3)
Analysis and evaluation of various trends in
literary criticism as a manifestation of the French
literary genius Topic to be determined each
semester.
FREN 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research.
(1-8)
Italian
ITAL 410 The Italian Renaissance. (3) A
study of major trends of thought in Renaissance
literature, philosophy, art, and science
ITAL 498 Special Topics in Italian Literature.
(3) Repeatable for a maximum of six credits.
ITAL 499 Special Topics in Italian Studies.
(3) An aspect of Italian studies, the specific
topic to be announced each time the course is
offered. Repeatable for a maximum of 6
credits.
Geography
Program
Professor and
Acting Chairman: Fonaroff
Professors: Ahnert, Deshler, Harper.
Hu
Associate Professors: Brodsky, Chaves.
Groves, Mitchell, Thompson, Wiedel
Assistant Professors: Dando, Lewis,
Muller, Roswell
The programs for both the Master of Arts and
Doctor of Philosophy degrees in the Depart-
ment of Georgraphy are designed to provide
the student with well-rounded competence in
the field as well as opportunity for specilization
Considering particular advantages inherent
in the College Park location the department
has built its graduate program around three
major areas of concentration In each, the
department has assembled a group of faculty
members with complementary and overiapping
interests The areas are: (1) Physical
Georgraphy with emphasis on physical
systems involving the inter-relationships be-
tween geomorphology, climatology, and other
environmental elements The University's
meteorology program and work in agriculture
and biology provide support for this program as
do vanous Federal Government environmental
programs and the special consortium studying
Chesapeake Bay and its resources (2) Cultural
Georgraphy. especially the historical
geography of the United States and Canada.
This specialty draws on the incomparable ar-
chival material in the Washington area, in state
historical agencies, and in Baltimore (3) the
geography of Metropolitan Areas and urban
systems supported by affiliation with the
University's Institute for Urban Studies and
regional and local planning agencies.
Individual faculty members have other in-
terests that enable students to work on special
programs such as human ecology, medical
geography, Latin America, East Asia, the Soviet
Union and cartography. But students planning
such programs should contact the department
or the interested faculty member to determine
their feasibility.
While progress in the graduate program is
largely an individual matter students entering
the MA. program should consider a two-year
program normal; those entering the Ph.D.
should think of three years as the norm.
Incoming MA. students are expected to
have an undergraduate degree in the field or in
a closely related field, with substantial work in
georgraphy. In the latter case, remedial work
may be required prior to admission to the
degree program. All graduate applicants should
submit GRE examination results.
Because of the degree of specialization
inherent in PhD training, the department only
considers applicants whose interests coincide
with departmental staff competence— in
general, the three major areas of geography
described above. Prospective students who
are unsure whether their interests match those
of the department are encouraged to submit a
proposal for consideration.
For admission to the doctoral program, the
department normally requires a grade-point
average higher than 3.0 and an MA. degree
from a recognized geography department, or
competence in terms of fields of study and
Graduate Programs / 87
level of achievement comparable to the MA.
degree of the department
A non MA -direct Ph D program is possible
by petition from the student and upon approval
of a faculty committee appointed by the depar-
tment chairman.
MA students have the choice of either
thesis or non-thesis programs. The non-thesis
option involves the preparation of tvi^o sub-
stantial research papers. All MA students take
an oral examination prior to work on the thesis
or papers and in a final oral examination based
either on the thesis or one of the tw/o research
papers.
After completion of formal coursew^ork
requirements for the Ph.D., there is a two-part
qualifying examination. Part One is a written
examination in the student's two major fields of
specilization. Part Two is an oral examination
evaluating the dissertation proposal. Upon
satisfactory completion of the dissertation
there is a final oral examination.
Departmental research facilities include a
reference library with extensive journal collec-
tion, a map collection and a cartographic
laboratory. A remote computer console in the
building has direct connection with the Univer-
sity's Computer Science Center. There is close
liaison with the Departments of Economics,
Business Administration, Government and
Politics, and with the Bureaus of Business and
Economic Research, and of Government
Research. The National Library of Agriculture is
within two miles of the College Park Campus.
More detailed information on the MA. and
Ph.D. programs can be obtained from the
department.
GEOG 400 Geography of North America. (3)
An examination of the contemporary patterns
of American and Canadian life from a regional
viewpoint. Major topics include: the significance
of the physical environment, resource use,
the political framework, economic activities,
demographic and socio-cultural characteristics,
regional identification, and regional problems.
GEOG 402 Geography of Maryland and Ad-
jacent Areas. (3) An analysis of the physical
environment, natural resources, and population
in relation to agriculture, industry, transport,
and trade in the state of Maryland and adjacent
areas.
GEOG 406 Historical Geography of North
America Before 1800. (3) An analysis of the
changing geography of the U.S. and Canada
from pre-Columbian times to the end of the
18th century. Emphasis on areal vahations and
changes in the settlements and economics of
Indian and Colonial populations. Areal
specialization and the changing patterns of
agriculture, industry, trade, and transportation.
Population growth, composition and intehor ex-
pansion, regionalization.
GEOG 407 Historical Geography of North
America After 1800. (3) An analysis of the
changing geography of the US and Canada
from 1800 to the 1920's. Emphasis on the
settlement expansion and socio-economic
development of the US, and comparisons with
Canadian experience Immigration, economic
activities, industrialization, transportation and
urbanization.
GEOG 410 Geography of Europe. (3)
Agricultural and industrial development of
Europe and present-day problems in relation to
the physical and cultural setting of the con-
tinent and its natural resources.
GEOG 411 Historical Geography of Europe.
(3) An analysis of the changing geography of
Europe at selected periods from prehistoric
times until the end of the 19th century, with
particular emphasis on Western Europe.
Changing patterns of population, agriculture, in-
dustry, trade and transportation. Development
of the nation-state. Impact of overseas ex-
pansion. Agricultural and industhal revolutions.
GEOG 415 Economic Resources and
Development of Africa. (3) The natural
resources of Africa in relation to agricultural
and mineral production; the various stages of
economic development and the potentialities of
the future.
GEOG 420 Geography of Asia. (3) Lands,
climates, natural resources, and major
economic activities in Asia (except Soviet
Asia). Outstanding differences between major
regions.
GEOG 421 Economic and Political
Geography of Eastern Asia. (3) Study of
China, Korea, Japan, the Philippines; physical
geographic setting, population, economic and
political geography. Potentialities of major
regions and recent developments.
GEOG 422 Cultural Geography of China and
Japan. (3) Survey of geographical distribution
and interpretation of cultural patterns of China
and Japan. Emphasis on basic cultural in-
stitutions, outlook on life, unique characteristics
of various groups. Trends of cultural change
and contemporary problems.
GEOG 423 Economic and Political
Geography of South and Southeast Asia. (3)
Study of the Indian subcontinent. Farther India,
Indonesia; physical geographic setting,
population, economic and political geography.
Potentialities of various countries and regions
and their role in present Asia.
GEOG 431 Economic and Cultural
Geography of Caribbean America. (3) An
analysis of the physical framework, broad
economic and historical trends, cultural pat-
terns, and regional diversification of Mexico,
Central America, the West Indies.
GEOG 432 Economic and Cultural
Geography of South America. (3) A survey of
natural environment and resources, economic
development and cultural diversity of the South
American republics, with emphasis upon
problems and prospects of the countries.
GEOG 434 Historical Geography of the
Hispanic World. (3) An examination of the
social, economic, political and cultural
geography of the countries of the Iberian
Peninsula and Latin America in the past with
concentration on specific time pehods of
special significance in the development of
these countries.
GEOG 435 Geography of the Soviet Union.
(3) The natural environment and its regional
diversity. Geographical factors in the expansion
of the Russian state. The geography of
agricultural and industrial production in relation
to available resources, transportation problems,
and diversity of population
GEOG 437 Introduction to Regional
Methods. (3) Inquiry into the evolution of
Regional Methodology with specific reference
to geographic problems. Critical analysis and
evaluation of past and contemporary theories
and a thorough examination of alternate
regional methodologies. Application of quan-
titative and qualitative techniques of regional
analysis and synthesis to traditional and
modern regional geography emphasizing prin-
ciples of regionalization
GEOG 440 Geomorphology. (3) Study of
major morphological processes, the develop-
ment of land forms and the relationships be-
tween vahous types of land forms and land use
problems. Examination of the physical features
of the earth's surface and their geographic
distributions.
GEOG 441 Regional Geomorphology. (3)
Regional and comparative morphology with
special emphasis upon Anglo-America.
GEOG 445 Climatology. (3) The geographic
aspects of climate with emphasis on energy-
moisture budgets, steady-state and non-
steady-state climatology, and climatic variations
at both macro and micro-scales.
GEOG 446 Systematic and Regional
Climatology. (3) Prerequisite, GEOG 445, or
permission of instructor. Methodology and
techniques of collecting and evaluating
climatological information A critical examination
of climatic classifications. Distribution of world
climates and their geographical implications.
GEOG 450 Cultural Geography. (3)
Prerequisite, GEOG 201, 202, or consent of
instructor An analysis of the impact of man
through his ideas and technology on the
evolution of geographic landscapes. Major
themes in the relationships between cultures
and environments.
GEOG 451 Political Geography. (3)
Geographical factors in national power and in-
ternational relations; an analysis of the role of
"geopolitics" and "geostrategy," with special
reference to the current world scene.
GEOG 452 Cultural Ecology. (3) Basic issues
concerning the natural history of man from the
perspective of the geographer. Basic com-
ponents of selected behavioral and natural
systems, their evolution and adaptation, and
survival strategies
GEOG 455 Urban Geography. (3) Origins of
cities, followed by a study of elements of site
and location with reference to cities. The pat-
terns and functions of some major world cities
will be analyzed. Theories of land use dif-
ferentiation within cities will be appraised.
GEOG 456 The Social Geography of
Metropolitan Areas. (3) A socio-spatial ap-
proach to man's interaction with his urban en-
vironment; the ways people perceive, define,
behave in, and structure their cities and
metropolitan areas. Spatial patterns of social
activities as formed by the distribution and in-
teraction of people and social institutions
GEOG 457 Historical Geography of Cities.
(3) The course is concerned with the ur-
banization of the United States and Canada
phor to 1920 Both the evolution of the urban
system across the countries and the spatial
distribution of activities within cities will be
considered. Special attention is given to the
process of industrialization and the concurrent
structuring of residential patterns among ethnic
groups
GEOG 459 Proseminar in Urban Geography.
(3) A problems-oriented course for students
with a background In urban geography using a
discussion /lecture format. It will focus on a
particular sub-field within urban geography
each time it is taught, taking advantage of the
special interests of the Instructor.
88 / Graduate Programs
GEOG 460 Advanced Economic Geography
I— Agricultural Resources. (3) Prerequisite,
GEOG 201 or 203 Ttie nature of agricultural
resources, ttie major types of agricultural ex-
ploitation in the world and ttie geographic con-
ditions. Main problems of conservation,
GEOG 461 Advanced Economic Geography
II— Mineral Resources. (3) Prerequisite,
GEOG 201 or 203 The nature and geographic
distribution of the principal power, metallic and
other minerals Economic geographic aspects
of modes of exploitation. Consequences of
geographic distribution and problems of con-
servation.
GEOG 462 Water Resources and Water
Resource Planning. (3) GEOG 201 or 203. or
permission of instructor Water as a component
of the human environment. A systematic
examination of various aspects of water, in-
cluding problems of domestic and industrial
water supply, irrigation, hydroelectric power,
fisheries, navigation, flood damage, reduction
and recreation
GEOG 463 Geographic Aspects of Pollution.
(3) The impact of man on his environment and
resultant problems. Examination of the spatial
aspects of physical and socio-economic fac-
tors in air, water, and land pollution
GEOG 465 Geography of Transportation. (3)
The distribution of transport routes on the earth's
surface, patterns of transport routes, the
adjustment of transport routes and medja to
conditions of the natural environment,
population centers and their distribution.
GEOG 466 Industrial Localization. (3)
Factors and trends in the geographic
distribution of the manufacturing industries of
the world, analyzed with reference to theories
of industrial location.
GEOG 470 History and Theory of Car-
tography. (3) The development of maps
throughout history. Geographical orientation,
coordinates and map scales. Map projections,
their nature, use and limitations. Principles of
representation of features on physical and
cultural maps Modern uses of maps and
relationships between characteristics of maps
and use types.
GEOG 471 Cartography and Graphics Prac-
ticum. (3)
GEOG 472 Problems of Cartographic
Representation and Procedure. (3) Two
hours lecture and two hours laboratory a week.
Study of cartographic compilation methods.
Principles and problems of symbolization,
classification and representation of map data.
Problems of representation of features of dif-
ferent scales and for different purposes Place-
name selection and lettering, stick-up and map
composition.
GEOG 473 Problems of IVIap Evaluation. (3)
Two hours lecture and two hours laboratory a
week Schools of topographic concepts and
practices. Theoretical and practical means of
determining map reliability, map utility, and
source matenals. Nature, status and problems
of topographic mapping in different parts of the
world. Non-topographic special use maps.
Criteria of usefulness for purposes concerned
and of reliability.
GEOG 490 Geographic Concepts and Source
Materials. (3) A comprehensive and
systematic survey of geographic concepts
designed exclusively for teachers. Stress will
be placed upon the philosophy of geography
in relation to the social and physical sciences,
the use of the primary tools of geography,
source materials, and the problems of presen-
ting geographic principles
GEOG 498 Topical Investigations. (1-3)
Independent study under individual guidance.
Restricted to advanced undergraduate students
with credit for at least 24 hours in geography
and to graduate students. Any exception should
have the approval of the head of the department
GEOG 499 Undergraduate Research. (3)
Directed regional or systematic study involving
several subfields of geography, including car-
tographic presentation, and usually requiring
field work, and leading to an undergraduate
thesis.
GEOG 600 Introduction to Graduate Study in
Geography. (3) Introduces the student both to
research procedures needed in graduate work
and to current trends and developments in
geographic research. Lectures by various staff
members form basis for discussion Research
paper required
GEOG 601 Field Course. (3)
GEOG 602 Proseminar in
Cultural— Historical Geography. (3) An in-
troductory graduate survey of the basic struc-
ture and recent trends in the field of cultural-
historical geography Emphasis on the
theoretical principles and analytical procedures
employed in researching cultural-historical
problems and on literature which has resulted
from this research.
GEOG 603 Proseminar in Urban-Economic
Geography. (3) A survey of the basic struc-
ture and current trends in the field of urban
geography; social and economic aspects.
Major contributions to the literature, significant
research frontiers, methodologies, analytical
procedures and theories in the context of intra-
urban and inter-urban problems and policies.
GEOG 604 Proseminar in Physical
Geography. (3) A survey of the basic struc-
ture and recent trends in the fields of physical
geography. Emphasis on general concepts in
the field, its role as a study of the natural en-
vironment, its function within geography as a
whole, and its research methods
GEOG 605 Quantitative Spatial Analysis. (3)
This course will provide students with a
working knowledge of various tools of
multivariate analysis in the context of scientific
geographic methodology rather than from the
statistical theory viewpoint. Emphasis is on the
application of statistical tools and a working
knowledge of them will be a basis for
evaluation of professional literature in the
various field of geography using quantitative
techniques. Students should gain a
background suitable for using the techniques
in research.
GEOG 610 Seminar in Geographic
Methodology. (3) The seminar will emphasize
an intensive survey of the basic concepts of
geography, a critical evaluation of major ap-
proaches to the study of geography, and a
detailed analysis of the principal
methodological problems both theoretical and
practical confronting geography today
GEOG 615 Geomorphology. (3)
GEOG 618 Seminar in Geomorphology. (3)
Study and discussion of empirical and
theoretical research methods applied to
geomorphological problems including review of
pertinent literature.
GEOG 625 Advanced General Climatology.
(3) First semester Prerequisite, GEOG 260 or
consent of instructor Advanced study of
elements and controls of the earth's climates.
Principles of climatic classification. Special
analysis of certain climatic types.
GEOG 626 Applied Climatology. (3) Second
semester. Prerequisite, consent of instructor.
Study of principles, techniques, and data of
micro-climatology, physical and regional
climatology relating to such problems and
fields as transportation, agriculture, industry, ur-
ban planning, human comfort, and regional
geographic analysis
GEOG 628 Seminar in Meteorology and
Climatology. (3) First and second semesters
Prerequisite, consent of instructor Selected
topics in meteorology and climatology chosen
to fit the individual needs of advanced students.
GEOG 629 Seminar in Meteorology and
Climatology II. (3) First and second
semesters. Prerequisite, consent of instructor.
Selected topics in meteorology and climatology
chosen to fit the individual needs of advanced
students.
GEOG 638 Seminar in Physical Geography.
(3) Prerequisite, consent of instructor An
examination of themes and problems in the
field of physical geography.
GEOG 639 Seminar in Physical Geography.
(3) Prerequisite, consent of instructor. An
examination of themes and problems in the
field of physical geography.
GEOG 648 Seminar in Cultural Geography.
(3) Prerequisite, GEOG 450 or consent of in-
structor. An examination of themes and
problems in the field of economic geography.
GEOG 649 Seminar in Cultural Geography.
(3) Prerequisite, GEOG 450 or consent of in-
structor. An examination of themes and
problems in the field of economic geography.
GEOG 658 Seminar in Historical Geography.
(3) An examination of themes and problems in
histoncal geography with reference to selected
areas. Prerequisite, consent of instructor.
GEOG 668 Seminar in Economic Geography.
(3) Prerequisite, consent of instructor. An
examination of themes and problems in the
field of economic geography.
GEOG 669 Seminar in Economic Geography.
(3) Prerequisite, consent of instructor. An
examination of themes and problems in the
field of economic geography
GEOG 678 Seminar in Political Geography.
(3) Beginning with a review of contemporary
advanced theory, the seminar will turn to
problems such as the spatial consequences of
political behavior, the political system and the
organization of space including perceived
space. The organization of political space.
Repeatable to a maximum of six semester hours.
GEOG 679 Seminar in Urban Geography. (3)
Flexible in format to allow adaptation to par-
ticular topic being considered, this seminar is
for advanced students in the department's
metropolitan areas specialty Students normally
will have had the seminar in economic
geography. Possible topics include:
metropolitan systems, the impact of migrants
and immigrants on the internal structure of the
city, the development of black ghettos, the use
of particular techniques in urban geographical
research.
GEOG 698 Seminar in Cartography. (1-16)
Graduate Programs / 89
GEOG 718 Seminar in the Geography of
Europe and Africa. (3) First and second
semesters Prerequisite. GEOG 410. 415 or
consent of Instructor Analysis of special
problems concerning the resources and
development of Europe and Africa.
GEOG 728 Seminar in the Geography of
Europe and Africa. (3) First and second
semesters Prerequisite. GEOG 410. 415 or
consent of Instructor. Analysis of special
problems concerning the resources and
development of Europe and Africa
GEOG 738 Seminar in the Geography of East
Asia. (3) First and second semesters. Analysis
of problems concerning the geography of East
Asia with emphasis on special research
methods and techniques applicable to the
problems of this area
GEOG 739 Seminar in the Geography of East
Asia. (3) First and second semesters. Analysis
of problems concerning the geography of East
Asia with emphasis on special research
methods and techniques applicable to the
problems of this area.
GEOG 748 Seminar in the Geography of
Latin America. (3) First and second
semesters Prerequisite. GEOG 431. 432 or
consent of instructor. An analysis of recent
changes and trends in industrial development,
exploitation of mineral resources and land
utilization
GEOG 749 Seminar in the Geography of
Latin America. (3) First and second
semesters. Prerequisite, GEOG 431, 432 or
consent of instructor An analysis of recent
charges and trends in industrial development,
exploitation of mineral resources and land
utilization.
GEOG 758 Seminar in the Geography of the
U.S.S.R. (3) First and second semesters
Prerequisite, reading knowledge of Russian
and GEOG 435 or consent of instructor In-
vestigation of special aspects of Soviet
geography. Emphasis on the use of Soviet
materials
GEOG 759 Seminar in the Geography of the
U.S.S.R. (3) First and second semesters
Prerequisite, reading knowledge of Russian
and GEOG 435 or consent of instructor. In-
vestigation of special aspects of Soviet
geography. Emphasis on the use of Soviet
materials.
GEOG 768 Seminar in the Geography of the
Near East. (3)
GEOG 788 Selected Topics in Geography.
(1-3) First and second semesters. Readings
and discussion on selected topics in the field
of geography. To be taken only with joint con-
sent of advisor and head of the department of
geography.
GEOG 789 Selected Topics of Geography.
(1-3)
GEOG 798 Readings. (1-3) Individual reading
as arranged between a graduate faculty mem-
ber and student. Repeatable to a maximum of
six semester hours.
GEOG 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6)
GEOG 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research.
(1-9)
Geology Courses
GEOL 421 Crystallography. (3) Two lectures
and one laboratory a week. Prerequisite. MATH
1 15 or consent of instructor An introduction
to the study of crystals Stresses and
theoretical and practical relationships between
the internal and external properties of
crystalline solids Encompasses morphological,
optical and chemical crystallography
GEOL 422 Mineralogy. (3) One lecture and
two laboratories a week. Prerequisite. GEOL
1 10 and 421 or consent of instructor Basic
elementary mineralogy with emphasis on
description, identification, formation, con-
currence and economic significance of ap-
proximately 150 minerals.
GEOL 423 Optical Mineralogy. (3) (Offered
1972-73) One lecture and two laboratories a
week. Prerequisite, GEOL 422 or consent of
instructor. The optical behavior of crystals with
emphasis on the theory and application of the
petrographic microscope
GEOL 431 Invertebrate Paleontology. (4) Two
lectures and one laboratory a week.
Prerequisite, GEOL 102 or consent of in-
structor ZOOL 302 or equivalent recom-
mended A systematic review of the mor-
phology, classification, ecology, and geologic
range of selected invertebrate groups
represented in the fossil record.
GEOL 432 Stratigraphic Paleontology. (3)
(Offered 1973-74). Two lectures and one
laboratory a week Prerequisite, GEOL 431
Principles o! biostratigraphy, paleoecology and
paleogeography Laboratory study emphasizes
significant index fossils.
GEOL 434 Micropaleontology. (3) Two lec-
tures and one laboratory a week Prerequisite,
GEOL 431 or consent of instructor A
systematic review of the morphology,
classification, ecology and geologic ranges of
important microfossil groups, particularly
ostracoses and toraminifera.
GEOL 436 Regional Geology of North
America. (3) Prerequisite, GEOL 102 or con-
sent of the instructor. A systematic study of
the regional geology of North America in-
cluding history, structure, stratigraphy and
petrology of the physiographic provinces of the
United States, Canada and the Caribbean.
GEOL 441 Structural Geology. (3) Two lec-
tures and one laboratory a week. Prerequisite,
GEOL 1 10 or consent of instructor A study of
the cause and nature of the physical stresses
and resulting deformational responses in the
earth. Laboratory exercises include crustal
model studies and stereographic analysis of
deformational structures.
GEOL 442 Sedimentation. (3) Two lectures
and one laboratory a week Prerequisite, GEOL
1 10 or consent of instructor. A study of the
critical vahables in sedimentation systems:
ohgin, dispersion, accumulation, and properties
of sediments and sedimentary rocks.
Laboratones will include the measurement and
statistical analysis of sediment properties and
study of sedimentation rates.
GEOL 443 Petrology. (3) Prerequisite, GEOL
422 or consent of instructor Two lectures and
one laboratory per week. A detailed study of
rocks: petrogenesis: distributions: chemical
and mineralogical relation: macroscopic
descriptions and geologic significance.
GEOL 444 Petrography. (3) One lecture and
two laboratories a week Prerequisites. GEOL
423. 442 or consent of instructor Microscopic
thin-section studies of rocks stressing the
description and classification of igneous and
metamorphic rocks
GEOL 445 Principles of Geochemistry. (3)
Three lectures per week Prerequisite, CHEM
103 or equivalent and senior standing A sur-
vey of historical and modern theories of the
ongin of elements and their distnbutions in
space, on extra-terrestnal bodies and on earth
Discussion of the origin of igneous rocks, of
the physical and chemical factors governing
development and distnbution of sedimentary
rocks of the oceans and of the atmosphere.
Organic sediments, the internal structures of
earth and the planets, the role of isotopes in
geothermometry and in the solution of other
problems
GEOL 446 Geophysics. (3) Two lectures and
one laboratory a week Prerequisite, PHYS
122 or consent of instructor An introduction
to the basic theories and principles of
geophysics stressing such important ap-
plications as rock magnetism, gravity
anomalies, crustal strain and earthquakes, and
surveying
GEOL 451 Groundwater Geology. (3)
Prerequisite. GEOL 100 or consent of in-
structor An introduction to the basic geologic
parameters associated with the hydrologic
cycle, problems in the accumulation,
distribution and movement of groundwater will
be analyzed
GEOL 452 Marine Geology. (3) Prerequisite,
GEOL 100 or consent of instructor. An in-
troduction to the essential elements of marine
and estuarine geology including studies of
currents, tides, waves, coastline development,
shore erosion and manne and bay sedimen-
tation.
GEOL 453 Economic Geology. (3) Two
laboratories a week Prerequisite. 422 or con-
sent of instructor A study of the geology of
metallic ore deposits stressing ore-forming
processes, configuration of important ore
bodies, and familianzation with characteristic
ore mineral suites.
GEOL 456 Engineering Geology. (3)
Prerequisite. GEOL 441 or consent of the in-
structor Two lectures and one laboratory a
week A study of the geological problems
associated with the location of tunnels,
bridges, dams and nuclear reactors, slope con-
trol, and natural hazards.
GEOL 460 Earth Science. (3) Two lectures
and one laboratory a week. Prerequisite, per-
mission of instructor An interdisciplinary course
designed to show how geology, meterology.
physical geography, soil science, astronomy
and oceanography are interrelated in the study
of the earth and its environment in space
Recommended for science education
GEOL 462 Geological Remote Sensing. (3)
One lecture and hvo laboratories a week.
Prerequisites. GEOL 441 and 442. or 440, or
consent of the instructor An introduction to
geological remote sensing including ap-
plications of aerial photographic interpretation
to problems in regional geology, engineering
geology, structural geology, and stratigraphy
Films, filters, and criteria used in selecting
imagery are also discussed Laboratory exer-
cises include measurements of geologic
90 / Graduate Programs
parameters and compilation and transference
of data to base maps
GEOL 489 Special Topics In Earth Science.
(1-3) Prerequisite, GEOL 460 or equivalent
GEOL 499 Special Problems In Geology. (1-
3) Prerequisites, GEOL 102 and 110 or
equivalent, and consent of Instructor. Intensive
study of a special geologic subject or
technique selected after consultation withi in-
structor. Intended to provide training or In-
struction not available In other courses vi/hlch
will aid the students development in his field
or major Interest.
Germanic Language
and Literature
Program
Professor and Chairman: Hering
Professors: Best, Dobert, HInderer,
Jones
Associate Professors: Fleck, Pflster
Assistar)t Professors: Elder, Irwin, Knoche
The Germanic Section of the Department of
Germanic and Slavic Languages and
Literatures offers programs of study leading to
the MA. and Ph D. degrees. Specialization In-
cludes the following areas: Language
Pedagogy and Applied Linguistics, Germanic
Philology, Medieval Literature and Culture,
Literature of the German Speaking Countries
from the Renaissance to the Present.
In addition to the Graduate School
requirements, candidates must have a
bachelor's degree with an undergraduate major
in German language and literature or the
equivalent, and fluency in the written and
spoken language Candidates for the doctorate
must have a master's degree in Germanic
Studies or in a related discipline, for example:
German, Scandinavian Studies, Language
Education, Medieval Studies, etc.
Degree requirements for the MA. (thesis
option) are: 24 hours of coursework, the
thesis, and a written comprehensive
examination. The MA (non-thesis option)
requires 30 hours of coursework, a mini-thesis
with oral defense, and a written comprehensive
examination. For both options the com-
prehenslves consist of five two-hour
examinations based on the coursework and the
MA Reading List
Degree requirements for the Ph.D. are as
follows: 1) completion of at least 30 hours of
coursework over a period of residency at the
University of Maryland of at least one year, and
a further 12 hours of dissertation research; 2)
a reading skill examination in a language other
than English or German related to the can-
didate's research or in a further Germanic
language: 3) oral presentation of the disser-
tation topic to the Germanic Section graduate
faculty before the topic is approved: 4) com-
prehensive written examinations: 5) the disser-
tation: 6) the oral dissertation defense. The
doctoral ccmprehensives consist of seven
three-hour examinations The candidate has
considerable freedom In choosing the subiecf
to be covered in four of the examinations: — the
other three being the required fields of
philology or applied linguistics, medieval
literature, and modern literature. Candidates
who opt for all four selected topics in German
literature will choose subjects In each of the
following periods: 16th and 17th centuries,
18th century, 19th century, 20th century: In
which case the required modern literature
examination will require Interpretation of a text.
Candidates who select topics from other fields,
such as philology, Scandinavian studies,
medieval studies, etc., will take a general
examination in the modern literature required
exam.
In addition to Its course offerings listed
below, the Germanic Section of the Depart-
ment of Germanic and Slavic Languages and
Literatures sponsors the German Club, the
University of Maryland Chapter of Delta Phi
Alpha (the national German language honors
society), and a Drama Reading Circle at which
German plays are read by students with
assigned roles and then discussed with faculty
assistance. The Germanic Section also invites
a distinguished scholar to join the staff for a
semester every few years as guest professor.
A series of guest lectures brings interesting
speakers to the campus almost monthly.
College Park's closeness to Washington, DC.
facilitates participation in the many cultural func-
tions of the capital with its wealth of German
and Scandinavian social groups and national
societies.
The Germanic Section is able to contribute
to the financial support of its graduate students
in the form of teaching and non-teaching
assistantships as well as several fellowships.
Germanic Section graduate students are
represented with two voting seats on the
Department's Advisory Committee as well as
by delegates to most of the other departmental
committees, allowing them to take an active
part in decisions which affect the Department
in general and the graduate student in par-
ticular
GERM 001 Elementary German for Graduate
Students. (3) Intensive elementary course in
the German language designed particularly for
graduate students who wish to acquire a
reading knowledge This course does not carry
credit towards any degree at the university.
GERM 400 Bibliography and Methods. (3)
Introduction to the use of German
bibliographies, catalogues, and reference
books in order to locate both primary and
secondary sources. Researching, composing,
and documenting term papers and theses. In-
struction in English.
GERM 431 Literature of the Middle Ages. (3)
Prerequisite, GERM 321 and 322, German
literature from the 9th through the 1 5th cen-
tunes in abridged modern German versions.
GERM 432 German Literature of the Baroque
Period. (3) Prerequisite, GERM 321 and 322
Survey of Baroque literature as it developed
from the Renaissance, Humanism, the Refor-
mation
GERM 441 Enlightment: Storm and Stress.
(3) Prerequisites, GERM 321 and 322. Covers
the time from Gottschedi's influence to
Goethe's Italian journey (ca 1 720- 1 786).
Shows the intellectual, ideological and literary
influenced in enlightment and storm and stress.
GERM 442 Classicism. (3) Prerequisites,
GERM 321 and 322. Covers the time from
Goethe's Italian journey to Goethe's death (ca.
1786-1832) Intellectual, ideological and
literary influences on the inner development
and unity of this epoch
GERM 451 Romanticism. (3) Prerequisites,
Germ 321 and 322. Covers the main
movements in German "Fruh-und Spatroman-
tik," with reference to music, arts, science, and
philosophy
GERM 452 Realism. (3) Prerequisites, GERM
321 and 322. Representative figures of Ger-
man Realism from Hebbel to Fontane
GERM 461 Naturalism and its Counter
Currents. (3) Prerequisites, GERM 321 and
322. Prose and dramatic writings from Gerhart
Hauptmann to Expressionism Modern literary
and philosophical movements.
GERM 462 Expressionism to the Present. (3)
Prerequisites, GERM 321 and 322. Prose and
dramatic writings from Expressionism to
present. Modern literary and philosophical
movements.
GERM 469 Proseminar— Selected Topics in
German Literature. (3) Specialized study of
one great German writer or of relevant topics
of literary criticism.
GERM 470 Structure of the German
Language. (3) An introduction to applied
linguistics suited to the needs ot the advanced
student and/or teacher of German. Structural
analysis of the phonology, morphology and
syntax of modern German in comparison with
structure of modern English. Knowledge of
German not required
GERM 471 Introduction to Indo-European
Philosophy. (3) Basic principles of historic
language study. Reconstructed Indo-European
surveys of the most important ancient Indo-
European languages. No knowledge of German
required
GERM 472 Introduction to Germanic
Philology. (3) Prerequisite, GERM 471 or per-
mission of instructor. Reconstructed proto-
Germanic, with surveys of Gothic, Old Norse,
Old English, Old Saxon and Old High German.
The high development of High German from
the earliest documents to the modern dialects.
GERM 473 Reading Swedish, Danish and
Norwegian. (3) Develops reading facility in
three languages in one semester. Texts read
include Bergman's Seventh Seal, tales by H.C.
Andersen, excerpts works by Ibsen and Ham-
sun, and selected folk literature. No foreign
language prerequisite,
GERM 474 Reading Swedish, Danish and
Norwegian II. (3) Prerequisite, GERM 473 or
permission of the Instructor Further develop-
ment of reading facility.
GERM 479 Proseminar in Germanic
Philology. (3) Prerequisite, consent of in-
structor Selected topics such as comparative
Germanic studies, Old Norse language or
readings in Old Norse literature, modern Ger-
man dialectology. Repeatable to a maximum of
six credits if subject matter is different.
GERM 483 German Civilization (In English) I.
(3) Literary, educational, artistic traditions:
great men, customs and general culture.
GERM 484 German Civilization II. (3) Literary,
educational, artistic traditions, great men,
customs and general culture. A continuation of
GERM 483
GERM 488 German Literature in Translation.
(3) Different movements, genres of other
special topics will be discussed every
semester No knowledge of German
Graduate Programs / 91
necessary May not be counted in fulfillment of
German major requirement Repeatable to a
maximum of six credits if subject matter is dif-
ferent
GERM 489 Proseminar in Germanic Culture.
(3) Selected topics in the cultural and in-
tellectual tiistory of ttie German and Germanic
language areas In Englisti Repeatable to a
maximum of six credits if subject matter is dif-
ferent
GERM 499 Directed Study in German. (1-3)
For advanced students by permission of depart-
ment ctiairman Course may be repeated for
credit if content differs May be repeated to a
maximum of six credits
Germ 600 Introduction to German Studies.
(3)
Germ 601 History of the German Language.
(3) Covers ttie genenc relationstiip of the Ger-
manic languages, chronological periods of Ger-
man, German dialects, syntax {eg, periphrastic
tenses, case usage, word order), influences on
the language (eg., early ecclesiastical, courtly
style, mystical. French, official style, Nazi
period), punfication process, stylistic periods
(Baroque, Classical, Romantic, etc.). special
developments (eg . professional terminology,
slang)
GERM 603 Gothic. (3) An introduction to
historical Germanic linguistics A grammatical
analysis and reading of selections from the
Gothic Bible
GERM 604 Old High German. (3) A study of
Old High German grammar, and readings from
the literature of the period,
GERM 60S Middle High German. (3) Grammar
and Readings in Middle High German literature.
GERM 606 Middle High German. (3) Grammar
and readings in Middle High German literature
GERM 611 College Teachings of German. (3)
Instruction, demonstration and classroom prac-
tice under supervision of modern procedures
in the presentation of elementary German cour-
ses to college age students
GERM 711 Literature of the Sixteenth and
Seventeenth Centuries. (3) Study of the
Reformation. Humanism and the Baroque. The
main vi/orks of Luther. Sachs. Wickram.
Fischart. Opitz, Gryphlus. Grimmelshausen
GERM 712 Literature of the Sixteenth and
Seventeenth Centuries. (3) Study of the
Reformation, Humanism and the Baroque. The
main works of Luther. Sachs. Wickram,
Fischart, Opitz. Gryphius, Gnmmelshausen
GERM 745 Goethe and His Time. (3) The
main works of Goethe and his contemporaries
as reflecting the literary development from
Rococo to Biedermeier
GERM 746 Goethe and His Time. (3) The
mam works of Goethe and his contemporaries
as reflecting the literary development from
Rococo to Biedermeier.
GERM 747 Schiller. (3) Study of Schillers
works with emphasis on his dramas,
GERM 751 German Romanticism. (3)
GERM 754 The German Drama of the
Nineteenth Century. (3) Kleist, Grabbe,
Buchner, Grillparzer, Hebbel, Hauptmann
GERM 760 The German Lyric. (3) Types of
lyncal poetry from "Minnesang" to Symbolism
with emphasis on post-Goethean lyricists
GERM 765 The German Novel. (3)
GERM 766 The German Novel. (3)
GERM 767 Seminar in the German Novelle.
(3)
GERM 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6)
GERM 818 Reading Course. (3) Designed to
give the graduate student a background of a
survey of German literature. Extensive outside
readings, with reports and periodic con-
ferences
GERM 819 Reading Course. (3) Designed to
give the graduate student a background of a
survey of German literature. Extensive outside
readings, with reports and periodic con-
ferences
GERM 828 Seminar. (3) Topic to be Deter-
mined.
GERM 829 Seminar. (3) Topic to be Deter-
mined
GERM 838 Special Topics in German
Literature. (3) Topic to be Determined
GERM 839 Special Topics in German
Literature. (3) Topic to be Determined
GERM 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research.
(1-8)
Russian
RUSS 001 Elementary Russian for Graduate
Students. (3) Graduate Students should
register as auditors only. Intensive elementary
course in the Russian language designed par-
ticularly for graduate students who wish to
acquire a reading knowledge This course does
not carry credit towards any degree at the
university
RUSS 401 Advanced Composition. (3)
RUSS 402 Advanced Composition. (3)
RUSS 421 Russian Civilization (In Russian) I.
(3) An historical survey of Russian civilization,
emphasizing architecture, painting, sculpture,
music, ballet and the theater to the beginning
of the 1 9th century pointing out the inter-
relationship of all with literary movements,
taught in Russian,
RUSS 422 Russian Civilization (In Russian)
II. (3) An historical survey of Russian
civilization emphasizing architecture, painting,
sculpture, music, ballet, and the theater, from
the beginning of the 19th century to the
present pointing out the inter-relationships of
all with literary movements. Taught in Russian.
RUSS 441 Russian Literature of the
Eighteenth Century. (3)
RUSS 451 Russian Literature of the
Nineteenth Century. (3)
RUSS 452 Russian Literature of the
Nineteenth Century. (3)
RUSS 461 Soviet Russian Literature. (3)
RUSS 462 Soviet Russian Literature. (3)
RUSS 465 Modern Russian Poetry. (3)
RUSS 466 Modern Russian Drama. (3)
RUSS 467 Modern Russian Fiction. (3)
RUSS 470 Applied Linguistics. (3) The nature
of applied linguistics and its contributions to
the effective teaching of foreign languages.
Comparative study of English and Russian, with
emphasis upon points of divergence Analysis,
evaluation and construction of related dhlls.
RUSS 471 Comparative Slavic Linguistics.
(3) Comparative Slavic linguistics and,
especially, a concept of the place of the
Russian language in the world of Slavic culture
through the reading of selected texts
illustrating common Slavic relationships and
dissimilarities.
Government and
Politics Program
Professor and Chairman: Bobrow
Professors: Anderson, Burdette, Dillon,
Harrison, Hathorn, Hsueh. Jacobs,
NcNelly, Murphy, Piper, Plischke
Associate Professors: Claude, Conway,
Devine, Glendening, Heisler, Koury,
Ranald, Reeves, Stone, Terchek,
Wilkenfeld, Wolfe
Assistant Professors: Bechtold, Butterworth,
Chaples, Glass, Kapungu, Lanning,
McCarrick, Melnick, Oliver, Strouse,
Welin,
Lecturer: Barber
The Department of Government and Politics of-
fers programs leading to the degrees of Master
of Arts and Doctor of Philosophy, Areas of
specialization include; American politics, com-
parative politics, international politics, political
behavior, political theory, public administration,
and urban affairs
Master's degree candidates may select a
thesis (30 semester credit hours) or a non-
thesis option (36 credit hours), both of which
require a comprehensive examination in two
fields of political science.
The doctoral program is designed for com-
pletion within five years and includes seminars,
directed research, and opportunities to gain
teaching experience Doctoral students must
complete a minimum of 54 hours of course
work and may take a concentration in one of
the areas of specialization
In consultation with an adviser each student
will prepare, during his first semester, a plan of
study to include six hours of political theory
and a designation of competence in the use of
foreign languages, quantitative research
techniques, or a combination of both.
The comprehensive examination encom-
passes three fields and an oral presentation
of the dissertation prospectus An interdis-
ciplinary curriculum may be presented as one of
the fields The examinations are normally taken
after twelve seminars, thereby permitting the
student to specialize in terms of a dissertation
topic dunng his final semester.
GVPT 401 Problems of World Politics. (3)
Prefrequisite, GVPT 1 70. A study of governmen-
tal problems of international scope, such as
causes of war, problems of neutrality, and
propaganda. Students are required to report
on readings from current literature
GVPT 402 International Law. (3) Prerequisite,
GVPT 1 70, A study of the basic character, gen-
eral principles and specific rules of inter-
national law. with emphasis on recent and con-
temporary trends in the field and its relation to
other aspects of international affairs.
GVPT 411 Public Personnel Administration.
(3) Prerequisite, GVPT 41 0 or BSAD 360. A
survey of public personnel administration,
including the development of merit civil service,
the personnel agency, classification, recruit-
ment, examination techniques, promotion, ser-
92 / Graduate Programs
vice ratings, training, discipline, employee re-
lations, and retirement
GVPT 41 2 Public Financial Administration.
(3) Prerequisite. GVPT 41 0 or ECON 450.
A survey of governmental financial procedures,
including processes of current and capital
budgeting, the administration of public borrow-
ing, the techniques of public purchasing, and the
machinery of control through pre-audit and post-
audit
GVPT 413 Governmental organization and
management. (3) Prerequisite. GVPT 410
A study of the theories of organization and man-
agement in American Government with
emphasis on new trends, experiments and re-
organizations
GVPT 41 4 Administrative Lav». (3) Pre-
requisite. GVPT 1 70 A study of the Discretion
exercised by administrative agencies, includ-
ing analysis of their functions, their powers over
persons and property, their procedures, and
judicial sanctions and controls
GVPT 417 Comparative Study of Public Ad-
ministration. (3) Prerequisite. GVPT 280 or
41 0. or consent of instructor. An introduction
to the study of governmental administrative sys-
tems viewed from the standpoint of compara-
tive typologies and theoretical schemes use-
ful in cross-national comparisons and empiri-
cal studies of the politics of the administrative
process in several nations Both western and
non-western countries are included
GVPT 422 Quantitative Political analysis.
(3) Prerequisite. GVPT 220. or consent of in-
structor Introduction to quantitative methods
of data analysis, including selected statistical
methods, block analysis, content analysis, and
scale construction
GVPT 426 Public Opinion. (3) Prerequisite,
GVPT 1 70. An examination of public opinion and
its effect on political action, with emphasis on
opinion formation and measurement,
propaganda and pressure groups
GVPT 427 Political Sociology. (3) Prerequisite,
GVPT 220, or consent of msiructor. A study of
the societal aspects of political life including
selected aspects of the sociology of group for-
mation and group dynamics, political sociology
of group formation and group dynamics, poli-
tical association, community integration and pol-
itical behavior presented in the context of the
societal environments of political systems
GVPT 429 Problems in Political Behavior. (3)
Prerequisite, GVPT 1 70. The problem approach
to political behavior with emphasis on theoreti-
cal and empirical studies on selected aspects
of the political process
GVPT 431 Introduction to Constitutional Law.
(3) Prerequisite, GVPT 1 70. A systematic in-
quiry into the general principles of the Ameri-
can constitutional system, with special reference
to the role of the judiciary in the interpretation
and enforcement of the federal constitution
GVPT 432 Civil Rights and The Constitution.
(3) Prerequisite, GVPT 431 A study of civil
rights in the American constitutional context,
emphasizing freedom of religion, freedom of ex-
pression, minonty discrimination, and the rights
of defendants
GVPT 433 The Judicial Process. (3)
Prerequisite. GVPT 1 70 An examination of
judicial organization in the United States at all
levels ef government, with some emphasis
on legal reasoning. tegal research and court
procedures.
GVPT 434 Race Relations and Public Law.
(3) Prerequisite. GVPT 1 70 A political and legal
examination of the constitutionally protected
nghts affecting racial minorities and of the con-
stitutional power of the federal courts, congress,
and the executive to define, protect and extend
these rights.
GVPT 435 Judicial Behavior. (3) A study of
judicial decision making at the state and national
levels, drawing primarily on the more recent
quantitative and behavioral literature
GVPT 435 Judicial Behavior. (3) A study of
judicial decision making at the state and national
levels, drawing primarily on the more recent
quantitative and behavioral literature.
GVPT 441 History of Political Theory-
Ancient and Medieval . (3) Prerequisite. GVPT
1 70. A survey of the pnncipal political theories
set forth in the works of writers before
f\^achiavellL
GVPT 442 History of Political Theory— Modern
and Recent. (3) Prerequisite. GVPT 1 70. A sur-
vey of the principal political theories set forth
in the works of writers from l^achiavelli to J
S Mill
GVPT 443 Contemporary Political Theory.
(3) Prerequisite. GVPT 441 or 442 A survey of
the principal political theories and ideologies
from Kari Marx to the present
GVPT 444 American Political Theory (3)
Prerequisite. GVPT 1 70. A study of the develop-
ment and growth of Amencan political concepts
from the colonial penod to the present.
GVPT 445 Russian Political Thought. (3)
Prerequisite. GVPT 1 70 A survey and analysis
of political ideas in Russia and the Soviet Union
from early times to the present
GVPT 448 Non-Western Political Thought.
(3) Political throught originating in Asia The
Middle East, and Africa. This is not a survey of all
non-western political thought, but a course to
be limited by the professor with each offering
When repeated by a student, consent of instruc-
tor is required.
GVPT 450 Comparative Study of Foreign
Policy Formation (3) Prerequisite. GVPT 280
or 300. or consent of instructor. An introduction
to the comparative study of foreign policy forma-
tion structures and processes followed by a sur-
vey of the domestic sources of policy for major
states A conspectus of substantive patterns of
foreign policy in analytically salient types of sys-
tems is presented Domestic and global
systemic sources of foreign policy are com-
pared
GVPT 451 Foreign Policy of the U.S.S.R.
(3) Prerequisite. GVPT 1 70 A study of the de-
velopment of the foreign policy of the Soviet
Union, with attention paid to the forces and con-
ditions that make for continuities and changes
from Tsarist policies,
GVPT 452 Inter-American Relations. (3)
Prerequisite. GVPT 1 70 An analytical and his-
torical study of the Latin-American policies of the
United States and of problems in our relations
witti individual countries, with emphasis on re-
cent developments.
GVPT 453 Recent East Asian Politics. (3)
Prerequisite. GVPT 1 70. The background and
interpretation of recent political events in east
asia and their influence on world politics
GVPT 4S4 Contemporary African P.o(itics (3)
Prerequisite. Gi^TI 70. A survey of
contemporary development in the International
Politics of Africa, with special emphasis on the
role of an emerging Afnca in worid affairs
GVPT 455 Contemporary Middle Eastern Poli-
tics. (3) Prerequisite. GVPT 1 70 A survey of
contemporary development in the international
politics of the Middle East, with special emphasis
on the role of emerging Middle East Nations in
world affairs
GVPT 457 American Foreign Relations. (3)
Prerequisite. GVPT 1 70. The pnnciples and
machinery of the conduct of American Foreign
Relations, with emphasis on the Department of
State and the Foreign Service, and an analysis
of the major Foreign Policies of the United
States.
GVPT 460 State and Local Administration.
(3) Prerequisite. GVPT 1 70 A study of the ad-
ministrative structure, procedures and policies of
state and local governments with special
emphasis on the state level and on intergovern-
mental relationships, and with illustrations from
Maryland governmental arrangements.
GVPT 461 Metropolitan Administration. (3)
Prerequisite. GVPT 1 70. An examination of
administrative problems relating to public ser-
vices, planning and coordination in a metropoli-
tan environment.
GVPT 462 Urban Politics. (3) Urban political
process and institutions considered in the light
of changing social and economic conditions.
GVPT 473 Legislatures and Legislation. (3)
Prerequisite. GVPT 1 70. A comprehensive study
of legislative organization procedure and prob-
lems The course includes opportunities for stu-
dent contact with congress and with the
legislature of Maryland
GVPT 474 Political Parties. (3) Prerequisite.
GVPT 1 70. A descriptive and analytical examina-
tion of American political parties, nominations,
elections, and political leadership.
GVPT 475 The Presidency and the Executive
Branch. (3) Prerequisite. GVPT 1 70 An
examination of the executive, legislative and
party roles of the President in the political
process
GVPT 479 Problems of American Public
Policy .(3) Prerequisite. GVPT 1 70 The back-
ground and interpretation of various factors
which affect the formation and execution of
Amencan public policy
GVPT 480 Comparative Political Systems.
(3) Prerequisite, GVPT 280 and at least one
other course in comparative government. A
study, along functional lines, of major political
institutions, such as legislatures, executives,
courts, bureaucracies, public organizations, and
political parties
GVPT 481 Government and Administration
of the Soviet Union. (3) Prerequisite, GVPT
1 70 A Study of the adoption of the communist
philosophy by the Soviet Union, of its govern-
mental structure and of the Administration of
Government policy in the Soviet Union.
GVPT 482 Government and Politics of Latin
America. (3) Prerequisite. GVPT 1 70 A
comparative study of the governmental systems
and political processes of the Latin American
countnes. with special emphasis on Argentina.
Brazil, Chile, and Mexico
GVPT 483 Government and Politics of Asia.
(3) Prerequisite, GVPT 280 or 453, or HIST
261 , or 252 or HIFN 442. or 445. A-compara-
tive study of ttie political systems of China.
Japan. India and olher selected Asian countries.
Graduate Programs / 93
GVPT 484 Government and Politics of Africa.
(3) Prerequisite. GVPT 1 70 A comparative
study of the governmental systems and poli-
tical processes of tfie Agncan countries, with
special emptiasis on the problems of nation-
building in emergent countries
GVPT 485 Government and Politics of the
Middle East. (3) Prerequisite, GVPT 1 70 A
comparative study of the governmental systems
and political processes of the Middle Eastern
countnes. with special emphasis on the prob-
lems of nation-building in emergent countries,
GVPT 486 Comparative Studies in European
Politics. (3) Prerequisite, GVPT 280, or consent
of instructor A comparative study of political
processes and governmental forms in selected
European countries
GVPT 487 The Government and Politics of
South Asia. (3) Political systems and govern-
ments of such countries as India, Pakistan,
Bangia Desh, Ceylon, and Nepal
GVPT 492 The Comparative Politics of Race
Relations (3) Impact of Government and Poli-
tics on race relations in various parts of the
world. The origins, problems, and manifesta-
tions of such racial policies as segregation,
apartheid, integration, assimilation, partner-
ship, and nonracialism will be analyzed
GVPT 600 Proseminar in Government and
Politics. (3) Required of f^ A candidates A
Proseminar offering a survey of major concepts.
approaches, and research trends in political
science.
GVPT 700 Scope and Method of Political
Science. (3) Required of all Ph.D candidates
A seminar in the methodologies of political
science, and their respective applications to dif-
ferent research fields. Interdisciplinary
approaches and bibliographical techniques are
also reviewed.
GVPT 707 Relations-Comparative Systems.
(3) A survey from Kautilya to Kaplan of the liter-
ature in IR theory with an emphasis on compara-
tive historical systems.
GVPT 708 Seminar in International Relations
Theory. (3) An examination of the major
approaches, concepts, and theones in the study
of world politics with special emphasis on con-
temporary literature, Repeatable to a maximum
of 6 hours
GVPT 710 Introduction To Graduate Study
in Public Administration. (3) An examination
of the history, background, and trends of pub-
lic administration and the basic concepts and
the approaches utilized in the organizational
process of public bureaucracies. Readings
from textual sources will include the following:
the study of public administration, the societal
and political environment, organization theory
and behavior, administrative law, comparative
and development administration, policy and sys-
tems analysis, program planning and budgeting.
manpower resources development, organiza-
tional performance and accountability
GVPT 780 Seminar in The Comparative Study
of Politics. (3) An examination of the salient
approaches to and conceptual frameworks for
the comparative study of politics, followed by
the construction of models and typologies of
political systems
GVPT 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1 -6)
GVPT 802 Seminar in International Law.
(3) Reports on selected topics assigned for
individual study and reading in substantive and
procedural international law.
GVPT 803 Seminar in International Political
Organization. (3) A study of the forms and func-
tions of various international organizations
GVPT 808 Selected Topics in Functional
Problems in International Relations. (3) An
examination of the major substantive issues
in contemporary international relations
GVPT 810 Governmental Organization
Theory. (3) A study of recent developments
in the area of organizational theory with an
emphasis on empihcal studies of organizational
behavior,
GVPT 812 Seminar in Public Financial
Administration. (3) Readings and reports on
topics assigned for individual or group study
in the field of public financial administration
GVPT 813 Problems of Public Personnel
Administration. (3) Reports on topics assigned
for individual study and reading in the field of
public personnel administration.
GVPT 814 Developmental Public Administra-
tion. (3) Reports, readings and or field surveys
on topics assigned for individual or group study
in international, national, regional or local
environments
GVPT 81 5 Government Administrative Plan-
ning and Management. (3) Reports on topics
assigned for individual study and reading in ad-
ministrative planning and management in govern-
ment
GVPT 81 6 Studies in Comparative Govern-
mental Administration. (3) An examination of
theoretical concepts and empirical findings in
the field of comparative administration. Individ-
ual readings and research dealing with the civil
services of western and non-western nations will
be assigned.
GVPT 818 Problems of Public Administration.
(3) Reports on topics assigned for individual
study and reading in the field of public adminis-
tration
GVPT 822 Problems in Quantitative Political
Analysis. (3) Prerequisite, three hours of statis-
tics or consent of instructor Study of selected
problems in quantitative political analysis,
GVPT 826 Seminar in Public Opinion. (3)
Reports on topics assigned for individual study
and reading in the field of public opinion
GVPT 827 Seminar in Political Sociology. (3)
Prerequisite. GVPT 427 or equivalent, Inquines
into the conceptual and theoretical foundations
of and empincal data in the field of political so-
ciology. Individual readings and research prob-
lems will be assigned. Dealing with the social
contexts of politics and the political aspects of
social relationships
GVPT 828 Selected Problems in Political
Behavior. (3) Individual reading and research
reports on selected problems in the study of
political behavior.
GVPT 830 Seminar in Public Law. (3) Reports
on topics for individual study and reading in the
fields of constitutional and administrative law.
GVPT 840 Analytical Systems and Theory
Construction. (3) Prerequisite. GVPT 700
Examination of the general theoretical tools
available to political scientists and of the prob-
lems of theory building Attention is given to
communications theory, decision-making, game
theory and other mathematical concepts, per-
sonality theory, role theory, structural-func-
tional analysis, and current behavioral
approaches.
GVPT 841 Great Political Thinkers. (3) Pre-
requisite, GVPT 441 Intensive study of one or
more men each semester
GVPT 842 Man and The State. (3) Pre-
requisite, GVPT 442 Individual reading and
reports on such recurring concepts in political
theory as liberty, equality, justice, natural law and
natural rights, private property, sovereignty,
nationalism and the organic state
GVPT 844 American Political Theory. (3)
Prerequisite, GVPT 444 Analytical and histon-
cal examination of selected topics in American
political thought,
GVPT 845 Marxist Political Theory. (3) Prere
quitite, GVPT 443 or consent of instructor.
Intensive study and analysis of the leading ideas
of Marx and Engels and their development
in the different forms of social democracy and
of communism.
GVPT 846 Theories of Democracy. (3) Pre-
requisite, GVPT 442. A survey and analysis of
the leading theories of democratic government,
with attention to such topics as freedom,
equality, representation, dissent, and critics of
democracy
GVPT 847 Seminar in Non-Western Political
Theory. (3) Intensive study of selected seg-
ments of political theory outside of the western
European tradition
GVPT 848 Current Problems in Political
Theory. (3) Prerequisite, GVPT 443 Intensive
examination of the development of political
theory since the second world war
GVPT 851 Area Problems in International
Relations— Soviet Union. An examination of
problems in the relations of states involving the
Soviet Union
GVPT 852 Area Problems in International
Relations— Latin America. An examination of
problems in the relations of states within Latin
America
GVPT 853 Area Problems in International
Relations— ASIA. (3) An examination of prob-
lems in the relations of states within ASIA.
GVPT 854 Area Problems in International
Relations— Africa. (3) An examination of prob-
lems in the relations of states within Africa.
GVPT 855 Area Problems in International
Relations— Middle East. (3) An examination of
problems in the relations of states within the
Middle East
GVPT 856 Area Problems in International
Relations— Europe. (3) An examination of
problems in the relations of states within Europe
GVPT 857 Seminar in American Foreign Re-
lations. (3) Reports on selected topics assigned
for individual study and reading in American for-
eign policy and the conduct of American foreign
relations.
GVPT 858 Selected Topics in Area Problems
in International Relations (3) Special topics
concerning regional problems in the relations
of states
GVPT 862 Seminar on Intergovernmental
Relations. (3) Reports on topics assigned
for individual study and reading in the field of
recent intergovernmental relations
GVPT 868 Problems of State and Local
Government. (3) Report of topics assigned for
individual study in the field of state local govern-
ment throughout the United States
GVPT 869 Seminar in Urban Administration.
(3) Selected topics are examined by the team
research method with students responsible for
94 / Graduate Programs
planning, field Investigation, and report writ-
ing.
GVPT 870 Seminar in American Poiitical
Institutions. (3) Reports on topics assigned
for individual study and reading in ttie back-
ground and development of American Govern-
ment
GVPT 873 Seminar in Legislatures and Legis-
lation. (3) Reports on topics assigned for
individual study and reading about ttie composi-
tion and organization of legislatures and about
the legislative process,
GVPT 874 Seminar in Political Parties and
Politics. (3) Reports on topics assigned for in-
dividual study and reading in ttie fields of poli-
tical organization and action.
GVPT 876 Seminar in National Security
Policy. (3) An examination of the components of
United States security policy. Factors, both
internal and external, affecting national security
will be considered. Individual reporting as
assigned.
GVPT 878 Problems in American Government
and Politics. (3) An examination of contem-
porary problems in vanous fields of govern-
ment and politics in the United States, with re-
ports on topics assigned for individual study.
GVPT 881 Comparative Governmental Insti-
tutions—Soviet Union. (3) An examination of
Government and politics in the Soviet Union.
GVPT 882 Comparative Governmental Insti-
tutions—Latin America. An examination of
Governments and politics within Latin America.
GVPT 883 Comparative Governmental Insti-
tutions—ASIA. (3) An examination of govern-
ments and politics within ASIA.
GVPT 884 Comparative Governmental In-
stitutions—Africa. (3) An examination of
governments and politics within Africa.
GVPT 885 Comparative Governmental In-
stitutions—Middle East. (3) An examination
of governments and politics within the l^/liddle
East
GVPT 886 Comparative Governmental In-
stitutions—Europe. (3) An examination of
governments and politics within Europe.
GVPT 887 Seminar in the Politics of
Developing Nations. (3) An examination of the
programs of political development in the
emerging nations with special references to
the newly independent nations of Asia and
Africa, and the less developed countries of
Latin America, Individual reporting as assigned
GVPT 888 Selected Topics in Comparative
Governmental Institutions. (3) An examination
of special topics in comparative politics,
GVPT 898 Readings in Government and
Politics. (3) Guided readings and discussions
on selected topics in political science,
GVPT 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research.
(1-8)
Health Education
Program
Professor and Chairman: Burt
Professor: Johnson, Leviton
Associate Professors: Da Girdano.
Do, Girdano, Miller, Tift
Assistant Professors: Althoft, Clearwater,
Needle, Stone
The Department of Health Education offers a
program designed to prepare students as
teachers and community health workers.
Graduates of the program have placement op-
portunities in public school systems, colleges
and universities, government service and com-
munity health.
The department offers courses of study
leading to the degrees of Master of Arts, Doc-
tor of Education and Doctor of Philosophy. Ad-
mission is open to students holding the
bachelor's degree in areas related to the
social, psychological or biological basis of
health education.
Each student is required to submit a thesis,
to present the work orally in a seminar, and to
defend it to the satisfaction of this examining
committee. All students must take Health
Education 600 and 710
The proximity of the National Institutes of
Health and the National Library of Medicine
render the University of Maryland unusually
suited for graduate work in health education.
HLTH 420 Methods and Materials in Health
Education. (3) Prerequisites, HLTH 105 or
1 40, 310 or consent of instructor. The pur-
pose of this course is to present the in-
terrelationships of curriculum planning,
methodology, and the selection and use of
teaching aids and materials Special problems
associated with health teaching are discussed.
Students will become familiar with a variety of
resources as well as planning for and presen-
ting demonstration lessons
HLTH 450 Health Problems of Children and
Youth. (3) This course involves a study of the
health needs and problems of pupils from the
primary grades through high school. Physical,
mental and psychosomatic aspects of health
are considered in relation to the developmental
and school levels. Consideration is given to
such topics as diet selection and control; exer-
cise, recreation and rest: emotional upset and
its implications; and psychosexual develop-
ment and problems. The role of the teacher
and parent in encouraging optimal health is em-
phasized
HLTH 455 Physical Fitness of the Individual.
(3) A study of the ma|or physical fitness
problems confronting the adult in modern
society Consideration is given to the scientific
appraisal, development and maintenance of fit-
ness at all age levels Such problems as
obesity, weight reduction, chronic fatigue,
posture, and special exercise programs are ex-
plored. This course is open to persons outside
the fields of physical education and health
HLTH 456 Health Problems of the Aging and
the Aged. (3) Psychological, physiological,
and socio-economic aspects of aging;
nuthtion; sexuality; death, dying, and
bereavement; self actualization and creativity
health needs and cnses of the aged.
HLTH 460 Problems in School Health
Education in Elementary and Secondary
Schools. (2-6) This is a workshop type course
designed particularly for inservice teachers to
acquaint them with the best methods of
providing good health services, healthful en-
vironment and health instruction.
HLTH 470 The Health Program in the
Elementary School. (3) Prerequisites, HLTH
105 or 140; 310. This course, designed for
the elementary school classroom teacher,
analyzes biological and sociological factors
which determine the health status and needs
of the individual elementary school child. The
various aspects of the school program are
evaluated in terms of their role in health
education. The total school health program is
surveyed from the standpoint of organization
and administration, and health appraisal. Em-
phasis is placed upon modern methods and
current materials in health instruction. (The
State Department of Education accepts this
course for biological science credit.)
HLTH 471 Women's Health. (3) The women s
health movement from the perspective of con-
sumehsm and feminism Ths physician-patient
relationship in the gynecological and other
medical settings. The gynecological exam,
gynecological problems, contraception, abor-
tion, pregnancy, breast and cervical cancer
and surgical procedures. Psychological aspects
of gynecological concerns.
HLTH 476 Death Education. (3) The course
aims to enable students to better understand
aspects of dying so that (1 ) the quality of their
health and living is enhanced and (2) they are
better able to help the bereaved and the
dying. The genesis and development of our
present day attitudes and behavior are
examined using a multi-disciplinary and life
cycle approach. A field trip and extensive
reading and comprehensive research report
are required.
HLTH 477 Fundamentals of Sex Education.
(3) This course is concerned with basic in-
formation regarding the physical, psychological,
social, historical, semantic and comparative
cultural aspects of sex. The adjustment needs
and problems of children and adults during the
course of maturing and aging are studied; and
special consideration is given to the sex
education program in schools
HLTH 480 Measurement in Health. (3) Two
lectures and two laboratory periods per week.
The application of the principles and
techniques of educational measurement to the
teaching of health and physical education;
study of functions and techniques of
measurements in the evaluation of student
progress toward the objectives of health and
physical education, and in the evaluation of the
effectiveness of teaching.
HLTH 487 Adults Health and Developmental
Programs for the Aged. (3) Prerequisite, at
least junior standing in health and special per-
mission of the instructor Training and ex-
perience in a clinically oriented development
program for the aged.
HLTH 488 Children's Physical Develop-
mental Clinic. (1-4) Prerequisite, at least
junior standing in health, physical education
and recreation, or by special permission of the
director An opportunity to acquire training and
experience in a therapeutically oriented
physical education-recreation program for
children referred by various education, special
education, medical and psychiatric groups.
Repeatable to a maximum of 4 hours.
HLTH 489 Field Laboratory Projects and
Workshop. (1-6) A course designed to meet
the needs of persons in the field with respect
to workshop and research projects in special
areas of knowledge not covered by regularly
structured courses. Note; The maximum total
number of credits that may be earned toward
any degree in physical education, recreation,
or health education under PHED, RECR, HLTH
or EDUC 489 is six
Graduate Programs / 95
HLTH 600 Seminar in Health. (1)
HLTH 650 Health Problems in Guidance. (3)
HLTH 651 Seminar on the Health Correlates
of the Aging and Aged. (3) Investigates the
most recent theoretical formulations, research
data, and clinical and therapeutic approaches
to improving the health status of the aging. Ex-
tensive readings and research project are
required
HLTH 652 Seminar in Death Education. (3)
Prerequisite. HLTH 456 or permission of the
instructor The advanced study and in-
vestigation of human dying, bereavement,
suicidal behavior, and their relationship to
human health utilizing a multidisciplinary ap-
proach.
HLTH 670 Status and Trends in Health
Education. (3)
HLTH 687 Advanced Seminar. (1-3)
HLTH 688 Special Problems In Health
Education. (1-6)
HLTH 690 Administrative Direction of Health
Education. (3)
HLTH 710 Methods and Techniques of
Research. (3)
HLTH 720 Scientific Foundations of Health
Education. (3)
HLTH 730 Problems in Weight Control. (3)
Prerequisite, HLTH 720 or permission of in-
structor. A study of the causes, health cost,
and control of obesity through analysis of lipid-
glucose interaction; hunger-satiety theories
and mechanisms: psycho-social forces in
obesity; body composition. Energy output; and
disease states related to obesity.
HLTH 740 ll^odern Theories of Health. (3)
HLTH 750 Stress and Disease. (3) A study of
the causative agents of chronic disease vifith
particular emphasis on stress including the
physiological response of the human organism
to contemporary psycho-social stressors and
mechanisms of adaptation and prophylaxis.
HLTH 760 Public Health. (3)
HLTH 791 Curriculum Construction in Health
Education. (3)
HLTH 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6)
HLTH 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research.
(1-8)
Hearing and Speech
Sciences Program
Professor and Chairman: Newby
Assoc/a(e Professor: Baker
Assistant Professors: Bankson, Bernthal,
Doudna. Hamlet, Kumin, Weiner
Lecturer: Spuehler
Research Professor: Causey
Research Associate Professor: Elkins
Research Assistant Professor: Revoile,
Wintercorn
The Department of Hearing and Speech Scien-
ces offers the MA degree with either the
thesis or the non-thesis option, and with major
emphasis either in speech and language
pathology or in audiology The Master's degree
is required for individuals preparing for
positions as speech pathologists or
audiologists in the schools, in hospitals or
rehabilitation facilities, in hearing and speech
centers, or in other clinical settings Academic
course work is combined with supervised
clinical practice in the University Speech and
Hearing Clinic and in selected outside clinical
facilities, so that the graduate will meet the
academic requirements for clinical certification
by the American Speech and Hearing
Association, and for licensing in the State of
Maryland. The Master's degree program is ac-
credited by the American Boards of Examiners
in Speech Pathology and Audiology. Applicants
for the MA. degree must have completed the
equivalent of an undergraduate major in
hearing and speech sciences. The MA.
program usually requires three semesters and
a summer session to complete Only full-time
students are admitted to the program.
The department also offers the Ph.D.
degree with major emphasis in speech and
language pathology, speech science, or
heanng science. Ordinanly a Master's degree
is required for admission to the doctoral
program Advanced courses in statistics and
research design are required of all doctoral
candidates. Although no formal minor is
required, students are encouraged to take ap-
propriate courses in other departments. The
department does not require proficiency in a
foreign language Course programs for the
doctorate are planned by the student and a
committee of three faculty members. Qualifying
interviews are scheduled for each candidate
after completion of 1 2 semester hours in the
program. Writteri and oral comprehensive
examinations for admission to candidacy are
scheduled at the completion of the formal
course program.
The department's facilities include a
biocommunications laboratory with an anechoic
chamber, a speech science laboratory, elec-
tronics workshop, two 2-room audiology
testing suites, and nine therapy rooms equipped
for observation Additional research and
clinical facilities are available in the Washington
and Baltimore metropolitan areas The Library
of Congress, the National Library of Medicine,
and the libraries of the various medical schools
in the Washington-Baltimore area supplement
the University's library at College Park
In addition to the application materials re-
quired by the Graduate School, the department
requires applicants to furnish scores on the apti-
tude portions of the Graduate Record Examina-
tion The department is able to provide some
financial support in the form of teaching or
clinical assistantships or traineeships to approx-
imately 40 percent of the graduate students
enrolled Additional information about the MA.
and PhD programs may be obtained by writing
to the Chairman, Department of Hearing and
Speech Sciences.
HESP 400 Speech and Language Develop-
ment of Children. (3) Prerequisite. HESP 202
Analysis of normal processes of speech and
language development in children.
HESP 401 Survey of Speech Disorders. (3)
For non-majors. Prerequisite, HESP 202. Com-
munication disorders in school children
Graduate credit applicable only in the College
of Education.
HESP 403 Introduction to Phonetic Science.
(3) Prerequisite, HESP 202. Phonetic tran-
scription and phonetic principles. Acoustical
and perceptual phonetics
HESP 404 Speech Pathology II. (3)
Prerequisite. HESP 302. 305 Etiology and
therapeutic management of cleft palate and
stuttering.
HESP 406 Speech Pathology III. (3)
Prerequisite, HESP 302. 305 Etiology and
therapeutic management of aphasia and
delayed language
HESP 408 Clinical Practice. (1-2)
Prerequisite, permission of instructor. Ob-
servation and participation in the hearing arid
speech clinic Repeatable for a maximum of
two credits
HESP 410 Principles and Methods in Speech
Therapy. (3) Prerequisite. HESP 404 or 406
Comparative methods in the clinical
management of speech problems.
HESP 411 Introduction to Audiology. (3)
Prerequisites, HESP 202. Physics of sound,
anatomy and physiology of heanng, in-
troduction to measurement and to rehabilitation
of the heanng-handicapped.
HESP 412 Rehabilitation of the Hearing Han-
dicapped. (3) Prerequisite, HESP 314
Speech reading, auditory training, and speech
training for hard-of-hearing children and adults.
HESP 414 Seminar. (3) Prerequisite, per-
mission of instructor Individual projects in
phonetic science, speech pathology, and
audiology
HESP 499 Independent Study. (1-3)
Prerequisite, departmental approval. May be
repeated for a maximum of 6 credits.
HESP 604 Acoustical and Perceptual
Phonetics. (3) Laboratory techniques in
analysis of the acoustical and perceptual
characteristics of the speech signal.
HESP 606 Basic Hearing Measurements. (3)
Prerequisite, HESP 314 or equivalent. Ad-
ministration and interpretation of hearing tests
by pure tones and by speech; screening and
clinical test procedures.
HESP 610 Aphasia. (3) Language Problems of
Adults Associated with Brain Injury.
HESP 61 2 Stuttering. (3)
HESP 614 Orofacial Anomalies. (3)
HESP 616 Language Disorders of Children.
(3)
HESP 620 Articulation Disorders. (3)
HESP 622 Neuromotor Disorders of Speech.
(3)
HESP 624 Voice Disorders. (3)
HESP 626 Differential Diagnosis of Non-
verbal Children. (3) Evaluation of the non-
verbal child
HESP 634 Medical Aspects of Speech and
Hearing Disorders. (1-3) Lectures by
physicians on embryological, anatomical,
physiological, and neurological bases of
speech and heanng disorders
HESP 638 Minor Research Problems. (1-3)
Special projects in heanng and speech science
Repeatable for a maximum of 6 credits
HESP 640 Advanced Principles of Hearing
and Speech Therapy. (3) Analysis of the
clinical process with emphasis on the ap-
plication of learning theory to treatment of
speech disorders
96 / Graduate Programs
HESP 642 Neurophysiology of Hearing. (3)
Processing of stimuli by the auditory nervous
system
NESP 648 Clinical Practice in Speech. (1-3)
Prerequisite, permission ol instructor Super-
vised training in tfie application of clinical
methods in the diagnosis and treatment of
speech disorders Repeatable for a maximum
of 6 credits
HESP 649 Clinical Practice in Audiology. (1-
3) Prerequisite, permission of instructor Super-
vised training in the application of clinical
methods in the diagnosis and treatment of
hearing disorders Repeatable for a maximum
of 6 credits
HESP 700 Hearing-Aid Characteristics and
Performance. (3) Electroacoustic charac-
tenstics of hearing aids ivlethods of hearing-
aid evaluation and selection.
HESP 702 Diagnostic Procedures in Speech
Pathology. (3) Diagnostic tools and methods
in the analysis of various types of speech
disorders Practicum required,
HESP 704 Physiological Phonetics. (3)
Prerequisite. HESP 604. Laboratory techniques
in the study of the speech mechanism.
HESP 706 Advanced Clinical Audiology. (3)
Prerequisite, HESP 606 or equivalent.
Techniques for evaluation of children and
adults presenting special diagnostic problems.
HESP 708 Independent Study. (1-6)
Prerequisite, permission of instructor. Individual
research projects under guidance of a faculty
member Repeatable for a maximum of 6
credits.
HESP 722 Experimental Audiology. (3)
Experimental techniques in the investigation of
problems in audiology
HESP 724 Quantitative Methods in Hearing
and Speech Science. (3) Prerequisite, course
in basic statistics Analysis of current
procedures used in quantifying phenomena ob-
served in heanng and speech science
HESP 728 Advanced Clinical Practice in
Speech. (1-10) Prerequisite, previous
enrollment in HESP 648 and permission of in-
structor Clinical internship in selected off-
campus facilities Repeatable for a maximum of
10 credits
HESP 729 Advanced Clinical Practice in
Audiology. (1-10) Prerequisite, previous
enrollment in HESP 649 and permission of in-
structor. Clinical internship in selected off-
campus facilities. Repeatable tor a maximum
of 10 credits
HESP 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6)
HESP 804 Instrumental Phonetics. (3)
Prerequisites, HESP 604 and 704 or per-
mission of instructor Instrumental techniques
in phonetic science
HESP 806 Administration of Hearing and
Speech Programs. (3) Problems ot staffing,
budgeting, and operating training and clinical
service programs
HESP 810 Experimental Design in Hearing
and Speech Science. (3) Prerequisite, HESP
724 or permission of instructor. Design and
evaluation of research projects Preparation for
undertaking the doctoral dissertation,
HESP 820 Bioacoustics. (3) Prerequisite per-
mission of instructor. Functioning of the
heanng mechanism in animals and humans
Laboratory research methods.
HESP 822 Psychoacoustics. (3) Prerequisite,
permission of instructor. Study of human
response to acoustic stimulation,
HESP 824 Industrial and Environmental
Noise Problems. (3) Prerequisite, permission
of instructor. Evaluation and control of noise
hazards. Effects of noise on man. Medico-legal
aspects of noise-induced hearing impairment,
HESP 848 Seminar in Audiology. (3)
Prerequisite, permission of instructor,
Repeatable for a maximum of 6 credits
HESP 858 Seminar in Speech Pathology. (3)
Prerequisite, permission of instructor,
Repeatable for a maximum of 6 credits
HESP 868 Seminar in Speech Science. (3)
Prerequisite, permission of instructor,
Repeatable for a maximum of 6 credits,
HESP 878 Seminar in Language Disorders.
(3) Prerequisite, permission of instructor,
Repeatable for a maximum of 6 credits,
HESP 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research.
(1-8)
History Program
Professor and Chairman: Rundell
Professors: Callcott, Carter, Cole,
Duffy, Foust, Gilbert, Gordon,
Haber, Harlan, Jashemski, Kent,
Merill, A, Olson, Prange, Smith,
Sparks
Associate Professors: Belz, Berry,
Breslow, Brush, Cockburn, Farrell,
Flack, Folson, Hoffman, Giffin, Greenberg,
Kaufman, Grimsted, Mayo, Olson,
Schuessler, Shoufani. Stovi^asser,
Warren, Yaney
Assistant Professors: Bradbury, Harris,
Holum, Lampe, Majeska, Matossian,
McCusker, Nicklason, Perinbam, Ridgway,
Spiegel, Williams, Wright
'loinl appointment witti Institute for Fluid Dynamics and Appli
Mathematics
'loint appointment witti Secondary Education
The Department of History offers programs
leading to the degrees of l\/laster of Arts and
Doctor of Philosophy, Areas of specialization
include; United States, Ancient Medieval, Early
Modern European, Modern European, British,
Russian, Latin American, African, Middle
Eastern, East Asian, Diplomatic, and Science
and Technology, (The aptitude parts of the
GRE are required)
The Master of Arts degree serves both as a
firm grounding in a field of history for teaching
purposes and as preparation for the ex-
peditious pursuit of the doctorate. There are no
special admissions requirements for the
History Department; (the aptitude parts of the
GRE are required): it should be noted that an
undergraduate major in history is not as such
required for admission. Of the thirty credit
hours required for the degree, six are in MA,
thesis research courses (HIST 799), fifteen are
normally in the major field of history and nine in
a minor (which may be taken within or outside
of the department). The historiography course
(HIST 600) is required and may be used as
part of the major or minor; two 800-level
research-writing seminars are required Fifteen
credit hours at the level of 600 or above are
required in addition to the thesis research
courses.
A written examination, which is based in
large part on a list of books pertaining to the
thesis and its field submitted by the student
and approved by the adivsory committee, is
required upon completion of the coursework.
There will also be a final oral examination
which will be confined to the thesis and the
field in which it lies.
Admission to the doctoral program will be
decided by the student's MA, examining com-
mittee on the basis, of the student's written and
oral examinations, thesis, and record of
achievement in coursework.
The MA degree in history is normally
required for admission to the doctoral program,
but it does not guarantee admission Students
with MA. degrees awarded at other institutions
will be asked to submit substantial evidence of
their written work and will normally be ex-
pected to have completed the equivalent of the
work required of Maryland MA students.
Every student must pass a written examination
on his major field normally within eighteen
months of entry into the doctoral program; this
examination will test a broad, intelligent, and in-
formed handling of the major historical
problems and literature of that field A secon-
dary or minor field of study, supportive of the
major, is required of all doctoral students; it
may be taken within or outside of the depart-
ment The minor requirement may be fulfilled
by either taking a certain combination of cour-
ses, or by passing the regular general written
examination in the appropriate field of study, or
by having the Master's degree in a major field
other than the student's major doctoral field.
The Ph.D. is awarded only for demonstrated
excellence on the part of the students as
revealed in the written and oral examinations
and the dissertation research and writing.
An oral examination on the student's disser-
tation prospectus and a bibliography on the
dissertation field is required. The dissertation is
to be understood as constituting the largest
single portion of the doctoral program; it is ex-
pected to be a distinct conthbution to historical
knowledge and/or interpretation.
All doctoral students must show a reading
competence in one foreign language; the
language examination must be passed before
the student takes the written examination in
the major field
Complete descriptions of these programs
and requirements may be obtained from the
History Department,
HIST 401 The Scientific Revolution— From
Copernicus to Newton. (3) Major develop-
ments in the history of physics and astronomy
during the 16th and 17th centuries and critical
evaluations of the Copernican revolution, the
"Mechanical Philosophy" of the 17th century
scientists, and the Newtonian synthesis and its
impact on 18th century thought
HIST 402 The Development of Modern
Physical Science— From Lavoisier to Ein-
stein. (3) Prerequisites. MATH 1 10 and PHYS
112 or 117, History of chemistry, physics and
geology duhng the period from about 1775 to
about 1925
HIST 403 History of Technology. (3) A sun/ey
course designed for junior, senior and graduate
students with a solid base in either engineering
or history; it will cover the time span from
Greek antiquity to the first world war.
Graduate Programs / 97
Technology will be studied as a cultural force
controlled by laws of its own and operating
wittiin a distinctive conceptual framework. Ttie
course will concentrate on ttie changing
character of technology in history and on the
interactions between technology and other
cultural forces such as science, philosophy,
art. material culture, and the economy.
HIST 404 History of Modern Biology. (3) The
internal development of biology from about
1750 to about 1940 will be covered, including
evolution, cell theory, genetics, enzymes, and
biochemistry, and the origins of anthropology
and experimental psychology The social cir-
cumstances under which biology arose and
prospered The philosophical aspects of some
debates, the technical achievements enabling
new research, and the influences of other
sciences on biology will also be discussed
HIST 405 History of Early Medicine: From
Thaumaturgy and Theurgy to the 17th Cen-
tury Theories. (3) A historical survey of the
development of medicine in Europe and Asia
from earliest times to the eighteenth century
Topics discussed include: primitive diseases,
Egyptian. Chinese. Greek and Medieval
medicine, epidemics, surgical developments,
the physicial and the development of public
health administration Enrollment limited to up-
per division and graduate students
HIST 406 History of the Emergence of
Modern Medicine. (3) Prerequisite, junior
standing Development of modern medicine
from the eighteenth century to the present with
emphasis on the United States, including
American Indian medicine, growth of medical
professions, hospitals and public health
facilities, surgery, clinical medicine, psychiatry
and modern medical specialization
HIST 408 Selected Topics in Women's
History. (3) Prerequisites, HIST 226 or HIST
227 or permission of the instructor In depth
study of selected topics on women in
American society including such areas as
women and the law, women and politics, the
■feminine mystique. " and the "new feminism "
May be repeated to a maximum of six
semester hours
HIST 440 The Eastern Orthodox Church— Its
Cultural History. (3) A study of the develop-
ment of the Christian Church in the Near East
and Eastern Europe from the conversion of
Constantine to the present Emphasis will be
on the relations between Church and State in
vanous periods and on the influence of Eastern
Christianity on the cultures of traditionally
Eastern Orthodox nations
HIST 498 Special Topics in History. (3) May
be repeated to a maximum of nine hours
HIST 600 Historiography— Techniques of
Historical Research and Writing. (3)
HIST 685 The Teaching of History in In-
stitutions of Higher Learning. (1)
HIST 708 Readings in the History of Modern
Science. (3)
HIST 798 Special Topics in History. (3)
HIST 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6)
HIST 808 Seminar in the History of Modern
Science. (3) Prerequisite, HIST 708 or con-
sent of instructor
HIST 818 Seminar in Historical Editing. (3)
An apprenticeship in the editing of documen-
tary sources and scholarly articles for
publication Repeatable to a maximum of six
hours
HIST 868 Seminar in the History of World
War I. (3)
HIST 869 Seminar in the History of World
War II. (3)
HIST 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research. (1-
8)
History, Foreign
HIFN 403 Diplomatic History of Latin
America. (3) A survey of the political,
economic and cultural relations of the Latin
American nations with emphasis on their
relations with the United States and the
development of the inter-American system.
HIFN 404 History of Canada. (3)
Prerequisites, HIST 241, 242 or 253, 254 A
history of Canada, with special emphasis on
the nineteenth century and upon Canadian
relations with Great Bntain and the United
States
HIFN 405 History of Brazil. (3) The history of
Brazil with emphasis on the national period
HIFN 406 The History of Mexico and the
Caribbean to 1810. (3) The history of Mexico,
Central Amenca and the Antilles, beginning
with the pre-Spanish Indian cultures and con-
tinuing through the Spanish Colonial period and
the National penod to the present day The
division point between the two courses is the
year 1810, the beginning of the Mexican wars
for independence
HIFN 407 The History of Mexico and the
Caribbean, 1810 to the present. (3) The
history of Mexico, Central America and the
Antilles, beginning with the pre-Spanish Indian
cultures and continuing through the Spanish
Colonial period and the National period to the
present day The division point between the
■two courses is the year 1810 The beginning
of the Mexican wars for independence
HIFN 411 History of Medieval Europe. (3) A
study of Medieval government, society and
thought from the collapse of Classical
civilization to the Renaissance
HIFN 412 History of Medieval Europe. (3) A
study of Medieval government, society and
thought from the collapse of Classical
civilization to the Renaissance
HIFN 413 The Old Regime and the French
Revolution. 1748-1815. (3) Europe in the era
of the French Revolution
HIFN 414 History of European Ideas. (3)
Prerequisites, hist 241 . 242, or 253. 254, or
the equivalent Beginning with a review of the
basic western intellectual traditions as a
henfage from the ancient world, the courses
will present selected important currents of
thought from the scientific revolution of the six-
teenth and seventeenth centuhes down to the
twentieth century First semester, through the
eighteenth century.
HIFN 415 History of European Ideas. (3)
Prerequisites. HIST 241, 242, or 253, 254, or
the equivalent Beginning with a review of the
basic western intellectual traditions as a
heritage from the ancient world, the courses
will present selected important currents of
thought from the scientific revolution of the six-
teenth and seventeenth centuries down to the
twentieth century. Second semester, nineteenth
and twentieth centuries.
HIFN 416 The Renaissance. (3) City-states
and the rise of nation-states, the culture and
thought of the Renaissance, its impact into the
seventeenth century
HIFN 417 The Reformation. (3) Ma|or
developments from the "pre-Reformation" to
the "post-Reformation Religion is emphasized
as the fundamental motive force resulting in
the reformations of the 16th century The in-
teraction between religious forces and the
political, socio-economic, intellectual, and
cultural trends of the period are also con-
sidered
HIFN 420 History of the British Empire. (3)
An analysis of the development of the British
Empire since the American Revolution Par-
ticular emphasis is given to the problem of
responsible self-government, the evolution of
the Bntish Empire into a commonwealth of
nations and the problems of the dependent
empire. Recommended prerequisites. HIST
112. 113, 141, or 254
HIFN 421 History of the British Empire. (3)
Prerequisite, HIST 241, 242 or 253, 254
Second semester, the nse of the second
British Empire and the solution to the problem
of responsible self-government (1783-1867),
the evolution of the British Empire into a com-
monwealth of nations, and the development
and problems of the dependent empire
HIFN 422 Constitutional History of Great
Britain. (3) Constitutional Development in
England, with emphasis on the history of the
royal prerogative, the growth of the common
law, the development of parliament, and the
emergence of systematized government. First
semester, to 1485
HIFN 423 Constitutional History of Great
Britain. (3) Constitutional development in
England, with emphasis on the history of the
royal prerogative, the growth of the common
law. the development of parliament, and the
emergence of systematized government.
Second semester, since 14'35
HIFN 424 History of Russia to 1801. (3) A
history of Russia from earliest times to 1917.
HIFN 425 History of Russia from 1801-1917.
(3) A history of Russia from earliest times to
1917
HIFN 426 Europe in the Nineteenth Century,
1815-1919. (3) A study of the political,
economic, social, and cultural development of
Europe from the Congress of Vienna through
the First World War. Recommended
prerequisites, HIST 113, 1 1 4, or 254.
HIFN 430 Europe in the World Setting of the
Twentieth Century. (3) Recommended
prerequisites. HIST 1 1 3, 1 42, or 254 A study
of political, economic and cultural develop-
ments in twentieth-century Europe with special
emphasis on the factors involved in the two
world wars and their global impacts and
significance (Students enrolled in HIFN 430
and 431 previous to fall, 1974, not admitted).
HIFN 432 The Soviet Union. (3) A history of
Soviet Russia and the Soviet Union from 1917
to the present. Stress on the relationship bet-
ween Marxist theory and practice, and the
development of peculiarly socialist institutions
and practices.
HIFN 433 Modern France. (3) A survey of
French history from 1 8 1 5 to the present The
emphasis is upon such topics as the population
problem, the economic and social structure of
French society, and the changing political and
cultural values of this society in response to
recurrent crises through the nineteenth and
twentieth centuries.
98 / Graduate Programs
HIFN 434 Tudor England. (3) An examination
of the political, religious and social forces in
English life. 1485-1603. with special emphasis
on Tudor government, the English Reformation
and the Elizabethan era
HIFN 435 Stuart England. (3) An examination
of the political, religious and social forces in
English life. 1603-1714. with special emphasis
on puntanism and the English revolutions
HIFN 436 Britain in the 18th Century. (3)
Developments in Great Bntain from the revolu-
tion of 1 688 to the end of the Napoleonic wars,
HIFN 437 Modern Britain. (3) A survey of
Bntish history from the age of the French
Revolution to World War I with emphasis upon
such subjects as Britain's role in the world, the
democratization of the state, the problems
ahsing from industnalism and urbanism, and
Irish and Imperial problems,
HIFN 438 Introductory Middle Eastern
Languages I. (3) Prerequisite, consent of the
department An introduction to the three prin-
cipal languages of the Islamic f\/liddle
East— Arabic, Persian, and Turkish Only stan-
dard written form of the three languages is
taught May be repeated to a maximum of nine
hours when language varies May not be used
to satisfy arts and humanities language
requirement.
HIFN 439 Introductory Middle Eastern
Languages II. (3) Prerequisite. HIFN 438 and
consent of the department Continuation of
HIFN 438 May be repeated to a maximum of
nine hours when language vanes. May not be
used to satisfy arts and humanities language
requirement
HIFN 442 History of China. (3) A history of
China from earliest times to the present The
emphasis is on the development of Chinese in-
stitutions that have molded the life of the
nation and its people
HIFN 443 History of China. (3) A history of
China from earliest times to the present. The
emphasis is on the development of Chinese in-
stitutions that have molded the life of the
nation and its people
HIFN 444 The Age of Absolutism, 1648-
1748. (3) Europe in the Age of Louis XIV and
the Enlightened Despots
HIFN 445 History of Japan. (3) Japanese
civilization from the age of Shinto mythology,
introduction of continental learning, and rule of
military overlords,
HIFN 446 History of Japan. (3) Renewed con-
tact with the western world and Japans
emergence as a modern state
HIFN 448 Intermediate Middle Eastern
Languages I. (3) Prerequisite. HIFN 439 and
consent of the department Continuation of
HIFN 439 May be repeated to a maximum of
nine hours when language vanes. May not be
used to satisfy arts and humanties language
requirement.
HIFN 449 Intermediate Middle Eastern
Languages II. (3) Prerequisite, HIFN 448 and
consent of the department Continuation of
HIFN 448 May be repeated to a maximum of
nine hours when language varies May not be
used to satisfy arts and humanities language
requirement,
HIFN 450 The Middle East. (3) A survey of
the political, cultural and institutional history
covering the period up to the tenth century
HIFN 451 The Middle East. (3) A survey of
the political, cultural and institutional history
covering the penod up from the tenth century
to the beginnings of the nineteenth century
HIFN 452 The Contemporary Middle East, (3)
This course covers the break-up of the Ot-
toman Empire and the emergence of con-
temporary states of the area
HIFN 454 History of the Jews and the State
of Israel. (3) A survey of Jewish history from
the second century diaspora to the present
with special attention to an analysis of Zionism,
the creation of a Jewish home in Palestine the
establishment of the state of Israel, and
modern developments
HIFN 455 History of Argentina and the An-
dean Republics. (3) The history of the
nationalist period of selected South American
countries
HIFN 456 Ancient Greece. (3) Greek history
and culture from the bronze age to 200 B C
Concentration on the lite and institutions of the
city-state, poetry and society, the
Peloponeesian war, and Alexander the Great
HIFN 457 History of Rome. (3) A study of
Roman civilization from the earliest beginnings
through the Republic and down to the last cen-
turies of the empire Students previously
enrolled in HIFN 410 not admitted
HIFN 458 Advanced Middle Eastern
Languages I. (3) Prerequisite, HIFN 449 or
equivalent and consent of the department
Continuation of HIFN 449 May be repeated to
a maximum of nine hours when language
vanes May not be used to satisfy arts and
humanties language requirement
HIFN 459 Advanced Middle Eastern
Languages II. (3) Prerequisite, HIFN 458 and
consent of the department Continuation of
HIFN 458 May be repeated to a maximum of
nine hours when language vanes. May not be
used to satisfy arts and humanities language
requirement
HIFN 460 Social and Cultural History of
Europe. (3) An exploration of social structure,
life styles, rituals, symbols, and myths of the
peoples of Europe
HIFN 462 Germany in the Nineteenth Cen-
tury, 1819-1914. (3) Prerequisites, any one of
the following courses HIST 242, HIFN 421.
426, 427, 433 Junior, senior, or graduate
standing required, or consent of instructor The
course is intended to trace the development of
modern Germany and provide a basis for the
understanding of the rise of national socialism
and Germany in the 20th century
HIFN 463 Germany in the Twentieth Cen-
tury, 1914-1945. (3) Prerequisites, anyone of
the following courses HIST 242. HIFN 421,
426, 427. 433 Junior, senior or graduate
standing required, or consent of instructor The
course is intended to provide an understanding
of Germany's aims and policies during World
War I, her condition and policies in the inter-
war period. The rise of national socialism, and
Germany's part in World War II
HIFN 464 Nineteenth Century European
Diplomatic History. (3) Prerequisite, a course
in 1 9th century European history. The develop-
ment and execution of European diplomacy
from the Congress of Vienna to the outbreak
of World War I, concentrating on Central and
Western Europe,
HIFN 465 Twentieth Century European
Diplomatic History. (3) Prerequisite, a course
in 20th century European history. The develop-
ment and execution of European diplomacy
from the outbreak of World War I to the con-
clusion of World War II. concentrating on Cen-
tral and Western Europe
HIFN 466 Byzantine Empire. (3) Institutions
and culture of the Byzantine empire dealing
with the history of the East Roman empire to
the Battle of Manzikert. 1071
HIFN 467 Byzantine Empire. (3) History of
Byzantium from 1071 to the fall of Con-
stantinople, 1453
HIFN 470 European Economic History to
1750. (3) Economic Development of Europe
from the manonal economy of Medieval
feudalism through the emergence of capitalist
institutions and overseas empires to the advent
of the Industrial Revolution
HIFN 471 European Economic History Since
1 750. (3) Causes and consequences of in-
dustrial development in Western and Eastern
Europe
HIFN 474 A History of West Africa. (3) HIFN
473 IS recommended though not required. A
regional study of the Western Sudan, forest
and coastal regions from prehistonc times to
the nineteenth century A discussion of
Neolithic and Iron Age civilizations, trans-
Saharan and other trade, introduction of Islam,
Medieval Sudanese empires, forest kingdoms,
nineteenth century empires and kingdoms, and
the impact of European penetration
HIFN 475 Economic History of West Africa.
(3) The economic history of West Africa from
Neolithic times to the end of the Colonial era
Reading knowledge of French desirable.
HIFN 476 Modern Balkan History. (3) A
political, socio-economic, and cultural history of
Yugoslavia, Bulgaria. Romania. Greece, and
Albania from the breakdown of Ottoman
domination to the present Emphasis is on
movements for national liberation dunng the
nineteenth century and on approaches to
modernization in the twentieth century
HIFN 708 Readings in Latin American
History. (3)
HIFN 728 Readings in Medieval History. (3)
HIFN 729 Readings in 17th Century
European History. |3)
HIFN 738 Readings in Modern European In-
tellectual History. (3)
HIFN 739 Readings in the History of the
Renaissance and Reformation. (3)
HIFN 748 Readings in the History of Great
Britain and the British Empire-
Commonwealth. (3)
HIFN 758 Readings in 20th Century
European History. (3) Readings in 20th cen-
tury European history. 1914 to the present
Requirements, reading knowledge of some
European language is encouraged, but not
required May be repeated for a maximum of
nine semester hours
HIFN 759 Readings in Nineteenth Century
Europe. (3)
HIFN 768 Readings in Modern Russian
History. (3)
HIFN 778-*teadings in Modern French
History. (3)
HIFN 779 Readings in Middle Eastern
History. (3)
HIFN 788 Readings in Japanese History. (3)
HIFN 789 Readings in Chinese History. (3)
HIFN 798 Readings in German History, 1815
to the Present. (3) Reading knowledge of
Graduate Programs / 99
German is encouraged, but not required. May
be repeated for a maxinnum of nine semester
hours
HIFN 808 Seminar in Latin American History.
(3)
HIFN 818 Seminar in Greets History. (3)
HIFN 819 Seminar in Roman History. (3)
HIFN 828 Seminar in Medieval History. (3)
HIFN 829 Seminar in 17th Century European
History. (3)
HIFN 834 Seminar in the Social and Cultural
History of Europe. (3) Research methods for
multi-generational family history, the com-
parative study of folk cultures, and the study of
creative minorities. Includes a general in-
troduction to research in European society and
culture.
HIFN 838 Seminar in Modern European In-
tellectual History. (3)
HIFN 839 Seminar in the History of the
Renaissance and the Reformation. (3)
HIFN 848 Seminar in the History of Great
Britain and the British Empire-
Commonwealth. (3)
HIFN 849 Seminar in Tudor and Stuart
England. (3)
HIFN 850 Seminar in English Law and
Government, 1550-1760. (3) Prerequisites,
one of the follov^^ing courses; HIFN 423, 434,
435, 436 or consent of instructor. From the
accession of Elizabeth to the death of George
II
HIFN 858 Seminar in Russian History. (3)
HIFN 859 Seminar in Nineteenth Century
Europe. (3)
HIFN 868 Seminar in 20th Century European
History. (3) Seminar in 20th century European
history, 1914 to present. Prerequisite. HIFN
758, or consent of instructor.
HIFN 869 Seminar in Modern European
Diplomatic History. (3) Prerequisite, reading
ability of either French or German; a course in
modern European history. IVIay be repeated for
a maximum of nine semester hours.
HIFN 878 Seminar in Modern French History.
(3)
HIFN 879 Seminar in Middle Eastern History.
(3)
HIFN 888 Seminar in Japanese History. (3)
HIFN 889 Seminar in Chinese History. (3)
HIFN 898 Seminar in German History, 1815
to the Present. (3) Prerequisite, HIFN 798, or
consent of instructor. Reading know/ledge of
German is required. May be repeated to a
maximum of six semester hours.
History,
United States
HIUS 401 American Colonial History. (3) The
settlement and development of Colonial
America to the middle of the eighteenth cen-
tury.
HIUS 402 The American Revolution. (3) The
background and course of the American
revolution through the formation of the con-
stitution.
HIUS 403 The Formative Period in America,
1783-1824. (3) The evolution of the Federal
goverhmenf. ttve origins of political parties,
problems of foreign relations in an era of in-
ternational conflict, beginnings of the industrial
revolution in America, and the birth of sec-
tionalism.
HIUS 404 Economic History of the United
States. (3) The development of the American
economy and its institutions. First semester, to
1865
HIUS 405 Economic History of the United
States. (3) The development of the American
economy and its institutions. Second semester,
since 1865.
HIUS 408 Topics in United States Social
History. (3) A consideration of selected
aspects of American society from Colonial
times to the present. Special emphasis given to
regionalism, immigration, nativism, minorities,
urbanization, and social responses to
technological changes. Since emphasis on
topics may change from semester to semester,
course may be repeated to a maximum of six
credits if topics are different.
HIUS 410 The Middle Period of American
History, 1824-1850. (3) An examination of the
political history of the United States from
Jackson to Lincoln w\\h particular emphasis on
the factors producing Jacksonian democracy,
manifest destiny, the Whig party, the anti-
slavery movement, the Republican party, and
secession.
HIUS 411 The Civil War. (3) A detailed study
of histohcal interpretations; the political,
economic, social, and psychological forces
which caused the war; and the process and
impact of the war itself.
HIUS 412 Reconstruction and the New
Nation, 1869-1896. (3) Prerequisite, six
credits of American history, or permission of in-
structor Problems of reconstruction in both
south and north Emergence of big business
and industrial combinations. Problems of the
farmer and laborer.
HIUS 413 The Progressive Period— The
United States, 1896-1919.
HIUS 414 Between the Wars— The United
States, 1919-1945. (3)
HIUS 415 The United States Since World
War II. (3) Problems and Issues of American
Society, foreign and domestic, of the past
generation.
HIUS 416. Blacks in American Life— 1865 to
the Present. (3) The role of the black in
America since slavery, with emphasis on twen-
tieth century developments; the migration from
farm to city; the growth of the civil rights
movement; the race question as a national
problem
HIUS 420 History of the South. (3)
Prerequisite, HIST 221, 222 or equivalent The
golden age of the Chesapeake, the institution
of slavery, the antebellum plantation society,
the experience of defeat, the impact of In-
dustrialization, and the modern racial ad-
justment
HIUS 421 History of the South. (3)
Prerequisite, HIST 221, 222 or equivalent. The
golden age of the Chesapeake, the institution
of slavery, the antebellum plantation society,
the experience of defeat, the impact of in-
dustrialization, and the modern racial ad-
justment
HIUS 422 Diplomatic History of the United
States. (3) A historical study of the diplomattc
negotiations and toreign relations of the -United
States. First semester, from the Revolution to
1898 Students who have taken HIST 225 are
admitted only by permission of instructor
HIUS 423 Diplomatic History of the United
States. (3) A historical study of the diplomatic
negotiations and foreign relations of the United
States. Second semester, from 1 898 to the
present Students who have taken HIST 225
are admitted only by permission of instructor.
HIUS 424 The History of Ideas in America.
(3) A history of basic beliefs about religion,
man, nature, and society.
HIUS 425 The History of Ideas in America.
(3) A history of basic beliefs about religion,
man, nature, and society.
HIUS 426 Constitutional History of the United
States. (3) A study of the historical forces
resulting in the formation of the constitution,
and development of American constitutionalism
in theory and practice thereafter.
HIUS 427 Constitutional History of the United
States. (3) A study of the historical forces
resulting in the formation of the constitution,
and development of American constitutionalism
in theory and practice thereafter.
HIUS 430 History of Maryland. (3) Political,
social and economic history of Maryland from
seventeenth century to the present.
HIUS 432 A Cultural and Social History of the
American Worker. (3) Examines the free
American working class in terms of its com-
position; its myths and Utopias; its social con-
ditions; and its impact on American institutions.
HIUS 433 History of the American Frontier.
(3) Major historical interpretation of the
significance to the period of the trans-
Allegheny West. Assesses the impact of the
frontier experience on American history. Equal
attention is given to political, economic, social
and cultural problems associated with the
development of the West. Indian culture, treat-
ment of the Indians, and Indian-White relations
are integrated into the course through readings
and lectures
HIUS 434 History of the American Frontier.
(3) Exploration, settlement and development of
the trans-Mississippi West. Assesses the im-
pact of the frontier experience on American
history. Equal attention is given to political,
economic, social and cultural problems
associated with the development of the West.
Indian culture, treatment of the Indians, and In-
dian-White relations are integrated into the
course through readings and lectures
HIUS 708 Readings in Colonial American
History. (3)
HIUS 709 Readings in the American
Revolution and the Formative Period. (3)
HIUS 718 Readings in American Social
History. (3)
HIUS 719 Readings in Southern History. (3)
HIUS 728 Readings in the Middle Period and
Civil War. (3)
HIUS 729 Readings in Reconstruction and
the New Nation. (3)
HIUS 732 Readings in American Labor
History. (3) Social and cultural history of the
American working class with special attention
to communities based on ethnicity, race, sex.
residence and ideology; history of the labor
movement; selected comparisons with
working-class communities x)f other countries.
HIUS 738 Readings in Recent American
History. (3)
100 / Graduate Programs
mUS 739 Readings in the History of
American Foreign Policy. (3)
HIUS 748 Readings in American Intellectual
History. (3)
HIUS 749 Readings in American Con-
stitutional History. (3)
HIUS 769 Readings in the Economic History
of the United States. (3) An examination of
the maior issues in the history of the economy
of the United States from the 17th century to
the present, as these have been discussed by
the more important economic historians
Repeatable to a maximum of six hours
HIUS 808 Seminar in Colonial American
History. (3)
HIUS 809 Seminar in the American
Revolution and the Formative Period. (3)
HIUS 818 Seminar in American Social
History. (3)
HIUS 819 Seminar in Southern History. (3)
HIUS 828 Seminar in the Middle Period and
Civil War. (3)
HIUS 829 Seminar in Reconstruction and the
NevK Nation. (3)
HIUS 832 Seminar in American Labor
History. (3) Advanced research and writing on
selected topics in the history of American
workers, their conditions, communities,
organizations and ideas
HIUS 838 Seminar in Recent American
History. (3)
HIUS 839 Seminar in the History of American
Foreign Policy. (3)
HIUS 848 Seminar in American Intellectual
History. (3)
HIUS 849 Seminar in American Con-
stitutional History. (3)
HIUS 858 Seminar in American Legal
History. (3) Repeatable to a maximum of six
semester hours
HIUS 859 Seminar in the History of
Maryland. (3)
HIUS 869 Seminar in the Economic History
of the United States. (3) A research-writing
seminar dealing with selected topics In
American economic development from the
Colonial period to the present. Repeatable to a
maximum of six semester hours.
Horticulture
Program
Professor and Acting Chairman: Twigg
Professors: Kramer, Link, Reynolds,
Scott (Emeritus), Shanks, Stark,
Thompson, Wiley.
Associate Professors: Angell, Baker.
Bouwkamp, Schales
Assistant Professors: Besfe
Lecturer: Koch (Visiting)
The Department of Horticulture offers graduate
study leading to the Ivlaster of Science and
Doctor of Philosophy degrees The Master of
Science degree is offered with both thesis and
non-thesis options. Candidates place major em-
phasis in the areas of pomology, olericulture,
floriculture, or ornamental horticultu''e. Within
these commodity areas, students may direct
their studies and research efforts to mineral
nutntion, postharvest physiology, plant
breeding, chemical growth regulation, water
relations, plant propagation, histochemistry,
photoperlodism and environmental control, and
other factors affecting production of hor-
ticultural plants. The candidate's program may
be directed toward a career in research,
teaching, extension education, or industry The
research activities required for the thesis or
dissertation are normally carried out in con-
lunctlon with the research programs of the
departmental staff.
f\/lodern laboratory and greenhouse facilities
are located at the College Park campus.
Laboratory instrumentation provides for
chromatography, spectrometry, elemental
analysis, histology, and other procedures, A
system for automatically monitoring respiratory
gases and volatiles is available in connection
with controlled atmosphere chambers Con-
trolled-temperature storages and a bank of
growth chambers provide facilities for posthar-
vest and environmental control studies.
Adequate greenhouse and plot areas are
available for research with floricultural and or-
namental plants. Orchards for research with
fruits are located at the Plant Research Farm 7
miles from the campus. Other research studies
are conducted cooperatively with fruit growers
in the western part of the state. Field research
wtih vegetable crops is carried on at the
Vegetable Research Farm, Salisbury, and with
ornamental and vegetable crops at Cheston-
on-Wye near Grasonville. The Beltsville
Research Center of the United States Depart-
ment of Agriculture is located 3 miles from the
campus. Students have the opportunity to at-
tend seminars at the Research Center, to take
specialized courses of the USDA graduate
school and, in certain cases, to conduct
research projects in cooperation with the per-
sonnel at the USDA Research Center. In ad-
dition to library facilities at the University, the
National Agricultural Library is now relocated at
the Research Center, readily available to
graduate students of the University
Students entering with a B S. degree in Hor-
ticulture can normally complete all require-
ments for the l\/I.S in 2 years on a half-time basis,
4 years for the Ph.D. Full-time students should
complete the requirements in a shorter time
Students seeking admission should present un-
dergraduate preparation in horticulture, botany,
chemistry, and supporting agricultural
disciplines Those without this background are
advised to enroll as special undergraduate
students to correct these deficiencies. The
Graduate Record Examination is not required.
Students entering the doctoral program
should have, or plan on completing, a toaster
of Science degree in Horticulture, although
presentation of the IvI.S. in a related plant
science field may be acceptable
Upon admission, the student is assigned to
a faculty advisor, and an advisory committee is
appointed It is an early function of the com-
mittee to work with the candidate in developing
a program of courses and research, tailor-made
to the goals and aspirations of the student. The
Department requires no foreign language
proficiency A comprehensive, oral examination
IS given each candidate for the IvI.S.; can-
didates for the Ph D take an oral qualifying
examination, as well as an oral comprehensive
examination covering the dissertation.
Some graduate students are supported with
financial aid Research and teaching assistant-
ships are offered to students on full admission
status, as available. All graduate assistants are
expected to assist in the teaching program of
the Department.
HORT 41 1 Technology of Fruits. (3) Three lec-
tures per week Prerequisite, HORT 1 12, or
concurrent BOTN 441 A critical analysis of
research work and application of the principles
of plant physiology, chemistry, and botany to
practical problems in commercial production.
HORT 417 Tree and Small Fruit Mangement.
(1) Primarily designed for vocational agriculture
teachers and extension agents Special em-
phasis will be placed upon new and improved
commercial methods of production of the
leading tree and small fruit crops Current
problems and their solution will receive special
attention.
HORT 422 Technology of Vegetables. (3)
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, HORT
222, Prerequisite or concurrent, BOTN 441. A
critical analysis of research work and ap-
plication of phnciples of plant physiology,
chemistry, and botany to practical problems in
commercial vegetable production.
HORT 427 Truck Crop Uangement. (1)
Primarily designed for teachers of vocational
agriculture and extension agents. Special em-
phasis will be placed upon new and improved
methods of production of the leading truck
crops Current problems and their solutions will
receive special attention.
HORT 432 Fundamentals of Greenhouse
Crop Production. (3) Three lectures per
week. Prerequisite, HORT 231. This course
deals with a study of the commercial produc-
tion and marketing of ornamental plant crops
under greenhouse, plastic houses and out-of-
door conditions.
HORT 451 Technology of Ornamentals. (3)
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, or con-
current BOTN 441 A study of the
physiological processes of the plant as related
to the growth, flowering and storage of or-
namental plants,
HORT 453 Woody Plant Materials. (3)
Prerequisite, BOTN 212. A field and laboratory
study of trees, shrubs, and vines used in or-
namental plantings.
HORT 454 Woody Plant Materials. (3)
Prerequisite, BOTfvJ 212 A field and laboratory
study of trees, shrubs, and vines used in or-
namental plantings.
HORT 456 Production and Maintenance of
Woody Plants. (3) Two lectures and one
laboratory period a week. Prerequisite or
corequisite. HORT 271 , 454 A study of the
production methods and operation of a com-
mercial nursery and the planting and care of
woody plants in the landscape.
HORT 457 Ornamental Horticulture. (1) A
course designed for teachers of agriculture
and extension agents to place special em-
phasis on problems of the culture and use of
ornamental plants.
HORT 471 Systematic Horticulture. (3) Two
lectures and one laboratory period a week A
study of the origin, taxonomic relationship and
horticultural classification of fruits and
vegetables.
HORT 474 Physiology of Maturation and
Storage of Horticultural Crops. (2) Two lec-
tures a week. Prerequisite, BOTN 441 Factors
related to maturation and application of scien-
tific principles to handling and storage of hor-
ticultural crops.
Graduate Programs / 101
HORT 489 Special Topics In Horticulture. (1-
3) Credit according to time scheduled and
organization of course A lecture and or
laboratory series organized to study in deptti a
selected ptiase of tiorticulture not covered by
existing courses.
HORT 682 Methods of Horticultural Resear-
ch. (3) Second semester One lecture and one
four-fiour laboratory period a week. Ttie ap-
plication of bioctnemical and biopfiysical
methods to problems in biological research
with emphasis on plant materials.
HORT 689 Special Topics in Horticulture. (1-
3) First and second semester. Credit according
to time scheduled and organization of the
course. Organized as a lecture series on a
specialized advanced topic.
HORT 699 Special Problems in Horticulture.
(1-3) First and second semester Credit ac-
cording to time scheduled and organization of
the course. Organized as an experimental
program other than the student's thesis
problem Ivlaximum credit allowed toward an
advanced degree shall not exceed four hours
of experimental work
HORT 781 Edaphic Factors and Horticultural
Plants. (3) First semester, alternate years
Prerequisite, BOTN 441 A critical study of
scientific literature and current research con-
cerning factors of the soil affecting production
of horticultural plants Selected papers are
studied and critically discussed. Attention is
given to expenmental procedures, results ob-
tained, interpretation of the data, and to
evaluation of the contribution
HORT 782 Chemical Regulation of Growth of
Horticultural Plants. (3) Second semester,
alternate years Prerequisite, BOTN 441 A
critical review of literature and current research
relating to the use of chemicals in controlling
growth, and useful in the production, ripening,
and handling of horticultural plants and
products. Emphasis is placed on experimental
procedures and the interpretation of results,
current usage in the potentials for future
research.
HORT 783 Environmental Factors and Hor-
ticultural Plants. (3) First semester, alternate
years Prerequisite, BOTN 441. A study of the
literature and a discussion of current research
concerned with the effects of environmental
factors on the growth and fruiting of hor-
ticultural plants Effects of temperature, light,
and atmospheric condidtions will be con-
sidered
HORT 784 Current Advances in Plant
Breeding. (3) Second semester, alternate
years. Three lectures per week. Prerequisite,
HORT 274 or permission of instructor Studies
of the genetic and cytogenetic basis of plant
breeding, systems of pollination control and
their application, mutation breeding, methods of
breeding for resistance to plant diseases and
environmental pollutants
HORT 798 Advanced Seminar. (1) Three
credit hours maximum allowed toward the MS
degree or six credit hours maximum toward the
Ph.D. degree
HORT 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6)
HORT 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research.
(1-8)
Housing and
Applied Design
Courses
HSAD 440 Interior Design III. (4) Eight hours
studio periods Prerequisite, HSAD 344.
Preparation of complete presentation; work
specifications, floor plans, purchase orders,
renderings, etc, Porttolio preparation
HSAD 441 Interior Design IV. (4) Eight hours
studio periods Prerequisite, HSAD 440
Preparation of complete presentation; work
specifications, floor plans, purchase orders,
renderings, etc. Portfolio preparation.
HSAD 442 Readings in Housing. (3) Seminar
Prerequisites, SOCY 100. HSAD 241, senior
standing. To satisfy individual interests and
needs, opportunity afforded for concentrated
reading on one or more facets of housing, (ur-
ban renewal, public housing, etc.). Examination
of completed research, needed future
research.
HSAD 488 Selected Topics in Housing and
Interior Design. (1-6) Offered on Demand
May be repeated to a maximum of six hours
HSAD 499 Individual Study in Housing
and/or Interior Design. (3-4) Guidance for the
advanced student capable of independent sub-
ject matter investigation or creative work.
Problem chosen with consent of instructor.
HSAD 658 Special Topics in Housing and In-
terior Design. (3-6) Individual study or
arranged group study. May be repeated to a
maximum of six hours.
Applied Design
APDS 430 Advanced Problems in Advertising
Design. (3) Two studio periods Prerequisite,
APDS 331 . Advanced problems in design and
layout planned for developing competency in
one or more areas of advertising design.
APDS 431 Advanced Problems in Advertising
Design. (3) Two studio periods. Prerequisite,
APDS 430. Advanced problems in design and
layout planned for developing competency in
one or more areas of advertising design.
APDS 437 Advanced Photography. (3) Three
studio periods. Continuation of APDS 337
APDS 499 Individual Problems in Applied
Design. (3-4) A— Advertising, B— Costume
Open only to advanced students who, with
guidance can work independently. Written con-
sent of instructor.
Crafts
GRAF 420 Advanced Ceramics II. (3) Three
studio periods Prerequisite, CRAF 330. Ex-
perience in experimental development of body
and textures, glazes and colors and their
utilization in clay products of original design
Calculation of body and glaze composition.
CRAF 428 Individual Problems In Ceramics.
(3) Prerequisites, CRAF 220, 320, 420 Open
to students with demonstrated ability and with
the potential for a high level of achievement in
studio production or in research. Total un-
dergraduate credit permitted in all individual
problems courses in crafts is a maximum of
nine hours Consent of crafts faculty No less
than B average on prerequisites and presen-
tation of work for evaluation
CRAF 430 Advanced Metalry II. (3) Two
studio periods. Prerequisite, CRAF 330. Ad-
vanced application of skills to the design and
fabrication of metals; jewelry, stone setting,
metal casting, cloisonne. Hand-raised hollow.
CRAF 438 Individual Problems in Metalry.
(3) Prerequisites, CRAF 230, 330. 430 with at
least a grade of B in all three courses. Open to
students with demonstrated ability and with the
potential for a high level of achievement in
studio production or in research. Total un-
dergraduate credit permitted in all individual
problems courses in crafts is a maximum of
nine hours. Consent of crafts faculty. No less
than B average on prerequisites and presen-
tation of work for evaluation.
CRAF 448 Individual Problems in Textile
Design. (3) Prerequisites, CRAF 240, 241,
340, or 341 with at least a grade of B in all
three courses. Open to students with demon-
strated ability and with the potential for a high
level of achievement on studio production or in
research. Total undergraduate credit permitted
in all individual problems courses in crafts as a
maximum of nine hours. Consent of crafts
faculty. No less than B average on
prerequisites and presentation of work
evaluation.
Human Development
Education Program
(Institute for
Child Study)
Professor and Director: Morgan
Professors: Chapin, Dittmann. Goering,
Kurtz, Perkins
>*ssoc/a(e Professors: Eliot, Flatter,
Gardner, Hardy, Hattield, Huebner,
Kyle, Matteson, Milhollan, Rogolsky
Assistant Professors: Ansello, Bennett,
Davidson, Green, Hunt. Koopman.
Marcus, Shifflett, Svoboda, Tyler,
Wolk
The program of the Institute for Child Study at-
tempts to collect, interpret, and synthesize the
scientific findings in various fields that are con-
cerned with human growth, development, lear-
ning, and behavior, and to communicate this
synthesis to persons who need such un-
derstandings as a basis for their practice and
planning.
A second purpose of the instructional
program is to assist persons in education, and
secondarily in other professions that deal with
human beings, to work out the implications of
scientific knowledge for specific situations.
Student personnel in Institute courses and
programs include teachers: principals; superin-
tendents; counselors; social workers; nurses;
psychologists; psychiatric social workers;
therapists— physical, speech, and
psychological; college teachers of child
development; college laboratory teachers;
supervisors of curriculum, guidance, in-service
projects, etc.
The Institute for Child Study offers graduate
programs leading to Master of Education,
Master of Arts with thesis, Doctor of
102 / Graduate Programs
Philosophy, and Doctor of Education degrees
and Advanced Graduate Specialist Certificate
(a planned program of 30 graduate hours
beyond the Master's degree). The require-
ments for these degrees and certificate for those
majoring in human development education con-
form to those of the Graduate School. Master's
and doctor's degrees programs in human
development are designed to assist the
student in gaining competencies in the areas
of physiological processes, cultural processes,
personality, learning theory, and research
methods in human development, A student's
program is developed through consultation with
an advisor to meet the unique needs of the
student Knowledge of foreign languages is
generally not required unless a need for
foreign language is indicated in the student's
program
To be admitted to the master's degree
program in human development education an
applicant must have a B average in the last two
years of an undergraduate program from a
regionally accredited institution, a grade point
average and test scores that are competitive
with those of other applicants, and educational
and professional goals that are compatible with
the purposes and goals of the Institute for
Child Study
Admission to a doctor's degree program is
based upon a profile using the following in-
formation favorable recommendations from at
least three professors and /or employers who
are acquainted with the applicant's
qualifications; a grade point in previous
graduate work which is competitive with other
applicants; compatibility of the applicant's
educational and professional goals with the
purposes and goals of the Institute for Child
Study; scores on the Miller's Analogies Test
(and other standardized tests such as Graduate
Record Examination, if available) which are
competitive with other applicants; and a
master's degree or equivalent in an allied field
from a regionally accredited institution
The Washington, DC area and the Univer-
sity of Maryland are rich in resources for
graduate study in human development. The In-
stitute has a special book collection available
for use by faculty and students, an in-service
program in child and youth study, and op-
portunities tor participating in research. In-
ternship experiences are available through
cooperation with mental health agencies and
schools in the area. Resources of the College
of Education include a Center for Young
Children, a Curriculum Materials Center, and an
Educational Technology Center. Resources of
the Washington metropolitan area include
vahous schools, hospitals, the Office of
Education, and the National Institutes of Health
of the United States Department of Health,
Education, and Welfare.
EDHD 402 Child Development Laboratory I.
(2) First of a series of courses in the direct study
of children throughout the school year.
Organization and report of data for group analy-
sis. Provides opportunity for teachers in ser-
vice to earn credit for participation in their own
local child study group.
EDHD 403 Child Development Laboratory II.
(2) Prerequisite. EDHD 402 or equivalent Con-
tinuation of EDHD 402. Provides opportunity for
teachers in service to earn credit for participa-
tion in their own local child study group.
EDHD 404 Child Development Laboratory III.
(2) Prerequisite. EDHD 403 or equivalent Con-
tinuation of EDHD 403. Provides opportunity
for teachers in service to earn credit for par-
ticipation in their own local child study group.
EDHD 41 1 Child Growth and Development.
(3) Growth and development of the child from
conception through the early childhood years,
with emphasis on development sequences in
physical, psychological and social areas Impli-
cations for understanding and working with
young children in the home, school, and other
settings
EDHD 413 Adolescent Development. (3)
A study of the interplay of physical, cultural and
self forces as they influence behavior, develop-
ment, learning and adjustment during
adolescence. Includes observation and case
study. This course cannot be used to meet the
psychological foundations requirements for
teacher certification
EDHD 416 Scientific Concepts in Human
Development III. (3) Guided reading and obser-
vation of pupils throughout the school year
Emphasis on human developments concepts
relating to impact of family, school, society, and
peer group on the student. Collection and
analysis of data affecting learning and behavior.
For in-service educators. (Not open to persons
with credit in EDHD 402, 403.
EDHD 41 7 Laboratory in Behavior Analysis
III. (3) Prerequisite, EDHD 41 6, Guided reading
and observation of pupils throughout the school
year. Emphasis on analysis of intrinsic aspects
of learning and behavior including cognitive pro-
cesses, motivation, self -concept, attitudes, and
values. For in-service educators. (Not open
to persons with credit on EDHD 402, 403.)
EDHD 420 Study of Human Development and
Learning in School Settings I. (2) Advanced
study of human development and learning prin-
ciples in the continuous study and evaluation of
several different phases of the school program
over an extended period of time.
EDHD 421 Study of Human Development and
Learning in School Settings II. (2) Continua-
tion of EDHD 420
EDHD 422 Study of Human Development
and Learning in School Settings III. (2) Con-
tinuation of EDHD 42 1 .
EDHD 445 Guidance of Young Children. (3)
Development of an appreciation and under-
standing of young children from different home
and community backgrounds; study of individual
and group problems
EDHD 460 Educational Psychology. (3) Pre-
requisites. PSYC 1 00 or EDUC 300 or
equivalent. Offers an examination of research
and problems in educational psychology. In-
cludes consideration of measurement and the
significance of individual differences, learning,
motivation and emotions, transfer of learning,
intelligence, attitudes, problem solving, under-
standing, thinking, and communicating know-
ledge. The course is intended to provide an
overview of educational psychology with an
emphasis on learning processes. It may not be
substituted for EDUC 300 by regularly matri-
culated students in the teacher education pro-
program.
EDHD 489 Field Experiences in Education.
(1 -4) Prerequisites, at least six semester hours
in education at the University of Maryland plus
such other prerequisites, as may be set by the
major area in which the experience is to be
taken. Planned field experience may be provided
for selected students who have had teaching
experience and whose application for such field
experience has been approved by the educa-
tion faculty. Field experience is offered in a given
area to both major and nonmajor students
Offered in a given area to both major and non-
major students Note: The total number of
credits which a student may earn in EDHD 489.
888, and 889 is limited to a maximum of 20
semester hours.
EDHD 498 Special Problems in Education.
(1-3) Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Avail-
able only to mature students who have definite
plans for individual study of approved problems
EDHD 499 Workshops, Clinics, and Institutes.
(1-6) The maximum number of credits that may
be earned under this course symbol toward any
degree is six semester hours; the symbol may
be used two or more times until six semester
hours have been reached the following type of
educational enterprise may be scheduled under
this course heading: workshops conducted
by the college of education (or developed
cooperatively with other colleges and univer-
sities) and not otherwise covered in the pre-
sent course listing; clinical experiences in
pupil-testing centers reading clinics, speech
therapy laboratories, and special education
centers; institutes developed around specific
topics of problems and intended for designated
groups such as school supenntendents, prin-
cipals and supervisors
EDHD 600 Introduction to Human Develop-
ment and Child Study. (3) Offers a general
overview of the scientific principles which des-
cribe human development and behavior and
makes use of these principles in the study
of individual children Each student will
observe and record the behavior of an individual
child throughout the semester and must have
one half -day a week for this purpose It is basic
to further work in child study and serves as a
prerequisite for advanced courses where the
student has not had field work or at least six
weeks of workshop expehence in child study.
When offered during the summer intensive
laboratory work with case records may be
substituted for the study of an individual child.
EDHD 601 Biological Bases of Behavior. (3)
EDHD 600 or its equivalent must be taken be-
fore EDHD 601 or concurrently. Emphasizes
that understanding human life, growth and be-
havior depends on understanding the ways in
in which the body is able to capture, control and
expend energy. Application throughout is made
to human body processes and implications for
understanding and working with people.
EDHD 602 Social Bases of Behavior. (3) EDHD
600 or its equivalent must be taken before
EDHD 602 or concurrently. Analyzes the
socially inhehted and transmitted patterns or
pressures, expectations and limitations learned
by an individual as he grows up. These are con-
sidered in relation to the patterns of feeling and
behaving which emerge as the result of growing
up in one's social group.
EDHD 603 Integrative Bases of Behavior. (3)
EDHD 600 or its equivalent Prerequisites, are
EDHD 601 and 602, Analyzes the organized and
integrated pattern of feeling, thinking and behav-
ing which emerge from the interaction of basic
biological drives and potentials with one's
unique experience growing up in a social group.
EDHD 613 Advanced Laboratory In Behavior
Analysis 1.(3) First of a three-hour sequence in
Graduate Programs / 103
the study of behavior. Analysis focuses upon
the major forces which shape the development
and learning of children and youth. Summer
session only
EDHD 615 Advanced Laboratory in Behavior
Analysis II. (3) Prerequisite, EDHD 61 3 or
equivalent. Second of a three-course sequence
in the behavior analysis of children and youth
focusing on self -developmental and self-adjus-
tive processes. Summer session only.
EDHD 617 Advanced Laboratory in Behavior
Analysis III. (3) Prerequisite, EDHD 61 5 or
equivalent Third of a three-course sequence
in the behavioral analysis of children and youth
which contrasts the child's concept of self and
the world and the world's concept of the child.
Summer session only
EDHD 61 9 Advanced Scientific Concepts in
Human Development. (3) A critical examination
of concepts and issues in contemporary cul-
ture as these relate to the development and
learning of children and youth Summer Session
only Repeatable to a maximum of 6 credits
EDHD 659 Direct Study of Children. (1 ) May
not be taken concurrently with EDHD 402,
403, or 404. Provides the opportunity to
observe and record the behavior of an individ-
ual child in a nearby school. These records will
be used in conjunction with the advanced
courses in human development and this course
will be used in conjunction with the advanced
courses. Teachers active in their jobs while tak-
ing advanced courses in human development
may use records from their own classrooms for
this course A minimum of one year of direct
observation of human behavior is required of all
human development students at the master's
level. This requirement may be satisfied by
this course.
EDHD 71 0 Aff ectional Relationships and
Processes in Human Development. (3) EDHD
600 or its equivalent must be taken before or
concurrently Describes the normal develop-
ment, expression and influence of love in infancy,
childhood, adolescence and adulthood Deals
with the influence of parent-child relationship
involving normal acceptance, neglect, rejection,
inconsistency, and over-protection upon health,
learning, emotional behavior and personality ad-
adjustment and development.
EDHD 71 1 Peer-Culture and Group Processes
in Human Development. (3) EDHD 600 or its
equivalent must be taken before or concurrently.
Analyzes the process of group formation, role-
taking and status-winning, describes the emer-
gence of the 'peer-culture' during childhood and
the evolution of the child society at different
maturity levels to adulthood. Analyzes the de-
velopmental tasks and adjustment problems
associated with winning, belonging, and playing
roles in the peer group
EDHD 721 Learning Theory and The Educative
Process I. Provides a systematic review of the
major theories and their impact on education
Considers factors that influence learning
EDHD 722 Learning Theory and The Educative
Process II. (3) Prerequisite, EDUG 300 or
equivalent. Provides an exploration in depth of
current theoretical and research developments
in the field of human learning, especially as re-
lated to educational processes Considers
factors that influence learning.
EDHD 730 Field Program in Child Study I.
(3) Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Offers
introductory training and apprenticeship prepar-
ing persons to become staff members in human
development workshop D, consultants in child
study field programs and coordinators of muni-
cipal or regional child study programs for teach-
ers or parents. Extensive field experience is
provided. In general, this training is open only to
persons who have passed their preliminary
examinations for the doctorate with a major in
human development or psychology.
EDHD 731 Field Program in Child Study II.
(3) Prerequisite, EDHD 730 or consent of in-
structor. Offers advanced training and appren-
ticeship preparing persons to become staff
members in human development workshops,
consultants to child study field programs and
coordinators of municipal or regional child study
programs for teachers or parents. Extensive
field experience is provided. In general, this
training is open only to persons who have
passed their preliminary examinations for the
doctorate with a major in human development
or psychology.
EDHD 779 Seminars in Special Topics in
Human Development. (2-6) Prerequisite, con-
sent of instructor.
EDHD 798 Special Problems in Education.
(1-6) Master's AGS, or doctoral candidates who
desire to pursue special research problems
under the direction of their advisors may register
for credit under this number,
EDHD 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6)
Registration required to the extent of six hours
for master's thesis.
EDHD 810 Physical Processes in Human
Development I. (3) Prerequisite, admission
to doctoral program in human development
education Examines the physiology of homeo-
stasis including the roles of temperature, bio-
chemical factors, respiration , circulation, diges-
tion, and utilization of energy as these influence
the health, functioning, and behavior of human
beings.
EDHD 811 Physical Processes in Human
Development II. (3) Prerequisite, admission to
doctoral program in human development edu-
cation Focuses upon the physiology of com-
munication including a study of the roles of the
nervous system, endocnnes, nucleic acids, and
pheramones as these influence the health, func-
tioning and behavior of human beings.
EDHD 820 Socialization Processes in Human
Development I. (3) Prerequisite, admission to
doctoral program in human development edu-
cation. Study of comparative cultures serve as
a medium for analyzing the processes by which
human beings internalize the culture of the so-
ciety in which they live.
EDHD 821 Socialization Processes in Human
Development II. (3) Prerequisite, EDHD 820
or consent of instructor Study of major sub-
cultures in the United States, their institutions,
training procedures, and their characteristic
human expressions in folk-knowledge, habits,
attitudes, values, goals, and adjustment pat-
terns as these relate to the processes in which
human beings in our society internalize the cul-
ture in which they live.
EDHD 830 Self Processes in Human Develop-
ment I. (3) Prerequisite, admission to doctoral
program in human development education
The personality theories of Freud, Jung, Adier,
Horney, Fromm, Sullivan. Murray, Lewin, and
Allport
EDHD 831 Self Processes in Human Develop-
ment II. (3) Prerequisite, EDHD 830 or consent
of instructor The personality theones or Enck-
son, Rogers, Maslow, and others Synthesis of
the student's theory of personality.
EDHD 860 Synthesis of Human Development
Concepts. (3) Prerequisites, EDHD 810, 820
and 830 A seminar wherein advanced
students work toward a personal synthesis of
their own concepts in human growth and de-
velopment Emphasis is placed on seeing the dy-
namic interrelations between all process in the
behavior and development of an individual.
EDHD 888 Apprenticeship in Education.
(1-9) Apprenticeships in the major area of study
are available to selected students whose appli-
cation for an apprenticeship has been approved
by the education faculty. Each apprentice is
assigned to work for at least a semester full-
time or the equivalent with an appropriate staff
member of a cooperating school, school system,
or educational institution or agency. The sponsor
of the apprentice maintains a close working re-
lationship with the apprentice and the other per-
sons involved Prerequisites, teaching exper-
ience, a master's degree in education, and at
least six semester hours in education at the
University of Maryland.
NOTE: The total number of credits which a stu-
dent may earn in EDHD 489, 888 and 889 is
limited to a maximum of twenty (20) semester
hours
EDHD 889 Internship in Education. (3-16)
Internships in the major area of study are avail-
able to selected students who have teaching
experience. The following groups of students
are eligible: (A) any student who has been ad-
vanced to candidacy for the Doctor's degree;
and (B) any student who receives special
approval by the education faculty for an intern-
ship, provided that prior to taking an internship,
such student shall have completed at least
60 semester hours of graduate work, including
at least six semester hours in education at the
University of Maryland Each intern is assigned
to work on a full-time basis tor at least asemester
with an approphate staff member in a cooperat-
ing school, school system, or educational insti-
tution or agency. The internship must be taken
in a school situation different for the one where
the student is regularly employed The intern's
sponsor maintains a close working relationship
with the intern and the other persons involved.
NOTE: The total number of credits which a stu-
dent may earn in EDHD 489. 888, and 889 is
limited to a maximum of twenty (20) semester
hours
EDHD 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research
(1-8) Registration required to the extent of
6-9 hours for an Ed.D. project and 12-18 hours
for a Ph.D. dissertation.
Industrial Education
Program
Associate Profess and Acting Chairman: Maley
Professors: Harrison, Hornbake, Luetkemeyer
Associate Professors: Anderson, Beatfy,
Mietus, Stoush, Tierney
Assistant Professors: Burkart, Elkins, Hersch-
bach
The graduate programs in Industrial Education
are designed to prepare specialized personnel
in all fields related to Industrial Education. These
1 04 / Graduate Programs
fields include programs both in education and in
industry Programs related to education pre-
pare personnel for teaching, administration, and
supervisory positions in local schools or in re-
lated state and federal agencies, as well as pre-
parations for university teaching and research.
Programs designed for industrial personnel
are primarily in industrial training, supervision,
and production.
Every graduate program in the department is
developed on an individual basis to meet the per-
sonal needs of the graduate student At the
same time, however, the graduate student is
expected to have achieved certain specified
objectives upon completion of his program
The student should exhibit: competence in a
major field of Industrial Education ; ability to
analyze, conduct, and report research findings;
and a broad understanding of the relationships
of education and industry as social institutions
in our technological culture.
At the master's degree level (MA.— thesis
required, and M Ed— non-thesis option)
programs are offered in four areas: Education
for Industry, Industrial Arts Education, Voca-
tional-Industrial Education, and Technical Edu-
cation The department has two separate doc-
toral programs (Ph.D and Ed.D.) in the allied
fields of Industrial Arts Education and Vocational-
Industrial Education. The department also offers
an Advanced Graduate Specialist Certificate
in both fields
In addition to the extensive library and com-
puter facilities available on the College Park
Campus, other institutions located within the
Washington area are also available for research
and consultation services These institutions
include the Library of Congress, Smithsonian
Institution, US Office of Education, Ameri-
can Industrial Arts Association, American
Vocational Association, and the National Medi-
cal Library.
EDIN 409 Experimental Electricity and Elec-
tronics (2)
EDIN 41 5 Research and Experimentation
in Industrial Arts. (3) This is a laboratory-
seminar course designed to develop persons
capable of planning, directing and evaluating
effective research and experimentation pro-
credures with the materials, products and pro-
cesses of industry.
EDIN 421 Industrial Arts in Special Education.
(3) Four hours laboratory per week, one hour
lecture. Prerequisite. EDSP 470 and 471 or
consent of instructor This course provides ex-
periences of a technical and theoretical nature
in industrial processes applicable for classroom
use. Emphasis is placed on individual research
in the specific area of one major interest in
special education
EDIN 425 Industrial Training in Industry I.
(3) An overview of the function of industrial
training, including types of programs, their
organization, development, and evaluation
EDIN 426 Industrial Training in Industry II.
(3) Prerequisite, EDIN 425. Studies of training
programs in a variety of industries, including
plant program, visitation, training program devel-
opment, and analysis of industrial training re-
search
EDIN 443 Industrial Safety Education I. (2)
This course deals bnefly with the history and
development of effective safety programs in
modern industry and treats causes, effects and
values of industrial safety education inclusive
of fire prevention and hazard controls.
EDIN 444 Industrial Safety Education II. (2)
In this course exemplary safety practices are
studied through conference discussions, group
demonstration, and organized plant visits to
selected industrial situations. Methods of fire
precautions and safety practices are
emphasized. Evaluative criteria in safety pro-
grams are formulated.
EDIN 450 Training Aids Development. (3)
Study of the aids in common use as to their
source and application. Special emphasis is
placed on principles to be observed in making
aids useful to laboratory teachers Actual con-
struction and application of such devices will
be required
EDIN 457. Tests and Measurements. (3)
The construction of objective tests for occu-
pational and vocational subjects.
EDIN 460 Essentials of Design. (2) Two labora-
tory periods a week Prerequisite, EDIN 1 0 1
and basic laboratory work. A study of the basic
principles of design and practice in their
application to the construction of laboratory
projects.
EDIN 461 Principles of Vocational Guidance.
(3) This course identifies and applies the under-
lying principles of guidance to the problems of
educational and vocational adjustment of stu-
dents.
EDIN 462 Occupational Analysis and Course
Construction. (3) Provides a working know-
ledge of occupational and job analysis and
applies the techniques in building and reorgan-
izing courses of study for effective use in voca-
tional and occupational schools.
EDIN 464 Laboratory Organization and
Management. (3) This course covers the basic
elements of organizing and managing an indus-
trial education program including the selec-
tion of equipment and the arrangement of the
shop.
EDIN 465 Modern Industry. (3) This course pro-
vides an overview of manufacturing industry in
the American social, economic and culture pat-
tern. Representative basic industries are studied
from the viewpoints of personnel and manage-
ment organization, industrial relations, produc-
tion procedures, distribution of products, and the
like.
EDIN 466 Educational Foundations of Indus-
trial Arts. (3) A study of the factors which place
industrial arts education in any well-rounded pro-
gram of general education.
EDIN 467 Problems in Occupational
Education. (3) The purpose of this course is to
secure, assemble, organize, and interpret data
relative to the scope, character and effective-
ness of occupational education.
EDIN 471 History and Principles of Vocational
Education. (3) An overview of the development
of vocational education from primitive times to
the present with special emphasis given to the
vocational education movement with the Ameri-
can program of public education.
EDIN 475 Recent Technological Develop-
ments in Products and Processes. (3) This
course is designed to give the student an under-
standing of recent technological developments
as they pertain to the products and processes
of industry. The nature of the newer products
and processes is studied as well as their effect
upon modern industry and /or society.
EDIN 487 Field Experience in Education.
(1-4) Prerequisites, at least six semester hours
in education at the University of Maryland plus
such other prerequisites, as may be set by the
major area in which the expenence is to be
taken. Planned field experience may be provided
for selected students who have had teach-
ing experience and whose application for such
field experience has been approved by the edu-
cation faculty. Field experience is offered in a
given area to both major and nonmajor students.
NOTE: The total number of credits which a stu-
dent may earn in EDIN 487, 888, and 889 is
limited to a maximum of 20 semester hours.
EDIN 488 Special Problems in Education.
(1 -3) Prerequisite, consent of instructor Avail-
able only to mature students who have definite
plans for individual study of approved problems.
EDIN 499 Workshops, Clinics, and Institutes.
(1-6) The maximum number of credits that may
be earned under this course symbol toward any
degree is six semester hours: the symbol may
be used two or more times until six semester
hours have been reached. The following type
of educational enterprise may be scheduled
under this course heading: workshops con-
ducted by the College of Education (or
developed cooperatively with other colleges and
universities) and not otherwise covered in the
present course listing; clinical experiences in
pupil-testing centers, reading clinics, speech
therapy laboratories, and special education
centers; institutes developed around specific
topics or problems and intended for designated
groups such as school superintendents, prin-
cipals and supervisors.
EDIN 607 Philosophy of Industrial Arts Edu-
cation. (3) An overview of the development
of the industrial arts movement and the
philosophical framework upon which it was
founded. Special emphasis is given to the con-
temporary movements in industrial arts and their
theoretical foundations.
EDIN 614 School Shop Planning and Equip-
ment Selection . (3) Deals with the principles
and problems of providing the physical facili-
ties for industrial education programs. The
selection, arrangement and placement of equip-
ment are covered as well as the determinating
of laboratory space requirements, utility ser-
vices and storage requirements for various types
of industrial education programs
EDIN 61 6 Supervision of Industrial Arts. (3)
Deals with the nature and function of the super-
visory function in the industrial arts field. The
administrative as well as the supervisory res-
ponsibilities, techniques, practices and personal
qualifications of the industrial arts supervisor
are covered.
EDIN 620 Organization, Administration and
Supervision of Vocational Education. (3)
EDIN 640 Research in Industrial Arts and Vo-
cational Education. (2) Offered by arrangement
for persons who are conducting research in the
areas of industrial arts and vocational education.
EDIN 641 Content and Method of Industrial
Arts. (3) Various methods and procedures used
in curriculum development are examined and
those suited to the field of industrial arts edu-
cation are applied. Methods of and devices for
industrial arts instruction are studied and prac-
ticed.
EDIN 642 Coordination in Work-Experience
Programs. (3) Surveys and evaluates the qual-
ifications and duties of a teacher-coordinator in
a work-experience program. Deals particularly
with evolving patterns in city and county schools
in Maryland, and is designed to help teacher-
Graduate Programs / 105
coordinators, guidance counselors, and others
In the supervisory and administrative personnel
concerned with the functioning relationships
of part-time cooperative education in a compre-
hensive educational program,
EDIN 647 Seminar in Industrial Arts and Vo-
cational Education. (2)
EDIN 650 Teacher Education in Industrial
Arts. (3) This course is intended for the indus-
trial arts teacher educator at the college level.
It deals with the function and historical develop-
ment of industrial arts teacher education Other
areas of content Include administration program
and program development, physical facilities
and requirements, staff organization and relation-
ships, college-secondary school relationships,
philosophy and evaluation
EDIN 798 Special Problems in Education.
(1-6) Master's AGS, or doctoral can-
didates who desire to pursue special research
problems under the direction of their advisers
may register for credit under this number.
Course card must have the title of the problem
and the name of the faculty member under whom
the work will be done.
EDIN 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6)
Registration required to the extent of 6 hours for
master's thesis.
EDIN 888 Apprenticeship in Education. (1-9)
Apprenticeships in the major area of study are
available to selected students whose application
for an apprenticeship has been approved by
the education faculty. Each apprentice is
assigned to work for at least a semester full-
time or the equivalent with an appropriate staff
member or a cooperating school, school system,
or educational institution or agency. The sponsor
of the apprentice maintains a close working re-
lationship with the apprentice and the other per-
sons involved. Prerequisites, teaching exper-
ience, a master's degree in education, and at
least six semester hours in education at the
University of Maryland
NOTE: The total number of credits which a
student may earn in EDIN 489,888 and 889 is
limited to a maximum of twenty (20) semester
hours
EDIN 889 Internship in Education. (3-1 6)
Internships In the major area of study are avail-
able to selected students who have teaching ex-
pehence The following groups of students are
eligible: (A) any student who has been advanced
to candidacy for the doctor's degree: and (B)
any student who receives special approval
by the education faculty for an internship, pro-
vided that prior to taking an internship, such
student shall have completed at least 60 semes-
ter hours of graduate work, including at least
six semester hours in education at the Univer-
sity of Maryland. Each intern is assigned to work
on a full-time basis for at least a semester with
an appropriate staff member in a cooperating
school, school system, or educational institu-
tion or agency. The internship must be taken in
a school situation different from the one where
the student is regularly employed The intern's
sponsor maintains a close working relationship
with the intern and the other persons involved
NOTE: The total number of credits which a stu-
dent may earn in EDIN 489, 888 and 889 Is
limited to a maximum of twenty (20) semester
hours
EDIN 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research.
( 1 -8) Registration required to the extent of 6-9
hours for an Ed D project and 12-18 hours for a
Ph D dissertation
Information Systems Management
Courses
IFSM 401 Electronic Data Processing. (3)
Prerequisites, junior standing, MATH 1 1 1 or the
equivalent. The electronic digital computer and
its use as a tool in processing data. The course
includes the following areas: ( 1 ) organization
of data processing systems. (2) environmental
aspects of computer systems (3) management
control problems and potentials inherent in
mechanized data processing systems.
IFSM 402 Electronic Data Processing Appli-
cations. (3) Prerequisites, IFSM 401 or consent
of instructor. Intensive study of computer appli-
cations using a problem-oriented language
Introduction of computer methods for the solu-
tion of organizational problems Laboratory
exercises in programming and development of
computer techniques
IFSM 410 Information Processing Problems of
Models of Administrative, Economic and
Political Systems. (3) Prerequisites, MATH
1 41 or equivalent; IFSM 402, BSAD 231 , and
some familiarity with administrative, economic
and or political models Prerequisites, may be
waived with the consent of instructor. Data proc-
essing requirements underlying the creation and
maintenance of a data base to be used in esti-
mating the parameters of socio-economic
models. An aniysis of the structure and develop-
ment of recent socio-economic models as
relevant to data processing considerations
Extractions and preparation of data from the data
base to facilitate the appropriate transformation
necessary for model construction and also to
minimize the processing of data in-put. The
course draws upon a knowledge of models of
administrative, economic and political systems.
Case studies and experience with data process-
ing for selected models are included.
IFSM 420 Information Processing and Compu-
tational Problems in Operations Analysis.
(3) Prerequisites, MATH 141 or equivalent;
IFSM 402, and a course in statistics, such as
BSAD 430, dealing with multivariate models
Prerequisites may be waived with the consent of
the instructor Implementation of applications
requiring the integration of data processing and
and analytical programming techniques. Such
applications feature the calculation of various
statistical estimates of the parameters in a multi-
variate model within the context of a file main-
tenance problem (e.g., the writing of a matrix
inversion routine for revenue forecasting within
a master updating program or sales forecasting
and /or sales performance evaluation within a
sales transaction-master updating program ) A
universal, problem-oriented language such as
Cobol will be used with strong emphasis on the
use of the mathematical Fortran IV library sub-
routines Class projects include case studies
and solutions of problems using real-world
data.
IFSM 436 Introduction to Systems Analysis.
(3) Prerequisites, IFSM 1 02, BSAD 330, MATH
1 41 , or the equivalent. Prerequisites may be
waived with consent of instructor The use of
the computer in the management and operation
of organizations. The course includes the follow-
ing areas: ( 1 ) the principles of systems analy-
sis, (2) recent applications and innovations of the
systems concept. (3) design and implementa-
tion of computer systems, including such tech-
niques as mathematical programming, simula-
tion, business games and network analysis.
and (4) laboratory use of a digital computer in
the application of these techniques.
IFSM 61 0 Design of Large-Scale Information
Processing Systems. (3) Prerequisites, IFSM
410 and 435 or consent of instructor Charac-
teristics of large-scale information processing
systems. Relationship of model-building and
simulation to information processing system
design. Design elements and phases. Program-
ming techniques for large-scale information
processing systems, including time sharing and
real-time. Special projects include case studies
and the design of a large-scale information proc-
essing system.
IFSM 620 Management of Information Proc-
essing Systems. (3) Prerequisite. IFSM 436 or
consent of instructor. Administrative uses and
limitations of high-speed computers In an infor-
mation processing system. Limitations as re-
lated to system structure and methods used to
originate and process data. Planning and installa-
tion of a total information processing system
including conversion problems. Measures of
information processing effectiveness Docu-
mentation procedures. Data secuhty, legal
considerations and auditing the information
processing system. Personnel requirements for
an on-going system. The broad statement of the
system requirements is taken as given.
IFSM 630 Application of Advanced Develop-
ments in Information Processing Equipment.
(3) Prerequisite, IFSM 610 or consent of in-
structor. A study and an evaluation of the opera-
tional and hardware characteristics of the com-
puter and peripheral equipment available to meet
the specification of the broad classes of in-
formation processing systems, including
coding systems, error-detecting and softw/are
considerations Data communicating devices,
including the functional charactenstics of long-
line, telephone channel, transceiver and commu-
nication satellites, case studies and examples.
Journalism Program
Professor and Dean: Hiebert
Professors: Bryan, Crowell, Martin, Newsom
Associate Professors: Grunig, Sommer
Assistant Professors: Hesse, Hoyt, Lee,
Petrick
The Master of Arts degree in Journalism pro-
vides academic work both for the young person
who wants a professional career in communica-
tion and for the student interested in mass
communication theory and research methodol-
ogy The first type of student usually builds on
a journalism background, adding in-depth work
in a substantive minor field, as preparation for
a career in a specialized area of mass commu-
nication The second type of student usually
builds on a social science base coupled with
the study of journalism or mass communication
while preparing for a career in teaching, schol-
arship, or applied research In mass communi-
cation The Master's degree is a one-year pro-
gram, with the typical student taking 1 2 hours
of graduate work in the fall, 1 2 hours in the
spring, and 6 hours of thesis or thesis-option
seminars in the summer The program is best
suited but not limited to students who have
completed an undergraduate major in journalism,
with a strong minor in the social sciences
106 / Graduate Programs
Applicants seeking admission to the mas-
ters program should hold a bachelor's degree
from a recognized institution of higher learning
Undergraduate study of journalism or profes-
sional experience in journalistic fields are help-
ful but not required Students who have majored
in some other field as undergraduates are re-
quired to make up professional deficiencies by
taking four or five selected courses in loumalism
without graduate credit Completion of the gen-
eral aptitude portion of the Graduate Record
Examination is required, and three letters of
recommendation must be submitted
The College of Journalism offers a number of
assistantships. varying in amounts from S2900
to $3500, usually including exemptions from
tuition and fees Students awarded such assist-
antships usually pursue full-time study while
engaged in teaching or research assistance in
journalism for up to 20 hours per week
The University of Maryland is in an advanta-
geous location for the study of journalism It is
within easy reach of five of the nations topnews-
papers; The Baltimore Sun. Baltimore News-
American. The Washington Post. The Washing-
ton Star-News, and Wall Street Journal. It is also
near the Washington press corps, the large
Washington bureaus of the Associated Press.
United Press International, the New York Times.
and most important American and foreign news-
papers: NBC. CBS. and ABC. and other broad-
casting news bureaus: and news magazines and
major book publishing offices It is at the door-
step of the nation's major newsmakers in the
executive, legislative, and judicial branches of
the Federal Government
Special facilities include photographic, news
editing, and advertising laboratories, as well as
a reading room with daily and weekly news-
papers, magazines, and clipping and bulletin
files
JOUR 400 Law of Mass Communication. (3)
Study the legal rights and constraints of mass
media: libel, privacy, copyright, monopoly, and
contempt, and other aspects of the law applied
to mass communication Previous study of the
law not required Prerequisites, JOUR 200
and 201
JOUR 410 [History of Mass Communication.
(3) Study of the development of newspapers,
magazines, radio, television, and motion pictures
as media of mass communication Analysis of
the influences of the media on the historical
development of America Prerequisites. JOUR
200 and 201.
JOUR 420 Government and Mass Communi-
cation. (3) Study of the relationship between the
news media and government. Analysis of media
coverage of government and politics Study of
governmental and political information and per-
suasion techniques. Prerequisites, JOUR 200
and 201
JOUR 430 Comparative Mass Communication
Systems. (3) Survey of the history and status
of the mass media throughout the world : com-
parative analysis of the role of the press in
different societies Prerequisites. JOUR 200 and
201 or consent of the instructor for non-majors
JOUR 440 Public Opinion and Mass Commu-
nication. (3) Prerequisites; JOUR 200 and
201 Study of publics and their interrelation-
ships in the formation of public opinion: meas-
urement of public opinion and media habits;
role of the mass media in the formation of public
opinion
JOUR 490 Seminar in Journalism. (3) Seminar
for journalism seniors in newsroom problems
and policies, emphasizing ethics and responsi-
bilities; in cooperation with the Baltimore Sun.
Baltimore News-American, and other area news
media Prerequisite, permission of the instruc-
tor
JOUR 497 Professional Seminar. (3) Prerequi-
sites—JOUR 200. JOUR 201 and consent of
instructor Projects and discussions relating
professional work experience to the study of
journalism Limited to students who participated
in an approved summer work expenence after
the junior year.
JOUR 499 Independent Study. (1-3) Individual
projects in journalism. May be repeated to a
maximum of three hours
JOUR 600 Research Methods In Mass
Communication. (3)
JOUR 610 Seminar in Mass Media and Soci-
ety. (3) Analysis and discussion of the interre-
lationships between the mass media and society,
including various social and cultural elements
of modern society: responsibilities of the mass
media and the mass communicator.
JOUR 61 2 Theories of Mass Communication.
(3)
JOUR 620 Seminar in Public Affairs Report-
ing. (3)
JOUR 621 Interpretation of Contemporary
Affairs. (3)
JOUR 630 Seminar In Corporate Communi-
cation. (3)
JOUR 640 Mass Culture and Mass Communi-
cation. (3)
JOUR 700 Seminar in Mass Media Law. (3)
JOUR 71 0 Seminar in Mass Media History.
(3)
JOUR 720 Seminar in Government and Mass
Communication. (3)
JOUR 721 Seminar in Urban Mass Commu-
nication. (3)
JOUR 730 Seminar in Comparative Mass
Communication. (3)
JOUR 731 Cross-Cultural Communication.
(3)
JOUR 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6)
JOUR 800 Seminar in Critical Analysis. (3)
JOUR 810 Special Problems in Communica-
tion. (3)
JOUR 812 Seminar in Communication The-
ories. (3)
Library and Information
Services Program
Acting Dean: Dubester
Professors: Bundy. Heilprin.' Kidd, Liesener.
Olson, Reynolds. Wasserman
Associate Professor: Soergel
Assistant Professors: Bates. Kraft. Lukenbill.
f^acLeod. Mendiville
'loinl appointment with Computer Science
The goal of the program in Library and Informa-
tion Services is to provide professional educa-
tion at the graduate level within the university
setting. It endeavors to establish a position in
the forefront of instructional and theoretical in-
quiry to influence the vanguard of practice in
librananship
Admission as a student to the College is
limited to individuals who hold the bachelor's
degree from recognized colleges, universities
or professional schools in this country or abroad
or to those who can give evidence of success-
ful completion of equivalent courses of study
The individual's undergraduate academic record
IS of primary importance as an indicator of his
competence to pursue graduate study in li-
brananship. but other factors are also taken in
account in reviewing applications The potential
student's performance in the verbal and quan-
titative tests of the Graduate Record Examination
administered by the Educational Testing Ser-
vice of Princeton. New Jersey, and letter of
personal recommendation and information
gained from personal interviews with potential
students are considered Reports relating to the
applicant's intellectual and personal develop-
ment as an undergraduate are sometimes con-
sidered, as are such factors as employment ex-
perience, military service and other related
activities when they appear to be relevant in a
particular case as part of the admissions review
process All these factors are considered sig-
nificant in assessing the applicant's capacity
and motivation for graduate work in the College
and for his later performance as a responsible
member of the library profession The Admis-
sions Committee will consider exceptions to and
waiver of requirements in some cases
Although no specific undergraudate courses
are required for admission to the program, those
who seek admission must have completed a ■
broad arts and sciences program with strength
in the humanities, social sciences, and physical
or biological sciences.
Faculty advisors recommend courses they
think most appropnate for each student The re-
quired pro-seminar and introductory courses in
the organization of knowledge and reference
provide a base from which the student can build
a purposeful program fitted to his personal
needs and aspirations Reflecting the multi-
disciplinary nature of librananship and its con-
tinuing need for reliance upon insights from
supportive intellectual disciplines, students have
a high degree of flexibility in the elective portions
of their work. Their courses are not restricted to
those within the program but can include rele-
vant courses from other parts of the University,
The fvlaster of Library Science degree will
be awarded to the student who successfully
completes a program of 36 hours with an aver-
age of B within three years from his first regis-
tration in the program Under a full-time program
a student normally completes 1 5 semester
hours dunng the fall and spring semesters and 6
hours during the summer terms A number of
qualified part-time students are also admitted to
the program Such students are expected to
pursue a minimum of two courses during each
semester No thesis or comprehensive examina-
tion is required.
A substantial number of fellowships and
assistantships are available for students enrolled
in the College. Loan funds administered by the
University and federally insured loans are also
available. Public libranes in the region as well
as other local organizations offer a few stipends
and scholarships. In addition a student in the
College is eligible to apply for scholarships,
fellowships and grants from national organiza-
tions awarded for graduate study in librarian-
ship. Information on the availability of such
Graduate Programs / 107
awards may be requested from the Director of
Admissions
The Ph.D. program requires the equivalent
of three years of full-time work, normally divided
into approximately two years of formal course-
work (60 semester hours) and one year of re-
search on the dissertation.
LBSC 499 Workshops, Clinics, and Institutes.
(1-9) Workshops, clinics, and institutes de-
veloped around specific topics or problems
primarily for practicing librarians. Repeatable to
a maximum of nine credit hours.
LBSC 600 Proseminar— The Development and
Operation of Libraries and Information Ser-
vices. (3-6) Background and orientation needed
for advanced study in librarianship and informa-
tion science. Covers the major problems in the
development and provision of information ser-
vices; the structure, functions, and economics
of information service organizations; and the
processes by which change is brought about in
the quality of information services.
LBSC 61 0 Introduction to Reference and
Information Services. (3) Information and
reference systems, services, and tools pro-
vided in libraries and information centers. Prob-
lems and concepts of communication, ques-
tion negotiation, bibliographic control, and
search processes are considered. Major types
of information sources and modes of information
delivery are introduced.
LBSC 61 3 Literature and Research in the
Sciences. (3) Bibliographic organization, in-
formation structure and trends in the direction of
research in the principal scientific disciplines.
LBSC 61 5 Literature and Research in the So-
cial Sciences. (3) Bibliographic organization,
information structure and trends in the direction
of research in the principal fields of the social
sciences.
LBSC 617 Literature and Research in the
Humanities. (3) Bibliographic organization,
information structure and trends in the direction
of research in the principal humanistic disci-
plines
LBSC 620 Medical Literature and Librarian-
ship. (3) Introduction to medical literature and
its reference sources, stressing those aspects
of the field of medicine which lead to special
characteristics in the organization and handling
of its literature and innovations in medical li-
brarianship and information services. Various
kinds of health science library and information
centers are discussed and biomedical library
networks are studied. Students will find it neces-
sary to spend considerable time at the national
library of medicine or another medical library.
LBSC 624 Legal Literature. (3) Survey and
evaluation of information sources in law, with
emphasis upon the bibliographic organization of
the field
LBSC 626 Literature of the Fine Arts. (3)
Consideration and evaluation of the resources
of the fine arts, emphasizing bibliography and
services contained in fine arts libraries
LBSC 627 Governmental Information Systems.
(3) Analysis of the organization of the informa-
tion structure and the publication and dissemina-
tion programs of the U.S. Federal, state and mu-
nicipal governments
LBSC 631 Business Information Services.
(3) Survey and analysis of information sources
in business, finance, and economics with em-
phasis upon their use in problem solving.
LBSC 633 Advanced Reference Services.
(3) Theoretical and administrative considera-
tions, analysis of research problems, and di-
rected activity in bibliographic method and
search techniques in large collections.
LBSC 635 Resources of American Libraries.
(3) Considers distribution and extent of library
resources, means of surveying collections,
mechanisms of inter-institutional cooperation
in building collections, and means of develop-
ing research collections in special subject
fields.
LBSC 636 Children's Literature and Materials.
(3) A survey of literature and other media of
communication and the criteria in evaluating
such materials as they relate to the needs,
interests and capability of the child.
LBSC 637 Storytelling Materials and Tech-
niques. (3) Literary sources are studied and
instruction and practice in oral techniques are
offered.
LBSC 641 Selection and Evaluation of Instruc-
tional Media. (3) Development of criteria for
selection and evaluation of instructional mater-
ials for classroom, school and system use;
includes measures of readability, listenabilify,
visual difficulty and interest level.
LBSC 642 Organization of Knowledge in Li-
braries I. (3) Principles of the organization of
library materials for physical and intellectual ac-
cess. Concepts and problems involved in sub-
ject cataloging, classification, and descriptive
cataloging, ty/lajor systems and rules in use in
current practice, particularly those systems pop-
ular in the United States.
LBSC 644 Organization of Knowledge in
Libraries II. (3) Conceptual problems in the or-
ganization of knowledge, specific cataloging and
classification systems, rules of entry, applica-
tion of the systems, choice of system to suit
particular institutional and patron characteristics.
LBSC 647 Special Problems in the Organiza-
tion of Knowledge. (3) Seminar course in which
students may take topics of special interest to
them in the area of organization of knowledge
and explore them in a research project/class
discussion format.
LBSC 650 Fundamentals of Documentation.
(3) The macro-organization of information ser-
vices in the framework of the overall system of
information transfer. The information transfer
process is discussed, as well as the fields of
study concerned with that process. Use and
user studies, models of communication and for-
mal and informal communication channels,
characteristics and behavior of the literative
(bibliometrics), innovations in the communica-
tion system.
LBSC 653 Construction and Maintenance of
Index Languages. (3) Treats the making of
classification schedules, subject heading lists
and thesauri and those considerations relating
to the revision and extension of existing ones.
LBSC 656 Introduction to Information Storage
and Retrieval (ISAR) Systems. (3) Micro-
organization of information services and basic
principles underlying both manual and mechan-
ized ISAR systems, including the conceptual
structure of indexing languages and search
strategies, file organization, typology of classi-
fications, abstracting, and indexing.
LBSC 657 Testing and Evaluation of IR Sys-
tems. (3) A survey of recent developments in
the processing, arrangement, and retrieval of
information, and in the procedures used in their
evaluation.
LBSC 665 Problems of Nonbook Materials.
(3) Examination of nonbook materials such as
audiorecords, motion pictures, maps, video-
records, machine-readable data files, and
realia. Technical services applicable to nonbook
materials.
LBSC 670 Seminar in Technical Services. (3)
Special issues in technical services in large
libraries. Deals with such areas as exquisitions.
cataloging, serial control, cooperative programs,
and managerial controls.
LBSC 674 Introduction to Reprography. (3)
A survey of the processes and technology
through which materials are made available in
furthering library and information services,
ranging from photography to microforms.
LBSC 677 Seminar on Manuscript Collections.
(3) Analysis of the methods and philosophy of
handling special papers and documentary ma-
terial in a research library.
LBSC 700 Introduction to Data Processing
for Libraries. (3) Basic principles of data proc-
essing and the ways in which data processing
systems have been applied to library problems.
Lectures cover the application of punched card
processing to library operations; an introduction
to systems analysis and the methodology for es-
tablishing systems requirements; and the appli-
cation of electronic data processing systems to
library operations. In the laboratory, the funda-
mentals of computer programming are provided
for developing and running computer programs
designed to solve typical library problems.
LBSC 705 Advanced Data Processing in Li-
braries. (3) Analysis of retheval systems and in-
tensive study of machine applications in the ac-
quisition, analysis, coding, retrieval and display
of information.
LBSC 71 1 Programming Systems for Informa-
tion Handling Applications. (3) The elements
of programming system design and operation
are studied with special emphasis on the influ-
ence of information handling and library require-
ments.
LBSC 71 5 Library Systems Analysis. (3) In-
troduction to the total systems approach to
library and information problems, emphasizing
administrative and managerial decision-making.
Will give a scientific management framework,
terms for defining a system, and its problems,
and a set of tools, techniques, and methods
to aid in analyzing and solving these problems.
Topics to be covered include model building,
flowcharting, motion and time study, cost analy-
ses, systems design, management information,
and cost-effectiveness and planning-program-
ming-budget systems.
LBSC 721 Seminar in Information Science.
(3) Introduction to the fundamentals in infor-
mation science. The nature of messages in hu-
man and machine communication are ap-
proached from the viewpoint of the physical,
psychological, and logical transformations which
they undergo in their paths from message
sender to recipient Cybernetic variety, basic
constraints or variety in information systems and
classes in their uses in search and communica-
tions are studied, as well as. models, and opti-
mization and mechanization of access to mess-
ages for communication of data, information,
knowledge.
LBSC 726 Seminar in Information Transfer.
(3) Prerequisite. LBSC 721 . or permission of
1 08 / Graduate Programs
instructor Discussion of significant problems of
information science: topics include fundamental
concepts, ttieory, mettiodology, current re-
search!
LBSC 731 Library Administration. (3) An in-
troduction to administrative ttieory and princi-
ples and ttieir implications and applications to
managerial activity in libraries.
LBSC 736 Advanced Organization and Ad-
ministration of Libraries and Information Ser-
vices. (3) Ttie student's ttieoretical understand-
ing of organization and administration vidll be ad-
vanced by intensive study in ttie various sub-
fields of contemporary library and information
developments.
LBSC 740 Seminar in Library and Informa-
tion Networks. (3) Explores the inter-library
cooperative ptienomenon and analyzes criti-
cal issues in network planning, economics,
organization, tectinology, and services.
LBSC 743 Seminar in the Academic Library.
(3) A seminar on the academic library within
the framework of higher education, treating
problems of programs, collections, support,
planning and physical plant.
LBSC 747 Seminar in the Special Library and
Information Center. (3) A seminar on the de-
velopment, the uses, the objectives, the philos-
ophy and the particular systems employed in
special library service
LBSC 754 Seminar in the School Library. (3)
LBSC 757 Library and Information Service
Facilities-Objectives and Performance. (3)
The aim of this course is to describe the context
of demands and policies within which an IR or
library service facility must operate.
LBSC 804 Communication and Libraries.
(3) Theory and research in the multi-discipline
domain of communication. Inquiry is directed into
such diverse matters as coding theory, linguis-
tic analysis, decision theory, network concepts,
etc. Connections are pointed-out between
communication research and library practice
LBSC 807 Science Information and tfie Organ-
ization of Science. (3)
LBSC 81 5 Library Systems. (3) Evolution and
current patterns of regional library development,
considehng the economic, legal, service and
management problems associated with library
systems as well as the significance of state and
federal programs and national information net-
works.
LBSC 817 Public Library in the Political
Process. (3) Seminar on the principal influences
which affect the patterns of organization, sup-
port and service patterns of public libraries
based upon theoretical and case studies.
LBSC 825 Libraries and Information Services
in the Social Process. (3) The focus is upon
the policy process Key elements in the societal
political environment which influence decision-
making in libraries and information service facil-
ities are identified and interrelated, such as
legislation, citizen participation, organized
groups, mass media, professional associations,
technological changes, financial support. The
significance of such contemporary issues as
censorship, manpower, community control,
and automation are considered in this context.
LBSC 827 History of Libraries and their Mate-
rials. (3) The development of publication forms
and institutions set against the historical frame-
work and the cultural forces within which such
advances were made
LBSC 833 Library Service to the Disadvan-
taged. (3) Approaches, adaptations and po-
tentials of the public library in relation to the
problem of poverty. Includes field experience in
the school's laboratory library
LBSC 837 Seminar in International and Com-
parative Librarianship and Information Sci-
ence. (3) Compares and contrasts bibliographi-
cal systems, institutions, service arrangements,
and professional patterns in developed and de-
veloping cultures. Libranes, information organi-
zations and international information systems are
viewed against the backdrop of national cultures,
and the influence of the social, political and
economic factors upon these forms are con-
sidered.
LBSC 844 Research Methods in Library and
Information Activity. (3) The techniques and
strategies of research and their implications for
the definition, investigation and evaluation of
library problems.
LBSC 852 Seminar in Researcfi Methods and
Data Analysis. (3)
LBSC 855 Seminar in the Analysis of the
Library Service Process. (3) Teams of stu-
dents, librarians, and library school faculty in-
vestigate real problems in libraries on the basis
of quantitative data, using analytical skills pre-
sented in the first five weeks of the semester.
LBSC 858 Special Topics in Library and In-
formation Service. (3) No student may earn
more than 9 hours under LBSC 858, more
than 9 hours under LBSC 859, nor more than a
total of 1 2 hours in both LBSC 858 and LBSC
859
LBSC 859 Independent Study. (1-3) Designed
to permit intensive individual study, reading or
research in an area of specialized interest under
faculty supervision, registration is limited to the
advanced student who has the approval of his
advisors and of the faculty member involved. No
student may earn more than 9 hours under
LBSC 858, more than 9 hours under LBSC 859,
nor more than a total of 1 2 hours in both LBSC
858 and 859.
LBSC 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research.
(1-8)
Linguistics Courses
LING 401 Phonetics and Phonemics. (3)
Training in the identification, description and
symbolization of various sounds found in
language. Study of scientific techniques for
classifying sounds into units which are per-
ceptually relevant for a given language.
LING 402 Morphology and Syntax. (3) A de-
tailed study of language structure No student
may receive credit for both LING 402 and ENGL
434
LING 403 Historical Linguistics. (3)
Prerequisite, LING 401 and 402, or equivalent.
A study of change in the phonological, gram-
matical and semantic structures of natural
languages; language typology; reconstruction
and various allied topics will be treated
LING 609 Seminar in Linguistics. (3) Other
programs also offer courses in linguistics that
may be of interest to the student Some of the
most relevant are: ANTH 1 02, Cf^SC 723,
725, ENGL 484, PHIL 360, PSYC 671 , and
SPHR 604
Mathematics Program
Professor and Chairman: Goldhaber
Professors: Adams, Antman, Auslander, Bene-
detto, Brace, Chu, Correl, Douglis, Ehrlich.
Edmundson,' Goldberg, Goldstein. Good,
Gray, L Greenberg, Gulick, Horvath.
Hummel, Jackson, Kirwan, Kleppner, Kubota.
Lehner, Lipsman, Lopez-Escobar, Maltese,
Mikulski, Ortega,' Peari, Reinhart, Rhein-
boldt,' Schaefer, Stellmacher, Strauss.
Syski, Vesentini, Zaicman, Zedek
Associate Professors: Alexander, Anderson,
Berg, Bernstein, Cook, Cooper, Dancis,
Ellis, Fey.' Green, Helzer, Henkelman,'
Johnson, Lay, Markley, Neri, Osborn, Ow-
ings, Sather, Schafer, Schneider, Warner,
Wolfe, Yang
Assistant Professors: Berstein, Currier, David-
son,' Fay, R Greenberg. Halperin, Harris,
Hill, Kueker, Lee, Liu. Mucci. Nagarsenker,
Niebur, Powell, Razar, Schmidt, Smith,
Sweet, Winkelnkemper
'lOinl appointment with Computer Science
^loint appoint with Secondary Education
The Department of Mathematics offers strong
programs leading to the MA. and Ph D degrees
in the fields of Algebra and Number Theory,
Complex Analysis, Geometry and Topology,
Mathematical Logic, Real and Functional Analy-
sis, Ordinary and Partial Differential Equations
(Applied Mathematics), and Probability and Sta-
tistics Admission is granted to applicants who
evince marked ability and promise in mathe-
matics as demonstrated by performance in
collegiate mathematics. Although the Graduate
Record Examination in Mathematics is not re-
quired for admission, applicants who have taken
this examination are requested to supply their
score in their application for admission.
The MA degree can be earned by either a
thesis or non-thesis option but the great majority
of students are exercising the latter For this
option a student must have 30 credit hours with
grades of B or better in courses carrying grad-
uate credit of which at least 1 8 are at the 600/
700 level. Of these, in turn, 1 2 hours must be
in mathematics. He must have taken two full-
year sequences at the 600 700 level and he
must have passed written examinations in three
mathematical fields
The student may take the Ph.D. examination
and be scored at a lower level or he may take
a special MA. examination; the examination can
be repeated once There is no language require-
ment for the MA. degree About 30-35 MA s
are earned each year in mathematics.
At Maryland the MA. degree is not required
to enter the Ph D program Here again the Ph.D.
aspirant must take a set of three examinations
in three separate fields of mathematics which
can be repeated once If successful, the student
must satisfy the particular requirements of the
field committee in his special area of interest
before he will be permitted to engage in thesis
research Satisfaction of these requirements
plus the tested ability to translate into English
mathematical material in one of French. German,
or Russian are conditions for admission to cand-
idacy for the Ph.D. The dissertation must repre-
sent an original contribution to mathematical
knowledge and will usually be published in a
mathematical journal Before the final oral ex-
amination on the dissertation can be scheduled
the candidate must pass a second language
examination, translating mathematical French.
Graduate Programs / 109
German, or Russian into English so that he will
be proficient in reading technical material in two
foreign languages.
The average Ph.D. student will probably
spend five years of graduate study to obtain his
degree From 1 0 to 1 5 Ph.D.'s are granted each
year in the Department of f^athematics.
The Department is able to offer graduate
assistantships to 40-50 percent of its graduate
students; the number for 1974-75 was about
1 1 0- With very few exceptions these graduate
assistants conduct discussion and quiz sec-
tions associated with a large lecture class taught
by a faculty member; the teaching load is usually
six hours a semester. In addition they are re-
quired to assist at registration time and to proc-
tor the graduate written examinations. Renewals
of assistantships are made by the Graduate
Committee of the Department early in the spring
semester on the basis of well-defined guide
lines.
The number of fellows is small and their
funding, being largely dependent on outside
sources, is uncertain There are, however, a few
dissertation fellowships with a very modest
stipend that are occasionally available for PhD
candidates who are in the late stages of writing
their dissertations.
The facilities for graduate study and research
are excellent The Engineenng and Physical
Sciences library is located on the ground floor
of the Mathematics Building and contains more
than 95.000 volumes in mathematics, physics,
and engineenng; more than 280 journals in pure
and applied mathematics are received. The
Library of Congress with its extensive collection
of books and technical reports is only a half
hour away from the campus.
The Department cooperates closely with the
Institute for Fluid Dynamics and Applied fvlathe-
matics and with the Department of Computer
Science Faculty members of both these centers
offer courses in the Department of fy/lathematics
and the facilities of the computer center are
available to serve the research needs of both
faculty and graduate students
Mathematics
MATH 400 Vectors and Matrices. (3) Pre-
requisite, MATH 141 or 22 1 Algebra of vector
spaces and matrices. Recommended for stu-
dents interested in the applications of mathe-
matics. (Not open to students who have had
MATH 240 or 405)
MATH 401 Applications of Linear Albegra.
(3) Prerequisite, MATH 400, or MATH 240,
or consent of instructor. Various applications of
linear algebra; theory of finite games, linear
programming, matrix methods as applied to
finite Markov chains, random walk, incidence
matrices, graphs and directed graphs, networks,
transportation problems
MATH 402 Algebraic Structures. (3) Pre-
requisite, MATH 240 or equivalent. The course
is designed for students having only limited ex-
perience with rigorous mathematical proofs,
and parallels MATH 403 Students planning
graduate work in mathematics should take
MATH 403 Groups, rings, integral domains and
fields; detailed study of several groups; proper-
ties of integers and polynomials. Emphasis is
on the origin of the mathematical ideas studied
and the logical structure of the subject. (Not
open to mathematics graduate students.)
MATH 403 Introduction to Abstract Algebra.
(3) Prerequisite. MATH 241 or equivalent.
Integers; groups, rings, integral domains, fields.
MATH 404 Field Theory. (3) Prerequisite.
MATH 403, algebraic and transcendental ele-
ments, Galois theory, constructions with straight-
edge and compass, solutions of equations of
low degrees, insolubility of the quintic, Sylow
theorems, fundamental theorem of finite Abelian
groups.
MATH 405 Introduction to Linear Algebra.
(3) Prerequisite, MATH 403 or consent of in-
structor. An abstract treatment of finite dimen-
sional vector spaces. Linear transformations
and their invariants.
MATH 406 Introduction to Number Theory.
(3) Prerequisite, one year of college mathe-
matics. Rational integers, divisibility, prime num-
bers, modules and linear forms, unique tactoh-
zation theorem, Euler's function, Mobius' func-
tion, cyclotomic polynomial, congruences and
quadratic residues, Legendre's and Jacobi's
symbol, reciprocity law of quadratic residues,
introductory explanation of the method of al-
gebraic number theory.
MATH 410 Advanced Calculus. (3) Prerequi-
site, MATH 24 1 . First semester of a year course.
Subjects covered during the year are; se-
quences and series of numbers, continuity and
differentiability of real valued functions of one
variable, the Riemann integral, sequences of
functions, and power series. Functions of sev-
eral variables including partial derivatives, mul-
tiple integrals, line and surface integrals. The im-
plicit function theorem.
MATH 411 Advanced Calculus. (3) Prerequi-
site. MATH 410, and MATH 240 or MATH 400
Continuation of MATH 410
MATH 413 Introduction to Complex Variables.
(3) Prerequisite, MATH 4109 the algebra of
complex numbers, analytic functions, mapping
properties of the elementary functions. Cauchy's
theorem and the Cauchy integral formula Resi-
dues (Credit will be given for only one of the
courses MATH 4 1 3 and 463)
MATH 414 Differential Equations. (3) Pre-
requisite. MATH 240 and MATH 410. or equiv-
alent. Existence and uniqueness theorems for
initial value problems. Linear theory; fundamental
matrix solutions, vanation of constants formula.
Floquet theory for periodic linear systems
Asymptotic orbital and Lyapunov stability with
phase plane diagrams. Boundary value theory
and series solutions are optional topics
MATH 41 5 Introduction to Partial Differential
Equations. (3) Prerequisites, MATH 410
Topics will include one dimensional wave equa-
tion; linear second order equations in two vari-
ables, separations of variables and Fourier ser-
ies; Sturm-Liouville theory, (Credit will be given
for only one course, MATH 41 5 or MATH 462)
MATH 416 Introduction to Real Variables.
(3) Prerequisite, MATH 410. The Lebesgue in-
tegral. Fubini's theorem. The LP spaces. Con-
vergence theorems.
MATH 41 7 Introduction to Fourier Analysis.
(3) Prerequisite, MATH 410 Fourier series
Fourier and LaPlace transforms.
MATH 430 Geometric Transformations. (3)
Prerequisite, MATH 240. Recommended for
students in mathematics education. Important
groups of geometric transformations, including
the isometnes and similarities of the plane.
Geometries related to transformation groups
MATH 431 Foundations of Geometry. (3)
Prerequisite, one year of college mathematics.
Recommended tor students in mathematics
education. The axiomatic foundations of geom-
etry Attention will be given to one or more
axiomatic developments of Euclidean geometry
and to the relation of Euclidean geometry to
other geometric systems
MATH 432 Introduction to Point Set Topology.
(3) Prerequisite, MATH 410 or 450, or equiva-
lent. Connectedness, compactness, transforma-
tions, homomorphisms; application of these
concepts to various spaces, with particular
attention to the Euclidean plane.
MATH 433 Introduction to Algebraic Topol-
ogy. (3) Prerequisite, MATH 403 and 432, or
equivalent. Chains, cycles, homology groups for
surfaces, the fundamental group.
MATH 436 Introduction to Differential
Geometry. (3) Prerequisite, MATH 241 or
equivalent The differential geometry of curves
and surfaces, curvature and torsion, moving
frames, the fundamental differential forms,
intrinsic geometry of a surface.
MATH 444 Elementary Logic and Algorithms.
(3) Prerequisite, MATH 240 or consent of in-
structor. An elementary development of prepo-
sitional logic, predicate logic, set algebra, and
Boolean algebra, with a discussion of Markov
algorithms, turing machines and recursive func-
tions. Topics include post productions, word
problems, and formal languages (also listed
asCMSC450)
MATH 446 Axiomatic Set Theory. (3) Pre-
requisite, MATH 403 or 450 or consent of
instructor. Development of a system of axiomatic
set theory, choice principles, induction princi-
ples, ordinal arithmetic including discussion of
cancellation laws, divisibility, canonical expan-
sions, cardinal arithmetic including connections
with the axiom of choice. Hartog's theorem,
Konig's theorem, properties of regular, singular,
and inaccessible cardinals
MATH 447 Introduction to Mathematical
Logic. (3) Prerequisite. MATH 403 or 41 0 or
450 Formal prepositional logic, completeness,
independence, decidability of the system, formal
quantificational logic, first-order axiomatic fhe-
ones. extended Godel completeness theorem.
Lowenheim-Skolem theorem, model-theoretical
applications
MATH 450 Fundamental Concepts of Mathe-
matics. (3) Prerequisite. MATH 240 or consent
of instructor Sets, relations, mappings. Con-
struction of the real number system starting with
Peano postulates; algebraic structures associ-
ated with the construction; Archimedean order,
sequential completeness ar,d equivalent prop-
erties of ordered fields. Finite and infinite sets,
denumberable and non-denumberable sets.
MATH 460 Computational Methods. (3) Pre-
requisite. MATH 241 andCMSC 1 10. or equiv-
alent Study of the basic computational methods
for interpolation, least squares, approximation,
numencal quadrature, numerical solution of
polynominal and transcendental equations, sys-
tems of linear equations and initial value prob-
lems for ordinary differential equations The em-
phasis is placed on a discussion of the methods
and their computational properties rather than on
their analytic aspects. Intended primarily for
students in the physical and engineering sci-
ences (Credit will be given for only one course.
MATH/CMSC470orMATH/Cr./1SC460.)
(Listed also as CMSC 460)
110/ Graduate Programs
MATH 462 Linear Analysis for Scientists and
Engineers. (3) Prerequisites, MATH 241 and
some knowledge of differential equations Lin-
ear spaces and operators, orthogonality, Sturm-
Liouville problems and Eigenfunction expansions
for ordinary differential equations, introduction
to partial differential equations, boundary and
initial value problems (Credit will be given for
only one course, MATH 462 or MATH 415.)
MATH 463 Complex Variables for Scientists
and Engineers. (3) Prerequisite, MATH 241
or equivalent. The algebra of complex numbers,
analytic functions, mapping properties of the
elementary functions Cauchy integral formula.
Theory of residues and application to evaluation
of integrals. Conformal mapping. (Credit will be
given for only one of the courses. MATH 4 1 3 or
MATH 463.)
MATH 464 Transform Metfiods for Scientists
and Engineers. (3) Prerequisites, MATH 264,
and either MATH 463 or MATH 413. Fourier
sehes. Fouher and LaPlace transforms. Evalu-
ation of the complex inversion integral by the
theory of residues. Applications to ordinary and
partial differential equations of mathematical
physics; solutions using transforms and separa-
tion of vanables. Additional topics such as
Bessel functions and calculus of vahatjons may
be included
MATH 470 Introduction to Numerical Analy-
sis. (3) Prerequisite. MATH 241 , Introduction
to the analysis of numerical methods for solv-
ing linear systems of equations, nonlinear equa-
tions in one variable, interpolation and approxi-
mation problems and the solution of initial value
problems for ordinary differential equations.
Stress is placed on providing the student with a
good understanding of the theoretical founda-
tions of the various methods. Intended primahly
for students in mathematics, applied mathemat-
ics, and computer science. This course should
not be taken by students who have passed
MATH 'CMSC 460 (Listed also as CMSC 470),
MATH 472 Differential Equations and Num-
erical Methods. (3) Prerequisites. CMSC 1 10,
and MATH 410, and MATH 405 or MATH 474.
A general introduction to the theory of ordinary
differential equations emphasizing numerical
methods for constructing approximate solutions.
Topics included are existence and uniqueness
theorems, Runge-Kutta method, systems of
linear differential equations, phase plane meth-
ods, and numerical solution of boundary value
problems.
MATH 474 Applied Linear Algebra. (3) Pre-
requisite. MATH 240 and MATH 241 , or equi-
valent. A treatment of finite dimensional linear
spaces and linear transformations with an em-
phasis on applications and computational as-
pects.
MATH 475 Combinatorics and Grapfi Tfieory.
(3) Prerequisite. MATH 240 or equivalent.
General enumeration methods Difference equa-
tions, generating functions Elements of graph
theory to transport networks, matching theory
and graphical algorithms (Listed also as CMSC
475)
MATH 477 Optimization. (3) Prerequisite.
CMSC 1 1 0 and MATH 409 or MATH 474
Linear Programming including the simplex al-
gohthm and dual linear programs, convex sets
and elements of convex programming, combi-
natorial optimization, integer programming
(Listed also as STAT 477 and CMSC 477 )
MATH 478 Selected Topics for Teacfiers of
Mathematics. (1-3) Prerequisite, one year of
college mathematics or consent of instructor
MATH 481 Introduction to Number Tfieory.
(3) Prerequisite, one year of college mathemat-
ics or consent of instructor Elementary number
theory and the development of the real numbers
for teachers (Not open to students majoring in
mathematics or physical sciences )
MATH 482 Introduction to Algebra. (3) Pre-
requisite, one year of college mathematics or
consent of instructor. Modern ideas in algebra
and the theory of equations for teachers, (Not
open to students majoring in mathematics or
physical sciences)
MATH 483 Introduction to Geometry. (3)
Prerequisite, one year of college mathematics
or consent of instructor. A study of basic ideas
from Euclidean and non-Euclidean geometry
for teachers. (Not open to students majoring in
mathematics or physical sciences)
MATH 484 Introduction to Analysis. (3) Pre-
requisite, one year of college mathematics or
consent of instructor. A study of the limit con-
cept and the calculus for teachers Previous
knowledge of calculus is not required (Not open
to students majoring in mathematics or physical
sciences.)
MATH 488 National Science Foundation Sum-
mer Institute for Teacfiers of Science and
Matliematics— Seminar. (1-3) Lectures and
discussion to deepen the student's appreciation
of mathematics as logical discipline and as a
medium of expression. Special emphasis on
topics relevant to current mathematical curhc-
ulum studies and revisions.
MATH 498 Selected Topics in Matfiematics.
(1-16) Prerequisite, permission of the instruc-
tor. Topics of special interest to advanced un-
dergraduate students will be offered occasion-
ally under the general guidance of the depart-
mental committee on undergraduate studies.
Honors students register for reading courses
under this number
MATH 600 Abstract Algebra I. (3) Prerequi-
site, MATH 405 or equivalent. Groups with
operators, homomorphism and isomorphism
theorems, normal series, sylow theorems, free
groups, Abelian groups, rings, integral domains,
fields, modules. If time permits. HOM (A, B),
tensor products, exterior algebra
MATH 601 Abstract Algebra II. (3) Prerequi-
site, MATH 600 or consent of instructor. Field
theory. Galois theory, Multilinear algebra. Further
topics from: Dedekind domains. Noetherian
domains, rings with minimum condition, homo-
logical algebra
MATH 602 Homological Algebra. (3) Prerequi-
site, MATH 600, Projective and injective mod-
ules, homological dimensions, derived functors,
spectral sequence of a composite functor.
Applications.
MATH 603 Commutative Algebra. (3) Prerequi-
site, MATH 600 Ideal theory of Noetherian
rings, valuations, localizations, complete local
nngs, Dedekind domains.
MATH 604 Ring Tfieory. (3) Prerequisite.
MATH 601 or consent of instructor. Topics
selected from the following: ideal theory, struc-
ture theory of rings with or without minimum con-
dition, division rings, algebras, non-associative
rings,
MATH 605 Group Tfieory. (3) Prerequisite.
MATH 601 orconsentof instructor Topics
selected from the following: finite groups,
Abelian groups, free groups, solvable or Nipotent
groups, groups with operators, groups with local
properties, groups with clan conditions, exten-
sions
MATH 606 Algebraic Geometry I. (3) Prerequi-
site, MATH 600-601 or consent of instructor
Prime and primary ideals in Noethehan rings,
Hilbert Nullstellensatz places and valuations,
prevarieties (in the sense of Serre), dimension,
morphisms. singularities, varieties, schemes,
rationality.
MATH 607 Algebraic Geometry II. (3) Pre-
requisite, MATH 606 Topics in contemporary
algebraic geometry chosen from among: theory
of algebraic curves and surfaces, elliptic curves,
abelian varieties, theory of schemes, theory
of zeta functions, formal cohomology. algebraic
groups, reduction theory.
MATH 608 Selected Topics in Algebra. (3)
Prerequisite, consent of instructor
MATH 620 Algebraic Number Tfieory I. (3)
Prerequisites, MATH 601, or consent of in-
structor. Algebraic numbers and albegraic in-
tegers, algebraic number fields of finite degree,
ideals and units, fundamental theorem of
algebraic number theory, theory of residue
classes. Minkowski's theorem on linear forms,
class numbers, Dirichlet's theorem on units,
relative algebraic number fields, decomposition
group, inertia group and ramification group of
phme ideals with respect to a relatively Galois
extension
MATH 621 Algebraic Number Tfieory II. (3)
Prerequisites, MATH 600, 620 or equivalent.
Valuation of a field, algebraic function fields,
completion of a valuation field, ramification ex-
ponent and residue class degree, ramification
theory, elements, differents, dischminants,
product formula and characterization of fields
by the formula. Gauss sum, class number for-
mula of cyclotomic fields,
MATH 630 Real Analysis I. (3) Prerequisite,
MATH 41 1 or equivalent Elementary set
theory, elementary topological notions
(especially for Euclidean space), Lebesgue
measure and the Lebesgue integral on N, dif-
ferentiation and integration of functions, ab-
solute continuity, methc spaces, completeness
and the Baire category theorem, LP spaces
over N,
MATH 631 Real Analysis II. (3) Prerequisite.
MATH 630 Locally compact Hausdorff spaces.
Stone-Weierstrass theorem, general measure
theory, Radon-Nikodym theorem. Riesz
representation theorem, introduction to Banach
and Hilbert spaces, Hahn-Banach theorem,
closed graph theorem, Alaoglu's theorem.
MATH 632 Functional Analysis I. (3)
Prerequisite. MATH 631. Introduction to linear
functional analysis and operator theory, normed
linear spaces, spectral theory of bounded and
unbounded self-adjoint operators, applications
to differential equations, notions of duality and
convexity, additional topics as time permits,
e.g.. locally convex spaces, distribution theory,
perturbation theory Note: MATH 632 and 633
are independent of one another and can be
taken simultaneously,
MATH 633 Functional Analysis II. (3)
Prerequisite. MATH 631 Introduction to ab-
stract harmonic analysis, theory of Banach
algebras, maximal ideal space. Gelt and
Naimark theorem, locally compact groups.
Fouher analysis on Abelian groups, Peter-Weyl
theorem, group representations, additional
Graduate Programs /111
topics as time permits, eg . function algebras,
C* -algebras, spectral synttiesis, transformation
groups Note: IVIATH 632 and 633 are in-
dependent of one another and can be taken
simultaneously
MATH 634 Linear Spaces I. (3) Prerequisite.
MATH 632 Linear topological spaces, locally
convex spaces, inductive limits, duality theory,
Baire spaces, barreled spaces, uniform boun-
dedness principle, closed graph and open
mapping theorems on Frechet spaces,
distributions,
MATH 635 Linear Spaces M. (3) Prerequisite,
l\^ATH 634. Topological tensor products,
nuclear spaces and mappings, general closed
graph theorems.
MATH 636 Banach Algebras. (3) Prerequisite.
MATH 632 The Gelfand representation: in-
volution algebras, commutative and non-
commutative representation theorems of
Gelfand-Neumark: applications to spectral
theory and abstract harmonic analysis.
MATH 640 Topological Groups I. (3)
Prerequisite. MATH 630 and 631 or 730, or
consent of instructor General nature of
topological groups including homomorphism
theorems. Haar measure, representations of
compact groups and the Peter-Weyl theorem
Pontrjagin duality. Tanaka duality and the
Plancherel theorem.
MATH 641 Topological Groups II. (3)
Prerequisite, MATH 640, or equivalent. The
concept of Lie groups, the structure of com-
pact groups, relations between Lie groups and
Lie algebras, the structure of compact Lie
groups Transformation groups
Math 648 Selected Topics in Analysis. (3)
Prerequisite, consent of instructor
MATH 654 Non-Linear Elasticity. (3)
Prerequisite, MATH 690. Fundamentals of non-
linear elasticity. Finite deformations, rubber
elasticity, small deformations superimposed on
finite deformations
MATH 660 Complex Analysis I. (3)
Prerequisite, MATH 410 or equivalent Linear
transformations, analytic functions, conformal
mappings, Cauchy's theorem and applications,
power series, partial fractions and factorization,
elementary Riemann surfaces, Riemann's map-
ping theorem.
MATH 661 Complex Analysis II. (3)
Prerequisites, MATH 630, 660. Topics in con-
formal mappings, normal families, Picard's
theorem, classes of univalent functions, ex-
tremal properties, variational methods, elliptic
functions, Riemann surfaces
MATH 664 Interpolation and Ap-
proximation—Complex Domain. (3)
Prerequisite, MATH 660 or consent of in-
structor. Possibility of approximation by
polynomials Lemniscates. Interpolation by
polynomials Maximal convergence Uniform
disthbution of points Interpolation and ap-
proximation by rational functions Rational func-
tions with some free poles
MATH 665 Interpolation and Ap-
proximation—Real Functions. (3)
Interpolation of real functions and remainder
theory Uniform and least square ap-
proximations Chebychev oscillation theorems.
Orthogonal polynomials Degree of ap-
proximation Abstract formulation of ap-
proximation theory. Constructive function
theory.
112/ Graduate Programs
MATH 666 Special Functions. (3)
Prerequisite. MATH 660 or consent of in-
structor Gamma function. Riemann zeta-
function, hypergeometric functions, confluent
hypergeometric functions, Bessel functions.
MATH 668 Selected Topics in Complex
Analysis. (3) Prerequisite, consent of in-
structor Material selected to suit interests and
background of the students. Typical courses:
Riemann surfaces, automorphic functions,
several complex variables, symmetnc spaces.
MATH 670 Ordinary Differential Equations I.
(3) Prerequisites. MATH 405 and 410 or the
equivalent Existence and uniqueness, linear
systems usually with Floquet theory for
periodic systems, linearization and stability,
planar systems usually with Poincare-
Bendixson theorem. Extra topics may be
covered.
MATH 671 Ordinary Differential Equations II.
(3) Prerequisites. MATH 630 and 670 or the
equivalent. The content of this course vanes
with the interests of the instructor and the
class. Stability theory, control, time delay
systems, Hamiltonian systems, Bifurcation
theory, and boundary value problems and the
like.
MATH 673 Classical Methods in Partial Dif-
ferential Equations I. (3) Prerequisite, MATH
410 or equivalent. Cauchy problem for the
wave equation and heat equation. Dirichlet and
Neumann problem for LaPlace's equation
Classification of equations, Cauchy-Kowaleski
theorem General second order linear and
nonlinear elliptic and parabolic equations.
MATH 674 Classical Metftods in Partial Dif-
ferential Equations II. (3) Prerequisite. MATH
673. General theory of first order partial dif-
ferential equations, characteristics, complete
integrals. Hamilton-Jacobi theory. Hyperbolic
systems in two independent variables, ex-
istence and uniqueness, shock waves, applica-
tions to compressible flow
MATH 676 Numerical Metfiods in Ordinary
Differential Equations. (3) Prerequisites,
MATH 405 and 414 Discrete vanable
methods for solving initial value and boundary
value problems in ordinary differential
equations Stability theory.
MATH 677 Numerical Methods in Partial Dif-
ferential Equations. (3) Prerequisites, MATH
405 and 673 Approximation methods for
boundary value, initial value, and Eigenvalue
problems in partial differential equations, in-
cluding finite differences and methods in-
volving approximating functions.
MATH 680 Eigenvalue and Boundary Value
Problems I. (3) Prerequisite, MATH 405 and
410 or equivalent. Operational methods applied
to ordinary differential equations. Introduction
to linear spaces, compact operators in Hilbert
space, study of Eigenvalues.
MATH 681 Eigenvalue and Boundary Value
Problems II. (3) Prerequisite, MATH 680
Boundary value problems for linear partial dif-
ferential equations. Method of energy integrals
applied to LaPlace's equation, heat equations
and the wave equations. Study of Eigenvalues
MATH 682 Variational Methods. (3)
Prerequisite, consent of instructor The Euler-
LaGrange equation, minimal principles in
mathematical physics, estimation of capacity,
torsional rigidity and other physical quantities;
symmetrization. isoperimetric inequalities.
estimation of Eigenvalues, the minimax prin-
ciple
MATH 683 Numerical Analysis. (3)
Prerequisite, MATH CMSC 460 or 470, MATH
405, and 410. Perturbation theorems for linear
equations and Eigenvalue problems Stability of
solutions of ordinary differential equations.
Discretization errors for ordinary differential
equations Rounding error for linear equations
Convergence theorems for iterative methods
for linear and nonlinear equations. (Listed also
as CMSC 670)
MATH 684 Algorithmic Numerical Analysis.
(3) Prerequisites. MATH CMSC 460 or 470.
and CMSC 110 Detailed study of problems
arising in the implementation of numencal
algonthms on a computer. Typical problems in-
clude rounding errors, their estimation and con-
trol: numerical stability considerations: stopping
criteria for converging processes: parallel
methods Examples from linear algebra, dif-
ferential equations, minimization (also listed as
CMSC 770)
MATH 690 Introduction to Continuum
Mechanics. (3) Prerequisite, consent of in-
structor. Solid and fluid continua, general
analysis of stress and strain, equilibnum or
elastic bodies, equations of motion for fluid
bodies, stress-strain relations, equations of per-
fect fluids and formulation of viscous flow
problems.
MATH 692 Fluid Dynamics I. (3) Prerequisite,
consent of instructor A mathematical for-
mulation and treatment of problems arising in
the theory of incompressible, compressible and
viscous fluids.
MATH 693 Fluid Dynamics II. (3) Prerequisite,
consent of instructor A continuation of the
topics studied in Fluid Dynamics I
MATH 694 Advanced Linear Numerical
Analysis. (3) Prerequisite, MATH/CMSC 470.
Methods for the solution of linear systems of
equations: in particular, iterative methods and
their convergence theory The numericai
solution of the algebraic Eigenvalue prob'em
(also listed as CMSC 770)
MATH 695 Linear Elasticity. (3) Prerequisite,
MATH 690 Linear elastic behavior of solid con-
tinuous media Topics covered include torsion
and flexure of beams, plane strain and plane
stress, vibration and buckling problems,
vanational principles. Emphasis is placed on
formulation and technique rather than on
specific examples.
MATH 696 Advanced Nonlinear Numerical
Analysis. (3) Prerequisites, MATH/CMSC 670
and MATH 441 Iterative solution of nonlinear
operator equations: in particular, nonlinear
systems of equations. Existence questions.
Minimization methods and applications to ap-
proximation problems (Also listed as CMSC
772).
MATH 697 Advanced Mathematical Program-
ming. (3) Prerequisites. STAT 41 1 and 470 or
consent of instructor Non-linear programming
methods Dynamic programming problems as
they anse in Markov chain optimizations.
Sequential analysis, search models, and in-
ventory theory Recent concepts and methods
in discrete optimization problems
MATH 698 Selected Topics in Applied
Mathematics. (3) Prerequisite, consent of in-
structor
MATH 699 Proseminar in Research. (1)
Prerequisite, one semester of graduate work in
mathematics Devoted to the foundations of
mathematics, including mathematical logic,
axiom systems, and set theory
MATH 700 Advanced Classical Analysis I.
(3) Prerequisite, f^ATH 413, A basic course in
those parts of analysis essential for applied
mathematics Topics covered: asymptotic
analysis and special functions of mathematical
physics
MATH 701 Advanced Classical Analysis II.
(3) Prerequisite, MATH 413 Further study in
analysts essential for applied mathematics.
Topics covered include Fourier senes and in-
tegrals, and integral transforms.
MATH 710 Consistency Proofs in Set
Theory. (3) Prerequisites, MATH 446 and
447 Consistency and independence of such
fundamental principles of set theory as the
lavi^s of choice, of cardinal arithmetic of con-
structability and regularity. Godel's model of
constructible sets, inner models, Cohen's
generic models.
MATH 712 Mathematical Logic I. (3)
Prerequisite, MATH 447. The fundamentals for
the theory of models, completeness and in-
completeness in formal theories, decidable
theories, undecidable theories. Topics include
model-theoretical applications of the com-
pactness theorem for formal languages,
definability theorems, Lowenheim-Skolem
theorems, Godel's incompleteness theorem,
elimination-of-quantifier methods in decidable
theories, the undecidability theorems of Church
and Tarski
MATH 713 Mathematical Logic II. (3)
Prerequisite, MATH 447 Recursion theory and
proof theory. Topics include enumeration and
normal form theorems, the classification of
recursively enumerable sets, degrees of un-
solvability, the arithmetical hierarchy, con-
sistency proofs v^ithin arithmetic, Godel's
theorem on the unprovability of the con-
sistency of certain theories vi/ithin arithmetic, a
consistency proof for Peano arithmetic.
MATH 71 5 Model Theory. (3) Prerequisite,
MATH 712. Topics to be covered include the
compactness theorem and Lowenheim-Skolem
theorems for first-order logic "Omega "-
completeness theorem, ultra products,
saturated and special models, definability
results, categoricity in power, omitting types of
elements, and applications to algebra and
analysis.
MATH 716 Recursive Function Theory. (3)
Prerequisite, MATH 713 Topics to be covered
are formal definitions of computability and
recursive functions, Kleenes' enumeration and
fixed-point theorems, Turing reducibility, the
arithmetical hierarchy Other topics are simple
and hypersimple sets, truth-table reducibility,
creative sets, Myhill's theorem in one-one
reducibility. deficiency sets, Friedberg's
solution of Post's problem, maximal sets,
retraceable sets, major subjects, the analytical
hierarchy, recursive ordinals, hyper arithmetical
sets.
MATH 718 Selected Topics in Mathematical
Logic. (3) Prerequisite, consent of instructor.
MATH 730 Topology I. (3) Prerequisites,
MATH 410,411, 403 or equivalents. Point set
topology: fundamental group and covering
spaces; introductory material on differentiable
manifolds
MATH 731 Topology II. (3) Prerequisite,
MATH 730. Simplicial complexes; differential
forms, homology theory and De Rham theorem;
classification of two manifolds.
MATH 734 Algebraic Topology I. (3)
Prerequisite, I^ATH 731 Singular homology,
uniqueness theorems, tensor products and
homomorphisms, the functions EXT and TOR.
Universal coefficient theorems, Kunneth and
Eilenberg-Zilber theorems, products and
duality.
MATH 735 Algebraic Topology II. (3)
Prerequisite, MATH 734. Higher homotopy
groups, CW complexes, obstruction theory,
Eilenberg-Maclane spaces, the Serre spectral
sequences
MATH 737 Point Set Topology. (3)
Prerequisite, MATH 730 Characterization of
paths, arcs, and the cantor set Polyhedral Jor-
dan curve and Schoenfliess theorems. Retracts
and neighborhood retracts Fixed point
theorems. Dimension theory General position
theorems for mappings of polyhedra and metric
spaces, with applications.
MATH 740 Differential Geometry. (3)
Prerequisite, MATH 746 or consent of in-
structor. Connections, curvature, torsion, sym-
plectic contact, and complex structures.
MATH 742 Differential Topology. (3)
Prerequisite, MATH 746 Characteristic
classes, Cobordism, differential structures on
cells and spheres
MATH 744 Lie Groups I. (3) Prerequisites,
MATH 403, 405, 411 and 432, their
equivalents, or consent of instructor An in-
troduction to the fundamentals of Lie groups,
including some material on groups of matrices
and Lie algebras.
MATH 745 Lie Groups II. (3) Prerequisite,
MATH 744, or consent of instructor A con-
tinuation of Lie groups I in which some of the
following topics will be emphasized: solvable
Lie groups, compact Lie groups, classifications
of semi-simple Lie groups, representation
theory, homogeneous spaces.
MATH 746 Differentiable Manifolds. (3)
Prerequisite, consent of instructor Diffentiable
manifolds, embeddings in Euclidean space,
vector and tensor bundles, vector fields, dif-
fentiable fields, Riemann metrics.
MATH 748 Selected Topics in Geometry and
Topology. (3) Prerequisite, consent of in-
structor.
MATH 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6)
MATH 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research.
(1-8)
Statistics and
Probability
STAT 400 Applied Probability and Statistics
I. (3) Prerequisites, MATH 141 or 221 Ran-
dom variables, standard disthbutions, moments,
law of large numbers and central limit theorem
Sampling methods, estimation of parameters,
testing of hypotheses.
STAT 401 Applied Probability and Statistics
II. (3) Prerequisite, STAT 400 Point
estimation— sufficient, unbiased, and consistent
estimators. Interval estimation. Minimum vari-
ance and maximum likelihood estimators. Testing
of hypotheses. Regression correlation and
analysis of variance. Sampling distributions.
Sequential tests, elements of non-parametric
methods.
STAT 410 Introduction to Probability Theory.
(3) Prerequisite, MATH 241. Probability and its
properties. Random variables and distribution
functions in one and several dimensions.
Moments. Characteristic functions. Limit
theorems
STAT 411 Introduction to Stochastic
Processes. (3) Prerequisite, STAT 250 or 400
or equivalent. Elementary stochastic
processes Renewal process, random walks,
branching process, discrete Markov chains,
first passage times, Markov chains with a con-
tinuous parameter, birth and death processes.
Stationary processes
STAT 420 Introduction to Statistics. (3)
Prerequisite, STAT 410 or equivalent Point
estimation, sufficiency, completeness, Cramer-
Rao inequality, maximum likelihood. Confidence
intervals for parameters of normal distribution.
Hypotheses testing, most powerful tests,
likelihood ratio tests. Chi-square tests, analysis
of variance, regression, correlation. Non-
parametric methods.
STAT 421 Elements of Statistical Inference.
(3) Prerequisite, STAT 420 or equivalent Rank
tests, confidence and tolerance intervals,
Kolmogorov-Smirnov tests. Sequential analysis,
multivariate analysis. Decision theory, Bayesian
and minimax procedures. Sampling theory.
STAT 450 Regression and Variance
Analysis. (3) Prerequisite, STAT 401 or 420.
One, two, three and four layouts in analysis of
variance, fixed effects models, linear
regression in several variables, Gauss-Markov-
theorem. Multiple regression analysis, ex-
perimental designs.
STAT 464 Introduction to Biostatistics. (3)
Prerequisite, one semester of calculus and
junior standing. Probabilistic models. Sampling.
Some applications of probability in genetics.
Experimental designs. Estimation of effects of
treatment. Comparative experiments. Fisher-
Irwin test. Wilcoxin tests for paired com-
parisons.
STAT 477 Optimization. (3) Prerequisite,
CMSC 1 00 and Math 405 or MATH 474. Linear
programming including the simplex algorithm
and dual linear programs, convex sets and
elements of convex programming, com-
binatorial optimization, integer programming
(Listed also as MATH 477 and CMSC 477)
STAT 498 Selected Topics in Statistics. (1-
6) Prerequisite, permission of the instructor.
Topics of special interest to advanced un-
dergraduate students will be offered oc-
casionally under the general guidance of the
MATH /STAT major committee Students
register for reading in statistics under this num-
ber. Repeatable to a maximum of 1 6 credits.
STAT 600 Probability Theory I. (3)
Prerequisite, STAT 410 or MATH 400 with one
semester of probability. Probability space,
classes of events, construction of probability
measures Random variables, convergence
theorems, images of measures Independence.
Expectation and moments, Lebesque in-
tegration, LP spaces, Radon-Nikodym theorem,
singular and absolutely continuous measures.
Conditional expectations, existence of regular
distributions: applications. Probabilities on
product spaces, Fubini theorem, Kolmogorov
extension theorem, Tulcea product theorem.
STAT 601 Probability Theory II. (3)
Prerequisite, STAT 600. Characteristic func-
tions. Bochner's representation theorem.
Graduate Programs / 1 1 3
Helly's theorems and Levy's inversion formula
Applications of Cauctiy's residue ttieorem In-
finitely divisible distributions Kolmogorov's
ttiree-series theorem. Lab of the iterated
logarithm. Arc sine law. Central limit theorems
(Lindegerg-Feller theorem). Weak and strong
laws of large numbers, f^^artingale convergence
theorems (for sequences).
STAT 610 Stochastic Processes I. (3)
Prerequisite. STAT 601, Separability,
measurability, and sample continuity of
stochastic processes Stopping times. Mar-
tingales: fundamental inequalities, convergence
theorems and their applications, optional sam-
pling. Riesz decomposition, sample function
behavior. Processes with independent (or-
thogonal) increments. Brownian motion,
stationary processes, spectral analysis and
Ergodic theory,
STAT 611 Stoctiastic Processes II. (3)
Prerequisite. STAT 601. Definition and
classification of l\/larkov processes. Properties
of transition probabilities, forward and back-
ward equations (boundary conditions), ab-
sorption probabilities, strong Markov-property,
standard processes Markovian semi-groups,
extended infinitesimal operator Sample func-
tion behavior Connections between semigroup
approach and sample function approach. Dif-
fusion theory. ITO equation, potential theory.
Fine topology.
STAT 650 Applied Stochastic Processes. (3)
Prerequisite. STAT 410 or MATH 410 with one
semester of probability. Basic concepts of
stochastic processes. Renewal processes and
random walks, fluctuation theory. Stationary
processes, spectral analysis. Markov chains
and processes (discrete and continuous
parameters). Birth and death processes. Dif-
fusion processes Applications from theories of
queueing. storage, inventory, epidemics, noise,
prediction and others.
STAT 698 Selected Topics in Probability. (3)
Prerequisite, consent of instructor.
STAT 700 Mathematical Statistics I. (3)
Prerequisite. STAT 410 or equivalent. Sampling
distributions including noncentral Chi-square. T.
F Exponential families, completeness. Suf-
ficiency, factorization, likelihood ratio. Decision
theory. Bayesian methods, minimax principle.
Point estimation, Lehmann-Scheffe and
Cramer-Rao theorems. Set estimation,
STAT 701 Mathematical Statistics II. (3)
Prerequisite. STAT 700 or equivalent Testing
hypotheses-parametric methods Neyman-
Pearson lemma. Uniformly most powerful tests
Unbiased tests Locally optimal tests, Non-
paramethc methods. Wilcoxon. Fisher- Yates,
median tests Linear models, analysis of vari-
ance, regression and correlation Sequential
analysis,
STAT 710 Advanced Statistics I. (3)
Prerequisite. STAT 421. Concurrent
registration with STAT 600 recommended.
Statistical decision theory. Neyman-Pearson
lemma and its extensions Uniformly most
powerful test. Monotone likelihood ratio. Ex-
ponential families of distnbutions. concepts of
similarity, and tests with Neyman structure Un-
biased tests and applications to normal
families
STAT 711 Advanced Statistics II. (3)
Prerequisite. STAT 710 Invanance. almost in-
variance, and applications to Rank tests. In-
variant set estimation. Linear models with ap-
plications to analysis of vanance and
regression. Elements of asymptotic theory.
Minimax principle and Hunt-Stem theorem.
STAT 720 Nonparametric Statistics. (3)
Prerequisite. STAT 421 or equivalent. Order
statistics. Nonparametric point and set
estimation. Tolerance regions. Invanance prin-
ciple and its applications. Large sample proper-
ties and optimality criteha. Rank statistics, their
distnbutions and moments. U statistics.
STAT 750 Multivariate Analysis. (3)
Prerequisite. STAT 420 and MATH 400. or
STAT 700 Multivanate normal. Wishart's and
Hotelling's distributions. Tests of hypotheses,
estimation. Generalized distance, discriminant
analysis. Regression and correlation.
Multivariate analysis of variance; distribution of
test criteria.
STAT 760 Sampling Theory. (3) Prerequisite.
STAT 420 or STAT 700. Simple random sam-
pling. Sampling for proportions. Estimation of
sample size. Sampling with varying probabilities
of sampling Sampling: stratified, systematic,
cluster, double, sequential, incomplete.
STAT 798 Selected Topics in Statistics. (3)
Prerequisite, consent of instructor.
STAT 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6)
STAT 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research.
(1-8)
Measurement and
Statistics Program
Professor and Chairman: Giblette
Professors: Dayton. Stunkard
Associate Professors: Johnson, Schafer.
Sedlacek
Assistant Professors: MacReady. Rogers
In the Department of Measurement and
Statistics, programs are available at both the
masters and doctoral levels for persons
desiring a major in research design,
measurement and statistics in education. In ad-
dition, a doctoral minor is offered for students
majoring in other areas. Each of these
programs is designed to integrate the three
areas of research design, measurement and
statistics
The doctoral major program is primarily in-
tended to produce individuals qualified to teach
courses at the college level in educational
research, measurement and statistics; conduct
research studies in the field of education; ad-
vise in the conduct of research studies; and
serve as measurement specialists in school
systems, industry and government. The
master's level program is designed to produce
qualified individuals to serve as junior
statisticians in various fields and to provide
qualified test administration, scoring, and in-
terpretation services (both the thesis and non-
thesis option are offered). Courses within the
program are selected from offerings of the
College of Education and other departments of
the University. A program for an individual
student is planned to take into account his own
background and future aims About half the
work within the major is elected to meet the
needs and special interests of the individual
student
Persons planning a college teaching career
will have opportunity to engage in supervised
activities appropriate for future faculty mem-
bers whose specialization will be in these
areas Research experience utilizing modern
electronic data processing equipment will be
obtained.
EDMS 410 Principles of Testing and
Evaluation. (3) Basic principles including the
steps in the specification of instructional ob-
jectives and subsequent development of
teacher-made tests; problems in the use and
interpretation of achievement and aptitude
tests; introduction to the development and use
of non-testing evaluation procedures; basic
considerations in the assignment of marks and
grades; introduction to computer technology is
applied to measurement.
EDMS 446 Quantitative Research Methods I.
(3) An introduction to research design prin-
ciples and the scientific method as applied to
behavioral phenomena. Instrumentation
procedures including the planning and con-
struction of simple data collection instruments
and their analysis, and assessment of the
reliability and validity of such instruments.
Statistical procedures appropriate to the
analysis of data from simple research designs.
Laboratory experiences in instrumentation and
research design are emphasized.
EDMS 451 Introduction to Educational
Statistics. (3) Designed as a first course in
statistics for students in education. Emphasis is
upon educational applications of descriptive
statistics, including measures of central ten-
dency, variability and association. Also included
are inferential statistics through one-way
anova.
EDMS 465 Algorithmic Methods in
Educational Research. (3) Introduction to the
use of the computer as a tool in educational
research Instruction in a basic scientific com-
puter source language as practical expehence
in program writing for solving statistical and
educational research problems.
EDMS 489 Field Experiences in
Measurement and Statistics. (1-3)
Prerequisites, at least six credits in education
courses at the University of Maryland, plus
such other prerequisites as may be set by the
major area in which the experience is to be
taken Planned field experience for education
majors Repeatable for credit to a maximum of
six credits.
EDMS 498 Special Problems in Measurement
and Statistics. (1-3) Prerequisite, consent of
instructor. Available only to education majors
who have formal plans for individual study of
approved problems Repeatable for credit to a
maximum of six credits.
EDMS 622 Theory and Practice of Stan-
dardized Testing. (3) Prerequisite. EDMS
4 1 0. 446 or 45 1 . Study of groups tests
typically employed in school testing programs;
discussion of evidence relating to the
measurement of abilities; practice in stan-
dardized group test administrations.
EDMS 626 Measurement Techniques for
Research. (3) Theory, development and ap-
plications of various measurement instruments
and procedures used in educational research.
Questionnaires, interviews, rating scales, at-
titude scales, observational procedures,
ecological approaches. Q-sort. semantic-
differential, sociometry and other approaches.
Prerequisite. EDMS 451 or 646.
EDMS 646 Quantitative Research Methods II.
(3) Prerequisite. EDMS 446 Special problems
114 / Graduate Programs
arising in the implementation of educational
researcti designs. Instrumentation to measure
attitudes and collection of questionnaire data.
Additional statistical procedures appropnate to
the analysis of education research designs.
Laboratory experiences in instrumentation and
research design are emphasized.
EDMS 651 Intermediate Statistics in
Education. (3) Distributional theory; chi-square
analysis of contingency tables; analysis of
variance; introduction to multiple correlation
and regression.
EDMS 653 Correlation and Regression
Analysis. (3) Prerequisite, EDI^/IS 651.
Systematic development of simple regression,
multiple regression, and non-linear regression
as applied to educational research problems.
Emphasis is on underlying theory of
procedures and on analytical approaches
which are amenable to computerization.
EDMS 723 Measurement Theory I. (3)
Prerequisite, EDMS 410, 451, or 646.
Classical measurement theory dealing w/ith the
nature of measurement, principles of
procedures concerning the accuracy of
measurement and prediction, reliability, and
validity theory.
EDMS 724 Measurement Theory II. (3)
Theoretical formulations of reliability, validity
and scaling as related to problems in
measurement theory and prediction.
Prerequisites, EDtvIS 651, 723
EDMS 726 Practicum in Individual Testing I.
(3) Prerequisite, EDIvlS 622. The administration
and interpretation of the Stanford-Binet and
Wechsler scale of intelligence.
EDMS 727 Practicum in Individual Testing II.
(3) Prerequisite EDf^S 622 or consent of the
instructor Provides practicum experience in
the administration of and the interpretation of
the results of individual psychological tests.
Designed to familiarize the student with alter-
nate instruments to the Stanford-Binet and
Wechsler scales of intelligence as well as to
introduce the measurement of special abilities
through the use of appropriate instruments.
EDMS 738 Seminar in Special Problems in
Measurement. (1-3) Prerequisite, consent of
the instructor. An opportunity for students with
special interests to focus in depth on con-
temporary topics in measurement. Topics to be
announced, but will typically be related to ap-
plied and theoretical measurement.
EDMS 769 Special Topics in Applied
Statistics in Education. (1-4) Prerequisite,
EDt^S 771 or equivalent, and consent of in-
structor. Designed primarily for students
majoring or minoring in measurement and
statistics in education. Topics to be an-
nounced, but will typically relate to the areas of
advanced multivariate analysis and advanced
design of experiments.
EDMS 771 Design of Experiments. (3)
Prerequisite, EDtvIS 651 or equivalent.
Primarily for the education student desihng
more advanced work in statistical methodology.
Survey of major types of statistical design in
educational research; application of multivariate
statistical techniques to educational problems.
EDMS 779 Seminar in Applied Statistics. (1-
3) Enrollment restricted to doctoral students
with a major or minor in measurement and
statistics. Seminar topics will be chosen in
terms of individual student interest.
EDMS 780 Research Methods and Materials.
(3) Research lyiethodology for case studies.
surveys, and experiments; measurements and
statistical techniques. Primarily for advanced
students and doctoral candidates.
EDMS 798 Special Problems in Education.
(1-6) lylaster's AGS, or doctoral candidates
who desire to pursue special research
problems under the direction of their advisors
may register for credit under this number.
EDMS 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6)
Registration required to the extent of 6 hours
tor master's thesis.
EDMS 879 Doctoral Seminar. (1-3)
Prerequisite, passing the preliminary
examinations for a doctor's degree in
education, or recommendation of a doctoral ad-
visor. Analysis of doctoral projects and thesis,
and of other on-going research projects. A
doctoral candidate may participate in the
seminar during as many university sessions as
he desires, but may earn no more than three
semester hours of credit accumulated one
hour at a time in the seminar. An Ed.D. can-
didate may earn in total no more than nine
semester hours, and a Ph.D. candidate, nor
more than eighteen semester hours. In the
seminar and in EDIVlS 899.
EDMS 889 Internship in Measurement and
Statistics. (3-16) Internships in the major area
of study are available to selected students who
have teaching expehence. The following
groups of students are eligible: (A) any student
who has been advanced to candidacy for the
doctor's degree; and (B) any student who
receives special approval by the education
faculty for an internship, provided that prior to
taking an internship, such student shall have
completed at least 60 semester hours of
graduate work, including at least six semester
hours in education at the University of
lyiaryland. Each intern is assigned to work on a
full-time basis for at least a semester with an
appropriate staff member in a cooperating
school, school system, or educational in-
stitution or agency. The internship must be
taken in a school situation different from the
one where the student is regularly employed.
The intern's sponsor maintains a close working
relationship with the intern and the other per-
sons involved. Note; The total number of
credits which a student may earn in EDMS
489, 888, and 889 is limited to a maximum of
twenty (20) semester hours.
EDMS 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research.
(1-8) Registration required to the extent of 6-9
hours for an Ed.D. project and 1 2-1 8 hours tor
a Ph.D. dissertation.
Mechanical
Engineering Program
Professor and Chairman: Dally
Professors: Allen, Anand, Armstrong,
Asimow, Berger, Cunniff, Fourney,
Hsu, Irwin, Jackson, Marcinkowski,
Sayre, Shreeve, Talaat, Yang
Associate Professors: Buckley, Hayleck,
Marks, Morse, Sallet, Walston
Assistant Professors: Andry, Holloway,
Hurdis, Kirk, Kobayashi, Owens,
Sargent, Tsui
Lesturers: Dawson, Seigel
The Mechanical Engineering Department offers
programs which lead to the degrees of Master
of Science and Doctor of Philosophy.
Programs are offered in three different areas of
specialization including; 1) Energy, 2) Industrial
and Systems Engineering, and 3) Mechanics.
Each graduate student should select one of
the areas of specialization at his first
registration so that a suitable program leading
to a degree can be planned.
1 ) Energy. This area of specialization treats
the transformation, transportation and utilization
of all types of energy. The area encompasses
four main topics which include solar energy,
energy conversion heat and mass transfer and
thermodynamics. Solar energy studies deal
with the engineering applications of solar ther-
mal energy to heating, cooling, and the
generation of electhcity and with photovoltaic,
biological and wind-power systems. Included in
energy conversion coverage are ther-
moelectric, thermoionic, photovoltaic, fuel cells
and magnetohydrodynamics. In studies of heat
and mass transfer, procedures for developing
both analytical, empirical and experimental
solutions to heat transfer problems of con-
duction, convection and radiation; of pure
mass transfer and of combined heat and mass
transfer are developed. The coverage in ther-
modynamics includes macroscopic and
microscopic considerations of processes,
statistical methods and irreversible processes.
2) Industrial and Systems Engineering. This
area of specialization combines fields of scien-
ce and technology for the purposes of
analysis, synthesis, design and management of
complex systems. In addition to traditional ap-
plications to communication, transportation and
aerospace systems and production processes,
this area of specialization finds increased ap-
plication in economics, biomedical engineering
and urban problems. The graduate program is
organized to include a variety of courses in
control systems, operations research, design,
and industhal engineering. Research programs
often stress specific as well as interdisciplinary
areas of investigation. Experimental research
facilities are available for studies of polymer
processes, control systems and tribology.
3) Mechanics. This area of specialization
provides an opportunity for preparation in ad-
vanced analytical and experimental methods in
both solid and fluid mechanics. In this area, the
emphasis is usually placed on the development
of methods and procedures with the ap-
plication following the understanding of the
fundamental principles. Areas of study include
expehmental mechanics, noise and vibration
control, acoustics, numerical modeling, linear
and non-linear mechanics, fracture mechanics,
boundary layers and jets, two phase flow, vor-
tex dynamics, free surface phenomena,
oceanography and shock waves. Laboratory
facilities are available for research in stress
analysis, fracture, acoustics, photoelasticity,
gas dynamics, hydromechanics, vortex motions
and low speed flow phenomena.
Although there are minor variations in the
general requirements for programs in the dif-
ferent technical areas, the requirements listed
below can be used as a guide for initial plan-
ning.
The degree requirements for the Master of
Science program include 30 semester hours
distributed as follows: 12-15 semester hours
of courses within the area of interest; 3-6
semester hours of mathematics (normally
selected from among MATH 463, 464, 415,
460, STAT 400, 401, ENME 700 or 701, ac-
cording to needs and previous preparation); 6-
Graduate Programs / 1 1 5 '
9 semester hours in another area of interest of
the Mechanical Engineering Department or
from courses outside the department: and 6
semester hours of thesis or six additional
course hours in the area of interest plus a paper
on a topic selected in consultation with the
student's committee.
A Ph.D. program normally consists of at
least 1 2 semester hours of dissertation re-
search plus a suggested minimum of 48 semes-
ter hours of course work (24 semester hours
beyond the M.S.). usually 24 semester hours
as a major within one of the areas of interest in
the Mechanical Engineering Department.
Groups require 9-18 hours of prescribed fun-
damental courses plus 6-15 hours of advanced
or specialized courses selected in consultation
with an advisory committee. A total of 24
semester hours is allowed for a minor. This
minor requirement is generally split between
mathematics and one other area of
specialization Groups require 6-12 semester
hours in mathematics (or statistics) The
remaining semester hours would be devoted to
a coherent group of courses from within or
outside of the Mechanical Engineering Depart-
ment selected by the student in consultation
with his advisory committee.
Each candidate for the doctoral degree
must submit a dissertation on a topic selected
from the student's major subject. Each can-
didate must satisfactorily complete an oral and
written examination. The oral examination nor-
mally consists of a "defense of thesis" and
may include discussions of pertinent course
material.
ENME 400 Machine Design. (3) Two lectures
and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite,
ENME 300, 360. Working stresses, stress
concentration, stress analysis and repeated
loadings. Design of machine elements.
Kinematics of mechanisms.
ENME 401 Mechanical Engineering Analysis
and Design. (4) Two lectures and two
laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite,
senior standing in mechanical engineering or
consent of instructor. Engineering design prac-
tice as illustrated by discussions of selected
case studies. Design projects involving the ap-
plication of technology to the solution of in-
dustrial and community problems. Legal and
ethical responsibility of the designer.
ENME 402 Selected topics in Engineering
Design. (3) Three lecture periods per week
Prerequisite, senior standing in mechanical
engineering or consent of instructor. Creativity
and innovation in design. Generalized per-
formance analysis, reliability and optimization
as applied to the design of components and
engineering systems. Use of computers in
design. Design of multivariable systems.
ENME 403 Automatic Controls. (3) Three lec-
tures per week Prerequisites, ENEE 300,
senior standing. Hydraulic, electrical,
mechanical and pneumatic automatic control
systems. Open and closed loops Steady state
and transient operation, stability criteria, linear
and non-linear systems LaPlace transforms.
ENME 410 Operations Research I. (3) Three
lectures a week. Prerequisite, senior standing
in mechanical engineering. Applications of
linear programming, queuing model, model,
theory of games and competitive models to
engineering problems.
ENME 411 Introduction to Industrial
Engineering. (3) Three lectures per week.
Prerequisites, ENME 300 and ECON 205 or
consent of instructor This course is con-
cerned with the design, improvement and in-
stallation of integrated systems of men,
materials and equipment. Areas covered in-
clude industrial activities, plant layout and
design, value analysis, engineering economics,
quality, and production control, methods
engineering, industrial relations, etc.
ENME 414 Solar Energy Applications in
Buildings. (3) Crosslisted as ARCH 414 and
ENME 414. Prerequisites, ARCH 311, or
ENME 32 1 (or equivalent), or consent of in-
structor. Lecture, three hours per week.
Methods of utilizing solar energy to provide
heating, cooling, hot water, and electricity for
buildings; survey of related techniques for
reducing energy consumption in buildings. Flat-
plate and focusing solar collectors, heating and
cooling systems, water heaters, energy
storage, solar cells, solar-thermal power
systems. Quantitative evaluation of system ef-
ficiencies; economics of solar energy
utilization; structural and esthetic integration of
solar collectors and system components into
building designs.
ENME 420 Energy Conversion. (3) Three lec-
tures a week. Prerequisite, ENME 320.
Required of seniors in electrical engineering.
Chemical, heat, mechanical, nuclear and elec-
trical energy conversion processes, cycles and
systems. Direct conversion processes of fuel
cells. Thermionics and magnetohydromechanics.
ENME 421 Energy Conversion I. (3) Three
lectures a week. Prerequisites, ENME 321,
ENME 342. Application of the principles of
thermodynamics, fluid mechanics and heat
transfer to chemical, thermal, mechanical,
nuclear and electrical energy conversion
processes, cycles and systems. Reciprocating,
turbine and rocket power plants using all types
of heat and reaction sources Environmental ef-
fects of energy conversion processes.
ENME 422 Energy Conversion 11. (3) Three
lectures a week. Prerequisite, ENME 421 . Ad-
vanced topics in energy conversion. Direct
conversion processes of fuel cells, solar cells,
thermionics, thermoelectrics and
magnetohydrodynamics.
ENME 423 Environmental Engineering. (3)
Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, ENME
321, 360, senior standing in mechanical
engineering. Heating and cooling load com-
putations. Thermodynamics of refrigeration
systems. Low temperature refrigeration.
Problems involving extremes of temperature,
pressure, acceleration and radiation,
ENME 424 Thermodynamics II. (3) Three lec-
tures a week Prerequisites, ENME 321, senior
standing. Applications to special systems,
change of phase, low temperature. Statistical
concepts, equilibrium, heterogenous systems
ENME 442 Fluid Mechanics II. (3) Three lec-
tures a week. Prerequisite, ENME 342, senior
standing. Hydrodynamics with engineering ap-
plications. Stream function and velocity poten-
tial, conformal transformations, pressure
distributions, circulation, numerical methods
and analogies.
ENME 450 Mechanical Engineering Analysis
for the Oceanic Environment. (3)
Prerequisite, junior standing Study of the
characteristics of the marine environment
which affect the design, operation and main-
tenance of mechanical equipment, effects of
waves, currents, pressure, temperature.
corrosion, and fouling. Study of design
parameters for existing and proposed
mechanical systems used in marine con-
struction, on shipboard, in search and salvage
operations.
ENME 451 Mechanical Engineering Systems
for Underwater Operations. (3) Prerequisite,
ENME 450 or consent of instructor. Study of
propulsion, control and environmental systems
for submerged vehicles. Design of mechanical
systems in support of diving and saturated
living operations.
ENME 452 Physical and Dynamical
Oceanography. (3) Prerequisites, consent of
the instructor. Historical review of
oceanography physical, chemical, stratification
and circulation properties of the ocean;
dynamics of frictionless, frictional, wind driven
and thermohaline circulations; air-sea in-
teractions.
ENME 453 Ocean Waves, Tides and Tur-
bulences. (3) Prerequisite, METO 420 or con-
sent of instructor. Introduction to the theory of
oceanic wave motions, tides, wind waves,
swells, storm surges, seiches, tsunamies, in-
ternal waves, turbulence, stirring, mixing and
diffusion
ENME 460 Elasticity and Plasticity I. (3)
Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, ENME
400. Analysis of plates and shells, thick walled
cylinders, columns, torsion of non-circular sec-
tions, and rotating disks.
ENME 461 Dynamics II. (3) Three lectures a
week. Prerequisites, ENME 360. Differential
equations, senior standing in mechanical
engineehng. Linear and non-linear plane and
three-dimensional motion, moving axes,
LaGranges equation, Hamilton's principle, non-
linear vibration, gyroscope, celestial
mechanics.
ENME 462 Introduction to Engineering
Acoustics. (3) Three lectures per week
Prerequisite, ENME 380 or equivalent. Study
of the physical behavior of sound waves. In-
troduction to terminology and instrumentation
used in acoustics. Chteria for noise and
vibration control. Some fundamentals un-
derlying noise control and applications to ven-
tilation systems, machine and shop quieting, of-
fice buildings, jet noise, transportation systems
and underwater sound,
ENME 463 Mechanical Engineering Analysis.
(3) Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, ENME
380, or MATH 246. Mathematical modeling of
physical situations. Solution of problems ex-
pressed by partial differential equations. Ap-
plication of Fourier series and intergrals,
LaPlace transformation, Bessel functions,
LeGendre polynominals and complex variables
to the solution of engineering problems in
mechanical vibrations, heat transfer, fluid
mechanics and automatic control theory.
ENME 465 Introductory Fracture Mechanics.
(3) Three lectures per week. Prerequisite,
senior standing in engineering. An examination
of the concepts of fracture in members with
pre-existing flaws. Emphasis is primarily on the
mechanics aspects with the development of
the Griffith theory and the introduction of the
stress intensity factor, K, associated with dif-
ferent types of cracks. Fracture phenomena
are introduced together with critical values of
the fracture toughness of materials Testing
procedures for characterizing materials
together with applications of fracture
mechanics to design are treated.
116 / Graduate Programs
ENME 480 Engineering Experimentation. (3)
One lecture and two laboratory periods a
week. Prerequisite, senior standing in
mechanical engineering. Theory of ex-
perimentation. Applications of the principles of
measurement and instrumentation systems to
laboratory experimentation. Experiments in fluid
mechanics, solid mechanics and energy con-
version. Selected experiments or assigned
projects to emphasize planned procedure,
analysis and communication of results,
analogous systems and leadership.
ENME 481 Engineering Experimentation. (3)
One lecture and two laboratory periods a
week. Prerequisite, senior standing in
mechanical engineenng. Theory of ex-
perimentation. Applications of the principles of
measurement and instrumentation systems to
laboratory experimentation Experiments in fluid
mechanics, solid mechanics and energy con-
version Selected experiments or assigned
projects to emphasize planned procedure,
analysis and communication of results,
analogous systems and leadership.
ENME 488 Special Problems. (3) Three lec-
tures a week. Prerequisite, senior standing in
mechanical engineering. Advanced problems in
mechanical engineering with special emphasis
on mathematical and experimental methods.
ENME 489 Special Topics in Mechanical
Engineering. (3) Prerequisite, permission of
instructor May be taken for repeated credit up
to a total of 6 credits, with the permission of
the student's advisor. Selected topics of
current importance in mechanical engineering
ENME 600 Advanced Mechanical
Engineering Design. (3) Three lectures per
week Synthesis of stress analysis and proper-
ties and characteristics of materials as related
to design. Areas covered: combined stress
designs, optimizations, composite structures.
stress concentrations, design under various
environmental conditions, metal working, limit
analysis, etc Review of design literature,
design project.
ENME 601 Advanced Mechanical
Engineering Design. (3) Prerequisites. ENME
600. Three lectures per week. Synthesis of
stress analysis and properties and charac-
teristics of materials as related to design.
Areas covered: combined stress designs, op-
timizations, composite structures, stress con-
centrations, design under various en-
vironmental conditions, metal working, limit
analysis, etc. Review of desrgn literature,
design project.
ENME 601 Advanced Mechanical
Engineering Design. (3) Prerequisites. ENME
600. Three lectures per week. Synthesis of
stress analysis and properties and charac-
teristics of materials as related to design
Areas covered: combined stress designs, op-
timizations, composite structures, stress con-
centrations, design under various en-
vironmental conditions, metal working, limit
analysis, etc. Review of design literature,
design project.
ENME 602 Control Systems Analysis and
Synthesis. (3) Two lectures per week.
Prerequisites, undergraduate automatic control
theory background. Linear control systems
analysis and synthesis using time frequency
domain techniques: flow graphs, error coef-
ficients, sensitivity, stability, compensation to
meet specifk:atlQns. introduction to sampled
"data systeoB.
ENME 603 Non-Linear and Adaptive Control
Systems. (3) Two lectures per week
Prerequisite. ENEE 602. ENME 660 or
equivalent Approximate analysis of non-linear
systems using series, perturbation, and
linerization techniques: introduction to state
space formulation of differential equations:
systems with stochastic inputs: stability, in-
troduction to optimum switched systems: adap-
tive control systems
ENME 620 Advanced Thermodynamics. (3)
First and second semesters Three lectures a
week. Prerequisites. ENME 421. Advanced
problems in thermodynamics on compression
of gases and liquids, combustion and
equilibrium, humidification and refrigeration and
availability Statistical thermodynamics, partition
functions, irreversible processes. Transport
phenomena.
ENME 621 Advanced Thermodynamics. (3)
First and second semesters. Three lectures a
week. Prerequisites. ENME 620. Advanced
problems in thermodynamics on compression
of gases and liquids, combustion and
equilibrium, humidification and refrigeration and
availability. Statistical thermodynamics, partition
functions, irreversible processes. Transport
phenomena
ENME 622 Energy Conversion— Solid State.
(3) First and second semesters Three lectures
per week. Prerequisite. ENME 421 Com-
bustion, thermo-electnc, thermionic fuel cells,
reactors, magnetohydrodynamics, kinetics of
reactors, fission and fusion.
ENME 623 Energy Conversion— Solid State.
(3) First and second semesters Three lectures
per week. Prerequisite, ENME 421. Com-
bustion, thermo-electric, thermionic fuel cells,
reactors, magnetohydrodynamics, kinetics of
reactors, fission and fusion.
ENME 624 Energy Conversions— Plasma
State. (3) First and second semesters Three
lectures per week. Prerequisite, ENME 421.
Design parameters in chemical, nuclear and
direct conversion systems for the production
of power, weight, efficiency and radiation.
ENME 625 Energy Conversions— Plasma
State. (3) First and second semesters. Three
lectures per week. Prerequisite. ENME 421
Design parameters in chemical, nuclear and
direct conversion systems for the production
of power, weight, efficiency and radiation.
ENME 626 Advanced Heat Transfer. (3) First
and second semesters. Three lectures per
week. Prerequisites, ENME 321, 342, 343.
Advanced problems covering effects of
radiation, conduction, convection, evaporation
and condensation. Study of research literature
on heat transfer.
ENME 627 Advanced Heat Transfer. (3) First
and second semesters. Three lectures per
week. Prerequisites, ENME 321, 342, 343.
Advanced problems covering effects of
radiation, conduction, convection, evaporation
and condensation. Study of research literature
on heat transfer.
ENME 640 Advanced Fluid Mechanics. (3)
First and second semesters. Three lectures
per week Prerequisites, ENME 380 or MATH
246 and ENME 340. Potential flow theory.
Three dimensional flow examples, application
of complex variables to two-dimensional flow
problems, Blasius theorem, circulation and
Joukowski hypottiesis. engineering applications
to cavitation and calcutetion of pressure
distnbution, viscous flow and botindary layer
ENME 641 Advanced Fluid Mechanics. (3)
First and second semesters Three lectures
per week. Prerequisites, ENME 640 Potential
flow theory, three dimensional flow examples,
application of complex vanables to two-
dimensional flow problems, Blasius theorem,
circulation and Joukowski hypothesis,
engineering applications to cavitation and
calculation of pressure distribution, viscous
flow and boundary layer.
ENME 642 Compressible Flow. (3) First and
second semesters. Three lectures per week.
Prerequisite, ENME 341 and MATH 246, or
ENME 380. One dimensional subsonic and
supersonic flow, similarity rules, normal and
oblique shock waves.
ENME 643 Compressible Flow. (3) First and
second semesters. Three lectures per week
Prerequisite, ENME 642. One dimensional sub-
sonic and supersonic flow, similarity rules, nor-
mal and oblique shock waves
ENME 644 Viscous Flow. (3) First and second
semesters. Prerequisites, ENME 640, 641.
Three lectures per week. Derivation of Navier
Stokes equations, some exact solutions Bound-
ary layer equations. Laminar flow-similar
solutions, compressibility transformations,
analytic approximations, numerical methods,
stability and transition to turbulent flow. Tur-
bulent flow-isotropic turbulence, boundary layer
flows, free mixing flows. This course is
equivalent to ENAE 675, 676
ENME 645 Viscous Flow. (3) First and second
semesters Prerequisite, ENME 644 Three lec-
tures per week. Derivation of Navier Stokes
equations, some exact solutions. Boundary
layer equations. Laminar flow-similar solutions,
compressibility transformations, analytic ap-
proximations, numerical methods. Stability and
transition to turbulent flow. Turbulent flow-
isotropic turbulence, boundary layer flows, free
mixing flows This course is equivalent to
ENAE 675, 676.
ENME 646 Special Topics In Unsteady
Hydrodynamics. (3) First and second
semesters Three lectures per week.
Prerequisites, ENME 640, 641. Treatment in
depth of several topics in unsteady
hydrodynamics such as sloshing in liquid tanks,
seismic effects in liquids in large containers
and reservoirs, and stationary surface wave
phenomena during natural and
forced oscillation. Examination of the effects of
non-linearities in surface boundary conditions,
low gravity and rotation on fluid behavior. Em-
phasis on the use of theoretical fundamentals
and techniques including numerical methods to
solve practical problems. The use of high
speed computers will be featured in numerical
solutions wherever practicable.
ENME 650 Design of Turbomachinery. (3)
First and second semesters Three lectures
per week. Prerequisite, ENME 422. Charac-
tenstics and design of turbines, pumps, com-
pressors and torque converters: cavitation,
stall, and surge.
ENME 660 Intermediate Dynamics. (3) First
semester Three lectures per week Fun-
damentals of Newtonian dynamics which in-
cludes kinematics of a particle, dynamics of a
particle and a system of particles, Hamilton's
principle, LaGrange's equations, basic con-
cepts and kinematics of rigid body motion,
dynamics of planar rigid body motion Ap-
plications Id mechanical engineering problems
Graduate Programs / 11 7
ENME 661 Advanced Dynamics. (3) Second
semester. Three lectures per week
Prerequisite, ENME 660. Dynamics of three-
dimensional rigid body motion. Application of
Euler's angles to rigid body motion. Hamilton's
equation. Dynamics of gyroscopic instruments.
Vibration theory of linear lumped mass
systems. Satellite orbits and space vehicle
motion. A review of current problems under in-
vestigation by research workers.
ENME 662 Linear Vibrations. (3) First
semester. Three lectures a week, Fouher and
statistical analysis, transient, steady-state, and
random behavior of linear lumped mass
systems. Normal mode theory; shock spectrum
concepts; mechanical impedance and mobility
methods. Vibrations of continuous media in-
cluding rods, beams, and membranes.
ENME 663 Nonlinear Vibrations. (3) Second
semester. Three lectures per week.
Prerequisite, ENME 641. Geometrical and
numerical analysis of non-linear systems.
Stability, limit cycles. Theory of bifurcations
Perturbation method. Periodic solutions.
Oscillations in systems with several degrees of
freedom. Asyptotic methods. Non-linear
resonance Relaxation oscillations. Self-excited
vibrations.
ENME 666 Stress Waves in Continuous
Media. (3) First and second semesters. Three
lectures per week. Methods of characteristics
applied to transient phenomena in solids and
fluids. Elastic and plastic waves under impact
Shock formation and strain rate effects.
ENME 667 Stress Waves in Continuous
Media. (3) First and second semesters. Three
lectures per week Methods of characteristics
applied to transient phenomena in solids and
fluids Elastic and plastic waves under impact
Shock formation and strain rate effects.
ENME 670 Continuum Mechanics. (3) First
semester. Three lectures a week. The algebra
and calculus of tensors in Riemannian space
are developed with special emphasis on those
aspects which are most relevant to mechanics
The geometry of curves and survaces in E-3 is
examined. The concepts are applied to the
derivation of the field equations for the non-
linear theory of continuous media and to
various problems arising in classical dynamics.
ENME 671 Linear Theory of Elasticity. (3)
Second semester. Three lectures per week.
The basic equations of the linear theory are
developed as a special case of the non-linear
theory. The first and second boundary value
problems are discussed together with the
problem of uniqueness Solutions are con-
structed to problems of technical interest
through semi-inverse, transform and potential
methods. Included are the study of plane
problems, torsion, dynamic response of
spherical shells and tubes, microstructure and
anisotropic materials.
ENME 672 Plasticity. (3) First and second
semesters Three lectures per week. Yield
criterion and associated flow rules as related to
the behavior of materials in the elastic-inelastic
region for both peifectly plastic and strain hard-
enable materials. Plastic behavior of members
in the following areas including, instability, bend-
ing, torsion, cylinders, spheres, curved mem-
bers, limit analysis, analysis and metal working
theory and applications.
ENME 673 Plasticity. (3) First and second
semesters Three lectures per week.
Prerequisite, ENME 672. Yield criterion and
associated flow rules as related to the behavior
of materials in the elastic-inelastic region for
both perfectly plastic and strain hardenable
matehals. Plastic behavior of members in the
following areas including, instability, bending,
torsion, cylinders, spheres, curved members,
limit analysis, analysis and metal working
theory and applications.
ENME 674 Non-Linear Elasticity. (3) First
semester. Three lectures per week.
Prerequisite, ENME 670. Treats those
materials for which the stress at time T de-
pends only on the local configuration at time T
The constitutive equations are developed for
elastic and hyperelastic materials through the
application of the various invariance
requirements. Exact solutions for special non-
linear problems are developed. Plane problems,
infinitesimal strain super-imposed on a given
finite strain, wave propagation and stability
problems are considered.
ENME 675 Viscoelasticity. (3) Second
semester. Three lectures per week.
Prerequisite, ENME 670. Treats the behavior
of solid matehals which possess fluid charac-
teristics. Included within this group are Green-
Revlin and hygrostehc materials. The study of
objective tensor rates and other invahance
requirements leads to the formulation of con-
situtive equation for variance visco-elasfic
materials. Steady shear flows, helical flow,
visco-elastic torsion and problems arising from
the linear visco-elastic theory are considered.
ENME 676 Linear and Nonlinear Elastic
Shells. (3) First and second semesters Three
lectures per week. Prerequisite, knowledge of
the equations of elasticity. Fundamental results
from the theory of surfaces. Theohes of shells
composed of linear and non-linear elastic
materials. Discussion of both infinitesimal and
finite deformation states. Strain displacement
relationships developed to include higher order
terms. Derivation of equilibrium equations and
thier use in static and dynamic stability studies.
Constitutive equations for the linear theory.
Solutions to special shell problems.
ENME 678 Fracture Mechanics. (3) An ad-
vanced treatment of fracture mechanics
covehng in detail the analysis concepts for
determining the stress intensity factors for
various types of cracks. Advanced ex-
pehmental methods for evaluation of materials
or structures for fracture toughness. Analysis
of moving cracks and the statistical analysis of
fracture strength. Finally, illustrative fracture
control plans are treated to show the
engineering applications of fracture mechanics,
ENME 700 Advanced Mechanical
Engineering Analysis I. (3) An advanced,
unified approach to the solution of mechanical
engineering problems, emphasis is on the for-
mulation and solution of equilbrium, Eignvalue
and propagation problems. Review and ex-
tension of undergraduate material in applied
mathematics with emphasis on problems in
heat transfer, vibrations, fluid flow and stress
analysis which may be formulated and solved
by classical procedures.
ENME 701 Advanced Mechanical
Engineering Analysis II. (3) Formulation and
solution of mechanical engineering problems.
Analysis of oscillatory and non-oscillatory
systems utilizing discrete parameter techniques
including matrix methods, finite element
methods, finite differences and numerical in-
tegration Study of non-linear vibration and con-
trol systems with emphasis on perturbation
theory and stability analysis Engineering ap-
plications of statistical analysis.
ENME 760 Advanced Structural Dynamics I.
(3) Advanced topics in structural dynamics
analysis: dynamic properties of materials, im-
pact and contact phenomena, wave
propagation, modern numerical methods for
complex structural systems, analysis for wind
and blast loads, penetration loads, and earth
quake, non-linear systems, random vibrations
and structural failure from random loads.
Prerequisites, ENME 602, 603 or equivalent.
ENME 761 Advanced Structural Dynamics II.
(3) Advanced topics in structural dynamics
analysis; dynamic properties of materials, im-
pact and contact phenomena, wave
propagation, modern numerical methods for
complex structural systems, analysis for wind
and blast loads, penetration loads, and earth-
quake, non-linear systems, random vibrations
and structural failure from random loads.
Prerequisites, ENME 602, 603 or equivalent
ENME 788 Seminar. (1-16) First or second
semester. Credit in accordance with work
outlined by mechanical engineering staff.
Prerequisite, graduate standing in mechanical
engineehng.
ENME 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6)
ENME 808 Advanced Topics in Mechanical
Engineering. (2-3)
ENME 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research.
(1-8)
Meteorology
Program
Professor and Director: Lanosberg
Research Professor: Faller
Associate Professors: Israel', Rodenhuis,
Thompson, Vernekar
Assistaril Professor: Ellingson
Visiting Professor: Fritz
Assistant Visiting Professor: Overcamp
'loint appointment with Civil Engineering
The Graduate Program in Meteorology offers a
course of study leading to the degrees of
Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy,
and is open to students holding the bachelor's
degree in chemistry, mathematics, physics,
astronomy, engineering, or other programs with
suitable emphasis in the sciences. Previous
education in meteorology or related sciences
will be favorably considered in a student's ap-
plication for admission to the program.
However, such education or experience is not
a prerequisite.
The Graduate Program in Meteorology is in
the Division of Mathematical and Physical
Sciences and Engineering at the University
and maintains its traditional research and
teaching associations with the Division's In-
stitute for Fluid Dynamics and Applied
Mathematics. In addition to the Meteorology
faculty, its members include about 35 regular
faculty and a number of part-time and visiting
scholars, involved in a number of related fields
such as atmospheric optics, atmospheric and
space physics, atomic and molecular collisions,
geophysics, oceanography, fluid dynamics,
plasma physics, kinetic theory and statistical
mechanics, control theory, differential
118 / Graduate Programs
equations, mathematical models of phiysical,
medical and social problems, numerical
analysis, ttieoretical biology, and history of
science
The laboratories are well equipped and in-
clude elaborate apparatus for fluid dynamical
experimentation in rotating systems, a tank for
studying the interaction of water waves and
wind, continuous weather facsimile data, a
complete solar radiation station, an Automatic
Picture Transmission satellite receiving station,
several micro-meteorological field stations, a
mobile micrometeorological survey vehicle, in-
strumentation for research in air quality control,
and a laboratory for analysis of air pollution
samples
Aside from general library facilities on the
campus, there is, within the meteorology office
grouping, a specialized library with several
hundred text and reference books in meteorolo-
gy and allied sciences, many specialized series
of research reports and many current journals in
meteorology and related fields. Access to the
vast holdings of the Atmospheric Sciences
Library of NOAA at Silver Spring, Maryland,
within about 20 minutes of the campus has
been arranged.
The program also maintains a
meteorological data bank consisting of the data
for four outlying weather stations on the
university's farms, northern hemisphere data
tabulations on microfilm, and historical weather
information which includes, among other
things, daily weather maps extending back to
1 899 and a complete set of climatological data
for the United States extending back to 1917.
A complete collection of past weather records
for the state on punched cards and a magnetic
tape are also maintained.
Graduate Assistanfships are available to
qualified graduate students. Research Assistants
carry on research in the general areas of
synoptic and dynamic meteorology, satellite
meteorology, micrometeorology and air
pollution, theoretical or experimental fluid
dynamics, atmospheric radiation, and general
circulation. Stipends are dependent on the
student's background and experience and are
maintained at a competitive level.
To qualify for the M.S. degree, a minimum of
24 semester credits, distributed over major
and minor subject areas is required. The can-
didate is also required to register for six
semester credits of research leading to a
thesis demonstrating his ability to produce a
coherent account of research in which he has
participated. A final oral examination over this
research is administered prior to an award of
the degree. Full time students with an ap-
propriate background in meteorology can com-
plete the MS program in one calendar year.
To qualify for the Ph.D. degree, the can-
didate must select a major and one or two
closely related minor subject areas. Each
student is expected to develop a major course
work program with his advisor which will
provide adequate preparation for the com-
prehensive exams, which test the student's
mastery of essential subject matter, and
adequate background for a successful re-
search program leading to a Ph.D dissertation
Minor course work programs are individually
tailored to the needs and interests of the
student and consist of at least 24 semester
credits of course work beyond the bachelor's
degree. Dunng his Ph.D program, a candidate
must demonstrate a reading competence in
French, German, Russian, Spanish or
Japanese. Ability to do independent research
must be shown by a written dissertation on
some topic connected with meteorology A
final examination consisting of an oral presen-
tation and defense of the work is conducted
prior to an award at the Ph.D degree
METO 410 Descriptive and Synoptic
Meteorology. (3) Prerequisites, MATH 241,
PHYS 284 or equivalent A survey of at-
mospheric phenomena, goals of research and
techniques of study. This course would in-
troduce the new student to the broad range of
theoretical and applied studies in meteorology
in order to acquaint him with the interaction of
the physical and dynamical processes and the
various scales of atmosphenc phenomena.
Some work in synoptic analysis and an in-
troduction to methods of forecasting would be
included.
METO 411 Descriptive and Synoptic
Meteorology. (3) Prerequisite, METO 410. A
survey of atmospheric phenomena, goals of
research and techniques of study. This course
would introduce the new student to the broad
range of theoretical and applied studies in
meteorology in order to acquaint him with the
interaction of the physical and dynamical
processes and the various scales of at-
mospheric phenomena. Some work in synoptic
analysis and an introduction to methods of
forecasting would be included.
METO 412 Pt)yslcs and Thermodynamics of
the Atmosphere. (3) Prerequisites, MATH
241, PHYS 284 or equivalent. Optical
phenomena, the radiation balance, introduction
to cloud physics, atmospheric electrical
phenomena, basic thermodynamic processes
and their application to the atmosphere
METO 413 Atmospheric Processes on
Molecular and Atomic Scale. (3) Prerequisite,
senior or graduate standing in the physical or
engineering sciences, at least one year of
college physics, a familiarity with differential
and integral calculus. An introduction to at-
mospheric processes with an emphasis on
atomic and molecular effects. Theories of the
gas phase interactions of neutral atoms and
molecules and charged particles applied to
meteorological and atmospheric topics.
METO 420 Physical and Dynamical
Oceanography. (3) Prerequisite, METO 410
or a basic course in fluid dynamics such as
ENME 340. Historical review of oceanography;
physical, chemical, stratification and circulation
properties of the ocean: dynamics of fric-
tionless, frictional, wind driven and themohaline
circulation; air-sea interactions
METO 422 Oceanic Waves, Tides and Tur-
bulence. (3) Prerequisite, METO 420 In-
troduction to the theory of oceanic wave
motions; tides, wind waves, swells, storm
surges, seiches, isunamis, internal waves, tur-
bulence, stirring, mixing and diffusion;
probability, statistics and time series.
METO 434 Air Pollution. (3) Prerequisite,
senior standing in science or engineering or
consent of the instructor. Three lectures per
week. Classification of atmospheric pollutants
and their effects on visibility, inanimate and
animate receptors. Evaluation of source
emissions and principles of air pollution con-
trol; meteorological factors governing the
distribution and removal of air pollutants; air
quality measurements and air pollution control
legislation.
METO 441 Weather Map Discussion and
Practice Forecasting I. (1) Prerequisite,
METO 301 or equivalent. Corequisite, METO
410 Discussion of current weather situation
on the basis of information received by fac-
simile from National Meteorological Center.
Use of computer-produced prognostic in-
formation, critique of previous forecast, and
briefing on expected weather conditions by ex-
perienced forecasters Preparation of practice
forecasts, using all available information.
Readings in synoptic meteorology.
METO 442 Weather Map Discussion and
Practice Forecasting. (1) Prerequisite, METO
441. A continuation of METO 441.
METO 610 Dynamic Meteorology I. (3)
Prerequisite, MATH 41 1, METO 41 1 or
equivalent. The equations of fluid motion; cir-
culation and vorticity theorems; geostrophic,
cyclostrophic and inertial motions; the thermal
wind equations; boundary layer flow; potential
vorticity and the Rossby wave speed equation/
perturbation theory and an introduction to at-
mospheric turbulence; the momentum and
energy balance of the general circulation.
METO 611 Dynamic Meteorology II. (3)
Prerequisite, METO 610 or equivalent
Barotropic and baroclinic instability; theories of
the general circulation of the atmosphere;
wave motions induced by topography and ther-
mal asymmetries; mountain waves, thermal
convection and other selected topics.
METO 612 Atmospheric Turbulence and Dif-
fusion. (3) Prerequisites, METO 610 or
equivalent. Statistical description of turbulence;
the profiles of temperature and wind near the
ground; the vertical transport of momentum,
heat and water vapor; spectra and scales of at-
mospheric turbulence; recent theories of tur-
bulent shear flow and convection.
METO 614 Numerical Weather Prediction.
(3) Prerequisites, METO 61 1 or equivalent.
Numerical techniques for the solution or partial
differential equations; application to the
equations of atmospheric motion; Eulerian,
LaGrangian and apectral methods; numerical
models of the general circulation; current ap-
plications to research and forecasting.
METO 616 Planetary Fluid Dynamics. (3)
Prerequisites, METO 412, 610 or equivalent.
The structure of the atmospheres of the earth
and other planets; analytical, numerical and ex-
perimental models of the circulations of
planetary atmospheres and oceans; tidal
motions.
METO 630 Statistical Methods in
Meteorology. (3) Prerequisite, METO 41 1,
STAT 400 or equivalent. Distribution of scalars
and vectors; sampling methods; regression
and correlation methods; tests of significance;
time series analysis; statistical forecasting
methods.
METO 634 Air Sampling and Analysis. (3)
Prerequisite, METO 434 or consent of in-
structor. Two lectures and one laboratory per
week. The theory and techniques utilized in the
determination of gaseous and particulate at-
mospheric pollutants. Reduction and represen-
tation of data and consideration in sampling
site selection.
METO 640 Micro-Meteorology. (3)
Prerequisites, METO 410, 41 1 or equivalent. A
study of energy balances at the earth-
atmosphere interface; statistical and spectral
analysis of turbulence; turbulent transfer of
Graduate Programs / 1 1 9
energy and momentum; air motions in relation
to terrain and landscape; ttie time and spatial
variations of mechanical and ttiermodynamical
quantities in the micro-layer of the atmosphere.
METO 641 Meteorology of Air Pollution. (3)
Prerequisites, METO 410, 41 1 or equivalent.
Review of basic macro- and micro-
meteorological considerations; the nature and
behavior of atmospheric aerosols; the descrip-
tion and measurement of the distribution,
dispersion, and other properties of air pollution;
study of the meso-meteorology of cities and
the climatological influences of air pollution.
METO 646 Atmospheric Optics. (3)
Prerequisites, METO 412, 413, MATH 246 or
equivalent. Quantitative assessment of radiative
energy transfers in the atmosphere; absorption
and scattering by atoms, molecules and par-
ticulates; emission by excited species. Spec-
troscopic analysis methods; laser assay of at-
mosphere for natural species and pollutants.
METO 658 Special Topics in Meteorology.
(1-3) Prerequisite, consent of instructor.
Various special topics in meteorology are given
intensive study. The topic of concentration
varies, from, semester to semester and de-
pends on student and faculty interests Often,
specialists from other institutions are invited to
the campus on a visiting lectureship basis to
conduct the course.
METO 659 Special Topics in Meteorology.
(1-3) Prerequisite, consent of instructor
Various special topics in meteorology are given
intensive study The topic of concentration
varies, from semester to semester and de-
pends on student and faculty interests Often,
specialists from other institutions are invited to
the campus on a visiting lectureship basis to
conduct the course.
METO 698 Seminar in Meteorology. (1)
Prerequisite, consent of instructor. This
seminar vi^ill cover selected topics of current
meteorological interest. Presentations will be
by staff members, advanced graduate students
and invited guest speakers
METO 699 Seminar in Meteorology. (1)
Prerequisite, consent of instructor. This
seminar will cover selected topics of current
meteorological interest. Presentations will be
by staff members, advanced graduate students
and invited guest speakers.
METO 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6)
METO 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research.
(1-8)
Microbiology
Program
Professor and Chairman: Young
Professors: Colwell, Doetsch, Goldsby',
Hetrick, Laffer, Pelczar
Associate Professors: Cook, MacQuillan,
Roberson
Assistant Professors: Vaituzis. Voll,
Weiner
Lecturers: Janicki, Stadtman
'loint appointment witti Chemistry
The graduate studies program of the Depart-
ment of Microbiology offers to the prospective
student opportunities to extend his knowledge
concerning microorganisms. Satisfactory per-
formance in coursework is a necessary, but
not sufficient, requisite for the Master of
Science or Doctor of Philosophy degrees The
department expects the student to acquire the
ability to demonstrate originality in his research
and to understand and communicate the
significance of his endeavors both orally and in
writing.
Areas of specialization in the Department of
Microbiology include the disciplines of applied,
pathogenic, marine microbiology and
systemafics, bacterial cytology, physiology,
metabolism, virology, immunology, and the
genetics of microorganisms
A student accepted for the M.S. program
must have acquired, from an accredited
college or university, a thorough foundation in
the fundamental biological and physical sci-
ences preliminary to pursuing graduate work in
microbiology In certain cases an applicant who
has deficiencies may be admitted on a
provisional basis. The minimum entrance
requirements tor graduate study in the Depart-
ment of Microbiology are; Biology, 16 credits;
Mathematics, 6 credits; Physics, 6 credits;
Inorganic Chemistry, 8 credits and Organic
Chemistry, 6 credits.
Requirements for the M.S. degree include a
minimum of 24 semester hours, exclusive of
research credits with a minimum grade of B in
approved courses.
The M.S. candidate must also pass a final
oral examination given by a committee of his
major and minor professors. A written thesis is
required of all degree recipients, and all can-
didates for graduate degrees are required to
serve one semester as laboratory teaching
assistants.
Candidates for the Ph.D. degree, in addition
to the above-listed requirements, must suc-
cessfully complete a written preliminary
examination and an oral defense of their
dissertation.
Research facilities of the Department of
Microbiology include electron, phase, darkfield,
interference, and ultraviolet microscopes;
animal quarters, cell culture laboratories,
photographic darkrooms, spectrophotometers,
ultracentrifuges, gas chromatographic ap-
paratus, and radioisotope counting equipment,
as well as standard laboratory supplies and ap-
paratus.
MICB 400 Systematic Microbiology. (2) Two
lecture periods a week. Prerequisite, 8 credits
in microbiology or consent of instructor.
History and philosophy of classification. Alpha,
numehcal and molecular genetic taxonomy.
Methods used in microbial identification and
classification.
MICB 410 History of Microbiology. (1) One
lecture period a week. Prerequisite, a major or
minor in microbiology or consent of instructor.
History and integration of the fundamental
discoveries of the science. The modern aspec-
ts of cytology, taxonomy, fermentation, and im-
munity in relation to early theories.
MICB 420 Epidemiology and Public Health.
(2) Two lecture periods a week Prerequisite,
MICB 200. History, characteristic features, and
epidemiology of the important responsibilities;
vital statistics.
MICB 430 Marine Microbiology. (2) Two lec-
tures per week Morphology, biochemistry and
ecology of mahne microorganisms including
fungi, yeasts, bacteria and viruses. Properties
of marine bacteria, such as luminescence,
metal ion requirements for growth, production
of ectocrine compounds, and sampling and
culturing marine microorganisms, are covered.
MICB 431 Marine Microbiology Laboratory.
(2) Two two-hour labs per week. Morphology,
biochemistry and ecology of marine
microorganisms. Properties of marine bacteria;
luminescence, metal ion requirements, en-
docrine compound production, sampling and
culturing, culturing trips on the Chesapeake
Bay and the deep sea research cruise.
MICB 440 Pathogenic Microbiology. (4) Two
lectures and two two-hour laboratory pehods a
week. Prerequisite, MICB 200. The role of bac-
teria and fungi in the diseases of man with em-
phasis upon the differentiation and culture of
microorganisms, types of disease, modes of
disease transmission, prophylactic, therapeutic,
and epidemiological aspects.
MICB 450 Immunology. (4) Two lectures and
two two-hour laboratory periods a week.
Prerequisite, MICB 440. Principles of immunity;
hypersensitiveness. Fundamental techniques of
immunology.
MICB 460 General Virology. (4) Two lectures
and two two-hour laboratory periods a week.
Prerequisite, MICB 440 or equivalent Basic
concepts regarding the nature of viruses and
their properties, together with techniques for
their characterization and identification.
MICB 470 Microbial Physiology. (4) Two lee
tures and two two-hour laboratory periods a
week. Prerequisites, 8 credits in microbiology
and CHEM 461. 462, or equivalent. Aspects of
the grovrth. death, and energy transactions of
microorganisms are considered, as well as the
affects of the physical and chemical en-
vironment on them.
MICB 490 Microbial Fermentations. (2)
Second semester. Two lecture penods a week.
Prerequisite, MICB 470 Principles and prac-
tice in industrial fermentation processes, and
the study of fermentative metabolism in
microorganisms.
MICB 491 Microbial Fermentations
Laboratory. (2) Second semester Two two-
hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite,
MICB 490, or concurrent registration in MICB
490, and consent of instructor. Methods for
the conduct, control and analysis of fer-
mentation processes.
MICB 674 Bacterial Metabolism. (2) Second
semester Two lecture pehods a week
Prerequisite, 30 credits in microbiology and
allied fields, including CHEM 461 and 462.
Bacterial nutrition, enzyme formation, metabolic
pathways and the dissimilation of carbon and
nitrogen substrates.
MICB 688 Special Topics. (1-4) First
semester. Prerequisite, twenty credits in
microbiology. Presentation and discussion of
fundamental problems and special subjects in
the field of microbiology.
MICB 689 Special Topics. (1-4) Second
semester. Prerequisites, twenty credits in
microbiology Presentation and discussion of
fundamental problems and special subjects in
the field of microbiology.
MICB 704 Medical Mycology. (4) Two lec-
tures and two two-hour laboratory periods a
week. Prerequisites, MICB 440 and 8 ad-
ditional hours in microbiology or advance
courses in allied biological fields MICB 450 is
1 20 / Graduate Programs
strongly recommended. Primarily a study of
fungi associated witfi human and animal
diseases, with practice in the methods of
isolation and identification.
MICB 714 Cytology of Bacteria. (2) A
colloquium for graduate students in biological
sciences covehng structure-function relation-
ships in bacteria. Formal presentations are
required. Prior or concurrent enrollment in
ANSCeiOand orZOOL612 is recommended
MICB 750 Advanced Immunology. (2) Second
semester. Two lectures a week. Antigens, an-
tibodies, and their interactions. Research fun-
damentals in immunology and im-
munochemistry
MICB 751 Immunology Laboratory. (2) Second
semester Two three-hour laboratory sessions a
week Prerequisite, consent of the instructor
Techniques in experimental immunology and im-
munochemistry
MICB 760 Virology and Tissue Culture. (2)
Second semester Two lecture periods a week
Prerequisite, IVIICB 440 or equivalent. Physical,
chemical and biological properties of viruses;
viral replication; major virus groups.
MICB 761 Virology and Tissue Culture
Laboratory. (2) Second semester Two three-
hour laboratory pehods a week. Prerequisite,
IvIICB 440 or equivalent. Registration only
upon consent of instructor. Laboratory
methods in virology with emphasis on cell
culture techniques.
MICB 774 Advanced Bacterial Metabolism.
(1) Second semester One lecture penod a
week. Prerequisite, consent of instructor A
discussion of recent advances in the field of
bactehal metabolism with emphasis on
metabolic pathways of microorganisms.
MICB 780 Genetics of Microorganisms. (2)
First semester Two lecture periods a week.
Prerequisite, consent of instructor. An in-
troduction to genetic pnnciples and
methodology applicable to microorganisms.
Cellular control mechanisms and protein
biosynthesis.
MICB 781 Microbial Genetics Laboratory. (2)
Two three-hour laboratory meetings per week.
Prerequisite, consent of the instructor. A
laboratory course designed to acquaint studen-
ts with the techniques employed in studying
gene control of microbial activities.
MICB 788 Seminar. (1) First semester
MICB 789 Seminar. (1) Second semester
MICB 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6)
MICB 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research.
(1-8)
Music Program
Professor and Chairman: Troth
Professors: Berman. Bernstein, deVermond,
Folstrom, Gordon, Grentzer', Heim,
Helm, Hudson, Johnson. Moss,
Taylor', Traver, Ulnch
Associate Professors: Blum', Garvey,
Head, I\/leyer, Ivlontgomery, Nossaman,
Pennington, Schumacher, Serwer, True,
Urban, Wakefield
Assistant Professors: Davis, Gould,
Kuhn. Signell, Wilson
'joint appointment with Secondary Education
The Department of Music otters specialized
musical training of a highly professional nature
which culminates in one of several graduate
degrees The Master of Music degree is of-
fered in five areas of specialization: music per-
formance, music history and literature, theory,
composition, and conducting. The Doctor of
Philosophy degree is offered in two areas of
specialization: musicology and theory. The
Doctor of Musical Arts degree is offered in
literature-performance and in composition.
Specializations in music education are offered
in cooperation with the College of Education
and culminate in Master of Arts, Master of
Education, Doctor of Education, or Doctor of
Philosophy degrees. Specific requirements and
course offerings for those degrees are
deschbed under the program descriptions of
that college.
Admission to graduate programs in music is
highly selective and based upon satisfactory
completion of appropriate undergraduate
preparations. Evidence of established musical
proficiences must be demonstrated by audition,
examination in music literature and theory,
and/or original musical scores. A personal in-
terview is sometimes requested of applicants
In addition to the requirements for the Doc-
tor of Philosophy degree, admission to can-
didacy for the Doctor of Musical Arts major in
composition requires placement and qualifying
examinations, presentation of a lecture recital
and a program of the student's own com-
positions. The dissertation must be the
student's original composition of major propor-
tions. Applicants for admission to candidacy in
the Performance-Literature Program must
satisfactohly complete placement and
qualifying examinations, present a lecture
recital and two full-length recitals.
In addition to the superb library holdings of
the campus itself, the adjacent city of
Washington, DC, affords graduate students in
music an unexcelled opportunity for
specialized research and musical exposure and
development in a vahety of private and public
agencies, such as the Library of Congress, the
Smithsonian Institution, and the John F. Ken-
nedy Center for the Performing Arts.
MUSC 400 Music Pedogogy. (3) Conference
course. Prerequisite or corequisite, MUSC
418, or a more advanced course in applied
music. A study of major pedagogical treatises
in music, and an evaluation of pedagogical
techniques, materials, and procedures.
MUSC 428 Repertoire Coaching of Vocal or
Chamber Music. (2) Prerequisite or
corequisite, MUSC 328 A course for piano
students who wish to go further than the work
offered in MUSC 128, 228, and 328 by
becoming specialists in the areas of vocal
coaching or chamber music coaching Ele-
ments of pedogogy, conducting, and responsi-
ble artistic decision-making for the entire
musical production.
MUSC 429 Opera Theater. (2-3) Ten hours
per week. Open to music and non-music
majors with consent of director Advanced
techniques of operatic production; preparation,
rehearsal, and performance of operatic works
from both the traditional and contemporary
repertory. Repeatable to a maximum of twelve
credits.
MUSC 430 Muisc Literature Survey for the
Non-Major. (3) Prerequisite, MUSC 130 or the
equivalent Open to all students except music
and music education majors Selected com-
positions are studied from the standpoint of the
informed listener. Choral music, opera, and art
song
MUSC 431 Music Literature Survey for the
Non-Major. (3) Prerequisite, MUSC 130 or the
equivalent. Open to all students except music
and music-education majors. Selected com-
positions are studied from the standpoint of the
informed listener. Orchestral, chamber, and
keyboard music.
MUSC 432 Music in World Cultures I. (3)
Folk idioms of eastern and western Europe,
and the Americas; American Indian musics.
Historical, social, and cultural context; musical
instruments; theoretical systems, form, and
aesthetics; major representative musical and
theatrical genres.
MUSC 433 Music in World Cultures II. (3) Art
musics of Asia, including China, Japan, India.
Indonesia, and Arabia- Persia. Historical, social,
and cultural context; musical instruments;
theoretical systems, form, and aesthetics;
major representative musical and theathcal
genres.
MUSC 436 Jazz: Then and Now. (3) Major
styles and influential artists of the past 75
years of jazz
MUSC 439 Collegium Musicum. (1)
Prerequisite, permission of the instructor. Open
to undergraduates and graduates, music majors
and non-majors. Procurement, edition, and per-
formance of music not belonging to a standard
repertory: early music, compositions for
unusual performing media, works which
demand reconstruction of their original cir-
cumstances of performance. Outcome of a
semester's work may be one or more per-
formances for the public May be repeated for
credit five times.
MUSC 443 Solo Vocal Literature. (3)
Prerequisite, MUSC 330, 331 or the
equivalent The study of solo vocal literature
from the Baroque cantata to the art song of the
present. The lied, melodie, vocal chamber
music, and the orchestral song are examined.
MUSC 445 Survey of the Opera. (3)
Prerequisite, MUSC 330, 331, or the
equivalent. A study of the music, librettos and
composers of the standard operas
MUSC 448 Special Topics in Music. (2-6)
Prerequisite, permission of the instructor.
Repeatable to a maximum of six semester
hours
MUSC 450 Musical Form. (3) Prerequisite,
MUSC 250, 251 A study of the organizing
pnnciples of musical composition, their in-
teraction in musical forms, and their functions
in different styles.
MUSC 451 Analysis of Music. (3)
Prerequisite, MUSC 450 or permission of in-
structor An advanced course in the analysis of
tonal music. Discussion of individual works,
with emphasis on their unique characteristics
and on the relation of analysis to performance.
MUSC 452 Keyboard Harmony. (2)
Prerequisites, MUSC 209A, MUSC 251 or the
equivalents. Three laboratory hours per week.
Basic instruction in the interpretation of
musical scores for larger ensembles at the
keyboard. Realization of basso continua parts
under performance conditions.
MUSC 453 Class Study of Guitar and Re-
corder. (2) Prerequisite, consent of instructor or
any four of the following: MUSC 102, 103,
Graduate Programs / 1 21
113, 114, 116, 117, 120, 121, 202, 203.
Three hours per week. Study and development
of Instrumental technique, pedagogical prac-
tices, and materials relating to group per-
formance.
MUSC 459 Electronic Composition. (2)
Prerequisite, MUSC 250 and permission of In-
structor. A basic course in the theory and
practice of electronic music, including an in-
vestigation of the nature of electronically-
generated sound and its modulation In the
voltage-controlled studio. Primarily for com-
position and theory majors May be repeated
once for credit.
MUSC 460 Counterpoint. (2) Prerequisite,
MUSC 250, 251. A course In eighteenth-
century contrapuntal techniques Study of
devices of imitation in the invention and the
chorale prelude Original writing In the smaller
contrapuntal forms.
MUSC 461 Counterpoint. (2) Prerequisite,
MUSC 250, 251 . A course in eighteenth-
century contrapuntal techniques. Study of
devices of imitation in the Invention and the
choral prelude. Original writing In the smaller
contrapuntal forms.
MUSC 462 Modal Counterpoint. (2)
Prerequisite, MUSC 251 or the equivalent. An
introduction to the contrapuntal techniques of
the sixteenth century; the structure of the
modes, composition of modal melodies, and
contrapuntal writing for two, three and four
voices.
MUSC 465 Canon and Fugue. (3)
Prerequisite, MUSC 461 or the equivalent.
Composition and analysis of the canon and
fugue in the styles of the eighteenth, nine-
teenth and twentieth centuries.
MUSC 466 Structural Counterpoint. (3)
Prerequisite, MUSC 461 or permission of in-
structor. A study of counterpoint not so much
in terms of technique as In its role of ar-
ticulating large-scale tonal structures. Emphasis
on analysis as well as written exercises.
MUSC 467 Piano Pedagogy I. (3) A study of
major pedagogical treatises in music, and an
evaluation of pedagogical techniques,
matehals, and procedures.
MUSC 468 Piano Pedagogy II. (3)
Prerequisite, MUSC 467. Application of the
studies begun in MUSC 467 to the actual
lesson situation. Evaluation of results. May be
repeated once for credit.
MUSC 470 Harmonics and Contrapuntal
Practices of the Twentieth Century. (2)-
Prerequisltes, MUSC 251 and 460 or the
equivalents. A theoretical study of twentieth-
century materials: scales, modes, intervals,
chord structures, poly-harmony, and serial and
twelve-tone organization.
MUSC 471 Contemporary Compositional
Techniques. (2) Prerequisite, MUSC 470 or
permission of instructor. Continuation of MUSC
470, with emphasis on the analysis of in-
dividual works written since 1945.
MUSC 478 Composition. (2) Prerequisite,
MUSC 250, 251. Principles of musical com-
position, and their application to the smaller
forms Onglnal writing in nineteenth and twenti-
eth century musical Idioms for various media.
MUSC 479 Composition. (2) Prerequisite,
MUSC 250, 251. Principles of musical com-
position, and their application to the smaller for-
ms. Original writing in nineteenth and twentieth
century musical idioms for various media.
MUSC 480 Music in Antiquity and the Middle
Ages. (3) Survey of western music from
Hellenic times to 1450.
MUSC 481. Music in the Renaissance. (3)
Survey of western music from 1 450 to 1 600
MUSC 482 Music In the Baroque Era. (3)
Survey of western music from 600 to 1 750
MUSC 483 Music in the Classic Era. (3)
Survey of western music from 1750 to 1820
MUSC 484 Music in the Romantic Era. (3)
Survey of western music from 1820 to 1900
MUSC 485 Music in the 20th Century. (3)
Survey of western music from 1 900 to the
present
MUSC 486 Orchestration. (2) Prerequisite,
MUSC 250, 251 A study of the ranges,
musical functions, and technical characteristics
of the Instruments, and their color possibilities
in various combinations. Practical expehence in
orchestrating for small and large ensembles.
MUSC 487 Orchestration. (2) Prerequisite,
MUSC 250, 251 A study of the ranges,
musical functions, and technical characteristics
of the Instruments, and their color possibilities
In various combinations. Practical experience In
orchestrating for small and large ensembles.
MUSC 490 Conducting. (2) A laboratory
course In conducting vocal and Instrumental
groups. Baton technique, score reading,
rehearsal techniques, tone production, style,
and Interpretation. Music of all periods will be
Introduced.
MUSC 491 Conducting. (2) Prerequisite,
MUSC 490 or equivalent A laboratory course
in conducting vocal and instrumental groups.
Baton technique, score reading, rehearsal
techniques, tone production, style, and In-
terpretation. Music of all periods will be in-
troduced
MUSC 492 Keyboard Music I. (3) The history
and literature of harpsichord and solo piano
music from its beginning to the romantic
period. Emphasis is placed on those segments
of repertoire which are encountered In per-
formance and teaching situations at the
present time.
MUSC 493 Keyboard Music II. (3)
Prerequisite, MUSC 492. The history and
literature of harpsichord and solo piano music
from the Romantic period to the present. Em-
phasis is placed on those segments of reper-
toire which are encountered in performance
and teaching situations at the present time.
MUSC 495 Acoustics for Musicians. (3)
Prerequisites, MUSC 251 or the equivalent,
and senior or graduate standing In music The
basic physics of music, acoustics of musical
instruments and music theory. Physiological
acoustics, and muslco-architectural acoustics
MUSC 608 Chamber Music Repertoire. (1-3)
Prerequisite: graduate standing as a major In
performance. A study, through performance, of
diversified chamber music for standard media.
May be repeated for credit to the maximum
credit designated In the student's major degree
program.
MUSC 621 Documents of Theory and
Aesthetics: Ancient, Medieval and
Renaissance. (3) Writings about music in an-
tiquity, the Middle Ages, and the Renaissance.
MUSC 622 Documents of Theory and
Aesthetics: Baroque. (3) Writings about
western music from 1600 ro 1750.
MUSC 623 Documents of Theory and
Aesthetics: Classic. (3) Whtings about
western music from 1750 to 1820.
MUSC 624 Documents of Theory and
Aesthetics: Romantic. (3) Writings about
western music from 1820 to 1900
MUSC 625 Documents of Theory and
Aesthetics: 20th Century. (3) Whtings about
western music from 1 900 to the present.
MUSC 630 Teaching the Theory, History,
and Literature of Music. (3) Prerequisite,
graduate standing and consent of Instructor. A
course in teaching methodology with emphasis
on instruction at the college level.
MUSC 635 American Music. (3) Prerequisite,
MUSC 331 and graduate standing. A lecture
course in the history of American art music
from Colonial times to the present
MUSC 639 Seminar in Music. (3)
Prerequisite, MUSC 330, 331 and consent of
Instructor. The work of one major composer
(Bach, Beethoven, etc.) will be studied. The
course may be repeated for credit, since a dif-
ferent composer will be chosen each time It is
offered.
MUSC 640 Performance Practice I. (3)
Problems In the Performance of music lying
primarily outside the standard repertory. Mainly
for performance majors.
MUSC 641 Performance Practice II. (3)
Problems in the performance of music lying
primarily outside the standard repertory. Mainly
for performance majors. Continuation of MUSC
640
MUSC 642 Early Music Notation. (3) Aspects
of notation in music before 1600; transcription
into modern notation
MUSC 650 The Contemporary Idiom. (3)
Prerequisite, MUSC 461 or equivalent and
graduate standing. Composition and analysis In
the twentieth century styles, with emphasis on
techniques of melody, harmony, and coun-
terpoint.
MUSC 662 Advanced Modal Counterpoint.
(3) Prerequisite, MUSC 461 or the equivalent,
and graduate standing. An intensive course in
the composition of music in the style of the
late Renaissance. Analytical studies of the
music of Palestrina, Lasso, Byrd and others
MUSC 670 Advanced Analytical Techniques.
(3) Prerequisite, graduate standing In music
and consent of Instructor. A seminar in which
composer and theorist develop analytical
facility In advanced nineteenth- and twentieth-
century music and an inclusive technique of
analysis in music from the Renaissance to the
present.
MUSC 671 Advanced Analytical Techniques.
(3) Prerequisites, MUSC 670 or consent of In-
structor. A seminar In which composer and
theorist develop analytical facility in advanced
nineteenth- and twentieth-century music and
an inclusive technique of analysis in music
from the Renaissance to the present.
MUSC 678 Seminar in Musical Composition.
(3) Prerequisite, MUSC 479 or equivalent, and
graduate standing. An advanced course in
musical composition. May be repeated for
credit.
MUSC 679 Seminar in Ethnomusicology. (3)
Prerequisite, MUSC 434-435. Selected
problems In ethnomusicology. Independent
research in such topics as transcription,
analysis, and taxonomy.
1 22 / Graduate Programs
MUSC 680 Seminar in Music of Antiquity
and the Middle Ages. (3) Special research
topics in music
MUSC 681 Seminar in Music of tfie
Renaissance. (3) Special research topics in
music from 1450 to 1600
MUSC 682 Seminar in Music of the Baroque
Era. (3) Special research topics in music from
1600 to 1750
MUSC 683 Seminar in Music of the Classic
Era. (3) Special research topics in music from
1750 to 1820
MUSC 684 Seminar in Music of the Romantic
Era. (3) Special research topics in music from
1820 to 1900.
MUSC 685 Seminar in Music of the 20th
Century. (3) Special research topics in music
from 1 900 to the present
MUSC 688 Advanced Orchestration. (3)
Prerequisite. f^USC 487 or the equivalent, and
graduate standing. Orchestration projects in
the styles of Debussy. Ravel, Stravinsky.
Schoenberg, Bartok, and others. May be
repeated for credit.
MUSC 689 Advanced Conducting. (3)
Prerequisite, l\/IUSC 491 or the equivalent. A
concentrated study of the conducting
techniques involved in the repertoire of all
histoncal periods. May be repeated for credit
MUSC 696 Factors in Musical Learning. (3)
Prerequisite, MUSC 331 or the equivalent and
at least one course in psychology The
psychology of intervals, scales, rhythms, and
harmony. Musical hearing and creativity. The
psychology of musical ability. The theory of
functional music.
MUSC 699 Special Topics in Music. (2-6)
Prerequisite, permission of the instructor.
Repeatable to a maximum of six semester
hours.
MUSC 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6)
MUSC 800 Advanced Seminar in Music
Pedagogy. (3) Prereouisites. MUSC 400 or
equivalent, doctoral standing and permission of
instructor. A detailed study of historical and
contemporary methods of pedagogy, and
analysis of pedagogical problems. Sectioning
by instrument. Required of all candidates for
the DMA. degree in performance and
literature.
MUSC 801 Advanced Seminar in Music
Pedagogy. (3) Prerequisites, Music 400 or
equivalent, doctoral standing and permission of
instructor A detailed study of historical and
contemporary methods of pedagogy, and
analysis of pedagogical problems. Sectioning
by instrument. Required of all candidates for
the D.M A. degree in performance and
literature.
MUSC 830 Doctoral Seminar in Music
Literature. (3) Prerequisite, at least twelve
hours in music history and literature An
analytical survey of the literature of music:
keyboard music: vocal music: string music;
vi/ind instrument music: required of all can-
didates for the DMA. degree in literature-
performance
MUSC 831 Doctoral Seminar in Music
Literature. (3) Prerequisite, MUSC 830 or
consent of instructor. An analytical survey of
the literature of music: keyboard music; vocal
music: string music; wind instrument music.
Required of all candidates for the DMA.
degree in literature-performance.
MUSC 878 Advanced Composition. (3)
Prerequisite, MUSC 678 or the equivalent, and
permission of the instructor Conference
course in composition in the larger forms May
be repeated for credit
MUSC 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research.
(1-8)
Music Petlormance
Music performance courses are available in
three series:
Minor Series— MUSP 402, 403. Intended for
either music majors studying a secondary in-
strument or non-music majors Principal
Series— MUSP 405, 406, 409, 410, 609, 610.
Intended for majors in music programs other
than performance Major Series— MUSP 415,
416, 419, 420, 619, 620, 815, 816, 817.
Intended for students majoring in performance.
Instrument designation: each student taking a
music performance course must indicate the
instrument chosen by adding a suffix to the
proper course number, such as: MUSP 402A
Music Performance — Piano Suffix instrument:
A— Piano. B— Voice, C— Violin, D— Viola,
E— Cello, F— Bass, G— Flute, H— Oboe.
I— Clarinet, J — Bassoon, K— Saxophone,
L— Horn, M— Trumpet, N— Trombone,
O — Tuba, P — Euphonium, Q— Percussion,
R— Organ, S— Guitar, T — Composition,
U— Conducting, V and W— Open, X— HIST IN-
ST-Keyboard, Y— HIST INST- Strings, Z— HIST
INST-Winds.
400-Level Courses in the Minor Series: Half-
hour lesson and six practice hours per week.
Prerequisite, permission of department chair-
man and the next lower course on the same
instrument.
400-Level Courses in the Principal or Major
Series: 2 or 4 credits. One-hour lesson and six
practice hours per week if taken for 2 credits:
or one-hour lesson and fifteen practice hours
per week if taken for 4 credits. Prerequisite,
permission of department chairman and the
next lower course on same instrument.
MUSP 402 Music Performance. (2) Senior
course, in the minor series.
MUSP 403 Music Performance. (2) Senior
course, in the minor series.
MUSP 405 Music Performance. (2-4) Junior
course in the principal series.
MUSP 405 Music Performance. (2-4) Junior
course in the principal series.
MUSP 409 Music Performance. (2-4) Senior
course in the principal series.
MUSP 410 Music Performance. (2-4) Senior
course in the principal series. Recital required.
MUSP 415 Music Performance. (2-4) Junior
course in the major series
MUSP 416 Music Performance. (2-4) Junior
course in the major series.
MUSP 419 Music Performance. (2-4) Senior
course in the major series.
MUSP 420 Music Performance. (2-4) Senior
course in the major series. Recital required.
MUSP 609 Interpretation and Repertoire. (2)
Prerequisite, permission of department chair-
man and graduate standing in performance in
the principal series.
MUSP 610 Graduate Music Performance. (4)
Prerequisite. MUSP 609 and pennission of
department chairman Recital course in the
pnncipal series
MUSP 619 Interpretation and Repertoire. (2)
Prerequisite, pennission of department chair-
man and graduate standing in perfo'Tiance in
the major senes
MUSP 620 Graduate Music Performance. (4)
Prerequisite. MUSP 6 ) and permission of
department chairman. Recital course in the
major senes.
MUSP 815 Interpretation, Performance, and
Pedagogy. (4) A seminar in pedagogy and the
pedagogical literature for the doctoral per-
former, with advanced instruction at the in-
strument, covering appropriate compositions.
Required of all candidates for the D MA.
degree in literature-performance Prerequisite,
doctoral standing in performance and per-
mission of department chairman Recital
course
MUSP 816 Interpretation, Performance, and
Pedagogy. (4) Recital course Prerequisite,
MUSP 815 and permission of department
chairman.
MUSP 817 Interpretation, Performance, and
Pedagogy. (4) Recital course Prerequisite.
MUSP 816 and permission of department
chairman.
Music Education
MUED 420 Materials. Techniques and
Organization for the Instrumental Music
Program. (2) Prerequisites. MUSC 113, 114.
1 1 6. 11 7. 1 20. 1 21 , 491 and MUED 470; or
consent of instructor A study of instructional
materials, performing repertoire, rehearsal
techniques, and program planning for the
school instrumental program. Organization,
scheduling, budgeting and purchasing are in-
cluded
MUED 438 Special Problems in the Teaching
of Instrumental Music. (2-3) Prerequisite,
MUSC 1 13-213 or the equivalent A study,
through practice on minor instruments, of the
problems encountered in public school
teaching of orchestral instruments. Literature
and teaching materials, minor repairs, and ad-
justment of instruments are included. The
course may be taken for credit three times since
one of four groups of instruments: strings,
woodwind, brass or percussion will be studied
each time the course is offered
MUED 450 Music in Early Childhood
Education. (3) Prerequisite, MUSC 155 or
equivalent Creative experiences in songs and
rhythms, correlation of music and everyday
teaching with the abilities and development of
each level; study of songs and materials; ob-
servation and teaching experience with each
age level.
MUED 460 Creative Activities in the Elemen-
tary School. (2-3) Prerequisite, music methods
or teaching expenence A study of the creative
approach to the development of music ex-
periences for children in the elementary grades
emphasizing contemporary music and con-
temporary music techniques
MUED 470 General Methods for Teaching
Music. (4) Prerequisite, MUED 197 and EDHD
300: or consent of instructor Music in the
education of youth, ages six to eighteen. Basic
planning and implementation of music in-
Graduate Programs / 1 23
struction. vocal and instrumental, for the
general and specialized programs of music in-
struction in ttie schools; use of current
methods, materials, and teaching techniques.
Six class hours per week including field ex-
periences in designated elementary and
secondary schools
MUED 472 Choral Techniques and Reper-
toire. (2) Prerequisites. MUED 470 and MUSC
490. Rehearsal techniques for developing ap-
propriate diction, tone, production, intonation,
phrasing, and interpretation of choral music;
examination of a wide variety of repertoire for
use by choral performing groups on the
elementary and secondary levels.
MUED 480 The Vocal Music Teacher and
School Organization. (2) Prerequisite, student
teaching, previous or concurrent The role of
the vocal music specialist in the im-
plementation of the supervision and ad-
ministration of the music programs in the
elementary and secondary schools. Open to
graduate students by permission of instructor.
MUED 499 Workshops, Clinics, Institutes.
(2-6) Innovative and experimental dimensions
of music education will be offered to meet the
needs of music teachers and music super-
visors and to allow students to individualize
their programs. The maximum number credits
that may be earned under this course symbol
toward any degree is six semester hours; the
symbol may be used two or more times until
six semester hours have been reached.
MUED 635 Advanced Orchestration and
Band Arranging. (3) Prerequisite, MUSC 486
or the equivalent, or consent of instructor. A
study of arranging and transcription
procedures in scoring for the orchestra and
band Special attention is given to the
arranging problems of the instrumental director
in the public schools,
MUED 637 Advanced Study— Developing
Musicality Through Instrumental Music. (3)
Analysis of new and established methods and
materials for developing musicality. The study
of the curriculum for large and small en-
sembles, and class instruction, and its adap-
tation to the diverse organizations of today's
schools
MUED 662 Advanced Study— Developing
Musicality in Children. (3) Analysis of new
and established methods and materials in-
cluding Orff and Kodaly. and their adaptation to
teaching music in the diverse organizations of
today's elementary schools Emphasis on
general musical experiences for all children,
MUED 672 Advanced Study— Developing
Musicality in the Adolescent. (3) Analysis of
new and established methods and materials for
developing musicality through classes in
general music, music appreciation, music in the
humanities, music theory, chorus, small en-
sembles, and class voice.
MUED 674 Choral Conducting and Reper-
toire. (3)
MUED 680 Administration and Supervision of
Music in the Public Schools. (3) The study of
basic principles and practices of supervision
and administration with emphasis on curriculum
construction, scheduling, budgets, directing of
in-service teaching, personnel problems, and
school-community relationships.
MUED 690 Research Methods in Music and
Music Education. (3) The application of
methods of research to problems in the fields
of music and music education The preparation
of bibliographies and the written exposition of
research projects in the area of the student's
major interest
MUED 692 Foundations of Music Education.
(3) Educational thought and its application to
instruction and evaluation in music education,
MUED 698 Current Trends in Music
Education. (2-4) A survey of current and
emerging philosophies, methodologies and
curricula in music education and their im-
plementation. The influence of educational and
social changes and the expanding musical
scene upon the music programs for children of
all ages and for teacher education. The
maximum number of credits that may be ear-
ned under this course symbol (within
established limits of programs) toward any
degree, eight semester hours. The symbol may
be used two or more times until eight semester
hours have been completed.
MUED 890 History of Music Education in the
United States. (3) Prerequisite, permission of
the instructor. The study of historical develop-
ment of pedogogical practices in music
education, their philosophical implications and
educational values.
Nuclear
Engineering
Program
Professor and Acting Chairman: Munno
Professor: Dutfey
Associate Professors: Almenas. Roush.
Sheaks
Lecturer: Belcher
The Nuclear Engineering program has as its
primary objective the maintenance and ex-
tension of the ever increasing degree of
engineering sophistication. The courses and
research programs strive to create an at-
mosphere of originality and creativity that
prepares the student for the engineering
leadership of tomorrow.
An individual plan of graduate study com-
patible with the student's interests and
background is established between the
student, his advisor and the department head.
General areas of concentration include reactor
safety, reactor thermal/hydraulics, nuclear fuel
management, transport theory, activation
analysis, energy conversion, reactor physics,
radiation engineering, reactor dynamics,
radiation shielding and nuclear core design.
The general nuclear engineering program is
focused toward energy conversion and power
engineering with the additional specialty in
radiation and polymer science.
The programs leading to the MS and Ph.D.
degrees are open to qualified students holding
the B,S, degree Full admission may be granted
to students with degrees in any of the
engineering and science areas from accredited
programs. In some cases it may be necessary
to require courses to fulfill the background.
The general regulations of the Graduate
School apply in reviewing applications.
The candidate for the MS degree has the
choice of following a plan of study with thesis
or without thesis. The equivalent of at least
three years of full-time study beyond the B.S.
degree is required for the Ph 0, degree All
students seeking graduate degrees in Nuclear
Engineering must enroll in ENNU 620, 630,
655 and 440, In addition to the general rules
of the Graduate School certain special degree
requirements are set forth by the department in
its deparmental publications.
Special facilities available for graduate study
in Nuclear Engineering include the nuclear
reactor, gamma and electron radiation equip-
ment, neutron generator, and various analyzers
and detectors Activities in these areas are
coordinated through the nuclear reactor facility
and the Laboratory for Radiation and Polymer
Science, The nuclear reactor is a 250 KW
swimming pool type using enriched uranium.
The Nuclear Engineering program is ad-
ministered by the Department of Chemical
Engineering
ENNU 430 Radioisotope Power Sources. (3)
Prerequisite, ENNU 215 or permission of in-
structor. Principles and theory of radioisotope
power sources. Design and use of nuclear bat-
teries and small energy conversion devices,
ENNU 435 Activation Analysis. (3)
Prerequisite, ENNU 215 or permission of in-
structor. Principles and techniques of activation
analysis involving neutrons, photons and
charged particles Emphasis placed upon ap-
plication of this analytical technique to solving
environmental and engineering problems,
ENNU 440 Nuclear Technology Laboratory.
(3) One lecture and two laboratory periods a
week. Prerequisites, MATH 240, PHYS 263,
Techniques of detecting and making
measurements of nuclear or high energy
radiation Radiation safety experiments. Both a
sub-critical reactor and the swimming pool
critical reactor are sources of radiation,
ENNU 450 Nuclear Reactor Engineering I.
(3) Prerequisites. MATH 246 and PHYS 263
or consent of instructor. Elementary nuclear
physics, reactor theory, and reactor energy
transfer Steady-state and time-dependent
neutron distributions in space and energy.
Conduction and convective heat transfer in
nuclear reactor systems.
ENNU 455 Nuclear Reactor Engineering II.
(3) Prerequisite. ENNU 450, General plant
design considerations including radiation haz-
ards and health physics, shielding design,
nuclear power economics, radiation effects on
reactor materials, and various types of nuclear
reactor systems,
ENNU 460 Nuclear Heat Transport. (3)
Prerequisite, ENNU 450, Heat generation in
nuclear reactor cores, conduction and transfer
to coolants. Neutron flux distributions, fission
and heat release Steady and unsteady state
conduction in fuel elements. Heat transfer to
nonmetallic and metallic coolants. Heat transfer
with phase change. Thermal design of reactor
cores,
ENNU 468 Research. (2-3) Prerequisite, per-
mission of the staff. Investigation of a research
project under the direction of one of the staff
members Comprehensive reports are required.
Repeatable to a maximum of six semester
hours.
ENNU 470 Introduction to Controlled Fusion.
(3) Prerequisite, senior standing in engineering
or consent of instructor. The principles and the
current status of research to achieve con-
trolled thermonuclear power production.
Properties of ionized gases relating to con-
finement and heating. Concepts of practical
fusion devices.
1 24 Graduate Progrrms
ENNU 480 Reactor Core Design. (3)
Prerequisite. ENNU 450 or consent of in-
structor Design of nuclear reactor cores based
on a sequence of standard computer codes.
Thenmal and epithermal cross sections,
multigroup diffusion theory In one and two
dimensions and fine structure flux calculations
using transport tfieory
ENNU 490 Nuclear Fuel and Power
Mangement. (3) Prerequisites, ENNU 460 and
480, or consent of instructor Pfiysics and
economics of tfie nuclear fuel cycle utilizing
existing design codes Mining, conversion,
enrichment, fabncation, reprocessing
processes. Effects of Plutonium recycle, in-core
shuffling, fuel mechanical design and power
peaking on fuel cycle costs
ENNU 609 Seminar in Nuclear Engineering.
(1)
ENNU 620 Methods of Engineering Analysis.
(3) Application of selected mathematical
techniques to the analysis and solution of
engineering problems; included are the ap-
plications of matnces, vectors, tensors, dif-
ferential equations, integral transforms, and
probability methods to such problems as un-
steady heat transfer, transient phenomena in
mass transfer operations, stagewise
processes, chemical reactors, process control,
and nuclear reactor physics
ENNU 630 Nuclear Reactor Physics I. (3)
Prerequisite, ENNU 450 or consent of in-
structor. Introduction to neutron physics. The
theory of neutron detection instruments in-
cluding the neutron chopper and solid state
detectors. Elements of neutron slowing-down
theory. The Boltzman transport equation is
developed together with approximations such
as PH, SN, and Fermi age. Nuclear systems
are theoretically treated utilizing the diffusion
approximation, the Fermi age method and the
P-3 method. Elementary temperature and time
dependence
ENNU 640 Nuclear Reactor Physics II. (3)
Second semester Prerequisite. ENCH 320
f^lathematical treatment of nuclear reactor
systems. The foundations of nuclear reactor
kinetics, the multigroup treatment, reflected
reactor theory, heterogeneous reactors, per-
turbation theory. Thermalization theory and the
pulse and sine-wave techniques Introduction
to variational methods.
ENNU 648 Special Problems in Nuclear
Engineering. (1-16)
ENNU 649 Selected Topics in Nuclear
Engineering. (2) Two lectures a week
Prerequisite, permission of instructor Topics of
current interest and recent advances in the
nuclear engineering field. Because of the rapid
advances in the field, information on special
topics of much practical importance is con-
tinually becoming available. Since the content
changes, re-registration may be permitted.
ENNU 655 Radiation Engineering. (3)
Prerequisite, permission of instructor. An
analysis of such radiation applications as syn-
thesizing chemicals, preserving foods, control
of industrial processes, design of irradiation in-
stallations, e.g., cobalt 60 gamma ray sources,
electronuclear machine arrangement, and
chemonuclear reactors,
ENNU 656 Radiation Engineering. (3)
Prerequisite, permission of instructor An
analysis of such radiation applications as syn-
thesizing chemicals, preserving foods, control
of industrial processes, design of irradiation in-
stallations, eg, cobalt 60 gamma ray sources,
electronuclear machine arrangement, and
chemonuclear reactors,
ENNU 667 Radiation Effects Laboratory. (3)
Prerequisite, permission of instructor Effect of
massive doses of radiation on the properties of
matter for purposes other than those pointed
toward nuclear power Radiation processing,
radiation-induced chemical reactions, and con-
verstion of radiation energy; isotope power
sources,
ENNU 671 Nuclear Reactor Laboratory. (3)
Two lectures and two latxsratory penods a
week. Prerequisites, permission of instructor.
The University of Maryland swimming pool
reactor is employed in expenments on reactor
startup and operation, shielding, control,
neutron flux distributions, neutron and gamma
spectrum, cross section measurements
ENNU 672 Nuclear Reactor Laboratory. (3)
Two lectures and two laboratory periods a
week. Prerequisites, permission of instructor.
The University of Maryland swimming pool
reactor is employed in experiments on reactor
startup and operation, shielding, control,
neutron flux distributions, neutron and gamma
spectrum, cross section measurements.
ENNU 720 Neutral Particle Transport Theory.
(3) First semester, prerequisite, ENNU 630 or
permission of instructor. Transport equations
for neutrons and gamma rays. Infinite space
and Milne problems. Spherical harmonic and
vanational methods Special methods of solving
transport equations.
ENNU 730 Radiation Shielding and Energy
Deposition. (3) First semester. Prerequisite.
ENNU 630 or permission of instructor. A study
of the interactions of nuclear radiations with
matter. Includes electron, gamma and neutron
attenuation, dose calculations, chemical
changes, heat generation and removal in
shields.
ENNU 740 Nuclear Reactor Dynamics. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite. ENNU 640.
Principles of reactor control and operation.
Neutron kinetics, temperature and coolant flow
effects, transfer function, stochastic processes
Stability analysis. Accident calculations. Use of
analog computer or simulation and problem
solving,
ENNU 761 Nuclear Fuel and Waste
Processing. (3) First semester, three lectures
a week. Processing of nuclear fuel and treat-
ment of nuclear waste. Includes; processing of
uranium, thorium, and other ores; chemical
separation of plutonium, uranium, fission
products and other elements from materials
irradiated in nuclear reactors; treatment of
radioactive wastes; isotopic separation of
U235; and isotopic separation of heavy water
and other materials.
ENNU 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6)
ENNU 840 Nuclear Reactor Design. (3)
Prerequisites, ENNU 630 or consent of in-
structor The design features of nuclear reactor
systems. The preliminary design of a reactor is
carried out by the student. Core design in-
cluding heat transfer, control system, safety
systems and shielding. Standard computer
programs are utilized throughout
ENNU 860 Fast Reactor Engineering. (3)
Prerequisite, ENNU 630 Engineering and
physics problems of fast reactors. Neutron
economy and breeding. Transport theory
based on neutronic core design. Liquid metal
and gaseous coolant heat transfer Aspects of
fast reactor plant design
ENNU 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research.
(1-8)
Nutritional
Sciences
Program
Professor and Chairman: Keeney
(Chemistry)
Professors: Leffel, Young (Animal
Science): Goldsby, Holmlund, Keeney,
Rollinson, Veitch (Chemistry); Davis,
King, Mattick, Vandersall, Williams
(Dairy Science); Prather (Food
Nutrition and Institution
Administration); Shaffner (Poultry
Science)
Associate Professors: Lakshmanan. Martin,
Sampugna (Chemistry); Ahrens, Butler,
Cox (Food, Nutrition and
Institution Administration); Thomas,
Poultry Science)
Assistant Professors: DeBarthe, McCall
(Animal Science); CampagnonI, Hansen
(Chemistry); Bull (Dairy Science);
Berdanier, Eheart (Food, Nutrition
and Institution Administration); Coon,
Soares (Poultry Science)
The Graduate Program in Nutritional Sciences
offers study leading to the Master of Science
and the Doctor of Philosophy degrees. It is an
interdepartmental program involving faculty in
the Departments of Animal Science. Dairy
Science, Chemistry, Food, Nutntion and In-
stitution Administration, and Poultry Science.
The student may undertake studies in any
phase of nutrition.
Students interested in the program should
contact the chairman of the program for in-
formation on specific requirements.
NUSC 402 Fundamentals of Nutrition. (3)
Three lectures per week. A study of the fun-
damental role of all nutrients in the body, in-
cluding their digestion, absorption and
metabolism Dietary requirements and
nutritional deficiency syndromes of laboratory
and farm animals and man will be considered.
This course will be for both graduate and un-
dergraduate credit, with additional assignments
given to the graduate students
NUSC 403 Applied Animal Nutrition. (3) Two
lectures and one laboratory penod per week.
Prerequisites, MATH 110, NUSC 402 or per-
mission of instructor A critical study of those
factors which influence the nutritional
requirements of ruminants, swine and poultry.
Practical feeding methods and procedures
used in formulation of economically efficient
rations will be presented.
NUSC 415 Maternal. Infant and Child
Nutrition. (2) Two lectures per week
Prerequisite, course in basic nutrition
Nutritional needs of the mother, infant and child
and the relation of nutrition to physical and
mental growth.
NUSC 425 International Nutrition. (2) Two
lectures a week Prerequisite, course in basic
nutrition. Nutritional status of worid population
and local, national, and international programs
for improvement.
Graduate Programs / 125
NUSC 435 History of Nutrition. (2) Two lee
tures per week Prerequisite, course in basic
nutrition. A study of ttie development of the
knowledge of nutrition and its interrelationstiip
witti social and economic development.
NUSC 450 Advanced Human Nutrition. (3)
First semester Two lectures and one two-hour
laboratory. Prerequisites NUSC 402 or NUTR
300, CHEM 461, 462 or concurrent
registration or permission of instructor, A
critical study of the physiological and metabolic
influences on nutrient utilization, particular em-
phasis on current problems in human nutrition
NUSC 460 Therapeutic Human Nutrition. (3)
Second semester Prerequisite, NUSC 402 or
NUTR 300. Two lectures and laboratory penod
per week. Modification of normal adequate diet
to meet human nutntional needs in pathological
conditions
NUSC 463 Nutrition Laboratory. (2)
Prerequisite, ANSC NUSC 401 or concurrent
registration Six hours of laboratory per week
Digestibility studies with ruminant and
monogastric animals. Proximate analysis of
various food products, and feeding trials
demonstrating classical nutritional deficiencies
in laboratory animals.
NUSC 600 Recent Progress in Human
Nutrition. (3) First semester. Three lectures
per week. Recent developments in the science
of nutrition with emphasis on interpretation for
application in health and disease.
NUSC 601 Advanced Ruminant Nutrition. (2)
First semester. Two 1 -hour lectures and one
2-hour laboratory per week. Prerequisite, per-
mission of department Biochemical,
physiological and bacteriological aspects of the
nutntion of ruminants and other animals
NUSC 603 Mineral Metabolism. (3)
Presentation of basic nutritional data on
mineral metabolism with emphasis on in-
teractions of minerals Trace elements will be
given special attention. The role of minerals in
metabolic regulation is stressed Two one-hour
lectures one two-hour discussion period
NUSC 604 Vitamins. (3) Prerequisites, ANSC
401 and CHEM 461 . Two one-hour lectures
and one two-hour discussion penod per week.
Advanced study of the fundamental role of
vitamins and vitamin-like cofactors in nutrition
including chemical properties, absorption,
metabolism, excretion and deficiency syn-
dromes. A critical study of the biochemical
basis of substances and of certain laboratory
techniques,
NUSC 610 Readings in Nutrition. (1-3)
Second semester Prerequisites, NUSC 402 or
NUTR 300. CHEM 461 or consent of in-
structor. One lecture, one 2 hour laboratory
per week. Basic concepts of animal energetics
with quantitative descriptions of energy
requirements and utilization.
NUSC 612 Energy Nutrition. (2) Second
semester Prerequisites, NUSC 402 or 450,
CHEM 461 . or consent of instructor One lec-
ture, one 2 hour laboratory per week Basic
concepts of animal energetics with quantitative
descriptions of energy requirements and
utilization
NUSC 614 Proteins. (2) Second semester
One lecture and one 2 hour laboratory per
week Prerequisites, NUSC 402 or NUTR 300.
and CHEM 461 or consent of instructor Ad-
vanced study of the roles of amino acids in
nutrition and metabolism, protein digestion, ab-
sorption, anabolism, catabolism and amino acid
balance
NUSC 620 Nutrition for Community Services.
(3) First semester. Three lectures per week.
Application of the principles of nutrition to com-
munity problems of specific groups. Students
may select problems for independent study
NUSC 663 Advanced Nutrition Laboratory.
(3) Prerequisite, ANSC NUSC 401 and either
CHEM 462 or NUSC 670 One hour of lecture
and six hours of laboratory per week Basic in-
strumentation and techniques desired for ad-
vanced nutritional research The effect of
various nutritional parameters upon in-
termediary metabolism, enzyme kinetics, en-
docrinology, and nutrient absorption in
laboratory animals.
NUSC 670 Intermediary Metabolism in
Nutrition. (3) Second semester Three lec-
tures per week. Prerequisites, NUSC 402 or
NUTR 300, CHEM 461 or 462 The major
routes of carbohydrate, fat and protein
metabolism with particular emphasis on
metabolic shifts and their detection and
significance in nutrition
NUSC 680 Human Nutritional Status. (3) First
semester, alternate years. Methods of ap-
praisal of human nutritional status, to include
dietary, biochemical and anthropometric
techniques.
NUSC 698 Seminar in Nutrition. (1-3) First
and second semesters. A study in depth of a
selected phase of nutrition
NUSC 699 Problems in Nutrition. (1-4)
NUSC 799 Master's Ttiesis Research. (1-6)
First and second semesters Work assigned in
proportion to amount of credit. Students will be
required to pursue original research in some
phase of nutrition, carrying the same to com-
pletion, and reporting the results in the form of
a thesis
NUSC 898 Colloquium in Nutrition. (1) First
and second semesters. Oral reports on special
topics or recently published research in
nutrition Distinguished scientists are invited as
guest lecturers. A maximum of three credits
allowed for the MS.
NUSC 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research.
(1-8) First and second semesters Work
assigned in proportion to amount of credit
Students will be required to pursue original
research in some phase of nutrition, carrying
the same to completions, and reporting the
results in the form of a dissertation.
Oriental and Semitic Language and
Literature Courses
Chinese
CHIN 401 Readings in Chinese History and
Literature I. (3) Prerequisite, CHIN 302 or
equivalent. A language training course using
onginal sources in history and literature.
CHIN 402 Readings in Chinese History and
Literature II. (3) Prerequisite, CHIN 401 or
equivalent A language course training using
onginal sources in history and literature.
CHIN 403 Classical Chinese I. (3)
Prerequisite, CHIN 302 Introductory classical
Chinese using literary and historical sources in
the original language.
CHIN 404 Classical Chinese II. (3)
Prerequisite, CHIN 302 Further classical
studies by various writers from famous ancient
philosophers to prominent scholars before the
new culture movement
CHIN 405 Advanced Conversation and Com-
position I. (3) Prerequisite, CHIN 202 or
equivalent. Review of contemporary grammar
with emphasis on contemporary materials and
free composition
CHIN 406 Advanced Conversation and Com-
position II. (3) Prerequisite, CHIN 405 or
equivalent Analysis of the role of language in
literature; study of principles and techniques of
advanced composition, speech composition,
letter and report writing.
CHIN 411 Chinese Civilization. (3) This cour-
se supplements GEOG 422; cultural
geography of China and Japan. It deals with
Chinese literature, art, folklore, history, govern-
ment, and great men. The course is given in
English.
CHIN 412 Chinese Civilization. (3)
Developments in China since 191 1. The
course is given in English
CHIN 413 Survey of Chinese Literature in
Translation I. (3) The background and
development of Chinese literature from the
earliest philosophical wntings through the
poetry of the Sung dynasty (13th century
AD).
CHIN 414 Survey of Chinese Literature in
Translation II. (3) Yuan dynasty drama
through Ming and Ching novels and essays to
the modern and revolutionary short stories,
essays and poetry of twentieth century China.
CHIN 421 Chinese Linguistics. (3)
Prerequisite, CHIN 102 or equivalent.
CHIN 422 Chinese Linguistics. (3)
Prerequisite. CHIN 102 or equivalent.
CHIN 431 Translation and Interpretation I.
(3) Prerequisite, CHIN 202 or equivalent. In-
troduction to the history and theories of trans-
lation interpretation; contrastive studies of the
structures of English and Chinese; develop-
ment of the four language skills
CHIN 432 Translation and Interpretation II.
(3) Prerequisite, CHIN 431 or equivalent.
Hebrew
HEBR 421 The Hebrew Bible. (3) Selected
readings from the Torah and commentaries.
The Bible in the context of the civilizations of
the ancient Middle East. Comparison of the
essential elements of Israelite religion and con-
temporary paganism. Major concepts of Jewish
thought derived by traditional commentators
from analysis of the biblical text. Emphasis
upon the ideas of the Bible, the human
problems which it attempts to answer, and the
institutions which embody those ideas.
HEBR 422 The Hebrew Bible. (3) Continuation
of HEBR 421.
HEBR 431 Modern and Contemporary
Hebrew Literature. (3) The period of the
Haskalah (enlightenment) and the period of the
Tehiah (modern revival).
HEBR 432 Modern and Contemporary
Hebrew Literature. (3) Readings in problems
facing modern man as reflected in the writings
of Agnon, Buria, Berkowitz, Mosensohn. etc
Training in literary criticism. Reading of
periodicals dealing with modern literary
criticism
HEBR 441 Studies in Classical Hebrew. (3)
Linguistic peculiarities of classical Hebrew
1 26 / Graduate Programs
style from pre-biblical epigraphic records to the
dead sea scrolls Applies the method of literary
form criticism to poetry and songs, cultic form-
ulae, historical annals and narratives.
Prerequisite, HEBR 301,
HEBR 442 Studies in Classical Hebrew. (3)
Pentateuchal source analysis, prophetic
oracles, biblical law in comparison with other
ancient codes, wisdom literature, the apocalyp-
tic form and the manual of discipline of the
dead sea scrolls. Prerequisite, HEBR 301
HEBR 498 Special Topics in Hebrew. (3)
Prerequisite, as announced in the schedule of
classes for each topic Repeatable for a
maximum of six credits provided the content is
different.
Philosophy Program
Professor and Chairman: Gorovitz
Professors: Pasch, Perkins, Schlaretzki,
Svenonius
Associate Professors: Brown, Celarier, Lesher,
lylartin
Assistant Professors: Johnson. Kress, Odell
The Department of Philosophy offers graduate
programs leading to the M.A. and Ph.D. degrees,
with emphasis on contemporary British and
American philosophy and the bearing of philos-
ophy on other disciplines
Ordinarily a person seeking the Ph,D. enters
that program directly, without first pursuing the
the (VI. A. program (though the IVI.A. may be
earned on the way to the Ph.D.) The Ph.D. stu-
dent works closely with a faculty committee hav-
ing both advisory and tutorial functions in ar-
ranging and pursuing a course of studies lead-
ing to qualification for Ph D candidacy The
primary requirement is that the student demon-
strate competence in two or three areas of
philosophy, including either epistemology or
metaphysics. How competence is to be dem-
onstrated—whether through course work,
papers, or written or oral examinations— is
determined by the committee in consultation
with the student. A substantial part of the dem-
onstrations of competence for at least two of
the areas must consist in one or more submitted
papers.
Foreign language skills are required insofar
as demanded by the individual student's re-
search. Knowledge of the language of symbolic
logic is required of all students early in their
course of study.
An accelerated Ph.D. program for excep-
tionally promising and well-prepared students
permits early concentration on the dissertation
subject.
The student has seven semesters in which
to complete his qualification for candidacy. A
maximum of four years thereafter is allowed
for completion of the dissertation. In the accel-
erated program the dissertation must be com-
pleted no later than five years after the student
enters the program.
The program leading to the MA. degree pro-
vides both a thesis option and a non-thesis
option. In both cases, the requirements differ
considerably from those of the PhD program
Students seeking admission to the Ph.D. pro-
gram should normally have completed, with a
high grade average, at least eighteen semester
hours (or the equivalent) of philosophy, includ-
ing one course in logic, two courses in the his-
tory of philosophy, and two courses from the fol-
lowing areas: ethics, epistemology, and meta-
physics. The Graduate Record Examination
Aptitude Test (verbal and quantitative sections)
is required. Applications must be supported
by two or three letters of recommendation from
previous instructors, at least one of whom is
familiar with the applicant's work in philosophy
The applicant is required also to submit a sam-
ple of his written work on a philosophical topic.
The letters and paper, as well as the G.R.E.
test scores, should be sent directly to the De-
partment of Philosophy.
Well-prepared entering students have a
good chance of receiving some financial sup-
port in the first year. Beyond the first year, sup-
port (usually by assistantships) for a reasonable
period of time for students in good standing in
the PhD- program is normal.
Interested persons are urged to whte to the
department for a brochure which describes the
Ph.D. and MA, programs in greater detail.
PHIL 408 Topics in Contemporary Ptillosophy.
(3) Prerequisite, PHIL 320, An intensive exami-
nation of contemporary problems and issues.
Source material will be selected from recent
books and articles. May be repeated for credit
when the topics dealt with are different.
PHIL 41 2 The Philosophy of Plato. (3) Pre-
requisites, PHIL 31 0 and 320. A cntical study
of selected dialogues.
PHIL 414 The Philosophy of Aristotle. (3)
Prerequisites, PHIL 310 and 320. A critical
study of selected portions of Aristotle's writ-
ings.
PHIL 416 Medieval Philosophy. (3) Prerequi-
sites, PHIL 3 1 0 or 320, A history of philosophic
thought in the west from the close of the classi-
cal period to the renaissance. Based on readings
of the stoics, early Christian writers, neopla-
tonists, later Christian writers, and schoolmen.
PHIL 421 The Continental Rationalists. (3)
Prerequisites, PHIL 310 and 320. A critical
study of the systems of some of the major 1 7th
and 1 8th century rationalists, with special ref-
erence to Descartes, Spinoza, and Leibniz.
PHIL 422 The British Empiricists. (3) Prerequi-
sites, PHIL 3 1 0 and 320. A critical study of
selected writings of Locke, Berkeley, and Hume
PHIL 423 The Philosophy of Kant. (3) Pre-
requisites, PHIL 31 0 and 320. A chfical study
of selected portions of Kant's writings.
PHIL 428 Topics in the History of Philosophy.
(3) Prerequisites, PHIL 310 and 320, or consent
of instructor. May be repeated for credit when
the topics dealt with are different.
PHIL 440 Ethical Theory. (3) Prerequisite,
PHIL 1 40. Contemporary problems having to do
with the meaning of the principal concepts of
ethics and with the nature of moral reasoning.
PHIL 445 Political and Social Philosophy II.
(3) Prerequisite, PHIL 1 40 or 345 A systematic
treatment of the main philosophical issues en-
countered in the analysis and evaluation of social
(especially political) institutions.
PHIL 447 Philosophy of Law. (3) Prerequisite,
one course in philosophy. Examination of funda-
mental concepts related to law, eg, legal sys-
tem, law and morality, justice, legal reasoning,
responsibility.
PHIL 455 Philosophy of the Social Sciences.
(3) Prerequisites, six hours in social science or
consent of instructor. A discussion of several
of the following topics: the nature of laws and
explanation in the social sciences: the relation
of the social sciences to mathematics, logic, and
the natural sciences; the role of value judgments
in the social sciences; the relation of social
science to social policy; problems of method-
ology.
PHIL 457 Philosophy of History! (3) An examin-
ation of the nature of historical knowledge and
historical explanation, and of theories of the
meaning of world history.
PHIL 458 Topics in the Philosophy of Science.
(3) Prerequisite, PHIL 250 or consent of instruc-
tor. Detailed examination of some basic issues
in the methodology and conceptual structure of
scientific inquiry. To be investigated are such
topics as confirmation theory, structure and
function of scientific theories, scientific ex-
planation, concept formation, and theoretical
reduction.
PHIL 461 Theory of Meaning. (3) Prerequisites,
PHIL 1 70 or 271 , and 320 A study of theones
about the meaning of linguistic expressions,
including the verification theory and the theory
of meaning as use. Among topics to be consid-
ered are naming, referring, synonymy, intension
and extension, and ontological commitment.
Such writers as Mill, Frege, Russell, Lewis,
Carnap, Wittgenstein, Austin, and Quine will be
discussed.
PHIL 462 Theory of Knowledge. (3) Prerequi-
sites, PHIL 310 and 320 PHIL 271 IS recom-
mended. The origin, nature, and validity of knowl-
edge considered in terms of some philosophic
problems about perceiving and thinking, knowl-
edge and belief, and language, truth and con-
firmation,
PHIL 464 Metaphysics. (3) Prerequisites, PHIL
31 0 and 320 PHIL 271 is recommended. A
study of some central metaphysical concepts
(such as substance, relation, causality, and time)
and of the nature of metaphysical thinking.
PHIL 466 Philosophy of Mind. (3) Prerequisite.
PHIL 320, An inquiry into the nature of mind
through the analysis of such concepts as con-
sciousness, perception, understanding, imagi-
nation, emotion, invention, and action.
PHIL 471 Symbolic Logic II. (3) Prerequisite,
PHIL 271 or consent of instructor. Axiomatic
development of the prepositional calculus and
the first-order functional calculus, including the
deduction theorem, independence of axioms,
consistency, and completeness.
PHIL 474 Induction and Probability. (3) Pre-
requisite, consent of instructor. A study of in-
ferential forms, with emphasis on the logical
structure underlying such inductive procedures
as estimating and hypothesis-testing. Decision-
theoretic rules relating to induction will be con-
sidered. As well as classic theories of prob-
ability and induction.
PHIL 478 Topics in Symbolic Logic. (3) Pre-
requisite, PHIL 471 May be repeated for credit
when the topics dealt with are different.
PHIL 498 Topical Investigations. (1-3)
PHIL 499 Topical Investigations. (1-3)
PHIL 688 Selected Problems in Philosophy.
(1-3) Prerequisite, consent of instructor.
PHIL 788 Research in Philosophy. (1-6) Pre-
requisite, consent of chairman of tutorial-ad-
visory committee Repeatable to a maximum of
6 credits.
Graduate Programs / 127
PHIL 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6)
PHIL 808 Seminar in the Problems of Philo-
sophy. (3) Prerequisite, consent of instructor
PHIL 828 Seminar in the History of Philos-
ophy. (3) Prerequisite, consent of instructor
PHIL 838 Seminar in Esthetics. (3) Prerequi-
site, consent of instructor.
PHIL 848 Seminar in Ethics. (3) Prerequisite,
consent of instructor
PHIL 868 Seminar in Metaphysics. (3) Pre-
requisite, consent of instructor.
PHIL 869 Seminar in the Theory of Knowl-
edge. (3) Prerequisite, consent of instructor.
PHIL 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research.
(1-8)
Physical Education
Program
Professor and Chairman: Husman
Professors: Clarke, Eyier, Humptirey, Ingram,
Kelly, Kramer, Steel
Associate Professors: Churcti, Dotson, Hult,
Love,' Santa Maria
Assistant Professors: Dainis, Fringer, Johnson,
Tyler, Vander-Veiden, Wrenn'
'joint appointment with Secondary Education
Ttie graduate student majoring in Pfiysical Edu-
cation may pursue ttie degrees of Master of
Arts or Doctor of Pfiilosoptiy. Ttie two major
objectives of these programs are: (1 ) to study
the discipline of physical education by examin-
ing the effects of physical activity on individuals
from a physiological, kinesiological, psycholog-
ical, social and historical point of view: and (2)
to acquaint the student with curricular aspects
of physical education, to improve the quality of
teaching, and to offer the student ways of im-
proving the administration and supervision of
programs in schools and colleges.
The graduate program is organized into three
divisions, offering major emphasis as follows:
( 1 ) Division of Sport Studies, including history of
sport, psychology of sport, and sociology of
sport; (2) Division of Bio-physical Studies, with
specialties in physiology of exercise, motor
learning and biomechanics; and (3) Division of
Curricular Studies, with emphasis on curriculum-
supervision-administration, teacher education,
and adapted programs.
In addition to the minimum requirements of
the Graduate School, adequate preparation
should include such upper division requirements
as kinesiology, physiology of exercise, meas-
urement in physical education, history and
philosophy of sport and physical education, and
adapted physical education In addition, pre-
requisite background is required in biological
and physical sciences and mathematics, and in
the behavioral sciences.
All students are required to fake a preliminary
examination, the Graduate Diagnostic Examina-
tion, during the first regular semester or summer
session of a student's enrollment. The doc-
toral student is required to take this examination
only when entenng the program without a mas-
ter's degree with a major in physical educa-
tion. This examination includes six sections:
tests and measurement, kinesiology, physiol-
ogy of exercise, adapted physical education,
psychology of learning and history of physical
education. Competency must be attained in
each of these areas by course work, independ-
ent study, or reexamination.
All Master of Arts students are required to
take courses in methods of research and in
statistics and to write and successfully defend
a thesis.
The department maintains a modern re-
search laboratory for physical education, in-
cluding, but not limited to, cinematographic
analysis, cardio-vascular measurement, strength
and other motor fitness assessment, analysis
of motion, and motor learning research. The
department also possesses several of the most
modern computers and a direct teletype link to
the University Computer Science Center.
PHED 400 Kinesiology. (4) Three lectures and
two laboratory hours a week. Prerequisites,
ZOOL 101,201, and 202 or the equivalent.
The study of human movement and the physi-
cal and physiological principles upon which it
depends Body mechanics, posture, motor effi-
ciency, sports, the performance of atypical
individuals, and the influence of growth and
development upon motor performance are
studied.
PHED 420 Physical Education for the Element-
ary School. (3) Orientation of the general
elementary teacher to physical education. Prin-
ciples and practices in elementary physical
education are discussed and a variety of appro-
priate activities are considered.
PHED 450 The Psychology of Sports. (3)
Three hours a week. An exploration of the per-
sonality factors, including, but not limited to
motivation, aggression and emotion, as they af-
fect sports participation and motor skill perfor-
mance.
PHED 455 Physical Fitness of the Individual.
(3) A study of the major physical fitness prob-
lems confronting the adult modern society.
Consideration is given to the scientific appraisal,
development, and maintenance of fitness at all
age levels. Such problems as obesity, weight
reduction, chronic fatigue, posture, and spe-
cial exercise programs are explored. Open to
persons outside the profession of physical
education.
PHED 460 Physiology of Exercise. (3) Two
lectures and two laboratory hours a week. Pre-
requisites, ZOOL 1 01 , 201 and 202; PHED
400 or equivalent. A study of the physiology of
exercise, including concepts of work, muscu-
lar contraction, energy transformation, metab-
olism, oxygen debt, and nutrition and athletic
performance. Emphasis is placed on cardiovas-
cular and respiratory function in relation to phy-
sical activity and training.
PHED 480 Measurement in Physical Educa-
tion. (3) Two lectures and two laboratory per-
iods a week. Prerequisite, MATH 1 05 or 1 1 0.
A study of the principles and techniques of
educational measurement as applied to teaching
of physical education; study of the functions
and techniques of measurement in the evalua-
tion of student progress toward the objectives
of physical education and in the evaluation of the
effectiveness of teaching.
PHED 485 Motor Learning and Skilled Per-
formance. (3) Prerequisites, PHED 480 and
PSYC 1 00. A study of the research dealing with
motor learning and motor performance. Major
topics discussed are scientific methodology,
individual differences, specificity, propriocep-
tive control of movement, motivation, timing,
transfer, and retention
PHED 487 Physical Education and Sport in
Contemporary Cultures. (3) Three lectures a
week. Prerequisite, SOCY 100 or equivalent.
A study of the cultural impact of physical educa-
tion activities in the United States and selected
countries. Individual research on selected topics
is required.
PHED 489 Field Laboratory Projects and
Workshop. (1-6) Workshops and research proj-
ects in special areas of knowledge not covered
by regularly structured courses. Note: the
maximum total number of credits that may be
earned toward any degree in physical educa-
tion is six.
PHED 490 Organization and Administration
of Physical Education. (3) The application of
the principles of administration and supervision
to physical education and intramurals. Students
are normally enrolled during the student teach-
ing semester.
PHED 491 The Curriculum in Elementary
School Physical Education. (3) Techniques,
planning and construction are considered from
a standpoint of valid criteria for the selection
of content in elementary school physical edu-
cation. Desirable features of cooperative cur-
riculum planning in providing for learning ex-
periences will be presented and discussed.
PHED 493 History and Philosophy of Sport
and Physical Education. (3) History and phil-
osophical implications of sport and physical
education through ancient, medieval, and con-
temporary periods in western civilization.
PHED 495 Organization and Administration
of Elementary School Physical Education.
(3) Prerequisite, PHED 420. Studies the proce-
dures basic to satisfactory organization of all
phases of the elementary school physical edu-
cation program. Emphasis is placed on the or-
ganizational and administrative factors neces-
sary for the successful operation of the program
in various types of elementary schools.
PHED 496 Quantitative Methods. (3) Statis-
tical techniques most frequently used in re-
search pertaining to physical education. Effort
is made to provide the student with the neces-
sary skills, and to acquaint him with the inter-
pretations and applications of these techniques.
PHED 497 Independent Studies Seminar. (3)
Discussions of contemporary issues vital to the
discipline, critiques of research in the student's
area/areas of special interest, completion of
a major project where the student will be asked
to demonstrate the ability to carry out investiga-
tive processes in problem solving and critical
writing under faculty direction.
PHED 600 Seminar in Physical Education.
(1)
PHED 602 Status and Trends in Elementary
School Physical Education. (3) Analyzes the
current status and implications for future trends
in physical education at the elementary school
level. Open to experienced persons in all phases
of education.
PHED 604 Physical Education and the Devel-
opment of the Child. (3) Analyzes the place
of physical education in meeting the growth and
developmental needs of children of elementary
school age.
PHED 606 Perceptual-Motor Development
Through Physical Education. (3) A study of
128 / Graduate Programs
the development of perceptual-motor skills
ttirougti directed physical activities. An investi-
gation of the growth and development of per-
ceptual-motor programs. Analysis of common
factors and differences between selected pro-
grams and philosophies. Evaluation in percep-
tual-motor development.
PHEO 61 0 Methods and Techniques of Re-
search. (3) Studies methods and techniques of
research used in physical education an analy-
sis of examples of their use; and practice in
their application to problems of interest to the
student.
PHED 61 2 Research Literature. <3) Studies the
research literature of physical education, plus
research in one specific problem.
PHED 61 5 Principles and Techniques of Eval-
uation. (3) Prerequisite, an introductory course
In measurement or permission of the instruc-
tor. A study of currently used means of evalu-
ating the performance of students and the ef-
fectiveness of programs of physical education
in schools and colleges. Specific problems
concerning evaluation, brought in by members
of the class, will be analyzed.
PHED 620 Analysis of Contemporary Athlet-
ics. (3) Studies current problems, practices,
and national issues of permanent importance
to the conduct of athletic competition in a dem-
ocracy.
PHED 630 Sociology of Sport in Contemporary
Perspective. (3) Studies social organization and
the role of individuals and groups in sport situ-
ations; the interrelationship of sport with tradi-
tional social institutions; sport as a sub-system
and its structure; and sport and social problems.
PHED 640 Supervisory Techniques in Phy-
sical Education. (3) Studies current concepts,
principles and techniques of supervision and
of their application ; observation of available
supervising programs, including visits with local
supervisors; and practice in the use of selected
techniques.
PHED 642 Administrative Direction of Physical
Education. (3) Analyzes administrative prob-
lems in the light of sound educational practice.
Students concentrate their efforts upon their
own on-the-job administrative problems and con-
tribute to the solution of other class members'
problems.
PHED 644 Curriculum Construction in Physi-
cal Education. (3) Studies the principles under-
lying curriculum construction in physical educa-
tion and the practical applications of these prin-
ciples to the construction of a curriculum.
PHED 650 Mental and Emotional Aspects of
Sports and Recreation. (3) Prerequisites,
Psychology and/or human development. An
exploration of psychological aspects of physi-
cal education, sports and recreation, including
personality dynamics in relation to exercise and
sports. A study is made of the psychological
factors in athletic performance and coaching.
PHED 660 Philosophy of Physical Education.
(3) Studies five important philosophical disci-
plines and their impact on modern physical
education and sport; and an exploration of the
valid philosophical approaches and processes
to formulation of a personal philosophy of physi-
cal education.
PHED 662 History of Sport in Western Cul-
ture. (3) Prerequisites, PHED 493 or equiva-
lent and 1 2 hours in upper division level courses
involving western culture. A history of sport of
the early and medieval periods.
PHED 663 History of Sport in Western Culture.
(3) Prerequisites, PHED 493 or equivalent and
1 2 hours in upper division level courses involv-
ing western culture A history of sport of the
renaissance and modern pehods.
PHED 688 Seminar in Motor Learning and Per-
formance. (3) Prerequisites, PHED 485 and
496. Discussion of research dealing with ad-
vanced topics in motor learning and skilled per-
formance. Recent developments concerning
individual differences, refractoriness, antici-
pation and timing, transfer, retention, and work
inhibition are emphasized. May be repeated for
a total of 6 hours.
PHED 689 Special Problems in Physical Edu-
cation. (1-6) Master or doctoral candidates who
desire to pursue special research problems
under the direction of their advisor may register
for 1 -6 hours of credit under this number.
PHED 690 Scientific Bases of Exercise. (3)
Prerequisites, Anatomy, Physiology, PHED
400, 460, or equivalent. A critical analysis of
the role of physical exercise in modern society
with attention given to such topics as; the need
for physical exercise, its chronic effects, the role
of exercise in attaining good physical condition
and fitness, factor determining championship
performances, and physical fatigue.
PHED 775 Advanced Analysis of Human
Motion. (3) Prerequisites, PHED 400, 460,
college Algebra or equivalent of by permission
of instructor. A research oriented kinesiological
analysis of human movement as it relates to
sports and the activities of daily living. The an-
alysis is accomplished by means of various
measurement procedures including cinema-
tography, electronic timing devices and similar
instruments.
PHED 789 Advanced Seminar. (1 -3) Studies
the current problems and trends in selected
fields of physical education.
PHED 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6)
PHED 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research.
(1-8)
Physics Program
Professor and Chairman: Laster
Professors: Alley, Banerjee, Benedict*,
Benesch*, Bhagai, Brill, Davidson, Day,
DeSilva, Dorfman^ Dragt, Falk, Ferrell,
Friedman, Ginter*, Glasser', Glover,
Greenberg, Griem, Griffin, Hayward,
Holmgren, Hornyak, Krall, MacDonald,
Marion, McDonald, Misner, Myers, Oneda,
Pati, Prange, Pugh, Rado, Reiser^, Slawsky,
Snow, Sucher, Trivelpiece, Wall, Weber,
Woo, Yodh, G.T. Zorn, Zwanzig* ^
Associate Professors: Anderson, Bardasis,
Beall, Bennett, Chang, Currie, DeRocco°,
Dixon, Earl, Fivel, Glick, Gloeckler, Ham-
mer, Kacser, H. Kim^ Y.S. Kim, Korenman,
Krisher*, Minkiewicz, Pechacek, Redish,
Richard, Roos, Roush', Sengers*, Steinberg,
Stephenson, B.S. Zorn
Assistant Professors: Bagchi, Brayshaw, Chant,
Chen, Connors, Drew, Ellsworth, Gammon,
Glosser, Goldberg, Gowdy, Guillory, Hill,
Khoury, Layman*, Martin, McClellan,
O'Gallagher, Steinberg, Wallace
Visiting Assistant: Dworzecka
'loint appointment with Computer Science
'loinl appointment with Electrical Engineering
'lOint appointment with Institute tor Fluid Dynamics and Applied
Mathematics
*10int appointment with Secondary Education
*joint appointment with Chemical Engineering
"joint appointment with Institute for Molecular Physics
The Department of Physics and Astronomy
has active programs in several areas of current
research. Those in astronomy are listed under
the heading of Astronomy. Those in the physics
program include; astrophysics, atomic physics,
chemical physics, elementary particle theory,
fluid dynamics, general relativity, high energy
physics, many-body theory, molecular physics,
nuclear physics, particle accelerator research,
plasma physics, quantum electronics and op-
tics, quantum field theory, solid state physics,
space physics, and statistical mechanics.
The department offers both thesis and non-
thesis M.S. programs The departmental require-
ments for the non-thesis option include at least
four courses of the general physics sequence,
PHYS 601 , 602, 604, 606, 622 and 623, plus
the graduate lab, PHYS 621 , unless specifically
exempted; a research paper as evidence of
ability to organize and present a scholarly report
on contemporary research; the passing at an
appropriate level of one section of the Ph.D.
qualifying exam; and the passing of a final oral
examination.
The requirements for the Master of Science
degree with thesis include at least four courses
of the general physics sequence plus, for stu-
dents presenting a theoretical thesis, the grad-
uate laboratory unless specially exempted;
and the passing of an oral examination includ-
ing a defense of thesis.
The requirements for the Ph.D. in Physics
are set in general terms to allow the individual
student as much freedom as possible in pre-
paring a course of study suited to individual
needs. These requirements are: competence in
basic physics indicated by satisfactory perfor-
mance on a Qualifying Examination and in the
Graduate Laboratory; advanced course study
outside the student's field of specialization
consisting of at least two courses (6 credits)
in physics at the 700 or 800 level and two
courses (6 credits) recognized for graduate
credit given outside the physics program (this
may include astronomy); and research compe-
tence through active participation in at least two
hours of seminar, 1 2 hours of thesis research
and the presentation and defense of an original
dissertation.
Because of the large number of qualified
applicants, the Department of Physics and
Astronomy has had to restrict formal admission
to The Graduate School to those who have
shown particularly outstanding work in their
undergraduate records, or who have already
done satisfactory work in key senior-level
courses at the University of Maryland. Students
who have less outstanding records but who, be-
cause of exceptional circumstances, show
special promise may be given provisional ad-
mission, with regular admission pending the
satisfactory completion of existing deficiencies.
Each student so admitted will be informed by an
assigned departmental advisor what background
he is lacking, and what he must accomplish to
achieve regular admission. The University of
Maryland hopes in this way to offer an oppor-
Graduate Programs / 129
tunlty for advanced study in Physics and As-
tronomy to all qualified students
Entering graduate students are normally
expected to tiave strong backgrounds in pfiy-
sics. including courses in ttie intermediate level
in mechanics, electricity and magnetism, thermo-
dynamics, physical optics, and modern physics
A student with deficiencies in one or more of
these areas may be admitted, but will be ex-
pected to remedy such deficiencies as soon as
possible
The University of Maryland is located within
the metropolitan area of Washington, DC ,
where it enjoys the proximity of a large number
of outstanding institutions such as NASA's
Goddard Space Flight Center, the Naval Re-
search Laboratory, the Naval Ordnance Labora-
tory, the National Bureau of Standards, the Johns
Hopkins Applied Physics Laboratory, the Atomic
Energy Commission, the National Institutes of
Health, the Library of Congress, and other Fed-
eral institutions The department has close ties
with certain research groups at some of these
institutions
The Department of Physics and Astronomy
offers off -campus courses at convenient times
and places so as to accommodate the greatest
number of students In order to facilitate gradu-
ate study in the Washington area, the depart-
ment has part-time professors in certain govern-
ment laboratories. All f^aster of Science candi-
dates must take at least three credits of their
graduate work on the College Park campus;
for the Doctor of Philosophy degree, students
must complete on the College Park campus at
least 1 8 credits. Normally, students will com-
plete a much greater proportion of their graduate
study on the College Park campus. At govern-
ment agencies where there is no part-time pro-
fessor, employees desinng to do graduate work
in physics should contact a member of the grad-
uate faculty in the department
For complete information, students should
write to the Graduate Entrance Committee.
Department of Physics and Astronomy
PHYS 400 Basic Concepts of Physics I. (3)
Prerequisite, junior standing A primarily de-
scnptive course in two semesters, intended
mainly for those students in the liberal arts who
have not had any other course in physics This
course does not serve as a prerequisite or
substitute for other physics courses The mam
emphasis is on the concepts of physics, their
evolution and their relation to other branches
of human endeavor
PHYS 401 Basic Concepts of Physics II. (3)
Prerequisite. PHYS 400 or consent of instruc-
tor
PHYS 404 Intermediate Theoretical Mechan-
ics. (3) Prerequisite. PHYS 271 and 321 . or
284 or 263: f\/IATH241 previously or con-
currently Fundamentals and selected advanced
topics of physical mechanics Vector differen-
tial calculus will be used For students starting
physics without calculus, this course serves as
part of the series of PHYS 271 . 321 . 404. 405.
to provide terminal courses in general physics
for physical science majors
PHYS 405 Intermediate Theoretical Elec-
tricity and Magnetism. (3) Prerequisite. PHYS
284 or 263 or 32 1 ; Ivl ATH 241 After MATH
241 this course may be taken concurrently with
PHYS 404 Intermediate electricity and mag-
netism and electromagnetic waves (optics)
Vector differential calculus is used throughout
PHYS 406 Optics. (3) Three lectures a week
Prerequisites. PHYS 263 or 284 and MATH
240. or consent of instructor, Geomethcal
optics, optical instruments, wave motion, inter-
ference and diffraction, and other phenomena
in physical optics
PHYS 407 Sound. (3) (Will be given only with
sufficient demand) Prerequisite. PHYS 1 22.
1 42 or 263 MATH 240 is to be taken concur-
rently
PHYS 41 0 Elements of Theoretical Physics-
Mechanics. (4) Prerequisites. PHYS 284. or
PHYS 404 and 405. or PHYS 263 and consent
of instructor, and also MATH 241 . A study of
the theoretical foundations of mechanics, with
extensive applications of the methods. Also
vanous mathematical tools of theoretical phy-
sics,
PHYS 41 1 Elements of Theoretical Physics-
Electricity and Magnetism. (4) Prerequisite.
PHYS 404 or 41 0. and PHYS 263 or 284 or
405. or consent of the instructor, A study of the
foundations of electromagnetic theory, with
extensive application of the methods. Thorough
treatment of wave properties of solutions of
fi/laxwell's equations.
PHYS 41 2 Kinetic Theory of Gases. (3) Pre-
requisites, PHYS 404 and 405 or PHYS 410
and MATH 240 or equivalent. Dynamics of gas
particles. Maxwell-Bultzmann disthbution. dif-
fusion. Brownian motion, etc
PHYS 414 Introduction to Thermodynamics
and Statistical Mechanics. (3) Prerequisites.
MATH 240, PHYS 284 or 404 or consent of the
instructor. Introduction of basic concepts in
thermodynamics and statistical mechanics,
PHYS 420 Modern Physics for Engineers. (3)
Prerequisites, PHYS 263 or 284 or 404 and
405; MATH 241 or consent of instructor A
survey of atomic and nuclear phenoma and the
main trends in modern physics. This course is
appropriate for students in engineering and
other physical sciences. It should not be taken
in addition to PHYS 421
PHYS 421 Introduction to Modern Physics.
(3) Prerequisites, PHYS 284 or equivalent;
MATH 241 including some knowledge of ordi-
nary differential equations Introductory discus-
sion of special relativity, ohgin of quantum the-
ory. Bohr Atom, wave mechanics, atomic
structure, and optical spectra.
PHYS 422 Modern Physics. (3) Prerequisite.
PHYS 42 1 . This course uses the basic ideas of
quantum mechanics and special relativity to dis-
cuss the characteristics of many diverse sub-
jects including complex atoms, molecules,
solids, muclei and elementary particles
PHYS 423 Elementary Quantum Physics. (3)
Prerequisite, an understanding of undergraduate
and a level of mathematical sophistication equiv-
alent to that of a student who has taken PHYS
41 0 and 41 1 . or ENEE 380 and 382, The quan-
tum theory is presented in a rigorous way includ-
ing the concepts of operators, measurement and
angular momentum These concepts together
with the Schroedinger equation are then applied
to some basic problems in atomic and molecular
physics,
PHYS 429 Atomic and nuclear Physics Lab-
oratory. (3) Credits of PHYS 365 and consent
of instructor Classical experiments in atomic
physics and more sophisticated experiments in
current techniques in nuclear physics
PHYS 431 Properties of Matter. (3) Prerequi-
site. PHYS 404 and 405 or 41 0. 420. 421 .
Introduction to solid state physics Electro-
magnetic, thermal, and elastic properties of
metals, semiconductors and insulators.
PHYS 441 Nuclear Physics. (3) Prerequisite.
PHYS 404 and 405 or 410. 420 or 421 An
introduction to nuclear physics at the pre-quan-
tum-mechanics level Properties of nuclei;
radioactivity; nuclear systematics; nuclear mo-
ments; the shell model, interaction of charged
particles and gamma rays with matter; nuclear
detectors; accelerators; nuclear reactions;
beta decay; high energy phenomena.
PHYS 443 Neutron Reactor Physics. (3) Pre-
requisite. PHYS 371 or 421 or consent of in-
structor. Various related topics in neutron reac-
tor physics,
PHYS 451 Introduction to Elementary Parti-
cles. (3) Prerequisite, PHYS 422 or consent of
instructor. Properties of elementary particles,
production and detection of particles, relativis-
tic kinematics, invanance principles and conser-
vation laws
PHYS 461 Introduction to Fluid Dynamics.
(3) Prerequisites, PHYS 404 and MATH 240,
Kinematics of fluid flow, properties of incom-
pressible fluids, complex variable methods of
analysis, wave motions
PHYS 463 Introduction to Plasma Physics.
(3) Three lectures a week Prerequisites, PHYS
404 or 41 0, or ENES 221 ; and PHYS 405 or
4 1 1 , or ENEE 380; or consent of instructor
Students without the electricity and magnetism
prerequisite but having a familiarity with
Maxwell's equations whould check with the
instructor. Orbit theory, magneto-hydrody-
namics, plasma heating and stability, waves and
transport processes.
PHYS 465 Modern Optics. (3) Prerequisites,
PHYS 401 and 420 or 421, and 411 or consent
of the instructor Designed for students with a
background in fundamental optics, the course
deals with topics in modern optics such as
coherence, holography, principles of laser ac-
tion, electron optics, and non-linear optics,
PHYS 471 Introduction to Atmospheric and
Space Physics. (3) Prerequisite. PHYS 404
and 405 or 4 1 0. 420 or 42 1 , Motions of
charged particles in magnetic fields, aspects of
plasma physics related to cosmic rays and radi-
ation belts, atomic phenomena in the atmos-
phere, thermodynamics and dynamics of the
atmosphere
PHYS 483 Introduction to Biophysics. (3)
Prerequisite, senior level standing physics, or
consent of the instructor (open to students out-
side physics) A topical introduction to problems
in biophysics: cell structure; intermolecular
forces; photosynthesis; control processes in-
cluding enzyme function, allostensm. coopera-
tive transitions in biopolymers and the regulation
of protein synthesis; biological rhythms; mem-
branes including bioelectric potentials and the
Hodgkin-Huxley equations; muscle contraction
PHYS 485 Electronic Circuits. (4) Three hours
of lecture and two of laboratory per week. Pre-
requisite, PHYS 365, and concurrent enroll-
ment in PHYS 405 or 41 1 Theory of semi-
conductor and vacuum tube circuits Application
in expehmental physics,
PHYS 487 Particle Accelerators, Physical and
Engineering Principles. (3) Prerequisites,
1 30 / Graduate Programs
PHYS410. 411 or 271, 321 and 421. Or equiv-
alents Sources or charged particles, mettiods
of acceleration and focusing of electron and ion
beams in electromagnetic fields: electrostatic
accelerators: constant-gradient cyclotrons and
synchrotrons: betatrons and microtrons: the
alternating-gradient and sector-focusing prin-
ciples: isochronous syclotrons and alternating-
gradient sychrotrons: linear accelerators This
course is also listed as ENEE 487
PHYS 490 History of Modern Physics. (3)
Prerequisite. PHYS 420 or 42 1 or equivalent.
Primarily for senior physics majors and first year
graduate students A survey of major discover-
ies and trends in 20th century physics, includ-
ing the relations of physics to other sciences,
philosophy of science, technology and society
PHYS 499 Special Problems in Physics. (1-
16) Prerequisite, major in physics and consent
of advisor. Research or special study Credit
according to work done
PHYS 601 Theoretical Dynamics. (3) Pre
requisite. PHYS 4 1 0 or equivalent Lagrangian
and Hamiltonian mechanics, two-body central
force problem, rigid body motion, small oscilla-
tions, continuous systems
PHYS 602 Statistical Physics. (3) Prerequisite,
PHYS 41 0 or equivalent Statistical mechanics.
thermodynamics, kinetic theory
PHYS 604 Methods of Mathematical Physics.
(3) Prerequisite, advanced calculus. PHYS 410
and 41 1 , or equivalent Ordinary and partial
differential equations of physics, boundary
value problems, Fourier senes. Greens func-
tions, complex variables and contour integra-
tion
PHYS 606 Electrodynamics. (4) Prerequisite
PHYS 604 or equivalent Classical electromag-
netic theory, electro- and magnetostatics. Max-
well equations, waves and radiation, special
relativity
PHYS 621 Graduate Laboratory. (3) Six hours
of laboratory' work pe' week Oesign and per-
formance of advanced expe'i~ents m modern
and classical physics
PHYS 622 Introduction to Quantum
Mechanics I. (4) First and second semesters
Prerequisite an outstanding undergraduate
background in physics A study of the Schroe-
dinger equation, matnx formulations of quantum
mechanics, approximation methods, scattering
theory etc , and applications to solid state,
atomic, and nuclear physics
PHYS 623 Introduction to Quantum
Mechanics 11. (3) First and second semesters
Prerequisite, an understanding undergraduate
background in physics A study of the
Schroedinger equation, matrix formulations of
quantum mechanics, approximation methods,
scattenng theory etc , and applications to solid
state, atomic, and nuclear physics. Con-
tinuation of PHYS 622
PHYS 624 Advanced Quantum Mechanics.
(3) Prerequisite. PHYS 623 Relativistic wave
equations, second quantization in many body
problems and relativistic wave equations, Feyn-
man-Dyson perturbation theory Applications to
many tiody problems, application to quantum
electrodynamics, elements of renormalization
PHYS 686 Charged Particle Dynamics, Elec-
tron and Ion Beams. (3) Prerequisites, PHYS
410, 411 or PHYS 271, 321 or consent of in-
structor Three hours per week. General pnn-
ciples of single-particle dynamics> analytical
and practical methods of mapping electnc and
magnetic fields>, equations of motion and
special solutions: Liouville's theorem, electron
optics: space charge effects in high current
beams: design pnnciples of special electron
and ion beam devices This course is also
listed as Electrical Engineenng 686
PHYS 703 Thermodynamics. (3) Prerequisite.
PHYS 602 The first and second laws of ther-
modynamics are examined and applied to
homogeneous and non-homogeneous systems,
calculations of properties of matter, the
denvation of equilibrium conditions and phase
transitions, the theory of irreversible
processes
PHYS 704 Statistical Mechanics. (3)
Prerequisites, PHYS 41 1 and 602 A study of
the determination of behavior of matter from
microscopic models, microcanonical, canonical,
and grand canonical models Applications of
solid state physics and the study of gases
PHYS 708 Seminar in Teaching College
Physics. (1)
PHYS 709 Seminar in General Physics. (1)
PHYS 711 Symmetry Problems in Physics.
(3) Prerequisite. PHYS 623 A study of
general methods of classification of physical
systems by their symmetries and invariance
properties, especially in quantum field theory
applications.
PHYS 718 Seminar in General Physics. (1)
PHYS 719 Seminar in General Physics. (1)
PHYS 721 Theory of Atomic Spectra. (3)
Prerequisite, PHYS 622 A study of atomic
spectra and structure one and two electron
spectra, fine and hyper-fine structure, line
strengths, line widths, etc
PHYS 722 Theory of Molecular Spectra. (3)
Prerequisite, PHYS 721. The structure and
properties of molecules as revealed by
rotational, vibrational, and electronic spectra.
PHYS 723 Molecular Physics I. (2)
Prerequisite, PHYS 623 The fundamentals of
the interpretation of the spectra of simple of
molecules with particular attention to quan-
titative considerations Emphasis on topics
generally regarded as falling outside the
domain of molecular structure, notably the
measurement and analysis of molecular spec-
troscopic line intensities
PHYS 724 Molecular Physics II. (2) Two lec-
tures per week. Prerequisite, PHYS 623. The
fundamentals of the interpretation of the spec-
tra of simple molecules with particular attention
to quantitative considerations Emphasis on
topics generally regarded as falling outside the
domain of molecular structure, notably the
measurement and analysis of molecular spec-
troscopic line intensities. Continuation of PHYS
723
PHYS 728 Seminar in Atomic and Molecular
Physics. (1)
PHYS 729 Seminar in General Quantum
Mechanics and Quantum Electronics. (1)
PHYS 731 Solid State Physics. (3) A variety
of topics such as crystal structure, mechanical,
thermal, electrical, and magnetic properties of
solids, band structure, the semi-surface, and
superconductivity will be treated Although the
emphasis will be on the phenomena, the
methods of quantum mechanics are freely em-
ployed in this description.
PHYS 738 Seminar in Experimental Solid
State Physics. (1)
PHYS 739 Seminar in Theoretical Solid Stale
Physics. (1)
PHYS 741 Nuclear Structure Physics I. (3)
First and second semesters Prerequisite,
PHYS 441 or equivalent: co-requisite, PHYS
622-623 or consent of instructor Nuclear
structure and nuclear reactions. Two-body
scatterings: nucleon-nucleon forces and the
deuteron Neutron scattering: the optical
model Resonance reactions, phase-shitt
analysis, positions and properties of energy
levels: the shell model Direct reactions Elec-
tromagnetic transitions Photoreactions The
design of expenments: the extraction of
parameters from experimental data and the
comparison with nuclear models
PHYS 742 Nuclear Structure Physics II. (3)
First and second semesters. Three lecture
hours per week. Prerequisite. PHYS 441 or
equivalent: co-requisite, PHYS 622-623 or
consent of instructor. Nuclear structure and
nuclear reactions Two-body scatterings:
nucleon-nucleon forces and the deuteron.
Neutron scattering: the optical model.
Resonance reactions, phase-shitt analysis.
positions and properties of energy levels; the
shell model Direct reactions. Electromagnetic
transitions Photoreactions. The design of ex-
periments: the extraction of parameters from
experimental data and the comparison with
nuclear models
PHYS 748 Seminar in Experimental Nuclear
Physics. (1)
PHYS 749 Seminar in Theoretical Nuclear
Physics. (1)
PHYS 751 High Energy Physics. (3) Three
lectures a week Co-requisite, PHYS 624 or
consent of the instructor Nuclear forces are
studied by examining interactions at high
energies. Meson physics, scattering
processes, and detailed analysis of high
energy experiments.
PHYS 752 Elementary Particles. (3)
Prerequisite, PHYS 624 and 751 or consent of
the instructor Survey of elementary particles
and their properties, quantum field theory.
Meson theory, weak interactions, possible ex-
tensions of elementary particle theory.
PHYS 758 Seminar in Elementary Particles
and Quantum Field Theory. (1)
PHYS 759 Seminar in Elementary Particles
and Quantum Field Theory. (1)
PHYS 761 Plasma Physics. (3) Prerequisite.
PHYS 604, 606 or consent of instructor A
detailed study of plasma physics The first
semester treats particle orbit theory,
magnetohydrodynamics, plasma waves, and
transport phenomena
PHYS 762 Plasma Physics. (3) Continuation
of PHYS 761 Vlasov theory, including waves,
stability, and weak turbulence, kinetic equation
theories of correlations and radiative
processes
PHYS 768 Seminar in Fluid Dynamics. (1)
PHYS 769 Seminar in Plasma Physics. (1)
PHYS 771 Cosmic Ray Physics. (3) Pre- or
co-requisite, PHYS 601 or consent of in-
structor. Interaction of cosmic rays with matter,
geomagnetic cutoffs, origin and propagation of
cosmic rays, the elctron component and its
relationship to cosmic radio noise: ex-
penmental methods
PHYS 778 Seminar in Space and Cosmic Ray
Physics. (1)
Graduate Programs / 131
PHYS 779 Seminar in General Relativity. (1)
PHYS 788 Seminar in Applied Physics. (1)
PHYS 789 Seminar in Interdisciplinary
Problems. (1)
PHYS 798 Special Problems in Advanced
Physics. (1-3) Projects in special study in ad-
vanced ptiysics.
PHYS 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6)
PHYS 808 Special Topics in General
Physics. (1-4) Prerequisite, consent of in-
structor Credit according to work done.
PHYS 809 Special Topics in General
Physics. (1-4) Prerequisite, consent of in-
structor Credit according to work done.
PHYS 818 Special Topics in General
Physics. (1-4) Prerequisite, consent of in-
structor Credit according to work done.
PHYS 819 Special Topics in General
Physics. (1-4) Prerequisite, consent of in-
structor Credit according to work done.
PHYS 828 Special Topics in Atomic and
Molecular Physics. (1-4) Prerequisite, con-
sent of instructor. Credit according to work
done
PHYS 829 Special Topics in Quantum
Mechanics and Quantum Electronics. (1-4)
Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Credit ac-
cording to work done.
PHYS 832 Theory of Solids I. (3) Prerequisite,
PHYS 623, co-requisite, PHYS 624. Advanced
topics in the quantum theory of solids from
such fields as band structure calculations, op-
tical properties, phonons, neutron scattering,
the dynamics of electrons in one-band theory,
the Landau-Fermi liquid theory, charged Fermi
liquids, the Fermi surface (surface impedance,
cyclotron resonance, the dehass-Van Alphen
effect, etc.).
PHYS 833 Theory of Solids II. (3)
Continuation of PHYS 832. Covers special
topics such as magnetism, superconductivity
and electron-phonon interactions.
PHYS 838 Special Topics in Experimental
Solid State Physics. (1-4) Prerequisite, con-
sent of instructor. Credit according to work
done
PHYS 839 Special Topics in Theoretical
Solid State Physics. (1-4) Prerequisite, con-
sent of instructor Credit according to work
done
PHYS 843 Theoretical Nuclear Physics I. (3)
Prerequisite. PHYS 624 Three lectures a
week Nuclear properties and reactions,
nuclear forces, two. three, and four body
problems, nuclear spectroscopy, beta decay,
and related topics.
PHYS 844 Theoretical Nuclear Physics II. (3)
Continuation of PHYS 843. Nuclear properties
and reactions, nuclear forces, two, three, and
four body problems, nuclear spectroscopy,
beta decay, and related topics.
PHYS 848 Special Topics in Experimental
Nuclear Physics. (1-4) Prerequisite, consent
of instructor Credit according to work done.
PHYS 849 Special Topics in Theoretical
Nuclear Physics. (1-4) Prerequisite, consent
of instructor Credit according to work done.
PHYS 851 Advanced Quantum Mechanics.
(3) Prerequisite, PHYS 624 Renormalizations
of LaGrangian field theories. Lamb shift,
positronium fine structure, TCP. invariance,
connection between spin and statistics, broken
symmetries in many body problems, soluble
models, analyticity in perturbation theory, sim-
ple applications of dispersion relations.
PHYS 852 Theoretical Methods in Elemen-
tary Particles. (3) Prerequisite or co-requisite,
PHYS 851
PHYS 853 Quantum Field Theory. (3) Co-
requisite, PHYS 851 . Introduction to Hilbert
space, general postulates of relativistic quan-
tum field theory, asymptotic conditions, exam-
ples of local field theory, Jost-Lehmann-Dyson
representation and applications, generalized
free field theory, general results of local field
theory-TCP theorem, spin statistics con-
nections, Borchers' theorems, Reeh-Schlieder
theorem.
PHYS 858 Special Topics in Elementary Par-
ticles and Quantum Field Theory. (1-4)
Prerequisites. PHYS 851 and PHYS 751. First
Semester.
PHYS 859 Special Topics in Elementary Par-
ticles and Quantum Field Theory. (1-4)
Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Credit ac-
cording to work done.
PHYS 868 Special Topics in Fluid Dynamics.
(1-4) Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Credit
according to work done.
PHYS 869 Special Topics in Plasma Physics.
(1-4) Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Credit
according to work done.
PHYS 875 Theory of Relativity. (3)
Prerequisite, PHYS 601. A brief survey of Ein-
stein's special theory of relativity followed by a
solid introduction to general relativity and its
applications.
PHYS 878 Special Topics in Space and
Cosmic Ray Physics. (1-4) Prerequisite, con-
sent of instructor. Credit according to work
done.
PHYS 879 Special Topics in General
Relativity. (1-4) Prerequisite, consent of in-
structor. Credit according to work done.
PHYS 888 Special Topics in Applied
Physics. (2)
PHYS 889 Special Topics in Interdisciplinary
Problems. (1-4) Prerequisite, consent of in-
structor. Credit according to work done.
PHYS 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research.
(1-8)
Poultry Science
Program
Associate Professor and Chairman: Thomas
Professor: Shaffner
Associate Professor: Bigbee, Heath
Assistant Professors: Carter, Coon, Kuenzel.
Scares
Coursework and research activities leading to
the Master of Science and the Doctor of
Philosophy degrees are offered by the Depart-
ment of Poultry Science. The student may pur-
sue work with major emphasis in either
nutrition, physiology, physiological genetics, or
the technology of eggs and poultry.
Departmental requirements, supplementary
to those of the Graduate School, have been
formulated for the guidance of candidates for
graduate degrees. Copies of these require-
ments may be obtained from the Department of
Poultry Science.
Courses in these programs are listed
elsewhere under the headings Animal Science,
Nutritional Sciences, and Food Science, as ap-
propriate.
Psychology Program
Professor and Chairman: Bartlett
Professors: Anderson, Crites, Fretz,
Goldstein, Gollub, Hodos, Horton,
Levinson, Locke^, lylagoon', Martin,
Mclntyre, D. Mills, J. Mills, Pumroy',
Scholnick, Steinman, Taylor, Tyler,
Waldrop
Associate Professors: Brown, Dachler,
Dies, Freeman', Gelso', Larkin,
McKenzie', Pavey, Schneider, Sigall,
Smith, Sternheim, Teitelbaum, Ward
,4ss7S(an/ Professors: Barrett, Carroll,
Claiborn, Coursey, Gatz, Hill,
Holmgren, Johnson, Meltzer, Osterhouse,
Spector, Tanney
'joint appointment with Counseling and Personnel Services
'loint appointment witti Business and Management
The Department of Psychology offers programs
leading to the degrees of Master of Arts,
Master of Science, and Doctor of Philosophy.
By departmental ruling, the number of graduate
students is limited to a ratio of four resident
students per member of the Graduate Faculty,
insuring close and intimate contact in research
and seminars.
The programs for the Master of Arts and
Master of Science degrees differ in the relative
emphasis on content in the social and
biological sciences. Programs leading to the
Doctor of Philosophy degree are offered in the
areas of Clinical, Counseling, Experimental, In-
dustrial, Quantitative and Social Psychology.
The Experimental area is further subdivided in-
to three fields of study: bio-psychology:
language and cognition: and sensation and
preception. Many have a range of sub-
specialties (e.g.. Personality and Develop-
mental, Engineering Psychology) in which the
student may concentrate. The department's
doctoral programs in both Clinical and Coun-
seling Psychology have been approved by the
American Psychological Association.
The department accepts as graduate
students only those who have demonstrated
superior aptitude and appear capable of com-
pleting the requirements for the doctoral
degree.
The department gives financial aid to almost
all incoming students. A graduate assistant is
permitted to register for 1 0 semester hours.
The Department of Psychology does not offer
a part-time program. Students are required to
attend classes, take part in research and teach
as graduate assistants. Each of these assign-
ments is considered a critical part of the
graduate training program It is not possible to
obtain this type of education on a part-time
basis. Thus, students are not permitted to hold
off-campus jobs unless they are under the
direct supervision of the faculty.
The department moved into a new building
during the summer of 1 971 , and new facilities
were designed by the faculty of the Depart-
ment of Psychology for the training of graduate
students. In addition, its geographic location in
a suburb of Washington, DC. makes ac-
1 32 / Graduate Programs
cessible a wide vanety of laboratory and
training facilities in governmental and ottier
agencies, as well as many psychologists
prominent in the profession
PSYC 400 Experimental Psychology— Learn-
ing and Motivation. (4) Two lectures and
four one-hour laboratory penods per week.
Prerequisites PSYC 200 and either 206 or
301 Students who have taken PSYC 301
need consent of instructor Pnmarily for
students who major in psychology The ex-
perimental analysis of tjehavior with emphasis
on conditioning, learning and motivational
processes Experiments are conducted on the
■ behavior of animals
PSYC 402 Physiological Psychology. (3)
Prerequisite. PSYC 206 or 301 An in-
troduction to research on the physiological
basis of human behavior, including con-
siderations of sensory phenomena motor coor-
dination, emotion, drives, and the neurological
basis of learning
PSYC 403 Animal Behavior. (3) Prerequisite.
PSYC 206 or 301 A study of animal behavior,
including considerations of social interactions,
learning, sensory processes, motivation, and
experimental methods, with a major emphasis
on mammals
PSYC 410 Experimental Psychology— Sen-
sory Processes I. (4) Ttiree lectures and one
two-hour labKDratory demonstration period per
week. Prerequisite. MATH 140 or 1 1 1 and
220 Primarily for students who major in
psychology A systematic survey of the con-
tent, models, and methodologies of sensory
and perceptual research A student who has
completed PSYC 310 must have permission of
the instructor in order to register for PSYC
410.
PSYC 412 Experimental Psychology— Sen-
sory Processes II. (4) Two lectures and four
hours of laboratory exercise and research per
week. Prerequisite. PSYC 410 or consent of
instructor Pnmarily for psychology majors and
majors in biological sciences with a special in-
terest in sensory processes Lectures and
laboratory exercises will emphasize con-
temporary problems in sensory process
research. Sufficient latitude will be provided so
the exceptional student may conduct original
research based on findings reported in the
current literature.
PSYC 420 Experimental Psychology— Social
Processes. (4) Prerequisite. PSYC 200 and
221 Pnmarily for psychology majors. A
laboratory course which provides a basic un-
derstanding of expenmental method in social
psychology and experience in conducting
research on social processes
PSYC 422 Language and Social Com-
muncation. (3) Prerequisite. PSYC 420 The
nature and significance of verbal and non-
vertjal communcation in social psychological
processes including examination of relevant
theoretical approaches to symtxilic behavior
PSYC 423 Advanced Social Psychology. (3)
Prerequisite, PSYC 420 A systematic review
of research and c>oints of view in regard to
major problems in the field of social
psychology
PSYC 431 Abnormal Psychology. (3)
Prerequisite, PSYC 100, 200. and 400 or 410
or 420. The nature, diagnosis, etiology, and
treatment of mental disorders. A student may
not receive credit for both PSYC 331 and
431
PSYC 433 Advanced Topics in Child
Psychology. (3) Prerequisite. PSYC 200. 335.
The growth and transformation of basic
psychological processes from birth to maturity
Emphasis is on research data and
methodological issues, especially as they
relate to other aspects of psychology A
student may not receive credit for t)oth PSYC
333 and 433.
PSYC 435 Personality. (3) Prerequisite. PSYC
200. 331. and 400 or 410 or 420 Major per-
sonality theones. their postulates and evid-
ence, assessment and research methodology in
personality, major areas of personality research,
their methodologies, findings, implications,
and relationships to the field of psychology A
student may not receive credit for twth PSYC
335 and 435.
PSYC 436 Introduction to Clinical
Psychology. (3) Prerequisites. PSYC 451;
either PSYC 431 or 435: and either PSYC
400 or 410 or 420 A survey and critical
analysis of clinical psychology, with particular
emphasis on current developments and trends
Designed to broaden the students perspective
on clinical psychology, to increase his intrinsic
interest in the field, and to provide him with a
firmer basis for critical evaluation of major
theoretical and mettiodological foundations in
the field Students will be expected to conduct
individual projects related to the course with a
substantial amount of direct supervision,
PSYC 440 Introduction to Cognitive
Psychology. (3) Prerequisite. PSYC 200 Ttiis
course serves as an introduction to selected
topics and theories in cognitive psychology.
Topics include visual and auditory inforiTiation
processing, attention, memory, concept iden-
tification and psycholinguistics.
PSYC 441 Psychology of Human Learning.
(3) Prerequisite. PSYC 200 and 440 or 410 or
420 Review and analysis of the major
phenomena and theories of human learning, in-
cluding an introduction to the fields of protHem
solving, thinking and reasoning
PSYC 451 Principles of Psychological
Testing. (4) Three lectures and one two-hour
laboratory period per week Prerequisite. PSYC
200 or equivalent. A survey of the tiasic con-
cepts and theories of psychological
measurement illustrated through demonstration
of pnncipal approaches to psychological
testing
PSYC 452 Psychology of Individual Dif-
ferences. (3) Prerequisite. PSYC 200
Problems theories and researches related to
psychological differences among individuals
and groups.
PSYC 453 Mathematical Psychology. (3)
Prerequisite. PSYC 200 or equivalent, and
consent of instructor A survey of mathematical
formulations in psychology, including
measurement and scaling models, statistical
and psychometric models, and elementary
mathematical representations of psychological
processes in learning, choice, psychophysics.
and social behavior.
PSYC 461 Personnel and Organizational
Psychology. (3) Prerequisite. PSYC 200 or
equivalent, and one other 200 level course.
For majors. Intensive examination of issues in
personnel psychology (recruitment, selection
and classification, job satisfaction) and
organizational psychokjgy (motivation, morale.
group processes including leadership,
organization theory) Emphasis is on theones
of ttehavior in organizations and research
results regarding tiehavior in on-going human
systems Where appropriate, relations between
theory and practice are discussed
PSYC 462 Engineering Psychology and
Training Models. (3) Prerequisite. PSYC 200
or equivalent, and one other 200 level course.
For majors An examination of the theories and
research regarding human performance
capabilities and skills (information processing,
decision-making, environmental constraints,
automation) training procedures (traditional
methods, programmed learning, computer-
assisted instruction) and models and
procedures for evaluating training programs in
industry, education, and service organizations
PSYC 467 Vocational Psychology. (3) Survey
and critical analysis of theory and research on
vocational choice and vocational adjustment
Definition and correlates of vocational
aspirations, preferences, choices, motivation,
success, and satisfaction Developmental trends
in career decision-making and career patterns
PSYC 478 Independent Study in Psychology.
(1-3) Prerequisite written consent of in-
structor A student who wishes to take in-
dependent research study must have com-
pleted 1 2 hours of psychology with at least a
2.5 average Integrated reading under direction
leading to the preparation of an adequately
documented report on a special topic (In
special cases a student who may need to
repeat this course in order to complete his in-
dependent study will make a formal request, in-
cluding a research proposal, through his ad-
visor to the departmental honors committee.)
PSYC 479 Special Research Problems in
Psychology, (1-3) Prerequisite, wntten con-
sent of instructor A student who wishes to
take independent research study must have
completed 1 2 hours of psychology witti at
least a 2 5 average An individual course
designed to allow the student to pursue a
specialized research topic under supervision.
(In special cases a student who may need to
repeat this course in order to complete his
research will make a formal request, including
a research proposal, through his advisor to the
departmental honors committee )
PSYC 488 Advanced Psychology I (Honors).
(3) H— Honors. Usually taken dunng junior year
Prerequisites. PSYC 200 and permission of
department honors committee Seminar
covenng topics in sensation, perception, learn-
ing, and motivation
PSYC 489 Senior Seminar. (3)
PSYC 498 Advanced Psychology II (Honors).
(3) H— Honors Usually taken during senior
year Prerequisite. PSYC 488H. Semester
covering topics in measurement, social
processes and other subject matter of cun-ent
interest
PSYC 499 Honors Thesis Research. (3)
H— Honors Usually taken dunng last semester
in residence Prerequisite, permission of thesis
advisor
PSYC 601 Quantitative Methods. (3)
Prerequisite. PSYC 200 or equivalent A basic
course in mathematical formulations and quan-
titative analysis in psychology, with an em-
phasis on measurement, probability, statistical
inference and estimation, regression, and
correlation
Graduate Programs / 133
PSYC 602 Quantitative Methods. (3)
Prerequisite PSYC 200 or equivalent A basic
course in mathematical formulations and quan-
titative analysis in psychology, with an em-
phasis on measurement, probability, statistical
inference and estimation, regression, and
correlation
PSYC 611 Advanced Developmental
Psychology. (3) Empincal, experimental and
theoretical literature related to developmental
processes
PSYC 612 Theories of Personality. (3)
Scientific requirements for a personality theory
Postulates and relevant research literature for
several current personality theories
PSYC 619 Clinical Research Team. (1-3)
Discussion of research topics; presentation
and critique of original research proposals in
clinical psychology, (vlay be repeated to a
maximum of six credits
PSYC 640 Fundamentals of Social
Psychology. (3) Method, research and theory
in social psychology
PSYC 651 Sensory and Perceptual
Processes. (3) A broad coverage of
knowledge of sensory and perceptual
processes IVIajor theories and antecedents of
contemporary research in the field,
PSYC 661 Advanced General Psychology. (3)
PSYC 671 Verbal Behavior. (3) A systematic
review of major topic areas in the general field
of human learning with particular emphasis upon
learning, memory, and linguistic processes
PSYC 678 Seminar in Psycholinguistics. (3)
Prerequisite, PSYC 671 Contemporary
psycholinguistic theories of language
acquisition and use Phonological, semantic
and syntactic aspects of language Repeatable
to a maximum of six credits
PSYC 679 Seminar in Cognitive Develop-
ment. (3) Prerequisite, PSYC 61 1 or 671 Ad-
vanced coverage of research methodology and
research issues in various areas of cognitive
development such as discrimination learning,
concept identification, form perception,
language acquisition, and memory Emphasis
on Interrelationships among developmental
changes during infancy and childhood Utility
of a developmental perspective in analyzing
the components of cognition Repeatable to a
maximum of six credits
PSYC 687 Historical Viewpoints and Current
Theories in Psychology. (3) Prerequisite.
PSYC 622
PSYC 688 Historical Viewpoints and Current
Theories in Psychology. (3)
PSYC 701 KAultivariate Analysis I. (3)
Prerequisite. PSYC 602 or permission of in-
structor Fundamentals of matnx algebra,
multivariate distributions, multivariate estimation
problems and test of hypotheses, general
linear model,
PSYC 702 Multivariate Analysis II. (3)
Prerequisite, PSYC 701 or permission of in-
structor Component and factor analysis with
emphasis on the appropnateness of the
models to psychological data Both theoretical
issues and research implications will be
discussed The course will treat the factor
analytic model, the three indeterminant
problems of communalities. factor loadings, and
factor scores, extraction algorithms, rotational
algorithms, and the principal component model
PSYC 703 Scaling Techniques and Theory.
(3) Prerequisite. PSYC 602 or consent of in-
sturctor Theory of measurement as applied to
psychology; and the associated experimental
techniques needed to construct measurement
scales. The phncipal psychophysical and
psychometric scaling models are discussed,
PSYC 704 Test Theory. (3) Prerequisite.
PSYC 602 or permission of instructor A sur-
vey of theories of test construction with em-
phasis on reliability, validity, and criteria
problems. Covers measurement in differential
psychology, item analysis, reliability, validity,
reliability of difference scores, prediction and
the construction of test batteries, and factor
theory.
PSYC 705 Mathematical Models of Learning
and Memory. (3) Prerequisite, PSYC 602 or
consent of instructor Topics to be covered in-
clude a review of basic probability theory;
matrix operations and difference equations;
stochastic models of learning, memory and at-
tention; stimulus sampling theory: computer
simulations of learning processes,
PSYC 706 Seminar in Prediction. (3)
Prerequisites. PSYC 602 or permission of in-
structor. In depth review of techniques for
prediction in the behavioral sciences. Emphasis
on both theoretical rationale and research im-
plications.
PSYC 707 Theory of Decision and Choice.
(3) Prerequisite. PSYC 602 or consent of in-
structor A study of algebraic and probabilistic
models for decision and choice behavior, and
related expenmental procedures. Topics in-
clude: measurement of preference, utility and
subjective likelihood models for certain and un-
certain outcomes, normative strategies, com-
petitive strategies, and group decision making
PSYC 708 Seminar in Psychometric Theory.
(3) Prerequisite, PSYC 602 or consent of in-
structor. Study of the current practices, trends,
or recent developments in psychometric
theory, Repeatable to a maximum of nine
hours
PSYC 709 Seminar in Mathematical Models.
(3) Prerequisite. PSYC 602 or consent of in-
structor. Special topics in mathematical
psychology- A discussion of quantitative
representations of psychological processes in
one or more substantive areas of psychology,
Repeatable to a maximum of nine hours,
PSYC 711 Introduction to Counseling
Psychology. (3) Prerequisite, permission of in-
structor Introduction to the professional field,
examination of pertinent scientific and
philosophical backgrounds, and survey of the
major theories, principles, and training models
in counseling Correlated laboratory analogue
experiences in dyadic and group in-
terrelationships
PSYC 712 Principles and Procedures of
Counselor Functions. (3) Prerequisite. PSYC
711 Specific functions and areas of
specialization of the counseling psychologist
including vocational psychology, use of tests in
counseling, and student ecology. Principles of
consultation, interprofessional relations, and
ethical standards Concurrent correlated
laboratory experiences for all topics,
PSYC 713 Fundamentals of Clinical
Psychology. (3) Prerequisite, consent of the
instructor Analysis of clinical psychology as a
science — professional paradigm, its historical
roots and its scientific and professional
evolution: selected coverage of current major
research topics, eg. psychotherapy,
psychopathology, community: current nature of
clinical psychology and evolving trends.
PSYC 718 Research Issues in Clinical,
Counseling, and Community Psychology. (3)
Prerequisite, permission of instructor Issues
and strategies in conceptual systems, designs
and methodologies of cun'ent research in
these areas; critical analysis of current research,
lylay be repeated to a maximum of nine credits,
PSYC 719 Seminar in Clinical, Counseling,
and Community Psychology. (3) Prerequisite,
permission of instructor, advanced selected
topics in areas such as psychotherapy, con-
sultation, assessment, psychopathology,
student ecology, etc May be repeated to a
maximum of nine credits,
PSYC 721 Seminar and Laboratory in
Behavioral Assessment I. (2) Prerequisite, con-
sent of instructor PSYC 721 and 722 must be
taken concurrently Introduction to a broad range
of assessment approaches, issues, theohes and
research. Emphasizes formulation and
evaluation of strategies for information
gathering and problem solving in a variety of
clinical situations and Includes behavioral ob-
servations, rating procedures and standardized
tests
PSYC 722 Seminar and Laboratory in
Behavioral Assessment I. (2) Prerequisite,
consent of instructor. PSYC 721 and 722
must be taken concunrently Introduction to a
broad range of assessment approaches,
issues, theohes and research Emphasizes for-
mulation and evaluation of strategies for in-
formation gathering and problem solving in a
vanety of clinical situations and includes
behavioral observations, rating procedures and
standardized tests,
PSYC 723 Seminar and Laboratory in
Behavioral Assessment II. (2) Prerequisite,
consent of instructor, PSYC 723 and 724
must be taken concurrently Introduction to a
broad range of assessment approaches,
issues, fheones and research. Emphasizes for-
mulation and evaluation of strategies for in-
formation gathering and problem solving in a
variety of clinical situations and includes
behavioral observations, rating procedures and
standardized tests
PSYC 724 Seminar and Laboratory in
Behavioral Assessment II. (2) Prerequisite,
consent of instructor PSYC 723 and 724
must be taken concurrently Introduction to a
broad range of assessment approaches,
issues, theories and research. Emphasizes for-
mulation and evaluation of strategies for in-
formation gathering and problem solving in a
variety of clinical situations and includes
behavioral observations, rating procedures and
standardized tests
PSYC 727 Introductory Counseling Prac-
ticum. (3) Prerequisite, PSYC 711 and 712
Supervised training in application of methods
relevant to behavior change through coun-
seling
PSYC 728 Introductory Didactic— Practicum
in Psychological Intervention. (3)
Prerequisite, permission of instructor In-
troduction to concepts and skills of
psychological intervention emphasizing the
relationship to the behavioral science foun-
dation theories, methods and research findings
with the development and utilization of Inter-
vention skills The course includes supervised
experience in intervention skills as designated
1 34 / Graduate Programs
by the subtopics of the course. May be repeated
to a maximum of nine credits,
PSYC 729 Advanced Didactic— Practicum in
Psychological Intervention. (3) Prerequisite,
consent of instructor and PSYC 727 or 728
Concept, research and supervised experience
in intervention skills in advanced specialized
areas, eg , college student counseling, child
evaluation, parent and school consultation,
psychoevaluation, behavioral therapy, individual
psychotherapy May be repeated to a
maximum of nine hours
PSYC 730 Introduction to Industrial and
Organizational Psychology. (3) Advanced
survey of industnal-organizational psychology,
including selection, training, human
engineenng, motivation, group processes,
leadership, organizational psychology, and
some topics in research methods including
philosophy of science Readings stressed and
seminar time will be used for discussion and
integration of the reading materials. Vanous
faculty members will serve as content experts.
PSYC 731 Training Procedures and
Evaluation in Organizational Settings. (3)
Psychological pnnciples and methods in the
development and evaluation of training
procedures in business and industry, govern-
ment and military, and educational and service
institutions. Included are discussions of learn-
ing foundations, and training methodology
(simulators, programmed instruction, computer-
assisted instruction). The focus of the course
is the design of evaluation research in social
settings
PSYC 732 Selection and Classification
Issues in Organizations. (3) Prerequisite.
PSYC 730. PSYC 601-602 or the equivalents,
or permission of the instructor Consideration
of societal, organizational and individual de-
mands for appropriate use of individual dif-
ferences in (primarily) initial placement of em-
ployees. Recruitment, and selection issues, the
role of individual factors in individual behavior are
considered. Extensive coverage given to fun-
damental psycho-metric problems and the
development of individual and organizational
criteria of effectiveness.
PSYC 733 Organizational Psychology. (3)
Prerequisite. PSYC 730. PSYC 601-602 or
their equivalents or permission of the in-
structor Emphasizes theories and data regard-
ing the impact of environmental factors on in-
dividual, group, and organizational behavior
Group dynamics, leadership, and power,
motivation and satisfaction, and organization
structure and environment are examined as
correlates of behavior
PSYC 734 Motivation and Attitudes in
Organizations. (3) Prerequisite, permission of
the instructor. Major theories of human
motivation in organizational contexts. Included
will be theories concerning some determinants
of performances, satisfaction and dissatisfac-
tion, the relationship between satisfaction and
performance, determinants of boredom and
fatigue, and the functions and effects of in-
centives
PSYC 735 Seminar in Human Performance
Theory. (3) Prerequisite, permission of the in-
structor. An examination of man-machine in-
teraction with emphasis on the theones and
research which focus on human performance
capabilities and skills. Some of the topics
covered are information processing and com-
muncations, decision making, environmental
constraints and automation
PSYC 738 Seminar in Industrial Psychology.
(3) An advanced seminar covering specialized
topics such as: morale and motivation, labor
relations, consumer motivations, man-machine
systems, quantitative and qualitative personnel
requirements inventory, job evaluation, en-
vironment conditions and safety, occupational
choice and classification, and the interview
PSYC 740 Social Psychology Research
Methodology. (3) A review of research
methodology in social psychology, including
research design, techniques of data collection,
and the interpretation of data Emphasis is
placed on developing skill in evaluating studies
and generating research designs.
PSYC 741 Attitude Change. (3) A review of
research and theory concerning the nature of
attitudes and the determinants of attitude
change
PSYC 742 Group Behavior. (3) A review of
research and theory concerning group
behavior, including topics such as problem
solving, communication, leadership and con-
formity,
PSYC 743 Person Perception. (3) A review of
research and theory concerning the attribution
of personal characteristics, interpersonal at-
traction and self-evaluation
PSYC 748 Seminar in Social Psychology. (3)
A seminar on selected topics in social psy-
chology. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits.
PSYC 749 Current Research in Social
Psychology. (1-3) Repeatable to a maximum
of 9 credits
PSYC 758 Seminar in Vision. (3) Prerequisite.
PSYC 651 or consent of instructor. Selected
topics in vision. Repeatable to a maximum of
six credits
PSYC 759 Seminar in Auditory Mechanisms.
(3) Prerequisite. PSYC 651 or consent of in-
structor. Selected topics in auditory and
psychoacoustic research, with emphasis on
sensory and perceptual phenomena and their
physiological bases. Repeatable to a maximum
of six credits.
PSYC 761 Advanced Laboratory Techniques.
(1-3) Methodology of the automatization or
research techniques and apparatus, apparatus
design and construction; telemetnc and digital
techniques; logical block circuitry,
PSYC 762 Comparative Psychology. (3)
Prerequisite, PSYC 661 The experimental
literature on the behavior of infra-human
organisms Special topics
PSYC 763 Advanced Psychophysiology. (3)
Alternate years.
PSYC 764 Comparative Neuroanatomy. (3)
Prerequisites, a graduate or undergraduate
course in physiological psychology or
physiology or comparative anatomy or per-
mission of instructor Demonstrations and lec-
tures on the gross, microscopic and ultrastruc-
tural morphology of the central nervous system
of vertebrates,
PSYC 765 Seminar in Psychopharmacology.
(3) Prerequisite, one year of graduate study in
psychology and consent of the instructor A
critical review and detailed analysis of the
literature and problems related to the effects of
drugs on animal and human behavior. Designed
for advanced graduate students in ex-
perimental psychology and clinical psychology
PSYC 766 Laboratory Methods in
Neuroanatomy. (3) Permission of the in-
structor Laboratory practice in the perfusion
and fixation of neural tissue. Training in the use
of the compound microscope, the microprojec-
tor, the reconstruction of brain lesions and
macro- and microphofography of neural tissue
PSYC 768 Conditioning and Learning. (3)
Alternate years Prerequisite. PSYC 622 The
literature on the expenmental analysis of
behavior, with examination of basic ex-
periments and contemporary theories related
to them.
PSYC 778 Seminar in Learning and Memory.
(3) Prerequisite. PSYC 671 , An advanced
topical seminar covenng the areas of human
learning and memory Acquisition processes,
storage and retrieval processes, and attention
and information processing, Repeatable to a
maximum of six credits
PSYC 788 Special Research Problems. (1-4)
Supervised research on problems selected
from the area of experimental, industrial, social,
quantitative, or mental health psychology
PSYC 789 Special Research Problems. (2)
PSYC 798 Graduate Seminar. (2)
PSYC 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6)
PSYC 818 Research Issues in Personality or
Development. (3) Prerequisites, PSYC 601.
602 and either 611 or 612 or their equivalen-
ts, depending on course content. Experimental
design and methodology and statistical treat-
ment of data appropriate to personality or
developmental research; critical analysis of
major current areas of research including
methodologies, findings and implications The
course will focus on either personality research
or developmental research in a given semester
May be repeated to a maximum of nine hours
PSYC 819 Seminar in Personality and
Development. (3) An advanced seminar
covering specialized topics Repeatable to a
maximum of nine credits.
PSYC 858 Contemporary Theories in Sen-
sory Processes. (3) Prerequisites. PSYC 651
or consent of instructor. Specialized study of
sensory processes with emphasis on
mathematical models. Repeatable to a
maximum of six credits.
PSYC 859 Special Topics in Perception. (3)
Prerequisites, PSYC 651 or consent of in-
structor. Intensive study of selected topics in
perception Repeatable to a maximum of six
credits
PSYC 878 Current Research in Language
and Cognition. (3) Prerequisite. PSYC 671.
Seminar will cover current research and
methodological issues in language and
cognition. Specialized topics include, computer
models of cognitive behavior; cross-cultural
studies in language and thought; mathematical
and analytical techniques for assessing struc-
tures; and others Repeatable to a maximum of
SIX credits
PSYC 888 Research Methods in Psychology.
(1-3)
PSYC 889 Research Methods in Psychology.
(1-3)
PSYC 898 Graduate Seminar. (2)
PSYC 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research.
(1-8)
Graduate Programs / 1 35
Recreation
Program
Professor and Chairman: Harvey
Associate Professors: Churchill. Strobell
Assistant Professor: Thompson
The Department of Recreation otters programs
of study leading to the degrees ot Master of
Arts and Doctor ot Philosophy seeking to fur-
ther assist the practitioner, to prepare teachers
for institutions of higher learning, and to ad-
vance the knowledge in and of the field
through research activities and projects
Present areas ot specialization consist of
administration, outdoor recreation, program
planning, resource planning and management,
and therapeutic recreation
Students are required to present Graduate
Record Examination scores and evidence of
any experience in addition to fulfilling the
regular admission requirements of the
Graduate School
A diagnostic examination is required of all
non-Maryland graduates, from the results of
w/hich the need for specific prerequisite course
work may be established Doctoral students
must complete either a language requirement
or an approved research substitute, A thesis or
dissertation is required of all students.
Recreation students have access to the
University's McKeldin Library, the College's
Research Laboratory and statistical resources,
the Computer Science Center, the almost
unlimited facilities and subjects of the
metropolitan areas of Baltimore. Washington.
D.C., and to the headquarters and offices of
appropriate national organizations, agencies
and federal governmental units in the nation's
capitol
RECR 415 Quantitative Methods. (3) A cour-
se covering the statistical techniques most
frequently used in research pertaining to
recreation An effort will be made to provide
the student with the necessary skills, and to
acquaint him with the interpretations and prac-
tical applications of these techniques
RECR 420 Program Planning. (3)
Prerequisite. RECR 1 30 or 325, Study of the
various aspects, problems and practices of
agency, military, "exceptional." and govern-
mental recreation programs and their planning
(with particular emphasis on playground, com-
munity and teen center plans and procedures).
Observations will be required.
RECR 426 Industrial Employee Recreation.
(3) An introductory study of the philosophy of
and practices and problems in industrial
recreation. Where possible the course will in-
clude opportunities for observation and for
meeting visiting specialists
RECR 432 Philosophy of Recreation. (3) A
study of the meanings, relationships, and ser-
vices of recreation as expressed by past and
present authorities and leaders This course
should be of interest to people active in
education, social work, and related fields
RECR 450 Camp Management. (3)
Prerequisite, RECR 1 50 or experience An ad-
vanced camping course for those students
with previous training and experience,
organization, administration, programming,
current trends, evaluation, and special
problems Whenever possible, visiting
specialists and field trips will be included
RECR 454 Outdoor Education. (6) Field ex-
perience and resident camping in an outdoor
setting will be used to present the activities
and techniques recommended for modern out-
door education practice. Where possible
groups of participants will be utilized as sub-
jects for practice instructional work. Activity
will emphasize not only the subject matter of
science and education but also the broad con-
cepts of conservation, worthy use of leisure
time, education for democratic living, etc
RECR 460 Leadership Techniques and Prac-
tices. (3) Prerequisite, RECR 130 or 325, A
study of the various kinds and levels of leader-
ship exerted by professional and volunteer
workers, some of the difficulties and probable
weaknesses to be met, and some of the
tangible techniques to be used with personnel,
staff and public relationships. The group work
approach will be emphasized and used, insofar
as possible, in the solution of particular
problems that grow out of required field ex-
periences in handling on or off campus groups
RECR 463 Supervisory Techniques in
Recreation. (3) A study of the phnciples.
methods, techniques as well as an analysis of
the functions of supervision in the recreation
and parks environment. This course is
designed to advance the student's un-
derstanding of the art of building human
relationships, and to apply the emerging con-
cepts and principles of modern supervision to
practical situations in which administrators,
supervisors, leaders (both professional and
paraprofessional) and volunteers are working,
RECR 476 Institutional Recreation. (3) An in-
troductory study of the philosophy of and prac-
tices in hospital and institutional recreation.
Where possible the course will include op-
portunities for observation and for meeting
visiting specialists
RECR 489 Field Laboratory Projects and
Workshop. (1-6) A course designed to meet
the needs of persons in the field with respect
to workshops and research projects in special
areas of knowledge not covered by regularly
structured courses,
RECR 490 Organization and Administration
of Recreation. (3) A study of the
organizational patterns and administrative
problems involved in the various types of
operating recreation departments and agen-
cies: forms of organization: finance and
budget: personnel: public relations.
RECR 495 Planning, Design and Main-
tenance of Park and Recreation Areas and
Facilities. (3) Studies the relation of the park
and recreation system to the total community
planning process: area layout, design and
maintenance of facilities Field experience will
include the conduct of community surveys and
preparation of site plans as requested by com-
munity groups. The development of such
studies will include inspection of areas, site
analysis, preparation of plans, and their presen-
tation to the community where possible.
RECR 600 Seminar in Recreation. (1)
Presentation, discussion and defense of
student thesis proposals and outlines and /or
approphate faculty projects and research ac-
tivities.
RECR 610 Methods and Techniques of
Research. (3) A study of appropriate research
methodology including experimental, historical,
philosophical, sociological and case study
techniques, examples and problems. Each
student is required to develop a specimen
thesis or dissertation proposal and outline.
RECR 613 Source Material Survey. (3) Study
and use of library resources and
bibliographical materials of all types through
their application to varieties or research
problems and interests Each student carries
out special projects of his own initiation.
RECR 633 Foundations of Recreation. (3) A
broad study of the sociological, psychological
and economic forces that historically have
structured attitudes toward leisure and the
development of recreation.
RECR 634 Modern Trends in Recreation. (3)
A broad study and overview of the recent ad-
vances in the several sub areas of recreation:
public sector (local, state, federal and in-
ternational government involvements):
therapeutic (for special groups, such as ill.
delinquent, aging, etc.): employee: voluntary
agencies: religious organizations: family,
school, camping areas: private and commercial
sector Each student will carry out special
projects according to his interests,
RECR 687 Advanced Seminar. (1-3)
Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Advanced
topics in the various areas of recreation. May
be taken for repeated credits, up to a total of
3
RECR 688 Special Problems in Recreation.
(1-6)
RECR 690 Administrative Direction of
Recreation. (3) This course is concerned with
analyzing various problems in the ad-
ministration of leisure services in parks and
other recreational settings Students con-
centrate on simulated situations and their own
on-the-job problems to enhance their un-
derstanding of sound administrative practice
and to improve their problem-solving and
decision-making abilities
RECR 700 Advanced Doctoral Seminar. (1)
Presentation, discussion and defense of doc-
toral dissertation, proposals and outlines
and or of appropriate faculty projects and
research activities
RECR 799 Masters Thesis Research. (1-6)
RECR 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research.
(1-8)
Secondary
Education
Program
Professor and Chairman: Risinger
Professors: Campbell. Gardner', Grambs,
Lockard^, Taylor^ Walbesser, Woolf
Associate Professors: Adkins, Anderson.
Bhgham, Carr. Davidson, Farrell".
Fey'. Funaro. Green. Henkelman',
Lemmon", Longley. Love'. McWhinnie^,
Peters
Assistant Professors: Baird, Church',
Cirrincione". Davey. DeLorenzo'". James".
Layman". Pfister'^. Ricci. Ridky", Ruchkin
Lecturer: Auston
1 36 / Graduate Programs
'joint appointment wittl Botany
'joint appointment witti History
'joint appointment v^ilti Mathematics
'joint appointment with Family S Community Development
'joint appointment with Physical Education
"joint appointment with Housing & Applied Design
"joint appointment with Geography
"joint appointment with Spanish & Portuguese
'joint appointment with Physics
'loint appointment with EngJisti
'joint appointment with Germanic & Slavic
*toint appointment with Geology
The Depailment of Secondary Education offers
programs leading to the Master of Arts (both
thesis and non-thesis options), IVIaster of
Education, the Advanced Graduate Specialist,
the Doctor of Philosophy, and the Doctor of
Education. The department offers a vahety of
programs emphasizing specialized areas of
competency appropriate to secondary
education. Among the areas of emphasis are:
art education, business education, English
(language arts) education, foreign language
education, home economics education,
mathematics education, music education,
reading education, science education, social
studies education, and speech education.
The master's degree programs require from
30 to 36 semester hours, the AGS a program
of sixty hours beyond the bachelor's degree,
and the doctorate requires a planned sequen-
ce of approximately 60 semester hours
beyond the master's degree. There are no
foreign language requirements unless the
dissertation is on a topic that requires It. En-
trance for the doctoral program requires a
master's degree, an acceptable IVIIIIer's
Analogy score, and a good scholastic record.
A preliminary examination is given at the end of
20 semester hours of doctoral work and a
comprehensive examination at the conclusion
of the course work Approximately ten percent
of the graduate students in the department are
receiving financial aid.
For specific information concerning the
requirements for the vahous degree programs,
students should contact the department
EDSE 402 Methods and Materials in Teaching
Bookkeeping and Related Subjects. (3)
Important problems and procedures in the
mastery of bookkeeping and related office
knowledge and the skills including a con-
sideration of materials and teaching
procedures.
EDSE 403 Problems in Teaching Office
Skills. (3) Problems in development of oc-
cupational competency, achievement tests,
standards of achievement, instructional
materials, transcription, and the Integration of
office skills.
EDSE 404 Basic Business Education in the
Secondary Schools. (3) Includes con-
sideration of course objectives: subject matter
selection: and methods of organization and
presenting business principles, knowledge and
practices.
EDSE 415 Financial and Economic Education
I. (3) Problems of teaching courses in per-
sonal finance and economics in the public
schools, including materials and resources.
EDSE 416 Financial and Economic Education
II. (3) Continuation of EDSE 415.
EDSE 420 Organization and Coordination of
Distributive Education Programs. (3) This
course deals specifically with such areas as
the organization of a cooperative distributive
education program: the development of an ef-
fective cooperative relationship between coor-
dinator and training sponsor; the selection,
orientation, and training of sponsors: analysis
of training opportunities, reports and records;
the evaluation and selection of students for
part-time cooperative work assignments: and
the evaluation of the program.
EDSE 421 Methods and Materials in
Distributive Education. (3) This course
covers basic methods and matehals needed to
teach the preparatory classroom related in-
struction of a one or two year disthbutive
education program It deals specifically with the
organization of special supplementary materials
for individual and group instruction-youth club
programs, organization and administration.
EDSE 423 Field Experiences in Vocational
Areas. (3) A— Home Economics Education,
B— Business Education, C— Distributive
Education. Supervised work experience in an
occupation related to vocational education. Ap-
plication of theory to work situations as a basis
tor teaching in vocational education programs
By individual arrangement with advisor.
EDSE 425 Curriculum Development in Home
Economics. (3) Bases for curriculum
decisions: tools for planning and evaluating
curriculum; methodology of conceptual
teaching.
EDSE 426 Evaluation of Home Economics.
(3) The meaning and function of evaluation in
education; the development of a plan for
evaluating a homemaking program wtih em-
phasis upon types of evaluation devices, their
construction and use.
EDSE 430 Corrective-Remedial Reading In-
struction. (3) Prerequisite, EDSE 453 or
equivalent. For teachers, supervisors, and ad-
ministrators who wish to identify and assist
pupils with reading difficulties. Concerned with
diagnostic techniques, insturctional materials
and teaching procedures useful in the regular
classroom.
EDSE 431 Laboratory Practices in Reading.
(2-4) Prerequisite, EDSE 430. A laboratory
course in which each student has one or more
pupils for analysis and instruction. At least one
class meeting per week to diagnose individual
cases and to plan instruction
EDSE 432 The Junior High School. (2-3) A
general overview of the junior high school. Pur-
poses, functions, and characteristics of this
school unit; a study of its population,
organization, program of studies, methods,
staff, and other topics, together with their im-
plications for prospective teachers.
EDSE 440 Methods of Teaching English in
Secondary Schools. (3)
EDSE 441 Practicum in Art Education. (3)
One two-hour lecture discussion period and
two, two-hour laboratory sessions per week
Instruction will be aimed at reviewing ex-
penences in a chosen medium of art and
assembling a workable procedure to present
the content to secondary school students. The
course will provide a studio setting in which
the student will assemble materials tor an In-
depth study of the practical work involved and
attempt to develop a total concept in a par-
ticular area of art.
EDSE 442 Teaching the Audio-Lingual Skills
in Foreign Languages. (3)
EDSE 444 Methods of Teaching Mathematics
in Secondary Schools. (3)
EDSE 446 Methods of Teaching Science in
Secondary Schools. (3)
EDSE 447 Methods of Teaching Social
Studies in Secondary Schools. (2-3)
EDSE 450 Speech Methods and Resources
in Secondary Schools. (3)
EDSE 453 The Teaching of Reading in the
Secondary School. (3)
EDSE 460 Environmental Education. (3) Two
lecture-discussion periods and one three hour
laboratory-field experience session per week.
An interdisciplinary course covering the
literature, techniques and strategies of en-
vironmental education. Emphasis is upon the
study of environmental education programs
and the development of a specific program
which is designed to implement the solution of
an environmental problem The laboratory-field
experience is provided as a model for future
activities of students. Open to any student who
wishes to become actively involved in the
process of environmental education program
development
EDSE 470 Teaching of Art Criticism in
Public Schools. (3) Introduction to vahous
alternative theories of aesthetics as related to
the teaching of art.
EDSE 488 Special Topics in Secondary
Education. (1-3) Repeatable for a maximum of
6 hours.
EDSE 489 Field Experience in Education. (1-
4) Prerequisites, at least six semester hours in
education at the University of Ivlaryland plus
such other prerequisites as may be set by the
secondary education department. Planned field
experience may be provided for selected
students who have had teaching experience
and whose application for such field ex-
perience has been approved by the secondary
education faculty. Field experience is offered
in a given area to both major and non-major
students. Note: The total number of credits
which a student may earn in EDSE 489, 888.
and 889 is limited to a maximum of 20
semester hours.
EDSE 498 Special Problems in Education.
(1-3) Prerequisite, consent of instructor
Available only to mature students who have
definite plans for individual study of approved
problems.
EDSE 499 Workshops, Clinics, and In-
stitutes. (1-6) The maximum number of credits
that may be earned under this course symbol
toward any degree is six semester hours; the
symbol may be used two or more times until
six semester hours have been reached. The
following type of educational enterprise may be
scheduled under this course heading:
workshops conducted by the College of
Education (or developed cooperatively with
other colleges and universities) and not other-
wise covered in the present course listing;
clinical experiences in pupil-testing centers,
reading clinics, speech therapy laboratories,
and special education centers: institutes
developed around specific topics or problems
and intended for designated groups such as
school superintendents, principals and super-
visors.
EDSE 600 Administrative and Supervision of
Business Education. (3) Major emphasis on
departmental organization and its role in the
school program, curriculum, equipment,
budget-making, supervision, guidance,
placement and follow-up, school-community
Graduate Programs / 1 37
relationships, qualifications and selection of
teaching staff, visual aids, and in-service
programs for teacher development. For ad-
ministrators, supervisors, and teachers.
EDSE 605 Principles and Problems of
Business Education. (2-3) Principles, ob-
jectives, and practices in business education;
occupational foundations; current attitudes of
business, labor and school leaders; general
business education relation to consumer
business education and to education in
general.
EDSE 606 Curriculum Development in
Business Education. (2-3) This course is
especially designed for graduate students in-
terested in a concentrated study of curriculum
planning in business education Emphasis will
be placed on the philosophy and objectives of
the business education program, and on
curriculum research and organization of ap-
propriate course content
EDSE 625 Introduction to Field Methods in
School and Community. (3) Prerequisite, per-
mission of instructor. Applies selected field
methods to problems of professional practice.
Issues pertaining to the role and respon-
sibilities of the field investigator, working in
schools and other service agencies. Students
will design one or more field studies utilizing
qualitative field techniques
EDSE 626 Problems In Teaching Reading In
Secondary Schools. (3) Problems in the
teaching of reading in the secondary school
Implications of current theory and the results
of research for the teaching of reading in the
secondary school Attention is given to all
areas of development reading instruction, with
special emphasis on persistent problems.
EDSE 630 Diagnosis and Remediation of
Reading Disabilities. (3) Prerequisites, EDEL
325 and 430. For those who wish to become
corrective and remedial reading specialists.
Concerned with clinical techniques, in-
structional materials, and remedial procedures
useful to the reading specialist in (1)
diagnosing serious reading difficulties and (2)
planning programs of individual and small-group
instruction. The work includes the writing of
diagnostic and progress reports
EDSE 631 Advanced Laboratory Experiences
in Reading Instruction. (3) Prerequisites, at
least 21 credits applicable to the master's
program in corrective and remedial reading.
The first semester of the course deals with
diagnostic techniques Each participant will
assist in diagnosing reading disabilities and in
recommending instructional programs for in-
dividual pupils The second semester deals
with instruction of pupils with reading
disabilities. Each participant will plan and
execute a program of instruction for an in-
dividual or a small group, applying findings of
the preliminary diagnosis
EDSE 632 Advanced Laboratory Experiences
in Reading Instruction. (3) Prerequisites, at
least 21 credits applicable to the masters
program in corrective and remedial reading
The first semester of the course deals with
diagnostic techniques Each participant will
assist in diagnosing reading disabilities and in
recommending instructional programs for in-
dividual pupils The second semester deals
with instruction of pupils with reading
disabilities. Each participant will plan and
execute a program of instruction for an in-
dividual or a small group, applying findings of
the preliminary diagnosis.
EDSE 637 Seminar in Secondary Education.
(3)
EDSE 640 Trends In Secondary School
Curriculum— General. (3) Recent develop-
ments in educational thinking and practice
which have affected the curriculum
EDSE 641 Trends in Secondary School
Curriculum— Art. (3) Recent developments in
educational thinking and practice which have
affected the curriculum in art education.
EDSE 642 Trends In Secondary School
Curriculum— Business. (3) Recent develop-
ments in educational thinking and practice
which have affected the curriculum in business
education
EDSE 643 Trends In Secondary School
Curriculum — Distributive Education. (3)
Recent developments in educational thinking
and practice which have affected the
curhculum in distributive education
EDSE 644 Trends in Secondary School
Curriculum — English. (3) Recent develop-
ments in educational thinking and practice
which have affected the curriculum in English
education
EDSE 645 Trends in Secondary School
Curriculum — Foreign Language. (3) Recent
developments in educational thinking and prac-
tice which have affected the curnculum in
foreign language education
EDSE 646 Trends in Secondary School
Curriculum — Geography. (3) Recent develop-
ments in educational thinking and practice
which have affected the curriculum in
geography.
EDSE 647 Trends in Secondary School
Curriculum— Mathematics. (3) Recent
developments in educational thinking and prac-
tice which have affected the curriculum in
mathematics.
EDSE 650 Trends In Secondary School
Curriculum— Science. (3) Recent develop-
ments in educational thinking and practice
which have affected the curriculum in science
education
EDSE 651 Trends in Secondary School
Curriculum— Social Studies. (3) Recent
developments in educational thinking and prac-
tice which have affected the curhculum in
social studies.
EDSE 652 Trends In Secondary School
Curriculum— Speech. (3) Recent develop-
ments in educational thinking and practice
which have affected the curriculum in speech.
EDSE 653 Trends in Secondary School
Curriculum— Urban Schools. (3) Recent
developments in educational thinking and prac-
tice which have affected the curhculum in ur-
ban schools
EDSE 654 Trends in Secondary School
Curriculum— Reading. (3) Prerequisites, EDSE
453, EDMS 446 Recent developments in
educational thinking and practice which have
affected the curriculum in reading.
EDSE 700 History of Art Education. (3) A
study of the growth of the art curriculum in
American schools. Perspective on art
education philosophy as viewed through a
histohcal survey beginning with the United
States Colonial period to the present
EDSE 701 The Teaching of Art Criticism. (3)
The aesthetic foundations of art education
Development of skills necessary for critical in-
vestigation of works of art, and identification of
curnculum implications resulting from various
aesthetic and psychological approaches to art.
EDSE 705 Trends in the Teaching and
Supervision of Home Economics. (3) Study
of home economics programs and practices in
light of current educational trends. In-
terpretation and analysis of democratic
teaching procedures, outcomes of instruction,
and supervisory practices.
EDSE 740 Theory and Research in Secon-
dary Education— General. (1-3) A survey of
the research literature; evaluation of research
techniques; consideration of relevant in-
structional curhculum theory; evaluation of
modern teaching methods and techniques.
EDSE 741 Theory and Research in Secon-
dary Education— Art. (1-3) A survey of the
research literature; evaluation of research
techniques; consideration of relevant in-
structional curhculum theory; evaluation of
modern teaching methods and techniques
EDSE 742 Theory and Research in Secon-
dary Education — Business. (1-3) A survey of
the research literature; evaluation of research
techniques; consideration of relevant in-
structional curhculum theory; evaluation of
modern teaching methods and techniques.
EDSE 743 Theory and Research in Secon-
dary Education— Distributive Education. (1-
3) A survey of the research literature;
evaluation of research techniques; con-
sideration of relevant instructional curnculum
theory; evaluation of modern teaching methods
and techniques.
EDSE 744 Theory and Research In Secon-
dary Education — English. (1-3) A survey of
the research literature; evaluation of research
techniques; consideration of relevant in-
structional curhculum theory; evaluation of
modern teaching methods and techniques,
EDSE 745 Theory and Research in Secon-
dary Education— Foreign Language. (1-3) A
survey of the research literature; evaluation of
research techniques; consideration of relevant
instructional curriculum theory; evaluation of
modern teaching methods and techniques.
EDSE 746 Theory and Research in Secon-
dary Education— Home Economics. (1-3) A
survey of the research literature; evaluation of
research techniques; consideration of relevant
instructional curriculum theory; evaluation of
modern teaching methods and techniques
EDSE 747 Theory and Research in Secondary
Education— Mathematics. (1 -3) A survey of
the research literature; evaluation of research
techniques; consideration of relevant in-
structional curhculum theory; evaluation of
modern teaching methods and techniques.
EDSE 750 Theory and Research in Secon-
dary Education — Music. (1-3) A survey of the
research literature; evaluation of research
techniques; consideration of relevant in-
structional curriculum theory; evaluation of
modern teaching methods and techniques.
EDSE 751 Theory and Research in Secon-
dary Education— Reading. (1-3) A survey of
the research literature; evaluation of research
techniques; consideration of relevant in-
structional curnculum theory; evaluation of
modern teaching methods and techniques.
EDSE 752 Theory and Research In Secon-
dary Education— Science. (1-3) A survey of
the research literature; evaluation of research
1 38 / Graduate Programs
techniques; consideration of relevant in-
structional curriculum ttieory; evaluation of
modern teactiing methods and techniques
EDSE 753 Theory and Research in Secon-
dary Education— Social Studies. (1-3) A sur-
vey of the research literature, evaluation of
research techniques: consideration of relevant
instructional curriculum theory; evaluation of
modern teaching methods and techniques
EDSE 754 Theory and Research in Secon-
dary Education— Speech. (1-3) A survey of
the research literature; evaluation of research
techniques; consideration of relevant in-
structional curriculum theory; evaluation of
modern teaching methods and techniques
EDSE 755 Theory and Research in Secon-
dary Education— Urban Education. (1-3) A
survey of the research literature; evaluation of
research techniques; consideration of relevant
instructional curriculum theory, evaluation of
modern teaching methods and techniques
EDSE 788 Special Topics in Secondary
Education. (1-3) Prerequisite, EDSE 640 ap-
propriate to area of concentration, or consent
of instructor- Repeatable to a maximum of 6
hours.
EDSE 798 Special Problems in Education.
(1-6) Master's, AGE, or doctoral candidates
vi/ho desire to pursue special research
problems under the direction of their advisors
may register for credit under this number
EDSE 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6)
Registration required to the extent of six hours
for master's thesis
EDSE 820 Seminar in Art Education. (3)
EDSE 821 Seminar in Business Education.
(3)
EDSE 822 Seminar in Computer Assisted In-
struction. (3)
EDSE 823 Seminar in Distributive Education.
(3)
EDSE 824 Seminar In English Education. (3)
EDSE 825 Seminar in Foreign Language
Education. (3)
EDSE 826 Seminar in Home Economics Ed-
cuation. (3)
EDSE 827 Seminar In Mathematics
Education. (3)
EDSE 830 Seminar In Reading Education. (3)
Prerequisite, EDSE 751 Exploration of major
issues of theory, research and program
development of concern to those in positions
of advanced professional leadership In-
tennstitutional and interdisciplinary factors will
be considered
EDSE 831 Seminar In Science Education. (3)
EDSE 832 Seminar In Social Studies
Education. (3)
EDSE 833 Seminar In Speech Education. (3)
EDSE 834 Seminar In Urban Education. (3)
EDSE 835 Seminar In Behavioral Objectives.
(3)
EDSE 888 Apprenticeship in Education. (1-
9) Apprenticeships in the major area of study
are available to selected students whose ap-
plication for an apprenticeship has been ap-
proved by the education faculty Each ap-
prentice IS assigned to work for at least a
semester full-time or the equivalent with an ap-
propriate staff member of a cooperating school,
school system, or educational institution or
agency The sponsor of the apprentice main-
tains a close working relationship with the ap-
prentice and the other persons Involved
Prerequisites, teaching experience, a master's
degree in education, and at least six semester
hours in education at the University of
fvlaryland Note The total number of credits
which a student may earn in EDSE 489, 888,
and 889 is limited to a maximum of twenty (20)
semester hours
EDSE 889 Internship in Education. (3-16)
Internships in the major area of study are
available to selected students who have
teaching expenence The following groups of
students are elibigle: (A) any student who has
been advanced to candidacy for the doctor's
degree; and (B) any student who receives
special approval by the education faculty for an
internship, provided that prior to taking an in-
ternship, such student shall have completed at
least 60 semester hours of graduate work, in-
cluding at least six semester hours in
education at the University of Maryland Each
intern is assigned to work on a full-time basis
for at least a semester with an appropriate staff
member in a cooperating school, school
system, or educational institution or agency,
The internship must be taken in a school
situation different from the one where the
student is regularly employed The intern's
sponsor maintains a close working relationship
with the intern and the other persons involved-
Note The total number of credits which a
student may earn in EDSE 489, 888, and 889
IS limited to a maximum of twenty (20)
semester hours
EDSE 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research.
(1-8) Registration required to the extent of 6-9
hours for an Ed D project and 1 2-1 8 hours for
a PhD dissertation-
Social
Foundations of
Education Program
Associate Professor
and Acting Chairman: Noll
Professor: Male
Associate Professors: Agre, Hopkins.
Huden, Lindsay
Assistant Professor: Finkelstein
The objectives of the doctoral program in
Foundations of Education are to prepare
specialists in the disciplines of history of
education, philosophy of education,
educational sociology and comparative
education and some generalists with a broad
command of two or more of these fields. The
specialists and generalists are prepared for un-
dergraduate and graduate college or university
teaching, for research, and for policy positions
Foundations courses are also used to enrich
programs in other areas and to provide needed
disciplinary capacity for students whose
research and career goals require it
Graduate Foundations majors, and par-
ticularly those at the doctoral level, are ex-
pected to have knowledge of the history,
sociology, and philosophy of education, as well
as comparative education. Each in turn
specializes in one of these areas with op-
portunities for related course work in either
history, philosophy, government and politics,
anthropology, or sociology Programs are
tailored to a student's objectives and
background
The master's program offers a non-thesis
option (30 hours) and a thesis option (24
hours) Graduates of the master's program find
positions in research or policy units in public
school systems or in educational organizations
Some graduates are qualified for positions in
community agencies or in programs with an
educational component, such as an anti-
poverty program Some take positions with in-
ternational organizations dealing with education
or teach in schools located in other countries.
In addition to the overall B average a Master
of Arts applicant must have a B average in the
last two years of the undergraduate program
from a regionally accredited institution. An ap-
plicant for the Doctor of Philosophy degree
must have strong undergraduate and graduate
records and a Miller Analogies Test score at
the midpoint or better of the graduate
Education population at the University of
Maryland.
The requirements for the MA with and
without thesis, and for the PhD, conform to
those of the Graduate School, Students in the
doctoral program take a preliminary
examination (6 hours in length) after they have
completed between 1 2 and 1 8 hours of course
work.
The Washington area and the university are
rich in resources for graduate study and
research. The College Park campus is adjacent
to embassies which provide access to
materials for the study of foreign education
systems. Staff members in Foundations are
assigned to a Comparative Education Center
which provides research facilities to students
from both foreign and American backgrounds
EDSF 409 Special Topics in the Social Foun-
dations of Education. (1-3) Repeatable to a
maximum of nine hours. An intensive
examination of current problems and issues in
the formation of educational policies. May be
repeated for credit when the topics dealt with
are different.
EDSF 410 History of Education in Western
Civilization. (3) Educational institutions
through the ancient, medieval and early
modern periods in western civilization, as seen
against a background of socio-economic
development.
EDSF 411 History of Education In the United
States. (3) A study of the origins and develop-
ment of the chief features of the present
system of education in the United States,
EDSF 420 Philosophy of Education. (3) A
study of the great educational philosophers
and systems of thought affecting the develop-
ment of modern education.
EDSF 421 Logic of Teaching. (3) An analysis
of the structure of basic subject matters in the
curriculum and of the standard logical moves in
teaching
EDSF 430 Educational Sociology. (3) Deals
with data of the social sciences which are ger-
mane to the work of teachers- Implications of
democratic ideology for educational endeavor,
educational tasks imposed by changes in
population and technological trends, the
welfare status of pupils, the socio-economic at-
titudes of individuals who control the schools,
and other elements of community background.
EDSF 489 Field Experience In Education. (1-
4) Prerequisites, at least six semester hours in
Graduate Programs / 139
education at the University of Maryland plus
sucti other prerequisites as may be set by the
major area in which the experience is to be
taken Planned field experience may be
provided for selected students vi^ho have had
teaching experience and whose application for
such field experience has been approved by
the education faculty. Field experience is of-
fered in a given area to both major and non-
major students. Note. The total number of
credits which a student may earn in EDSF
489, 888, and 889 is limited to a maximum of
20 semester hours.
EDSF 498 Special Problems In Education.
(1-3) Prerequisite, consent of instructor.
Available only to mature students who have
definite plans for individual study of approved
problems.
EDSF 499 Workshops, Clinics, and In-
stitutes. (1-6) The maximum number of credits
that may be earned under this course symbol
toward any degree is six semester hours; the
symbol may be used two or more times until
six semester hours have been reached The
following type of educational enterphse may be
scheduled under this course heading:
workshops conducted by the College of
Education (or developed cooperatively with
other colleges and universities) and not other-
wise covered in the present course listing:
clinical expehences in pupil-testing centers,
reading clinics, speech therapy laboratories,
and special education centers; institutes
developed around specific topics or problems
and intended for designated groups such as
school supehntendents. principals and super-
visors
EDSF 620 Analysis of Educational Concepts.
(3)
EDSF 660 Comparative Education. (3)
Analyzes and compares leading issues in
education in various countries of the world,
particularly as they relate to crucial problems in
American education.
EDSF 661 International Organizations and
Educational Change. (3)
EDSF 670 Education in Africa. (3) An
examination of the development of modern
educational systems in Africa south of the
Sahara out of the Colonial and pre-Colonial
past into the independent present and future.
The focus is on research into the changing
philosophies and persistent problems in African
education
EDSF 671 Education in the Near East. (3) A
consideration of current educational problems
of the Near East as they have emerged from
the confrontation of the traditional Muslim
educational heritage with the foreign
educational activities and the forces of
nationalism and modernization
EDSF 709 Seminar in History and Philosophy
of Education. (3)
EDSF 730 Seminar in Educational Sociology.
(3)
EDSF 760 Seminar in Comparative
Education. (3)
EDSF 798 Special Problems in Education.
(1-6) Master's AGS, or doctoral candidates
who desire to pursue special research
problems under the direction of their advisers
may register for credit under this number
EDSF 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6)
Registration required to the extent of 6 hours
for Master's Thesis
EDSF 888 Apprenticeship in Education.
(1-9) Apprenticeships in the major area of
study are available to selected students whose
application for an apprenticeship has been
approved by the education faculty. Each
apprentice is assigned to work for at least a
semester full-time or the equivalent with an
appropnate staff member of a cooperating
school, school system, or educational
institution or agency. The sponsor of
the apprentice maintains a close working
relationship with the apprentice and the other
persons involved. Prerequisites, teaching ex-
perience, a master's degree in education, and
at least six semester hours in education at the
University of Maryland. Note: The total number
of credits which a student may earn in EDSF
489, 888 and 889 is limited to a maximum of
twenty (20) semester hours.
EDSF 889 Internship in Education. (3-16)
Internships in the major area of study are
available to selected students who have
teaching expehence The following groups of
students are eligible: (A) any student who has
been advanced to candidacy for the doctor's
degree; and (B) any student who receives
special approval by the education faculty for an
internship, provided that prior to taking an in-
ternship, such student shall have completed at
least 60 semester hours of graduate work, in-
cluding at least six semester hours in
education at the University of Maryland. Each
intern is assigned to work on a full-time basis
for at least a semester with an appropriate staff
member in a cooperating school, school
system, or educational institution or agency.
The internship must be taken in a school
situation different from the one where the
student is regularly employed. The intern's
sponsor maintains a close working relationship
with the intern and the other persons involved
Note: The total number of credits which a
student may earn in EDSF 489, 888, and 889
is limited to a maximum of twenty (20)
semester hours.
EDSF 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research.
(1-8) Registration required to the extent of 6-9
hours for an Ed.D. project and 12-18 hours for
a Ph.D. dissertation.
Sociology Program
Professor and Chairman: Kammeyer
Professors: Dager, Janes, Ritzer
Associate Professors: Cussler, Henkel,
Hirzel, Lengermann, Mclntyre, Meeker,
Pease
Assistant Professors: Braddock, Finster-
busch, Franz, Greisman, Harper,
Hornung, J. Hunt, L. Hunt, Kruegel.
Landry, Mayes, Miller, Schwartz.
Segal
The graduate program in Sociology offers
course-work leading to MA. and Ph.D. degrees
but IS primarily designed for students who wish
to obtain the Ph.D. However, entrance to the
Ph.D. program requires completion of
requirements for the MA. at this university or
another.
Admission to the graduate program is based
upon letters of recommendation, GRE scores,
student's pnor academic record, and other in-
formation relevant to the applicant's chances of
successfully completing the program. Ad-
ditionally, students are considered to be
properly prepared for graduate work in
sociology if they have had the following un-
dergraduate courses: mathematics through
college algebra, elementary statistics, in-
troduction to sociological theory, research
methods, and philosophy of science or sym-
bolic logic. Students deficient in any of these
areas may be admitted to the program but
must satisfy the requirements either before or
upon entering the program.
A minimum of 30 hours is required for the
master's degree. Five courses are required
and are intended to give students a sound
grounding in theory, methods, and statistics. In
addition, the student is required to complete
six hours of research credit and nine hours of
electives, the latter usually chosen in the
student's area of specialization. A final oral
exam is held centering on the research paper
or thesis but including other subsidiary sub-
stantive and theoretical issues emerging from
the research. Usually, this phase of the
program can be completed in two years.
On completion of all requirements for the
M.A., and independent of its conferral, each
student is evaluated by a committee of the
faculty for admission to the doctoral program.
On admission to the doctoral program, the
student, in consulation with his advisor and
committee, pursues a plan of study in his area
of specialization Required courses are held to
a minimum (six hours) to enable the student to
create a program most suited to his or her
needs.
The student must successfully complete
comprehensive examinations in three areas.
The three areas may be two specializations
and a general examination in either Social
Psychology, or Social Organization, or they
may be general examinations in both Social
Psychology and Social Organization and one
specialization. The foreign language
requirement can be satisfied by passing a
language exam or making a B or better in one
of eleven other tool courses.
SOCY 401 Intermediate Statistics for
Sociologists. (3) Prerequisites, SOCY 201 or
equivalent and six additional credits in
sociology Intermediate correlation techniques,
analysis of vahance, sampling, additional non-
paramethc techniques, additional topics in in-
ferential statistics Required of all candidates
for the MA. degree.
SOCY 410 Population I. (3) Prerequisite,
junior standing; SOCY 100 not required.
Population distribution and growth; sources of
demographic data; population composition;
population theories; mortality; fertility and
family planning; migration; and population
problems and policy
SOCY 411 Population II. (3) Prerequisite,
SOCY 410 and 201 or equivalent statistical
training. Application of statistical techniques
employed in the analysis of census and vital
statistics data, including methods of population
standardization, life table construction, and use
of computehzed demographic data.
SOCY 421 Intercultural Sociology. (3)
Prerequisite, SOCY 100 On the basis of a
comparative study of customs, individual and
group behavior patterns and institutions, this
course studies the ideologies of Amehca and
other modern societies.
SOCY 423 Ethnic fiflinorities. (3) Prerequisite,
SOCY 100. Basic social processes in the
1 40 / Graduate Programs
relations of ethnic groups; immigration groups
and the Negro in the United States; ethnic
minorities in Europe.
SOCY 424 Sociology of Race Relations. (3)
Prerequisite, SOCY 1 00 Race as a focus of
social relations. Political and collective action
centering on race relations. New myths of
race. Trends in assimilation of racial groupings.
SOCY 425 Sex Roles and Social Institutions.
(3) Prerequisite, 12 credits in sociology
Relationship between sex roles and the struc-
ture of one or more social institutions (e.g., the
economy, the family, the political system,
religion, education). The issues of major con-
cern are: how assumptions about sex roles are
built into social institutions; how social in-
stitutions serve to perpetuate or transform sex
roles; how changing sex roles affect social in-
stitutions.
SOCY 426 Sociology of Religion. (3)
Prerequisite, SOCY 100 Varieties and sources
of religious experience. Religious institutions
and the role of religion in social life.
SOCY 427 Deviant Behavior. (3) Prerequisite,
SOCY 1 00. Current theories of the genesis
and distribution of deviant behavior. Definitions
of deviance, labeling theory, secondary devian-
ce. Theories of specific forms of deviant
behavior will be examined for their implications
for a general theory of deviant behavior
SOCY 430 Sociology of Personality. (3)
Prerequisite, SOCY 100. Development of
human nature and personality in contemporary
social life; processes of socialization; attitudes,
individual differences and social behavior.
SOCY 431 Formal and Complex
Organizations. (3) Prerequisite, SOCY 100
The concept of formal organization. The study
of functioning and control in the operation of
bureaucracies such as corporations and in
large-scale organizations such as military,
religious and educational hierarchies Forms of
recruitment, internal mobility and organizational
personality. Relations between large-scale
organizations and with the larger society.
SOCY 432 Collective Betiavior. <3)
Prerequisite, SOCY 100 Social interaction in
mass behavior; communication processes;
structure and functioning of crowds, stnkes,
audiences, mass movements, and the public
SOCY 433 Social Control. (3) Prerequisite,
SOCY 100 or 200. Forms, mechanism, and
techniques of group influence on human
behavior; problems of social control in con-
temporary society
SOCY 441 Social Stratification. (3)
Prerequisite, 9 credits of sociology. An in-
troduction to the sociology of social
stratification. Consideration of the basic con-
cepts and major findings in the field. The
relationship of social stratification to the in-
stitutional orders of the society
SOCY 443 Ttie Family and Society. (3)
Prerequisite, SOCY 100 or 200. Study of the
family as a social institution; its biological and
cultural foundations, historic development,
changing structure, and function; the in-
teractions of marriage and parenthood,
disorganizing and reorganizing factors in
present day trends.
SOCY 445 Sociology of the Arts. (3)
Prerequisite, SOCY 100 or 200. Functions of
the arts as a social institution. Social role of the
artist. Recruitment to the organizational struc-
ture of artistic professions. Art forms and
social characteristics of audiences. Changing
technology and social values as reflected in ar-
tistic expression.
SOCY 447 Small Group Analysis. (3)
Prerequisites, sociology 100 and 201
(sociological statistics) or equivalent. Analysis
of small group structures and dynamics.
Review of research on small groups in real life
settings and in laboratories. Presentation of
techniques used in small groups.
SOCY 457 Sociology of Law. (3) Prerequisite,
SOCY 100. Law as a form of social control; in-
terrelation between legal and other conduct
norms as to their content, sanctions, and
methods of securing conformity; law as an in-
tegral part of the culture of groups; factors and
processes operative in the formation of legal
norms as determinants of human behavior
SOCY 460 Sociology of Occupations and
Careers. (3) Prerequisite, SOCY 1 00. The
sociology of work and occupational life in
modern society. Changing occupational
ideologies, values and choices. Occupational
status systems and occupational mobility. The
social psychology of career success
SOCY 462 Industrial Sociology. (3)
Prerequisite, SOCY 100 The sociology of
human relations in American industry and
business. Complex industrial and business
organization as social systems. Social relation-
ships within and between industry, business,
community, and society.
SOCY 464 Military Sociology. (3)
Prerequisite, SOCY 100. Social change and
the growth of military institutions. Complex for-
mal military organizations. Military service as an
occupation or profession. The sociology of
military life Relations between military in-
stitutions, civilian communities and society.
SOCY 465 The Sociology of War. (3)
Prerequisite, SOCY 100. The origin and
development of armed forces as institutions,
the social causes, operations and results of
war as social conflict; the relations of peace
and war and revolution in contemporary
civilizations.
SOCY 466 Sociology of Politics. (3)
Prerequisite, 9 credits in sociology. An in-
troduction to the sociology of political
phenomena. Consdieration of the basic con-
cepts and major findings in the field; the
relationship of the policy to other institutional
orders of the society; the relationship of
political activity in America to the theory of
democracy.
SOCY 467 Sociology of Education. (3)
Prerequisites, SOCY 100 or permission of the
instructor. Listed also as EDSF 430
Sociological analysis of educational institutions
and their relation to society: goals and func-
tions, the mechanisms of social control, and
the impacts of stratification and social change
Study of the school as a formal organization,
and the roles and subcultures of teachers and
students.
SOCY 470 Rural-Urban Relations. (3)
Prerequisite, SOCY 100. The ecology of
population and the forces making for change in
rural and urban life; migration, decentralization
and regionalism as methods of studying in-
dividual and national issues. Applied field
problems.
SOCY 471 The Rural Community. (3)
Prerequisite, SOCY 100. A detailed study of
rural life with emphasis on levels of living, the
family, school, and church and organizational
activities in the fields of health, recreation,
welfare, and planning.
SOCY 473 The City. (3) Prerequisite, SOCY
100. The rise of urban civilization and
metropolitan regions; ecological process and
structure; the city as a center of dominance;
social problems, control and planning
SOCY 498 Selected Topics in Sociology. (3)
Prerequisite, SOCY 100. Topics of special in-
terest to advanced undergraduates in
sociology. Such courses will be offered in
response to student request and faculty in-
terest. No more than 6 credits may be taken
by a student in selected topics.
SOCY 600 Sociology Methodology. (3)
Second semester. Local and method of
sociology in relation to the general theory of
scientific method; principal issues and points
of view.
SOCY 601 Advanced Statistics for
Sociologists. (3) Prerequisite, SOCY 401 or
equivalent. Advanced treatment of inferential
statistics; sampling; research design; non-
parametric techniques; scaling.
SOCY 602 Intermediate Procedures of Data
Analysis. (3) Prerequisites, undergraduate
training in sociological research methods,
statistics, and theory of equivalent. This course
Is designed to provide the graduate student
with practical experience in analyzing data. Ex-
tensive use of "canned" computer programs Is
made to analyze available data Knowledge of
computer systems, languages, or applications
is not a prerequisite. However, the student is
required to have completed an introductory
course in research methods and have a basic
grasp of multivariate statistics.
SOCY 603 Contemporary Issues in
Sociological Theory. (3) Prerequisite, one
course in the history of development of
sociological theory Analysis of contemporary
schools of sociological theory such as tunc-
tionalism, positivism, conflict, sociology of
knowledge, etc. Examination of issues Involved
in differing theoretical viewpoints. Study of
cntical problems involved in a value-free
sociology and in the application of sociological
knowledge. Assumptions underlying theory
construction and present trends in theory
development.
SOCY 606 Seminar in Field Work Urban
Research. (3) Prerequisite, SOCY 623.
fvlethods of research in sociology applied to
the urban and metropolitan community; review
of needed research; reviews of contemporary
research; the design and execution of field
studies.
SOCY 609 Practicum in Data Analysis in
Field Research. (3) Prerequisite. SOCY 401
and one course in methods. Field training in
the conduct of research In an organized
research setting. Supervised instruction in the
sequence of a total research project including
preparation of research design, data collection,
data coding, scaling, tabulation, and report
writing.
SOCY 618 Computer Methods for
Sociologists. (3) Prerequisites, SOCY 400,
401 or equivalents and elementary knowledge
of a programming language, CMSC 012, 020
or equivalent and consent of Instructor
Designed to present the potential of the com-
puter as a tool in sociological research. Projec-
ts Involving programming and running of data
Graduate Programs / 141
manipulation techniques, statistical tectiniques.
and simple simulations
SOCY 620 Development of European and
American Sociological Theory. (3)
Prerequisite. SOCY 400 or equivalent Review
of systematic sociological theories (such as
positivism, organicism. conflict, etc.) from the
early 19th century to the present A review of
the emerging self-evaluation of sociology.
SOCY 621 Seminar— Sociological Theory. (3)
Prerequisite. SOCY 400 or equivalent
Systematic examination of contemporary
sociological theories such as structural func-
tionalism and social action. Special reference is
given to the relevance of each theory to the
conduct of sociological investigation.
SOCY 622 The Sociology of Knowledge. (3)
Analysis of the relation of types of knowledge
to social structure. Role of social class and
social organization in the development of
science, political ideology, belief systems and
social values. Social roles associated with
production of knowledge.
SOCY 623. Survey of Urban Theory. (3)
Prerequisite. SOCY 120. 473 or equivalent
Theoretical approaches to sociology and other
social sciences to urbanism, urbanization, and
urban phenomena. Selected approaches:
Chicago school: metropolitan region;
demography: institutions.
SOCY 624 Theory of Social Interaction. (3)
Positions of major sociologists and social
psychologists as to how the individual interacts
with vanous groups and the issues involved
Trends in recent interaction theory.
SOCY 625 Research Literature in Social
Stratification. (3) Prerequisite, SOCY 441 or
equivalent A comprehensive review and
detailed examination of the major theoretical
and research problems in the sociology of
social stratification. A critical review of the
study of social stratification in Amencan
sociology A detailed examination of the forms
and functions, and the characteristics,
correlates, and consequences of class and
status stratification. The distribution of power.
The relationship of social stratification to
ideology and the institutional orders of the
society
SOCY 626 Human Ecology. (3) Review of
research and theory in human ecology
Assessment of the ecological complex
(population, organization, environment,
technology).
SOCY 630 Population and Society. (3)
Second semester. Selected problems in the
field of population: quantitative and qualitative
aspects: American and world problems.
SOCY 631 Comparative Sociology. (3)
Second semester Compahson of the social in-
stitutions, organizations, patterns of college
behavior, and art manifestations of societal
values of various countnes.
SOCY 632 Personality and Social Structure.
(3) First semester Comparative analysis of the
development of human nature, personality, and
social traits in select social structures
SOCY 633 Sociology of Occupations and
Professions. (3) Second semester An
analysis of the occupational and professional
structure of American society, with special em-
phasis on changing roles, functions, ideologies,
and community relationships.
SOCY 634 Public Opinion and Propaganda.
(3) Second semester Process involved in the
1 42 / Graduate Programs
formation of mass attitudes: agencies and
techniques of communication: quantitative
measurement of public opinion.
SOCY 635 Sociology of Law. (3)
SOCY 640 Social Change and Social Policy.
(3) First semester. Emergence and develop-
ment of social policy as related to social
change, policy-making factors in social welfare
and social legislation.
SOCY 641 Family Studies. (3) Second
semester. Case studies of family situations:
statistical studies of family trends, methods of
investigation and analysis.
SOCY 642 The Sociology of Mental Health.
(3) First semester A study of the sociological
factors that condition mental health together
with an appraisal of the group dynamics of its
preservation.
SOCY 643 Community Studies. (3) First
semester. Intensive study of the factors af-
fecting community development and growth,
social structure, social stratification, social
mobility and social institutions: analysis of par-
ticular communities.
SOCY 660 Theories of Social Psychology.
(3) Prerequisites, undergraduate training in
sociological research methods, statistics, and
theory or equivalent. An introduction to some
of the theories in social psychology that are
particularly useful to sociologists. Topics to be
covered include theories of cognitive con-
sistency, social exchange, symbolic interaction,
role theory, group processes, and collective
behavior.
SOCY 661 Theories of Social Stratification.
(3) Prerequisites, undergraduate training in
sociological research methods, statistics, and
theory of equivalent. A critical examination of
the major theoretical approaches developed for
understanding societal stratification and social
mobility Consideration will be given to the
writings, as well as the pertinent research
literature, of Marx, Weber, Parsons. Davis.
Moore, Dahrendorf. and Lenski. The works of
other theorists, such as Blau and Duncan,
Cooley, McCleland, Ossowski, Sorokin, Toen-
nies, and Veblin, will be considered in ac-
cordance with the interests of students in the
course.
SOCY 662 Theories of Formal Organization.
(3) An introduction to the study of organization,
the nature of organizations, types of
organizations, determinants and consequences
of organizational growth, determinants and con-
sequences of growth for administrative staff,
determinants of effectiveness and research in
organizations.
SOCY 663 Theories of Social Systems. (3)
Prerequisite. SOCY 603 or equivalent Study
of: systems models— logical, social-
psychological and social: types of social
systems — ecological, functional, formal, con-
sensual, and historical: levels of social
systems— group, complex organization, collec-
tivity and community: methods of
study — analytical and empirical, qualitative and
quantitative: examples of specific
systems— professions, science, politics, cities.
SOCY 699 Special Social Problems. (1-16)
SOCY 700 Theory Construction. (3)
Prerequisites. SOCY 603: at least one course
each in statistics and research methods (may
be undergraduate courses): symbolic logic or
philosophy of science The course will em-
phasize the logical bases of sociological
theories, and will provide practice in the
analysis and construction of theories. Topics to
be covered include: review of symbolic logic
and the meaning of prediction and explanation:
the nature of concepts, propositions, and
axiomatic systems: the use of models; the
nature of causality and causal analysis: fun-
damental assumptions and variables commonly
used in sociological theory. Examples from
current sociological theones will be used
SOCY 701 Issues in Quantitative Methods.
(3) Prerequisites. SOCY 401 or 601 or
equivalent, and instructors permission. An
examination of current issues and problems in
the application and interpretation of
mathematical and statistical techniques in
social research
SOCY 702 Intermediate Procedures for Data
Collection. (3) Prerequisites. SOCY 602 or
equivalent. This will include experimental
design and use of quasi-experimental designs:
measurement problem: reliability and validity;
questionnaire construction: the use of ac-
counting schemes: an introduction to scaling:
interviewing: the problem of non-response: the
processing and coding of data: and the
preparation of IBM cards and tapes
SOCY 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6)
SOCY 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research.
(1-8)
Spanish and
Portuguese
Language and
Literature Program
Professor and Chairman: Mendeloff
Professors: Goodwyn, Gramberg, Hesse,
Marra-Lopex, Nemes
Associate Professors: Rovner. Sosnowski
Assistant Professors: Baird'. Natella
'joint appointment with Secondary Education
The Department of Spanish and Portuguese of-
fers graduate programs leading to the degrees
of Master of Arts and Doctor of Philosophy in
Spanish. The department's offenngs are
designed to provide the required advanced
training in language, literature, and linguistics
for achieving professional excellence in high
school and college teaching and for un-
dertaking creative research in related fields of
inquiry Financial assistance is available-
Candidates for both the Master of Arts and
Doctor of Philosophy degrees may elect to do
their work in one of two complementary areas
Spanish literature or Spanish-American
literature Spanish literature embraces four
fields: Medieval Literature; The Golden Age:
Enlightenment, Romanticism, and Realism: and
The Contemporary Period Spanish- American
literature also embraces four fields Colonial
Literature: National Literatures: Modernism;
and Present-Day Literature
In pursuing an MA program in Spanish, the
student may choose between the two areas
mentioned above Two different programs are
available in either area the thesis program and
the non-thesis program.
Minimum requirements in the thesis program
are 3 semester hours in teaching techniques
(SPAN 605); 3 semester hours in linguistics
(SPAN 470 or 610); 18 semester hiours in
literature, at least 1 5 of wtiicti must be
distributed as evenly as possible ttirougti ttie
four fields of a single area, and at least 9 of
which must be in courses numbered 600 or
above; and 6 semester hours of research
(SPAN 799), taken while writing a thesis.
Minimum course requirements in the non-
thesis program are 3 semester hours in
teaching techniques (SPAN 605); 3 semester
hours in linguistics (SPAN 470 or 610); and
24 semester hours in literature, at least 21 of
which must be distnbuted as evenly as
possible among the tour fields of a single area
and at least 1 5 of which must be numbered
600 or above All MA candidates fake com-
prehensive exams.
As in the MA. program, the doctoral student
may work in either the Spanish or the Spanish-
American area. In addition to his specialized
knowledge of his chosen field, he will be ex-
pected to have a thorough acquaintance with
the whole area of his choice. This acquain-
tance will be demonstrated through a written
comprehensive examination plus individually
specified courses.
The Ph D is primarily a research degree
Courses taken for the Ph.D. are intended as
preparation for the fundamental work of the
doctorate, which is the dissertation The only
required courses are in the field of linguistics
where two courses must be taken on the 600-
700 level, one of which must be the History of
the Spanish Language.
The department maintains a special research
and reference library for graduate students
of Spanish in honor of one of its former in-
structors, the late Pedro F Entenza
SPAN 401 Advanced Composition. (3)
Exercises in practical stylistics. with special
emphasis on idiomatic and syntactic structures.
Graduate credit in the College of Education
only.
SPAN 402 Advanced Composition. (3)
Exercises in practical stylistics, with special
emphasis on idiomatic and syntactic structures.
Graduate credit in the College of Education
only.
SPAN 404 Oral Practice for Non-Native
Teachers of Spanish. (3) Prerequisite, con-
sent of instructor. Development of fluency in
Spanish with stress on current sentence struc-
ture, pronunciation and idiomatic expression.
Graduate credit in College of Education only
SPAN 408 Great Themes of the Hispanic
Literatures. (3) Pervading themes in the
literature of Spain or Spanish-America. Each
theme will be announced when the course is
offered
SPAN 409 Great Themes of the Hispanic
Literatures. (3) Pervading themes in the
literature of Spain or Spanish-America. Each
theme will be announced when the course is
offered
SPAN 410 Literature of the Middle Ages. (3)
Spanish literary history from the eleventh
through the fifteenth century. Reading of
representative texts. This course covers until
1350.
SPAN 411 Literature of the IVIiddle Ages. (3)
Spanish literary history from the eleventh
through the fifteenth century. Reading of
representative texts. This course covers from
1350 to 1500
SPAN 412 The Romancero. (3) Origin, nature
and influence. Extensive reading in each of the
respective sub-genres
SPAN 420 Prose and Poetry of the Sixteenth
Century. (3) Selected readings and literary
analysis.
SPAN 421 Prose and Poetry of the Sixteenth
Century. (3) Selected readings and literary
analysis.
SPAN 424 Drama of the Sixteenth Century.
(3) From the earliest autos and pasos, the
development of Spanish drama anterior to Lope
de Vega, including Cervantes.
SPAN 425 Spanish Civilization. (3) A survey
of two thousand years of Spanish history,
outlining the cultural heritage of the Spanish
people, their great men, traditions, customs,
art. and literature. With Special emphasis on
the interrelationship of social and literary
history Conducted in Spanish. Graduate credit
in College of Education only.
SPAN 426 Spanish Civilization. (3) A survey
of two thousand years of Spanish history,
outlining the cultural heritage of the Spanish
people, their great men. traditions, customs,
art, and literature, with special emphasis on the
interrelationship of social and literary history.
Conducted in Spanish. Graduate credit in
College of Education only.
SPAN 430 Cervantes— Novelas Ejemplares
and Don Quixote. (3)
SPAN 431 Cervantes— Novelas Ejemplares
and Don Quixote. (3)
SPAN 434 Prose and Poetry of the Seven-
teenth Century. (3) Selected readings, literary
analysis, and discussion of the outstanding
prose and poetry of the period, in the light of
the historical background.
SPAN 435 Prose and Poetry of the Seven-
teenth Century. (3) Selected readings, literary
analysis, and discussion of the outstanding
prose and poetry of the period, in the light of
the historical background.
SPAN 436 Drama of the Seventeenth Cen-
tury. (3) Devoted to Lope de Vega, dramatic
theory and the Spanish stage
SPAN 437 Drama of the Seventeenth Cen-
tury. (3) Drama after Lope de Vega to
Calderon de la Barca and the decline of the
Spanish theater
SPAN 440 Literature of the Eighteenth Cen-
tury. (3) Traditionalism, neo-classicism, and
pre-romanticism in prose, poetry, and the
theater; esthetics and poetics of the enlighten-
ment.
SPAN 441 Literature of the Eighteenth Cen-
tury. (3) Traditionalism, neo-classicism. and
pre-romanticism in prose, poetry, and the
theater; esthetics and poetics of the enlighten-
ment
SPAN 446 Latin-American Civilization. (3) A
survey of the cultural heritage of the Latin
American peoples from the pre-Columbian
period to the present. Hispanic and other
European influences. Conducted in Spanish.
Graduate credit in College of Education only
SPAN 447 Latin-American Civilization. (3) A
survey of the cultural heritage of the Latin
Amencan peoples from the pre-Columbian
period to the present Hispanic and other
European influences. Conducted in Spanish.
Graduate credit in College of Education only.
SPAN 448 Special Topics in Latin American
Civilization. (3) An intensii/e study of a selec-
ted topic related to Latin American civilization.
This course may be taken no more than twice.
Conducted in Spanish Graduate credit in
College of Education only.
SPAN 452 The Romantic lUlovement in Spain.
(3) Poetry, prose and drama of the romantic
and post-romantic penods
SPAN 454 Nineteenth Century Fiction. (3)
Significant novels of the nineteenth century
SPAN 456 Nineteenth Century Drama and
Poetry. (3) Significant dramas and poetry of
the realistic period.
SPAN 460 The Generation of 1898 and its
successors. (3) Authors and works of all
genres of the generation of 1898 and those of
the immediately succeeding generation.
SPAN 461 The Generation of 1898 and Its
Successors. (3) Authors and works of all
genres of the generation of 1898 and those of
the immediately succeeding generation
SPAN 462 Twentieth Century Drama. (3)
Significant plays of the twentieth century.
SPAN 464 Contemporary Spanish Poetry. (3)
Spanish poetry from the generation of 1927 to
the present-
SPAN 466 The Contemporary Spanish Novel.
(3) The novel and the short story from 1940 to
the present.
SPAN 468 Modernism and Post-Modernism
in Spain and Spanish-America. (3) A study
of the most important works and authors of
both movements in Spain and Spanish-
America.
SPAN 469 Modernism and Post-Modernism
In Spain and Spanish-America. (3) A study
of the most important works and authors of
both movements in Spain and Spanish-
America.
SPAN 470 Applied Linguistics. (3) Nature of
applied linguistics and its contribution to the ef-
fective teaching of foreign languages. Com-
parative study of English and Spanish with em-
phasis upon points of divergence.
SPAN 480 Spanish-American Essay. (3) A
study of the socio-political contents and
aesthetic qualities of representative works from
the Colonial to the contemporary period.
SPAN 481 Spanish American Essay. (3) A
study of the socio-political contents and
aesthetic qualities of representative works from
the Colonial to the contemporary period, with
emphasis on the essay of the twentieth cen-
tury.
SPAN 488 Spanish-American Fiction. (3)
Representative novels and /or short stories
from the wars of independence to the present
or close analysis of major contemporary works.
Subject will be announced each time course is
offered.
SPAN 489 Spanish-American Fiction. (3)
Representative novels and/or short stories
from the wars of independence to the present
or close analysis of major contemporary works.
Subject will be announced each time course is
offered.
SPAN 491 Honors Reading Course— Poetry.
(3) H— Honors. Supervised reading to be taken
by students admitted to the honors program or
upon consultation with the instructor.
SPAN 492 Honors Reading Course— Novel.
(3) H— Honors. Supervised reading to be taken
by students admitted to the honors program or
upon consultation with the instructor.
Graduate Programs / 143
SPAN 493 Honors Reading Course— Drama.
(3) H— Honors. Supervised reading to be taken
by students admitted to the honors program or
upon consultation with the instructor.
SPAN 496 Honors Seminar. (3) H— Honors
Required of all students in the honors program.
Other students will be admitted on special
recommendation. Conducted in Spanish.
Discussion of a central theme with related in-
vestigation by students.
SPAN 498 Spanish-American Poetry. (3)
Main trends, authors and works from the
conquest to Ruben Dario
SPAN 600 Reading Course for Minors in
Spanish. (3)
SPAN 601 Reading Course for IVIinors in
Spanish. (3)
SPAN 602 Reading Course for IVIinors in
Spanish-American Literature. (3)
SPAN 603 Reading Course for IVIinors in
Spanish-American Literature. (3)
SPAN 605 Teaching Spanish in institutions
of Higher Learning. (3) Required of all
graduate students, teaching assistants, and
new instructors. Instruction, demonstration, and
classroom practice under supervision of modern
procedures in the presentation of first year
Spanish.
SPAN 608 IVIedieval Spanish Literature. (3)
Specific authors, genres, and literary periods
studied in depth.
SPAN 609 IVIedieval Spanish Literature. (3)
Specific authors, genres, and literary periods
studied in depth.
SPAN 610 The History of the Spanish
Language. (3)
SPAN 612 Comparative Romance
Linguistics. (3)
SPAN 618 Poetry of the Golden Age. (3)
Analyses and studies in depth of specific
works of specific poets in the sixteenth and
seventeenth centuries.
SPAN 619 Poetry of the Golden Age. (3)
Analyses and studies in depth of specific
works of specific poets in the sixteenth and
seventeenth centuries.
SPAN 628 Seminar— The Golden Age in
Spanish Literature. (3)
SPAN 629 Seminar— The Golden Age in
Spanish Literature. (3) Specific authors,
genres, literary movements and literary periods
of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries
studied in depth.
SPAN 699 Independent Study in Spanish.
(1-3) This course is designed to provide
graduate students an opportunity to pursue in-
dependent study under the supervision of a
member of the department. Repeatable to a
maximum of three credits.
SPAN 708 The Eighteenth Century. (3)
Specific authors, genres, and literary
movements studied in depth.
SPAN 709 The Eighteenth Century. (3)
Specific authors, genres, and literary
movements studied in depth
SPAN 718 The Nineteenth Century. (3)
Specific authors, genres, and literary
movements studied in depth.
SPAN 719 The Nineteenth Century. (3)
Specific authors, genres, and literary
movements studied in depth.
SPAN 728 The Twentieth Century. (3)
Specific authors, genres and literary move-
ments studied in depth
SPAN 729 The Twentieth Century. (3)
Specific authors, genres and literary move-
ments studied in depth,
SPAN 738 The Drama of the Twentieth Cen-
tury. (3) Specific authors and movements
studied in depth.
SPAN 798 Open Seminar. (3)
SPAN 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6)
SPAN 808 Colonial Spanish-American
Literature. (3) Didactic and narrative prose
and epic, dramatic and lyric poetry; phncipal
works and authors.
SPAN 809 Colonial Spanish American
Literature. (3) Didactic and narrative prose;
dramatic and lyhc poetry
SPAN 818 National Spanish-American
Literature. (3) Characteristics of the national
literatures. Romantic and costumbrisia
literature. Cauchismo and indigenismo. Prin-
cipal works and authors.
SPAN 819 National Spanish American
Literature. (3) Characteristics of the national
literatures. Romantic and costumbrisia
literature Cauchismo and indigenismo. Prin-
cipal works and authors.
SPAN 828 Hispanic Poetry of the Nineteenth
and Twentieth Centuries. (3) Specific
authors, genres and literary movements studied
in depth
SPAN 829 Hispanic Poetry of the Nineteenth
and Twentieth Centuries. (3) Specific
authors, genres and literary movements studied
in depth.
SPAN 898 Open Seminar. (3)
SPAN 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research.
(1-8)
PORTUGUESE
PORT 478 Themes and Movements of Luso-
Brazilian Literature in Translation. (3) A study
of specific themes and movements in LUSO-
Brazilian literature, as announced. Designed for
students tor whom the literatures would be in-
accessible in Portuguese. Repeatable to a
maximum of six credits.
PORT 699 Independent Study of Portuguese.
(1-3) This course is designed to provide grad-
uate students an opportunity to pursue inde-
pendent study under the supervision of a mem-
ber of the department. Repeatable to a maxi-
mum of three credits.
Special Education
Program
Professor arid Acting Chairman: Simms
Professor: Hebeler
Associate Professors: James (visiting),
Seidman
Assistant Professors: Grief, IVIcCabe
Graduate studies in the Department of Special
Education include programs leading to Ivlaster
of Arts and IVIaster of Education degrees. Ad-
vanced Graduate Specialist certificates, and
Doctor of Education and Doctor of Philosophy
degrees. Areas of specialization include: in-
tegrated special education, educational
diagnosis and prescription, mental retardation.
education of the gifted, education of the men-
tally disturbed, and learning disabilities.
Graduate work in special education includes
the development of the basic skills necessary
for improving instruction of children with learn-
ing problems Graduate study may be used by
a student to develop and extend com-
pentencies in related areas such as ad-
ministration and supervision, and educational
diagnosis. At advanced graduate study levels
programs in teacher education are also
available.
Graduate programs are planned individually
by the student with his advisor. Each program
reflects the individual student's background,
his goals and the level of competency being
sought. There is no one program of study
which all graduate students follow. Individual
programming by student and advisor allows
wide latitude of career direction within the field
of special education upon completion of
graduate study.
Prospective graduate students are
requested to consult the approphate document
of the following which are available in the
College of Education graduate office: Graduate
Studies in Education, Statement of Policies and
Procedures for the Advanced Graduate
Specialist Program in Education, or Statement
of Policies and Procedures for Doctoral
Degrees in Education.
Graduate study in Special Education
requires advanced competencies in the
education of children with learning problems.
Students without graduate or undergraduate
preparation in special education should expect
more extensive graduate programs so that they
might develop the necessary levels of com-
petence.
Students pursuing the master's degree
program in Special Education may earn the
l\/laster of Arts degree or the f\/lasfer of
Education degree Specific basic course
requirements in Special Education are the
same for either program Students should refer
to the Statement of Policies and Procedures
for the l^/laster of Arts and toaster of Education
degrees for differentiation of thesis
requirements. The following courses are
required for completion of the master's level
program: EDI\/1S 446, EDIVIS 646, and EDHD
721
The minimum number of graduate hours for
the master's degree program is 30. The
student generally takes a minimum of 9 to 15
hours in Special Education. Specific programs
and the number of credit hours required will be
determined with the student's advisor ac-
cording to the student's background and
career plans.
The Advanced Graduate Specialist cer-
tificate in Special Education is available to
students wishing to take increased graduate
work beyond the Ivlasters level. A student pur-
suing an AGS certificate in Special Education
IS required to take the following courses if they
have not been part of his IVIaster's program:
EDIVIS 446, EDIVIS 646, and EDHD 721 The
minimum number of graduate hours for the
AGS is 60 The core of the program should
be made up of Special Education courses and
other work within the College of Education or
other Colleges of the University as approved
by the student's advisor and the Special
Education Graduate Faculty.
Students pursuing the doctoral program in
Special Education must have completed the
l^aster of Arts degree or the IVIaster of
1 44 / Graduate Programs
Education degree and may elect to work for
either the Ed D, of Ph D^ degree. Students
should consult the Department Document on
Admissions criteria. A student in the doctoral
program will generally complete a minimum of
90 hours of graduate study of which 30-40
hours will be in his major field. A candidate will
be expected to develop doctoral level com-
petencies in the declared areas of his
professional goals These goals may include in-
structional competencies, supervision and ad-
ministration of special programs, educational
diagnosis, teacher education, etc.
EDSP 470 Introduction to Special Education.
(3) Prerequisite, EDSP 288 Designed to give
an understanding of the needs of all types of
exceptional children. Stressing preventive and
remedial measures.
EDSP 471 Characteristics of Exceptional
Children— Mentally Retarded. (3)
Prerequisite, EDSP 470 or equivalent. Studies
the diagnosis etiology, physical, social and
emotional characteristics of exceptional
children.
EDSP 472 Education of Exceptional
Children— Mentally Retarded. (3)
Prerequisite, EDSP 471 or equivalent Offers
practical and specific methods of teaching ex-
ceptional children Selected observation of ac-
tual teaching may be arranged.
EDSP 473 Curriculum for Exceptional
Children— Mentally Retarded. (3)
Prerequisite, EDSP 471 or equivalent.
Examines the principles and objectives guiding
curriculum for exceptional children, gives ex-
perience in developing curriculum; studies
various curricula currently in use.
EDSP 475 Education of the Slow Learner. (3)
Studies the characteristics of the slow learner
and those educational practices which are ap-
propriate for the child who is functioning as a
slow learner.
EDSP 481 Characteristics of Exceptional
Children— Gifted. (3) Prerequisite, EDSP 470
or equivalent. Studies the diagnosis, etiology,
physical, social, and emotional characteristics
of exceptional children.
EDSP 482 Education of Exceptional
Children— Gifted. (3) Prerequisite, EDSP 481
or equivalent. Offers practical and specific
methods of teaching exceptional children.
Selected observation of actual teaching may
be arranged.
EDSP 483 Curriculum for Exceptional Child-
ren—Gifted. (3) Prerequisite, EDSP 481 or
equivalent. Examines the principles and ob-
jectives guiding current curriculum for ex-
ceptional children; gives experience in
developing curriculum; studies various
curricula currently in use.
EDSP 489 Field Experience in Special
Education. (1-4) Prerequisites, at least six
semester hours in special education at the
University of Ivlaryland plus such other
prerequisites as may be set by the special
education department Planned field ex-
perience may be provided for selected students
who have had teaching experience has
been approved by the special education
faculty. Note: The total number of credits
which a student may earn in EDSP 489, 888,
and 889 is limited to a maximum of 20
semester hours.
EDSP 491 Characteristics of Exceptional
Children— Perceptual Learning Problems.
(3) Prerequisite, EDSP 470 or equivalent.
Studies the diagnosis, etiology, physical, social,
and emotional characteristics of exceptional
children.
EDSP 492 Education of Exceptional
Children— Perceptual Learning Problems.
(3) Prerequisite, EDSP 491 or equivalent. Of-
fers practical and specific methods of teaching
exceptional children. Selected observation of
actual teaching may be arranged.
EDSP 493 Curriculum for Exceptional
Children— Perceptual Learning Problems.
(3) Prerequisite, EDSP 492 or equivalent.
Examines the principles and objectives guiding
curriculum for exceptional children; gives ex-
perience in developing curriculum; studies
various curricula currently in use.
EDSP 498 Special Problems in Special
Education. (1-3) Prerequisite, consent of in-
structor Available only to mature students who
have definite plans for individual study of ap-
proved problems.
EDSP 499 Workshops, Clinics, and Institutes
in Special Education. (1-6) The maximum
number of credits that may be earned under
this course symbol toward any degree is six
semester hours; the symbol may be used two
or more times until six semester hours have
been reached The following type of
educational enterprise may be scheduled un-
der this course heading: workshops conducted
by the special education department (or
developed cooperatively with other depart-
ments, colleges and universities) and not other-
wise covered in the present course listing)
Laboratories, and special education centers; in-
stitutes developed around specific topics or
problems and intended for designated groups
such as school superintendents, principals and
supervisors.
EDSP 800 Exceptional Children and Youth.
(3) Prerequisite, 9 hours in special education
and consent of instructor. Deals primarily with
research relevant to the intellectual,
psychological, physical, and emotional charac-
teristics of exceptional children.
EDSP 601 Emotionally Handicapped Children
and Youth. (3) Prerequisite, EDSP 600 and
consent of instructor. Deals with
epidemeology, etiology, classification,
diagnostic procedures, behavioral charac-
teristics, treatment and prevention of child and
adolescent disturbances
EDSP 605 The Exceptional Child and
Society. (3) Prerequisite, EDSP 600 or con-
sent of instructor. Relationship of the role and
adjustment of the child with an exceptionality
to societal characteristics.
EDSP 610 Administration and Supervision of
Special Education Programs. (3) Prerequisite,
EDSP 600 and consent of instructor. Con-
sideration of the determination, establishment
and function of educational programs to ex-
ceptional children for administrative and super-
visory personnel.
EDSP 615 Evaluation and Measurement of
Exceptional Children and Youth. (3)-
Prerequisites, EDtvtS 446, 646, and EDSP
600. Deals with the understanding and in-
terpretation of the results of psychological and
educational tests applicable for use with ex-
ceptional children.
EDSP 620 Educational Diagnosis and Plan-
ning for Exceptional Children and Youth. (3)
Prerequisite, EDSP 615. Deals with the iden-
tification of learning characteristics of ex-
ceptional children and the planning of ap-
propriate programs
EDSP 621 Psycho-Educational Programming
w/lth Emotionally Handicapped Children and
Youth. (3) Prerequisite, EDSP 600, 601 and
consent of instructor. Deals with factors per-
tinent to therapeutic education of distrubed
children and adolescents in special treatment
settings
EDSP 625 Problems In the Education of the
Mentally Retarded. (3) Prerequisite, 9 hours
EDSP including EDSP 600 or consent of in-
structor Consideration of the pertinent
psychological, educational, medical,
sociological and other research and theoretical
material relevant to the determination of trends,
practices, regarding the mentally retarded.
EDSP 630 Problems in the Education of the
Gifted. (3) Prerequisite, 9 hours EDSP in-
cluding EDSP 600 or consent of instructor.
Consideration of the pertinent psychological,
educational, medical, sociological and other
relevant research and theoretical material
relevant to the determination of trends, prac-
tices, regarding the gifted.
EDSP 635 Problems in the Education of
Children with Emotional Disturbances. (3)-
Prerequisite, 9 hours EDSP including EDSP
600 or consent of instructor. Consideration of
the pertinent psychological, educational,
medical, sociological and other research and
theoretical material relevant to the deter-
mination of trends, practices, regarding the
emotionally distrubed.
EDSP 640 Problems In the Education of
Children with Perceptual Impairment. (3)-
Prerequisife, 6 hours in education of the per-
ceptually impaired, EDSP 615 and 620 or con-
sent of instructor. Consideration of the per-
tinent psychological, educational medical,
sociological and other research and theoretical
material relevant to the determination of trends,
practices, regarding the perceptually impaired.
EDSP 678 Seminar In Special Education. (2)
EDSP 798 Special Problems in Education.
(1-6) IVIaster's AGS, or doctoral candidates
who desire to pursue special research
problems under the direction of their advisors
may register for credit under this number.
EDSP 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6)-
Registration required to the extent of six hours
for master's thesis.
EDSP 888 Apprenticeship in Special
Education. (1-9) Apprenticeships in the major
area of study are available to selected students
whose application for an apprenticeship has
been approved by the education faculty Each
apprentice is assigned to work for at least a
semester full-time or the equivalent with an ap-
propriate staff member of a cooperating school,
school system, or educational institution or
agency. The sponsor of the apprentice main-
tains a close working relationship with the ap-
prentice and the other persons involved.
Prerequisites, teaching experience, a master's
degree in education, and at least six semester
hours in education at the Univesity of
Maryland. Note: The total number of credits
which a student may earn in EDSP 489, 888,
and 889 is limited to a maximum of twenty (20)
semester hours.
EDSP 889 Internship in Special Education.
(3-16) Internships in the major area of study
are available to selected students who have
teaching experience. The following groups of
Graduate Programs / 145
students are eligible: (A) any student whio tias
been advanced to candidacy for the doctor's
degree: and (B) any student wtio receives
special approval by ttie education faculty for an
internship, provided that prior to taking an in-
ternship, such student shall have completed at
least 60 semester hours of graduate work, in-
cluding at least six semester hours in
education at the University of Ivlaryland. Each
intern is assigned to work on a full-time basis
for at least a semester with an appropriate staff
member in a cooperating school, school
system, or educational institution or agency.
The internship must be taken in a school
situation different from the one where the
student is regularly employed. The intern's
sponsor maintains a close working relationship
with the intern and the other persons involved.
Note: The total number of credits which a
student may earn in EDSP 489. 888, and 889
is limited to a maximum of twenty (20)
semester hours.
EDSP 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research.
(1-8) Registration required to the extent of 6-9
hours for an Ed.D. project and 12-18 hours for
a Ph.D dissertation.
Speech and
Dramatic Art
Program
Professor and Chairmari: Aylward
Professors: l\/leersman, Pugliese
Associate Professors: Kirkley. Linkon.
O'Leary, Vaughan, Weiss, Wolvin
Assistant Professors: Falcione, Freimuth,
Jamieson, Kolker, K/loore, Onder
Lecturer: Niles
The Department of Speech and Dramatic Art
offers the toaster of Arts degree under thesis
or non-thesis options in each area of the
department; dramatic arts, radio-television-fiim
and speech communication In the thesis op-
tion, an oral defense pertaining to the thesis is
required of all candidates In the non-thesis op-
tion, thirty hours of coursework is required In
addition, at least one formal research paper
and comprehensive examinations are required
in the non-thesis option.
For admission to the graduate program in
any of the three divisions an applicant must or-
dinahly meet the following requirements: 1) a
bachelor's degree from an accredited in-
stitution with an overall academic average of B:
2) at least eighteen semester hours of course
work or equivalent professional experience
in his/her intended major area of con-
centration: 3) acceptable scores on the
Graduate Record Examination. Approximately
forty-five percent of the full time students
currently enrolled in the graduate program of
the department receive some form of financial
assistance
Specific information regarding the programs
and requirements of the three divisions is
available from the Department Chairman upon
request Abbreviated information appears
below under the individual division headings.
The department cooperates with the Depart-
ment of Secondary Education in offering the
Doctor of Philosophy degree in Speech
Education
Dramatic Art
Although there are no formal divisions within
the Division of Dramatic Art, the student may
pursue a general program or specialize in one
area of concentration. In addition to acting, ex-
ceptionally talented students are given the op-
portunity to direct and design scenery, lights,
costumes for mainstage productions Ample
opportunities are also provided for the artistic
development of the students in the many
theatres associated with the Theatre Division.
The Division of Dramatic Art offers both the
research thesis and the production thesis
Before electing a production thesis, a student
must demonstrate proficiency in his/her
chosen area of concentration.
Radio-Televlsion-Fllm
A student in the Radio-Television-Film
Division may concentrate either in a particular
area (film or broadcasting, for example) or may
elect a more general program covehng the
multiple aspects of electronic and film com-
munication A student whose academic goals
extend beyond the Radio-Television-Film
Division may, upon approval of his advisor, take
as many as twelve credit hours in cognate
fields in other divisions or in other departments
of the University. Examples of such programs
would include educational uses of media,
broadcast management or electronic jour-
nalism.
Students electing the thesis option may
either pursue a traditional research thesis or
complete a production thesis. Before a produc-
tion thesis will be approved the student must
demonstrate his ability to complete such a
project through the submission of a portfolio or
equivalent evidence.
Speech Communication
Students who elect to pursue a program of
study in the Division of Speech Communication
are encouraged to develop programs reflecting
an understanding of the genesis, the nature
and the effects of human speech behavior. A
student may concentrate within a specialized
area of Speech Communication (Political Com-
munication or Organizational Communication,
for example) or may elect a more general course
of study Students in the Speech Com-
munication Division are urged to augment their
program of study with coursework in com-
plementary disciplines.
Dramatic Art
DART 420 Style and Theories of Acting. (3)
Prerequisite, DART 120 or consent of in-
structor. The study and application of histohcal
styles and theohes of acting.
DART 430 Play Directing. (3)
DART 440 Children's Dramatics. (3) Principles
and methods necessary for staging children's
production on the elementary school level
f^^ajor emphasis on creative dramatics, the ap-
plication of creative dramatics in the school
room, and the values gained by the child in this
activity. Students will conduct classes in formal
and creative dramatics which will culminate in
children's programs.A — For dramatic art majors
only
DART 451 Advanced Scenic Design. (3)
Prerequisite DART 330, 375, 475, 480 or per-
mission of instructor. Design of stage settings,
and of one total production. Study of stage
design on the main histohcal periods and in the
contemporary theatre.
DART 476 Principles and Theories of Stage
Lighting. (3) Prerequisite, DART 375 A study
of composition, control, and instrumentation in
theatrical lighting.
DART 479 Theater Workshop. (3)
Prerequisite, DART 1 20 or 1 70 A laboratory
course designed to provide the student with
practical expehence in all phases of theatre
production.
DART 480 Stage Costuming I. (3)
Prerequisite, DART 252. Basic phnciples of
stage costuming.
DART 481 Stage Costuming II. (3)
Prerequisite, DART 480 The advanced study
of stage costuming through the development
of style as a design consideration in theathcal
productions. Designing costumes for various
forms of drama, including period-styles.
DART 490 History of the Theater. (3) A sur-
vey of dramatic production from early ohgin to
1800
DART 491 History of the Theater. (3) A sur-
vey of dramatic production from 1 800 to the
present.
DART 499 Seminar. (3) Prerequisites, senior
standing and consent of instructor. Present-day
drama research
DART 600 Introduction to Graduate Study in
Theatre. (3)
DART 669 Independent Study. (3)
DART 678 Theory of Visual Design for the
Performing Arts. (3) Prerequisite, DART 375
or consent of instructor. An histohcal and
theoretical study of design practices in the
performing arts.
DART 688 Special Problems in Drama. (3)
The preparation of adaptations and other
projects in dramaturgy.
DART 689 Theories of the Drama. (3)
Advanced study of the identification and
development of dramatic form from the early
Greek drama to contemporary forms; the
aesthetics of theatre arts; and dramatic
criticism.
DART 698 Seminar— Studies in Theatre. (3)
Research projects adapted to individual
backgrounds and special work.
DART 699 The Theory of Pre-Modern
Dramatic Production. (3) An histohcal survey
of production styles.
DART 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6)
Radio,
Television
and Film
RIVF 413 The History of the Film. (3) An ad-
vanced survey of the film as an art form.
Cinema pre-history, actualities and the lumiere
tradition Melies, Ghffith, and their con-
temporahes, the silent film (1920-29): Ger-
many, Russia, and the USA, screen comedy,
the sound film (1926-present); Amencan and
foreign master directors, recent and current
trends Recommended prior to this course:
RIVF 314
RIVF 414 Contemporary American Cinema.
(3) Prerequisite, RIVF 222. An analysis of the
trends and major social issues in American
culture as they are expressed through the film
146 / Graduate Programs
^
mediutn. Emphasis on "new wave," ex-
perimental, underground. Independent, and
cinema verity motion pictures.
RIVF 415 Contemporary European Cinema.
(3) A comparative and critical analysis of ttie
European motion picture both as a distinct art
form reflecting the national character of a par-
ticular country and as a medium for mass com-
munications demonstrating the universality of
the human condition
RIVF 417 Dramatic Writing for Broadcasting
and Film. (3) Prerequisite, RIVF 317 or con-
sent of instructor. An introduction to the prin-
ciples, methods and limitations of writing
comedy, drama, and the documentary for radio,
television, and film.
RIVF 418 The Film Auttieur. (3) The intensive
chronological study of the work of one
European or American film director each
semester
RIVF 419 Film Genres. (3) The study of one
major film genre each semester (the gangster
film, the western, science fiction and horror,
the political film) Cinema develops formal and
thematic conventions and how, as a medium
for reflecting social ideals and needs
Repeatable to a maximum of six credits.
RIVF 420 The Documentary Film. (3) Growth,
implication, and the use of the international
nonfiction film as propaganda, public service,
promotion, education, and entertainment. Case
studies from representative documentaries will
be analyzed
RIVF 421 Film Criticism and Theory. (3)
Critical-aesthetic approaches to film in order to
develop a vocabulary for film analysis. Included
will be shot analysis: montage and deep focus;
the auteur theory; the role of screenwriter,
director of photography, actor; genre analysis;
analysis of film as popular art.
RIVF 425 Television and Politics. (3) Critical
review of studies of the effects of political
broadcasts; legal and social issues; surveys
and media campaigns.
RIVF 440 Television Direction. (3) Two hour
lecture, two hour laboratory. Prerequisite, RIVF
340. Phnciples of television direction, including
analysis of script, casting, rehearsing, produc-
tion, audio and video control.
RIVF 449 Television Workshop. (3) Two-hour
lecture, four-hour laboratory Prerequisites,
RIVF 340, 440 and consent of instructor.
RIVF 450 Radio and Television Station
Management. (3) The role of the manager in
the modern broadcasting industry. Station com-
munication factors, regulation, licensing, per-
sonnel functions, sales, programming super-
vision, audience analysis, and station
promotion.
RIVF 451 Broadcast Criticism. (3) An analysis
of the professional, historical, social, and
psychological criticism of American radio and
television, together with practical application of
professional and scholarly critical methods.
RIVF 452 International and Comparative
Broadcasting Systems. (3) A comparative
study of international broadcasting program
policies, economic systems, control and
organization. The use of broadcasting in in-
ternational affairs as an instrument of
propaganda, culture and information
dissemination. Monitoring of overseas broad-
casts, television programs and discussions with
representatives of domestic and foreign in-
ternational broadcast agencies.
RIVF 453 Broadcasting and Government. (3)
Legal issues involving radio and television:
freedom, restraints, self-regulation; regulation
of programming, competition, rights as seen by
the broadcaster, regulatory agencies and the
public.
RIVF 465 Advanced Film Production. (3)
Prerequisite, RIVF 355 and consent of in-
structor. Consideration of film technique and
theory as they apply to the making of a full
length motion picture.
RIVF 498 Seminar. (3) Prerequisites, senior
standing and consent of instructor. Present
day radio-television-film research. Repeatable
to a maximum of six credits.
RIVF 600 Introduction to Graduate Study in
Broadcasting. (3)
RIVF 640 Advanced Television Direction.
(3) Prerequisite, RATV 440 or consent of in-
structor Phnciples of television direction as
applied to dramatic programs, together with
a consideration of the specific aesthetic values
of the television medium.
RIVF 648 Seminar in Broadcasting. (3)
Studies of vahous aspects of broadcasting.
Subject matter changed each semester
RIVF 649 Special Problems in Broadcasting.
(3) An experimental course for the develop-
ment of new ideas in broadcasting.
RIVF 699 Independent Study. (1-3)
RIVF 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6)
Speech
SPCH 400 Introduction to Research
Methodologies in Speech Communication.
(3) Prerequisite, speech communication major
or minor or consent of the instructor. An in-
troductory survey of empirical and historical-
critical research methodologies in speech com-
munication. The course is designed to prepare
the student to understand and to conduct
basic research in the field.
SPCH 420 Advanced Group Discussion. (3)
Prerequisite, SPCH 220 or consent of the in-
structor An examination of current research
and techniques in the discussion and con-
ference, including extensive practice in various
types of discussions. Emphasis is upon small
group leadership and dynamics
SPCH 422 Interviewing. (3) Prerequisite, per-
mission of instructor. Speech phnciples and
practices basic to recognized types of in-
terview, giving special attention to behavioral
objectives and communication variables in-
volved in the process of interviewing.
SPCH 423 Communication Processes in
Conferences. (3) Prerequisite, one course in
speech communication or consent of the in-
structor. Group participation in conferences,
methods of problem solving, semantic aspects
of language, and the function of conferences in
business, industry and government settings.
SPCH 424 Business, Industrial and Govern-
ment Communication. (3) Prerequisite, per-
mission of the instructor. Structure,
methodology and application of communication
theory in the industhal setting will be em-
phasized.
SPCH 440 Advanced Oral Interpretation. (3)
Prerequisite, SPCH 240. A study of the ad-
vanced theories and techniques employed in
the interpretation of prose, poetry, and drama.
Attention is given to selections, analyses, cut-
tings, schpt compilations, and the planning of
programs and performances in oral in-
terpretation.
SPCH 441 Readers Theatre. (3) Prerequisite,
SPCH 240 or consent of the instructor
Theohes and techniques of readers theatre will
be analyzed to enhance the interpreting and
directing abilities of students. Special attention
will be given to interpretation and direction of
prose, drama, and script compilation.
SPCH 450 Classical and Medieval Rhetorical
Theory. (3) Prerequisite, SPCH 200 or con-
sent of instructor. The theohes of speech-
making and speech composition as propoun-
ded by the classical rhetoricians Special at-
tention is given to Plato, Aristotle, Socrates,
Cicero, Quintlian, and St. Augustine
SPCH 451 Renaissance and Modern
Rhetorical Theory. (3) Prerequisite, SPCH
200 or consent of the instructor. A study of
the development of modern rhetohcal theories
in Europe and Amehca with consideration of
the application of the theories to public ad-
dress. Special attention is given to Thomas
Sheridan, John Walker, George Campbell,
Hugh Blair, Richard Whately, James A. Winans.
Charles Woolbert, I A Richards, and Kenneth
Burke
SPCH 455 Speechwriting. (3) Prerequisite,
SPCH 200 or consent of the instructor In-
tensive study of rhetorical phnciples of speech
composition through study of model speeches
and through a practicum in speech writing. Em-
phasis will be placed on the application of
research in speech writing to various forms
and styles of speeches.
SPCH 460 American Public Address 1635-
1900. (3) Prerequisite, Speech 200 or consent
of the instructor. Course examines the
rhetorical development of major historical
movements and influential spokesmen from
1636-1900. Emphasis on the reign of
theocracy, the American revolution, the
presidential inaugural as a rhetorical type, the
compromise of 1850, the Lincoln-Douglas
debates, the Civil War rhetoric and the populist
movement.
SPCH 461 American Public Address in the
20th Century. (3) Prerequisite, SPCH 200 or
consent of instructor Course examines the
rhetohcal development of major histoncal
movements and influential spokesmen from
1 900 to the present. Focus on the progressive
movement, the hse of labor, women's suffrage,
McCarthyism and the evolution of pro- and an-
ti-war rhetoric.
SPCH 462 British Public Address. (3)
Prerequisite, Speech 200 or consent of the in-
structor. A biographical, textual and critical-
rhetorical study of great Bhtish speakers and
their influences. Special attention will be
devoted to the "Golden Age" of British oratory
and to the forms and styles of contemporary
speakers.
SPCH 470 Listening. (3) A study of the
listening process, listening variables, listening
levels, and the development of effective
listening behavior.
SPCH 472 Nonverbal Communication. (3)
Survey of nonverbal communication in human
interaction: theory and research on proxemics,
kinesics and paralinguistics as expression of
relationship, affect and ohentation within and
across cultures.
Graduate Programs / 147
SPCH 474 Communication Theory and
Process. (3) A general survey of introductory
material in communication theory
SPCH 475 Persuasion in Speech. (3)
Prerequisite. SPCH 200 or 230 A study of the
bases of persuasion with emphasis on recent
experimental developments in persuasion.
SPCH 476 Foundations of Speech Behavior.
(3) This course will provide a study of the
acquisition of speech, the elements that in-
fluence speech behavior, the influences of
speech behavior, and a theoretical framework
for the analysis of communication situations
Students will apply the theory to analysis of
specific communication situations
SPCH 477 Speech Communication and the
Study of Language Acquisition. (3) Survey of
language acquisition and development in
human communication behavior; theory and
research on language structure, syntactic,
phonological, and cognitive systems as an in-
fluence of an individual's orientation and
development within and across cultures.
SPCH 478 Speech Communication
Colloquium. (1) Current trends and issues in
the field of speech communication, stressing
recent research methods. Recommended for
senior and graduate student majors and minors
in speech communication. Repeatable to a
maximum of 4 hours.
SPCH 488 Speech Communication In-
ternship. (1-6) Registration by permission of
adviser only This independent internship is
designed to give the speech communication
student practical career experience with a
speech communication professional in the
Washington metropolitan area. Limited to a
maximum of six credits.
SPCH 489 Speech Communication
Workshop. (1-6) Workshops devoted to
special, in-depth study in speech com-
munication Course may be repeatable to a
maximum of six semester hours.
SPCH 498 Seminar. (3) Prerequisites, senior
standing and consent of instructor Present-day
speech research.
SPCH 499 Honors Seminar. (3) For honors
students only Readings, symposiums, visiting
lectures, discussions
SPCH 600 Empirical Research in Speech
Communication. (3)
SPCH 601 Historical-Critical Research in
Speech Communication. (3) intense study in
critical and historical methodology as ap-
plicable to research in speech communication.
Emphasis will be placed on the composition
and the evaluation of historical-critical studies
of significance in the field of rhetorical com-
munication scholarship
SPCH 680 Speech Communication Programs
in Education and Training. (3) An analysis of
speech communication techniques in a variety
of educational and training programs.
SPCH 698 Special Problems in Speech Com-
munication. (3)
SPCH 720 Seminar in Small Group Com-
munication. (3) The seminar will explore the
variables involved In small group com-
munication (formation and membership, leader-
ship, functions, and current research
problems). The focus of the course will be two-
fold: (1 ) to give the student a survey of small
group communication theory, and (2) to
provide some in-depth analysis of current
problems in small group communication.
SPCH 724 Seminar in Organizational Com-
munication. (3) Prerequisite, permission of the
instructor. Theories and problems of human
communication within, between, and/or among
formal organizations will be emphasized
SPCH 755 Seminar in Rhetorical Theory. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite, SPCH 460,
461 or 450. Examination of selected theories
of style drawn from the fields of rhetoric and
literature, and analysis of model speeches
SPCH 760 Seminar in Political Com-
munication. (3) Prerequisite, SPCH 601 or
consent of the instructor. A blend of theory
and practice to integrate rhetorical-critical
theory and empirical methods with politics.
Practitioners in political communication will be
drawn in as resource persons. Students will
map the communication strategy for candidates
and analyze actual campaign strategies.
SPCH 762 Seminar in Public Address. (3) An
in-depth study of national and international
speakers and issues throughout the history of
the spoken word. Emphasis will be placed
upon the application of rhetorical principles to
the analysis of world speakers and their
speeches.
SPCH 775 Seminar in Persuasion and At-
titude Change. (3) This seminar will con-
centrate on the problem of making message
strategy decisions Course content will consist
of study of both theoretical and empirical
research on attitude and attitude change in
persuasive communication.
SPCH 776 Interpersonal Communication. (3)
Problems and processes of symbolic represen-
tation in speech, the effects of language on
communication, semantic redundancy, and in-
teraction between meaning and the structure
of oral language
SPCH 798 Independent Study. (1-3)
Prerequisite, consent of instructor An in-
dividual course designed for intensive study or
research of problems in any one of the three
areas of drama, general speech, or radio/TV.
SPCH 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6)
Textiles and
Consumer
Economics Program
Professor ar)d Chairman: Smith
Professor: Dardis
Visiting Professor: Fourt
Associate Professor: Buck, Spivak
Visiting Associate Professor: Clark
Assistant Professors: Hacklander, Yeh
Visiting Assistant Professor: Block
The Department of Textiles and Consumer
Economics offers graduate work leading to the
Master of Science degree in either the thesis
or the non-thesis option. Fields of
specialization are textiles and consumer
economics. In the field of textiles, students
may concentrate in clothing and human
behavior, historic textiles and costume, textile
economics and marketing, and textile science
In consumer economics, students may work in
consumption economics of consumer
behavior.
There are no rigid course requirements for
admission to the graduate program in Textiles
and Consumer Economics. A major in Home
Economics, Consumer Economics, Textiles and
Clothing, Textiles, or a relevant discipline such
as chemistry, economics, or psychology is ac-
ceptable as background for study in this field
Preparation in the basic physical and social
sciences (chemistry, mathematics, economics,
psychology, and sociology) is highly recom-
mended All applicants are required to submit
scores of the Graduate Record Examination
Aptitude Test.
Additional information about the graduate
program may be obtained from the Department
of Textiles and Consumer Economics.
Consumer Economics
CNEC 431 The Consumer and the Law. (3)
Three lectures a week. A study of legislation
affecting consumer goods and services. Topics
covered include product safety and liability,
packaging and labeling, deceptive advertising,
and consumer credit. The implications of such
legislation for consumer welfare with particular
emphasis on the disadvantaged groups in our
society will be examined.
CNEC 435 Economics of Consumption. (3)-
Spring semester. Three lectures per week.
Prerequisites, ECON 201 and 203 or ECON
205 for non-majors. The application of
economic theory to a study of consumer
decision-making and its role in a market
economy at both the individual and aggregate
levels. Topics covered include empirical
studies of consumer spending and saving, the
consumer in the market and collective con-
sumption.
CNEC 437 Consumer Behavior. (3) Three lec-
tures per week Prerequisites, PSYC 100 and
SOCY 100 An application of the behavioral
sciences to a study of consumer behavior
Current theories, models and empirical research
findings are explored.
CNEC 488 Senior Honors Thesis. (1-4)
Limited to undergraduate students in the
departmental honors program. An independent
literary, laboratory or field study, conducted
throughout the student's senior year Student
should register in both fall and spring.
CNEC 498 Special Studies. (2-4)-
Independent study by an individual student or
by a group of students in advanced work not
otherwise provided in the department. Students
must prepare a description of the study they
wish to undertake. The plan must be approved
by the faculty directing the study and the
department chairman.
Textiles
TEXT 420 Apparel Design— Draping. (3) Two
three-hour laboratory periods per week.
Prerequisites. APDS 101 and TEXT 222.
APDS 220 recommended but not required.
Students explore pattern design through
draping on the human form Emphasis is on the
interrelationship between material, design and
form.
TEXT 425 Apparel Design— Experimental
Processes. (3) Two three-hour laboratory
periods per week. Prerequisites, APDS 101,
TEXT 250, and TEXT 222 Processes are
related to fiber and fabric characteristics, style
and end-use. Opportunities are provided for
148 / Graduate Programs
students to; 1 ) learn advanced construction
and tailoring techniques 2) explore, adapt and
create new processes witti modern textile
materials and 3) evaluate results in terms of
design quality.
TEXT 441 Clothing and Human Behavior. (3)
Three lectures per w/eek. Prerequisites, PSYC
100 and SOCY 100. An exploration of socio-
psychological approaches to the study of
clothing in relation to human behavior Social
and psychological theories w\\\ be examined as
possible frameworks for the study and in-
vestigation of clothing
TEXT 445 History of Costume I. (3) Three
lectures per week. The wrap-style dress A
critical study of the various forms of dress;
analyzing shape and form of garments and the
component parts of which they are made,
taking special note of the various distinctive
styles and unique shapes which help
distinguish one period from another; relating
the history of costume to events, to
achievements, to the social attitudes and
development of the various times and cultures
of man.
TEXT 447 History of Costume II. (3) Three
lectures per week. The shaped-style dress. A
critical study of the various forms of dress;
analyzing shape and form of garments and the
component parts of which they are made,
taking special note of the distinctive styles and
unique shapes which help distinguish one
period from another; relating the history of
costume to events, to achievements, to the
social attitudes and development of the various
times and culture of man
TEXT 452 Textile Science— Chemical Struc-
tures and Properties of Fibers. (3) Two lec-
tures and one three-hour laboratory per week.
Prerequisites, CHEM 104 or consent of in-
structor. The chemical structure, properties
and reactions of the major classes of natural
and man-made fibers. Emphasis is placed upon
the relationship between molecular structure
and physical properties of fibers and fabrics.
Laboratory includes chemical identification of
fibers, preparation of selected fibers and
examination of chemical reactions and proper-
ties of fibers.
TEXT 454 Textile Science— Finishes. (3)
Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory per
week. Prerequisite, TEXT 452 or consent of in-
structor. A study of the chemical reactions and
mechanisms involved in imparting wafer
repellance, crease resistance and crease
recovery properties, shrink-resistance, flame
resistance, soil-release properties and moth
and mildew resistance to textile materials.
Properties of the finished material which effect
its end-use will also be examined Laboratory
work includes the application of finishes, iden-
tification of finishes and a study of the proper-
ties of finished fabrics.
TEXT 456 Textile Science— Chemistry and
Physics of Fibers and Polymers. (3) Two lec-
tures and one three-hour laboratory per week
Prerequisite, consent of instructor. The theory
of fiber structure and its relationship to
chemical and physical properties of natural and
man-made fibers. Laboratory includes study of
performance of textile materials in relation to
their chemical and physical properties.
TEXT 463 History of Textiles. (3) Three lec-
tures per week. Prerequisite, TEXT 1 50 or
consent of instructor. A study of historic and
contemporary fibers and fabrics. Emphasis will
be placed on the analysis of designs and
techniques of decorating fabrics and the
relationship of textiles to the aesthetic and
developmental cultures of society.
TEXT 465 Economics of the Textile and Ap-
parel Industries. (3) Three lectures per week
Prerequisites, ECON 201 and 203. Trends in
the production and consumption of textiles and
apparel; economic analysis of the textile and
apparel industries; factors affecting changes in
output, price, location and market structure
TEXT 488 Senior Honors Thesis. (1-4)
Limited to undergraduate students in the
departmental honors program. An independent
literary, laboratory or field study, conducted
throughout the student's senior year Student
should register in both fall and spring.
TEXT 498 Special Studies. (2-4) Independent
study by an individual student or by a group of
students in advanced work not otherwise
provided in the department. Students must
prepare a description of the study they wish to
undertake. The plan must be approved by the
faculty directing the study and the department
chairman.
Textiles and
Consumer Economics
TXCE 608 Special Problems. (1-3) Credit ac-
cording to time scheduled and organization of
the course. The course may be organized as a
lecture series on a specialized advanced topic
or may consist of an experimental problem
other than the student's thesis topic. Maximum
credit allowed toward an advanced degree
shall not exceed six hours.
TXCE 638 Selected Topics in Consumer
Behavior. (2-3) Readings and discussion on
selected topics in consumer behavior. The
focus is on the application of social sciences
to a study of consumer decision processes.
Course may be taken for a maximum of six
credits.
TXCE 639 Seminar in the Economics of Con-
sumption. (3) A critical examination of current
theories and research in the field. The ap-
plication of research methods to current
problems in consumption economics will be
discussed. Course may be taken for a
maximum of six credits.
TXCE 648 Seminar in Historic Textiles. (1-3)
In depth studies of selected areas of historic
textiles and/or historic textile products, together
with their relationships to the cultures and
societies of man fvlaximum credit allowed
toward an advanced degree shall not exceed
six hours.
TXCE 649 Seminar in Clothing and Human
Behavior. (3) An examination of theories and
research concerned with the relation between
clothing and human behavior Special emphasis
will be placed on research techniques.
Maximum credit allowed toward an advanced
degree shall not exceed six hours.
TXCE 650 Seminar in Textile Economics and
Marketing. (3) A critical review of research
literature in the economics of the textile and
apparel industries and the marketing of textile
products. The application of research methods
to current problems of the textile and apparel
industries will be discussed.
TXCE 658 Advanced Topics in Textile Scien-
ce. (2-3) An examination of the structure,
properties and performance of textile materials.
Topic and credit will be announced. Course
may be taken for a maximum of six credits.
TXCE 659 Seminar in Textile Science. (1-3)
A critical discussion of current research
literature in the field.
TXCE 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6)
Institute for
Urban Studies
Program
Professor and Director: Murphy
Professors: Janes, Kidd, Harper
Assistant Professors: Florestano, Christian
Instructors: Taubald, Knipe
Lecturer: Russell
The Institute for Urban Studies offers a
program leading to a degree in the Master of
Arts in Urban Studies. The principal aim of the
MA. program is to educate students both in
the technical competencies involved in urban
problem solving and in an interdisciplinary un-
derstanding of the urban community A
graduate of the program would be prepared for
a career in governmental, non-profit or
business activities relating to urban service,
delivery, governance, or policy analysis.
Graduates would also be eligible for pursuing
doctoral degrees in the discipline selected for
specialized study or in interdisciplinary urban
studies and policy analysis programs.
Both a thesis and non-thesis option are
available for the MA. degree The thesis option
calls for a minimum of twenty-four (24) credit
hours of course work in addition to a thesis.
Twelve (1 2) hours of course work must be in
core courses and a minimum of nine (9) hours
in an area of specialization. The non-thesis op-
tion calls for a minimum of thirty (30) hours of
course work including fifteen (15) hours of
work in core courses and fifteen (15) hours of
work in an urban specialization.
Both options require successful completion
of a two-part comprehensive examination The
first part, on basic urban studies knowledge,
will be administered by the Institute. The
second part will be administered by the depart-
ment the student selects for an urban
specialization.
1 . Thesis Option
a) core courses required for the thesis op-
tion include Urban Studies 601, Urban
Studies 610, Urban Studies 640, and Ur-
ban Studies 680.
b) a minimum of nine (9) credit hours must
be taken in one of the departments or
programs listed in D, Departmental
Specializations.
c) an additional three credit hours must be
taken from the Institute, the department of-
fering the specialization, or from other
departments with urban courses.
d) at least fifteen (15) hours of course work
for the MA. degree with thesis option must
be at the 600 level.
2. The Non-Thesis Option
a) the non-thesis option requires suc-
cessful completion of Urban Studies 601 ,
610, 640, and 680 as well as three (3)
credit hours in any other course offered for
graduate credit by the Institute.
Graduate Programs / 149
b) Fifteen (15) credit tiours must be fallen
in one of ttie departments or programs
listed in "Departmental Specializations" or.
in special circumstances, in one of ttiree
cross-departmental areas of urban em-
phasis Tfie three areas which may be elec-
ted for a specialization are 1 ) physical
science, engineering, and environmental 2)
humanities-historical, and 3] social-
behavioral dimensions of urban studies. If a
cross-departmental specialization is selec-
ted, the Institute will administer both por-
tions of the comprehensive examination
c) At least twenty-one (21) credit hours of
the course work for the M.A. degree with
non-thesis option must be at the 600 level.
Departmental Specializations
Departments which are likely to have
enough urban-oriented courses to provide an
area of specialization are listed below. All
required hours of work need not be directly
related to urban affairs. For example, the sup-
porting specialization might include a course in
theory or techniques of investigation within a
particular discipline. The student's program of
courses in his specialized area should be
worked out in consultation with his advisor.
• Afro-American Studies
Agricultural and Extension Education
American Studies
• Arctiitecture
'Business Administration
Chemical Engineenng
Computer Science
'Criminal Justice and Cnminology
• Economics
English
• Education
•Family and Community Development
•Geography
•Government and Politics
•Health
■ Historv
•Information Systems Mangement
•Journalism
Meteorology
Physical Education
•Psychology
Recreation
•Sociology
Speech and Communications
• Departments at College Parit campus already having sufficient
graduate or upper division courses to provide a specialization
A very limited number of graduate research
and teaching assistant positions are available.
Applications should be filed prior to May 1 st.
The GRE is generally required for any student
whose grade point average is less than 3.00
URBS 430 Practicum in the Urban Com-
munity and Urban Organizations. (3)
Supervised field training in urban-oriented
programs. Emphasized areas of interest are (1 )
neighborhoods and communities (2)
organizations and agencies (3) specific
programs. The student will be assigned to a
specific agency or project and will be respon-
sible to that agency. Class meetings, written
reports, instructor conferences, and a
student's critique of his experience are in-
cluded,
URBS 480 Urban Theory and Simulation. (3)
Review of early theories of the city. Con-
temporary theories of the city as a physical
and an institutional system. Urban theory as in-
tegration of information involving economic,
political, and social dimensions of con-
temporary cities. Simulation and gaming as
theory testing; urban simulation and gaming as
theory building.
URBS 601 Fields and Problems of Urban
Studies. (3) Three urban interdisciplinary em-
phases—environmental, institutional, and
historical-cultural; concept of the metropolis in
the United States; major theoretical research
interests in urban affairs. Social problems of ur-
banization in the United States; trends in
governmental intervention into urban con-
ditions; emergence of urban-related oc-
cupations and careers; relations of emerging
metropolises to society
URBS 610 Research Methods in Urban
Studies. (3) Assumes a knowledge of con-
ventional techniques of investigation— inter-
view, questionnaire, survey research, use of
documentary sources. Emphasis on learning
creative approaches and on training for innova-
tive uses of research techniques— simulation
and gaming of decision-making, field study
of environmental-societal influences, computer
modeling of urban information. Individual and
team approaches.
URBS 640 Ecology and Demography of Ur-
ban Studies. (3) Analysis of land-use patterns
and demographic characteristics. Examination
of changes in these relations and their in-
fluence on institutional structures. Study of
dynamics of transactions and flows between
localities. Metropolises as examples of ex-
change systems. Problems in indicator
development which define the demographic
and ecological characteristics. Policy im-
plications of data banks based on indicator in-
formation. Social indicators for metropolises as
predictors of future development,
URBS 680 Theory of Urban Systems. (3)
Theories and predictions of economic, social,
and political trends of American cities; evidence
of an emerging megalopolis; ideological
issues for interpreting increasing urbanization;
relation between urban theory and policies;
bases of present urban policies; necessity of
more adequate urban data for theory building;
research priorities.
URBS 685 Recent Development in Urban
Studies. (3) Examination of a selected current
aspect of the rapidly evolving field of urban af-
fairs. Examples might include urban population
trends revealed by the 1 970 census,
evaluation of the model cities program,
developments in legislation, programs con-
cerning the urban environment, developments
in urban crime programs, "new towns" in the
United States, applications of urban simulation
and gaming, and developments in metropolitan
and regional government,
URBS 698 Independent Study in Urban
Topics. (3) Directed research and study of
selected aspects of urban affairs.
URBS 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6)
Zoology Program
Professor and Chairman: Corliss
Professors: Asastos, Brinkley, Brown,
Clark, Grollman, Haley, Highton.
Jachowski, Schleidt
Associate Professors: Barnett, Contrera,
Goode, Imberski, Levitan, Linder,
Morse, Pierce, Potter, Small,
Vermeij
Assistant Professors: Allan, Gill, Higgins,
Morton, Rees, Woodin
Research! Associate Professor: Eisenberg
The Department of Zoology offers programs of
study leading to the degrees of Master of
Science (thesis and non-thesis) and Doctor of
Philosophy with specialization in the following
fields: cell biology, developmental biology,
estuarine and mahne biology, genetics,
parasitology, physiology, systematic and
evolutionary biology, behavior, invertebrate
zoology, endocrinology, ecology.
Admission to graduate study in the Depart-
ment of Zoology is restricted to students with
an adequate undergraduate preparation in
physical as well as biological sciences, in-
cluding upper division courses in zoology and
courses in mathematics (through one year of
calculus), statistics, physics, and chemistry
through organic. Able students who lack
preparation in a particular area may be ad-
mitted provided that the deficiency is corrected
early in the graduate work. Graduate Record
Examinations are recommended but are not
required.
The Ph D, program in Zoology is basically
a research program providing maximal oppor-
tunity for the student to evolve and develop
his innate capacity for scholarship and inde-
pendent work A doctoral candidate must regis-
ter for a minimum of 1 2 semester hours of doc-
toral research (899). Opportunity is provided for
in-depth study in an area of specialization. A
formal preliminary examination is given to all
doctoral students within the first two years of
enrollment in the department. The examination
is basically an oral examination focusing primarily
on determination of whether or not the student
has the proper motivation, intellectual capacity
and curiosity, and educational background and
has or can develop the technical skills to suc-
cessfully pursue the Ph.D. program. However,
there is no formal restriction on the extent or the
range of the questions asked of the candidate.
The doctoral dissertation must be completed and
defended usually within three, preferably two
years, after passing of prelims.
The thesis master's program enables a stu-
dent to engage in advance study and to under-
take a research project It may be a terminal
degree or may demonstrate the student's re-
search ability and lead to continuation of grad-
uate work for the Ph.D. in the same or related
area. Completion of 30 credits of which 6 must
be thesis research (799) is required. Of the
24 hours of course work, no fewer than 1 2
hours must be at the 600 level or above. Twelve
credit hours must be in the major subject. All
requirements for the master's degree are to be
completed within a three year period, A final
oral examination on the thesis is given when-
ever the student has completed all other require-
ments for the degree
The non-thesis masters program provides
opportunity for advanced education and a
terminal degree for those who are not research
oriented. All non-thesis master's students are
required to complete no fewer than 30 hours
of course work with an average grade of "B".
Of these 30 hours, no fewer than 1 8 must be
at the 600 level or above in Zoology or appro-
priate related fields No fewer than 1 6 hours
of courses must be in Zoology and three of
these courses should be in a single area of
specialization In addition, it is expected that at
least one satisfactory scholariy paper be writ-
ten in an area approved by the student's advisor
and that a written comprehensive examination
in three areas of Zoology be passed All require-
ments must be completed within a three year
period.
1 50 / Graduate Programs
students are urged to communicate directly
witti ttie faculty in ttie area of their interest but
additional general information and a statement of
departmental requirements supplementing those
of The Graduate School may be obtained by writ-
ing to the Director of graduate Studies. Depart-
ment of Zoology, University of l\/1aryland. College
Park. Maryland 20742
ZOOL 411 Cell Biology. (4) Two hours of lec-
ture, one hour of demonstration-discussion and
three hours of laboratory per week.
Prerequisites, two years of zoology and
organic chemistry, or permission of the in-
structor A study of cell structure and function
with an emphasis on the activity of subcellular
organoids and the mechnaisms of coordination
and control of cell function
ZOOL 413 Biophysics. (3) Three lectures a
week. Prerequisites, one year of biology, a
year of physics and at least one semester of
calculus: or permission of the instructor. An in-
troduction to the ideas and methods used in
biophysics to analyze the functional com-
ponents of cells and tissues as physical-
chemical systems
ZOOL 415 Cell Differentiation. (3) Three
hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites, a
course in development biology, cell biology,
molecular genetics or permission of instructor.
Cellular and subcellular differentiation, em-
phasizing the biochemical and ultrastructural
bases of these development changes
ZOOL 421 Physiology of Excitable Cells. (4)
Three hours of lecture and three hours of
laboratory per week. Prerequisites, an in-
troductory course in zoology or biology; a
semester of organic chemistry; physics,
through an introduction to electricity and
magnetism; I^ATH 1 10 or 1 15. The physiology
of nerves, muscles and sensory receptors and
aspects of central nervous system physiology.
ZOOL 422 Vertebrate Physiology. (4) Three
hours of lecture and three hours of laboratory
per week. Prerequisites, one year of zoology
and one semester of organic chemistry. A
study of the cardiovascular, hemopoietic,
gastro-intestinal, renal and respiratory systems.
Chemical and endocrine regulation of
physiological functions in higher vertebrates
with emphasis on mammals.
ZOOL 426 General Endocrinology. (3) Three
hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites, Three
semesters of animal biology and two
semesters of organic chemistry. Functions and
the functioning of the endocrine glands of
animals with special reference to the ver-
tebrates
ZOOL 430 Vertebrate Embryology. (4) Two
hours of lecture and six hours of laboratory per
week. Prerequisite, one year of biology or
zoology. Vertebrate embryogenesis. develop-
mental physiology and experimental em-
bryology,
ZOOL 440 Evolution. (3) Three hours of lec-
ture per week- Prerequisites, a course in
genetics and a course in animal diversity. A
consideration of current thought in regard to
the evolution of living organisms,
ZOOL 444 Advanced Evolutionary Biology.
(3) Three hours of lecture per week.
Prerequisites. ZOOL 440 or equivalent; one
semester of calculus. The nature and con-
sequences of organic evolution in relation to
present day geography and geologic time
Topics covered will include organic diversity
gradients in space and time, rates of evolution,
co-evolution and extinctions Particular em-
phasis will be placed on the synthesis of in-
fromation and on construction and evaluation
of hypotheses
ZOOL 446 Molecular Genetics. (3) Three
hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites.
ZOOL 246 or equivalent and a course in
organic chemistry. The molecular basis of gene
structure and function. Regulation of dif-
ferential gene expression
ZOOL 447 Experimental Genetics. (4) Two
hours of lecture and six hours of laboratory per
week. Prerequisites, two courses in genetics,
one of which included laboratory work, and
permission of instructor A methodology and
techniques course considering experimental
design, the use of diverse organisms and in-
strumentation and the presentation and in-
terpretation of data.
ZOOL 460 Ethology. (3) Three hours of lec-
ture per week. Prerequisites, a course in
general zoology or equivalent and a course, or
current enrollment in, physiology or ecology.
An introduction to the principles of animal
behavior with emphasis on physiological bases,
ecological correlates and evolutionary aspects
of behavior.
ZOOL 461 Ethology Laboratory. (3) One hour
of lecture and six hours of laboratory per
week Prerequisite or corequisite, ZOOL 460
or equivalent. Training in the description of
behavior, methods of quantification and ex-
perimentation, and the mathematical treatment
of behavioral data,
ZOOL 470 Advanced Animal Ecology. (2)
Two hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites,
one year of zoology, a course in calculus and
a course in statistics. A course in genetics is
strongly recommended. Designed for majors
and graduate students in the biological scien-
ces. Topics to include theory of population
growth and regulation, life tables and
population projection matrices. Niche theory,
theory of competition and predation, diversity
analysis, and energetic modeling. Emphasis will
be on current literature and research in
ecological theory.
ZOOL 471 Laboratory and Field Ecology. (2)
Three hours of laboratory and field work and
one hour of discussion per week.
Prerequisites, Zoology 470 previously or con-
currently. Exercises in laboratory and field will
pursue problems of contemporary ecological
interest; population density regulation, com-
munity structure, Niche shape, competition
coefficients, pattern diversity, and energetics
of ecosystems. Topics will be coordinated with
those presented in Zoology 470. Terrestrial
and equatic systems will be studied.
ZOOL 472 Protozoology. (4) Two hours of
lecture and six hours of laboratory including
field trips per week Prerequisite, one year of
biology, Basic conceptual treatment of free-
living and parasitic protozoan functional mor-
phology, life history, and systematics. The
laboratory will stress observations of protozoa,
living and stained, collected from diverse
habits.
ZOOL 475 General Parasitology. (4) Two
hours of lecture and six hours of laboratory per
week Prerequisites, two years of zoology and
one year of chemistry, or permission of the in-
structor A consideration of the phenomenon of
parasisism through a study of the structure.
function and host relationships of parasitic
organisms
ZOOL 477 Symbiology. (2) Prerequisite, a
course in animal diversity. Two lecture hours
per week. An introduction to basic concepts of
symbiosis Adaptations for establishment of
symbiotic associations, symbiote nutrition and
metabolism, responses of the host and ecology
of the host-symbiote complex.
ZOOL 480 Aquatic Biology. (4) Two hours of
lecture and six hours of laboratory per week
Prerequisite, a course in animal diversity and a
course in ecology. An investigation of the
causal relationships of freshwater, estuarine
and marine biotic communities to their en-
vironment
ZOOL 481 The Biology of Marine and
Estuarine Invertebrates. (4) Two hours of lec-
ture and six hours of laboratory per week.
Prerequisite, one year of zoology. An in-depth
consideration of the taxonomy and functional
morphology of the invertebrates, exclusive of
insects Chesapeake Bay forms and the study
of living material will be emphasized.
ZOOL 482 Marine Vertebrate Zoology. (4)
Two hours of lecture and six hours of
laboratory per week. Prerequisite, two years of
zoology or permission of the instructor, A con-
sideration of the evolution, taxonomy, mor-
phology, physiology, behavior and ecology of
marine and estuarine protochordates and ver-
tebrates-
ZOOL 483 Vertebrate Zoology. (4) Two hours
of lecture and four hours of laboratory per
week. Prerequisite, one year of zoology or per-
mission of the instructor. The identification,
classification, habits, and behavior of ver-
tebrates with emphasis on fresh water,
terrestrial and aerial forms, and a considertation
of the evolution of living and fossil represen-
tatives,
ZOOL 492 Form and Pattern in Organisms.
(3) Prerequisites, one year of calculus; one
year of physics; one semester of introductory
biology A lecture course in structural and fun-
ctional interpretation of form in organisms Pat-
tern formation in morphogenesis, mathematical
description of shape, methods, and examples
of functional analysis of form, and patterns of
morphological diversity through space and
time.
ZOOL 495 Mammalian Histology. (4) Two
hours of lecture and six hours of laboratory per
week. Prerequisites, a course in vertebrate
anatomy and a course in vertebrate physiology
or permission of the instructor. A study of the
microscopic anatomy, ultrastructure and
histophysiology of tissues and organs of mam-
mals.
ZOOL 608 Zoology Seminar. (1-6)
Repeatable to a maximum of six credits. One
seminar a week for each subject selected:
A— Cell Biology. B— Developmental Biology,
C— Estuarine & l^arine Biology, D— Genetics.
E— Parasitology. F— Physiology. G— Systematic
& Evolutionary Biology. I— Behavior. J— Recent
Advances. K— Endochnology. L— Ecology
ZOOL 609 Special Problems in Zoology. (1-
6) Repeatable to a maximum of six credits.
One seminar a week for each subject selec-
ted: A— Cell Biology. B— Developmental
Biology. C— Estuarine & Marine Biology,
D— Genetics, E— Parasitology, F— Physiology.
G— Systematic & Evolutionary Biology,
I — Behavior, J— Recent Advances. K— En-
docrinology, L— Ecology.
Graduate Programs / 151
ZOOL 610 Cellular Physiology. (4) Two lec-
tures and two ttiree-hiour laboratory periods a
week Prerequisites, a course in animal or plant
ptiysiology, one year of organic ctiemistry, one
year of physics, and a course in bioctiemistry.
Recommended. ZOOL 411 or an equivalent
course in cytology or cell biology, A study of
the structure and functions of cells on the
molecular, subcellular and cellular levels by in-
vestigations and discussions of their physical,
chemical, and microscopic properties.
ZOOL 612 Electron Microscopy Laboratory.
(3) Two three-hour laboratories per week and
arranged. Prerequisite, a lecture course in
electron microscopy and permission of in-
structor. Preparation and study of biological
materials by electron microscopy. Includes
examination of standard tissue and an in-
dividual research project.
ZOOL 615 Biological Ultrastructure. (3)-
Three hours of lecture-discussion a week.
Prerequisite, cell biology or histology, or per-
mission of instructor. The ultrastructure of cells
and tissues, with emphasis on interpretation
and correlation of ultrastructure and function
ZOOL 616 Advanced Topics in Cell Biology.
(3) Three lecture-discussion periods a week.
Prerequisites, one year of biochemistry, one
year of physics, a course in cell biology or
physiology, or permission of the instructor. An
inquiry into the physico-chemical background
and current advances in selected aspects of
cell structure and function.
ZOOL 621 Comparative Physiology. (4) Three
lectures and one three-hour laboratory period
each week. Prerequisite, one year of zoology,
one year of organic chemistry and one
semester of physiology The study of the dif-
ferences and similarities in the functioning of
organs of species of the animal kingdom.
ZOOL 624 Experimental Mammalian
Physiology. (4) Two four-hour laboratory
periods a week. Prerequisites, a course in
physiology and one year of chemistry above
general chemistry. The theory, use and ap-
plication to research of instrumentation nor-
mally in the physiology laboratory with an in-
troduction to surgical techniques on both large
and small animals.
ZOOL 625 Comparative Invertebrate En-
docrinology. (3) Three lectures a week
Prerequisites, one year of organic chemistry, a
course in endocrinology and a course in
physiology, or permission of instructor. A
systematic approach to the structure and
physiology of neuro-endocrine systems of in-
vertebrates.
ZOOL 626 Mammalian Physiology. (3) One
three-hour lecture a week Prerequisite, a
course in physiology and a course in biochem-
istry A biochemical and pharmacological ap-
proach to problems in physiology A survey of
neurochemistry and neuropharmacology, the
study of action of hormones and drugs at the
molecular and cellular level.
ZOOL 627 Comparative Vertebrate En-
docri^ology. (3) Three lectures each week
Prerequisite, one semester of biochemistry,
physiology and endocrinology. Study of the
difference and similarities in the structure and
functioning of the endocrine organs of the ver-
tebrate species.
ZOOL 628 Electrophysiology. (4) Two lee
tures and two three-hour laboratory periods a
week Prerequisites, a course in physiology,
one year of physics, and permission of the in-
structor. Concerned with electrical phenomena
occurring in living matter and with the effect of
electrical current on cells, with special em-
phasis on nerves and muscles
ZOOL 630 Organogenesis. (2) Two lectures
per week. Prerequisite, a course in embryology
or departmental biology: the experimental basis
of developmental mechanisms.
ZOOL 631 Biochemical Patterns In Develop-
ment. (2) Prerequisites, a course in em-
bryology and a course in physiology or
biochemistry. Two lectures per week. The
biochemical basis of development.
ZOOL 640 Population Genetics. (4) Two lec-
tures and two three-hour laboratory periods a
week Prerequisite, a course in genetics. The
role of mutation, selection, migration, in-
breeding, and stochastic process in evolution
ZOOL 641 Ecological Genetics. (4) Two lec-
tures and six hours of laboratory a week
Prerequisites, a course in genetics and a course
in ecology, or permission of the instructor.
Analysis of the interactions between genotype
and environment in natural and experimental
populations of animals.
ZOOL 642 Developmental Genetics. (3)
Three lecture-discussion periods per week.
Prerequisites, courses in molecular genetics
and developmental or cell biology, or per-
mission of the instructor. Differential gene func-
tion and its regulation in developing systems.
Genes and the analysis of developmental
processes.
ZOOL 643 Cellular Genetics. (3) Two 1 >/:■
hour lecture-discussion periods a week.
Prerequisites, one year of genetics including
basic molecular genetics or permission of the
instructor. The course will evaluate studies
using protozoan systems as models for
analyzing phenomena of nuclear differentiation,
cytoplasmic heredity and control of cellular
organization.
ZOOL 650 Systematic Zoology. (4) Three lec-
tures and one three-hour laboratory period a
week. The principles and methods involved in
the classification of animals, with emphasis on
population dynamics and speciation. Methods
of evaluating taxonomic data, principles of
zoological nomenclature, field and museum
techniques, and the factors influencing the
disthbution of animals are also stressed.
ZOOL 660 Comparative Behavior. (4) Two
lectures and two three-hour laboratory penods
a week. Prerequisites, usually a course in
behavior and one in physiology, and per-
mission of the instructor. Orientation and
migration, communication, coding, brain and
behavior, biological rhythms, and hormones
and behavior are the main subjects that will be
considered.
ZOOL 665 Sociobiology. (4) Two lectures and
two three-hour laboratory periods a week.
Prerequisites, a course in behavior and per-
mission of the instructor Deals with the
description and analysis of animal social
organizations, the adaptive nature of animal
societies, the effects of early experience, and
the role of communicatioii in the integration of
animal groups
ZOOL 670 Analysis of Animal Populations.
(4) Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory
periods a week. Prerequisite, a course in
ecology or permission of instructor An ad-
vanced course in animal ecology with a focus
on populations. Studies of growth and
regulation of animal populations are em-
phasized.
ZOOL 671 Quantitative Zoology. (4) Three
lectures and one three-hour laboratory period a
week. Prerequisites. MATH 1 40 or equivalent
and permission of instructor. A consideration of
the statistical techniques of phncipal im-
portance in the analysis of biological data.
ZOOL 673 Advanced Aquatic Ecology. (4)
Prerequisite, ZOOL 670 or equivalent One
discussion session (arranged) and one all-day
laboratory per week. Emphasizes field ex-
pehence in analyzing ecological processes in
freshwater lakes and rivers, and the plankton
communities of estuaries.
ZOOL 674 Quantitative Field Ecology. (4)
One full day per week. Prerequisites, animal or
plant ecology, statistics, and permission of in-
structor. Group-oriented formulation of
hypotheses, collection of data, analysis and
discussion of results. Current problems in com-
munity and population ecology to be studied in
the field. Extended field trips.
ZOOL 675 Ecological Models. (3) Three
hours of lecture-discussion a week.
Prerequisite, ZOOL 670 or equivalent. Ex-
plores the assumptions, structure and con-
sequences of theoretical models in ecology.
ZOOL 676 Behavioral Ecology. (4)
Prerequisites, a course in ecology and a course
in behavior, or permission of the instructor.
Two lecture-recitation periods and six hours of
laboratory per week. The role of interactions
among organism and environment upon the
dynamics and resource utilization of animals.
ZOOL 677 Ecology of Marine Communities.
(4) Prerequisites, ZOOL 670 or permission of
the instructor ZOOL 481 strongly recom-
mended. Two lecture-recitation periods and six
hours of laboratory per week. An evaluation
and extension of our current knowledge of
marine communities and how their component
populations are limited and interact with one
another.
ZOOL 681 Physiological Ecology. (4) Two
lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods
a week. Prerequisites, a course in invertebrate
zoology, physiology and in ecology An in-
depth comparative study of the physiological
interactions of marine and estuahne in-
vertebrates and their environment.
ZOOL 682 Ecology of Marine Invertebrates.
(4) Two lectures and six hours of laboratory a
week (including some Saturday field trips).
Prerequisites, a course in animal ecology, or
hydrobiology, and invertebrate zoology, or per-
mission of instructor. The distribution, abun-
dance, and adaptations of marine and estuarine
invertebrates as related to the factors of those
environments.
ZOOL 686 Marine and Estuarine Protozoa.
(4) Two lectures and six hours of laboratory
per week. An in depth study of the taxonomic
and morphological diversities, life histories, and
autecologies of the protozoan fauna of marine __
and estuahne environments. Special emphasis
will be placed on Chesapeake Bay forms. Field
work will be an integral part of the laboratory,
and shipboard experience is anticipated. Per-
mission of instructor required. Offered in alter-
nate years
ZOOL 708 Lectures in Zoology. (1-3) One,
two or three lectures a week. Advanced lec-
tures by outstanding authorities in their par-
ticular field of zoology. As the subject matter is
1 52 / Graduate Programs
continually changing, a student may register
several times, receiving credit for several
semesters.
ZOOL 709 Lectures in Zoology. (1-3) One
two or three lectures a vi^eek Advanced lec-
tures by outstanding authorities in their par-
ticular field of zoology As the subject matter is
continually changing, a student may register
several times receiving credit for several
semesters
ZOOL 770 Experimental Parasitology. (4)
Two lectures and tv*/o three-hour laboratory
periods a week Prerequisites, a course in
parasitology and permission of the instructor
Experiments performed utilizing living parasites
in laboratory animals to illustrate various aspects
of the host-parasite relationship
ZOOL 771 Helminthology. (4) Two lectures
and two three- hour laboratory periods a week
Prerequisites, two years of zoology and per-
mission of the instructor. A study of the
classification, structure and biology of the
helminths.
ZOOL 778 Advanced Topics in Protozoology.
(3) The advanced study and analysis of selec-
ted protozoological topics; eg. advanced
cytology and techniques, morphogenesis, and
systematica and evolution. Two lectures and
six hours of laboratory per week, emphasizing
the research literature Prerequisite, a course
in general protozoology or permission of in-
structor Offered in alternate years May be
taken more than once since topic coverage
will change f^ay be repeated to a maximum of
twelve semester hours.
ZOOL 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6)
ZOOL 878 Advanced Topics in Parasitology.
(1-16) Prerequisites, advanced graduate stand-
ing and permission of the instructor The con-
tent of the course changes frequently and
students may register for it several times The
course will consist of critical discussions of the
published literature and current problems in
parasitology: 1) host-parasite relationships 2)
ecology of parasites 3) immunity to parasites
and 4) physiology of parasites.
ZOOL 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research.
(1-8)
Graduate Programs / 153
Academic Resources Map
154 /Map
Index
Academic Calendar / 2
Academic Organization, Plan of / 1
Academic Resources Map / 1 54
Access to Student Data/Information,
Policy on / 16
Advanced Graduate Specialist Program / 1 4
Administration, Supervision and Curriculum
Courses in / 34
Curriculum / 34
Faculty / 34
Admission,
Categories of ' 1 0
Admission
Application for / 10
Categories of 1 0
Foreign Student Applications / 1 1
Full Graduate Status / 1 0
General / 9
Graduate Credit for Undergraduates / 1 1
In-state Status / 13
Non-degree Status / 1 0
Objective, Ctiange of / 1 0
Offer of / 1 1
Provisional Graduate Status / 1 0
Special Student Status / 1 0
Time Limits / 10
Transcripts / 1 0
Admission to Candidacy / 15
Admissions Test for Graduate Study in
Business (ATGSB) / 9
Advanced Graduate Specialist Program / 1 4
Advising and Registration / 1 2
Aerospace Engineering
Courses In / 36
Curriculum / 35
Faculty / 35
Afro-American Studies, Courses in / 42
Agricultural and Extension Education
Courses In / 37
Curriculum / 37
Faculty / 37
Agricultural and Resource Economics
Courses In / 38
Curriculum / 38
Faculty 38
Agncultural Courses / 40
Agricultural Engineering
Courses In / 39
Curriculum / 39
Faculty / 39
Agronomy
Courses In / 40
Curriculum / 40
Faculty / 40
American Studies
Courses In / 42
Curriculum / 41
Faculty / 41
Animal Science
Courses In / 43
Curriculum / 43
Faculty / 43
Anthropology Courses / 45
Application for Admission / 1 0
Applied Design Courses / 102
Applied Mathematics Curriculum / 45
Architecture Courses / 46
Art Education Courses / 47
Art History Courses / 47
Art Program
Courses In / 47
Curriculum / 47
Faculty / 47
Art Studio Courses / 48
Assistantships / 9
Astronomy Program
Courses In / 49
Curriculum / 48
Faculty / 48
B
Baltimore City Campus / 6
Baltimore County Campus (UMBC) / 6
Board of Regents / 3
Botany Program
Courses In / 50
Curriculum / 49
Faculty / 49
Calendar Card of Dates / 1 6
Campuses of the University / 1 6
Career Development Center / 1 6
Center for Environmental and
Estuarine Studies / 7
Chemical Engineering Program
Courses In / 57
Curriculum / 56
Faculty / 56
Chemistry Program
Courses In / 58
Curriculum / 58
Faculty / 58
Chesapeake Bay Center for Environmental
Studies (CBES) / 8
Chesapeake Research Consortium, Inc. / 8
Chinese Courses / 1 26
Civil Engineering Program
Courses In / 61
Curriculum / 60
Faculty / 60
Classical Language and Literature
Courses / 63
College of Business and Management
Courses In / 52
Curriculum / 51
Faculty / 51
College Park Campus Administration / 3
Commencement / 1 5
Committees of the Graduate Council / 4
Comparative Literature Program
Courses In / 64
Curriculum / 63
Faculty / 63
Computer Science Program
Courses In / 64
Curriculum / 64
Faculty / 64
Consortia / 8
Cooperative Education Engineering
Courses / 66
Counseling and Personnel Services Program
Courses In / 67
Curhculum / 67
Faculty / 67
Counseling Center / 1 6
Course Numbering System / 1 2
Crafts Courses / 102
Credit-by-Examination / 13
Credit, Transfer of / 1 3
Criminal Justice and Criminology Program
Courses In / 69
Curriculum / 68
Faculty / 68
Institute of / 69
Dairy Science Program
Courses In / 70
Curriculum / 69
Faculty / 69
Dance, Courses In / 70
Dates, Calendar Card / 1 6
Deans at College Park / 3
Degree, Requirements for
Doctor of Education / 1 5
Doctor of Philosophy / 1 4
l\/laster of Arts / 1 3
Dissertation / 1 5
Doctor of Education Requirements / 1 5
Doctoral Candidates/Registration
Requirements / 1 2
Doctoral Degree Requirements / 14,15
Dramatic Art Courses / 1 46
Early Childhood— Elementary Education
Program
Courses In / 70
Curriculum / 70
Faculty / 70
Eastern Shore Campus (UMES) / 6
Economics Program
Courses In / 72
Curriculum / 72
Faculty / 72
Education, Music Courses / 1 23
Engineering, Cooperative Education,
Courses / 66
Electrical Engineering Program
Courses In / 75
Curriculum / 75
Faculty / 75
Engineering Materials Program
Courses In / 79
Curriculum / 79
Faculty / 79
English Language and Literature Program
Courses In / 80
Curriculum / 80
Faculty / 80
Enrollment, Graduate / 7
Entomology
Courses In / 82
Curriculum / 81
Faculty / 81
Exams, Final / 15
Faculty. Graduate / 1 9
Family and Community Development
Program
Courses In / 83
Curriculum / 82
Faculty / 82
Fees and Expenses
Graduate / 1 3
Late Information on / 1 8
Fellowships / 9
Final Exams / 15
Fire Protection Engineering Courses / 83
Food, Nutrition, and Institution
Administration Program
Courses In / 84
Curriculum / 84
Faculty / 84
Food Science Program
Courses In / 85
Curriculum / 85
Faculty / 85
Food Services / 1 6
Foreign History Courses / 98
Foreign Language Requirements / 1 5
Foreign Student Applications / 1 1
French and Italian Language and
Literature Program
Courses In / 86
Curriculum / 86
Faculty / 86
Full Graduate Status for Admission / 1 0
Full-Time Designation / 1 2
General Admission / 9
Geography Program
Courses In / 88
Curriculum - 87
Faculty / 87
Geology Courses / 90
Germanic Language and Literature Program
Courses In / 91
Curriculum / 91
Faculty /91
Government and Politics Program
Courses in / 92
Curriculum / 92
Faculty / 92
Grades / 1 2
Graduate Council / 4
Graduate Council Committees / 4
Graduate Credit for Senior
Undergraduates / 1 1
Graduate Degree Programs / 8
Graduate Faculty / 1 9
Graduate Fees / 13. 18
Graduate Programs / 34
Graduate Record Examinations (GRE) / 9
Graduate Schiool
Fellowships / 9/
History / 7
Libraries / 7
Officers / 4
Organization / 7
Publications / 1 6
Graduate Student Academic
Handbook / 14. 15, 16
Greek Courses / 63
Guide to Graduate Life ' 1 6
H
Handbook, Graduate Student / 1 4
Health Education Program
Courses In / 95
Curriculum / 95
Faculty / 95
Health Service / 16
Hearing and Speech Sciences Program
Courses In / 96
Curriculum / 96
Faculty / 96
Hebrew Courses / 1 26
History of the Graduate School / 7
History Program
Courses In / 97
Curriculum / 97
Faculty / 97
Horticulture Program
Courses In / 101
Curriculum / 101
Faculty/ 101
Housing / 1 5
Housing and Applied Design Courses / 1 02
Human Development Education Program
(Institute for Child Study)
Courses In / 103
Curriculum / 102
Faculty / 1 02
I
Industrial Education Program
Courses In / 105
Curriculum / 104
Faculty / 1 04
Information Systems f^anagement
Courses / 1 06
In-state Status for Admission / 1 3
Institute for Child Study / 1 02
Institute for Urban Studies Program
Courses In / 150
Curriculum / 149
Faculty / 1 49
Institute of Criminal Justice and
Criminology Courses / 69
Institution Administration Courses / 84
Inter-Campus Student / 13
Interdisciplinary Applied Mathematics
Curriculum / 45
Inter-Universlty Communications
Council (EDUCOM)/ 8
Inter-University Consortium for Political
Science Research / 8
Italian Courses / 87
Journalism Program
Courses In / 107
Curriculum / 106
Faculty / 1 06
Late Information on Fees / 1 8
Latin Courses / 63
Letters of Appraisal / 1 7
Libraries / 7
Library and Information Services Program
Courses / 1 08
Curriculum / 1 07
Faculty/ 107
Linguistics Courses / 109
Loans. Student / 9
M
Map, Academic Resources / 1 54
Master's Degree Requirements / 13
Mathematics Program
Courses In / 1 1 0
Curriculum / 109
Faculty / 109
McKeldIn Library, Theodore R. / 7
Measurement and Statistics Program
Courses In / 114
Curriculum / 1 14
Faculty / 1 1 4
Mechanical Engineering Program
Courses In / 1 16
Curriculum / 1 15
Faculty / 1 1 5
Meteorology Program
Courses In / 1 1 9
Curriculum / 1 1 8
Faculty / 1 1 8
Microbiology Program
Courses In / 1 20
Curriculum / 1 20
Faculty/ 120
Miller Analogies Test (MAT) / 9
Music Education Courses / 1 23
Music Performances Courses / 123
Music Program
Courses In / 121
Curriculum / 121
Faculty/ 121
N
National Direct Student Loan Funds / 9
National Science Foundation
Institutes / 1 0, 1 1
Non-Degree Status for Admission / 1 0
Nuclear Engineering Program
Courses In / 1 24
Curriculum / 1 24
Faculty / 1 24
Nutrition Courses / 84
Nutritional Sciences Program
Courses In / 125
Curriculum / 125
Faculty/ 125
Oak Ridge Associated Universities, Inc.
{URAU)/8
Objective, Change of, and Termination of
Admission / 10
Offer of Admission / 1 1
Officers, Graduate School / 4
Opportunities for Artists / 7
Oriental and Semitic Language and
Literature Courses / 1 26
Pass-Fail Option / 1 3
Philosophy Program
Courses In / 127
Curriculum / 127
Faculty/ 127
Physical Education Program
Courses In / 1 28
Curriculum / 1 28
Faculty / 1 28
Physics Program
Courses In / 1 30
Curriculum / 129
Faculty / 1 29
Plan of Academic Organization / J
Portuguese Courses / 1 44
Poultry Science Program
Courses In / 132
Curriculum / 132
Faculty / 1 32
Provisional Graduate Status / 1 0
Provosts at College Park / 3
Psychology Program
Courses In / 133
Curriculum/ 132
Faculty/ 132
Publications, Graduate / 16
Radio, TV and Film Courses / 1 46
Records Maintenance and Disposition / 1 1
Recreation Program
Courses In / 136
Curriculum / 1 36
Faculty / 1 36
Registration
Doctoral Candidate Minimum
Requirements / 1 2
Minimum Requirements for / 12
Release of Information / 1 7
Requirements
Doctoral Degree / 1 4, 1 5
Foreign Language / 1 5
Residence / 1 4
Research Resources / 7
Residence Requirements / 1 4
Russian Courses / 92
Secondary Education Program
Courses In / 137
Curriculum / 137
Faculty / 1 36
Social Foundations of Education Program
Courses In / 1 39
Curriculum / 1 39
Faculty / 1 39
Sociology Program
Courses In / 140
Curriculum / 1 40
Faculty / 140
156 /Index
Spanish and Portuguese Language and
Literature Program
Courses In / 1 42
Curriculum / 142
Faculty / 1 42
Special Education Program
Courses In 1 45
Curriculum / 1 44
Faculty 144
Special Student Status 1 0
Speech and Dramatic Art Program
Courses In 146
Curriculum 146
Faculty 1 46
Speech Courses 1 47
Speech Sciences. Hearing And / 96
Statistics and Probability Courses ,113
Student Data Information. Access to / 1 6
Student Loans 9
Student Services / 1 5
Tests. Graduate Admissions / 9
Textiles and Consumer Economics
Courses / 1 49
Textiles and Consumer Economics Program
Courses In / 1 48
Curriculum / 148
Faculty / 1 48
Textiles Courses / 1 48
Thesis Option / 14
Time Limits for Admission / 1 0
Transcripts / 1 0
u
Undergraduate Credit for Graduate Level
Courses / 1 1
United States History / 100
Universities Research Assn. (URA) / 8
Universities Space Research Assn.
(USRA) / 8
University Campuses (Other) / 6
University College / 6
University Corporation for Atmospheric
Research (UCAR) / 8
University of IVIaryland Officers / 3
University Policy Statement / 1 8
Urban Studies. Institute for / 1 49
Zoology Program
Courses In / 151
Curriculum / 150
Faculty / 1 50
o o oq
° 2. 2. 2j
io A <B A
O (D W)
■D TJ^
n» tt «
■^ -I o
?r X- -*
•< I "^
fi) C 3
3 (0 2
MH'
"". ■' , V'ii'. " '."HE
1976/1977
Graduate Catalog
University of Maryland
at College i^ari^
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11